Author: keichwa Date: 2017-06-19 07:42:01 +0000 (Mon, 19 Jun 2017) New Revision: 97397 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/base.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/isns.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journal.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/mail.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/migration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pam.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/printer.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rear.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/security.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sound.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/squid.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/support.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tune.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/users.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/wol.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,445 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en uno existente." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "Firmar producto complementario no firmado" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "Lista de configuraciones de productos adicionales disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "Generar un producto adicional usando la configuración seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "Suprimir la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de contenido" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "Generar nuevas descripciones de paquetes (no copiar)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de paquetes" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de patrones" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "Crear la imagen ISO" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Nombre de la imagen ISO de salida" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida para la imagen ISO" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "No firmar el producto" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "ID de la clave GPG usada para firmar un producto" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "Contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "Vía al archivo con la contraseña codificada para la clave GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de definición del flujo de trabajo (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" -msgstr "" -"Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)" +msgstr "Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes YaST para formar el flujo de trabajo" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "Vía al directorio del texto de información (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de dependencias adicionales (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "No generar el producto, solo guardar la configuración." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para " -"conocer los números de los productos)." +msgstr "Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para conocer los números de los productos)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Generar archivo de registro de cambios." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "No generar el paquete de distribución." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "Vía al archivo con la descripción del producto (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "El directorio %1 no existe." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "Contraseña codificada para la clave %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de salida." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip no existe" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de paquetes." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al archivo de contenido." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de complementos existente." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio con complementos." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) Nombre del producto: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tVersión: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tDirectorio de entrada: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tDirectorio de salida: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tPatrones: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una " -"nueva usando los comandos create o clone." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una nueva usando los comandos create o clone." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Indique el producto adicional que desea generar." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración para productos adicionales." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "Indique la configuración de producto adicional que desea suprimir." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de productos adicionales" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Directorio de entrada: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Directorio de salida: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "Patrones: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con " -"<b>Agregar.</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con <b>Agregar.</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar la configuración de producto " -"adicional seleccionada.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Suprima la configuración seleccionada con <b>Suprimir.</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración " -"seleccionada, use la opción <b>Generar.</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración seleccionada, use la opción <b>Generar.</b></p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "Nombre del producto" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&Generar" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar la configuración %1?" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "Crear complemento &desde el principio" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "Crear complemento a partir de uno &existente" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "&Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "&Generar descripciones de paquetes" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del producto &adicional" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "Producto requerido" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio con &paquetes adicionales" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio con paquetes de productos re&queridos" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "No se puede acceder al directorio %1." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -460,126 +442,126 @@ "El valor de NAME sólo puede incluir\n" "letras, números y los caracteres \".~_-\"." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "Código de idio&ma" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "Definición del producto" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "Archivo de contenido" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "&Importar" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "M&ostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "Generar el paquete de versión" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "Archivo del producto" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "I&mportar" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo content existente" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo de producto existente" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -587,121 +569,121 @@ "Especifique los valores de estos elementos:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "Valor de \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "Indicador" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "Es igual a" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "Mayor que" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "Menor que" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "Lanzamiento" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "Versión" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "Nivel de parche" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Paquetes" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Seleccion&ar o deseleccionar todo" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "Seleccionar el archivo con el texto para importar." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "Descripciones de paquetes" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "&Código de idioma del archivo de descripciones" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "Añadir i&dioma" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paquete" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "Ubicación del archivo con &dependencias adicionales" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de descripciones de paquetes" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -709,13 +691,13 @@ "El nombre del archivo de descripciones de paquetes no es correcto.\n" "Elija otro." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -723,76 +705,74 @@ "El archivo %1 no existe.\n" "Elija otro." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "Tipo de clave" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "&Tamaño de clave" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "Fecha de ex&piración" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "Comen&tario" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "&Dirección de correo electrónico" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "Nueva clave GPG" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" msgstr "" -"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están " -"vacíos.\n" -"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de " -"usuarios.\n" +"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están vacíos.\n" +"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de usuarios.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "Generando par de claves primarias" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -800,103 +780,103 @@ "Si tarda demasiado, realice alguna otra tarea para\n" "aumentar la entropía del sistema operativo.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "Firmando el producto complementario" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "ID de &clave GPG" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "&Crear..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "Verificación de &contraseña codificada" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "&Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "Valores de salida" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "Ví&a al directorio de salida" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "Crear imagen &ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "Nombre del archivo de imagen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "&Generar registro de cambios" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "&Configurar flujo de trabajo..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "Archivos o&pcionales..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "Especifique la vía al directorio del complemento." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumen" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patrones" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "Directorio de entrada" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Directorio de salida" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "Creando imagen ISO en el directorio de salida" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -904,154 +884,154 @@ "Ya existe un archivo con este nombre.\n" "Elija otro." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "Archivo &info.txt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "Archivos de &licencia" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "Archivos README" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo archivo README" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "Elegir nombre del nuevo archivo README" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo de licencia" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de licencia" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 2" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "Archivos ©ING" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "Archivos COPY&RIGHT" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "&Idioma para el nuevo archivo COPYING" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYING" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 3" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "productos" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "parches" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importar" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "media" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de flujo de trabajo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "&Ubicación del archivo de descripción de flujo de trabajo" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "Si&n módulos de YaST adicionales" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "&Vía a y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "&Importar los paquetes" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "Paquete de módulos de YaST" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo installation.xml" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo y2update.tgz" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "Elegir el paquete de módulos de YaST" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1059,8 +1039,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Creando el complemento</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1068,394 +1048,227 @@ "<p>Escribiendo las configuraciones del producto adicional<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Este módulo ofrece ayuda para crear un producto complementario.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. " -"Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque " -"<b>Generar descripciones de paquetes</b> para generar nuevas descripciones " -"de los paquetes del producto existente.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque <b>Generar descripciones de paquetes</b> para generar nuevas descripciones de los paquetes del producto existente.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Nombre y versión</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca el nombre y la versión del producto adicional.</p> " -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Producto requerido</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto " -"complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> del " -"archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Paquetes adicionales</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben " -"conformar el producto complementario.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben conformar el producto complementario.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Paquetes de productos requeridos</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del " -"producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se " -"incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para " -"crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Edite aquí los valores del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto " -"complementario. Anule la selección de <b>Mostrar sólo palabras clave " -"requeridas</b> para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto complementario. Anule la selección de <b>Mostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas</b> para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente." +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente.</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos " -"<tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí.</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Añadir idioma</b> para añadir un archivo de descripción para un " -"idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de " -"descripciones de paquetes existente con <b>Importar</b>. <b>Suprimir</b> " -"permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir idioma</b> para añadir un archivo de descripción para un idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor <b>LINGUAS</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de descripciones de paquetes existente con <b>Importar</b>. <b>Suprimir</b> permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar las " -"entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar las entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las " -"<b>dependencias de paquetes adicionales</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las <b>dependencias de paquetes adicionales</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Nuevo</b> para crear un patrón nuevo o <b>Importar</b> para " -"importar uno existente.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Nuevo</b> para crear un patrón nuevo o <b>Importar</b> para importar uno existente.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar los " -"atributos del patrón.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar los atributos del patrón.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Patrones requeridos</b> para marcar como necesarios los " -"patrones\n" -"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán " -"automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional.</p>" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Patrones requeridos</b> para marcar como necesarios los patrones\n" +"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto " -"complementario. Seleccione <b>Crear imagen ISO</b> para crear la imagen ISO " -"del producto en el directorio de salida.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto complementario. Seleccione <b>Crear imagen ISO</b> para crear la imagen ISO del producto en el directorio de salida.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice <b>Generar registro de cambios</b> para crear un archivo de " -"registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional " -"realizados en los últimos dos años.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice <b>Generar registro de cambios</b> para crear un archivo de registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional realizados en los últimos dos años.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante " -"<b>Configurar flujo de trabajo</b>. Use <b>Archivos opcionales</b> para " -"configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros " -"valores opcionales.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante <b>Configurar flujo de trabajo</b>. Use <b>Archivos opcionales</b> para configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros valores opcionales.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo " -"de trabajo del producto complementario.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. " -"Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda " -"como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto " -"complementario.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto complementario.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del " -"producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar los paquetes." -"</b></p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar los paquetes.</b></p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del " -"complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para " -"aceptar<b></b>.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para aceptar<b></b>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para " -"aceptarlo o rechazarlo<b></b><b></b> antes de que comience la instalación. " -"Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se " -"comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el " -"directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para aceptarlo o rechazarlo<b></b><b></b> antes de que comience la instalación. Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas " -"versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto " -"complementario.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto complementario.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave " -"secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante " -"<b>Crear</b>.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante <b>Crear</b>.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave " -"secreta.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave secreta.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione si desea <b>firmar todos los paquetes</b> del producto " -"adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes " -"anteriores se eliminarán.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione si desea <b>firmar todos los paquetes</b> del producto adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes anteriores se eliminarán.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves " -"primarias.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves primarias.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de " -"las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Como <b>Fecha de expiración</b>, especifique el número de días después de " -"los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. " -"Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Como <b>Fecha de expiración</b>, especifique el número de días después de los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Comentario</b> y <b>Dirección de correo " -"electrónico</b> para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la " -"nueva clave.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Comentario</b> y <b>Dirección de correo electrónico</b> para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la nueva clave.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto " -"complementario.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto complementario.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pulse <b>Finalizar</b> para crear el producto complementario en el " -"directorio de salida.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Finalizar</b> para crear el producto complementario en el directorio de salida.</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo patrón" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitectura" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "Ve&rsión" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1463,25 +1276,25 @@ "Ya existe un patrón con este nombre.\n" "Seleccione un nombre o una arquitectura distintos.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "&Resumen" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "Ca&tegoría" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "&Código de idioma" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1489,33 +1302,33 @@ "Ya existe una clave con este nombre.\n" "Elija otro." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "Editor de patrones" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "Nombre del patrón" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nombre completo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "Patrón &requerido" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "Patrón existente" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1523,380 +1336,315 @@ "Ya existe un patrón con ese nombre.\n" "Seleccione una arquitectura distinta.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "Importando producto..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "Estilo del archivo de contenido" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "Debe ser la primera etiqueta del archivo de contenido." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "Nombre del producto" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres " -"de los paquetes." +msgstr "Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres de los paquetes." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "Arquitecturas admitidas" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las " -"arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal." -"secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>." +msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal.secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "Número de versión" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "Nombre de distribución" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena " -"se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del " -"nombre, la versión y la arquitectura." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del nombre, la versión y la arquitectura." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del " -"producto)." +msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite <b>LINGUAS</b> o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "Código de idioma ISO o código de idioma_código de país." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "Idioma por defecto" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "Código de idioma por defecto." -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "Patrones preseleccionados" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "Lista de patrones preseleccionados por el producto." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "Nombre del fabricante" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "Nombre del fabricante (formato libre)." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "URL de notas de la versión" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "URL donde se pueden obtener las notas de la versión." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "URL de actualización" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "URL del origen de actualización." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "Etiqueta específica de cada idioma" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"Valor de <b>LABEL</b> con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma " -"sintaxis que los valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS, se espera un valor de <b>LABEL.lang</b> correspondiente." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "Valor de <b>LABEL</b> con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma sintaxis que los valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS</b>, se espera un valor de <b>LABEL.lang</b> correspondiente." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea en el idioma por defecto" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea específica de cada idioma." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas en el idioma por defecto" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas, específica de idioma." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoría" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar " -"patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar " -"libremente." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar libremente." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "Versión de la categoría específica de cada idioma." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Visibilidad" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "Define si el patrón debe estar visible en la interfaz del usuario." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "Lista de paquetes para instalar." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "Paquetes recomendados" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin " -"problemas." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin problemas." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "Paquetes sugeridos" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante " -"la resolución de dependencias." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante la resolución de dependencias." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo de icono" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Si no se especifica, se usa el nombre del patrón \n" -" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el " -"nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no " -"se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas " -"(primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /" -"usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas " -"y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas (primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "Orden del patrón" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se " -"muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "Patrones requeridos" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "Patrones que se deben instalar con este patrón." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "Patrones proporcionados" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la " -"correspondencia con <b>REQUIRES</b> desde otros elementos. Cada resolución " -"proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por " -"ejemplo, el paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la correspondencia con <b>REQUIRES</b> desde otros elementos. Cada resolución proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por ejemplo, el paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "Patrones en conflicto" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que " -"proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "Patrones obsoletos" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1904,337 +1652,274 @@ "Cuando se instala este patrón, se desinstala cualquier \n" "otro que esté marcado como obsoleto." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "Patrones recomendados" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden " -"instalar, no se muestra ningún error." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden instalar, no se muestra ningún error." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "Patrones suplementarios" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Inverso de <b>Rec</b>. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada " -"la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de " -"dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del " -"usuario." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Inverso de <b>Rec</b>. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del usuario." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "Patrones sugeridos" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón " -"especificado aquí está instalado." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón especificado aquí está instalado." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "Extiende" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "Incluye" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "Patrones mejorados" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "Paquetes en conflicto" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "Paquetes obsoletos" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "Paquetes reactualizados" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "Paquetes suplementarios" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "Paquetes mejorados" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "Descripción del paquete en varias líneas." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "Resumen del paquete (etiqueta) como descripción de una sola línea." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "Notificación de instalación" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como " -"una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "Notificación de eliminación" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para " -"su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar " -"sin el paquete." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar sin el paquete." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra " -"antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el " -"paquete no se instala." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el paquete no se instala." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "Productos que se deben instalar" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir " -"los requisitos de este producto.</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir los requisitos de este producto.</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "Productos proporcionados" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para " -"establecer la correspondencia con el valor <b>requires</b> de otros " -"productos." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para establecer la correspondencia con el valor <b>requires</b> de otros productos." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "Productos en conflicto" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra " -"que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "Productos que quedan obsoletos" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre " -"coincida con esta palabra clave." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre coincida con esta palabra clave." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "Productos recomendados" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Versión débil de <b>requires.</b> Se intenta cumplir con <b>RECOMMENDS,</b> " -"pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer " -"ninguna coincidencia." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Versión débil de <b>requires.</b> Se intenta cumplir con <b>RECOMMENDS,</b> pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer ninguna coincidencia." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "Productos sugeridos" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "La URL del RPM de las notas de la versión" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "Descripción del producto" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "Resumen del producto" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "Línea del producto" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de " -"servicio." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de servicio." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "Clave del repositorio de actualización" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "Tipo de medio" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores " -"posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "Variante del producto" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por " -"ejemplo." +msgstr "Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por ejemplo." -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "Generando datos del producto" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "Buscar directorios de paquetes" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "Buscando directorios de paquetes..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "Comprobar arquitectura de paquetes" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "Generar archivo de contenido por defecto" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "Comprobando arquitecturas de paquetes..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "Generando archivo de contenido por defecto..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "Generar descripciones de paquetes" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "" -"<b>Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional...<br>\n" +msgstr "<b>Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional...</b><br>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2242,8 +1927,8 @@ "Error al instalar el paquete obs-productconverter.\n" "El paquete de versión no se generará." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2251,18 +1936,18 @@ "Error al construir el paquete de versión:\n" "'%1'" -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "Error al firmar el producto." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "Vuelva a intentarlo con una contraseña codificada distinta" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2270,102 +1955,102 @@ "Contraseña codificada para la clave GPG %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "Creación del complemento" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "Escribir el archivo de contenido" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "Crear la estructura del complemento" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "Escribir los patrones" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "Copiar los paquetes" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "Generar el paquete de la versión" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "Crear sumas MD5" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "Firmar producto resultante" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "Escribiendo el archivo de contenido..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "Creando la estructura del complemento..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "Escribiendo los patrones..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "Copiando los paquetes..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "Generando el paquete de la versión..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "Creando sumas MD5..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "Firmando producto resultante..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "Crear imagen ISO" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "Creando imagen ISO..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "No se puede escribir el archivo de contenido." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "No se puede crear la estructura del directorio de salida." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ "Ayuda del módulo de productos adicionales\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use " -"esta sintaxis:\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use esta sintaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL es la vía a la fuente del producto adicional.\n" "\n" @@ -50,110 +49,103 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Productos complementarios" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>Inicializando productos adicionales...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Medio: %1, vía: %2, producto: %3</li>\n" -#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL -#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191 +#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL +#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Hacer el complemento %1 disponible mediante %2." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Error al añadir el producto adicional." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún producto adicional para su instalación" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "&Productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "La instalación de la extensión de idioma ha finalizado." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "&Seleccionar las extensiones de idiomas que se deben instalar" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y haga clic en " -"<b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y haga clic en <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -161,32 +153,32 @@ "No ha seleccionado ningún idioma para su instalación.\n" "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación?" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "Idioma %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "CD de controladores del proveedor" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "Introduzca el CD-ROM del proveedor" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -194,8 +186,8 @@ "No se han encontrado los datos del controlador en el CD-ROM.\n" "Se va a abortar." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -203,13 +195,13 @@ "Los datos del CD-ROM no son apropiados para el sistema Linux en ejecución.\n" "Se va a abortar.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "Instalando controlador..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -217,13 +209,13 @@ "La instalación ha fallado.\n" "Por favor, contacte con la dirección que aparece en el CD-ROM.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "Instalados %1 controladores del CD" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -231,51 +223,51 @@ "No se han encontrado datos de controladores en el CD-ROM.\n" "Se va a abortar." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto en el repositorio." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en el medio." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicializando el nuevo origen..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, directorio: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Selección de repositorio de software" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -285,46 +277,45 @@ "Se han detectado varios repositorios en el medio seleccionado.\n" "Seleccione el que desee utilizar.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Repositorios &encontrados" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Seleccione un repositorio." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias del producto adicional." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Selección de producto" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Productos disponibles" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -334,15 +325,13 @@ "Se han detectado varios productos en el repositorio. Seleccione los\n" "productos que desee instalar.</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales " -"seleccionados." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales seleccionados." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -350,138 +339,130 @@ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Instalación de producto adicional</b></big></br>\n" -"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su " -"instalación.\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b> Para eliminar uno " -"ya añadido,\n" +"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su instalación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b> Para eliminar uno ya añadido,\n" "selecciónelo y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, directorio: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medios" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Seleccione el producto que desee suprimir." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Eliminando producto adicional seleccionado..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales instalados" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Producto adicional" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Ejecutar gestor de &software..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en el sistema.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en el sistema.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " -"an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para añadir un nuevo producto adicional o en " -"<b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar uno en uso.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para añadir un nuevo producto adicional o en <b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar uno en uso.</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Proveedor:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Proveedor desconocido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Versión:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Versión desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>URL del repositorio:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "URL del repositorio desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Alias del repositorio:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "URL desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Suprimir el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se eliminen todos los " -"paquetes\n" +"Suprimir el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se eliminen todos los paquetes\n" "instalados desde este producto adicional\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que quiere suprimirlo?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Eliminando las dependencias del producto..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "Advertencia: no hay memoria suficiente" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" @@ -495,6 +476,6 @@ "\n" "¿Quiere omitir el uso de productos adicionales?" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "Instalación de idioma" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,172 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Configuración del marco de trabajo de auditoría de Linux (LAF)" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "Mostrar información de la configuración de auditoría" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "Definir la opción especificada" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración del archivo de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración de espacio en disco" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración del expedidor" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "Nombre del archivo de registro (vía completa)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "Formato de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "Cómo se deben escribir los datos en el disco" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "Cuántos registros se deben escribir antes de hacer un volcado a disco" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (en megabytes) del archivo de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza max_log_file" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "Número de archivos de registro que se deben conservar" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "Formato del nombre del equipo" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "Nombre del equipo (usado si el formato es USER)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar " -"que empieza a quedar poco espacio en el sistema" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar que empieza a quedar poco espacio en el sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar " -"que queda poco espacio en el sistema" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar que queda poco espacio en el sistema" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza admin_space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza admin_space_left" +msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza admin_space_left" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"El correo se envía a esta cuenta (si space_left_action se define como EMAIL)" +msgstr "El correo se envía a esta cuenta (si space_left_action se define como EMAIL)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "Acción que se debe realizar si el disco está lleno" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si el disco está lleno" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "Acción que se debe realizar si hay un error de disco" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si hay un error de disco" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "Cómo se comunicarán el expedidor y el daemon de auditoría" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "Programa expedidor (vía completa)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de registro" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -189,35 +183,35 @@ "el Formato de nombre de equipo está establecido como USUARIO.\n" "Configurando el formato como NINGUNO (valor por defecto)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "Seleccionar programa expedidor" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "El valor de %1 sigue sin cambiar." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 no existe.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 no es un archivo normal.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 no pertenece al Root.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "Los permisos de archivo de %1 NO están definidos como -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -226,23 +220,21 @@ msgstr "" "Las reglas ya están bloqueadas, por lo que no se pueden reajustar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea desbloquearlas, defina el indicador de habilitación en " -"consecuencia\n" -"y finalice el proceso de configuración. Deberá rearrancar el sistema a " -"continuación." +"Si desea desbloquearlas, defina el indicador de habilitación en consecuencia\n" +"y finalice el proceso de configuración. Deberá rearrancar el sistema a continuación." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "Las reglas se han restaurado correctamente" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar las reglas. Compruebe /etc/audit/audit.rules." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -254,7 +246,7 @@ "No es posible realizar una prueba porque se\n" "producirá un error al enviar las reglas nuevas.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -266,25 +258,25 @@ "No tiene sentido continuar, porque las reglas continuarán\n" "bloqueadas hasta el siguiente reinicio.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "Correcto" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "No es posible crear el archivo temporal para las reglas." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "Seleccione un ejemplo" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "Bloqueo definido" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -294,229 +286,224 @@ msgstr "" "La configuración de auditoría está bloqueada (opción -e 2).\n" "Esto significa que las reglas están bloqueadas hasta el próximo reinicio.\n" -"Si es realmente lo que desea, asegúrese de que \"-e 2\" es la última " -"entrada\n" +"Si es realmente lo que desea, asegúrese de que \"-e 2\" es la última entrada\n" "del archivo de reglas. Si no es así, habilite o inhabilite la auditoría.\n" "Para comprobar o cambiar las reglas, vuelva al editor de reglas.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "Archivo de ®istro" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Seleccionar ar&chivo" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formato" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "&Vaciar" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "Fre&cuencia (número de registros)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "Tamaño y acción" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "Tamaño má&ximo de archivo (MB)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "Acción de tamaño má&ximo de archivo" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&Número de archivos de registro" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "Nombres de equipo" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "Formato de nombre de &equipo" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "Nombre definido por el usuario" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del expedidor" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "Programa expedidor" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "C&omunicación" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "Valor y acción si se empieza a agotar el espacio" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "E&spacio restante en el disco (MB)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "&Acción" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "Vía al guión" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "Valor y acción si se está agotando el espacio" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "Espacio de &administración restante en el disco (MB) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "Acc&ión" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "Cuenta de correo de acción" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "Acción cuando se dé un error o se llene el disco" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "Acción cuando se llene el &disco" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "Acción cuando se dé un &error del disco" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&Definir indicador de habilitación" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "Auditoría habilitada" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "Auditoría inhabilitada" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "Las reglas están bloqueadas (hasta el siguiente arranque)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "Editar las reglas para el subsistema de auditoría aquí:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&Comprobar sintaxis" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "&Restaurar audit.rules" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "R&estaurar y reajustar" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&Cargar" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Inicio de la configuración del marco de auditoría de Linux</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Inicio de la configuración del marco de auditoría de Linux</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Almacenamiento de la configuración y las reglas de auditd</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Almacenamiento de la configuración y las reglas de auditd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -528,347 +515,260 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del archivo de registro de auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"El daemon audit es el componente de Linux Auditing System que se encarga de " -"registrar todos los eventos de auditoría relevantes en el archivo de " -"registro por defecto <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>.\n" -"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del núcleo <i>apparmor</i>, de las " -"aplicaciones que usan <i>libaudit</i> (por ejemplo, PAM) o de incidentes " -"causados por reglas (por ejemplo, de servicios de vigilancia de archivos)." +"El daemon audit es el componente de Linux Auditing System que se encarga de registrar todos los eventos de auditoría relevantes en el archivo de registro por defecto <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>.\n" +"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del núcleo <i>apparmor</i>, de las aplicaciones que usan <i>libaudit</i> (por ejemplo, PAM) o de incidentes causados por reglas (por ejemplo, de servicios de vigilancia de archivos).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El diálogo <b>Reglas para auditctl</b> ofrece más información acerca de " -"las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" -"Puede obtener información detallada acerca de los valores de configuración " -"del archivo de registro en la página man ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>El diálogo <b>Reglas para auditctl</b> ofrece más información acerca de las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" +"Puede obtener información detallada acerca de los valores de configuración del archivo de registro en la página man ('man auditd.conf').</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Archivo de registro:</b> introduzca la vía completa al archivo de " -"registro\n" +"<p><b>Archivo de registro:</b> introduzca la vía completa al archivo de registro\n" "(o use <b>Seleccionar archivo</b>).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>Formato:</b> defina el valor <i>RAW</i> para registrar todos los datos " -"(almacenar exactamente con el mismo formato que usa el núcleo\n" -"para enviarlos) o <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda la información de " -"auditoría en lugar de escribirla en disco (no afecta\n" +"<p><b>Formato:</b> defina el valor <i>RAW</i> para registrar todos los datos (almacenar exactamente con el mismo formato que usa el núcleo\n" +"para enviarlos) o <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda la información de auditoría en lugar de escribirla en disco (no afecta\n" "a los datos que se envían al expedidor).</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vaciar</b> describe como se escriben los datos en el disco. Si se " -"define <i>INCREMENTAL,</i>\n" -"el parámetro <b>Frecuencia</b> indica cuántos registros se deben escribir " -"antes de realizar un vaciado explícito en el disco\n" -".</p><i>NONE</i> indica que no se realiza ningún intento de vaciar los " -"datos; <i>DATA</i> mantiene la porción de datos sincronizada;\n" -"<i>SYNC</i> mantiene los datos y los metadatos completamente sincronizados." +"<p><b>Vaciar</b> describe como se escriben los datos en el disco. Si se define <i>INCREMENTAL,</i>\n" +"el parámetro <b>Frecuencia</b> indica cuántos registros se deben escribir antes de realizar un vaciado explícito en el disco\n" +".</p><i>NONE</i> indica que no se realiza ningún intento de vaciar los datos; <i>DATA</i> mantiene la porción de datos sincronizada;\n" +"<i>SYNC</i> mantiene los datos y los metadatos completamente sincronizados.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Configure el tamaño máximo del archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la " -"acción que se debe\n" +"<p>Configure el tamaño máximo del archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la acción que se debe\n" " realizar cuando se alcance este valor en <b>Tamaño y acción.</b></p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p> Si la acción se define como <i>ROTATE</i>, el campo <b>Número de " -"archivos de registro</b>\n" +"<p> Si la acción se define como <i>ROTATE</i>, el campo <b>Número de archivos de registro</b>\n" "especifica el número de archivos que se deben conservar. Si se define como\n" -"<i>SYSLOG</i>, el daemon de auditoría escribirá una advertencia en /var/log/" -"messages.\n" +"<i>SYSLOG</i>, el daemon de auditoría escribirá una advertencia en /var/log/messages.\n" "Con <i>SUSPEND</i>, el daemon detiene la escritura de registros en el disco\n" -". <i>IGNORE</i> significa que no se hará nada. <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> es similar a " -"ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se sobrescriben.</p>\n" +". <i>IGNORE</i> significa que no se hará nada. <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> es similar a ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se sobrescriben.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Formato de nombre de equipo</b> describe cómo escribir el nombre del " -"equipo\n" +"<p><b>Formato de nombre de equipo</b> describe cómo escribir el nombre del equipo\n" "en el archivo de registro. Si se define <i>USER</i>, se usa el <b>nombre\n" -"definido por el usuario</b>. <i>NONE</i> significa que no se inserta el " -"nombre del equipo.\n" +"definido por el usuario</b>. <i>NONE</i> significa que no se inserta el nombre del equipo.\n" "<i>HOSTNAME</i> usa el nombre devuelto por la llamada syscall gethostname.\n" "<i>FQD</i> usa el nombre completo del dominio.</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del expedidor de auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede obtener información detallada sobre los valores de configuración del " -"expedidor en la página man\n" +"Puede obtener información detallada sobre los valores de configuración del expedidor en la página man\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Expedidor:</b> el programa expedidor lo arranca el daemon audit y\n" "recibe todos los eventos de auditoría en stdin.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Comunicación</b>: controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el " -"programa\n" -" expedidor. Una comunicación <i>con pérdidas</i> significa que los eventos " -"enviados al expedidor\n" -"son descartados cuando la cola (buffer de 128 kB) se llena. Elija <i>sin " -"pérdidas</i> si desea una\n" +"<p><b>Comunicación</b>: controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el programa\n" +" expedidor. Una comunicación <i>con pérdidas</i> significa que los eventos enviados al expedidor\n" +"son descartados cuando la cola (buffer de 128 kB) se llena. Elija <i>sin pérdidas</i> si desea una\n" "comunicación de bloqueo/sin pérdidas.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>El expedidor 'audispd' es un multiplexor de eventos audit.\n" -"Para obtener más información, consulte la la página man ('man audispd' y " -"'man audispd.conf').</p>" +"Para obtener más información, consulte la la página man ('man audispd' y 'man audispd.conf').</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> el programa expedidor debe ser propiedad del usuario Root, " -"debe\n" +"<p><b>Nota:</b> el programa expedidor debe ser propiedad del usuario Root, debe\n" "tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay que introducir la vía completa.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del espacio de disco de auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta configuración hace referencia al espacio en disco de la partición de " -"registro.\n" -"Para obtener información detallada, consulte la página man (man auditd.conf)." -"</p>\n" +"Esta configuración hace referencia al espacio en disco de la partición de registro.\n" +"Para obtener información detallada, consulte la página man (man auditd.conf).</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El valor <b>Espacio restante</b> (en megabytes) indica al daemon audit " -"cuándo debe realizar una <b>acción</b> porque\n" +"<p>El valor <b>Espacio restante</b> (en megabytes) indica al daemon audit cuándo debe realizar una <b>acción</b> porque\n" "el sistema empieza a quedarse escaso de espacio.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El valor de <b>Espacio de administración restante en el disco</b> debería " -"ser inferior al anterior. El sistema se <b>queda sin\n" -"espacio</b> en el disco si se alcanza ese valor; entonces se realizará la " -"<b>acción</b> especificada.</p>" +"<p>El valor de <b>Espacio de administración restante en el disco</b> debería ser inferior al anterior. El sistema se <b>queda sin\n" +"espacio</b> en el disco si se alcanza ese valor; entonces se realizará la <b>acción</b> especificada.</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si una acción se define como <i>EMAIL</i>, se enviará un correo de aviso\n" -"a la cuenta especificada en <b>Cuenta de correo de acción.</b><br> " -"<i>SYSLOG</i>\n" -"significa que la advertencia de espacio en disco se escribirá en /var/log/" -"messages.\n" +"a la cuenta especificada en <b>Cuenta de correo de acción.</b><br> <i>SYSLOG</i>\n" +"significa que la advertencia de espacio en disco se escribirá en /var/log/messages.\n" "<i>IGNORE</i> significa que no se hará nada.\n" "<i>EXEC</i> ejecuta el guión especificado en <b>Vía al guion.</b>\n" "<i>SUSPEND</i>\n" -"detiene la escritura de registros en el disco. <i>SINGLE</i> cambia el " -"equipo al modo de usuario único. <i>HALT</i> apaga el sistema.</p>\n" +"detiene la escritura de registros en el disco. <i>SINGLE</i> cambia el equipo al modo de usuario único. <i>HALT</i> apaga el sistema.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>También se puede especificar una <b>Acción cuando se llene el disco</b> " -"(ya no queda espacio en el disco) y\n" -"una <b>Acción cuando se dé un error del disco</b> (que se debe realizar " -"siempre que se detecte un error al escribir en el disco).\n" +"<p>También se puede especificar una <b>Acción cuando se llene el disco</b> (ya no queda espacio en el disco) y\n" +"una <b>Acción cuando se dé un error del disco</b> (que se debe realizar siempre que se detecte un error al escribir en el disco).\n" "Las acciones disponibles son las mismas de arriba, excepto <i>EMAIL</i>.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nota:</b> todos los guiones especificados para <i>EXEC</i> deben\n" -"ser propiedad del usuario Root, deben tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay " -"que introducir la vía completa.</p>\n" +"ser propiedad del usuario Root, deben tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay que introducir la vía completa.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules." +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Reglas para auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "Este recuadro de diálogo ofrece la posibilidad de habilitar o inhabilitar\n" -"la auditoría de syscall, así como de bloquear la configuración de " -"auditoría.\n" -"El indicador seleccionado en <b>Definir indicador de habilitación</b> se " -"añadirá a las reglas.</p>" +"la auditoría de syscall, así como de bloquear la configuración de auditoría.\n" +"El indicador seleccionado en <b>Definir indicador de habilitación</b> se añadirá a las reglas.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b><br>bloquear las reglas significa que no se pueden cambiar " -"hasta el siguiente reinicio.</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nota:</b><br>bloquear las reglas significa que no se pueden cambiar hasta el siguiente reinicio.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Habilitar la auditoría sin reglas adicionales causará que\n" -"las aplicaciones que usan <i>libaudit</i> (por ejemplo, PAM) realicen el " -"registro en /var/log/audit/audit.log (valor por defecto).</p> " +"las aplicaciones que usan <i>libaudit</i> (por ejemplo, PAM) realicen el registro en /var/log/audit/audit.log (valor por defecto).</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>También puede editar las reglas manualmente, lo que solo se recomienda " -"para usuarios avanzados.<br>\n" -"Para obtener más información sobre todas las demás opciones, consulte man " -"auditctl.</p>\n" +"<p>También puede editar las reglas manualmente, lo que solo se recomienda para usuarios avanzados.<br>\n" +"Para obtener más información sobre todas las demás opciones, consulte man auditctl.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Comprobar sintaxis</b> envía las reglas a través de <i>auditctl</i> al " -"subsistema de auditoría y comprueba la sintaxis.<br><b>Restaurar</b> " -"restaura los ajustes de /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Comprobar sintaxis</b> envía las reglas a través de <i>auditctl</i> al subsistema de auditoría y comprueba la sintaxis.<br><b>Restaurar</b> restaura los ajustes de /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" @@ -876,53 +776,47 @@ "an example rules file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Haga clic en <b>Restaurar y reiniciar</b> para restaurar las reglas\n" -"y reiniciar los cambios (desde la comprobación de sintaxis anterior) " -"llamando a <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +"y reiniciar los cambios (desde la comprobación de sintaxis anterior) llamando a <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" "Haga clic en <b>Cargar</b> para abrir un recuadro\n" -"de diálogo de selección de archivos en el que puede cargar un archivo de " -"reglas de ejemplo.</p>\n" +"de diálogo de selección de archivos en el que puede cargar un archivo de reglas de ejemplo.</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "&Expedidor" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "E&spacio de disco " -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "&Reglas para auditctl" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "Las reglas para auditctl están bloqueadas." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete <b>" -"%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -934,63 +828,63 @@ "Puede usar el módulo Registro del sistema del grupo\n" "Misceláneas del Centro de control de YaST." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de auditoría" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar si hay paquetes instalados" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "Leer la configuración de auditd" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "Leer el archivo de reglas" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "Comprobar el estado de auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "Comprobando si hay paquetes..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de reglas..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "Comprobando estado..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "No se puede leer auditd.conf." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "No se puede leer audit.rules." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -998,12 +892,12 @@ "¿Desea iniciarlo y habilitar el inicio durante el arranque,\n" "o solo iniciar el daemon ahora?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "El daemon auditd no se ejecuta.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -1013,29 +907,29 @@ "El núcleo usa un daemon de auditoría en ejecución para\n" "registrar los eventos en /var/log/audit/audit.log (por defecto).\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Inicio de daemon de auditoría" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Iniciar y &habilitar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&No iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el daemon de auditoría." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1047,68 +941,67 @@ "el indicador de habilitación; pero para activar el cambio,\n" "es necesario reiniciar después.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de auditoría" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Escribir las reglas" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Escribiendo las reglas..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Las reglas ya están bloqueadas." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "¿Desea cambiar el indicador de habilitación?\n" -"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit." -"rules.\n" +"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "A continuación, reinicie el sistema para que los cambios se apliquen.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de auditoría." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración en auditd.conf." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Inicie yast2-audit-laf de nuevo y compruebe las reglas." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "No se puede escribir los valores de configuración en auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Archivo de registro" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,310 +14,259 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Enable and start the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Error al iniciar el servicio %s. Use la transacción del sistema (journalctl -" -"n -u %s) para el diagnóstico." +#. Enable and start the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 +msgid "Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "Error al iniciar el servicio %s. Use la transacción del sistema (journalctl -n -u %s) para el diagnóstico." -#. Disable and stop the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 -msgid "" -"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Error al detener el servicio %s. Use la transacción del sistema (journalctl -" -"n -u %s) para el diagnóstico." +#. Disable and stop the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 +msgid "Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "Error al detener el servicio %s. Use la transacción del sistema (journalctl -n -u %s) para el diagnóstico." -#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 +#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for running SSSD." -msgstr "" -"Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para ejecutar SSSD." +msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para ejecutar SSSD." -#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 +#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for LDAP." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para LDAP." -#. Run ldapsearch with password bind -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:574 +#. Run ldapsearch with password bind +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:574 msgid "ERROR: " msgstr "ERROR: " -#. Calculate package requirements -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 +#. Calculate package requirements +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for Kerberos." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para Kerberos." -#. Install required packages -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 +#. Install required packages +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 msgid "Failed to install software packages required by autofs/nscd daemons." -msgstr "" -"Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para los daemons " -"autofs/nscd." +msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de software necesarios para los daemons autofs/nscd." -#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." -msgstr "" -"Error al instalar Samba y Kerberos, elementos necesarios para las " -"operaciones de Active Directory." +#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 +msgid "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." +msgstr "Error al instalar Samba y Kerberos, elementos necesarios para las operaciones de Active Directory." -#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. -#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. -#. Kerberos configuration will be written. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 +#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. +#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. +#. Kerberos configuration will be written. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 msgid "Nothing is done because AD is not configured" msgstr "No ocurre nada porque AD no está configurado" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 msgid "Failed to install Samba" msgstr "Error al instalar Samba" -#. Configure Kerberos -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 +#. Configure Kerberos +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -"No se encuentra el protocolo Kerberos de Active Directory mediante la " -"búsqueda de DNS.\n" -"Configure su entorno de redes para usar el servidor AD como Resolver del " -"nombre." +"No se encuentra el protocolo Kerberos de Active Directory mediante la búsqueda de DNS.\n" +"Configure su entorno de redes para usar el servidor AD como Resolver del nombre." -#. Local only -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 +#. Local only +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 msgid "Only use local authentication" msgstr "Usar solo la autenticación local" -#. SSSD is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 +#. SSSD is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 msgid "(daemon is inactive)" msgstr "(el daemon está inactivo)" -#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 +#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 msgid "LDAP is enabled but the setup is incomplete" msgstr "LDAP está habilitado, pero la configuración no está completa" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 msgid "via LDAP on %s" msgstr "mediante LDAP en %s" -#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 +#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 msgid " and " msgstr " y " -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 msgid "via Kerberos" msgstr "mediante Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 msgid "via Kerberos on %s" msgstr "mediante Kerberos en %s" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Asignar nombre al dominio (realm) (ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "" -"Asignar nombre con comodines al dominio (realm) (*.ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO." -"COM)" +msgstr "Asignar nombre con comodines al dominio (realm) (*.ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "Nombre de host del servidor de administración (opcional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host del servidor de distribución de claves maestras (opcional)" +msgstr "Nombre de host del servidor de distribución de claves maestras (opcional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "" -"Centros de distribución de claves (opcional si está habilitado el " -"autodescubrimiento a través de DNS)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "Centros de distribución de claves (opcional si está habilitado el autodescubrimiento a través de DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" -"Asignaciones personalizadas de nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" +msgstr "Asignaciones personalizadas de nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "Nombre principal" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" -"Reglas personalizadas para asignar nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" +msgstr "Reglas personalizadas para asignar nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "Escriba el nombre de host del centro de distribución de claves:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "Escriba la regla auth_to_local:" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"Escriba el nombre principal y el nombre de usuario en formato \"nombre_princ " -"= nombre_usuario\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "Escriba el nombre principal y el nombre de usuario en formato \"nombre_princ = nombre_usuario\":" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "Introduzca un nuevo nombre de dominio." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Ubicación por defecto del archivo de claves (keytab)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para TGS (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para ticket (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para sesiones (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "Direcciones adicionales para ticket (separadas por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Restaurar" -#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 +#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tiempo límite para operaciones de asociación en segundos" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tiempo límite para operaciones de búsqueda en segundos" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "Usar un directorio como proveedor de identidades (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Autenticación mediante Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo utiliza actualmente SSSD para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación LDAP heredada (pam_ldap), inhabilite " -"SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación LDAP heredada (pam_ldap), inhabilite SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor " -"de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de " -"usuarios\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de " -"identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -"\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor " -"de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -"\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde un " -"proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), " -"inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de " -"sesión de usuarios\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "Introduzca el URI del servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "Introduzca el DN de la base de búsqueda." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "Contacto correcto con el servidor LDAP en el URI %s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -327,12 +276,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "Contacto correcto con el servidor LDAP en el host %s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -342,639 +291,581 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"El caché del servicio de nombres solo debe usarse con el proveedor de " -"identidades LDAP heredado,\n" -"pero actualmente el sistema tiene el dominio de autenticación habilitado, lo " -"que no es compatible con el caché.\n" +"El caché del servicio de nombres solo debe usarse con el proveedor de identidades LDAP heredado,\n" +"pero actualmente el sistema tiene el dominio de autenticación habilitado, lo que no es compatible con el caché.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que quiere habilitar el caché?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo utiliza actualmente SSSD para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación Kerberos (pam_krb5), inhabilite SSSD en " -"\"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación Kerberos (pam_krb5), inhabilite SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(sin especificar)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el dominio %s?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "Permitir autenticación de usuarios LDAP (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "Almacenar entradas LDAP en caché para respuesta más rápida (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "Crear automáticamente directorio personal" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "Leer los siguientes elementos desde el origen de datos LDAP:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "Comandos de superusuario (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "Ubicaciones de disco de red (automontaje)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca las ubicaciones de servidores LDAP (separadas por espacios) en " -"cualquiera de ambos formatos:" +msgstr "Introduzca las ubicaciones de servidores LDAP (separadas por espacios) en cualquiera de ambos formatos:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- Nombre de host o IP y número de puerto (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI (ldap://servidor:puerto, ldaps://servidor:puerto)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "DN de base de búsqueda (p. ej., dc=ejemplo,dc=com)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "DN de usuario asociado (dejar vacío para asociación anónima)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "Contraseña de usuario asociado (dejar vacío para asociación anónima)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "Identificar a miembros de grupo por sus DN (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "Dejar conexiones LDAP abiertas para solicitudes consecutivas" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "Comunicación LDAP segura" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "No usar seguridad" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "Comunicación segura mediante TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "Comunicación segura mediante StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "Probar conexión" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "Opciones extendidas" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Permitir autenticarse a los usuarios de Kerberos (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "Dominio por defecto para inicio de sesión de usuarios:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "Todos los dominios de autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "Añadir dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "Editar dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "Suprimir dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "Usar registro DNS TXT para descubrir dominios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "Usar registro DNS SVC para descubrir servidores KDC" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "Permitir cifrado no seguro (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "Permitir que KDC de otras redes emitan tickets de autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" -msgstr "" -"Permitir que los servicios compatibles con Kerberos adopten la identidad de " -"un usuario" +msgstr "Permitir que los servicios compatibles con Kerberos adopten la identidad de un usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" -msgstr "" -"Emitir tickets sin direcciones para equipos que se encuentren detrás de NAT" +msgstr "Emitir tickets sin direcciones para equipos que se encuentren detrás de NAT" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP y cliente Kerberos" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "Cambiar configuración" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de LDAP/Kerberos" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "Nombre de equipo" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "Nombre completo de equipo" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(El nombre no se puede resolver)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "Dominio de red" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones IP" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "Dominios de identidades" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "Opciones extendidas" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtro de nombres:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Ninguno." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros obligatorios" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros opcionales" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Proporcione todos los parámetros obligatorios siguientes:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opciones globales" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "Cambio de nombre" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "Automontaje" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "Claves públicas SSH" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "Certificado de cuenta con privilegios (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "Gestionar inicio de sesión de usuarios de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "Estado de daemon: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "En ejecución" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Detenido" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "Permitir inicio de sesión de usuarios de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Crear directorio personal" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "Habilitar origen de datos de dominio:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "Asignar unidades de red (automontaje)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "Unirse a dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "Abandonar dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "Borrar caché de dominios" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Opciones del servicio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "Opciones de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las opciones globales, un servicio o un dominio que personalizar." +msgstr "Seleccione las opciones globales, un servicio o un dominio que personalizar." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "Usar este dominio" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Inscribir en Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Opciones: %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "Seleccione un dominio en la lista." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea borrar la configuración del dominio %s?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo utiliza actualmente LDAP heredado o Kerberos para autenticar a " -"los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación SSD, inhabilite la autenticación LDAP y " -"Kerberos desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo utiliza actualmente LDAP heredado o Kerberos para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación SSD, inhabilite la autenticación LDAP y Kerberos desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor " -"de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de " -"identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor " -"de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "El origen de datos de sudo está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"sudo_provider\" en las Opciones " -"extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de sudo." +"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"sudo_provider\" en las Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de sudo." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo está leyendo actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde " -"el proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo está leyendo actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde el proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "El origen de datos de automontaje está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"autofs_provider\" en las " -"Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de " -"automontaje." +"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"autofs_provider\" en las Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de automontaje." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "El origen de datos MS-PAC está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Esta función opcional depende de la capacidad de su dominio de Microsoft " -"Active Directory.\n" -"SSSD podría no iniciarse si el dominio de Active Directory no es compatible, " -"en cuyo caso deberá desactivar esta función." +"Esta función opcional depende de la capacidad de su dominio de Microsoft Active Directory.\n" +"SSSD podría no iniciarse si el dominio de Active Directory no es compatible, en cuyo caso deberá desactivar esta función." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Este parámetro es obligatorio y no es posible suprimirlo." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Confirmar eliminación de parámetro: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"El parámetro es importante. Si se elimina, podría producirse un error de " -"configuración.\n" +"El parámetro es importante. Si se elimina, podría producirse un error de configuración.\n" "Consulte la página de manual de SSSD antes de continuar.\n" "¿Desea eliminar el parámetro?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "No domain" msgstr "Ningún dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"No ha configurado ningún dominio de autenticación, pero ha decidido " -"habilitar la autenticación de dominio.\n" +"No ha configurado ningún dominio de autenticación, pero ha decidido habilitar la autenticación de dominio.\n" "SSSD no se iniciará y solo estará disponible la autenticación local.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "Se han borrado todos los datos de caché." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca las credenciales de usuario de AD (p. ej., Administrador) para " -"inscribir o volver a inscribir este ordenador:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "Introduzca las credenciales de usuario de AD (p. ej., Administrador) para inscribir o volver a inscribir este ordenador:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Update AD's DNS records as well" msgstr "Actualizar también los registros de DNS de AD" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "Unidad organizativa opcional, como \"Central/RRHH/EdificioA\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "Sobrescribir la configuración de Samba para trabajar con este AD" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(No aplicable en el editor de AutoYast)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (Descubierto automáticamente mediante DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(Error de DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -"El servicio de resolución de nombres de este equipo no satisface los " -"requisitos de inscripción de AD.\n" +"El servicio de resolución de nombres de este equipo no satisface los requisitos de inscripción de AD.\n" "Configure el entorno de red para usar el servidor AD para resolver nombres." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "Ya inscrito" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "Aún no inscrito" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Inscripción en Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Current status" msgstr "Estado actual" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "Recopilando estados..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"Los detalles de inscripción de AD se han guardado para AutoYast. Tenga en " -"cuenta que la contraseña de usuario de AD se guarda en texto no cifrado." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "Los detalles de inscripción de AD se han guardado para AutoYast. Tenga en cuenta que la contraseña de usuario de AD se guarda en texto no cifrado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -984,8 +875,8 @@ "\n" "Salida del comando:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -995,1561 +886,959 @@ "\n" "Salida del comando:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "Delegar en biblioteca de software de terceros (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "Base de datos de archivo SSSD local" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "Servicio de directorio genérico (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "Servicio Kerberos genérico" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "El dominio no proporciona un servicio de autenticación" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "Nombre de dominio (como ejemplo.com):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"¿Qué servicio proporciona datos de identidad, como nombres de usuarios y " -"pertenencia a grupos?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "¿Qué servicio proporciona datos de identidad, como nombres de usuarios y pertenencia a grupos?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "¿Qué servicio se ocupa de la autenticación de usuarios?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "Habilitar el dominio" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "Introduzca el nuevo nombre de dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." -msgstr "" -"EL nombre de dominio coincide con una palabra clave reservada. Seleccione un " -"nombre diferente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "EL nombre de dominio coincide con una palabra clave reservada. Seleccione un nombre diferente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "El nombre de dominio ya está en uso." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "Versión de sintaxis de archivo de configuración (1 o 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Número de veces que los servicios intentarán reconectarse en caso de fallo " -"del proveedor de datos o si se reinician antes de abandonar" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Número de veces que los servicios intentarán reconectarse en caso de fallo del proveedor de datos o si se reinician antes de abandonar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" -msgstr "" -"La expresión regular analiza el nombre de usuario y el nombre de dominio en " -"componentes" +msgstr "La expresión regular analiza el nombre de usuario y el nombre de dominio en componentes" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"El formato compatible con printf(3) por defecto que describe cómo se debe " -"traducir una tupla de nombre y dominio en un nombre completo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "El formato compatible con printf(3) por defecto que describe cómo se debe traducir una tupla de nombre y dominio en un nombre completo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"Si se debe usar o no el mecanismo inotify para monitorizar resolv.conf para " -"actualizar el resolver DNS interno" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "Si se debe usar o no el mecanismo inotify para monitorizar resolv.conf para actualizar el resolver DNS interno" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que SSSD debe almacenar los " -"archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que SSSD debe almacenar los archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de dominio por defecto para todos los nombres que no tengan un " -"componente de nombre de dominio." +msgstr "Nombre de dominio por defecto para todos los nombres que no tengan un componente de nombre de dominio." -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"Nivel de detalle para el registro. Puede ser numérico (0-9) o una máscara " -"extensa como 0x0010 (nivel más bajo) o 0xFFF (nivel más alto)" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "Nivel de detalle para el registro. Puede ser numérico (0-9) o una máscara extensa como 0x0010 (nivel más bajo) o 0xFFF (nivel más alto)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Añadir una marca horaria a los mensajes de depuración" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Añade microsegundos a la marca horaria de los mensajes de depuración" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "Tiempo límite en segundos entre pulsaciones de este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de descriptores de archivo que puede tener abiertos " -"simultáneamente este proceso de SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "Número máximo de descriptores de archivo que puede tener abiertos simultáneamente este proceso de SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"Número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso SSSD puede retener un " -"descriptor de archivo sin ninguna comunicación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "Número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso SSSD puede retener un descriptor de archivo sin ninguna comunicación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"El servicio recibirá SIGTERM después de este número de segundos de " -"comprobaciones fallidas de ping" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "El servicio recibirá SIGTERM después de este número de segundos de comprobaciones fallidas de ping" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuántos segundos debe nss_sss almacenar en caché las enumeraciones " -"(peticiones de información sobre todos los usuarios)?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "¿Cuántos segundos debe nss_sss almacenar en caché las enumeraciones (peticiones de información sobre todos los usuarios)?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Es posible establecer que el caché de entrada actualice automáticamente las " -"entradas en segundo plano si la petición supera un porcentaje del valor de " -"entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Es posible establecer que el caché de entrada actualice automáticamente las entradas en segundo plano si la petición supera un porcentaje del valor de entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe almacenar en caché los " -"impactos negativos en el caché (es decir, consulta si hay entradas no " -"válidas de la base de datos, como entradas que no existen) antes de volver a " -"pedirlos al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe almacenar en caché los impactos negativos en el caché (es decir, consulta si hay entradas no válidas de la base de datos, como entradas que no existen) antes de volver a pedirlos al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos usuarios para que no los recupere el sistema secundario de " -"SSS" +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos usuarios para que no los recupere el sistema secundario de SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos grupos para que no los recupere el sistema secundario SSS" +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos grupos para que no los recupere el sistema secundario SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Si desea que el usuario filtrado siga siendo miembro del grupo, defina esta " -"opción como falsa." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Si desea que el usuario filtrado siga siendo miembro del grupo, defina esta opción como falsa." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor " -"absoluto o una plantilla." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor absoluto o una plantilla." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si " -"el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Sustituye la shell de entrada para todos los usuarios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Restringe la shell de usuario a uno de los valores mostrados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Sustituye cualquier instancia de estos shell por shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell " -"permitida en el equipo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell permitida en el equipo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una " -"durante la búsqueda." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una durante la búsqueda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos en el que la lista de subdominios se " -"considerará válida." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos en el que la lista de subdominios se considerará válida." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos que serán válidos los registros de la caché " -"de la memoria." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos que serán válidos los registros de la caché de la memoria." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Si el proveedor de autenticación está desconectado, indica el tiempo que se " -"deben permitir las entradas en caché (en días desde la última entrada en " -"línea correcta)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Si el proveedor de autenticación está desconectado, indica el tiempo que se deben permitir las entradas en caché (en días desde la última entrada en línea correcta)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de que se haya alcanzado " -"el valor de offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible realizar " -"un nuevo intento de entrada." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "El tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de que se haya alcanzado el valor de offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible realizar un nuevo intento de entrada." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Controla el tipo de mensajes que se muestra al usuario durante la " -"autenticación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Controla el tipo de mensajes que se muestra al usuario durante la autenticación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará " -"actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario " -"a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más " -"reciente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más reciente." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Muestra una advertencia N días antes de que caduque la contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se deben evaluar los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que " -"implementan entradas de sudoers dependientes del tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Indica si se deben evaluar los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que implementan entradas de sudoers dependientes del tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica los segundos que el contestador de autofs puede almacenar en " -"caché coincidencias negativas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica los segundos que el contestador de autofs puede almacenar en caché coincidencias negativas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe aplicar el algoritmo hash a los nombres de host y las " -"contraseñas del archivo known_hosts gestionado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Indica si se debe aplicar el algoritmo hash a los nombres de host y las contraseñas del archivo known_hosts gestionado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"El número de segundos que se debe mantener un host en el archivo known_hosts " -"gestionado después de que se hayan pedido sus claves de host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "El número de segundos que se debe mantener un host en el archivo known_hosts gestionado después de que se hayan pedido sus claves de host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Los límites de UID y GID del dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que " -"queda fuera de estos límites, se ignora." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Los límites de UID y GID del dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que queda fuera de estos límites, se ignora." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "" -"Leer todas las entidades de la base de datos del sistema secundario " -"(aumentar la carga del servidor)" +msgstr "Leer todas las entidades de la base de datos del sistema secundario (aumentar la carga del servidor)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio no termina después de los segundos indicados en " -"“force_timeout”, el monitor forzará el apagado enviando una señal SIGKILL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Si el servicio no termina después de los segundos indicados en “force_timeout”, el monitor forzará el apagado enviando una señal SIGKILL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas " -"válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"usuario válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de usuario válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"grupo válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de grupo válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"grupo de red válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de grupo de red válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"servicio válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de servicio válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que sudo debe considerar las reglas válidas " -"antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que sudo debe considerar las reglas válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que autofs debe considerar las asignaciones " -"de Automounter válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que autofs debe considerar las asignaciones de Automounter válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Almacenar credenciales en caché para uso sin conexión" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Número de días que las entradas se dejan en caché después de la última " -"entrada correcta antes de eliminarse durante una limpieza del caché." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Número de días que las entradas se dejan en caché después de la última entrada correcta antes de eliminarse durante una limpieza del caché." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de identificación usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Usa el nombre completo y el dominio (con el formato indicado en " -"full_name_format del dominio) como nombre de entrada del usuario del que se " -"ha informado a NSS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Usa el nombre completo y el dominio (con el formato indicado en full_name_format del dominio) como nombre de entrada del usuario del que se ha informado a NSS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "El proveedor de autenticación usado para el dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de control de acceso usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para " -"el dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de SUDO usado por el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar la carga de los ajustes de SELinux" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar la recogida de subdominios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de autofs usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "El proveedor usado para recuperar información de identidad del host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo se analiza la cadena " -"que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo se analiza la cadena que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo traducir una tupla " -"(nombre, dominio) para este dominio en un nombre completo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo traducir una tupla (nombre, dominio) para este dominio en un nombre completo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona la capacidad para seleccionar una familia de direcciones " -"preferidas para usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Proporciona la capacidad para seleccionar una familia de direcciones preferidas para usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) que se debe esperar una respuesta " -"del Resolver de DNS antes de entender que no se puede acceder a él." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) que se debe esperar una respuesta del Resolver de DNS antes de entender que no se puede acceder a él." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el servidor, especifica la parte " -"del dominio de la consulta DNS de descubrimiento de servicios." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el servidor, especifica la parte del dominio de la consulta DNS de descubrimiento de servicios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Sustituye el valor del GID primario por el especificado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" -"Hace que en los nombres de usuario y de grupos se distinga entre mayúsculas " -"y minúsculas." +msgstr "Hace que en los nombres de usuario y de grupos se distinga entre mayúsculas y minúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se busca un usuario o un grupo por su nombre en el proveedor de " -"proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para canonizar el nombre en " -"caso de que el nombre pedido fuera un alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Cuando se busca un usuario o un grupo por su nombre en el proveedor de proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para canonizar el nombre en caso de que el nombre pedido fuera un alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Usa este directorio personal como valor por defecto para todos los " -"subdominios de este dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Usa este directorio personal como valor por defecto para todos los subdominios de este dominio." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de usuarios a los que se permite entrar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se les permite entrar. Esto " -"solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se les permite entrar. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se deniega explícitamente el " -"acceso. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se deniega explícitamente el acceso. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Las herramientas añaden el nombre de entrada al final de base_directory y " -"usan el resultado como directorio personal." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Las herramientas añaden el nombre de entrada al final de base_directory y usan el resultado como directorio personal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe crear por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios " -"nuevos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe crear por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios nuevos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe eliminar por defecto un directorio personal para los " -"usuarios suprimidos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe eliminar por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios suprimidos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Lo usa sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos por defecto en un " -"directorio personal recién creado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Lo usa sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos por defecto en un directorio personal recién creado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"El directorio esqueleto que contiene los archivos y directorios que se deben " -"copiar en el directorio personal del usuario cuando sss_useradd(8) crea este " -"directorio" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "El directorio esqueleto que contiene los archivos y directorios que se deben copiar en el directorio personal del usuario cuando sss_useradd(8) crea este directorio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "El directorio de la cola de correo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "El comando que se ejecuta después de que se elimine un usuario." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" -"(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está " -"disponible" +msgstr "(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está disponible" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) de servidores LDAP (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional para restringir las búsquedas de sudo-rule " -"LDAP. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional para restringir las búsquedas de sudo-rule LDAP. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden " -"de preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN base para búsqueda LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Tipo de esquema LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "" -"El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar " -"operaciones de LDAP." +msgstr "El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar operaciones de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por " -"defecto." +msgstr "El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de usuario en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre de entrada del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo primario del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al campo gecos del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario " -"de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del " -"objeto padre." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último " -"cambio de contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio de contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de " -"la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de " -"la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de " -"advertencia de la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de advertencia de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de " -"inactividad de la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de inactividad de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este " -"parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su " -"equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de " -"contraseña en Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de contraseña en Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la " -"contraseña actual." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la contraseña actual." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre " -"de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre " -"de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la " -"cuenta de usuario." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la cuenta de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este " -"parámetro determina si se permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este parámetro determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se " -"permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha " -"hasta la que se permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha hasta la que se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas " -"de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de " -"Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las claves públicas SSH del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar " -"la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error " -"de autenticación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error de autenticación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas." +msgstr "Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para " -"actualizar su caché de registros enumerados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para actualizar su caché de registros enumerados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas " -"inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han " -"entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre completo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que muestra los miembros del grupo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará " -"la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario " -"para determinar los privilegios de acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia " -"del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los " -"privilegios de acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de " -"LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación " -"del objeto padre." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos " -"anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de " -"niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active " -"Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en " -"distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active " -"Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio " -"(principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente " -"anidados)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio (principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " La clase de objeto de una entrada de grupo de red en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, " -"dominio)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, dominio)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de " -"LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de servicio en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus " -"alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el puerto gestionado por este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de servicios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. " -"El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de servicios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten " -"las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se " -"devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las " -"búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se " -"cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo " -"sin conexión)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll" -"(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a " -"las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un " -"servidor LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un servidor LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una " -"única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por " -"petición." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por petición." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Inhabilita el control de paginación LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel " -"de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché " -"interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Validar certificación del servidor en sesión LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades " -"de certificación que reconoce el SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades de certificación que reconoce el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la " -"autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica los conjuntos de cifrado aceptables." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger " -"el canal." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger el canal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde " -"los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de " -"confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica el mecanismo de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica el ID de autorización de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica el dominio de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda " -"inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifica el archivo keytab que se debe usar al emplear SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de " -"Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la duración en segundos del TGT si se usa GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el " -"cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica si se debe habilitar la búsqueda automática de referencias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de " -"servicios está habilitado." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor " -"LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios " -"está habilitado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change " -"con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio " -"de contraseña." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por " -"defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de " -"búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso " -"en este host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso en este host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de " -"control de acceso del cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de control de acceso del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de opciones de control de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda." +msgstr "Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para " -"los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de autofs LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El " -"valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de autofs LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de grupos LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El " -"valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de grupos LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de grupos de red LDAP para este tipo de " -"atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de grupos de red LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de usuarios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. " -"El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de usuarios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"La clase de objeto de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en " -"LDAP." +msgstr "La clase de objeto de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "El nombre de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." -msgstr "" -"La clave de una entrada de montaje automático en LDAP. La entrada suele " -"corresponder a un punto de montaje." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "La clave de una entrada de montaje automático en LDAP. La entrada suele corresponder a un punto de montaje." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por " -"comas)" +msgstr "Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host " -"de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de " -"preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Dominio Kerberos (p. ej., EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es " -"posible definir servidores alternativos aquí." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es posible definir servidores alternativos aquí." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directorio para almacenar cachés de credenciales." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Ubicación del caché de credenciales del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en " -"línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales " -"obtenidas de los KDC." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales obtenidas de los KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se " -"usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número " -"entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de " -"inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar." +msgstr "El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la " -"preautenticación de Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la preautenticación de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Especifica el servidor principal que se debe usar para FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados." +msgstr "Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "Host names of AD servers (comma separated)." msgstr "Nombres de host de servidores AD (separados por comas)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "Host names of backup AD servers (comma separated)." -msgstr "" -"Nombres de host de servidores AD de copia de seguridad (separados por comas)." +msgstr "Nombres de host de servidores AD de copia de seguridad (separados por comas)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el " -"nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar " -"para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar " -"para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Especifica el número de ID disponibles para cada sección." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el SID de dominio del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea " -"similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "" -"Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)" +msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el " -"nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "La ubicación de automounter que utilizará este cliente IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS " -"creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo." +msgstr "El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones " -"dinámicas de DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones dinámicas de DNS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,181 +14,173 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de autenticación" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" msgstr "Habilitar/Inhabilitar el servicio" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" msgstr "Añadir una nueva base de datos" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" msgstr "Muestra una lista de las bases de datos disponibles actualmente." -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" msgstr "Muestra una lista de los esquemas configurados actualmente." -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "Añade un esquema a la lista." -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Habilitar el servicio" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Inhabilitar el servicio" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" msgstr "Tipo de base de datos (\"hdb\" o \"bdb\")" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" msgstr "DN Base de la base de datos" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" msgstr "DN para la entrada del administrador" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" msgstr "Contraseña del administrador" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" msgstr "Directorio de la base de datos" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" msgstr "Archivo" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" msgstr "Posición" -#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); -#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); -#. -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 +#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); +#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); +#. +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" msgstr "No se ha proporcionado ningún DN base\n" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" msgstr "No se puede crear la base de datos si el servicio no está habilitado." -#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 +#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" msgstr "Error al añadir la base de datos" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"La base de datos LDAP ya ha sido creada. Puede modificar la configuración " -"más tarde en el sistema instalado." +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de datos LDAP ya ha sido creada. Puede modificar la configuración más tarde en el sistema instalado." -#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 +#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[contraseña de root]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[definida manualmente]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una " -"contraseña de servidor LDAP para continuar." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una contraseña de servidor LDAP para continuar." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" msgstr "Configurando el servidor principal LDAP:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "Configurando el servidor LDAP autónomo:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " msgstr "DN base: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " msgstr "DN raíz: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " msgstr "Contraseña LDAP: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" msgstr "Configurando el servidor esclavo LDAP" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " msgstr "Proveedor:" -#. all known interfaces for testing -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 +#. all known interfaces for testing +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" msgstr "No" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " msgstr "Registrarse en daemon SLP: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " msgstr "Iniciar el servidor LDAP: " -#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 +#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP" -#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 +#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor Open&LDAP" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" @@ -198,10 +190,10 @@ "YaST no puede continuar con la configuración\n" "sin instalar el paquete." -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 msgid "" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -209,15 +201,11 @@ "YaST2 no puede continuar con la configuración\n" "sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Error en la configuración de replicación de OpenLDAP. Reconfigure después de " -"que finalice la instalación." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Error en la configuración de replicación de OpenLDAP. Reconfigure después de que finalice la instalación." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." @@ -225,46 +213,42 @@ "Servidor OpenLDAP: el certificado de servidor común no está disponible.\n" "StartTLS está desactivado." -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "Configuración de la replicación MirrorMode OpenLDAP" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." msgstr "Se ha detectado una configuración existente." -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Ya tiene una configuración existente, pero el servidor LDAP no se encuentra " -"actualmente en ejecución.\n" -"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de " -"configuración o prefiere crear una\n" +"Ya tiene una configuración existente, pero el servidor LDAP no se encuentra actualmente en ejecución.\n" +"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una\n" "nueva configuración desde cero?" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Reiniciar" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" msgstr "Nueva configuración" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" msgstr "Migrar configuración existente" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" "/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" @@ -276,102 +260,93 @@ "de configuración dinámica de OpenLDAP (back-config). ¿Desea migrar la\n" "configuración actual a la base de datos de configuración?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" msgstr "Migrar una configuración existente" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" msgstr "Crear una nueva configuración desde cero" -#. LdapServer summary dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 +#. LdapServer summary dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del servidor de autenticación" -#. heading for all dialogs -#. FIXME: adapt to your needs -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 +#. heading for all dialogs +#. FIXME: adapt to your needs +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de autenticación" -#. ********************* -#. * dialog functions ** -#. ******************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 +#. ********************* +#. * dialog functions ** +#. ******************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database -#. dialogs -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 +#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database +#. dialogs +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" msgstr "&Iniciar el servidor LDAP" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" msgstr "Registrarse en un daemon &SLP" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. create new item -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#. create new item +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." msgstr "El servidor LDAP no está ejecutándose." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de " -"configuración o prefiere crear una nueva configuración desde cero?" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una nueva configuración desde cero?" -#. get helps page -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 +#. get helps page +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item <b>" msgstr "página de ayuda para el elemento <b>" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "</b> not available" msgstr "</b> no disponible" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" msgstr "Tipo de servidor" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Stand-alone server" msgstr "Servidor independiente" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Master server in a replication setup" msgstr "Servidor maestro en una configuración de réplica" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n" msgstr "Servidor de réplica (esclavo).\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Todos los datos, incluida la configuración, se replicarán desde un servidor " -"remoto." +msgstr "Todos los datos, incluida la configuración, se replicarán desde un servidor remoto." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" @@ -379,37 +354,36 @@ "YaST no pudo determinar el nombre de host completo de este\n" "equipo. \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente, no es posible configurar un servidor de replicación principal." +msgstr "Actualmente, no es posible configurar un servidor de replicación principal." -#. Button text -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 +#. Button text +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" msgstr "&Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de Kerberos" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "&Habilitar autenticación de Kerberos" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" msgstr "Valores básicos de configuración de Kerberos" -#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. -#. Please think twice please before you translate this, -#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 +#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. +#. Please think twice please before you translate this, +#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" msgstr "Dominio (r&ealm)" -#. abort? -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 +#. abort? +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n" @@ -419,184 +393,179 @@ "YaST2 no puede habilitar Kerberos\n" "sin instalar el paquete." -#. caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 +#. caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de Kerberos" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "&Opciones avanzadas" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Selección actual:" -#. tree widget headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 +#. tree widget headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#. ############## input handler ################ -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 +#. ############## input handler ################ +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" msgstr "Error en la autenticación LDAP. ¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " msgstr "Mensaje de error: " -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" msgstr "Crear una cuenta nueva en la primera base de datos" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" msgstr "Objeto contenedor" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Navegar" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" msgstr "Generar una contraseña aleatoria" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication" msgstr "Usar la cuenta \"cn=config\" para la replicación" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "Configurar cuenta para réplica" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "no es un DN de LDAP válido" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" msgstr "Validar contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Introduzca una contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "Detalles del proveedor" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host del proveedor" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Usar StartTLS" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" msgstr "Contraseña de administración para la base de datos \"cn=config\"" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" msgstr "Archivo de certificado C&A (formato PEM)" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado CA" -#. **************************** -#. * tls handlers -#. *************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 +#. **************************** +#. * tls handlers +#. *************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo válido de certificado CA" -#. Doing these checks during installation will -#. most probably fail -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Error al abrir la conexión a la base de datos \"cn=config\" en el servidor " -"del proveedor.\n" +#. Doing these checks during installation will +#. most probably fail +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Error al abrir la conexión a la base de datos \"cn=config\" en el servidor del proveedor.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" "Verifique que el servidor del proveedor permite conexiones remotas a\n" -" la base de datos \"cn=config\" y que ha introducido la contraseña " -"correcta.\n" +" la base de datos \"cn=config\" y que ha introducido la contraseña correcta.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" msgstr "Se han devuelto los siguientes mensajes de error:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "Error al verificar la configuración de TLS/SSL." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" msgstr "¿Desea importar un certificado diferente de CA o de servidor?" -#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 +#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" msgstr "Falta la configuración de replicación en el servidor del proveedor.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." msgstr "Haga clic en Continuar para crearla ahora." -#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 +#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" "it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" @@ -604,145 +573,121 @@ "La configuración de replicación en el servidor principal indica que\n" "ya está actuando como un consumidor de réplica.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente, no se admite la configuración de una replicación en cascada de " -"cn=config." +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Actualmente, no se admite la configuración de una replicación en cascada de cn=config." -#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Error al comprobar las credenciales de autenticación definidas en la " -"configuración de replicación del servidor del proveedor.\n" +#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Error al comprobar las credenciales de autenticación definidas en la configuración de replicación del servidor del proveedor.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "La prueba ha devuelto los siguientes mensajes de error:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." msgstr "Haga clic en Continuar para corregirlo ahora." -#. ReplicatonSummary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 +#. ReplicatonSummary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" msgstr "Configuración principal de réplica" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" "Para poder actuar como servidor principal de replicación, debe ser posible\n" -"acceder de forma remota a la base de datos de configuración. Establezca una " -"contraseña para la base de datos de configuración.\n" +"acceder de forma remota a la base de datos de configuración. Establezca una contraseña para la base de datos de configuración.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" "(El acceso remoto a la base de datos de configuración estará restringido a\n" "conexiones LDAP cifradas).\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" msgstr "Introduzca la &contraseña nueva" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "&Validar contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "Preparar la replicación MirrorMode (genera el atributo serverId)" -#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 +#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Configuración de inicio</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Iniciar el servidor LDAP</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Sí</b> si el servidor LDAP debe iniciarse automáticamente\n" -"como parte del proceso de arranque. Seleccione <b>No</b> si no desea que se " -"inicie. Nota:\n" -"si selecciona <b>No,</b> no podrá realizar ningún cambio en la configuración " -"de OpenLDAP.</p>\n" +"como parte del proceso de arranque. Seleccione <b>No</b> si no desea que se inicie. Nota:\n" +"si selecciona <b>No,</b> no podrá realizar ningún cambio en la configuración de OpenLDAP.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Escuchas de protocolos</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Habilita e inhabilita los distintos monitores de protocolos de OpenLDAP" +msgstr "<p>Habilita e inhabilita los distintos monitores de protocolos de OpenLDAP</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> es la interfaz estándar de LDAP en el puerto 389. La " -"comunicación segura mediante\n" -"TLS/SSL es posible con la operación StartTLS, en el caso de que tenga un " -"certificado de servidor configurado.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> es la interfaz estándar de LDAP en el puerto 389. La comunicación segura mediante\n" +"TLS/SSL es posible con la operación StartTLS, en el caso de que tenga un certificado de servidor configurado.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita la interfaz \"LDAP sobre SSL (LDAPS)\" para " -"conexiones protegidas\n" -"en el puerto 636. Esto solo funciona si tiene configurado un certificado de " -"servidor (consulte \"Ajustes globales\"/\"Ajustes de TLS\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita la interfaz \"LDAP sobre SSL (LDAPS)\" para conexiones protegidas\n" +"en el puerto 636. Esto solo funciona si tiene configurado un certificado de servidor (consulte \"Ajustes globales\"/\"Ajustes de TLS\").\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita la interfaz \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Permite acceder al " -"servidor\n" +"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita la interfaz \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Permite acceder al servidor\n" "LDAP a través de un socket de dominio Unix. No debe inhabilitar la interfaz\n" "LDAPI, ya que YaST la utiliza para comunicarse con el servidor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Valores de configuración del cortafuegos</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.</p>\n" @@ -750,40 +695,30 @@ "<p>Seleccione si SuSEFirewall debe permitir el acceso en los puertos de red\n" "relacionados con LDAP.</p>\n" -#. First part of the Add Database Widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 +#. First part of the Add Database Widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores básicos de configuración de la base de datos</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. " -"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el tipo de <b>base de datos:</b> <b>hdb,</b> <b>bdb</b> o " -"<b>mdb.</b> <b>Hdb</b> es una\n" -"variante del servidor <b>bdb</b> que utiliza un diseño de base de datos " -"jerárquico\n" -"y permite renombrar los subárboles. Por lo demás, resulta idéntica a <b>bdb.\n" +"<p>Seleccione el tipo de <b>base de datos:</b> <b>hdb,</b> <b>bdb</b> o <b>mdb.</b> <b>Hdb</b> es una\n" +"variante del servidor <b>bdb</b> que utiliza un diseño de base de datos jerárquico\n" +"y permite renombrar los subárboles. Por lo demás, resulta idéntica a <b>bdb</b>.\n" "Una base de datos <b>hdb</b> necesita tener un valor de <b>idlcachesize</b>\n" -"mayor que el de una base de datos <b>bdb</b> para obtener un buen " -"rendimiento en las búsquedas.\n" -"Las bases de datos <b>mdb</b> usan la biblioteca LMDB (Lightning Memory-" -"Mapped DB) de OpenLDAP para almacenar datos.\n" -"Es similar al servidor <b>hdb,</b> pero es más eficaz en materia de espacio " -"y de ejecución.</p>\n" +"mayor que el de una base de datos <b>bdb</b> para obtener un buen rendimiento en las búsquedas.\n" +"Las bases de datos <b>mdb</b> usan la biblioteca LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped DB) de OpenLDAP para almacenar datos.\n" +"Es similar al servidor <b>hdb,</b> pero es más eficaz en materia de espacio y de ejecución.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created.</p>" @@ -791,46 +726,33 @@ "<p>La opción <b>DN base</b> define el nombre de la entrada raíz \n" "de la base de datos que se va a crear.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>El valor <b>DN de administrador</b> junto con la <b>Contraseña del " -"administrador LDAP</b> \n" -"especifican una identidad de superusuario para la base de datos, que supera " -"todas las directivas ACL, \n" -"así como cualquier otra restricción administrativa. Al activar <b>Añadir DN " -"base</b>, se añade el \n" -" <b>DN base</b> introducido anteriormente, por ejemplo, un DN base del tipo " -"<tt>dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt> \n" -" y un DN administrador <tt>c=Admin</tt> se combinan en un DN administrador " -"real\n" +"<p>El valor <b>DN de administrador</b> junto con la <b>Contraseña del administrador LDAP</b> \n" +"especifican una identidad de superusuario para la base de datos, que supera todas las directivas ACL, \n" +"así como cualquier otra restricción administrativa. Al activar <b>Añadir DN base</b>, se añade el \n" +" <b>DN base</b> introducido anteriormente, por ejemplo, un DN base del tipo <tt>dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt> \n" +" y un DN administrador <tt>c=Admin</tt> se combinan en un DN administrador real\n" " <tt>c=Admin,dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt>.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Si este asistente se inició durante la instalación, la \n" -"<b>Contraseña del administrador LDAP</b> será la misma que la contraseña del " -"usuario\n" -"root del sistema, introducida en un paso anterior del proceso de instalación." -"</p> " +"<b>Contraseña del administrador LDAP</b> será la misma que la contraseña del usuario\n" +"root del sistema, introducida en un paso anterior del proceso de instalación.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -839,18 +761,14 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para utilizar esta base de datos por defecto para las herramientas " -"cliente\n" -"de OpenLDAP (por ejemplo, ldapsearch), seleccione <b>Usar esta base de datos " -"como base por defecto\n" -"para los clientes OpenLDAP</b>. Esto hará que se escriba \"localhost\" como " -"nombre del equipo y se introduzca el\n" +"<p>Para utilizar esta base de datos por defecto para las herramientas cliente\n" +"de OpenLDAP (por ejemplo, ldapsearch), seleccione <b>Usar esta base de datos como base por defecto\n" +"para los clientes OpenLDAP</b>. Esto hará que se escriba \"localhost\" como nombre del equipo y se introduzca el\n" "<b>DN base</b> anterior en el archivo de configuración del cliente OpenLDAP\n" -" <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta casilla de verificación se " -"selecciona por\n" +" <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta casilla de verificación se selecciona por\n" "defecto al crear la primera base de datos del servidor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" @@ -858,110 +776,83 @@ "YaST no admite actualmente esta base de datos. No puede cambiar\n" "ningún ajuste de configuración aquí.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para habilitar o inhabilitar la autenticación de texto normal " -"(asociación\n" +"<p>Para habilitar o inhabilitar la autenticación de texto normal (asociación\n" "simple LDAP) para la base de datos de configuración, haga clic en la\n" "casilla de verificación asociada. La autenticación de texto normal en la\n" -"base de datos de configuración solo se permite si se usan conexiones " -"suficientemente protegidas (ejemplo, con cifrado SSL/TLS).</p>\n" +"base de datos de configuración solo se permite si se usan conexiones suficientemente protegidas (ejemplo, con cifrado SSL/TLS).</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para cambiar la contraseña del administrador de la base de datos de\n" "configuración, haga clic en <b>Cambiar contraseña</b>.\n" "Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda\n" -"introducir la nueva contraseña y para seleccionar la opción <b>Cifrado de " -"contraseña.</b> \n" -"Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque ya " -"haya una contraseña definida\n" +"introducir la nueva contraseña y para seleccionar la opción <b>Cifrado de contraseña.</b> \n" +"Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque ya haya una contraseña definida\n" "en la configuración.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Editar la base de datos BDB</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Permite cambiar los ajustes básicos de las bases de datos BDB y HDB.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Permite cambiar los ajustes básicos de las bases de datos BDB y HDB.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el DN completo o sólo la primera parte y añada el DN base " -"automáticamente \n" +"<p>Introduzca el DN completo o sólo la primera parte y añada el DN base automáticamente \n" "con la opción <b>Añadir DN base</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, haga clic en " -"<b>Cambiar contraseña</b>.\n" -"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva " -"contraseña y seleccionar la opción <b>Cifrado de contraseña</b>\n" -". Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque ya " -"haya una contraseña definida en la configuración.</p>\n" +"<p>Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, haga clic en <b>Cambiar contraseña</b>.\n" +"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva contraseña y seleccionar la opción <b>Cifrado de contraseña</b>\n" +". Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque ya haya una contraseña definida en la configuración.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Caché de las entradas</b> y <b>Caché del índice (caché IDL)</b> " -"puede ajustar\n" -"los tamaños de la memoria caché interna de OpenLDAP. Con <b>Caché de las " -"entradas</b> se define el\n" -"número de las entradas que se van a mantener en la memoria del caché de " -"entrada de OpenLDAP. Si es posible (si dispone de memoria RAM suficiente), " -"este número debería ser lo suficientemente elevado como para mantener\n" -"cargada en memoria la base de datos completa. <b>Caché del índice (caché IDL)" -"</b> se utiliza para aumentar la \n" -"velocidad de las búsquedas que contienen atributos indexados. Por lo " -"general, y en especial para las bases de datos HDB,\n" -"se necesita un valor elevado de caché IDL para obtener un buen rendimiento " -"en las búsquedas (básicamente,\n" +"<p>Con <b>Caché de las entradas</b> y <b>Caché del índice (caché IDL)</b> puede ajustar\n" +"los tamaños de la memoria caché interna de OpenLDAP. Con <b>Caché de las entradas</b> se define el\n" +"número de las entradas que se van a mantener en la memoria del caché de entrada de OpenLDAP. Si es posible (si dispone de memoria RAM suficiente), este número debería ser lo suficientemente elevado como para mantener\n" +"cargada en memoria la base de datos completa. <b>Caché del índice (caché IDL)</b> se utiliza para aumentar la \n" +"velocidad de las búsquedas que contienen atributos indexados. Por lo general, y en especial para las bases de datos HDB,\n" +"se necesita un valor elevado de caché IDL para obtener un buen rendimiento en las búsquedas (básicamente,\n" "tres veces el tamaño del caché de las entradas).</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración de la directiva de contraseñas</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" @@ -969,30 +860,21 @@ "<p>Para usar las directivas de contraseñas en esta base de datos, active \n" "la opción <b>Habilitar directivas de contraseñas</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Marque la opción <b>Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas para\n" -"especificar que el servidor OpenLDAP debe cifrar las contraseñas no " -"cifradas\n" -"presentes en las solicitudes de adición y modificación antes de almacenarlas " -"en la base de datos.\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este hecho infringe el modelo de información X.500/LDAP, " -"pero puede que\n" -"sea necesario para compensar a los clientes LDAP que no usan la operación " -"extendida de modificación de contraseñas para gestionar las contraseñas.</p> " +"<p>Marque la opción <b>Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas</b> para\n" +"especificar que el servidor OpenLDAP debe cifrar las contraseñas no cifradas\n" +"presentes en las solicitudes de adición y modificación antes de almacenarlas en la base de datos.\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este hecho infringe el modelo de información X.500/LDAP, pero puede que\n" +"sea necesario para compensar a los clientes LDAP que no usan la operación extendida de modificación de contraseñas para gestionar las contraseñas.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -1000,301 +882,235 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si la opción <b>Revelar el estado \"Cuenta bloqueada\"</b> está " -"habilitada,\n" +"<p>Si la opción <b>Revelar el estado \"Cuenta bloqueada\"</b> está habilitada,\n" "los usuarios que intenten autenticarse en una cuenta bloqueada\n" -"obtendrán una notificación al respecto. Esta notificación puede " -"proporcionar\n" +"obtendrán una notificación al respecto. Esta notificación puede proporcionar\n" " información útil para un atacante. Los sitios en los que la seguridad\n" "sea un aspecto importante no deben habilitar esta opción.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el nombre del objeto de directiva por defecto en <b>DN del " -"objeto de directiva por defecto.</b></p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el nombre del objeto de directiva por defecto en <b>DN del objeto de directiva por defecto.</b></p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede crear o modificar la directiva por defecto haciendo clic en " -"<b>Editar directiva.</b>\n" -"Es posible que tras hacer esto se le pida la contraseña del administrador de " -"LDAP\n" -"para permitir que el objeto de la directiva pueda leerse desde el servidor.\n" +"<p>Puede crear o modificar la directiva por defecto haciendo clic en <b>Editar directiva.</b>\n" +"Es posible que tras hacer esto se le pida la contraseña del administrador de LDAP\n" +"para permitir que el objeto de la directiva pueda leerse desde el servidor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Configuración del índice</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambia las opciones de indexado de una base de datos hdb o bdb.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La tabla muestra una lista con los atributos que tienen actualmente " -"definido un índice.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La tabla muestra una lista con los atributos que tienen actualmente definido un índice.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>OpenLDAP utiliza los índices para mejorar el rendimiento en un tipo " -"concreto de\n" -"búsquedas. Los índices se deben configurar de acuerdo con las búsquedas más " -"frecuentes\n" -"que se suelen utilizar en una base de datos. YaST permite configurar tres " -"tipos\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP utiliza los índices para mejorar el rendimiento en un tipo concreto de\n" +"búsquedas. Los índices se deben configurar de acuerdo con las búsquedas más frecuentes\n" +"que se suelen utilizar en una base de datos. YaST permite configurar tres tipos\n" "diferentes de índices.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Presencia:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan " -"filtros de presencia\n" -"(por ejemplo, (<tt>attributeType=*</tt>). Los índices de presencia solo se " -"deben configurar\n" +"<p><b>Presencia:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan filtros de presencia\n" +"(por ejemplo, (<tt>attributeType=*</tt>). Los índices de presencia solo se deben configurar\n" "para los atributos que no se encuentran a menudo en una base de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Igualdad:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan " -"filtros de igualdad\n" -"(por ejemplo, (<tt>attributeType=<valores exactos></tt>). Un índice de " -"<b>Igualdad</b>\n" +"<p><b>Igualdad:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan filtros de igualdad\n" +"(por ejemplo, (<tt>attributeType=<valores exactos></tt>). Un índice de <b>Igualdad</b>\n" "debe configurarse siempre sobre el atributo <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Subcadena:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan un " -"filtro\n" +"<p><b>Subcadena:</b> este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan un filtro\n" "de subcadenas (por ejemplo, <tt>attributeType=<subcadena>*</tt>).</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para definir las opciones de indexado de un\n" -" nuevo atributo, <b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar un índice existente y " -"<b>Editar</b>\n" -"para modificar las opciones de un atributo que ya se encuentra indexado.\n" +" nuevo atributo, <b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar un índice existente y <b>Editar</b>\n" +"para modificar las opciones de un atributo que ya se encuentra indexado.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Nota: dependiendo del tamaño de la base de datos, puede llevar algún " -"tiempo\n" -"que se añadan los nuevos índices y se activen en la base de datos. Una vez " -"que la configuración\n" -"se haya registrado en el servidor, se iniciará una tarea en segundo plano " -"para indexar la\n" +"<p>Nota: dependiendo del tamaño de la base de datos, puede llevar algún tiempo\n" +"que se añadan los nuevos índices y se activen en la base de datos. Una vez que la configuración\n" +"se haya registrado en el servidor, se iniciará una tarea en segundo plano para indexar la\n" "información en la base de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Configuración del control de acceso</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>La tabla muestra un resumen de todas las directivas de control de acceso " -"configuradas\n" +"<p>La tabla muestra un resumen de todas las directivas de control de acceso configuradas\n" "actualmente en la base de datos seleccionada.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cada regla se muestran los objetos de destino que coinciden. Para " -"obtener una vista\n" +"<p>Para cada regla se muestran los objetos de destino que coinciden. Para obtener una vista\n" "más detallada de una regla o para cambiarla, seleccione una regla de la\n" "tabla y haga clic en <b>Editar.</b></p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para crear nuevas reglas de control de acceso y " -"<b>Suprimir</b> para\n" +"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para crear nuevas reglas de control de acceso y <b>Suprimir</b> para\n" "eliminar una regla de control de acceso.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El proceso de evaluación del control de acceso de OpenLDAP se detiene en " -"la primera regla\n" +"<p>El proceso de evaluación del control de acceso de OpenLDAP se detiene en la primera regla\n" "cuya definición (DN, filtro y atributos) coincida con la entrada\n" "a la que se accede- Por lo tanto, es posible que necesite\n" -"ordenar las reglas de acuerdo a sus necesidades. Para ello, puede utilizar " -"los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n" +"ordenar las reglas de acuerdo a sus necesidades. Para ello, puede utilizar los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración del proveedor de réplicas</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque la casilla de verificación <b>Habilitar el proveedor ldapsync para " -"esta base de datos</b> si desea que se pueda\n" +"<p>Marque la casilla de verificación <b>Habilitar el proveedor ldapsync para esta base de datos</b> si desea que se pueda\n" "replicar en otro servidor la base de datos seleccionada actualmente.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Valores de configuración del punto de verificación</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede especificar la frecuencia con la que el indicador de estado " -"de\n" -"sincronización (almacenado en el atributo\"<i>contextCSN</i>\") se escribe " -"en la base de datos.\n" +"<p>Aquí puede especificar la frecuencia con la que el indicador de estado de\n" +"sincronización (almacenado en el atributo\"<i>contextCSN</i>\") se escribe en la base de datos.\n" "Se sincroniza con la base de datos tras un número de \"<i>Operaciones</i>\"\n" -"de escritura o cuando transcurren más de los \"<i>Minutos</i>\" " -"especificados desde la\n" +"de escritura o cuando transcurren más de los \"<i>Minutos</i>\" especificados desde la\n" "última vez que el indicador se escribió. Por defecto (ambos valores son 0)\n" "el indicador de estado solo se escribe después de un apagado limpio.\n" -"Escribir el indicador con más frecuencia puede producir que se tarde menos " -"en iniciar después de un\n" -"apagado no limpio, pero puede producir un menor rendimiento en entornos con " -"muchas operaciones de escritura LDAPS.</p>\n" +"Escribir el indicador con más frecuencia puede producir que se tarde menos en iniciar después de un\n" +"apagado no limpio, pero puede producir un menor rendimiento en entornos con muchas operaciones de escritura LDAPS.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Registro de sesión</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configura un registro de sesión in-memory para registrar información " -"acerca de las operaciones de escritura\n" -"efectuadas en la base de datos. Indique cuántas operaciones de escritura " -"deben anotarse en el registro de sesión. \n" -"Configurar un registro de sesión tiene sentido sólo cuando se usa el tipo de " -"réplica \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". En estos\n" -"casos, se puede agilizar la réplica y reducir la carga del servidor " -"principal.</p>" +"<p>Configura un registro de sesión in-memory para registrar información acerca de las operaciones de escritura\n" +"efectuadas en la base de datos. Indique cuántas operaciones de escritura deben anotarse en el registro de sesión. \n" +"Configurar un registro de sesión tiene sentido sólo cuando se usa el tipo de réplica \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". En estos\n" +"casos, se puede agilizar la réplica y reducir la carga del servidor principal.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración del consumidor de réplica</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione \"<b>Esta base de datos es un consumidor de réplica</b>\" si " -"desea\n" +"<p>Seleccione \"<b>Esta base de datos es un consumidor de réplica</b>\" si desea\n" "que la base de datos sea una replica de otra en otro servidor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Proveedor</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Introduzca aquí los detalles de la conexión de replicación con el servidor\n" -"principal. Seleccione el protocolo que desea usar (<b>LDAP</b> o <b>LDAPS) e\n" +"principal. Seleccione el protocolo que desea usar (<b>LDAP</b> o <b>LDAPS</b>) e\n" "indique el nombre de host completo del servidor principal. Es \n" -"importante usar el nombre de host completo para poder verificar el " -"certificado TLS/SSL\n" -"del servidor principal. Ajuste el número de puerto si el servidor principal " -"usa\n" +"importante usar el nombre de host completo para poder verificar el certificado TLS/SSL\n" +"del servidor principal. Ajuste el número de puerto si el servidor principal usa\n" "puertos LDAP no estándares.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Tipo de réplica</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP admite varios modos de réplicas:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -1302,82 +1118,69 @@ "<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>refreshOnly:</b> el servidor esclavo abrirá periódicamente una\n" -"nueva conexión, ejecutará una sincronización y volverá a cerrar la conexión. " -"La frecuencia\n" +"nueva conexión, ejecutará una sincronización y volverá a cerrar la conexión. La frecuencia\n" "de la sincronización se puede configurar mediante el \n" "ajuste <b>Intervalo de réplica.</b></p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist:</b> el servidor esclavo abrirá una conexión\n" -"persistente al servidor principal para la sincronización. Las entradas " -"actualizadas\n" -"del servidor principal se envían de inmediato al esclavo a través de esa " -"conexión.</p>\n" +"persistente al servidor principal para la sincronización. Las entradas actualizadas\n" +"del servidor principal se envían de inmediato al esclavo a través de esa conexión.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Autenticación</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Permite especificar un DN y una contraseña que el servidor esclavo deberá " -"utilizar para autenticarse en el principal.\n" -"El DN especificado debe tener acceso de lectura a todas las entradas de la " -"base de datos replicada en el principal.</p>\n" +"<p>Permite especificar un DN y una contraseña que el servidor esclavo deberá utilizar para autenticarse en el principal.\n" +"El DN especificado debe tener acceso de lectura a todas las entradas de la base de datos replicada en el principal.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Referencia de actualización</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si la base de datos del esclavo es de solo de lectura. El servidor " -"esclavo\n" +"<p>Si la base de datos del esclavo es de solo de lectura. El servidor esclavo\n" "responderá a operaciones de escritura con una referencia de LDAP.\n" -"Esta referencia por defecto apunta el cliente al servidor maestro. Puede " -"configurar aquí referencias de actualización diferentes.\n" -"Esto es por ejemplo muy útil en una configuración de replicación en cascada, " -"donde el proveedor\n" +"Esta referencia por defecto apunta el cliente al servidor maestro. Puede configurar aquí referencias de actualización diferentes.\n" +"Esto es por ejemplo muy útil en una configuración de replicación en cascada, donde el proveedor\n" "para el servidor esclavo es también un servidor esclavo. </p>\n" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor LDAP</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Guardando configuración del servidor LDAP</big></b><p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1385,297 +1188,233 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Para cancelar el almacenamiento, haga clic en <b>Abortar.</b>\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.</p>\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Resumen de la configuración del servidor LDAP</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Este recuadro de diálogo proporciona un breve resumen de la configuración " -"que\n" -"acaba de crear. Haga clic en <b>Finalizar</b> para escribir la configuración " -"y salir del\n" +"<p>Este recuadro de diálogo proporciona un breve resumen de la configuración que\n" +"acaba de crear. Haga clic en <b>Finalizar</b> para escribir la configuración y salir del\n" "módulo del servidor LDAP.</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice la opción <b>Iniciar el servidor LDAP sí o no</b> para iniciar o " -"detener el servidor LDAP.</p> " +#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Utilice la opción <b>Iniciar el servidor LDAP sí o no</b> para iniciar o detener el servidor LDAP.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si selecciona <b>Sí,</b> haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para iniciar el " -"asistente de configuración.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si selecciona <b>Sí,</b> haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para iniciar el asistente de configuración.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si el cortafuegos está habilitado, puede abrir los puertos de la red\n" -"que necesite para OpenLDAP activando la casilla de verificación " -"correspondiente.</p>\n" +"que necesite para OpenLDAP activando la casilla de verificación correspondiente.</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el tipo de servidor LDAP que desea configurar. Hay disponibles " -"los siguientes escenarios:</p>" +#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione el tipo de servidor LDAP que desea configurar. Hay disponibles los siguientes escenarios:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor independiente:</b> configura un único servidor OpenLDAP " -"independiente\n" +"<p><b>Servidor independiente:</b> configura un único servidor OpenLDAP independiente\n" "sin preparación para la réplica.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor maestro en una configuración de réplica:</b> crea una " -"configuración de\n" -"OpenLDAP preparada para actuar como servidor principal (proveedor) en una " -"configuración de réplica.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Servidor maestro en una configuración de réplica:</b> crea una configuración de\n" +"OpenLDAP preparada para actuar como servidor principal (proveedor) en una configuración de réplica.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor esclavo de réplica</b>: configura un servidor esclavo " -"OpenLDAP que replique todos los datos,\n" +"<p><b>Servidor esclavo de réplica</b>: configura un servidor esclavo OpenLDAP que replique todos los datos,\n" "incluida la configuración, desde un servidor maestro.</p>" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 +#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración de TLS</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Valores básicos de configuración</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para habilitar el cifrado a través de TLS/SSL, seleccione la casilla de\n" -"verificación <b>TLS habilitado.</b> Además, necesita configurar el " -"certificado\n" +"verificación <b>TLS habilitado.</b> Además, necesita configurar el certificado\n" "que debe utilizar el servidor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para " -"permitir\n" -"que el servidor acepte conexiones LDAPS en el puerto 636. Si esta opción no " -"está\n" -"activada, OpenLDAP solo permitirá conexiones cifradas TLS a través de la " -"operación extendida StartTLS.</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para permitir\n" +"que el servidor acepte conexiones LDAPS en el puerto 636. Si esta opción no está\n" +"activada, OpenLDAP solo permitirá conexiones cifradas TLS a través de la operación extendida StartTLS.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si ya dispone de un certificado de servidor común instalado por medio\n" -"del módulo correspondiente de YaST, puede seleccionar <b>Usar certificado de " -"servidor\n" +"del módulo correspondiente de YaST, puede seleccionar <b>Usar certificado de servidor\n" "común</b> para que el servidor OpenLDAP utilice ese certificado.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si no dispone de un certificado de servidor común o quiere utilizar un " -"certificado\n" +"<p>Si no dispone de un certificado de servidor común o quiere utilizar un certificado\n" "diferente para OpenLDAP, introduzca los nombres de los archivos en los\n" "campos <b>Archivo del certificado CA,</b> <b>Archivo de certificado</b>\n" -"y <b>Archivo de clave del certificado</b> en los campos de texto " -"correspondientes.</p>\n" +"y <b>Archivo de clave del certificado</b> en los campos de texto correspondientes.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para crear un nuevo CA o un nuevo certificado, inicie el módulo de " -"gestión\n" -"de CA haciendo clic en <b>Iniciar el módulo de gestión de autoridades de " -"certificación (CA).</b></p>\n" +"<p>Para crear un nuevo CA o un nuevo certificado, inicie el módulo de gestión\n" +"de CA haciendo clic en <b>Iniciar el módulo de gestión de autoridades de certificación (CA).</b></p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por debajo este elemento puede configurar algunos parámetros globales.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por debajo este elemento puede configurar algunos parámetros globales.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 +#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Desde este diálogo puede añadir archivos de esquema. Pulse <b>Añadir</b> " -"para abrir un\n" -"diálogo de búsqueda de archivo en el que podrá seleccionar un esquema nuevo. " -"Nota: cuando OpenLDAP se utiliza \n" -"junto con una configuración de tipo \"back-config\" no permite eliminar los " -"datos del esquema.</p>" +"<p>Desde este diálogo puede añadir archivos de esquema. Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para abrir un\n" +"diálogo de búsqueda de archivo en el que podrá seleccionar un esquema nuevo. Nota: cuando OpenLDAP se utiliza \n" +"junto con una configuración de tipo \"back-config\" no permite eliminar los datos del esquema.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 +#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione los subsistemas para los que se deben registrar las " -"declaraciones\n" +"<p>Seleccione los subsistemas para los que se deben registrar las declaraciones\n" "de depuración y las estadísticas en syslog.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione qué características especiales debería permitir o rechazar el " -"servidor OpenLDAP:</p>" +#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione qué características especiales debería permitir o rechazar el servidor OpenLDAP:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Seleccionar permitir indicadores</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Solicitudes LDAPv2 Bind:</b> permite que el servidor acepte peticiones " -"de asociación\n" +"<p><b>Solicitudes LDAPv2 Bind:</b> permite que el servidor acepte peticiones de asociación\n" "LDAPv2. Tenga en cuenta que OpenLDAP no implementa LDAPv2.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Asociación anónima cuando existen credenciales</b>: permite una " -"asociación anónima \n" -"cuando existen credenciales (por ejemplo, hay una contraseña pero no existe " -"una asociación al DN).</p>" +"<p><b>Asociación anónima cuando existen credenciales</b>: permite una asociación anónima \n" +"cuando existen credenciales (por ejemplo, hay una contraseña pero no existe una asociación al DN).</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Asociación sin autenticar cuando existe un DN</b>: permite " -"asociaciones sin autenticar \n" +"<p><b>Asociación sin autenticar cuando existe un DN</b>: permite asociaciones sin autenticar \n" "(anónimas) cuando se proporciona un DN.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Operaciones de actualización sin autenticar para procesar:</b> permite " -"que se procesen\n" -"operaciones de actualización sin autenticar (anónimas). Seguirán estando " -"sujetas a los\n" +"<p><b>Operaciones de actualización sin autenticar para procesar:</b> permite que se procesen\n" +"operaciones de actualización sin autenticar (anónimas). Seguirán estando sujetas a los\n" "controles de acceso y otras limitaciones administrativas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Seleccionar rechazar indicadores</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inhabilitar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas:</b> " -"el servidor\n" +"<p><b>Inhabilitar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas:</b> el servidor\n" "no aceptará solicitudes de asociación anónimas. Tenga en cuenta que,\n" " generalmente, esto no impide el acceso anónimo a los directorios.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inhabilitar la autenticación de asociación simple:</b> inhabilita por " -"completo\n" +"<p><b>Inhabilitar la autenticación de asociación simple:</b> inhabilita por completo\n" "la autenticación de asociación simple.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inhabilitar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la " -"recepción\n" -"de una operación StartTLS:</b> el servidor no forzará a una conexión " -"autenticada\n" +"<p><b>Inhabilitar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la recepción\n" +"de una operación StartTLS:</b> el servidor no forzará a una conexión autenticada\n" "a volver al estado anónimo cuando se reciba una operación StartTLS.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1685,1435 +1424,1230 @@ "el servidor impedirá la operación StartTLS en las conexiones que ya\n" "se han autenticado.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta lista muestra todas las bases de datos configuradas. Las bases de " -"datos\n" +"<p>Esta lista muestra todas las bases de datos configuradas. Las bases de datos\n" "\"frontend\" y \"config\" representan un tipo especial de bases de datos\n" -"internas. La base de datos \"frontend\" se utiliza para configurar " -"restricciones de\n" -"control de acceso globales, así como solapamientos (overlays) que se aplican " -"a todas\n" -"las bases de datos. La base de datos \"config\" mantiene la configuración " -"del propio servidor LDAP.</p>\n" +"internas. La base de datos \"frontend\" se utiliza para configurar restricciones de\n" +"control de acceso globales, así como solapamientos (overlays) que se aplican a todas\n" +"las bases de datos. La base de datos \"config\" mantiene la configuración del propio servidor LDAP.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir una nueva base de datos, pulse <b>Añadir base de datos...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para añadir una nueva base de datos, pulse <b>Añadir base de datos...</b></p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para suprimir una base de datos, selecciónela en la lista y haga clic en " -"<b>Suprimir base de datos.</b>\n" +"<p>Para suprimir una base de datos, selecciónela en la lista y haga clic en <b>Suprimir base de datos.</b>\n" "No es posible suprimir las base de datos \"config\" ni \"frontend\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Escriba aquí una contraseña para la base de datos de configuración " -"(\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Esto es necesario para que se pueda acceder\n" +"<p>Escriba aquí una contraseña para la base de datos de configuración (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Esto es necesario para que se pueda acceder\n" "a la base de datos de configuración de forma remota.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si se supone que el servidor participará en una configuración MirrorMode, " -"seleccione la casilla de verificación <b>Preparar\n" -"la replicación MirrorMode.</b> Esto garantizará que el atributo serverId se " -"genera según las necesidades de la replicación MirrorMode.</p>\n" +"<p>Si se supone que el servidor participará en una configuración MirrorMode, seleccione la casilla de verificación <b>Preparar\n" +"la replicación MirrorMode.</b> Esto garantizará que el atributo serverId se genera según las necesidades de la replicación MirrorMode.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar un servidor esclavo es necesario consultar varios " -"aspectos al servidor principal. Indique el nombre de host del servidor\n" -"principal, ajuste el protocolo (ya sea \"<i>ldap</i>\" o \"<i>ldaps</i>\") y " -"el número de puerto según sea necesario y escriba la contraseña\n" -"para la base de datos de configuración del servidor principal " -"(\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" +"<p>Para configurar un servidor esclavo es necesario consultar varios aspectos al servidor principal. Indique el nombre de host del servidor\n" +"principal, ajuste el protocolo (ya sea \"<i>ldap</i>\" o \"<i>ldaps</i>\") y el número de puerto según sea necesario y escriba la contraseña\n" +"para la base de datos de configuración del servidor principal (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" -#. ########## kerberos -#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el <big>dominio (realm)</big> y la <big>contraseña maestra para el servidor Kerberos.</p>" +#. ########## kerberos +#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el <big>dominio (realm)</big> y la <big>contraseña maestra</big> para el servidor Kerberos.</p>" -#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aunque su dominio (realm) Kerberos pueda contener cualquier cadena ASCII, " -"lo habitual es ponerlo igual que su nombre de dominio, en letras mayúsculas." -"</p>\n" +#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Aunque su dominio (realm) Kerberos pueda contener cualquier cadena ASCII, lo habitual es ponerlo igual que su nombre de dominio, en letras mayúsculas.</p>\n" -#. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación de la base de datos Kerberos para " -"este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help: database_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación de la base de datos Kerberos para este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de la lista de control de " -"acceso (ACL) que kadmin utiliza para determinar los permisos de los sujetos " -"principales en la base de datos.</p>" +#. advanced item help: acl_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de la lista de control de acceso (ACL) que kadmin utiliza para determinar los permisos de los sujetos principales en la base de datos.</p>" -#. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de claves (keytab) que " -"kadmin utiliza para autenticarse en la base de datos.</p>" +#. advanced item help: admin_keytab +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de claves (keytab) que kadmin utiliza para autenticarse en la base de datos.</p>" -#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tiempo absoluto especifica la fecha de caducidad por defecto de los " -"sujetos principales creados en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tiempo absoluto especifica la fecha de caducidad por defecto de los sujetos principales creados en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estos indicadores especifican los atributos por defecto del sujeto " -"principal creado en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estos indicadores especifican los atributos por defecto del sujeto principal creado en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "Permitir postfechado" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden postfechar." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden postfechar." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "Permitir reenviable" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden reenviar." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden reenviar." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "Permitir renovable" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden renovar." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden renovar." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "Permitir vía proxy" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets a " -"través de un proxy." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets a través de un proxy." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación usuario a usuario" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener una clave de " -"sesión para otro usuario, permitiendo una autenticación usuario a usuario " -"para este sujeto principal." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener una clave de sesión para otro usuario, permitiendo una autenticación usuario a usuario para este sujeto principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "Requiere autenticación previa (preauth)" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Si se habilita este indicador en un sujeto principal cliente, entonces se " -"requiere que ese sujeto principal se autentique previamente ante el KDC " -"antes de recibir cualquier ticket. Si habilita este indicador en el sujeto " -"principal de servicio, sólo se emitirán los tickets de servicio para este " -"sujeto principal a los clientes con un TGT que tenga establecido un ticket " -"con autenticación previa." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si se habilita este indicador en un sujeto principal cliente, entonces se requiere que ese sujeto principal se autentique previamente ante el KDC antes de recibir cualquier ticket. Si habilita este indicador en el sujeto principal de servicio, sólo se emitirán los tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal a los clientes con un TGT que tenga establecido un ticket con autenticación previa." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "Requiere autenticación previa vía hardware (hwauth)" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Si se habilita este indicador, entonces se requiere que el sujeto principal " -"se autentique previamente utilizando un dispositivo de hardware antes de " -"recibir cualquier ticket." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si se habilita este indicador, entonces se requiere que el sujeto principal se autentique previamente utilizando un dispositivo de hardware antes de recibir cualquier ticket." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "Permitir servicio" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al KDC emitir tickets de servicio para este " -"sujeto principal." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al KDC emitir tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "Permitir solicitud tgs" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets basados " -"en ticket-granting-ticket, en lugar de repetir el proceso de autenticación " -"utilizado para obtener el TGT." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets basados en ticket-granting-ticket, en lugar de repetir el proceso de autenticación utilizado para obtener el TGT." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "Permitir tickets" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador significa que el KDC emitirá tickets para este " -"sujeto principal. Inhabilitar este indicador desactiva, esencialmente, el " -"sujeto principal dentro de este dominio (realm)." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador significa que el KDC emitirá tickets para este sujeto principal. Inhabilitar este indicador desactiva, esencialmente, el sujeto principal dentro de este dominio (realm)." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "Cambio necesario" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar este indicador fuerza un cambio de contraseña para este sujeto " -"principal." +msgstr "Habilitar este indicador fuerza un cambio de contraseña para este sujeto principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "Servicio de cambio de contraseña" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Si este indicador está habilitado, se marca este sujeto principal como " -"servicio de cambio de contraseña. Esto se debería utilizar solamente en " -"casos especiales, por ejemplo, si la contraseña de un usuario ha caducado, " -"el usuario tiene que obtener tickets para ese sujeto principal para poder " -"cambiarla sin tener que utilizar la autenticación de contraseña habitual." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Si este indicador está habilitado, se marca este sujeto principal como servicio de cambio de contraseña. Esto se debería utilizar solamente en casos especiales, por ejemplo, si la contraseña de un usuario ha caducado, el usuario tiene que obtener tickets para ese sujeto principal para poder cambiarla sin tener que utilizar la autenticación de contraseña habitual." -#. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de diccionario que " -"contiene las cadenas que no están permitidas para su uso como contraseñas. " -"Si esta etiqueta no está definida o si no existe una directiva asignada al " -"sujeto principal, no se ejecutará ninguna comprobación.</p>" +#. advanced item help : dict_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de diccionario que contiene las cadenas que no están permitidas para su uso como contraseñas. Si esta etiqueta no está definida o si no existe una directiva asignada al sujeto principal, no se ejecutará ninguna comprobación.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kadmind_port -#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este número de puerto especifica el puerto en el cual el daemon kadmind " -"va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : kadmind_port +#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este número de puerto especifica el puerto en el cual el daemon kadmind va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> Esta cadena especifica la ubicación donde se ha almacenado la clave " -"maestra con kdb5_stash.</p>" +#. advanced item help : key_stash_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "<p> Esta cadena especifica la ubicación donde se ha almacenado la clave maestra con kdb5_stash.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica la lista de puertos en los que KDC va a estar " -"escuchando en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_ports +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica la lista de puertos en los que KDC va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena especifica el nombre del sujeto principal asociado a la clave " -"maestra. El valor por defecto es K/M.</p>" +#. advanced item help : master_key_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena especifica el nombre del sujeto principal asociado a la clave maestra. El valor por defecto es K/M.</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 +#. advanced item help : master_key_type +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadena de tipo clave representa el tipo de clave para las claves " -"maestras.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadena de tipo clave representa el tipo de clave para las claves maestras.</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo máximo de tiempo durante el que " -"un ticket puede ser válido en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo máximo de tiempo durante el que un ticket puede ser válido en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo de tiempo máximo durante el que " -"un ticket puede ser renovado en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_renew_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo de tiempo máximo durante el que un ticket puede ser renovado en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Una lista de cadenas key/salt que especifica las combinaciones por " -"defecto key/salt de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Una lista de cadenas key/salt que especifica las combinaciones por defecto key/salt de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica las combinaciones key/salt permitidas de los sujetos " -"principales para este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica las combinaciones key/salt permitidas de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica si la lista de los dominios (realms) transitados para tickets " -"inter-dominio (realm) debería ser comprobada con respecto a la vía de " -"tránsito calculada de los nombres de dominio (realm) y la sección [capaths] " -"de su archivo krb5.conf.</p>" +#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica si la lista de los dominios (realms) transitados para tickets inter-dominio (realm) debería ser comprobada con respecto a la vía de tránsito calculada de los nombres de dominio (realm) y la sección [capaths] de su archivo krb5.conf.</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el número de conexiones que se " -"deben mantener a través del servidor LDAP.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el número de conexiones que se deben mantener a través del servidor LDAP.</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el archivo que contiene las " -"contraseñas ocultas de los objetos utilizados para iniciar los servidores " -"Kerberos.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el archivo que contiene las contraseñas ocultas de los objetos utilizados para iniciar los servidores Kerberos.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica la lista de subárboles que contienen los sujetos principales " -"de un dominio (realm). La lista contiene los DN de los objetos del subárbol " -"separados por dos puntos (:).</p><p>El ámbito de búsqueda especifica el " -"ámbito para buscar los sujetos principales bajo el subárbol.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica la lista de subárboles que contienen los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). La lista contiene los DN de los objetos del subárbol separados por dos puntos (:).</p><p>El ámbito de búsqueda especifica el ámbito para buscar los sujetos principales bajo el subárbol.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica el DN del objeto contenedor en el cual se crearán los sujetos " -"principales de un dominio (realm). Si la referencia del contenedor no está " -"configurada para un dominio (realm), se crearán los sujetos principales en " -"el contenedor del dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica el DN del objeto contenedor en el cual se crearán los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). Si la referencia del contenedor no está configurada para un dominio (realm), se crearán los sujetos principales en el contenedor del dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica la duración máxima del ticket para los sujetos principales en " -"este dominio (realm).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica la duración máxima del ticket para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica la duración máxima de renovación de los tickets para los " -"sujetos principales en este dominio (realm).</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica la duración máxima de renovación de los tickets para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm).</p>" -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzados" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" msgstr "Vía de la base de datos" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" msgstr "&Vía de la base de datos" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" msgstr "Archivo ACL" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" msgstr "&Archivo ACL" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" msgstr "Archivo de claves (keytab) de administrador" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" msgstr "Caducidad principal por defecto" -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" msgstr "&Disponible" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" msgstr "&Fecha" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" msgstr "&Hora" -#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", -#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 +#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", +#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" msgstr "Indicadores principales por defecto" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" msgstr "Permitir p&ostfechado" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" msgstr "Permitir &reenviable" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" msgstr "Permitir reno&vable" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" msgstr "Permitir vía &proxy" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación &usuario a usuario" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" msgstr "Requiere autenticación pr&evia (preauth)" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" msgstr "Requiere autenticación previa vía &hardware (hwauth)" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" msgstr "Permitir &servicio" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" msgstr "Permitir so&licitud tgs" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" msgstr "Permitir &tickets" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" msgstr "Cambio ne&cesario" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" msgstr "Servicio de c&ambio de contraseña" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" msgstr "Archivo de diccionario" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" msgstr "Puerto del daemon para kadmin" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" msgstr "Puerto del daemon para kpasswd" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" msgstr "Archivo de clave maestra (stash)" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" msgstr "Puerto KDC" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" msgstr "Nombre de clave maestra" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" msgstr "Tipo de clave maestra" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de duración del ticket" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" msgstr "&Días" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de renovación del ticket" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado por defecto" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado admitidos por KDC" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" msgstr "Rechazar el tránsito erróneo" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" msgstr "Número de conexiones LDAP" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" msgstr "Archivo para la contraseña de LDAP" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" msgstr "Buscar subárboles" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" msgstr "Ámbito de búsqueda" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" msgstr "búsqueda en &subárbol" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" msgstr "&un nivel" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" msgstr "Contenedor principal" -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración de LDAP" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Andreas Bauer -#. Ralf Haferkamp -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Andreas Bauer +#. Ralf Haferkamp +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de MirrorMode OpenLDAP" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "Lista de nodos MirrorMode" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server ID" msgstr "ID de servidor" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server URI" msgstr "URI de servidor" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Este servidor no está configurado como un nodo de MirrorMode. Haga clic en " -"Siguiente para lanzar el asistente estándar de configuración de OpenLDAP." +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Este servidor no está configurado como un nodo de MirrorMode. Haga clic en Siguiente para lanzar el asistente estándar de configuración de OpenLDAP." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de MirrorMode OpenLDAP" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"No es posible suprimir el host en el que ha iniciado el módulo de YaST.\n" +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "No es posible suprimir el host en el que ha iniciado el módulo de YaST.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." msgstr "Inicia yast2 openldap-mirrormode en un servidor MirrorMode diferente." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" msgstr "¿Dese eliminar \"%1\" de la configuración de MirrorMode?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "Los cambios surtirán efecto de inmediato al hacer clic en Sí" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. **************************************** -#. * tree structure definition ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 +#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. **************************************** +#. * tree structure definition ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de inicio" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración globales" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" msgstr "Archivos de esquema" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" msgstr "Configuración del nivel de registro" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" msgstr "Características permitidas/rechazadas" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" msgstr "Configuración de TLS" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" msgstr "Bases de datos" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" msgstr "Sufijo DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" msgstr "Tipo de base de datos" -#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 +#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." msgstr "Parece que la configuración de TLS/SSL está incompleta." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente habilitar las escuchas del protocolo \"ldaps\"?" -#. add a new file to the list -#. file dialog heading -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 +#. add a new file to the list +#. file dialog heading +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" msgstr "Seleccionar nuevo archivo de esquema" -#. error popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 +#. error popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." msgstr "El archivo de esquema ya está en la lista." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de certificado válido" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de clave de certificado válido" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "No hay disponible un certificado de servidor común." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado" -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de clave de certificado" -#. **************************************** -#. * handlers for database parent widget -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 +#. **************************************** +#. * handlers for database parent widget +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database" msgstr "No es posible suprimir la base de datos Frontend" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "No es posible suprimir la base de datos Config" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir la base de datos?" -#. Error Popup -#. Error Popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 +#. Error Popup +#. Error Popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de la base de datos actual." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración de la base de datos actual." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Nueva &contraseña de administrador" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "&Cifrado de contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de administración" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 +#. skip attribute that already have an index defined +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Actualmente no se admiten los consumidores de replicación múltiple" -#. **************************************** -#. tree generation functions ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 +#. **************************************** +#. tree generation functions ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del índice" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del control de acceso" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Proveedor de réplica" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Consumidor de réplica" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "&Iniciar servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" msgstr "Escuchas de protocolos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" msgstr "LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" msgstr "Lista de archivos de &esquema" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" msgstr "Seleccionar banderas del nivel de ®istro:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" msgstr "Seguir llamadas de función" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" msgstr "Depurar gestión de paquetes" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" msgstr "Depuración intensiva (argumentos de función)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" msgstr "Gestión de conexión" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" msgstr "Imprimir paquetes enviados y recibidos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" msgstr "Buscar procesamiento de filtro" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" msgstr "Procesamiento de archivo de configuración" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" msgstr "Procesamiento de la lista de control de acceso" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" msgstr "Registrar conexiones, operaciones y resultado" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" msgstr "Registrar entradas enviadas" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" msgstr "Imprimir comunicación con sistemas secundarios de shell" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" msgstr "Análisis de entrada" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" msgstr "Replicación LDAPSync" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" msgstr "Seleccionar banderas &allow:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" msgstr "Solicitudes LDAPv2 Bind" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" msgstr "Bind anónimo cuando las credenciales no estén vacías" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" msgstr "Bind sin autenticación cuando el DN no esté vacío" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" msgstr "Operaciones de actualización sin autenticar para procesar" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" msgstr "Seleccionar los in&dicadores no permitidos:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Inhabilitar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas (no impide " -"el acceso anónimo a los directorios)" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Inhabilitar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas (no impide el acceso anónimo a los directorios)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Inhabilitar la autenticación de asociación simple" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Inhabilitar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la " -"recepción de una operación StartTLS" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Inhabilitar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la recepción de una operación StartTLS" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" msgstr "Rechazar la operación StartTLS cuando se utiliza autenticación" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "Valores básicos de configuración" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" msgstr "Habilitar TLS" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" msgstr "Habilitar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" msgstr "Utilizar un certificado de servidor común" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" msgstr "Importar certificado" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" msgstr "&Archivo de certificado (formato PEM)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" msgstr "Archivo de &clave de certificado (formato PEM - sin cifrar)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" msgstr "Iniciar el módulo de gestión de autoridades de certificación (CA)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" msgstr "DN &base" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "DN de administrador" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" msgstr "&Añadir DN base" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" msgstr "Cambiar contraseña" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" msgstr "Editar la base de datos BDB" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" msgstr "Caché de las entradas" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "Caché del índice (caché IDL)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "Configuración del punto de control" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" msgstr "kilobytes" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minutos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" msgstr "Cambiar valores de configuración de la base de datos de configuración" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Permitir la autenticación sin cifrar (asociación simple) para esta base de " -"datos. " +msgstr "Permitir la autenticación sin cifrar (asociación simple) para esta base de datos. " -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" msgstr "(La conexión remota debe estar cifrada)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" msgstr "Editar base de datos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." msgstr "Tipo de base de datos no permitido actualmente." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" msgstr "Configuración para el indexado" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Presencia" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Igualdad" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "Sub-cadena" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del administrador" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" msgstr "Actualizar clave maestra de Kerberos" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Añadir índice" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" msgstr "Habilitar directivas de contraseñas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" msgstr "Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" msgstr "Revelar el estado \"Cuenta bloqueada\"" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" msgstr "DN del objeto de directiva por defecto" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" msgstr "Editar directiva" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" msgstr "Todas las entradas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" msgstr "Todas las entradas del subárbol" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" msgstr "La entrada con el DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" msgstr "Todos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgstr "Clientes autenticados" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" msgstr "Clientes anónimos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" msgstr "La entrada a la que se ha accedido" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" msgstr "El usuario con el DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" msgstr "Todas las entradas del subárbol" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" msgstr "Todos los miembros del grupo" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" msgstr "Ningún acceso" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" msgstr "Ningún acceso (pero revelar la información en caso de error)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" msgstr "Autenticar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" msgstr "Comparar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lectura" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" msgstr "Escritura" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" msgstr "Gestionar (acceso total)" -#. don't count frontend and Config DB -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 +#. don't count frontend and Config DB +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" msgstr "Nueva base de datos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" msgstr "Configuración básica de la base de datos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" msgstr "DN de &administrador" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" msgstr "A&ñadir DN base" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" msgstr "Contraseña del administrador LDA&P" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" msgstr "Directorio de &base de datos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" -"Usar esta base de datos como base por defecto para los clientes OpenLDAP" +msgstr "Usar esta base de datos como base por defecto para los clientes OpenLDAP" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio de base de datos" -#. check values -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 +#. check values +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." msgstr "El DN base debe ser definido." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." msgstr "Ya existe una base de datos con ese DN base." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." msgstr "El DN raíz debe ser definido si se indica una contraseña." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible validar la contraseña." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" "The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n" "%2" @@ -3121,270 +2655,264 @@ "YasT no puede crear automáticamente el objeto base %1:\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." msgstr "Se debe especificar un directorio." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "El directorio no existe. ¿Desea crearlo?" -#. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 +#. try to read the ppolicy from the server +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "Error al autenticar. Es posible que la contraseña sea incorrecta.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "El mensaje de error fue:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original -#. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 +#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original +#. Entry, try to merge them here +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "Tipos de atributos disponibles" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "Tipos de atributos seleccionados" -#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 +#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "Entradas a las que aplicar esta regla" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "DN de la entrada" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Seleccionar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "Definir el nivel de acceso" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "Detener aquí la evaluación del control de acceso (opción por defecto)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "Continuar con la siguiente regla de control de acceso (\"saltar\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "Continuar con la evaluación de esta regla (\"continuar\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "Introduzca un DN en el campo de texto" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "DN del subárbol" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "DN del grupo" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "Editar las reglas del control de acceso" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "Objetos de destino" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "Coincidir con el filtro:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "Filtro LDAP" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "Aplicar esta regla solo al atributo mostrado" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Atributos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "Nivel de acceso" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "Quién" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Control de flujo" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Inactivo" -#. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 +#. FIXME: Validate attribute types +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca una lista de atributos válidos en el campo de texto <b>Atributos" +msgstr "Introduzca una lista de atributos válidos en el campo de texto <b>Atributos</b>" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "Introduzca un filtro LDAP válido en el campo de texto" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "Debe añadir al menos un elemento a la lista \"Nivel de acceso\"." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "Destino" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filtro" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "La base de datos seleccionada contiene reglas de control de acceso que\n" -"YaST no admite actualmente. Se inhabilitará el recuadro de diálogo de " -"control de acceso.\n" +"YaST no admite actualmente. Se inhabilitará el recuadro de diálogo de control de acceso.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "Esta base de datos es un consumidor de réplica." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Nombre del proveedor" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Tipo de réplica" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "Intervalo de réplica" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "DN de autenticación" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "Personalizar referencia de actualización" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Host de destino" -#. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 +#. no updateref +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "El intervalo de replicación especificado no es válido" -#. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 +#. test connection +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "Error al comprobar la conexión de LDAP con el proveedor." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar de ello?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "Error al comprobar las capacidades de LDAPsync del proveedor." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Compruebe que el servidor de destino esté habilitado para ser un proveedor " -"LDAPsync" +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Compruebe que el servidor de destino esté habilitado para ser un proveedor LDAPsync" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "Habilitar el proveedor ldapsync para esta base de datos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Operaciones" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "Registro de la sesión" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "Habilitar el registro de la sesión" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "Configuración de réplica" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de inicio" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" msgstr "Leyendo sistema secundario de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" msgstr "Leyendo datos de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración del servidor de autenticación" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 msgid "" "Error while initializing configuration.\n" "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" @@ -3392,414 +2920,385 @@ "Error al inicializar la configuración.\n" "¿Está habilitado el monitor de escucha LDAPI?\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "Error al buscar en LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." msgstr "Esquema de URI para LDAP no válido." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Error al iniciar LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Error al asociar LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el esquema LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Error al leer el esquema LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "El servidor LDAP no reconoce el esquema de Kerberos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "No es posible ejecutar kdb5_ldap_util." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." msgstr "Error al modificar la base de datos Kerberos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." msgstr "Error al modificar LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." msgstr "Datos incompletos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." msgstr "Tipo de base de datos no admitido." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" msgstr "Habilitando el servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" msgstr "Iniciando el servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Activando el servidor OpenLDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor OpenLDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Habilitando servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 msgid "Starting Kerberos Server" msgstr "Iniciando servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Activando servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de inicio" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" msgstr "Limpiando el directorio de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" msgstr "Creando configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Iniciando el servidor OpenLDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" msgstr "Creando los objetos base" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del servidor de autenticación" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" -"Error al conmutar el archivo slapd.conf hacia el sistema secundario de " -"configuración." +msgstr "Error al conmutar el archivo slapd.conf hacia el sistema secundario de configuración." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." msgstr "No se han podido habilitar las escuchas del protocolo LDAPI." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." msgstr "Error en la limpieza de directorio de configuración." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Error al completar la base de datos de configuraciones con \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "Error al completar la base de datos de configuraciones con \"slapadd\"." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible habilitar el servicio LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible iniciar el servicio LDAP." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" msgstr "Deteniendo el servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" msgstr "Inhabilitando el servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Desactivando el servidor OpenLDAP" -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 msgid "Stopping Kerberos Server" msgstr "Deteniendo servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 msgid "Disabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Inhabilitando servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Desactivando servidor de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de Sysconfig" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" msgstr "Aplicando los cambios a la Base de datos de configuraciones" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" msgstr "Aplicando los cambios en /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" msgstr "Creando los objetos base para las bases de datos recién creadas" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" msgstr "Actualizando los objetos de directivas de contraseñas por defecto" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"En espera de que finalicen las tareas de indexado en segundo plano de " -"OpenLDAP (puede tardar varios minutos)" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "En espera de que finalicen las tareas de indexado en segundo plano de OpenLDAP (puede tardar varios minutos)" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor OpenLDAP si es necesario" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de AuthServer" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." msgstr "Error al crear los objetos base." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." msgstr "Error al crear los objetos de directivas de contraseñas." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Error mientras se esperaba a que finalizara el indexador de la base de datos " -"OpenLDAP.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Error mientras se esperaba a que finalizara el indexador de la base de datos OpenLDAP.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "Reiniciar OpenLDAP manualmente." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " msgstr "Registrar en el servicio SLP: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " msgstr "Iniciar servidor de Kerberos: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" msgstr "Crear las siguientes bases de datos:" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " msgstr "Sufijo de la base de datos: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "Tipo de base de datos: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Aún no configurado." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de certificado de CA no existe." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" msgstr "El archivo del certificado no existe." -#. error message -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 +#. error message +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de clave de certificado no existe." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"No es posible definir una lista de control de acceso sobre la clave privada." +msgstr "No es posible definir una lista de control de acceso sobre la clave privada." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" -msgstr "" -"¿Tiene inhabilitado la compatibilidad de ACL en el sistema de archivos?" +msgstr "¿Tiene inhabilitado la compatibilidad de ACL en el sistema de archivos?" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" msgstr "Limpiando el directorio para la base de datos de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" -"Convirtiendo el archivo sladp.conf en la base de datos de configuración" +msgstr "Convirtiendo el archivo sladp.conf en la base de datos de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Cambiando la configuración del inicio para utilizar la base de datos de " -"configuración" +msgstr "Cambiando la configuración del inicio para utilizar la base de datos de configuración" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" msgstr "Migrando la configuración del servidor LDAP" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" msgstr "Salida de \"slaptest\":\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." msgstr "Error en la migración de la configuración existente." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." msgstr "Error al habilitar las escuchas LDAPI." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"El certificado de servidor común no está disponible. StartTLS está " -"inhabilitado." +msgstr "El certificado de servidor común no está disponible. StartTLS está inhabilitado." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "No es posible crear el directorio de la base de datos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "" -"No es posible modificar el propietario del directorio de la base de datos." +msgstr "No es posible modificar el propietario del directorio de la base de datos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "No es posible determinar el nombre de host completo propio." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Los servidores principales para replicación no funcionan correctamente si no " -"conocen su propio nombre de host completo." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Los servidores principales para replicación no funcionan correctamente si no conocen su propio nombre de host completo." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "No se puede escribir krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos Kerberos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Error al escribir en el archivo de la contraseña." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "no es un DN de LDAP válido." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "tiene RDN con valores múltiples." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "DN LDAP no válido: \"%s\", no es posible extraer los valores RDN" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"El valor del atributo \"c\" debe contener un código de país ISO-3166 de 2 " -"letras válido." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "El valor del atributo \"c\" debe contener un código de país ISO-3166 de 2 letras válido." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "La primera parte del sufijo debe ser c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= o dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "El DN base \"%s\" no es un DN LDAP válido." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "El DN base \"%s\" tiene RDN de varios valores (no admitido en YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "El DN raíz \"%s\" no es un DN LDAP válido." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "El DN raíz \"%s\" tiene RDN de varios valores (no admitido en YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "El DN raíz debe ser un objeto hijo del DN base." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear el directorio." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de certificado CA \"%s\" no existe." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Error al tratar de verificar el certificado del servidor del proveedor.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Error al tratar de verificar el certificado del servidor del proveedor.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3808,170 +3307,166 @@ "Compruebe que \"%s\" contiene el archivo de CA\n" "correcto a fin de verificar el certificado del servidor remoto." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de certificado \"%s\" no existe." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de clave de certificado \"%s\" no existe." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Error al escribir en krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Error al escribir en kdc.conf." -#. error at paramter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 +#. error at paramter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"No se admite el tipo de base de datos %s. Los tipos permitidos son \"bdb\" y " -"\"hdb\"." +msgstr "No se admite el tipo de base de datos %s. Los tipos permitidos son \"bdb\" y \"hdb\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"El parámetro countryName debe ser un código identificador de país de dos " -"letras ISO-3166." +msgstr "El parámetro countryName debe ser un código identificador de país de dos letras ISO-3166." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." msgstr "'rootdn' no válido." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." msgstr "'rootdn' debe estar por debajo de 'suffix'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." msgstr "Para fijar una contraseña debe definir 'rootdn'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." msgstr "Definir \"rootpw\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." msgstr "El método de cifrado '%s' no está soportado." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." msgstr "Definir 'directory'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." msgstr "El directorio no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." msgstr "El valor del tamaño de la caché no es válido." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." msgstr "El valor del punto de control no es válido." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." msgstr "Definir 'passwd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible editar la base de datos." -#. error message at parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 +#. error message at parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'suffix'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de certificado CA no existe." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." msgstr "La ruta del certificado CA no existe." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de certificado no existe." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." msgstr "El valor de 'TLSVerifyClient' no es válido." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible escribir la configuración." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerCertificateFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerCertificateData'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Los datos PEM están dañados." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerKeyFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de clave." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerKeyData'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de certificado CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de clave." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de certificado CA." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -15,48 +15,47 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. progress step title -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Ejecutando guiones de instalación automática en el entorno de instalación..." +msgstr "Ejecutando guiones de instalación automática en el entorno de instalación..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 msgid "Reading configuration data..." msgstr "Leyendo datos de configuración..." -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Esto puede durar un poco." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 msgid "Error while reading configuration data." msgstr "Error al leer los datos de la configuración" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 msgid "AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaST" -#. command line options -#. Init variables -#. unique id -#. Backup -#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 +#. command line options +#. Init variables +#. unique id +#. Backup +#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -66,150 +65,141 @@ "Compruebe los archivos de registro para obtener más información o repare\n" "el archivo de control e inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Leyendo datos de configuración" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. * File: -#. * Package: Auto-installation -#. * Author: Uwe Gansert -#. * Summary: -#. * -#. * Changes: * initial -#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit -#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> -#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature -#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" -#. feature of 10.3 -#. * Version: 0.5 -#. * $Id$ -#. -#. this client can be called from a running system, -#. to do the autoyast configuration. -#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will -#. configure your system like in the profile. -#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. -#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. * File: +#. * Package: Auto-installation +#. * Author: Uwe Gansert +#. * Summary: +#. * +#. * Changes: * initial +#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit +#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> +#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature +#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" +#. feature of 10.3 +#. * Version: 0.5 +#. * $Id$ +#. +#. this client can be called from a running system, +#. to do the autoyast configuration. +#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will +#. configure your system like in the profile. +#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. +#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" msgstr "Cliente para configuración de AutoYaST en el sistema en ejecución" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Configurar el sistema mediante el perfil de AutoYaST indicado" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Vía al perfil de AutoYaST" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "habilitar o inhabilitar toda la gestión de paquetes" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Lista de parámetros vacía" -#. the following is needed since 10.3 -#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 +#. the following is needed since 10.3 +#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Se debe establecer la vía al perfil de AutoYaST." -#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Cliente para crear un perfil de AutoYast basado en el sistema en ejecución" +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Cliente para crear un perfil de AutoYast basado en el sistema en ejecución" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "módulos conocidos: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "lista separada por comas de módulos para clonar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "¡El archivo %s ya existe! ¿Seguro que desea sobrescribirlo?" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Clonando el sistema..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST resultante se encuentra en %s." -#. help 1/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Este cuadro de diálogo le permite copiar el contenido del archivo y\n" -"especificar la vía final en el sistema instalado. YaST2 copia este archivo " -"en la ubicación especificada.</p>" +"especificar la vía final en el sistema instalado. YaST2 copia este archivo en la ubicación especificada.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Proteja los archivos copiados asignando un propietario y permisos a " -"dichos archivos.\n" -"El usuario se define con la sintaxis <i>userid:groupid</i>. Los permisos " -"pueden ser una\n" -"representación simbólica de los cambios que se pueden hacer o un número " -"octal representando\n" +"<p>Proteja los archivos copiados asignando un propietario y permisos a dichos archivos.\n" +"El usuario se define con la sintaxis <i>userid:groupid</i>. Los permisos pueden ser una\n" +"representación simbólica de los cambios que se pueden hacer o un número octal representando\n" "el patrón de bits de los nuevos permisos.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 msgid "Configuration File Editor" msgstr "Configuración del editor de archivos" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 msgid "&File Path" msgstr "Ruta del &archivo" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 msgid "&Owner" msgstr "&Propietario" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 msgid "&Permissions" msgstr "&Permisos" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 msgid "&Retrieve from" msgstr "&Recuperar desde" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 msgid "File So&urce" msgstr "F&uente del archivo" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 msgid "&Load new contents" msgstr "&Cargar nuevos contenidos" -#. why? -#. if (mode == `edit) -#. { -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); -#. } -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 +#. why? +#. if (mode == `edit) +#. { +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); +#. } +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 msgid "" "Provide at least the file\n" "name and the contents of the file.\n" @@ -217,55 +207,50 @@ "Debe introducir al menos el nombre\n" "del archivo y su contenido.\n" -#. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 +#. OPEN +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que desea cargar." -#. Summary of configuration -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 +#. Summary of configuration +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 msgid "Available Files" msgstr "Archivos disponibles" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "File Path" msgstr "Ruta del archivo" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Owner" msgstr "Propietario" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" msgstr "Añadir los archivos de configuración completos" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede haber preparado un archivo de configuración para diversas " -"aplicaciones y servicios\n" -"que haya de copiarse íntegramente en el sistema instalado. Este es el caso, " -"por ejemplo, si\n" -"está instalando un servidor web y ha preparado un archivo de configuración " -"httpd.conf.</p>" +"<p>Puede haber preparado un archivo de configuración para diversas aplicaciones y servicios\n" +"que haya de copiarse íntegramente en el sistema instalado. Este es el caso, por ejemplo, si\n" +"está instalando un servidor web y ha preparado un archivo de configuración httpd.conf.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." msgstr "Seleccione primero un archivo de la tabla." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -275,78 +260,69 @@ "Espere mientras se configura el sistema.\n" " -#. Summary: Imaging -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: Imaging +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n" @@ -354,32 +330,32 @@ "<p>\n" "Espere mientras se obtiene la imagen.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Retrieve Image File" msgstr "Obtener el archivo de la imagen" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Install image file" msgstr "Instalar el archivo de la imagen" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 msgid "Retrieving image file..." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de la imagen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 msgid "Installing image file..." msgstr "Instalando el archivo de la imagen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 msgid "Installing image into system..." msgstr "Instalando la imagen en el sistema..." -#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) -#. { -#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); -#. return `abort; -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 +#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) +#. { +#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); +#. return `abort; +#. } +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 msgid "" "fetching image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -387,7 +363,7 @@ "error al obtener el guion image-script:\n" "%1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 msgid "" "running image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -395,23 +371,23 @@ "error al ejecutar el guion image-script:\n" "%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures -#. the system as described in the profile file. -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures +#. the system as described in the profile file. +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -419,205 +395,197 @@ "<p>\n" "Espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la autoinstalación.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Comprobar el hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Obtener y leer el archivo de control" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Analizar sintaxis del archivo de control" -#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Configuración inicial" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Preparando el sistema para la Instalación Automática" -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Etapa previa a las pruebas" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Comprobando el hardware..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>" -"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " -"the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Estas secciones del perfil de AutoYaST ya no se admiten:<br><br>" -"%s<br><br>Use <scripts/> o <files/>, por ejemplo, para cambiar " -"la configuración." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "Estas secciones del perfil de AutoYaST ya no se admiten:<br><br>%s<br><br>Use <scripts/> o <files/>, por ejemplo, para cambiar la configuración." -#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 +#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Procesando el archivo de control" -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes requeridos" -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 msgid "Checking for required packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes requeridos..." -#. Add all found packages -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 +#. Add all found packages +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 msgid "Adding found packages..." msgstr "Añadiendo paquetes encontrados..." -#. Finish -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 +#. Finish +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes requeridos para %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación automática.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación automática.</P>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Ejecutar guiones del usuario de preinstalación" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configurar las opciones generales" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Configurar idioma" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Creando los planes de particiones" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configurar el gestor de arranque" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configurar selecciones de software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configurar destino por defecto de systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Configurar usuarios y grupos" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" msgstr "Importar claves SSH/configuración" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 msgid "Confirm License" msgstr "Confirmar licencia" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Ejecutando los guiones preinstalación del usuario..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurando opciones generales..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Configurando idioma..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Creando los planes de particionamiento..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurando el gestor de arranque..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrando el sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurando la Selección de software..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurando destino por defecto de systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "Importando configuración de usuarios y grupos..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." msgstr "Importando claves SSH/configuración..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 msgid "Confirming License..." msgstr "Confirmando licencia..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparando el sistema para la instalación automática" -#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a -#. network configuration is available. So this will be written -#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the -#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc -#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gestión de productos adicionales..." -#. Set it in the Language module. -#. -#. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 +#. Set it in the Language module. +#. +#. Set it in the Language module. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurando el idioma..." -#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 +#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -625,9 +593,9 @@ "Error al configurar las particiones.\n" "Por favor, vuelva a intentarlo.\n" -#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving -#. package dependencies. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -635,67 +603,65 @@ "Error al configurar las selecciones de software.\n" "Por favor, vuelva a intentarlo.\n" -#. ReportingDialog() -#. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#. ReportingDialog() +#. @return sumbol +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Mos&trar mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Re&gistrar mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tiempo de espera (en segundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Advertencias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Mo&strar advertencias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Registrar adverten&cias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tiempo de espera (en s&egundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errores" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Mostrar errore&s" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Registrar errores" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tiempo de es&pera (en segundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Dependiendo de la experiencia que tenga, puede saltarse los mensajes de " -"instalación,\n" +"<p>Dependiendo de la experiencia que tenga, puede saltarse los mensajes de instalación,\n" "registrarlos o mostrarlos (con tiempo de espera).</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -703,186 +669,171 @@ "<p>Se recomienda mostrar todos los <b>mensajes</b> con tiempo de espera.\n" "Las advertencias pueden saltarse en ocasiones pero no deben ignorarse.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Mensajes y registro" -#. Select packages -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#. Select packages +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Selección de software" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones <b>base</b> y pulse en " -"<i>Detallado<i> para\n" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones <b>base</b> y pulse en <i>Detallado<i> para\n" "añadir más selecciones y paquetes <b>suplementarios</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); -#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; -#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 +#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); +#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; +#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Ubicación del origen de instalación (como http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"El origen de instalación de este sistema (no puede crear imágenes si " -"selecciona esta opción)" +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "El origen de instalación de este sistema (no puede crear imágenes si selecciona esta opción)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "error al usar el origen de instalación" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos de paquetes..." -#. is result copy of part? -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 +#. is result copy of part? +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab por:</b>\n" -"\tNormalmente, el sistema de archivos que se debe montar se identifica en /" -"etc/fstab\n" -"\tpor el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación se puede cambiar, de " -"modo que el sistema de archivos que se debe montar\n" -"\tse averigua buscando un UUID o una etiqueta de volumen. Algunos sistemas " -"de archivos no se pueden\n" -"\tmontar empleando el UUID o la etiqueta de volumen. Si la opción " -"correspondiente está inhabilitada, no es posible hacerlo.\n" +"\tNormalmente, el sistema de archivos que se debe montar se identifica en /etc/fstab\n" +"\tpor el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación se puede cambiar, de modo que el sistema de archivos que se debe montar\n" +"\tse averigua buscando un UUID o una etiqueta de volumen. Algunos sistemas de archivos no se pueden\n" +"\tmontar empleando el UUID o la etiqueta de volumen. Si la opción correspondiente está inhabilitada, no es posible hacerlo.\n" "\t" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Etiqueta de volumen:</b>\n" -"\t El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de " -"volumen.\n" -"\t Esto sólo suele tener sentido cuando se activa la opción para montar por " -"etiqueta de volumen.\n" +"\t El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de volumen.\n" +"\t Esto sólo suele tener sentido cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "\t Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden contener espacios ni el carácter /.\n" "\t " -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Clave de cifrado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes" msgstr "El cifrado no está disponible para volúmenes físicos." -#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 +#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 msgid "Advanced Partition Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzada de la partición" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 msgid "Fstab options" msgstr "Opciones de fstab" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 msgid "Device name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 msgid "Device id" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 msgid "Volume label" msgstr "Etiqueta de volumen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 msgid "Device path" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 msgid "Edit Drive" msgstr "Editar unidad" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "D&ispositivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 msgid "&Intialize drive" msgstr "&Inicializar unidad" -#. initially selected -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 +#. initially selected +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 msgid "Re&use" msgstr "Re&utilizar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "&Tipo" -#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 +#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Aplicar" -#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 +#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 msgid "<none>" msgstr "<ninguno>" -#. LV -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 +#. LV +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 msgid "Provide a logical volume name." msgstr "Indique un nombre de volumen lógico." -#. MB, GB -> M, B -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 +#. MB, GB -> M, B +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 msgid "" "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" @@ -890,137 +841,132 @@ "Ha seleccionado crear la partición, pero no indicó un sistema de archivos\n" "válido. Seleccione un sistema de archivos válido para continuar.\n" -#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we -#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we -#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should -#. be fixed. -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 +#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we +#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we +#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should +#. be fixed. +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar los cambios realizados en la partición?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 msgid "Volgroup" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 msgid "Logical volume name" msgstr "Nombre de volumen lógico" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 msgid "Edit partition" msgstr "Editar partición" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 msgid "&Mount point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 msgid "File sys&tem" msgstr "Sis&tema de archivos" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Tamaño" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 msgid "Partiti&on number" msgstr "Númer&o de partición" -#. VBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 +#. VBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition" msgstr "Reutilizar la partición e&xistente" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 msgid "Res&ize existing partition" msgstr "Camb&iar el tamaño de la partición existente" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 msgid "Activate Striping" msgstr "Activar segmentación" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 msgid "Number of Stripes" msgstr "Número de segmentos" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 msgid "Stripe size" msgstr "Tamaño de segmento" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 msgid "Advan&ced" msgstr "Avanza&do" -#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño automático solo es válido si están seleccionados los puntos de " -"montaje \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "El tamaño automático solo es válido si están seleccionados los puntos de montaje \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "El tamaño auto no es válido para volúmenes físicos." -#. Displayed when tree is empty -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 +#. Displayed when tree is empty +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "No hay nada seleccionado" -#. Main Partitioning Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 +#. Main Partitioning Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 msgid "Partition p&lan" msgstr "P&lan de particiones" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 msgid "Add D&rive" msgstr "Añadi&r unidad" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 msgid "Add &Partition" msgstr "Añadir &partición" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "Añadir grupo de &volúmenes" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 msgid "Edit Volume Group" msgstr "Editar grupo de volúmenes" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar los cambios realizados en el grupo de volúmenes?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo del grupo de volúmenes" -#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? -#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." -msgstr "" -"Se está ejecutando un guion definido por el usuario. Esta operación puede " -"tardar un rato." +msgstr "Se está ejecutando un guion definido por el usuario. Esta operación puede tardar un rato." -#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found -#. @param [String] original Original value -#. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 +#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found +#. @param [String] original Original value +#. @return [String] new value +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1034,39 +980,36 @@ "No ha sido posible encontrar u obtener ningún perfil para esta máquina.\n" "Asegúrese de haber introducido la ubicación correcta en\n" "la línea de comandos e inténtelo de nuevo. Debido a este fallo, sólo\n" -"puede introducir una URL a un perfil y no a un directorio. Si está " -"utilizando\n" -"archivos de control basados en reglas o en nombres de máquina, debe " -"reiniciar\n" -"el proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los " -"archivos de control.</p>\n" +"puede introducir una URL a un perfil y no a un directorio. Si está utilizando\n" +"archivos de control basados en reglas o en nombres de máquina, debe reiniciar\n" +"el proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los archivos de control.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Ubicación del perfiles del sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Ubicación del &perfil:" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Elija un disco duro" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado discos." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1075,84 +1018,82 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Todos los discos duros detectados automáticamente en su sistema\n" -"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar " -"&product;.\n" +"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar &product;.\n" "</p>" -#. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 +#. force help text width +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selección del disco duro" -#. there is a selection from that one option has to be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 +#. there is a selection from that one option has to be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione una de las opciones para continuar." -#. class_dialog_contents() -#. @return [Yast::Term] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#. class_dialog_contents() +#. @return [Yast::Term] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Class Name" msgstr "Nombre de la clase" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Order" msgstr "Orden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 msgid "Class Description" msgstr "Descripción de clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "Nue&vo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. AddEditClasses() -#. Add or Edit a class -#. @param [Symbol] mode -#. @param symbol -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 +#. AddEditClasses() +#. Add or Edit a class +#. @param [Symbol] mode +#. @param symbol +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 msgid "Edit or Create Classes" msgstr "Editar o crear clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Nom&bre" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 msgid "Or&der:" msgstr "Or&den:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "Descrip&ción:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "Este nombre ya ha sido utilizado. Seleccione otro nombre. " -#. Manage Classes -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 +#. Manage Classes +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 msgid "Classes" msgstr "Clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice esta interfaz para definir clases de archivos de control. </p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Utilice esta interfaz para definir clases de archivos de control. </p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" @@ -1160,7 +1101,7 @@ "<p>Por ejemplo, puede definir un grupo de clases para\n" "un departamento determinado o una sucursal de su empresa .</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" @@ -1170,11 +1111,11 @@ "y cuándo se fusiona al crear un archivo de control.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 msgid "No Description" msgstr "Sin descripción" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to edit.\n" @@ -1182,7 +1123,7 @@ "Seleccione al menos una clase\n" "para editar.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to delete.\n" @@ -1190,8 +1131,8 @@ "Seleccione al menos una clase\n" "para suprimir.\n" -#. The merge operation -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 +#. The merge operation +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 msgid "" "Merge failed:\n" " %1" @@ -1199,34 +1140,34 @@ "La fusión ha fallado:\n" " %1" -#. Merge Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 +#. Merge Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "Fusionar clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 msgid "No control files defined" msgstr "No se han definido archivos de control" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File" msgstr "&Fusionar con archivo de control vacío" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File" msgstr "Fusionar con el archivo de control cargado en este &momento" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 msgid "Merge Cla&sses" msgstr "Fusionar cla&ses" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n" "classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" @@ -1240,7 +1181,7 @@ "dependiendo del orden (prioridad) definido al crear\n" "las clases</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 msgid "" "<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n" "script is used.</P>\n" @@ -1248,7 +1189,7 @@ "<P>Para fusionar las clases se utiliza\n" "un script <b>XSLT</b>.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 msgid "" "Select at least %1 configurations\n" "to perform a merge.\n" @@ -1256,11 +1197,11 @@ "Seleccione al menos %1 configuraciones\n" "para realizar una fusión.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 msgid "Class Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 msgid "" "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.</p>\n" @@ -1268,234 +1209,226 @@ "<p>Seleccione de la lista una o varias clases a las que debería pertenecer\n" "el archivo de control actual.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" msgstr "Esta clase no contiene perfiles" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" msgstr "Seleccione al menos 1 configuración de clase.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la instalación automática" -#. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#. SAVE +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Guardar como..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "El archivo %1 ha sido guardado." -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al guardar el archivo." -#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 +#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "No hay módulos disponibles." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column -#. -#. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 +#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column +#. +#. @return The `HBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Clonar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "&Aplicar al sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "Borra&r" -#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. -#. -#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. -#. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 +#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. +#. +#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. +#. @return The `VBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. Configure module -#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 +#. Configure module +#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 msgid "The module returned invalid data." msgstr "El módulo ha devuelto datos no válidos." -#. Sets the menus in the wizard. -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 +#. Sets the menus in the wizard. +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Ver" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 msgid "&Classes" msgstr "&Clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 msgid "&Tools" msgstr "&Herramientas" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 msgid "&New" msgstr "&Nuevo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 msgid "&Save" msgstr "&Guardar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 msgid "Save &As" msgstr "Guardar &como" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "&Importar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 msgid "Import &Kickstart File" msgstr "Importar archivos &Kickstart " -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 msgid "Settin&gs" msgstr "Configura&ción" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 msgid "Change to Decrypted" msgstr "Cambiar a descifrado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 msgid "Change to Encrypted" msgstr "Cambiar a cifrado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 msgid "Apply Profile to this System" msgstr "Aplicar perfil a este sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 msgid "E&xit" msgstr "&Salir" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 msgid "Configu&ration Tree" msgstr "Árbol de configura&ción:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 msgid "So&urce" msgstr "Fue&nte" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 msgid "Cla&sses" msgstr "Cla&ses" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 msgid "Me&rge Classes" msgstr "Fusiona&r clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 msgid "Create Reference Pro&file" msgstr "Crear pe&rfil de referencia" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 msgid "Check &Validity of Profile" msgstr "Comprobar la &validez del perfil" -#. Show Source -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 +#. Show Source +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" -#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. -#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea realmente aplicar los valores de configuración del módulo %1 a su " -"sistema actual?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente aplicar los valores de configuración del módulo %1 a su sistema actual?" -#. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 +#. opening/parsing the xml file failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Error al abrir/analizar el archivo XML." -#. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 +#. NEW +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Módulos disponibles" -#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea realmente aplicar los valores de configuración del perfil al sistema " -"actual?" +#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente aplicar los valores de configuración del perfil al sistema actual?" -#. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 +#. EXIT +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Archivo de control modificado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "¿Guardar los cambios en %1?" -#. Preferences Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 +#. Preferences Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Profile Repository:" msgstr "Depósito de &perfiles" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "&Seleccionar directorio" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "&Class directory:" msgstr "Directorio de &clases" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Seleccione un &directorio" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n" @@ -1505,7 +1438,7 @@ "Introduzca en el apartado <b>Depósito</b> el directorio donde deben\n" "guardarse todos los <em>archivos de control</em>.</P> " -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" "<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" @@ -1515,19 +1448,19 @@ "de Autoyast, introduzca el directorio de clases en el que se\n" "guardan todos los archivos de clases.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#. Return a message about invalid file names -#. @param - -#. @return message -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Return a message about invalid file names +#. @param - +#. @return message +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "Invalid file name.\n" "Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" @@ -1535,66 +1468,65 @@ "127 characters long or less.\n" msgstr "" "El nombre de archivo no es válido.\n" -"El nombre ha de contener exclusivamente letras, números o el guión de " -"subrayado,\n" +"El nombre ha de contener exclusivamente letras, números o el guión de subrayado,\n" "empezar por una letra y tener una longitud\n" "máxima de 127 caracteres.\n" -#. title -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 +#. title +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Create a Reference Control File" msgstr "Crear un archivo de control de referencia" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Select Additional Resources:" msgstr "Seleccionar recursos adicionales:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Collecting system data..." msgstr "Recopilando datos del sistema..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Importando archivo Kickstart..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. progress stage -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 +#. progress stage +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Read Kickstart file" msgstr "Leer archivo Kickstart" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Import data" msgstr "Importar datos" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Reading Kickstart file..." msgstr "Leyendo archivo Kickstart..." -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Importing data..." msgstr "Importando datos..." -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Select a kickstart file." msgstr "Seleccionar un archivo kickstart" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "" "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" "file and try again." @@ -1602,129 +1534,127 @@ "Se ha producido un error al cargar el archivo Kickstart.\n" "Compruebe la sintaxis del archivo e inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Set resource name, if not using default value -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 +#. Set resource name, if not using default value +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "El archivo Kickstart ha sido importado.\n" -"Compruebe la sintaxis importada y asegúrese de que la selección de paquetes " -"y las\n" +"Compruebe la sintaxis importada y asegúrese de que la selección de paquetes y las\n" "particiones han sido importadas correctamente." -#. Validate Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 +#. Validate Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Check profile validity" msgstr "Comprobar la validez del perfil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", -#. ], -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" -#. ], -#. this function is a replacement for this code: -#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; -#. m[ l ] = v; -#. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", +#. ], +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" +#. ], +#. this function is a replacement for this code: +#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; +#. m[ l ] = v; +#. @return [Hash] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Comprobando XML con validación RNG..." -#. section wise validation -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 +#. section wise validation +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Section %1: " msgstr "Sección %1: " -#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Comprobando XML con validación RNC..." -#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing -#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 +#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing +#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Logic" msgstr "Lógica" -#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured -#. and can warn the user if it is missing -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 +#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured +#. and can warn the user if it is missing +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "No root password configured" msgstr "No ha configurado la contraseña de usuario Root" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Con&firm installation?" msgstr "¿Con&firmar instalación?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 msgid "AutoYaST Second Stage" msgstr "Segunda etapa de AutoYaST" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage" msgstr "Apagar el equipo después de la primera etapa" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Apagar el equipo tras la segunda etapa" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Rearrancar el equipo después de la segunda etapa" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gestión de firmas" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 msgid "Accept &Unsigned Files" msgstr "&Aceptar archivos sin firma" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Accept Files without a &Checksum" msgstr "A&ceptar archivos sin suma de control" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Accept Failed &Verifications" msgstr "Aceptar &verificaciones fallidas" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys" msgstr "Aceptar claves &GPG desconocidas" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys" msgstr "Aceptar claves GPG que no sean de confianza" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Import &New GPG Keys" msgstr "Importar claves GPG &nuevas" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" @@ -1732,47 +1662,39 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Las opciones de este diálogo determinan el comportamiento de AutoYaST " -"durante\n" +"Las opciones de este diálogo determinan el comportamiento de AutoYaST durante\n" "la instalación automática.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"La opción de confirmación de la instalación esta seleccionada de forma por " -"defecto\n" -"para evitar instalaciones no deseadas. Esta opción detiene el sistema " -"durante\n" -"la instalación y muestra un resumen de las operaciones solicitadas en la " -"pantalla \n" -"habitual de sugerencias. Desactive esta opción para instalar automáticamente " -"sin interrupciones.\n" +"La opción de confirmación de la instalación esta seleccionada de forma por defecto\n" +"para evitar instalaciones no deseadas. Esta opción detiene el sistema durante\n" +"la instalación y muestra un resumen de las operaciones solicitadas en la pantalla \n" +"habitual de sugerencias. Desactive esta opción para instalar automáticamente sin interrupciones.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Si desactiva la segunda etapa de AutoYaST, la instalación continuará en el " -"modo manual\n" +"Si desactiva la segunda etapa de AutoYaST, la instalación continuará en el modo manual\n" " después del primer reinicio (tras la instalación del paquete).\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 msgid "" "<P>\n" "For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" @@ -1782,148 +1704,144 @@ "Para la gestión de firmas, consulte la documentación de AutoYaST.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Otras opciones" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Frametitle" msgstr "Título del marco" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "Question" msgstr "Pregunta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)" msgstr "Tiempo límite (cero significa sin límite)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Lista de vías para respuestas (puede usar varias vías separadas por espacios)" +msgstr "Lista de vías para respuestas (puede usar varias vías separadas por espacios)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" msgstr "Guardar respuesta en este archivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" msgstr "Lista de selección para el tipo Símbolo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 msgid "<P></P>" msgstr "<P></P>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 msgid "1st Stage" msgstr "Etapa 1" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 msgid "2nd Stage" msgstr "Etapa 2" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Dialog Title" msgstr "Título del recuadro de diálogo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Helptext" msgstr "Texto de ayuda" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 msgid "Add to Dialog List" msgstr "Añadir a la lista de recuadros de diálogo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 msgid "Apply changes to dialog" msgstr "Aplicar cambios al recuadro de diálogo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Title" msgstr "Título" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 msgid "Delete Dialog" msgstr "Suprimir recuadro de diálogo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Dialog up" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo arriba" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Dialog down" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo abajo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 msgid "Questions in dialog" msgstr "Preguntas del recuadro de diálogo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Add Question" msgstr "Añadir pregunta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 msgid "Edit Question" msgstr "Editar pregunta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 msgid "Delete Question" msgstr "Suprimir pregunta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 msgid "Question up" msgstr "Pregunta arriba" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Question down" msgstr "Pregunta abajo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 msgid "ASK Options" msgstr "Preguntar opciones" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Validación del perfil</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta herramienta utiliza <em>xmllint</em> para validar el perfil conforme " -"a DTD y\n" -"comprueba si faltan datos. Puede que algunos datos falten deliberadamente. " -"Los mensajes de error\n" +"<p>Esta herramienta utiliza <em>xmllint</em> para validar el perfil conforme a DTD y\n" +"comprueba si faltan datos. Puede que algunos datos falten deliberadamente. Los mensajes de error\n" "pueden ignorarse, por ejemplo, cuando se crean clases.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" "is validated.</p>\n" @@ -1931,54 +1849,47 @@ "<p>Cargue primero un perfil. De no ser así, se\n" "validará un archivo vacío.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Importar archivos Kickstart</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 msgid "" "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para importar un archivo Kickstart, introduzca la ruta del archivo de " -"configuración.\n" -"Los datos importados se cargarán en el sistema de gestión de la " -"configuración \n" +"<p>Para importar un archivo Kickstart, introduzca la ruta del archivo de configuración.\n" +"Los datos importados se cargarán en el sistema de gestión de la configuración \n" "para añadir opciones de configuración adicionales en SUSE.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta herramienta crea un perfil de referencia leyendo\n" -"información del sistema. Seleccione los recursos del sistema que deben ser " -"leídos\n" -"además de los recursos estándar como particiones y selecciones de paquetes.\n" +"información del sistema. Seleccione los recursos del sistema que deben ser leídos\n" +"además de los recursos estándar como particiones y selecciones de paquetes.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" msgstr "<p> Particionar sus discos duros...</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>La tabla de la derecha muestra las particiones que van a crearse en el " -"sistema destino.\n" +"<p>La tabla de la derecha muestra las particiones que van a crearse en el sistema destino.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>" msgstr "<p> Las <b>Particiones</b> se designan de la forma siguiente </p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" @@ -1988,15 +1899,15 @@ "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2º disco EIDE \n" "<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3º disco EIDE" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p>etc.</p>" msgstr "<p>etc.</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 msgid "<p>- or - </p>" msgstr "<p>- o bien - </p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" @@ -2006,18 +1917,17 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2º disco SCSI\n" "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3º disco SCSI</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no se ha definido ninguna partición y el disco indicado es también aquél\n" "donde debería estar la partición raíz, las siguientes particiones serán\n" "creadas automáticamente:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 msgid "" " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" @@ -2025,70 +1935,56 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, y una partición raíz <tt>/</tt>.\n" "El tamaño se calcula automáticamente.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Opciones avanzadas</b></p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, AutoYaST creará una partición extendida y añadirá todas las " -"nuevas particiones como dispositivos lógicos. Sin embargo, es posible hacer " -"que AutoYaST cree una determinada partición como partición primaria o " -"extendida. Además, se puede definir el tamaño de una partición usando " -"sectores en lugar de megabytes." +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Por defecto, AutoYaST creará una partición extendida y añadirá todas las nuevas particiones como dispositivos lógicos. Sin embargo, es posible hacer que AutoYaST cree una determinada partición como partición primaria o extendida. Además, se puede definir el tamaño de una partición usando sectores en lugar de megabytes." -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" "Estas opciones al igual que otras opciones avanzadas no pueden configurarse\n" -"usando esta interfaz. En su lugar, ha de añadirlas al archivo de control " -"manualmente.\n" +"usando esta interfaz. En su lugar, ha de añadirlas al archivo de control manualmente.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para la configuración de LVM y RAID, consulte la documentación y añada la " -"configuración\n" -"a un archivo de control existente. En preparación sólo puede crear " -"particiones LVM y RAID\n" +"Para la configuración de LVM y RAID, consulte la documentación y añada la configuración\n" +"a un archivo de control existente. En preparación sólo puede crear particiones LVM y RAID\n" "sin formatear.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Script Configuration -#. @return script configuration dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 +#. Script Configuration +#. @return script configuration dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Available Scripts" msgstr "Guiones disponibles" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Script Name" msgstr "Nombre del script" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Interpreter" msgstr "Intérprete" -#. help 1/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 +#. help 1/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" @@ -2096,72 +1992,61 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Guiones previos a la instalación</h3>\n" -"<P>Puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema antes de que comience " -"la instalación. </P>\n" +"<P>Puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema antes de que comience la instalación. </P>\n" -#. help 2/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 +#. help 2/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Guiones posteriores a la instalación</h3>\n" -"<P>También puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema una vez que " -"se haya\n" -"completado la instalación. Estos guiones se ejecutan fuera del entorno " -"chroot.\n" +"<P>También puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema una vez que se haya\n" +"completado la instalación. Estos guiones se ejecutan fuera del entorno chroot.\n" "</P>" -#. help 3/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 +#. help 3/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Guiones chroot</H3>\n" -"<P>Elija las opciones <i>guiones chroot</i> si quiere que los guiones " -"posteriores\n" -"a la instalación se ejecuten dentro del entorno chroot. Estos guiones se " -"ejecutan\n" -"antes de que el sistema se reinicie por primera vez. Por defecto, los " -"guiones chroot \n" -"se ejecutan en el sistema de instalación. Para poder acceder a los archivos " -"del sistema\n" +"<P>Elija las opciones <i>guiones chroot</i> si quiere que los guiones posteriores\n" +"a la instalación se ejecuten dentro del entorno chroot. Estos guiones se ejecutan\n" +"antes de que el sistema se reinicie por primera vez. Por defecto, los guiones chroot \n" +"se ejecutan en el sistema de instalación. Para poder acceder a los archivos del sistema\n" "instalado debe usar siempre en los guiones el punto de montaje \"/mnt\".\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 4/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 +#. help 4/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Es posible ejecutar los guiones chroot posteriormente una vez que\n" -"el cargador de arranque haya sido configurado. Utilice para ello la etiqueta " -"especial booleana \"chrooted\",\n" +"el cargador de arranque haya sido configurado. Utilice para ello la etiqueta especial booleana \"chrooted\",\n" "que hace que los guiones se ejecuten en el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help 5/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 +#. help 5/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" @@ -2174,151 +2059,135 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Guiones init</H3>\n" -"<P>Estos guiones se ejecutan durante el proceso de arranque inicial y " -"después\n" -"de que YaST haya completado la configuración del sistema. Los guiones " -"finales se ejecutan\n" +"<P>Estos guiones se ejecutan durante el proceso de arranque inicial y después\n" +"de que YaST haya completado la configuración del sistema. Los guiones finales se ejecutan\n" "por medio de un guión<b>rc</b> especial que se activa sólo una vez. \n" "Los guiones finales se ejecutan al final del proceso de arranque\n" "y una vez que se haya iniciado la red.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 6/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 +#. help 6/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " -"or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intérprete:</H3>\n" -"<P>Los guiones previos a la instalación sólo pueden ser guiones de shell. No " -"utilice <i>Perl</i> ni \n" +"<P>Los guiones previos a la instalación sólo pueden ser guiones de shell. No utilice <i>Perl</i> ni \n" "<i>Python</i> para los guiones previos a la instalación.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Acceso de red:</H3>\n" -" <P>Al ejecutar los guiones posteriores a la instalación, la red queda " -"inhabilitada y \n" -" es necesario iniciarla mediante los guiones para que sea posible acceder a " -"ella. Una\n" -" alternativa para los guiones posteriores a la instalación en la red es el " -"uso de guiones de inicio, que\n" -" garantizan que el sistema queda totalmente configurado al ejecutarlos. Si " -"ha llevado a cabo la instalación\n" -" en una red, también podrá utilizar la opción <b>Red</b> para el guión " -"posterior a la instalación.\n" +" <P>Al ejecutar los guiones posteriores a la instalación, la red queda inhabilitada y \n" +" es necesario iniciarla mediante los guiones para que sea posible acceder a ella. Una\n" +" alternativa para los guiones posteriores a la instalación en la red es el uso de guiones de inicio, que\n" +" garantizan que el sistema queda totalmente configurado al ejecutarlos. Si ha llevado a cabo la instalación\n" +" en una red, también podrá utilizar la opción <b>Red</b> para el guión posterior a la instalación.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Respuesta y depuración:</H3>\n" -" <P>Todos los guiones excepto los de inicio pueden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en " -"una ventana emergente a modo de respuesta.\n" -" Si activa la depuración, obtendrá más mensajes en el cuadro de diálogo de " -"respuesta que podrían resultar útiles para\n" +" <P>Todos los guiones excepto los de inicio pueden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en una ventana emergente a modo de respuesta.\n" +" Si activa la depuración, obtendrá más mensajes en el cuadro de diálogo de respuesta que podrían resultar útiles para\n" " depurar el guión.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" msgstr "Editor de guiones" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "Nombre del &archivo" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 msgid "&Interpreter" msgstr "&Intérprete" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Perl" msgstr "Perl" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 msgid "Python" msgstr "Python" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Feedback" msgstr "&Comentarios" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Depuración" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 msgid "&Chrooted" msgstr "&Con chroot" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Red" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 msgid "&Feedback Type" msgstr "Tipo de &comentarios" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 msgid "none" msgstr "ninguno" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Text of the notification popup" msgstr "Texto de la ventana emergente de notificación" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Script Location" msgstr "Ubicación del guion" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 msgid "S&cript Source" msgstr "Origen del s&cript" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Load new source" msgstr "&Cargar nuevo origen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 msgid "" "Provide at least the script\n" "name and the location or content of the script.\n" @@ -2326,55 +2195,48 @@ "Indique al menos el nombre\n" "del guión y la ubicación o el contenido del guión.\n" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Añadiendo guiones al proceso de autoinstalación puede personalizar la " -"instalación\n" -"conforme a sus necesidades e intervenir en distintas etapas de la " -"instalación.</p>\n" +"Añadiendo guiones al proceso de autoinstalación puede personalizar la instalación\n" +"conforme a sus necesidades e intervenir en distintas etapas de la instalación.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "Gestión de guiones de usuario" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "Seleccione primero un script." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 msgid "Autoinstall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la autoinstalación " -#. Read rules file -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#. Read rules file +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Error al procesar el archivo de reglas. Informe del procesador XML:\n" -#. Merge Rule results -#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"El procesador XML ha informado de un error al procesar el perfil de " -"autoyast. El mensaje de error es el siguiente:\n" +#. Merge Rule results +#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "El procesador XML ha informado de un error al procesar el perfil de autoyast. El mensaje de error es el siguiente:\n" -#. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 +#. backdoor for merging problems. +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2384,25 +2246,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No se han podido recuperar las clases definidas en función de usuario.\n" -"Asegúrese de que todas las clases están definidas correctamente y " -"disponibles para este sistema\n" -"a través de la red o localmente. El sistema no puede ser instalado con el " -"archivo de control original\n" +"Asegúrese de que todas las clases están definidas correctamente y disponibles para este sistema\n" +"a través de la red o localmente. El sistema no puede ser instalado con el archivo de control original\n" "sin usar clases.\n" -#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes -#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 +#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes +#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Elegir perfil" -#. Nothing returned by SLP query -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún proveedor de autoyast mediante SLP." -#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 msgid "" "Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" "%{url}" @@ -2410,51 +2270,51 @@ "URL de perfil de AutoYaST no válida\n" "%{url}" -#. SetProtocolMessage () -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 +#. SetProtocolMessage () +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control del disquete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del archivo %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del dispositivo /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control de la ubicación por defecto" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Origen desconocido." -#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface -#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI -#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) -#. { -#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); -#. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 +#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface +#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI +#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) +#. { +#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); +#. } +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2462,238 +2322,228 @@ msgstr "" "<h3>Sistema de gestión de la configuración de AutoYaST</h3>\n" "<p>Casi todos los recursos del archivo de control\n" -"pueden configurarse por medio del sistema de gestión de la configuración.\n" +"pueden configurarse por medio del sistema de gestión de la configuración.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>La mayoría de los módulos utilizados para crear la configuración son " -"idénticos a los\n" -"disponibles a través del Centro de control de YaST2. En lugar de configurar " -"este sistema,\n" +"<p>La mayoría de los módulos utilizados para crear la configuración son idénticos a los\n" +"disponibles a través del Centro de control de YaST2. En lugar de configurar este sistema,\n" "los datos introducidos se recopilan y se exportan al archivo\n" "de control que puede emplearse para instalar otro sistema usando AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Además de los módulos ya existentes, se han creado interfaces nuevas\n" "para algunas opciones de configuración específicas de carácter más complejo\n" "tales como el particionamiento, las opciones generales y el software.</p>\n" -#. Construct node name for display in tree. -#. -#. Constructed names are of the form: -#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} -#. -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for -#. -#. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#. Construct node name for display in tree. +#. +#. Constructed names are of the form: +#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} +#. +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for +#. +#. @return the newly created node name +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Unidad" -#. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#. volume group +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Grupo de volúmenes" -#. Settings Summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 +#. Settings Summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 msgid "Configured Files:" msgstr "Archivos configurados:" -#. string language_name = ""; -#. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 +#. string language_name = ""; +#. string keyboard_name = ""; +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "¿Confirmar instalación?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Segunda etapa de AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Deteniendo el equipo tras la primera etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Deteniendo el equipo tras la segunda etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Rearrancar el equipo tras la segunda etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Aceptando archivos sin firma" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "No aceptando archivos sin firma" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Aceptando archivos sin suma de control" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "No aceptando archivos sin suma de control" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Aceptando verificaciones fallidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "No aceptando verificaciones fallidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Aceptando claves GPG desconocidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "No aceptando claves GPG desconocidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importando nuevas claves GPG" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "No importando nuevas claves GPG" -#. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Sincronizando la hora..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "Sincronizando la hora con %s." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Error al sincronizar la hora." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "No es posible actualizar la hora del sistema." -#. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#. look for VGs to reuse +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reutilizar el grupo de volúmenes %1. El grupo de volúmenes no " -"existe." +msgstr "No es posible reutilizar el grupo de volúmenes %1. El grupo de volúmenes no existe." -#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group -#. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 +#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group +#. the next instructions taints result +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"El grupo de volumen %1 debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione " -"uno." +msgstr "El grupo de volumen %1 debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione uno." -#. PUBLIC INTERFACE -#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE -#. Return summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#. return Summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#. PUBLIC INTERFACE +#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE +#. Return summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#. return Summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Discos" -#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s unidad en total" msgstr[1] "%s unidades en total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Aún no se ha clonado." -#. Return Summary -#. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 +#. Return Summary +#. @return [String] summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones previos a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones posteriores a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Guiones chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Guiones init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Guiones de postparticionado" -#. return type of script as formatted string -#. @param script type -#. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 +#. return type of script as formatted string +#. @param script type +#. @return [String] type as translated string +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Postparticionado" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 +#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2701,60 +2551,50 @@ "No es posible encontrar estos paquetes en los repositorios de software:\n" "%1" -#. 4 means "already exists" -#. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 +#. 4 means "already exists" +#. Add add-ons +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Error al añadir el repositorio %1" -#. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del patrón. Consulte /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +#. Install +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del patrón. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creando Imagen: instalando paquetes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del paquete. Consulte /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del paquete. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" -#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 +#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Guardar imagen en..." -#. Compress image: -#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 +#. Compress image: +#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Puede hacer cambios a la imagen ahora en %1/\n" -"Si hace clic en Aceptar, la imagen se comprimirá y no podrá realizar más " -"cambios." +"Si hace clic en Aceptar, la imagen se comprimirá y no podrá realizar más cambios." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Error al comprimir la imagen en %1. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Imagen creada correctamente" -#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 +#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2762,117 +2602,107 @@ "no es posible obtener el archivo de directory.yast en %1.\n" "Si falta, puede crear el archivo mediante el comando ls -F > directory.yast." -#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "no es posible leer %1. ¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?" -#. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 +#. copy a file +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "no es posible leer %1. Error al crear la imagen ISO." -#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 +#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Creando estructura de archivos de la imagen ISO..." -#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 +#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "configuración de arranque para el DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer cambios a la imagen ISO ahora en %1; por ejemplo, añadir un " -"archivo XML de AutoYast completamente diferente.\n" +"Puede hacer cambios a la imagen ISO ahora en %1; por ejemplo, añadir un archivo XML de AutoYast completamente diferente.\n" "Si hace clic en Aceptar, la imagen ISO se creará." -#. create the actual ISO file -#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 +#. create the actual ISO file +#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Guardar imagen ISO en..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Creando archivo de imagen ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "Imagen ISO creada correctamente en %1" -#. Summary -#. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 +#. Summary +#. @return Html formatted configuration summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Patrones seleccionados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Paquetes seleccionados individualmente" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Paquetes que deben eliminarse" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Forzar paquete del kernel" -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "No es posible definir los patrones: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes no se ha llevado a cabo " -"correctamente. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de autoyast." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes no se ha llevado a cabo correctamente. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de autoyast." -#. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"El plan de particiones configurado en el perfil XML no cabe en el disco " -"duro. Faltan %1 MB." +#. 1 cyl buffer per partition +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "El plan de particiones configurado en el perfil XML no cabe en el disco duro. Faltan %1 MB." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "Total de %1 disco" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "No se ha configurado un dispositivo específico." -#. Handle /etc/fstab usage -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 +#. Handle /etc/fstab usage +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluando partición raíz. Espere un momento..." -#. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 +#. a popup +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado una partición raíz Linux." -#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting -#. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 +#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting +#. is inevitable. +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2880,49 +2710,49 @@ "Se han encontrado varias particiones raíz. Al no haber configurado\n" "qué partición debe emplearse, la instalación automática no es posible.\n" -#. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 +#. return list of available devices +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "el servidor de almacenamiento no encuentra el dispositivo %1" -#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 +#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Recopilando datos de configuración" -#. Save YCP data into XML -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#. Save YCP data into XML +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Perfil de AutoYaST cifrado. Introduzca la contraseña dos veces." -#. Save sections of current profile to separate files -#. -#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in -#. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#. Save sections of current profile to separate files +#. +#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in +#. @return - list of filenames +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "No es posible escribir la sección %1 en el archivo %2." -#. Read XML into YCP data -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#. Read XML into YCP data +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Perfil de AutoYaST cifrado. Introduzca la contraseña correcta." -#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 +#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile" msgstr "no se encontró la etiqueta al buscar el perfil para AutoYaST" -#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 +#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" msgstr "Error al recuperar el perfil:\n" -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/base.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -15,515 +15,515 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "Emiratos Árabes Unidos" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albania" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Austria" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "Bosnia-Herzegovina" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgaria" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "Bahréin" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "Bangladesh" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "Bolivia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "Brasil" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "Botsuana" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Bielorrusia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "República Popular China" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "República Checa" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "República Dominicana" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "Argelia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "Ecuador" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estonia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "Egipto" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "Cataluña" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finlandia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Islas Feroe" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "Gran Bretaña" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "Georgia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "Groenlandia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Grecia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "Honduras" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Croacia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Hungría" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irlanda" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 msgid "India" msgstr "India" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "Iraq" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islandia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "Jordania" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japón" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "Líbano" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituania" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "Luxemburgo" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letonia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "Yamahiriya Árabe Libia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "Marruecos" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Macedonia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "Malasia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "Nicaragua" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Países Bajos" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noruega" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nueva Zelanda" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 msgid "Oman" msgstr "Omán" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panamá" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Perú" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "Filipinas" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "Pakistán" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polonia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "Paraguay" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumanía" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "Arabia Saudí" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "Sudán" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suecia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapur" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Eslovenia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Eslovaquia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "República Árabe Siria" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "Tailandia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "Tayikistán" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "Túnez" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turquía" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "Ucrania" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 msgid "USA" msgstr "EE.UU." -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "Uzbekistán" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "Venezuela" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "Yemen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "Yugoslavia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "Sudáfrica" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "Zimbabue" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -533,136 +533,130 @@ "anular los cambios que realice más tarde.\n" "¿Desea continuar la configuración con YaST?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Imprimir la ayuda para este módulo" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Imprimir versión extensa de la ayuda para este módulo" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Imprimir versión extensa de la ayuda de este módulo en formato XML" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Iniciar shell interactiva para controlar el módulo" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Salir del modo interactivo y guardar los cambios" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Salir del modo interactivo sin guardar los cambios" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Imprimir la ayuda para este comando" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Mostrar información de progreso" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Dónde almacenar la salida XML" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Este módulo de YaST2 no soporta la interfaz de línea de comandos." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Comando desconocido: '%1'" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Falta un valor en la opción %1." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Opción desconocida para el comando '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción: %1: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción '%1' -- esperado '%2', recibido %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "La opción %1 no puede tener ningún valor. Valor especificado: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." +msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "Módulo de configuración %1 de YaST\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Comando '%1'" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -670,18 +664,17 @@ "\n" " Opciones:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Las opciones de tipo [cadena] se deben escribir con el formato " -"opción=valor." +" Las opciones de tipo [cadena] se deben escribir con el formato opción=valor." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -689,194 +682,184 @@ "\n" " Ejemplo:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Esto es un módulo de YaST." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Sintaxis básica:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> [verbose] [opciones]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <comando> [opciones]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <comando> help" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Comandos:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones disponibles." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "o '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Especifique el comando '%1'." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique uno de los comandos: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique sólo uno de los comandos: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Listo" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Terminando" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Hecho" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Saliendo (sin cambios)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "¿Sí o no?" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "sí" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "no" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "Guardar y2logs en..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "Guardando los registros de YaST en %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -884,17 +867,17 @@ "No es posible guardar los registros de YaST en %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "Encontrará más información casi al final del archivo %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -904,86 +887,86 @@ "Adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio %2.\n" "Consulte %3 para obtener más información acerca de los registros de YaST." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1445 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1445 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "Guardar registros de Ya&ST..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Error de instalación" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @yield context when extension is available -#. @raise [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @yield context when extension is available +#. @raise [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "Cargando en la memoria el paquete %s" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "Eliminando de la memoria el paquete %s" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1254 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1254 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún proceso para este modo de instalación." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar o abortar la instalación?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Continuar la instalación" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "C&ancelar la instalación" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "¿Desea añadir el nuevo producto de todas formas?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -996,8 +979,7 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "El perfil no permite ejecutar los productos en este sistema.\n" -"Si continúa ejecutando esta instalación el sistema quedará en un estado no " -"admitido,\n" +"Si continúa ejecutando esta instalación el sistema quedará en un estado no admitido,\n" "lo que podría afectar a sus requisitos de conformidad.\n" " \n" "Los siguientes requisitos no se cumplen en este sistema:\n" @@ -1006,38 +988,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:431 msgid "Downloading the installer extension package failed." msgstr "Error al descargar el paquete de extensión del instalador." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:435 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:435 msgid "Extracting the installer extension failed." msgstr "Error al extraer la extensión del instalador." -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1391 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1391 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Error interno al integrar el flujo de trabajo adicional." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:692 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:692 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "El valor de %1 no es válido." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "No disponible" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1047,13 +1029,13 @@ "Para iniciar el servicio siempre que se arranque el equipo indique \n" "<b>%1</b>. Si desea lo contrario, indique <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1062,59 +1044,58 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Inicio del servicio</big></b><br>\n" "Para iniciar el servicio siempre que se arranque el equipo, defina \n" -"<b>%1</b>. Para iniciar el servicio mediante el daemon xinetd, defina <b>%3.\n" +"<b>%1</b>. Para iniciar el servicio mediante el daemon xinetd, defina <b>%3</b>.\n" "En cualquier otro caso, defina <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Mediante xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Mediante &xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "El servicio se está ejecutando." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "El servicio no se está ejecutando." -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -1124,11 +1105,11 @@ "Utilice <b>%1</b> o <b>%2</b> respectivamente\n" "para iniciar o detener el servicio inmediatamente.</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1136,49 +1117,49 @@ "<p>Utilice <b>%3</b> para guardar todos los cambios\n" "y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente.</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Iniciar el servicio ahora" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Detener el servicio ahora" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Guardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Iniciar el servicio ahora" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "D&etener el servicio ahora" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Gu&ardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio ahora" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Encender y apagar" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1188,39 +1169,39 @@ "Seleccione <b>%1</b> para almacenar la configuración en LDAP\n" "en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte LDAP activo" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Arriba" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Abajo" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -1230,38 +1211,38 @@ "porque está siendo utilizada.\n" "Para suprimirla, deje antes de usarla en la configuración." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "No es posible suprimir la clave TSIG." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo con la clave de autenticación" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para la clave de autenticación" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "El nombre de archivo especificado es un directorio existente." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "El archivo especificado ya existe. ¿Desea sobreescribirlo?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "El ID de la clave TSIG no ha sido especificado." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -1269,8 +1250,8 @@ "La clave con el ID especificado existe y se utiliza.\n" "¿Desea eliminarla?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -1278,28 +1259,28 @@ "Se ha encontrado en el disco una clave con el ID\n" "especificado. ¿Desea eliminarla?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "La clave se creará ahora. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear la clave TSIG." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo especificado no existe." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "El archivo especificado no contiene ninguna clave TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -1309,8 +1290,8 @@ "identificador que alguna de las claves ya presentes.\n" "Las claves antiguas serán eliminadas. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -1318,20 +1299,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big></b><br>\n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar las claves TSIG.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" "containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Adición de una clave TSIG existente</b></big><br>\n" -"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> " -"del archivo\n" +"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> del archivo\n" "que contiene la clave y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -1339,14 +1319,12 @@ "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Creación de una clave TSIG nueva</b></big><br>\n" -"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> del " -"archivo en el que desea\n" -"crear la clave y el <b>ID de clave</b> para identificarla y, a continuación, " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> del archivo en el que desea\n" +"crear la clave y el <b>ID de clave</b> para identificarla y, a continuación, haga clic en \n" "<b>Generar</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -1356,103 +1334,100 @@ "in the configuration first.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Eliminar una clave TSIG</b></big><br>\n" -"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir.\n" +"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "Recuerde que también se suprimirán todas las claves del mismo archivo.\n" "Si una clave TSIG está siendo utilizada en la configuración del servidor,\n" -"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de " -"utilizarla\n" +"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de utilizarla\n" "en la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Añadir una clave TSIG existente" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Crear una nueva clave TSIG" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "ID de &clave" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Generar" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Claves TSIG actuales" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "ID de clave" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Opción &seleccionada" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Opción actual:" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "La opción seleccionada ya existe." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Editar la configuración</big></b><br>\n" -"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en " -"la\n" +"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en la\n" "tabla y pulse <b>Editar</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1460,8 +1435,8 @@ "<p>Para añadir una nueva opción pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar\n" "una opción, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -1469,8 +1444,8 @@ "<P>La columna <B>Ch.</B> de la tabla indica\n" "si la opción se ha cambiado.</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -1480,39 +1455,39 @@ "y utilice los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo</b> para subirla o bajarla \n" "en la lista.</p>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "El dispositivo no está configurado" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Haga clic en <B>Editar</B> para configurar" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Cargando módulos, por favor espere ..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Centro de control de YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Ejecutar" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -1520,13 +1495,13 @@ "El Centro de control de YaST no se está ejecutando como Root.\n" "Sólo verá los módulos que no requieren permisos de Root." -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "Controlando YaST ncurses mediante el teclado" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1536,28 +1511,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p>1) <b>General</b><br>\n" "Para navegar por los elementos del diálogo, utilice\n" -"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) +[TAB] para " -"retroceder.\n" +"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) +[TAB] para retroceder.\n" "Seleccione o active elementos con [ESPACIO] o [ENTER].\n" -"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en " -"listas).</p>" +"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en listas).</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La exploración del árbol también se realiza mediante las teclas de " -"flecha. Para abrir o cerrar una rama, use [ESPACIO]. En los módulos que " -"muestren un árbol (puede parecer una lista) de elementos de configuración en " -"el lado izquierdo, use [INTRO] para abrir el recuadro de diálogo " -"correspondiente a la derecha.</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La exploración del árbol también se realiza mediante las teclas de flecha. Para abrir o cerrar una rama, use [ESPACIO]. En los módulos que muestren un árbol (puede parecer una lista) de elementos de configuración en el lado izquierdo, use [INTRO] para abrir el recuadro de diálogo correspondiente a la derecha.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1565,8 +1529,8 @@ "<p>Los botones disponen de atajos de teclado (la letra coloreada).\n" "Para activar el botón, pulse [ALT] y la letra correspondiente.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1574,8 +1538,8 @@ "<p>Pulse [ESC] para cerrar los menús de selección emergentes (por ej. de\n" "los botones de menú) sin haber elegido nada.</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1589,8 +1553,8 @@ "Si [TAB] y [MAY]+[TAB] o [TAB] y [ALT]+[TAB] no funcionan,\n" "utilice [CTRL]+[F] para avanzar y [CTRL]+[B] para retroceder. </p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1600,25 +1564,22 @@ "utilice [ESC]+[letra]. Ejemplo: [ESC]+[H] en lugar de [ALT]+[H].\n" "[ESC]+[TAB] puede reemplazar también a [ALT]+[TAB].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>Teclas de función</i><br>\n" -"Las teclas F proporcionan un acceso rápido a las funciones principales. Las " -"correspondencias de las teclas de función con el recuadro de diálogo actual " -"se muestran en la línea de abajo.</p>" +"Las teclas F proporcionan un acceso rápido a las funciones principales. Las correspondencias de las teclas de función con el recuadro de diálogo actual se muestran en la línea de abajo.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" msgstr "<p>Las teclas F suelen estar conectadas a una acción determinada:</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1642,8 +1603,8 @@ "F9 = cancelar<br>\n" "F10 = aceptar, siguiente o terminar<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1651,99 +1612,87 @@ "<p>En algunos entornos, todas o algunas de las \n" "teclas de función están deshabilitadas.</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "Reiniciar después de guardar los valores" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "Iniciar durante arranque del sistema" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "Estado del servicio" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado actual</big></b><br>\n" -"Muestra el estado actual del servicio. El estado permanecerá sin cambios " -"después de guardar los valores de configuración, independientemente del " -"valor de \"iniciar servicio durante el arranque\".</p>\n" +"Muestra el estado actual del servicio. El estado permanecerá sin cambios después de guardar los valores de configuración, independientemente del valor de \"iniciar servicio durante el arranque\".</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Solo es aplicable si el servicio está en ejecución actualmente. Garantiza " -"que el servicio en ejecución vuelva a cargar la nueva configuración después " -"de guardarla (cerrando el diálogo o al pulsar el botón para aplicar).</p>\n" +"Solo es aplicable si el servicio está en ejecución actualmente. Garantiza que el servicio en ejecución vuelva a cargar la nueva configuración después de guardarla (cerrando el diálogo o al pulsar el botón para aplicar).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Iniciar durante arranque del sistema</big></b><br>\n" -"Active este campo para habilitar el servicio al arrancar el sistema. " -"Desactívelo para inhabilitar el servicio. Esto no afecta al estado actual " -"del servicio en el sistema ya en ejecución.</p>\n" +"Active este campo para habilitar el servicio al arrancar el sistema. Desactívelo para inhabilitar el servicio. Esto no afecta al estado actual del servicio en el sistema ya en ejecución.</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Volver a cargar después de guardar valores" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "en ejecución" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Detener ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "detenido" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Iniciar ahora" -#. Widget representing input field for testing keyboard layout. -#. Its value is ignored and never used anywhere. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/widgets.rb:35 +#. Widget representing input field for testing keyboard layout. +#. Its value is ignored and never used anywhere. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/widgets.rb:35 msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Probar distribución del teclado" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1751,9 +1700,9 @@ "Aunque la vía %1 existe, no es un directorio.\n" "¿Desea continuar o cancelar la operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1761,9 +1710,9 @@ "La vía %1 no existe.\n" "¿Desea crearla?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1771,225 +1720,225 @@ "Error al crear el directorio %1.\n" "¿Desea continuar o cancelar la operación actual?\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sí" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "&Finalizar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&itar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "Aborta&r" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "Aborta&r la instalación" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "S&iguiente" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "Nue&vo" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Su&primir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "&Atrás" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "&No aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Reintent&ar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "&Sustituir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "Aba&jo" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "Selecci&onar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "Elimin&ar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "&Refrescar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ayuda" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "&No instalar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "&Descargar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "&Guardar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Parar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "&Cerrar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "Cre&ar" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Omitir" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Por favor espere..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "Nombre de &archivo" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "C&onfirmar contraseña" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opciones" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1997,34 +1946,34 @@ "YaST no puede continuar con la configuración\n" "sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración a '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -2034,19 +1983,19 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "Error al escribir el archivo '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -2056,19 +2005,19 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "No es posible abrir el archivo '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -2078,18 +2027,18 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -2099,16 +2048,16 @@ "\n" "Descripción: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "Este elemento debe completarse." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -2116,8 +2065,8 @@ "El directorio %1 no existe.\n" "¿Desea crearlo?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -2125,85 +2074,85 @@ "El dominio ha cambiado.\n" "Debe reiniciar para que los cambios surtan efecto." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "No &volver a mostrar este mensaje." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "No es posible ajustar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "No es posible crear el directorio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración actual." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "El script de SuSEconfig ha fallado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando configuración del sistema..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "No se encuentra el archivo de versión %{file}" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Cancelar realmente la instalación?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "¿Desea cancelar la reparación del sistema con YaST?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Cancelar reparación del sistema" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Continuar con la reparación del sistema" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -2213,10 +2162,10 @@ "Linux no será instalado.\n" "Su disco duro permanecerá intacto." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -2229,9 +2178,9 @@ "Podría tener que reinstalar todo el \n" "sistema de nuevo.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -2241,221 +2190,221 @@ "Linux no será utilizable.\n" "Necesitará reinstalar el sistema de nuevo.." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "¡Se perderán todos los cambios!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensajes" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Mostrar mensajes: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "sí" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "no" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Mensajes de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Registrar mensajes: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Advertencias" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Mostrar advertencias: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Avisos de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Registrar advertencias: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errores" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Mostrar errores: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Errores de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Registrar errores: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Advertencia:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Error:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Mensaje:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Aún no configurado." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "No detectado." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the `SetWizardContent[Buttons]()` -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the `SetWizardContent[Buttons]()` +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Falta Xterm: instale el paquete de Xterm." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Claves GPG privadas" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -2463,14 +2412,14 @@ "<p><big><b>Claves GPG privadas</b></big><br>\n" "La tabla incluye una lista con las claves GPG privadas.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Claves públicas GPG" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -2478,33 +2427,31 @@ "<p><big><b>Claves públicas GPG</b></big><br>\n" "La tabla incluye una lista con las claves públicas GPG.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Crear nueva clave GPG..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Crear nueva clave GPG</b></big><br>\n" -"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> " -"para obtener más información.\n" +"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> para obtener más información.\n" " Pulse Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "Contraseña codificada ¶ la clave GPG %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -2512,38 +2459,36 @@ "<p><big><b>Contraseña codificada</b></big><br>\n" "Escriba la contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG %1:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca un mensaje de registro que describa los cambios que ha hecho." +msgstr "Introduzca un mensaje de registro que describa los cambios que ha hecho." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" "the field below.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Registro mostrado</big></b><br>\n" -"Utilice la opción <b>Registro</b> para seleccionar el registro que desea " -"visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" +"Utilice la opción <b>Registro</b> para seleccionar el registro que desea visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" "en la ventana inferior.</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -2551,20 +2496,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Registro</big></b><br>\n" "Esta pantalla muestra el registro.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" "and select the action to process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse " -"<b>%1</b>\n" +"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse <b>%1</b>\n" "y seleccione la acción que debe ejecutarse.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -2574,70 +2518,69 @@ "Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas, pulse <b>%1</b>\n" "y seleccione la acción que debe ejecutarse.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" "to which to save the log.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse <b>Guardar registro</b> y " -"seleccione el\n" +"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse <b>Guardar registro</b> y seleccione el\n" "archivo donde quiere almacenarlo.</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Avan&zado" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Registro" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Registro" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Guardar registro" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Guardar registro como..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al leer el registro." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Zona desconocida" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2645,46 +2588,46 @@ "La interfaz '%1' no está asignada a ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Ejecute YaST2 y asígnela manualmente.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Zona externa" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Zona interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:243 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:243 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:245 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:245 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:247 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:247 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:249 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:249 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1051 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1051 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2698,222 +2641,219 @@ "Se recomienda abandonar la configuración y repararla manualmente en\n" "el archivo '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1528 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1528 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1536 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1536 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Comprobar dispositivos de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1538 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1538 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1540 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1540 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Comprobar servicios posiblemente en conflicto" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1544 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1544 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Comprobando dispositivos de red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1546 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1546 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración actual..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1548 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1548 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Comprobando servicios posiblemente en conflicto..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1687 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1687 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1695 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1695 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1697 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1697 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1701 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1701 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1703 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1703 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1722 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1722 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2378 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2378 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Protocolo desconocido (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service_name name including the "service:" prefix -#. @param [String] silent whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service_name name including the "service:" prefix +#. @param [String] silent whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "El servicio denominado %{service_name} no existe" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Servicio: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "Zona de bloqueo" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "Zona de destino" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "Zona de domicilio" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Zona pública" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "Zona de confianza" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "Zona de trabajo" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "El servicio %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Servicio desconocido '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." +msgstr "El cortafuegos no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "El paquete del cortafuegos no está instalado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en todas las interfaces." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" -msgstr "" -"El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en las interfaces seleccionadas." +msgstr "El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en las interfaces seleccionadas." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de red configurada" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "La interfaz no está asignada a ninguna zona." -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Interfaces de &red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden " -"deseleccionarse:\n" +"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden deseleccionarse:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2925,8 +2865,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2940,10 +2880,10 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2957,23 +2897,23 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Interfaces de red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Seleccionar &todo " -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Seleccionar &ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2981,8 +2921,8 @@ "Error al comprobar el estado del servicio:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:851 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:851 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2990,23 +2930,22 @@ "Error al configurar el estado del servicio:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:982 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:982 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big></b><br>\n" -"Active <b>%1</b> para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso " -"al\n" +"Active <b>%1</b> para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso al\n" "servicio desde equipos o sistemas remotos.<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:993 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:993 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -3014,8 +2953,8 @@ "Pulse <b>%2</b> para seleccionar las interfaces en las\n" "que desea abrir el puerto.<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1001 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1001 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -3023,467 +2962,467 @@ "Esta opción está disponible sólo si el cortafuegos\n" "está activado.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Detalles del cortafuegos" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el &cortafuegos" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1053 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1053 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "&Detalles del cortafuegos..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1081 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1081 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Configuración de cortafuegos para %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1088 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1088 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "El cortafuegos está abierto" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1263 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1263 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Módem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:428 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:428 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:433 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:433 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "DSL" msgstr "ADSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:435 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:291 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:292 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:449 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:450 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:672 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:673 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:291 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:292 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:449 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:450 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:672 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:673 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dirección adicional" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red ARCnet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1192 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1192 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Modo de transferencia asíncrona (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Conexión Bluetooth" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Asociado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Red asociada" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Acceso de enlace común para estaciones de trabajo (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Tarjeta RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interfaz de canal a canal (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Conexión ADSL" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Falso" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red falso" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Conector de sistema empresarial (ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Ethernet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red FDDI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1233 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1233 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Conector de sistemas de canales de fibra (FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Interfaz paralela de alto rendimiento (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interfaz Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexión RDSI" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red infrarrojo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Dispositivo infrarrojo" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Vehículo de comunicación entre usuarios (IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red OSA LCS" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Circuito cerrado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de circuito cerrado" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Myrinet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Línea paralela" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1271 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1271 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea paralela" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1277 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1277 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Dispositivo OSA-Express o QDIO (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 en IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de encapsulación IPv6 en IPv4" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Línea serie" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea serie" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red USB" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red VMWare" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Inalámbrica" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1302 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1302 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red inalámbrica" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Red XP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN virtual" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Puente" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Puente de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Túnel de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Dispositivo InfiniBand " -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No hay ninguna dirección IP asignada" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Equipos remo&tos" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Directorios &exportados" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:271 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -3491,15 +3430,14 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Las interfaces de red están controladas por NetworkManager,\n" -"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente " -"con esta aplicación.\n" +"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente con esta aplicación.\n" " \n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea continuar?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:336 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:336 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -3509,7 +3447,7 @@ "Reinicie la instalación y configure la red en Linuxrc\n" "o continúe sin una red." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:342 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:342 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -3521,360 +3459,308 @@ "de NetworkManager y vuelva a\n" "iniciar este módulo o continúe sin una red." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+." -"_-'.\n" +"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+._-'.\n" "Un número de puerto puede ser un número del 0 a 65535.\n" "Los espacios no están permitidos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"interna del cortafuegos." +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz interna del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"externa del cortafuegos." +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz externa del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. Se inhabilitará el cortafuegos." +msgstr "El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. Se inhabilitará el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está habilitado (inhabilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está habilitado (inhabilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está inhabilitado (habilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está inhabilitado (habilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto (cerrar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está abierto (cerrar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está cerrado (abrir</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está cerrado (abrir</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto (cerrar</a>),\n" +"El puerto SSH está abierto (cerrar</a>),\n" "pero no hay interfaces de red configuradas" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el " -"cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (cerrar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (cerrar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (abrir</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (abrir</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha " -"abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "Los puertos de destino iSCSI están abiertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "Los puertos de destino iSCSI están bloqueados" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto " -"los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que estar instalados:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que ser eliminados:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Desinstalar" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Comprobando conflictos de archivos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>Detección de conflictos de archivos en curso.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Conflictos de archivos detectados, se sobrescribirán los siguientes archivos " -"en conflicto:\n" +"Conflictos de archivos detectados, se sobrescribirán los siguientes archivos en conflicto:\n" "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" "the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." msgstr "" "Los conflictos de archivos se producen cuando dos paquetes intentan\n" -"instalar archivos del mismo nombre pero con contenido distinto. Si " -"continúa,\n" -"los archivos en conflicto se sustituirán, por lo que se perderá contenido " -"anterior." +"instalar archivos del mismo nombre pero con contenido distinto. Si continúa,\n" +"los archivos en conflicto se sustituirán, por lo que se perderá contenido anterior." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "Se ha detectado un conflicto de archivos" msgstr[1] "Conflictos de archivos detectados" -#. Gets richtext representation of messages passed to constructor -#. -#. @return [String] Richtext representation of the list of messages -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:23 +#. Gets richtext representation of messages passed to constructor +#. +#. @return [String] Richtext representation of the list of messages +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:23 msgid "Packages notifications" msgstr "Notificaciones de paquetes" -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:24 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:24 msgid "You have notifications from the following packages:" msgstr "Tiene notificaciones de los paquetes siguientes:" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "Este mensaje estará disponible en %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descargando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Descargando el paquete" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "El paquete %1 está dañado, ha fallado la verificación de integridad." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentar la instalación del paquete?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea abortar la instalación?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Error: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Ignorar un fallo de descarga puede conducir a que el sistema sea " -"inoperable.\n" +"Ignorar un fallo de descarga puede conducir a que el sistema sea inoperable.\n" "Verifique el sistema más tarde ejecutando el modulo de gestión de software.\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Desinstalando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instalando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Desinstalando el paquete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalando el paquete" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar el paquete %1." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "La instalación del paquete %1 ha fallado." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Si se ignora un fallo de un paquete, puede ser que el sistema esté dañado.\n" -"Se debe verificar el sistema después ejecutando el modulo de gestión de " -"software." +"Se debe verificar el sistema después ejecutando el modulo de gestión de software." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>El repositorio de la URL indicada ofrece ahora un ID de medio distinto.\n" -"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del repositorio ha " -"cambiado. Para\n" -"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie <b>Repositorios de " -"instalación</b>\n" +"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del repositorio ha cambiado. Para\n" +"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie <b>Repositorios de instalación</b>\n" "desde el Centro de control de YaST y actualice el repositorio.</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Cara A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Cara B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disco %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medio %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3882,8 +3768,8 @@ "Introducir\n" "'%1'" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3895,8 +3781,8 @@ "%2.\n" "Compruebe que se pueda acceder al directorio." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3908,178 +3794,178 @@ "%2.\n" "Compruebe que pueda accederse al servidor." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Omitir actualización automática" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Expulsar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Expulsar a&utomáticamente el medio en CD o DVD" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentar la instalación?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "¿Desea omitir el medio?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorando el medio incorrecto..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Creando repositorio %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Error al crear el repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "No se ha podido recuperar la descripción del repositorio remoto." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Error al recuperar los nuevos metadatos." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "El repositorio no es válido." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Los metadatos del repositorio no son válidos." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Verificando el repositorio %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Error en la verificación del repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalles de la verificación del repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Los metadatos del repositorio no son válidos." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repositorio %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM delta %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM delta" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta %1..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquete:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Iniciando guión %1 (parche %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Ejecutando guión" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Parche: " -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Guión: " -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Resultado del guión" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -4087,8 +3973,8 @@ "Parche: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -4102,39 +3988,37 @@ "Nota: si se interrumpe, puede que falten algunos paquetes\n" "o que estén obsoletos. " -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Omitir actualización" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descargando" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Descargando: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Comprobando la base de datos de paquetes" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -4142,19 +4026,17 @@ "No se ha podido reconstruir la base de datos de paquetes:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -4162,44 +4044,44 @@ "No se ha podido convertir la base de datos de paquetes:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos RPM..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Leyendo paquetes instalados" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Explorando la base de datos de RPM..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el destino." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Base de datos de RPM leída" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -4209,26 +4091,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Tamaño:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tiempo restante para volver a intentar automáticamente: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -4236,7 +4118,7 @@ "PackageKit sigue en ejecución (probablemente está ocupado).\n" "¿Desea solicitar nuevamente que se cierre PackageKit?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -4250,17 +4132,17 @@ "\n" "¿Desea solicitar que se cierre PackageKit?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Error al acceder al gestor de software" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -4268,8 +4150,8 @@ "¿Desea continuar sin tener acceso al gestor\n" "de software o prefiere volver a intentar el acceso?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -4279,20 +4161,20 @@ "continuar sin disponer de acceso al gestor o cancelar la\n" "operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "¿Desea abortar o volver a intentarlo?\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "¿Acepta este acuerdo de licencia?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -4300,13 +4182,13 @@ "Hay dependencias no resueltas que necesitan\n" "resolverse manualmente en el gestor de software." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -4316,13 +4198,13 @@ "continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos, puede que\n" "YaST no funcione correctamente.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "No es posible continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -4330,29 +4212,28 @@ "Si decide continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos,\n" "es posible que YaST no funcione correctamente.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Confirmar licencia del paquete: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Acepto" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "No a&cepto" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -4365,27 +4246,22 @@ "Para aceptar la licencia del paquete, pulse <b>Acepto</b>.\n" "Para rechazarla, pulse <b>No acepto</b></p>." -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Este diálogo permite definir las tareas de este sistema y qué software " -"se debe instalar.\n" -"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por " -"categoría en la\n" -"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, " -"selecciónelo en la lista.\n" +"\t\t Este diálogo permite definir las tareas de este sistema y qué software se debe instalar.\n" +"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por categoría en la\n" +"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, selecciónelo en la lista.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -4395,13 +4271,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Cambie el estado de un elemento haciendo clic en su icono de estado\n" -"\t\t o haciendo clic con el botón derecho en cualquier icono para que se " -"muestre un menú contextual.\n" -"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos " -"los elementos.\n" +"\t\t o haciendo clic con el botón derecho en cualquier icono para que se muestre un menú contextual.\n" +"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos los elementos.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -4410,15 +4284,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Detalles</b> abre la selección detallada de paquetes de software\n" -"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software " -"individuales.\n" +"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software individuales.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4426,140 +4298,133 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el " -"espacio restante del disco\n" +"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el espacio restante del disco\n" "\t\t después de que se hayan realizado todos los cambios solicitados.\n" -"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden " -"reducir\n" -"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos " -"casos.\n" +"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden reducir\n" +"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos casos.\n" "\t\t El sistema necesita espacio libre para ejecutarse correctamente.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Selección de software y tareas del sistema" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(más)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Instalación finalizada correctamente" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Mensaje de error: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes erróneos: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes instalados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes actualizados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes eliminados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes no instalados: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo transcurrido: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total instalado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño descargado total: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estadísticas" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Registro de instalación" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Después de instalar paquetes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Mostrar este informe" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Continuar en el gestor de software" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Informe de instalación</B></BIG><BR>Aquí tiene un resumen de los " -"paquetes instalados o eliminados.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Informe de instalación</B></BIG><BR>Aquí tiene un resumen de los paquetes instalados o eliminados.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Informe de instalación" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes instalados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paquetes actualizados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes eliminados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Paquetes restantes" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4567,17 +4432,16 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" -"Si desea volver a mostrar este recuadro de diálogo de informe, edite el " -"valor \n" +"Si desea volver a mostrar este recuadro de diálogo de informe, edite el valor \n" "\n" "Sistema > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" "\n" "en el editor sysconfig de YaST." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:266 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:266 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4590,16 +4454,15 @@ "El paquete %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" " no está firmado digitalmente. Esto significa que el origen\n" -"y la integridad del paquete no se pueden verificar. Instalar el paquete " -"puede\n" +"y la integridad del paquete no se pueden verificar. Instalar el paquete puede\n" "poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:280 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:280 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4612,22 +4475,21 @@ "El archivo %1del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" "no está firmado digitalmente. No se puede verificar ni el origen\n" -"ni la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la " -"integridad\n" +"ni la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad\n" "del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:300 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:300 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Paquete sin firmar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Archivo sin firmar" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:348 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4636,41 +4498,37 @@ "\n" "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" -"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el paquete %1 en el " -"repositorio.\n" +"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el paquete %1 en el repositorio.\n" "Aunque el paquete forma parte de un repositorio firmado, no está\n" "en la lista de sumas comprobación de este repositorio. Instalar el paquete\n" "puede poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:359 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:359 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el archivo %1 en el " -"repositorio.\n" +"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el archivo %1 en el repositorio.\n" "Esto significa que aunque el paquete forma parte del\n" -"repositorio firmado, no aparece en la lista de sumas de comprobación de este " -"repositorio.\n" +"repositorio firmado, no aparece en la lista de sumas de comprobación de este repositorio.\n" " Utilizar este archivo puede poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:375 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:375 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ninguna suma de comprobación" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:422 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4684,8 +4542,7 @@ msgstr "" "El paquete %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "El paquete ha cambiado, por accidente o por un ataque,\n" "desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran\n" @@ -4693,8 +4550,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:436 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:436 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4708,23 +4565,21 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "El archivo se ha cambiado, por accidente o por un ataque,\n" -"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran " -"riesgo\n" +"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran riesgo\n" "para la integridad y la seguridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:458 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:458 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Error en la comprobación de validación" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4744,8 +4599,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4765,20 +4620,20 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:518 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1009 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:518 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1009 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:526 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:526 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Clave GnuPG desconocida" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:574 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:574 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4800,8 +4655,8 @@ "en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:588 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:588 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4823,18 +4678,18 @@ "riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:609 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:609 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Firmado con clave pública que no es de confianza" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Marcar la clave como de confianza e importarla" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:649 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:649 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4844,27 +4699,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>El propietario de la clave puede distribuir actualizaciones,\n" "paquetes y repositorios de paquetes en los que el sistema confiará\n" -"y ofrecerá para su instalación y actualización sin mostrar ninguna " -"advertencia.\n" +"y ofrecerá para su instalación y actualización sin mostrar ninguna advertencia.\n" "De esta forma, al importar la clave al anillo de claves\n" -"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave tener cierto control " -"sobre el software del sistema.</p>" +"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave tener cierto control sobre el software del sistema.</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:657 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:657 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo de advertencia por\n" "cada paquete que no esté firmado con una clave de confianza (importada).\n" -"Si no confía en la clave, los paquetes o repositorios creados por el " -"propietario de la clave no se utilizarán.</p>" +"Si no confía en la clave, los paquetes o repositorios creados por el propietario de la clave no se utilizarán.</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:667 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:667 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4874,8 +4725,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4887,24 +4738,24 @@ "Debe estar seguro de que puede confiar en el propietario\n" "y de que la clave realmente pertenece a ese propietario antes de importarla." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: la clave ha caducado." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:715 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:715 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importar clave GnuPG que no es de confianza" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:729 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:729 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Confiar" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:762 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:762 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4926,21 +4777,20 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:779 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:779 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Resumen incorrecto" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:799 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4949,142 +4799,133 @@ "pero no se conoce la suma de comprobación esperada.\n" "\n" "Esto significa que el origen y la integridad del archivo\n" -"no se pueden verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad del " -"sistema.\n" +"no se pueden verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Resumen desconocido" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1018 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Huella: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1024 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1030 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1030 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Creado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Caduca: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1059 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1059 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1065 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1065 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nombre:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1078 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1089 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Creado: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1100 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1100 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Caduca: " -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instalando..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medios" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Restante" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Duración" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Acciones realizadas:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Los paquetes se están instalando.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " -"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Cancelando la instalación</B> Puede cancelar l instalación del paquete " -"con el botón <B>Abortar.</B> Sin embargo, el sistema podría pasar a un " -"estado incoherente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar si el componente " -"básico del sistema no está instalado.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Cancelando la instalación</B> Puede cancelar l instalación del paquete con el botón <B>Abortar.</B> Sin embargo, el sistema podría pasar a un estado incoherente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar si el componente básico del sistema no está instalado.</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Notas versión: %s" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:673 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:673 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:677 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:677 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Pr&esentación de diapositivas" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:716 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:716 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Realizando la actualización" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Realizando la instalación" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:754 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:754 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalación de paquetes" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:826 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:826 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -5092,606 +4933,606 @@ "¿Desea realmente salir de\n" "la instalación?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:838 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:838 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Archivo no encontrado." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Registro del sistema (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "Dispositivo no clasificado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "Dispositivo no clasificado compatible con VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento masivo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento SCSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "Interfaz IDE" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "Controlador de disquete" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus IPI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus RAID" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento masivo desconocido" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "Controlador Ethernet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red FDDI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red ATM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "Controlador RDSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Controlador Myrinet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "Controlador de pantalla" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "Controlador compatible con VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "Controlador compatible con XGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "Controlador 3D" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "Controlador multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "Controlador de vídeo multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "Controlador de audio multimedia " -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "Dispositivo de telefonía informática" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "Controlador de memoria" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "Memoria RAM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "Memoria FLASH" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "Puente de host" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "Puente ISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "Puente EISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "Puente MicroChannel" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "Puente PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "Puente PCMCIA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "Puente NuBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "Puente CardBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "Puente RACEway" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "Puente semitransparente PCI a PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "Puente de host InfiniBand a PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto paralelo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "Controlador multipuerto en serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "Periférico de sistema genérico" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "Controlador de DMA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "Temporizador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "Controlador HotPlug de PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "Periférico del sistema" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "Controlador de dispositivos de entrada" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "Controlador de teclado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "Lápiz digitalizador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "Controlador del ratón" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "Controlador de escáner" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto de juegos" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "Estación de anclaje" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "Estación de anclaje genérica" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Procesador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Coprocesador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "Bus ACCESS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "Controlador USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "Canal de fibra" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "Controlador inalámbrico" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "Controlador IRDA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "Controlador IR de consumo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "Controlador RF" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "Controlador inteligente" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I20" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "Controlador de televisión vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de audio vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de voz vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de datos vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "Controlador de cifrado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "Dispositivo de cifrado informático y de redes" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "Dispositivo de cifrado para ocio" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "Controlador de procesamiento de señal" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "Módulo DPIO" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "Contadores de rendimiento" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "Sincronizador de comunicaciones" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "Monitor CRT" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "Monitor LCD" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "Clase de uso interno" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "Interfaz ISA PnP" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "Memoria principal" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Módem para Windows" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "Adaptador RDSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "Controlador PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratón" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "Ratón PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "Ratón en serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "Ratón de bus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "Ratón USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Cinta" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "Disquete" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "Consola" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "Nodo central" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "Nodo central USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "Pantalla en Braille" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "Gamepad" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "Lector de chip" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Cámara" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "Cámara Web" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "Cámara digital" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer VESA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-C" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-S" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-T" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "Tarjeta de TV" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "Tarjeta ADSL" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Dispositivo Bluetooth" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:64 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:64 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5701,8 +5542,8 @@ "Código de salida: %{exitcode}\n" "Salida de error: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5710,8 +5551,8 @@ "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" "Puede que se pierdan algunos de los cambios en YaST." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5719,13 +5560,13 @@ "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" "YaST puede perder algunos cambios.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "No volver a mostrar este mensaje." -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:237 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5739,13 +5580,13 @@ "Los archivos %s se han creado manualmente.\n" "YaST podría perderlos." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la creación de initrd" -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5753,25 +5594,25 @@ "Reiniciar el sistema \n" "para activar el nuevo kernel.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Confirmar activación del controlador" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST ha detectado los siguientes dispositivos" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "&Cargar Módulo/Controlador" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5779,8 +5620,8 @@ "Una dirección MAC válida consta de seis pares de dígitos\n" "hexadecimales separados por dos puntos." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5788,12 +5629,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un nombre válido de dominio está formado por partes separadas por puntos.\n" "Cada parte puede contener letras, números y guiones.\n" -"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas " -"partes\n" +"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas partes\n" "y la última parte no puede empezar por un número." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5801,8 +5641,8 @@ "Un nombre de máquina válido contiene letras, números y guiones.\n" "El nombre de máquina no puede empezar ni terminar por un guión.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5810,8 +5650,8 @@ "Las direcciones IPv4 válidas están formadas por\n" "cuatro números enteros del 0 al 255 separados por puntos." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5821,8 +5661,8 @@ "hexadecimales en el rango de 0 a FFFF separados por coma.\n" "Puede tener un doble signo de dos puntos (::)." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5838,76 +5678,75 @@ "Ejemplos:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 o 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/máscara de red: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 o 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (media: %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Confirmar la detección de hardware" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST detectará los siguientes componentes de hardware:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5919,36 +5758,36 @@ "Por ejemplo, algunas opciones de configuración pueden leerse de\n" "forma incorrecta y es improbable que se pueda escribir la configuración.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Requiere permisos de root." -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la entrada seleccionada?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir '%1?" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "A&plicar" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5956,98 +5795,98 @@ "YaST\n" "Inicializando...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1138 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1192 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1138 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1192 msgid "Module" msgstr "Módulo" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "Taiwán" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 no es una dirección IPv4 válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de la zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "La zona DNS %1 no existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "La zona DNS %1 no es de tipo maestro." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el tipo de zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "No se admite el tipo de zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de ACL." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "No existe ninguna ACL llamada %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de host." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "El nombre de host debe tener un formato de nombre de dominio completo." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "El nombre de host completo debe terminar en punto." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "El nombre de host no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir la prioridad del intercambio de correo." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -6055,9 +5894,9 @@ "La prioridad del intercambio de correo no es válida.\n" "Debe ser un número del 0 al 65535.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -6071,28 +5910,25 @@ "con el nombre de la zona seguido de un punto; por ejemplo,\n" "\"dhcp1\" o \"dhcp1.ejemplo.org.\" para la zona \"ejemplo.org\".\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "La dirección IPv4 inversa %1 no es válida.\n" "\n" "Las direcciones IPv4 inversas válidas constan de cuatro números enteros\n" -"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa." -"\".\n" -"Por ejemplo, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. para la dirección IPv4 " -"192.168.32.1.\n" +"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" +"Por ejemplo, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. para la dirección IPv4 192.168.32.1.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -6102,8 +5938,8 @@ "Utilice un nombre de host completo terminado en punto,\n" "como \"host.ejemplo.org.\".\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -6111,10 +5947,10 @@ "Registro MX no válido.\n" "Utilice el formato prioridad nombre_servidor.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6122,10 +5958,10 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe estar comprendido entre %2 y %3 segundos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6136,13 +5972,12 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe ser una hora de tipo BIND.\n" "Una hora de tipo BIND consta de números y los sufijos (sin\n" -"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en " -"segundos sin el sufijo.\n" +"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en segundos sin el sufijo.\n" "Escriba valores como 12H15m, 86400 o 1W30M.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6150,13 +5985,13 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe ser un número entre %2 y %3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de archivo al registrar en un archivo." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6170,18 +6005,18 @@ "\n" "Los sufijos posibles son k, K, m, M, g y G.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "El cómputo de las versiones de archivos ha de ser un número." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6189,25 +6024,25 @@ "Sólo las zonas esclavas tienen definido un servidor maestro.\n" "La zona %1 es de tipo %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de zona %1 ya existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "Se necesita la opción masterserver en las zonas esclavas." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "La dirección IP del host no puede estar vacía." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,93 +14,81 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration -#. focus proposing new one -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration +#. focus proposing new one +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Broken Configuration" msgstr "Configuración dañada" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 -msgid "" -"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new " -"configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"YaST no puede procesar la configuración del cargador de arranque actual " -"(%s). ¿Desea proponer una configuración nueva partiendo de cero?" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +msgid "YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "YaST no puede procesar la configuración del cargador de arranque actual (%s). ¿Desea proponer una configuración nueva partiendo de cero?" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 msgid "Propose" msgstr "Proponer" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Salir" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se " -"puede instalar." +msgstr "La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se puede instalar." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Ajustes del cargador de arranque" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "La asignación de dispositivo debe contener al menos un dispositivo" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Configuración del orden de discos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "Dis&cos" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"La partición del cargador de arranque seleccionado (%s) ya no está " -"disponible." +msgstr "La partición del cargador de arranque seleccionado (%s) ya no está disponible." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error -#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 " -"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" -msgstr "" -"Error al leer los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque. Use el " -"cargador de arranque YaST2 para solucionar el problema: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error +#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 +msgid "Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" +msgstr "Error al leer los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque. Use el cargador de arranque YaST2 para solucionar el problema: %s" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -112,38 +100,38 @@ "Para obtener más detalles, lea el capítulo \n" "al respecto en la documentación. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "El sistema va a reiniciarse..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 para EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "No gestionado" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -157,261 +145,207 @@ " \n" " ¿Desea continuar?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tipo de cargador de arranque</b><br>\n" -"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos " -"instalar,\n" +"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos instalar,\n" "utilice <b>Cargador de arranque</b>.</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arranque: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar arranque de confianza: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "yes" msgstr "sí" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "no" msgstr "no" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Ubicación del estado: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Orden de los discos duros: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extendido)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en MBR (no " -"instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en MBR (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar código de arranque en MBR (instalar)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en MBR (instalar</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (no instalar</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (no instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (instalar</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque " -"stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tiempo límite en segundos</b><br>\n" -"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté " -"cargado el núcleo por defecto.</p>\n" +"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté cargado el núcleo por defecto.</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque" +msgstr "Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de " -"arranque</b></p>\n" -"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código " -"MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" -"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición " -"activa, aunque\n" +"<p><b>Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque</b></p>\n" +"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" +"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición activa, aunque\n" "el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR.</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Escribir código de arranque &genérico en el MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR</b> sustituye el MBR " -"del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" +"<p><b>Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR</b> sustituye el MBR del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" "operativo que arranca la partición activa).</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ocultar menú en el arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Al seleccionar <b>Ocultar menú al arrancar</b> se ocultará el menú de " -"arranque.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Al seleccionar <b>Ocultar menú al arrancar</b> se ocultará el menú de arranque.</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "&Sondear sistema operativo foráneo" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sondear sistema operativo foráneo</b> sondea otros sistemas operativos " -"mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones </p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Sondear sistema operativo foráneo</b> sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones </p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos del núcleo opcional" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo</b> permite definir " -"parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo</b> permite definir parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo.</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "&Indicador de MBR de protección" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Indicador de MBR de protección</b> es un ajuste para expertos que solo " -"se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, " -"consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie " -"este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Indicador de MBR de protección</b> es un ajuste para expertos que solo se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "set" msgstr "establecer" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 msgid "remove" msgstr "eliminar" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 msgid "do not change" msgstr "no cambiar" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque &seguro" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Marque esta opción para habilitar el arranque seguro de UEFI\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque de &confianza" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -425,19 +359,18 @@ "proceso de arranque con la ayuda del hardware (un chip TPM,\n" "módulo de plataforma de confianza).</p>\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307 msgid "" "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Primero debe asegurarse de que el arranque de confianza está habilitado\n" -"en la configuración del BIOS (el ajuste puede llamarse Chip de seguridad, " -"por ejemplo).</p>\n" +"en la configuración del BIOS (el ajuste puede llamarse Chip de seguridad, por ejemplo).</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -447,31 +380,31 @@ "Asegúrese de que se ha habilitado en el BIOS.\n" "El sistema no arrancará si no es así." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "P&roteger solo modificación de entradas" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario Root de GRUB2" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "La contraseña no debe estar vacía," -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -479,118 +412,82 @@ "Los valores introducidos en 'Contraseña' y 'Repetir Contraseña'\n" "no coinciden. Vuelva a introducir la contraseña" -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to " -"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell." -"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype " -"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is " -"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 " -"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña</b><br>\n" -"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar " -"cualquier entrada se requiere la contraseña. Si la opción <b>Proteger solo " -"modificación de entradas</b> está activada, no se restringe el arranque de " -"cualquier entrada, pero para modificarlas se requiere contraseña (el " -"comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1). Como efecto secundario de esta " -"opción, se añade rd.shell=0 a los parámetros del núcleo para evitar el " -"acceso no autorizado a la shell initrd.<br>YaST solo aceptará la contraseña " -"si la repite en <b>Repetir contraseña</b>. La contraseña se aplica al " -"usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no " -"admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de " -"GRUB2 distinto.</p>" +"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar cualquier entrada se requiere la contraseña. Si la opción <b>Proteger solo modificación de entradas</b> está activada, no se restringe el arranque de cualquier entrada, pero para modificarlas se requiere contraseña (el comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1). Como efecto secundario de esta opción, se añade rd.shell=0 a los parámetros del núcleo para evitar el acceso no autorizado a la shell initrd.<br>YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la repite en <b>Repetir contraseña</b>. La contraseña se aplica al usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de GRUB2 distinto.</p>" -#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470 +#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470 msgid "" -"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display " -"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when " -"booting starts.</p>\n" -"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial " -"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be " -"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional " -"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a " -"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --" -"unit=0</tt>.</p>" +"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n" +"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Si se usa una consola gráfica, puede usar varias resoluciones de " -"pantalla. La opción <tt>auto</tt> busca la mejor cuando se inicia el " -"arranque.</p>\n" -"<p>Si se usa una consola serie, el resultado del arranque se imprime en un " -"dispositivo serie como <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Se debe especificar al menos la " -"opción <tt>--unit</tt> y la sintaxis completa es <tt>%s</tt>. Otras partes " -"son opcionales y, si no se establecen, se usará la opción por defecto. El " -"elemento <tt>NUM</tt> en los comandos indica un número positivo, como el 8. " -"Algunos parámetros de ejemplo son: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>." +"<p>Si se usa una consola gráfica, puede usar varias resoluciones de pantalla. La opción <tt>auto</tt> busca la mejor cuando se inicia el arranque.</p>\n" +"<p>Si se usa una consola serie, el resultado del arranque se imprime en un dispositivo serie como <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Se debe especificar al menos la opción <tt>--unit</tt> y la sintaxis completa es <tt>%s</tt>. Otras partes son opcionales y, si no se establecen, se usará la opción por defecto. El elemento <tt>NUM</tt> en los comandos indica un número positivo, como el 8. Algunos parámetros de ejemplo son: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507 msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar la consola serie, debe proporcionar los argumentos " -"correspondientes." +msgstr "Para habilitar la consola serie, debe proporcionar los argumentos correspondientes." -#. Translators: do not translate "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514 +#. Translators: do not translate "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514 msgid "" "To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n" "The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar la consola serie, debe proporcionar los argumentos " -"correspondientes.\n" +"Para habilitar la consola serie, debe proporcionar los argumentos correspondientes.\n" "El argumento \"unit\" es obligatorio. La sintaxis completa es:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico" -#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", -#. to be substituted in a command like -#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" -#. so do not use punctuation -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", +#. to be substituted in a command like +#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" +#. so do not use punctuation +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 msgid "NUM" msgstr "NUM" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolución de &consola" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Tema de la &consola" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -601,50 +498,46 @@ msgstr "" "<p> Pulsando <b>Definir como opción por defecto</b> se marca la sección\n" "seleccionada como sección por defecto. Al arrancar, el cargador de arranque\n" -" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un " -"núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" +" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" "arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla\n" " antes del tiempo límite, se cargará el núcleo o el sistema operativo\n" -" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del " -"cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b>\n" +" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" -msgstr "" -"Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado" +msgstr "Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "&Arrancar desde partición raíz" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&Editar orden de arranque de discos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -658,234 +551,190 @@ "Para agregar un disco, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Parámetros del núcleo" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "&Opciones del código de arranque" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Op&ciones del cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar arranque seguro: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de " -"arranque correctamente." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de arranque correctamente." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "No instalar ningún cargador de arranque" -#. in installation always propose missing stuff -#. current below use proposed value if not already set -#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 +#. in installation always propose missing stuff +#. current below use proposed value if not already set +#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." -msgstr "" -"No es posible detectar el dispositivo montado como raíz. Compruebe el " -"particionamiento." +msgstr "No es posible detectar el dispositivo montado como raíz. Compruebe el particionamiento." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Arranque" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Arranque" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su " -"sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la " -"partición." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la partición." -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</B><BR>\n" +"<P><BIG><B>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Leyendo la configuración actual...</P>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. -#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. +#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'" msgstr "Dispositivo udev desconocido %s" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG><BR>\n" +"<P><B><BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Espere...<br></p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinación no admitida de la plataforma de hardware %1 y el cargador de " -"arranque %2" +msgstr "Combinación no admitida de la plataforma de hardware %1 y el cargador de arranque %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"El arranque desde MBR no funciona junto con el sistema de archivos btrfs y " -"la etiqueta de disco GPT sin una partición bios_grub. Para solucionar este " -"problema, cree la partición bios_grub, use cualquier sistema de archivos ext " -"para la partición de arranque o no instale stage1 en MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "El arranque desde MBR no funciona junto con el sistema de archivos btrfs y la etiqueta de disco GPT sin una partición bios_grub. Para solucionar este problema, cree la partición bios_grub, use cualquier sistema de archivos ext para la partición de arranque o no instale stage1 en MBR." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo de arranque es un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." +msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque es un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo de arranque está en el RAID1 del software. Seleccione otra " -"ubicación para el cargador de arranque como, por ejemplo, MBR (Registro de " -"arranque principal)." +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque está en el RAID1 del software. Seleccione otra ubicación para el cargador de arranque como, por ejemplo, MBR (Registro de arranque principal)." -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Falta la partición ext para el arranque. No es posible instalar el código de " -"arranque." +msgstr "Falta la partición ext para el arranque. No es posible instalar el código de arranque." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"El instalador no establece el indicador de activación. Si no se ha " -"establecido, algunos BIOS podrían no arrancar." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "El instalador no establece el indicador de activación. Si no se ha establecido, algunos BIOS podrían no arrancar." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"El instalador no modificará el MBR del disco, a no ser que ya incluya el " -"código de arranque, el BIOS no podrá arrancar desde el disco." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "El instalador no modificará el MBR del disco, a no ser que ya incluya el código de arranque, el BIOS no podrá arrancar desde el disco." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Comprobar el cargador de arranque" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Leer particiones" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Cargar la configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Comprobando el cargador de arranque..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Leyendo particiones..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Cargando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cargador de arranque" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Unsupported Bootloader" msgstr "Cargador de arranque no admitido" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 -msgid "" -"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported " -"configuration instead?" -msgstr "" -"Se ha detectado un cargador de arranque no compatible: %s. ¿Desea usar en su " -"lugar la propuesta de configuración compatible?" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported configuration instead?" +msgstr "Se ha detectado un cargador de arranque no compatible: %s. ¿Desea usar en su lugar la propuesta de configuración compatible?" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Crear initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "Guardar configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creando initrd ..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,739 +14,674 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "Gestión de CA y certificados" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "Crear CA raíz" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "Crear certificado de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "Crear CRL de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "Exportar CA a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "Exportar un certificado a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "Exportar CRL a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "Departamento" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Empresa" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Localidad" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "País" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "Días de validez" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "Longitud de la clave" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Contraseña (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" +msgstr "Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "Vía del elemento exportado (CA, certificado o CRL)" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El " -"certificado y la CA\n" +"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El certificado y la CA\n" " se utilizan para la comunicación con el servidor Apache.\n" -" Cambie los ajustes de la CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un " -"certificado desde un archivo.\n" +" Cambie los ajustes de la CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un certificado desde un archivo.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Importar CA común y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&Vía del certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "Con&traseña:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Co&nfirmar contraseña" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Generar CA común y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "Nombre de &CA:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "Nombre &común:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "Correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "P&aís:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "Em&presa:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "De&partamento:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "Loca&lidad:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "&Estado:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "Obtener nombre del servidor local" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "Nombre del &servidor:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Las nuevas contraseñas no coinciden." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "La longitud de la contraseña debe ser superior a tres caracteres." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "Se requiere nombre de CA." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "Se requiere nombre común." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "Formato de correo electrónico no válido." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "El nombre de servidor es obligatorio." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "No es posible leer el certificado." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "Importar certificado desde archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[nombre del servidor local]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "Nombre de la CA" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nombre común" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[no establecer]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "Correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Departamento" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[establecer]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Generación de certificado de servidor común" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "Leer información del servidor" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "Crear el certificado de servidor y la CA por defecto" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "Creando el certificado de servidor y la CA por defecto" -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "No es posible crear certificados." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de " -"nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "Gestión de autoridades de certificación (CAs)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "La configuración ya ha sido escrita." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir los antiguos ajustes?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una " -"contraseña de CA para continuar." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una contraseña de CA para continuar." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "La contraseña es demasiado corta para usarla en los certificados. \n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la " -"creación de certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la creación de certificados.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "Certificado y autoridad certificadora actuales por defecto" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "Creando CA por defecto y certificado." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." +msgstr "Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[definida manualmente]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[contraseña de root]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "Nombre de CA: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Nombre común: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "Nombre del servidor:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "País: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "Contraseña: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "Correo electrónico: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "Nombres alternativos:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"La contraseña de usuario Root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña " -"en los certificados.\n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la " -"creación de certificados.\n" +"La contraseña de usuario Root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña en los certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la creación de certificados.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "No crear CA o certificado." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "Importando CA y certificado desde archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>¿Está seguro de que el nombre de host <b>linux</b> es exclusivo? El " -"certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de host es correcto.</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "<p>¿Está seguro de que el nombre de host <b>linux</b> es exclusivo? El certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de host es correcto.</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "Gestión de &CAs" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "Gestionando CAs y certificados" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selección" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "Crear CA &por defecto y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "Editar &configuración por defecto" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "&No crear CA o certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "Importar CA y certificado del &disco" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aquí puede seleccionar el método de instalación deseado para las <b>CAs</b> " -"y los <b>certificados</b>\n" +"Aquí puede seleccionar el método de instalación deseado para las <b>CAs</b> y los <b>certificados</b>\n" "mientras completa la instalación.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en " -"el sistema instalado \n" +"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en el sistema instalado \n" " si no desea crearlos o importarlos ahora.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "&Nombre:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "crítico" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún elemento." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir esta entrada?" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaST genera automáticamente una <b>CA por defecto y un certificado</b>. La " -"CA y el certificado\n" +"YaST genera automáticamente una <b>CA por defecto y un certificado</b>. La CA y el certificado\n" "se utilizan para comunicarse con el <b>servidor Apache</b>.\n" "Aquí puede modificar la <b>configuración por defecto</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "&Editar nombres alternativos" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración por defecto" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificado de servidor común" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan " -"el certificado de servidor.</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan el certificado de servidor.</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"<p>La utilidad del <b>certificado de servidor común</b> es la de " -"proporcionar un certificado para varios servicios que se ejecutan en este " -"host. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "<p>La utilidad del <b>certificado de servidor común</b> es la de proporcionar un certificado para varios servicios que se ejecutan en este host. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en " -"la configuración de algunos servicios.</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en la configuración de algunos servicios.</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con el botón <b>Importar o sustituir</b> puede añadir un nuevo " -"certificado de servidor o sustituir el actual.</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con el botón <b>Importar o sustituir</b> puede añadir un nuevo certificado de servidor o sustituir el actual.</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede eliminar los certificados haciendo clic en <b>Eliminar.</b> Pero " -"asegúrese de que ningún otro servicio lo sigue usando.</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede eliminar los certificados haciendo clic en <b>Eliminar.</b> Pero asegúrese de que ningún otro servicio lo sigue usando.</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los certificados pueden escribirse en un archivo mediante la opción " -"<b>Exportar a archivo,</b> que se encuentra en la sección <b>Certificado</b> " -"del módulo <b>Gestión de la CA.</b></p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los certificados pueden escribirse en un archivo mediante la opción <b>Exportar a archivo,</b> que se encuentra en la sección <b>Certificado</b> del módulo <b>Gestión de la CA.</b></p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en " -"<b>formato PKCS12 con cadena CA</b>.</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en <b>formato PKCS12 con cadena CA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para obtener más información, consulte el manual.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -754,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>No se encuentra el certificado de servidor común.\n" "Puede importar un certificado del disco</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Elimina&r" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importar o sustituir" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "El certificado no ha caducado aún.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -789,33 +724,29 @@ "Asegúrese de que ningún servicio sigue usando este certificado.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar el certificado?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aquí puede ver los valores más importantes de la CA.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las opciones <b>Certificados</b>, <b>CRL</b> y <b>Avanzado</b> " -"proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Las opciones <b>Certificados</b>, <b>CRL</b> y <b>Avanzado</b> proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual.</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b> Descripción de %1 </b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -823,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "CA no encontrada." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Emitido para:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -837,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "Nombre común: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -847,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "Organización: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -857,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "Ubicación: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -867,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "Estado: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -877,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "País: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -887,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "Correo electrónico: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Emitido por:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -899,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "Válido desde: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -907,286 +838,245 @@ "\n" "Válido hasta: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Avanzado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Ver" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Cambiar contraseña de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "C&rear SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Exportar a &archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Exportar a &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Editar valor por defecto" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá " -"algunos valores por defecto.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá algunos valores por defecto.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración por defecto." +msgstr "<p>Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración por defecto.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only." -msgstr "" -"<p>Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden " -"utilizarse para <b>nuevas</B> entradas.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden utilizarse para <b>nuevas</B> entradas.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede editar la configuración por defecto de <b>subCAs</b>, " -"<b>certificados de clientes</b> y <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede editar la configuración por defecto de <b>subCAs</b>, <b>certificados de clientes</b> y <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "Configuración por defecto de:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "CA &subordinada" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "C&ertificado de servidor" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración por " -"defecto antes de guardarlas.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración por defecto antes de guardarlas.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Guardar</b> para finalizar la entrada de datos.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Resumen</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (crítico)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "Longitud de ruta:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(crítico)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Copiar Subject Alt Name de la CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(crítico)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Copiar dirección de correo estándar" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "Guardar configuración (paso 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "Se han guardado los valores por defecto." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles " -"de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la " -"dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o " -"revocado).</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "<p>En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o revocado).</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione uno de los certificados y ejecute algunas acciones.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La opción <b>Ver</b> abre una ventana con una representación en texto del " -"certificado completo.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La opción <b>Ver</b> abre una ventana con una representación en texto del certificado completo.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Asimismo, puede <b>Revocar</b>, <b>Suprimir</b> o <b>Exportar</b> un " -"certificado.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Asimismo, puede <b>Revocar</b>, <b>Suprimir</b> o <b>Exportar</b> un certificado.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Añadir</b> puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o " -"servidor.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Añadir</b> puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o servidor.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado " -"seleccionado.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado seleccionado.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "Revocar certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de " -"certificados revocados (CRL)." +msgstr "Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de certificados revocados (CRL)." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "Razones" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Descripción</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1194,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "Certificado no encontrado." -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1205,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "Nombre común: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1216,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "Organización: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1227,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "Ubicación: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1238,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "Estado: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1249,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "País: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1260,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "Correo electrónico: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1271,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "Es una CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1282,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "Tamaño de clave: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1291,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "N.º serie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1302,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "Versión: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1311,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "Válido desde: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1320,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "Válido hasta: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1331,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "algoritmo de clave pública: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1342,130 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "algoritmo de firma: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Válido" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Revocado" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Expirado" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Añadir certificado de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Añadir certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Cambiar contraseña" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Revocar" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Exportar" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Exportar a archivo" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Exportar a LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportar como certificado de servidor común" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "¿Suprimir el certificado actual?" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "Tipo de certificado incorrecto." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aquí puede ver los valores más importantes de la CRL.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" msgstr "<p>Con la opción <b>Generar CRL</b> se generará una nueva CRL.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p>La opción <b>Ver</b> muestra una descripción completa.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Puede <b>Exportar</b> la CRL a un archivo o directorio LDAP.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "Generar nueva CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "&Válido hasta (días):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Lista de revocación de certificados (CRL):</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1475,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "Última actualización: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1483,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "Próxima actualización: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1493,665 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "Certificados revocados: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "&Generar CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por " -"defecto.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por defecto.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Utilice este marco para modificar los ajustes por defecto.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "Periodo de &validez (en días):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "&Crítico" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "C&rítico" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "C&opiar nombre alternativo de asunto desde la CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de la CRL por defecto" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Información de seguridad" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia.<br>Si se activa la creación automática y la exportación de una " -"CRL, se escribirá la contraseña de la CA en un archivo de configuración del " -"disco. La contraseña se almacenará como texto sin formato, ya que se " -"requiere para crear la CRL. El archivo sólo lo podrá leer el usuario Root." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Advertencia.<br>Si se activa la creación automática y la exportación de una CRL, se escribirá la contraseña de la CA en un archivo de configuración del disco. La contraseña se almacenará como texto sin formato, ya que se requiere para crear la CRL. El archivo sólo lo podrá leer el usuario Root." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "Exportar CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Exportar la CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando <b>Exportar una vez.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Exportar la CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando <b>Exportar una vez.</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar una creación repetida del CRL, seleccione <b>Recreación " -"repetida y exportación.</b> En este caso, establezca el intervalo para la " -"recreación en <b>Intervalo periódico.</b> Si establece el intervalo en 24 " -"horas, también puede seleccionar la hora de la exportación. Asegúrese de " -"leer y comprender la sección <b>Información de seguridad.</b></p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar una creación repetida del CRL, seleccione <b>Recreación repetida y exportación.</b> En este caso, establezca el intervalo para la recreación en <b>Intervalo periódico.</b> Si establece el intervalo en 24 horas, también puede seleccionar la hora de la exportación. Asegúrese de leer y comprender la sección <b>Información de seguridad.</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede activar una exportación de la CRL a un archivo local o a un " -"servidor LDAP o ambos. Defina los parámetros correspondientes en <b>Exportar " -"a archivo</b> y <b>Exportar a LDAP.</b></p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede activar una exportación de la CRL a un archivo local o a un servidor LDAP o ambos. Defina los parámetros correspondientes en <b>Exportar a archivo</b> y <b>Exportar a LDAP.</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "Exportar una vez" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "Recreación repetida y exportación" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "&Equipo host:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Puerto:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "&DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "&Bind DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Co&ntraseña" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "Guardar &como" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "Exportar formato" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "Formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "Formato DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "Intervalo periódico" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "cada" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "&hora(s)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "en" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "&en punto" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "Información de &seguridad" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "Exportar a archivo" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Guardar como" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "Error al exportar a un archivo." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "Se ha guardado en un archivo correctamente." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "Guardado en LDAP." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "Error al exportar a LDAP." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "Error de software - pestaña desconocida" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "Autoridad certificadora (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "C&ertificados" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "&Solicitudes" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para generar una nueva CA son necesarias algunas entradas.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para generar una nueva solicitud, algunas entradas son obligatorias.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para generar una nueva solicitud, algunas entradas son obligatorias.</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Depende de la política definida en el archivo de configuración.</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sólo se permiten caracteres ASCII US.</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>Nombre de CA</b> es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo " -"caracteres ASCII: \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" y \"_\".</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "<p>El <b>Nombre de CA</b> es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo caracteres ASCII: \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" y \"_\".</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Nombre común</b> es el nombre de la CA.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre común</b> es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el " -"certificado.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nombre común</b> es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el certificado.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre común</b> es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del " -"servidor.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nombre común</b> es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del servidor.</p>" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Direcciones de correo</b> son direcciones de correo válidas del " -"usuario o administrador del servidor.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Direcciones de correo</b> son direcciones de correo válidas del usuario o administrador del servidor.</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Empresa,</b> <b>Departamento,</b> <b>Localidad</b> y <b>Región</b> " -"suelen ser opcionales.</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Empresa,</b> <b>Departamento,</b> <b>Localidad</b> y <b>Región</b> suelen ser opcionales.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "D&efecto" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "por defecto" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "Crear nuevo" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (paso 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "" -"<p>La clave privada de la CA requiere una <B>Contraseña</B> con una longitud " -"mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente " -"campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La clave privada de la CA requiere una <B>Contraseña</B> con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada CA tiene su propia <b>Longitud de la clave.</b> Algunas aplicaciones " -"que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada CA tiene su propia <b>Longitud de la clave.</b> Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico <b>(Período " -"de validez).</b> Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico <b>(Período de validez).</b> Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Opciones avanzadas</b> se incluyen opciones muy especiales. Si " -"modifica estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado " -"generado funcione correctamente.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>Opciones avanzadas</b> se incluyen opciones muy especiales. Si modifica estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado generado funcione correctamente.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La clave privada del certificado necesita una <B>Contraseña</B> con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente " -"apartado a efectos de verificación.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La clave privada del certificado necesita una <B>Contraseña</B> con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente apartado a efectos de verificación.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada certificado tiene su propia <b>Longitud de clave</b>. Algunas de las " -"aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes " -"específicas.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada certificado tiene su propia <b>Longitud de clave</b>. Algunas de las aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes específicas.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (<b>Periodo de " -"validez</b>). Introduzca la duración en días.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (<b>Periodo de validez</b>). Introduzca la duración en días.</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una <B>Contraseña</B> con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el " -"siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una <B>Contraseña</B> con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada solicitud tiene su propia <b>Longitud de la clave.</b> Algunas " -"aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves " -"especiales.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada solicitud tiene su propia <b>Longitud de la clave.</b> Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "&Usar contraseña de CA como contraseña de certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "V&erificar contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "Longitud de &clave (en bits):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "Opciones &avanzadas" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (paso 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "Las contraseñas son diferentes." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "Se requiere contraseña." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"CA que va a crear.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la CA que va a crear.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Crear</b> para generar la CA.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración " -"para el certificado que será creado.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración para el certificado que será creado.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pulse en <b>Crear</b> para generar el certificado.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a crear.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a crear.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Crear</b> para generar la solicitud.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "Nombre de CA: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Nombre común: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "Empresa: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "Departamento:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "Localidad: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "Región: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "País: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "Longitud de clave: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "Periodo de validez: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " días\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Longitud de ruta" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (paso 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Selección actual:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "" -"<P>Este marco muestra más atributos y extensiones de OpenSSL X509v3 que " -"pueden definirse. Si no está familiarizado con estas extensiones, consulte " -"el archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -"doc).</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "<P>Este marco muestra más atributos y extensiones de OpenSSL X509v3 que pueden definirse. Si no está familiarizado con estas extensiones, consulte el archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" msgstr "<P>Las entradas incorrectas pueden inutilizar el certificado.</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Creando certificado..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2159,126 +1932,106 @@ "También es posible crear el cerfitificado por defecto\n" "en el módulo de gestión de CA.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar la configuración?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Salir" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "¿Desea salir sin guardar los cambios?" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes " -"disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida " -"la dirección de correo electrónico.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida la dirección de correo electrónico.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione una de las solicitudes y ejecute algunas acciones.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ver</b> abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la " -"solicitud completa.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la solicitud completa.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>También puede <b>Firmar,</b> <b>Suprimir</b> o <b>Exportar</b> una " -"solicitud.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>También puede <b>Firmar,</b> <b>Suprimir</b> o <b>Exportar</b> una solicitud.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importar</b> permite leer una nueva solicitud. <b>Añadir</b> genera " -"una nueva solicitud.</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importar</b> permite leer una nueva solicitud. <b>Añadir</b> genera una nueva solicitud.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la " -"solicitud seleccionada.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la solicitud seleccionada.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "Hora de generación" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importar" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de CA secundaria" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "&Petición" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Firmar" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la solicitud actual?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2286,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "Solicitud no encontrada.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2295,188 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "Hora de generación: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Extensión %1 no encontrada." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Este marco muestra la solicitud que va a firmar.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar." -"</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su " -"lugar.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su lugar.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Extensiones solicitadas" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Firmar solicitud como %1 (paso 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a firmar.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a firmar.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Firmar solicitud</b> para continuar.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " días" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (crítico)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Editar solicitud" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Firmar solicitud como %1 (paso 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Firmar solicitud" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "La solicitud está firmada." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la CA %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "Forzar supresión" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "La CA aún está en uso. ¿Desea suprimirla?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse <b>Introducir CA</b>." +msgstr "<p>Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse <b>Introducir CA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Crear CA raíz</b> genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Crear CA raíz</b> genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para obtener más información sobre la gestión de CA, consulte el manual." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para obtener más información sobre la gestión de CA, consulte el manual.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "&Introducir CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "&Suprimir la CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "&Crear CA raíz" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "&Importar la CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "Árbol de CA" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "Selección de CAs" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "Cambiar contraseña de certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "Cambiar contraseña de CA" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "Contraseña &anterior" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "&Nueva contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2484,45 +2217,44 @@ "La nueva contraseña es demasiado corta para usarla en los certificados.\n" "Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "La contraseña de CA ha cambiado." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "La contraseña de certificado ha cambiado." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "Introducir contraseña de CA" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "C&ontraseña de LDAP:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Contraseña de certificado:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "Inicio de LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2530,137 +2262,125 @@ "Para la gestión de CAs es necesario iniciar LDAP.\n" "Introduzca la contraseña de LDAP.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "Contr&aseña:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "Exportar CA a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "Só&lo el certificado en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Solo la clave sin ci&frar en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Solo la cla&ve cifrada en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ce&rtificado y clave sin codificar en formato PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "C&ertificado y clave codificada en formato PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Certificado en formato DER" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Cer&tificado y clave en formato PKCS12" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Como PKCS12 e incluir cadena CA" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nueva contraseña" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "Nombre de &archivo:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "Se requiere el nombre de archivo." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA guardada a archivo." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "Exportar CRL a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "Formato &PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "Formato &DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL guardada a archivo." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "Exportar certificado a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "&Sólo el certificado en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "Certificado guardado a archivo." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena " -"CA)\n" -"de disco:</big></b> Seleccione un nombre de archivo y pulse <b>Siguiente</b> " -"para continuar.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena CA)\n" +"de disco:</big></b> Seleccione un nombre de archivo y pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importe un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y cópielo a un " -"lugar donde otros módulos de YaST busquen los certificados comunes." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importe un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y cópielo a un lugar donde otros módulos de YaST busquen los certificados comunes." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2668,25 +2388,25 @@ "<p><b>Contraseña:</b><br>\n" "Contraseña del certificado</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "Importando certificado común de disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "Importando certificado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "El certificado ha sido importado." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "Este certificado no es de servidor. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2696,754 +2416,678 @@ "del servidor (%2).\n" "Este certificado podría no ser útil como certificado de servidor común.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" -"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe " -"coincidir\n" -"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o con uno de los valores en los " -"nombres alternativos." +"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe coincidir\n" +"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o con uno de los valores en los nombres alternativos." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportando como certificado de servidor común" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "Exportando certificado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "El certificado ha sido escrito como certificado de servidor común." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "Importar solicitud desde disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "Formato de archivo incorrecto. Utilice archivos PEM o DER." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "Importando la solicitud..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "Solicitud importada." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "Importar CA desde disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&Vía del certificado de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "&Vía de la clave" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "&Contraseña de clave" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "La vía del archivo de certificado es obligatoria." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "La vía de la clave privada es obligatoria." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Se requiere una contraseña de clave. \n" -"Debe ser la contraseña de la clave cifrada o una nueva en caso de que no sea " -"una clave cifrada." +"Debe ser la contraseña de la clave cifrada o una nueva en caso de que no sea una clave cifrada." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "Se ha importado la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "No es posible leer la lista de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "No es posible leer el árbol de CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "El valor 'caName' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "El valor 'keyPasswd' falta o la contraseña es demasiado corta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "El valor 'commonName' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "Según 'basicConstraints', esta no es una CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar CertificateIssueData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "Error al crear la CA raíz." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "El parámetro 'certType' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Error al obtener valores por defecto." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "El valor 'certType' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al iniciar la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Error al escribir los valores por defecto." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "El valor 'keyPasswd' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "Error al crear la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "El valor 'request' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "El valor 'caPasswd' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "Error al firmar el certificado" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "El parámetro 'caName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro \"caPasswd\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "Error al obtener la lista de certificados." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'caPasswd'." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "Contraseña no válida." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "Error de UpdateDB." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al procesar el certificado." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "El valor 'certificate' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al revocar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "El valor 'days' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar CRLGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "Error al crear la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "No hay ninguna lista CRL disponible." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la CRL." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "No se puede analizar el archivo de destino %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "La carpeta no existe." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "Error al exportar." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "El parámetro 'P12Password' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"request\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "Petición no resuelta en" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "Error en la petición de copia" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'keyPasswd'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"purpose\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "Error de verificación." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "El valor 'newCaName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "Error al crear SubCA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapHostname'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapPort'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'destinationDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'BindDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "El certificado CA no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "No es posible leer la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "No se puede analizar el certificado CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Error al iniciar LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Error al asociar LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "El contenedor %s no está disponible en el directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "Error al buscar en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede añadir el certificado CA al directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar el certificado CA del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "La CRL no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "No es posible leer la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "No se puede analizar la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede añadir la CRL al directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar la CRL del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "Error al comprobar el punto de distribución de la nueva lista CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "El parámetro 'commonName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "No hay servidor LDAP configurado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "Error al buscar en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración disponible en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "Se requiere la contraseña de LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "No se puede añadir la entrada de configuración básica." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "No se puede añadir la entrada de configuración de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "El certificado no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "No es posible analizar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s no está disponible en el directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar userCertificate del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al exportar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar userPKCS12 del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el certificado." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "Se requiere la ruta al archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "Certificado no encontrado en" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "Se requiere contraseña." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al importar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'inFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Archivo no encontrado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Valor '%s' no válido en 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Error al procesar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Error al obtener la lista de solicitudes." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Solicitud no encontrada en %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "No se puede leer la petición." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "No se han encontrado datos de petición." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Error al importar la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"caCertificate\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"caKey\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "Clave de CA no disponible en %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al importar la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de clave no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Error al cambiar la contraseña." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "Tipo no válido para StringExtension '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "Falta asignación de 'data'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "Valor '%s' no válido para el parámetro '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "La contraseña (%s) es demasiado sencilla." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "Uso incorrecto de 'critical' en '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en '%s'." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Canales de entrada/salida disponibles" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "Usado" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "Filtrar canales" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Seleccionar todos" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "&Borrar selección" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "&Incluir canales seleccionados en la lista negra" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "A&utorizar canales" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "" -"El rango especificado no es válido. El valor erróneo está dentro del snippet " -"%s" +msgstr "El rango especificado no es válido. El valor erróneo está dentro del snippet %s" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Autorizar canales de entrada/salida" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Lista de rangos de canales que se van a autorizar separados con comas.\n" -"El rango puede ser un canal, parte de un canal que se rellenará con ceros o " -"un rango especificado con un guion.\n" +"El rango puede ser un canal, parte de un canal que se rellenará con ceros o un rango especificado con un guion.\n" "Valores de ejemplo: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Rangos que se van a autorizar." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,325 +14,309 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Configuración de clúster" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Clúster" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Clúster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Canales de comunicación" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Configurar Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Configurar conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ID de nodo" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "El ID de nodo debe completarse con un entero positivo." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "El ID de nodo debe ser único." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de red de enlace es obligatoria." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "El nombre de clúster es obligatorio." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de miembro es obligatoria." -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" -msgstr "" -"El campo de votos esperados es obligatorio si se configura el transporte " -"multidifusión." +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "El campo de votos esperados es obligatorio si se configura el transporte multidifusión." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de multidifusión es obligatoria." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "El puerto de multidifusión debe ser un entero positivo." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Solo es posible elegir pasivo o activo si se utilizan varias interfaces. " -"Definido como pasivo." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Solo es posible elegir pasivo o activo si se utilizan varias interfaces. Definido como pasivo." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transporte:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Dirección de red de enlace:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Dirección multidifusión:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Puerto:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nombre del clúster:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Votos esperados:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "modo RRP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Generar automáticamente ID de nodo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Dirección de miembro:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "IP redundante" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" " AVISO: se ha detectado una configuración antigua de corosync.\n" -" Reconfigure la lista de miembros y confirme el resto de valores de " -"configuración." +" Reconfigure la lista de miembros y confirme el resto de valores de configuración." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación de seguridad" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Para un clúster recién creado, haga clic en el botón siguiente para generar " -"la clave /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Para un clúster recién creado, haga clic en el botón siguiente para generar la clave /etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para unirse a un clúster existente, copie manualmente el archivo /etc/" -"corosync/authkey de otros nodos." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para unirse a un clúster existente, copie manualmente el archivo /etc/corosync/authkey de otros nodos." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Error al crear /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "Creación de /etc/corosync/authkey correcta" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Running" msgstr "En ejecución" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Not running" msgstr "No está en ejecución" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Arrancando" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "On -- Iniciar Pacemaker al arrancar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Off -- Iniciar Pacemaker manualmente" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Encender y apagar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Iniciar marcapasos ahora" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Detener marcapasos ahora" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Sincronizar host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "Del" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sincronizar archivo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Añadir archivos sugeridos" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Generar claves precompartidas (PSK)" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Estado de Csync2 desconocido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Activar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Desactivar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Introducir nombre de host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Editar el nombre de host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de archivo para sincronizar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Editar el nombre de archivo" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -340,268 +324,128 @@ "El archivo de claves %1 ya existe.\n" "¿Desea sobrescribirlo?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el archivo de clave %1." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Archivo de clave %1 generado.\n" -"Haga clic en Añadir archivos sugeridos para añadirlos a la lista de " -"sincronización." +"Haga clic en Añadir archivos sugeridos para añadirlos a la lista de sincronización." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Error al generar la clave." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd es un daemon que ayuda a duplicar el estado del cortafuegos entre " -"nodos del clúster.\n" +"Conntrackd es un daemon que ayuda a duplicar el estado del cortafuegos entre nodos del clúster.\n" "YaST puede ayudar a configurar algunos aspectos básicos de conntrackd.\n" "Debe iniciarlo mediante ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Interfaz dedicada:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Número de grupo:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Generar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "El número de grupo debe ser un entero positivo." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Dirección de red de enlace</big></b><br>Especifica la dirección " -"con la que debe enlazarse la directiva openais. Esta dirección siempre debe " -"terminar en cero. Si el tráfico de totem debe redirigirse a través de " -"192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0.<br>También puede ser una " -"dirección IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará la red IPV6. En ese caso, es " -"necesario especificar la dirección completa y no habrá selección automática " -"de la interfaz de red dentro de una subred específica, como con IPv4. Si se " -"utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Dirección multidifusión</big></b><br>Es la dirección de " -"multidifusión empleada por la directiva openais. El valor por defecto " -"debería funcionar en la mayoría de las redes, pero es recomendable consultar " -"al administrador de la red la dirección de multidifusión que se debe " -"utilizar. Evite 224.x.x.x, ya que es una dirección de multidifusión \"config" -"\".<br>También puede ser una dirección de multidifusión IPV6, en cuyo caso " -"se utilizará una red IPV6. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario " -"especificar el campo nodeid.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Puerto</big></b><br>Permite especificar el número de puerto UDP. " -"Es posible utilizar la misma dirección de multidifusión en una red con los " -"servicios openais configurados para diferentes puertos UDP.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Dirección de miembro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos los " -"nodos del clúster por direcciones IP. Puede ser configurable si se utiliza " -"udpu (monodifusión). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>ID de nodo</big></b><br>Esta opción de configuración es opcional " -"si se utiliza IPv4 y obligatoria si se utiliza IPv6. Es un valor de 32 bits " -"que especifica el identificador de nodo enviado al servicio de pertenencia a " -"clúster. Si no se especifica con IPv4, el ID de nodo se determinará a partir " -"de la dirección IP de 32 bits con la que esté enlazado el sistema con un " -"identificador de llamada de 0. El valor de identificador de nodo de cero " -"está reservado y no debe utilizarse.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Especifica el modo de llamada redundante, " -"que puede ser ninguno, activo o pasivo. La replicación activa ofrece una " -"latencia ligeramente inferior de la transmisión a la entrega en entornos de " -"red defectuosos, pero con menor rendimiento. La replicación pasiva puede " -"casi duplicar la velocidad del protocolo totem si no se enlaza a la CPU. La " -"última opción es ninguno, en cuyo caso solo se utilizará una interfaz de red " -"para operar el protocolo totem. Si solo se especifica una directiva de " -"interfaz, no se elige ninguna automáticamente. Si se especifican varias " -"directivas de interfaz, solo podrán elegirse las activas o las pasivas.<br>\n" -"<p><b><big>Votos esperados</big></b><br>Número de votos esperados para el " -"quórum de votación. Se calculará automáticamente si la sección nodelist {} " -"se encuentra presente en corosync.conf (la lista se generará al usar el " -"transporte de monodifusión) o puede especificarse en la sección quórum {} " -"(los votos esperados deben usar el número total de nodos del clúster). Si " -"hay un valor de votos esperados presente en el transporte de monodifusión, " -"el valor anulará el que se ha calculado automáticamente.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Generar automáticamente ID de nodo</big></b><br>El valor nodeid " -"es obligatorio si se utiliza IPv6. Si esta opción está habilitada, el valor " -"nodeid se generará automáticamente.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Dirección de red de enlace</big></b><br>Especifica la dirección con la que debe enlazarse la directiva openais. Esta dirección siempre debe terminar en cero. Si el tráfico de totem debe redirigirse a través de 192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0.<br>También puede ser una dirección IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará la red IPV6. En ese caso, es necesario especificar la dirección completa y no habrá selección automática de la interfaz de red dentro de una subred específica, como con IPv4. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Dirección multidifusión</big></b><br>Es la dirección de multidifusión empleada por la directiva openais. El valor por defecto debería funcionar en la mayoría de las redes, pero es recomendable consultar al administrador de la red la dirección de multidifusión que se debe utilizar. Evite 224.x.x.x, ya que es una dirección de multidifusión \"config\".<br>También puede ser una dirección de multidifusión IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará una red IPV6. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Puerto</big></b><br>Permite especificar el número de puerto UDP. Es posible utilizar la misma dirección de multidifusión en una red con los servicios openais configurados para diferentes puertos UDP.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Dirección de miembro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos los nodos del clúster por direcciones IP. Puede ser configurable si se utiliza udpu (monodifusión). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>ID de nodo</big></b><br>Esta opción de configuración es opcional si se utiliza IPv4 y obligatoria si se utiliza IPv6. Es un valor de 32 bits que especifica el identificador de nodo enviado al servicio de pertenencia a clúster. Si no se especifica con IPv4, el ID de nodo se determinará a partir de la dirección IP de 32 bits con la que esté enlazado el sistema con un identificador de llamada de 0. El valor de identificador de nodo de cero está reservado y no debe utilizarse.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Especifica el modo de llamada redundante, que puede ser ninguno, activo o pasivo. La replicación activa ofrece una latencia ligeramente inferior de la transmisión a la entrega en entornos de red defectuosos, pero con menor rendimiento. La replicación pasiva puede casi duplicar la velocidad del protocolo totem si no se enlaza a la CPU. La última opción es ninguno, en cuyo caso solo se utilizará una interfaz de red para operar el protocolo totem. Si solo se especifica una directiva de interfaz, no se elige ninguna automáticamente. Si se especifican varias directivas de interfaz, solo podrán elegirse las activas o las pasivas.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Votos esperados</big></b><br>Número de votos esperados para el quórum de votación. Se calculará automáticamente si la sección nodelist {} se encuentra presente en corosync.conf (la lista se generará al usar el transporte de monodifusión) o puede especificarse en la sección quórum {} (los votos esperados deben usar el número total de nodos del clúster). Si hay un valor de votos esperados presente en el transporte de monodifusión, el valor anulará el que se ha calculado automáticamente.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Generar automáticamente ID de nodo</big></b><br>El valor nodeid es obligatorio si se utiliza IPv6. Si esta opción está habilitada, el valor nodeid se generará automáticamente.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Habilitar autenticación de seguridad</big></b><br>Especifica que " -"se debe utilizar la autenticación HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todos los " -"mensajes. También que todos los datos deben cifrarse con el algoritmo de " -"cifrado sober128 para proteger los datos de accesos no autorizados. Al " -"habilitar esta opción se añade un encabezado de 36 bytes a todos los " -"mensajes enviados por totem, lo que reduce el rendimiento global. El cifrado " -"y la autenticación consumen un 75% de los ciclos de CPU de aisexec en " -"comparación con gprof si está habilitado. En redes de 100 Mb con " -"transmisiones de 1500 MTU: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 9 Mb/s con " -"un 100% de uso de CPU si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es " -"posible obtener un rendimiento de 10 Mb/s con un uso de CPU del 20% si esta " -"opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. En redes GigE con grandes " -"velocidades de transmisión: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 20 Mb/s si " -"esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es posible obtener un " -"rendimiento de 60 Mb/s si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. La " -"opción está activada por defecto. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Habilitar autenticación de seguridad</big></b><br>Especifica que se debe utilizar la autenticación HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todos los mensajes. También que todos los datos deben cifrarse con el algoritmo de cifrado sober128 para proteger los datos de accesos no autorizados. Al habilitar esta opción se añade un encabezado de 36 bytes a todos los mensajes enviados por totem, lo que reduce el rendimiento global. El cifrado y la autenticación consumen un 75% de los ciclos de CPU de aisexec en comparación con gprof si está habilitado. En redes de 100 Mb con transmisiones de 1500 MTU: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 9 Mb/s con un 100% de uso de CPU si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es posible obtener un rendimiento de 10 Mb/s con un uso de CPU del 20% si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. En redes GigE con grandes velocidades de transmisión: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 20 Mb/s si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GH z. Es posible obtener un rendimiento de 60 Mb/s si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. La opción está activada por defecto. <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Arranque</big></b><br>Indica si se debe iniciar el servicio " -"corosync durante el arranque.</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big></b><br>Habilita el " -"puerto si el cortafuegos está habilitado.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Arranque</big></b><br>Indica si se debe iniciar el servicio corosync durante el arranque.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big></b><br>Habilita el puerto si el cortafuegos está habilitado.</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Equipo de sincronización</big></b><br>Los nombres de host " -"usados deben ser los nombres de los hosts locales de los nodos del clúster. " -"Eso significa que debe usar exactamente la misma cadena mostrada por el " -"comando hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar archivo</big></b><br>El nombre completo del " -"archivo que se va a sincronizar.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Claves precompartidas</big></b><br>La autenticación se " -"realiza mediante direcciones IP y claves precompartidas en Csync2. El " -"archivo de clave se genera mediante csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. El " -"archivo key_hagroup debe copiarse manualmente a todos los miembros del " -"clúster después de crearse.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Equipo de sincronización</big></b><br>Los nombres de host usados deben ser los nombres de los hosts locales de los nodos del clúster. Eso significa que debe usar exactamente la misma cadena mostrada por el comando hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar archivo</big></b><br>El nombre completo del archivo que se va a sincronizar.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Claves precompartidas</big></b><br>La autenticación se realiza mediante direcciones IP y claves precompartidas en Csync2. El archivo de clave se genera mediante csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. El archivo key_hagroup debe copiarse manualmente a todos los miembros del clúster después de crearse.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Interfaz dedicada</big></b><br>Una interfaz de red dedicada " -"para la sincronización. Para poder usarse, la interfaz debe ser UP y debe " -"admitir la multidifusión. Puede que tenga que preconfigurarla. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>La dirección IPv4 asignada a la interfaz de " -"red dedicada. Se detecta automáticamente.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dirección multidifusión</big></b><br>La dirección " -"multidifusión que se debe usar para sincronizar.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Número de grupo</big></b><br>Un ID numérico indica el grupo " -"que se debe sincronizar.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Interfaz dedicada</big></b><br>Una interfaz de red dedicada para la sincronización. Para poder usarse, la interfaz debe ser UP y debe admitir la multidifusión. Puede que tenga que preconfigurarla. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>La dirección IPv4 asignada a la interfaz de red dedicada. Se detecta automáticamente.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dirección multidifusión</big></b><br>La dirección multidifusión que se debe usar para sincronizar.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Número de grupo</big></b><br>Un ID numérico indica el grupo que se debe sincronizar.</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -609,18 +453,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración de clúster</big></b><br>\n" "Espere un momento...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar de forma segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse <b>Abortar.</p>\n" +"Para abortar de forma segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse <b>Abortar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -628,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de clúster</big></b><br>\n" "Espere un momento...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -641,107 +484,107 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de clúster" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de clúster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración anterior..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de SuSEFirewall..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "No es posible cargar la configuración existente" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 1." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de clúster" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Guardar cambios en SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Guardando cambios en SuSEFirewall..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Listo" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "Iniciando el módulo de configuración %1..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Centro de control de YaST" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "No está ejecutando el Centro de control de YaST como usuario Root.\n" "Solo verá aquellos módulos que no requieran privilegios de usuario Root." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "Los archivos de registro se han escrito correctamente." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar y2logs." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de registro..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 ya existe. ¿Desea realmente sobrescribir?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 ya existe y está protegido contra escritura.\n" "¿Desea realmente sobrescribir?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "Confirmar" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,187 +38,187 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Servidor CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Experto" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del hardware" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuración automática de red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "Actualización del instalador" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bienvenido" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activación de la red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activación de disco" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Análisis del sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Productos complementarios" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Realizar la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Limpieza del instalador" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema que actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalación base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del sistema" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -242,13 +242,13 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "Función del sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ "Las funciones de sistema son casos de uso predefinidos que personalizan\n" "el sistema para el escenario seleccionado." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n" @@ -266,17 +266,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Los ajustes de función de sistema van desde la selección del paquete al\n" "particionamiento del disco. Al elegir una función de sistema, este\n" -"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la " -"función.\n" -"Los valores definidos por una función se pueden redefinir en los pasos " -"siguientes, si fuera necesario.</p>" +"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la función.\n" +"Los valores definidos por una función se pueden redefinir en los pasos siguientes, si fuera necesario.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "Sistema por defecto" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -284,12 +282,12 @@ "• Entorno GNOME, con partición raíz (/) Btrfs\n" "• Partición /home (XFS) separada para discos de más de 20 GB" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "Host de virtualización de KVM" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -297,12 +295,12 @@ "• Hipervisor y herramientas basados en núcleo\n" "• Sin partición /home separada" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Host de virtualización de Xen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -310,32 +308,32 @@ "• Hipervisor y herramientas desde cero\n" "• Sin partición /home separada" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de Linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalación" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "Instalación de idioma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -353,7 +351,7 @@ "<p>¡Que se divierta!<br>El equipo de desarrollo de openSUSE</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -376,48 +374,47 @@ "son GNOME y KDE Plasma, y ambos son igual de compatibles\n" "con openSUSE. Ambos entornos son fáciles de utilizar,\n" "están totalmente integrados y tienen un aspecto atractivo. Cada entorno\n" -"de escritorio tiene un estilo característico, así que los gustos personales " -"son los que determinan\n" +"de escritorio tiene un estilo característico, así que los gustos personales son los que determinan\n" "cuál es el más adecuado para usted." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio KDE Plasma" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "Servidor (modo de texto)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio Xfce" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "Sistema X Window mínimo" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "Computer Role" msgstr "Función de equipo" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -425,87 +422,66 @@ "Las funciones de equipo son casos de uso predefinidos que personalizan\n" "el sistema para el escenario seleccionado." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "" "<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" "to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n" -"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the " -"<em>Custom</em> role\n" -"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern " -"selection. </p>" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the <em>Custom</em> role\n" +"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern selection. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Los ajustes de función de equipo van desde la selección del paquete a " -"la \n" -"ejecución de servicios adicionales. Al seleccionar una función de equipo, el " -"sistema\n" -"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la " -"función.\n" -"Para la función <em>Personalizada,</em> se muestra un recuadro de diálogo " -"adicional que permite seleccionar manualmente el patrón de software. </p>" +"<p>Los ajustes de función de equipo van desde la selección del paquete a la \n" +"ejecución de servicios adicionales. Al seleccionar una función de equipo, el sistema\n" +"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la función.\n" +"Para la función <em>Personalizada,</em> se muestra un recuadro de diálogo adicional que permite seleccionar manualmente el patrón de software. </p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma" msgstr "Estación de trabajo con KDE Plasma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "" -"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as " -"mailer,\n" -"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web " -"browsers.\n" +"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" +"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" " " msgstr "" -"KDE es un entorno de escritorio potente e intuitivo que usa Kontact como " -"programa de correo,\n" -"Dolphin como gestor de archivos y ofrece tanto Firefox como Konqueror como " -"navegadores Web.\n" +"KDE es un entorno de escritorio potente e intuitivo que usa Kontact como programa de correo,\n" +"Dolphin como gestor de archivos y ofrece tanto Firefox como Konqueror como navegadores Web.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 msgid "Workstation with GNOME" msgstr "Estación de trabajo con GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 msgid "" -"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as " -"mailer,\n" +"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" " " msgstr "" -"GNOME es un entorno de escritorio potente e intuitivo que usa Evolution como " -"programa de correo,\n" +"GNOME es un entorno de escritorio potente e intuitivo que usa Evolution como programa de correo,\n" "Firefox como navegador y Nautilus como gestor de archivos.\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -msgid "" -"Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and " -"have only command line." -msgstr "" -"El servidor resulta útil cuando el equipo no debe interactuar con el usuario " -"y solo debe disponer de una línea de comandos." +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and have only command line." +msgstr "El servidor resulta útil cuando el equipo no debe interactuar con el usuario y solo debe disponer de una línea de comandos." -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -msgid "" -"Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits " -"his requirements." -msgstr "" -"Las funciones personalizadas ejecutan un recuadro de diálogo adicional en el " -"que el usuario puede seleccionar el software que mejor se adapte a sus " -"requisitos." +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits his requirements." +msgstr "Las funciones personalizadas ejecutan un recuadro de diálogo adicional en el que el usuario puede seleccionar el software que mejor se adapte a sus requisitos." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Custom Pattern Selection" msgstr "Selección de patrón personalizada" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios en línea" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,61 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración del teclado." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todas las distribuciones del teclado disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nueva distribución del teclado" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Distribución actual del teclado: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' " -"para ver los valores posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' para ver los valores posibles." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del teclado" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -82,81 +79,76 @@ " Si no está seguro, emplee los valores seleccionados por defecto.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. " -"Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta." -"</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Ajustes avanzados de teclado" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Velocidad de repetición" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Retra&so antes de que empiece la repetición" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Estados de inicio" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Bloq Num activado" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Configuración del BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Sin cambios>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Inhabilitar bloqueo de mayúsculas" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -164,27 +156,25 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>Configuración del teclado</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Elija la </b>Distribución del teclado</b> que desee usar\n" "para la instalación y en el sistema instalado. \n" " Pruebe la distribución mediante <b>Probar</b>.\n" -" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición " -"o el retraso, haga clic en <b>Ajustes avanzados</b>.\n" +" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, haga clic en <b>Ajustes avanzados</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -194,34 +184,30 @@ "Si no está seguro, use los valores por defecto ya seleccionados.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Seleccione la <b>Distribución del teclado</b> que desee usar en el sistema.\n" -"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o " -"el retraso, seleccione <b>Configuración avanzada.</b></p>\n" -"<p>Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución " -"de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.</p>\n" +"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, seleccione <b>Configuración avanzada.</b></p>\n" +"<p>Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de teclado del sistema" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -231,184 +217,179 @@ " distinta de la del sistema que se va a actualizar.\n" " Seleccione la distribución que desee utilizar durante la actualización:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Error al definir el teclado de X11 como %s" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Distribución del teclado<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Configuración regional" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todos los idiomas disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nuevo valor para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundarios (separados por comas)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "No instalar los paquetes específicos de idioma" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Almacenamiento de configuración de idioma" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de idioma y consola" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalar y desinstalar paquetes afectados" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Actualizar traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Guardando ajustes de idioma y consola..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalando y desinstalando paquetes afectados..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Actualizando traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Guardando configuración</b><br>Espere...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma actual: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores " -"posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores posibles." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bienvenido a la reparación del sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Idiomas &secundarios" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Idioma principal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Configuración del idioma principal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y " -"secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" +"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -420,20 +401,19 @@ "el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -445,8 +425,8 @@ "los valores de configuración en el último recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -458,9 +438,9 @@ "interrumpir el proceso de instalación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -470,8 +450,8 @@ "Elija el nuevo <b>Idioma</b> para el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -481,28 +461,21 @@ "Elija el nuevo <b>Idioma principal</b> para el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Marque la opción <b>Adaptar la disposición del teclado</b> para adaptar la " -"disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" -"Marque <b>Adaptar la zona horaria</b> para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en " -"función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona " -"horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente " -"estará inhabilitada.\n" +"Marque la opción <b>Adaptar la disposición del teclado</b> para adaptar la disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" +"Marque <b>Adaptar la zona horaria</b> para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente estará inhabilitada.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -511,17 +484,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Idiomas secundarios:</b><br>\n" -"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera " -"usar en el sistema.\n" +"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera usar en el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Hay dependencias de paquete sin resolver." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -529,8 +501,8 @@ "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales.\n" "Elimine algún idioma de la selección." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -541,12 +513,11 @@ "<p>\n" "Aquí se pueden realizar ajustes precisos para la gestión de idiomas.\n" "Estos ajustes se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" -"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto " -"seleccionados.\n" +"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto seleccionados.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -554,83 +525,71 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuración regional para el usuario root</b>\n" -"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el " -"usuario Root.</p>" +"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el usuario Root.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sólo ctype</b>: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario " -"normal. No se definen\n" +"<p><b>Sólo ctype</b>: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario normal. No se definen\n" "otros valores.<br>\n" -"<b>Sí</b>: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los " -"usuarios normales.<br>\n" -"<b>No</b>: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin " -"definir.\n" +"<b>Sí</b>: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los usuarios normales.<br>\n" +"<b>No</b>: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin definir.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice la opción <b>Configuración regional detallada</b> para definir " -"una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro " -"de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región " -"seleccionada.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice la opción <b>Configuración regional detallada</b> para definir una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región seleccionada.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detalles del idioma" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Configuración regional para el usuario &Root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Sólo ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Utilizar codificación &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Configur&ación regional detallada" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Adaptar la disposición del teclado a %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adaptar la &zona horaria a %1" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Descargando extensión de idioma del sistema de instalación..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -642,21 +601,21 @@ "\n" "Se usará el idioma de último recurso %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma principal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -664,94 +623,87 @@ "La traducción del idioma principal no está completa.\n" "Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Añada el CD de complementos de idioma como repositorio adicional a fin de " -"obtener la asistencia\n" +"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma seleccionado.\n" +"Añada el CD de complementos de idioma como repositorio adicional a fin de obtener la asistencia\n" "adecuada para este idioma.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la " -"instalación\n" -"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -"seleccionado." +"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todas las zonas horarias disponibles" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nueva zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC" -"\"." +msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Hora y fecha actuales:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -759,48 +711,42 @@ "La hora %1 ya ha pasado.\n" "Defina una hora correcta antes de iniciar la instalación." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en " -"<b>Reloj de hardware definido para</b>.\n" -"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado " -"(como Microsoft\n" +"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en <b>Reloj de hardware definido para</b>.\n" +"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado (como Microsoft\n" "Windows) emplean la hora local.\n" "Los equipos que sólo tienen instalado Linux normalmente se\n" "configuran con la hora coordinada universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora " -"estándar\n" +"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora estándar\n" "al horario de verano y viceversa automáticamente.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -813,22 +759,18 @@ "Nota: el reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el núcleo de Linux debe\n" "estar siempre establecido en UTC, ya que es la referencia para obtener\n" "la hora local correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si utiliza\n" -"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver " -"posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" +"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -836,78 +778,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es " -"Linux.\n" +"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es Linux.\n" "En este caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC y hacer clic en Cancelar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al " -"año,\n" -"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si " -"olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" -"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar " -"mensajes, etc.\n" +"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al año,\n" +"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" +"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar mensajes, etc.\n" "\n" "Si utiliza UTC, Linux ajustará la hora automáticamente.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la selección (hora local)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para " -"corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Aceptar</b> para guardar los cambios.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Fecha actual en formato DD-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Hora actual en formato HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Fecha actual" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Hora actual" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Cambiar la hora ahora" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizar con el servidor NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Cambiar fecha y hora" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -915,8 +848,8 @@ "Hora no válida (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Escriba la hora correcta.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -924,49 +857,49 @@ "Fecha no válida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Escriba la fecha correcta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Otro&s ajustes..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP está configurado)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Fecha y hora" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "Reloj de &hardware en UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Región" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Zona horaria" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Fecha y hora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -974,25 +907,23 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Ajustes de zona horaria y reloj</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe " -"seleccionar la <b>Región</b>.\n" +"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe seleccionar la <b>Región</b>.\n" "En <b>Zona horaria</b> seleccione a continuación la zona, el país o\n" "la región oportunos entre las opciones disponibles.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -1002,279 +933,279 @@ "Si la hora actual no es correcta, utilice <b>Cambiar</b> para ajustarla.\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Reloj y zona horaria" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Seleccione una zona horaria válida." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Alemán (con teclas muertas)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Alemán (Suiza)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francés (Suizo)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francés (Canadá)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadiense (multilingüe)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Español (Latinoamérica)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Español (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Español (asturiano)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,688 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "Imprimir el estado del servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "Activar el servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "Desactivar el servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "Administrar la configuración de equipos individuales" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "Seleccionar la interfaz de red para la escucha" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "Administrar las opciones DHCP globales" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "Administrar las opciones de la subred DHCP" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todos los equipos definidos con una dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "Añadir nuevo equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Editar equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Suprimir equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "El nombre del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "La dirección de hardware del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "El tipo de hardware del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "La dirección IP (o el nombre de host) del host con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Seleccionar la interfaz de red que va a emplearse" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces " -"disponibles" +msgstr "Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces disponibles" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Imprimir opciones actuales" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Definir una opción global" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Clave de opción (por ejemplo, servidores-ntp)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Valor de opción (por ejemplo, dirección IP)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación por defecto en segundos" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de asignación en segundos" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP está habilitado" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP está inhabilitado" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Equipo: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Hardware: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "Dirección IP: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "No se ha indicado el nombre de host." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "El equipo especificado no existe." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Interfaces seleccionadas: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Otras interfaces: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "La interfaz especificada no existe." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "La operación con la interfaz no se ha especificado." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Se ha de definir una clave de opción." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Se ha de definir un valor." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Rango de direcciones: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación por defecto: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo máx. de asignación: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opciones globales" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de subred" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Host con dirección fija" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Red compartida" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Depósito de direcciones" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Opciones específicas para grupos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subred" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Equipo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "&Red compartida" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "&Depósito de direcciones" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Clase" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Tipos de declaración" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Tipo de declaración" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de interfaz" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "Gestión de claves TSIG" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: inicio" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: selección de tarjetas" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Selección de tarjetas" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: ajustes globales" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Ajustes globales" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: DHCP dinámico" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP dinámico" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: administración de equipos" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Administración de equipos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: ajustes avanzados" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Tarjetas de red para el servidor DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Seleccionada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Nombre de la interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Seleccionar" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Deseleccionar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Se debe seleccionar al menos una interfaz de red." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Una o varias de las interfaces de red seleccionadas no están configuradas " -"(no tienen una dirección IP \n" +"Una o varias de las interfaces de red seleccionadas no están configuradas (no tienen una dirección IP \n" "ni una máscara de red asignadas)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad para &LDAP" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor DHCP (opcional)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de nombres &primario" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de nombres &secundario" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Gateway por defecto (Router)" -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Servidor horario N&TP" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Servidor de &impresión" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor &WINS" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Tiempo de &asignación por defecto" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Unidades" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Información de subred" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "&Red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Bi&s de máscara de red" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Cantidad mín&ima de direcciones IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Cantidad má&xima de direcciones IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Rango de direcciones IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Primera dirección IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "Última dirección I&P" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Permitir &BOOTP dinámico" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "U&nidades" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Crear nueva zona DNS desde cero" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Editar zona DNS actual" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Obtener información de la zona actual" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Sincronizar servidor DNS..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -703,150 +696,148 @@ "La zona DNS %1 no es una zona maestra.\n" "Por tanto no es posible modificarla aquí.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Escriba los valores de ambos extremos del rango de direcciones IP." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el " -"servidor DHCP.\n" +"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el servidor DHCP.\n" "La IP %1 no coincide con la red %2/%3." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Máquina registrada" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Dirección de hardware" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Configuración de la lista" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Dirección de &hardware" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token-Ring " -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "C&ambiar en la lista" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Bor&rar de la lista" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring " -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "La dirección de hardware no es válida.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "La dirección de hardware debe ser única." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de host no puede estar vacío." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Ya existe un host llamado %1." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Escriba una IP de host." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "La dirección de hardware debe ser definida." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Seleccione primero un equipo." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "El valor de entrada debe ser definido." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -866,54 +857,48 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "-%1 no es una opción de línea de comandos válida para el servidor DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP -%1 requiere un argumento" +msgstr "La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP -%1 requiere un argumento" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor " -"DHCP.\n" +"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor DHCP.\n" "\n" -"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP solo puede leer y " -"escribir el archivo\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nueva configuración de %1 no se importará y todos los " -"cambios\n" +"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP solo puede leer y escribir el archivo\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nueva configuración de %1 no se importará y todos los cambios\n" "se guardarán en el archivo de configuración por defecto.\n" " \n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Asistente del servidor DHCP (%1 de 4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -924,19 +909,16 @@ "<p><big><b>Adición de un nuevo rango de registros DNS</b></big><br />\n" "<b>Primera dirección IP</b> define\n" "la dirección de inicio del rango y <b>Última dirección IP</b> define la\n" -"última. <b>Nombre de host base</b> es una cadena que determina el modo en " -"que\n" -"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> o <tt>e25-%i-a).\n" +"última. <b>Nombre de host base</b> es una cadena que determina el modo en que\n" +"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> o <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> se sustituye por el número del host dentro del rango.\n" "Si <tt>%i</tt> no se define, el número se añade al final de la\n" -"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> solo se puede utilizar una vez en <b>Nombre de host base." -"</b>\n" +"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> solo se puede utilizar una vez en <b>Nombre de host base.</b>\n" "<b>Inicio</b> define el primer número que se utiliza para el primer\n" "nombre de host. Los nombres de hosts se crean de forma incremental.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -947,27 +929,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Asistente DNS</b></big><br />\n" "Este asistente le ayudará a crear una nueva zona DNS\n" -"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es " -"importante\n" -"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona " -"DNS\n" +"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es importante\n" +"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona DNS\n" "traduce los nombres a las direcciones IP asignadas. También puede\n" "crear una zona inversa que traduzca las direcciones IP a nombres.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>No puede modificar <b>Nombre de zona nueva</b> ni <b>Nombre de zona " -"inversa</b>\n" -"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor " -"DHCP.</p>\n" +"<p>No puede modificar <b>Nombre de zona nueva</b> ni <b>Nombre de zona inversa</b>\n" +"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor DHCP.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" @@ -975,20 +952,19 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Crear también zona inversa</b> para crear una zona \n" "que contenga entradas inversas de la zona DNS principal.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" "They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Servidores de nombres</b></big><br />\n" -"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento " -"correcto del servidor DNS.\n" +"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento correcto del servidor DNS.\n" "Se encargan de administrar todos los registros de la zona DNS.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -1003,35 +979,28 @@ "Cualquier consulta DNS (por ejemplo, buscar la dirección IP de un \n" "nombre de host en una zona DNS) primero pregunta a la zona padre\n" "(<tt>com</tt> en <tt>ejemplo.com</tt>) por los servidores de nombres\n" -"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos " -"servidores de\n" -"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada.
\n" -"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del " -"servidor DNS actual como\n" +"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos servidores de\n" +"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada.<br />\n" +"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del servidor DNS actual como\n" "uno de los servidores de nombres de la zona.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un <b>Servidor de nombres nuevo,</b> haga clic en <b>Añadir, complete el formulario\n" -"y haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b> Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres " -"está incluido en la zona \n" -"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a " -"que se utiliza\n" +"<p>Para añadir un <b>Servidor de nombres nuevo,</b> haga clic en <b>Añadir,</b> complete el formulario\n" +"y haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b> Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres está incluido en la zona \n" +"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a que se utiliza\n" "durante la creación de la zona.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1039,28 +1008,23 @@ "<p>Para editar o suprimir una entrada, selecciónela y haga clic en\n" "<b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Registros DNS</b></big><br />\n" -"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es " -"necesario definir\n" -"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias " -"reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" -"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de " -"direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" -"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un " -"rango determinado.</p>\n" +"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es necesario definir\n" +"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" +"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" +"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un rango determinado.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1072,8 +1036,8 @@ "a <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> con direcciones IP de <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "a <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1081,8 +1045,8 @@ "<p>Para añadir un nuevo rango de registros DNS, haga clic en <b>Añadir,</b>\n" "complete el formulario y después haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b></p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1090,8 +1054,8 @@ "<p>Esto es un resumen de todos los datos\n" "introducidos en el asistente de configuración hasta ahora.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1103,8 +1067,8 @@ "Los valores no se guardarán de forma permanente hasta que finalice la \n" "configuración del servidor DHCP.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1112,94 +1076,83 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Sincronización DNS</b></big><br />\n" -"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de " -"modo que coincidan con los\n" -"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que " -"convierten nombres de hosts en\n" +"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de modo que coincidan con los\n" +"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que convierten nombres de hosts en\n" "direcciones IP).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Subred actual</b> y <b>Máscara de red</b> muestran los valores de red " -"actuales.\n" +"<b>Subred actual</b> y <b>Máscara de red</b> muestran los valores de red actuales.\n" "<b>Dominio</b> se toma de la configuración DHCP actual.\n" -"<b>Primera dirección IP</b> y <b>Dirección IP secundaria</b> coinciden con " -"el\n" +"<b>Primera dirección IP</b> y <b>Dirección IP secundaria</b> coinciden con el\n" "rango DHCP dinámico actual.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" "from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice <b>Ejecutar asistente\n" +"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice <b>Ejecutar asistente</b>\n" "en <b>Tareas especiales.</b></p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" " Para crear o eliminar un único registro DNS,\n" "haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> o <b>Suprimir.</b>\n" -"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona " -"inversa\n" +"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona inversa\n" "correspondiente, seleccione <b>Sincronizar con zona inversa.</b>\n" "Utilice <b>Eliminar rango de registros DNS coincidentes</b> \n" -"en <b>Tareas especiales</b> para suprimir cualquier información relacionada " -"con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango " -"de registros DNS, seleccione\n" +"en <b>Tareas especiales</b> para suprimir cualquier información relacionada con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango de registros DNS, seleccione\n" "<b>Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS</b> en <b>Tareas especiales.</b></p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "Editar rango de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "Base de nombre de &host" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1207,11 +1160,11 @@ "Error interno.\n" "No se puede crear el rango de direcciones IP de %1 a %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1219,19 +1172,19 @@ "La dirección IP %1 no coincide con\n" "la red actual %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "La última dirección IP debe ser mayor que la primera." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1241,38 +1194,37 @@ "fuera del rango\n" "DHCP dinámico actual %2-%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." -msgstr "" -"Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." +msgstr "Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nombre de host no válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1280,45 +1232,45 @@ "La dirección IP %1 no se encuentra en el rango de\n" "direcciones IP permitidas (%2 - %3) definido en el servidor DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Regenerando entradas de zona DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Añadiendo un nuevo registro DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Añadiendo rango DHCP %1 - %2 al servidor DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Eliminando registros DNS que coinciden con el rango" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Eliminando registros del rango %1 - %2 del servidor DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1326,8 +1278,8 @@ "La zona %1 no es del tipo maestro.\n" "El servidor DNS no puede escribir ningún registro en ella.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1335,95 +1287,94 @@ "La zona %1 aún no existe en la configuración actual del servidor DNS.\n" "¿Desea crearla?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "No se puede crear la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Sincronizando registros DNS inversos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor " -"DNS.\n" +"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor DNS.\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar la operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Red" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "Registros de zona DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Tareas especiales" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Ejecutar asistente para volver a escribir la zona DNS desde cero" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Sincronizar con zona inversa %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Sincronización del servidor DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "Cancelando el asistente" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1431,44 +1382,41 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el asistente.\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "Añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "Editar servidor de nombres" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "&IP de servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en " -"la zona DNS actual.\n" -"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y " -"la dirección IP en cada zona.\n" +"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en la zona DNS actual.\n" +"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y la dirección IP en cada zona.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "El servidor de nombres %1 ya existe en la configuración." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1478,204 +1426,204 @@ "rango (%1 - %2).\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar el nuevo?\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un servidor de nombres." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: nueva zona DNS (paso 1 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de &zona nueva" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "&Red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "Crear &también zona inversa" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: servidores de nombres de la zona (paso 2 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "Servidores de nombres actuales" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP (Opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "Aña&dir..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: registros DNS (paso 3 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "Registros DNS para clientes DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "Base de nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "Número de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "Desde IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "Hasta IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Registros DNS - Resumen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona in&versa" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Nombre de zona:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(Sustituyendo la zona actual por la nueva)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Nombre de zona inversa:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de nombres de la zona:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "Nombre de host: %1, IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "Sin definir" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "Rangos de hosts DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "Rango: %1 - %2<br />Base de nombre de host: %3, Iniciar con: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un registro DNS." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "No es posible eliminar la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "No es posible añadir servidores de nombres a la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "No se pueden añadir registros DNS de zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "No se puede crear la zona inversa %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "Creando zona DNS..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "Restaurando configuración DNS anterior..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1687,13 +1635,13 @@ "%1\n" "¿Desea volver al asistente?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "La zona DNS se ha creado correctamente." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1701,8 +1649,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...</p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1710,8 +1658,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1721,8 +1669,8 @@ "Seleccione de <b>Interfaces disponibles</b> las interfaces de red a las que\n" "el servidor DHCP debe escuchar.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1733,14 +1681,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ajustes del cortafuegos</big></b><br>\n" "Para abrir el cortafuegos y autorizar el acceso al\n" -"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, " -"seleccione\n" +"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, seleccione\n" "<b>Abrir cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas</b>.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible\n" "si el cortafuegos está habilitado.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1749,12 +1696,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP en chroot jail, seleccione\n" -"<b>Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail</b>. Iniciar un daemon en chroot " -"jail\n" +"<b>Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail</b>. Iniciar un daemon en chroot jail\n" "es más seguro y se recomienda encarecidamente.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1764,8 +1710,8 @@ "Para almacenar la configuración DHCP en LDAP,\n" "habilite la <b>Compatibilidad para LDAP</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1773,17 +1719,14 @@ "the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Declaraciones configuradas</b> muestra las opciones de configuración " -"en uso.\n" -"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en " -"<b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p><b>Declaraciones configuradas</b> muestra las opciones de configuración en uso.\n" +"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Editar</b>.\n" "Para añadir una nueva, seleccione la declaración que deba incluir\n" "a la nueva y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>." +"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1797,18 +1740,17 @@ "o gestionar las claves TSIG que se pueden utilizar para la autenticación\n" "de las actualizaciones DNS dinámicas.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de subred</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina la <b>Dirección de red</b> y la <b>Máscara de red</b> de la subred." +"Defina la <b>Dirección de red</b> y la <b>Máscara de red</b> de la subred.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1818,8 +1760,8 @@ "Defina el nombre del host para el que desea establecer la dirección fija\n" "u otras opciones especiales en <b>Nombre de host</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1831,8 +1773,8 @@ "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1840,13 +1782,12 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Depósito de direcciones</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en <b>Nombre del depósito. \n" +"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en <b>Nombre del depósito</b>. \n" "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1858,8 +1799,8 @@ "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1867,8 +1808,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Clase</big></b><br>\n" "Defina el nombre de la clase de hosts en <b>Nombre de clase</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1882,18 +1823,17 @@ "Para añadir una opción nueva, seleccione <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar\n" "una opción, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la " -"opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" +"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1903,8 +1843,8 @@ "Habilite la opción <b>Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred</b>\n" "para activar las actualizaciones de DNS dinámico para esta subred.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1913,16 +1853,13 @@ "and reverse zone.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Clave TSIG</big></b><br>\n" -"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de " -"DNS dinámico. Use\n" -"<b>Clave TSIG</b> para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta " -"clave debe ser la misma\n" -"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa " -"(forward)\n" +"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de DNS dinámico. Use\n" +"<b>Clave TSIG</b> para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma\n" +"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa (forward)\n" "e inversa (reverse).</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1930,69 +1867,56 @@ "<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración global del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" -"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que " -"el DNS\n" -"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, " -"seleccione\n" +"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que el DNS\n" +"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, seleccione\n" "<b>Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zonas que deben actualizarse</big></b><br>\n" -"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique " -"también \n" -"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se " -"ejecuta en la misma máquina\n" +"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique también \n" +"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se ejecuta en la misma máquina\n" "que el servidor DHCP, puede dejar estas casillas vacías.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" -"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el " -"servidor DHCP \n" -"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por " -"defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" -"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán " -"los valores por defecto.</p>" +"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el servidor DHCP \n" +"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" +"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán los valores por defecto.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Selección de tarjeta de red</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para " -"utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.</p>\n" +"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Si lo desea, puede especificar también el <b>Nombre del servidor DHCP</b>\n" -"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del " -"nombre de host.\n" +"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del nombre de host.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -2000,9 +1924,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración global:</big></b><br>\n" "Aquí puede definir varias opciones de configuración de DHCP.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -2010,30 +1934,28 @@ "<p>En <b>Nombre de dominio</b> se define el dominio para el que el\n" "servidor DHCP asigna IPs a los clientes.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>IP del servidor de nombres primario</b> e <b>IP del servidor de " -"nombres secundario</b> \n" +"<p><b>IP del servidor de nombres primario</b> e <b>IP del servidor de nombres secundario</b> \n" "Proporcione estos servidores de nombres a los clientes DHCP.\n" "Estos valores deben ser direcciones IP.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Gateway por defecto</b> permite insertar\n" -"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los " -"clientes.</p>" +"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los clientes.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -2041,16 +1963,13 @@ "<p>El <b>Servidor horario</b> solicita a los clientes que usen este\n" "servidor para la sincronización de hora.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como el servidor de " -"impresión por defecto.</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como el servidor de impresión por defecto.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -2058,20 +1977,17 @@ "<p><b>Servidor WINS</b> ofrece este servidor como servidor WINS\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tiempo de asignación por defecto</b> define el periodo de tiempo " -"transcurrido el cual\n" -"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección " -"IP.</p>" +"<p><b>Tiempo de asignación por defecto</b> define el periodo de tiempo transcurrido el cual\n" +"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección IP.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2080,54 +1996,48 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Información de subred</big></b></br>\n" "Aquí encontrará información de la subred actual, como de su dirección,\n" -"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles " -"para los clientes.\n" +"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles para los clientes.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Rango de direcciones IP</big></b><br>\n" "Defina aquí la <b>Primera dirección IP</b> y la <b>Última dirección IP</b>\n" -"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma " -"máscara de red.\n" +"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma máscara de red.\n" "Por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> y <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque\n" "<b>Permitir BOOTP dinámico</b> si el rango especificado debe ser asignado\n" "dinámicamente tanto a clientes BOOTP y como a clientes DHCP</p>.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tiempo de asignación</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto<b></b> para el rango de " -"direcciones IP en uso,\n" -"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los " -"clientes.<br></p>" +"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto<b></b> para el rango de direcciones IP en uso,\n" +"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los clientes.<br></p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Máximo</b> (valor opcional) define el periodo de tiempo máximo\n" -"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP." -"</p>" +"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP.</p>" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2137,18 +2047,17 @@ "Para indicar la configuración completa del servidor DHCP, haga clic en \n" "<b>Configuración experta del servidor DHCP</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Administración de equipos</big></b><br>\n" -"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de " -"direcciones IP.</p>" +"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de direcciones IP.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2162,20 +2071,18 @@ "<p>Para modificar un equipo ya configurado, selecciónelo en la tabla,\n" "cambie los valores y pulse <b>Cambiar en la lista</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir de la " -"lista</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir de la lista</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione el tipo de declaración que añadir</p>" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2183,8 +2090,8 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Subred</b> para añadir una\n" "declaración de red.</p>" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2192,8 +2099,8 @@ "<p>Para añadir un host que necesite parámetros especiales\n" "(una dirección fija normalmente), seleccione <b>Equipo</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2201,158 +2108,154 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Red compartida</b> para añadir una red \n" "compartida (red física con múltiples redes lógicas).</p>" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Grupo</b> para añadir un grupo de declaraciones\n" -"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de " -"configuración).</p>" +"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de configuración).</p>" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" "subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de direcciones</b> para añadir un depósito de " -"direcciones\n" -"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a " -"pesar de estar\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de direcciones</b> para añadir un depósito de direcciones\n" +"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a pesar de estar\n" "en la misma subred.</p>" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" "select <b>Class</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para crear una clase de condición que se pueda utilizar \n" -"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que " -"pertenezcan,\n" +"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que pertenezcan,\n" "seleccione <b>Clase</b>.</p>" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "Direcc&iones" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "La dirección indicada no es válida." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos una dirección." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Valores" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Las direcciones indicadas no son válidas." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un par de direcciones." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Encendido" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Se debe indicar un valor." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Nueva dirección" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nuevo valor" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Si especifica más de una dirección, sepárelas con espacios." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "&Añadir par de direcciones" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "La dirección más baja ha de estar por debajo de la dirección más alta." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Si modifica esto, debe actualizar también la configuración del syslog." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "Tipo de &hardware" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección &MAC" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP más &baja" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP más &alta" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2360,8 +2263,8 @@ "Si deja sin guardar la configuración del servidor DHCP, se\n" "perderán todos los cambios. ¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2371,20 +2274,19 @@ "no podrá servir a la red.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona " -"del cortafuegos.\n" +"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "%1\n" "Ejecute la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarlas a una zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2392,10 +2294,10 @@ "La interfaz de red %1 no se menciona en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Utilice la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarla a una zona." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2403,188 +2305,188 @@ "Esta función no está disponible durante la\n" "preparación para la instalación automática." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "Declaraciones &configuradas" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "DNS &dinámico" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona directa" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona inversa" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo con clave de autenticación" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Aplicar cambios" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "&Ejecutar servidor DHPC en chroot jail" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Avan&zado" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Mostrar ®istro" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de &interfaz" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "Dirección de &red" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de grupo" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del depósito" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de red compartida" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de clase" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces disponibles" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Abrir &cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "&Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "&Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS &primario" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "Zona in&versa" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS pri&mario" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DHCP..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2600,8 +2502,8 @@ " \n" " Cancelando el proceso ahora." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2609,8 +2511,8 @@ "No se puede determinar el nombre de host. La configuración\n" "del servidor DHCP basada en LDAP no está disponible." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2618,111 +2520,111 @@ "El servidor DHCP no parece haber sido configurado\n" "todavía. ¿Desea crear una nueva configuración?" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Reiniciar el servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DNS..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon DHCP." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP no se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Escuchar en: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Rango de direcciones dinámicas: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "El soporte para múltiples dhcpServiceDN no está implementado." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "El DN del servicio DHCP no se ha definido." -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al escribir /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,692 +14,671 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor DNS" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "Listas de control de acceso (ACL)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "Reglas del transporte de zonas" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "Servidores de nombres de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "Servidores de correo de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Registros del recurso de zona tales como A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "Procesa al mismo tiempo A y el registro PTR correspondiente" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Añadir nuevo registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Eliminar un registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 " -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "Destino del registro (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "Definir opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "Nombre de archivo para el registro (vía completa)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "Tamaño máximo del registro [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" +msgstr "Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "Tipo de zona, maestra o esclava" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "Servidor DNS maestro de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Habilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inhabilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "Prioridad del servidor de correo (número entre 0 y 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "Número de serie de la actualización de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "Tiempo de vida general de los registros en la zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "Intervalo antes del cual deben actualizarse los registros de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Intervalo entre reintentos de actualizaciones fallidas" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar " -"autorizados" +msgstr "Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "TTL mínimo que debe exportarse con los registros de esta zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "" -"Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" +msgstr "Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "Consulta DNS, como ejemplo.org para el registro A" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de " -"ejemplo.org" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de ejemplo.org" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "Nombre de host para el registro DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "Registrar consultas DNS %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "Lista de redireccionadores de zona separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Se necesita el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Valor desconocido para el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de inicio:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Activando el servidor DNS durante el arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el servidor DNS del proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "El servidor DNS se habilita durante el arranque." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "El servidor DNS debe iniciarse manualmente." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Remisión:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "IP del redireccionador" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro de acción." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Destino del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Registro del sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Archivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Tamaño máximo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Número máximo de versiones" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Registrar solicitudes al servidor DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Regla de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "Zonas DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Servidor maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Predefinida" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "Listas ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Transporte de zona:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL activada" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de nombres:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Servidor de nombres" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de correo:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Consulta de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Valor del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Registro de nombre de host:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "Instalación del servidor DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "Configuración del redireccionador" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "Finalizar asistente" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Redireccionadores: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Dominios: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Comportamiento durante el inicio" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "&Activar: iniciar ahora y durante el arranque" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "&Desactivar: solo iniciar manualmente" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DNS..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Directiva de resolución de DNS local" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está inhabilitada" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Fusión automática" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está habilitada" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Configuración personalizada" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Directiva personalizada" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Redireccionador de resolución de DNS local" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Usando servidores de nombres del sistema" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Este servidor de nombres (enlazar)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Añadir dirección IP" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "&Dirección IPv4 o IPv6" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Lista de redireccionadores" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "No es posible definir el redireccionador local como %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "No se encuentra una equivalencia local para la IP %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -709,12 +688,12 @@ "La dirección IP %1 se usa ahora en este servidor, por lo que\n" "se ha cambiado a su equivalente local %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6 no válida" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -722,47 +701,47 @@ "Una dirección IPv6 está formada por letras a-f, números\n" "y el carácter dos puntos." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "El remitente especificado ya está presente." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Añadir o cambiar opción" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&pción" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "C&ambiar" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Opciones actuales" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -770,8 +749,8 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definir\n" "esta opción sin ningún valor?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -779,8 +758,8 @@ "La opción %1 sólo puede tener definidos los valores sí y no.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -788,8 +767,8 @@ "La opción %1 sólo puede ser un número.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -797,8 +776,8 @@ "En esta opción no se usan correctamente las comillas.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -806,8 +785,8 @@ "En esta opción no se usan correctamente los paréntesis.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -815,78 +794,78 @@ "La opción %1 sólo se debe definir una vez.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea añadir otra?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Registro del sistema" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "&Tamaño máximo (MB)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Número máximo de &versiones" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Registro adicional" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Registrar todas las &consultas DNS" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Registrar &actualizaciones de zona" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Registrar &transferencias de zona" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para el registro" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Configuración de opciones" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Lista ACL actual" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -894,157 +873,155 @@ "Esta ACL es utilizada por %1 zonas.\n" "¿Seguro que desea eliminarla?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "La entrada de ACL indicada ya existe." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Añadir zona nueva" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maestro" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Esclavo" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Directa" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS configuradas" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Ya se ha configurado una zona con el nombre especificado." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin " -"guardar?" +"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin guardar?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Aplicar cambios" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Opciones básicas" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Registro" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "Listas ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "Claves TSIG" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "P&ermitir actualizaciones dinámicas" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Activar transferencia de &zona" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Generar a&utomáticamente los registros desde" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zo&na" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Zonas inversas conectadas" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1052,152 +1029,152 @@ "Esta función no está disponible durante la\n" "preparación de la autoinstalación.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna clave TSIG." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de &nombres que desea añadir" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Lista de servidores de no&mbres" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de nombres especificado ya existe." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de correo que desea añadir" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Lista de nodos de reenvío de correo" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP ni un nombre de host válido." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de correo especificado ya existe." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Semanas" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Seri&e" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unidad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Re&frescar" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Un&idad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Reintent&ar" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ca&ducidad" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "U&nidad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Uni&dad" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Se debe indicar el número de serie de la zona." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "El número de serie no debe tener más de %1 dígitos de longitud." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1209,107 +1186,107 @@ "a la zona todo el tiempo desde los servidores de nombres esclavos.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "Clave de ®istro" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ipo" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "Val&or" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Carga" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: servidor de nombres" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: transmisión de correo" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: traducción inversa" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: registro de servicios" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: registro de texto" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: marco de directiva de remitente" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Registros de recursos configurados" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Clave de registro" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1318,32 +1295,29 @@ msgstr "" "IPv6 inversa no válida.\n" "\n" -"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato " -"completo (%1)\n" +"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato completo (%1)\n" "o en el formato relativo a la zona actual." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv6 no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres " -"imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n" +"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n" "excluido el signo \"=\", y debe tener al menos un carácter." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1351,135 +1325,130 @@ "La longitud máxima de un registro %{type} es de %{max} caracteres.\n" "Este mensaje tiene %{current} caracteres." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME no puede apuntar a sí mismo." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Error interno." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zonas" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Fundamentos" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Registr&os NS" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "R&egistros" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "Registros M&X" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Ajustes para la zona" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un servidor NS." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona " -"%1.\n" -"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar " -"automáticamente los registros desde." +"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona %1.\n" +"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar automáticamente los registros desde." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor DNS &maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Falta el servidor maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" "Todas las zonas esclavas deben tener definida su IP de servidor maestro.\n" -"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un " -"error.\n" +"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un error.\n" "Si continúa, la zona actual se eliminará." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún servidor DNS maestro." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." +msgstr "El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP del &redireccionador nuevo" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores de la &zona actual" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zona directa" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1489,8 +1458,8 @@ "que todas las consultas DNS de la zona se denegarán.\n" "¿Seguro que desea denegar las consultas?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1498,13 +1467,13 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Con esta herramienta no se pueden editar zonas de este tipo." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1512,18 +1481,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" "Espere, por favor...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1531,32 +1499,29 @@ "<p><big><b>Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS</b></big><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big></b><br>\n" -"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.</p>" +"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar</b>.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nombre de zona</big></b><br>\n" -"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado <b>Nombre de zona.</p>" +"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado <b>Nombre de zona</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1566,18 +1531,14 @@ "both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Actualizaciones de zona de DNS dinámico</big></b><br>\n" -"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación " -"dinámica\n" -"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones " -"DDNS,\n" -"configure <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b> y la <b>Clave TSIG</b> " -"que\n" -"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los " -"servidores\n" +"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación dinámica\n" +"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones DDNS,\n" +"configure <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b> y la <b>Clave TSIG</b> que\n" +"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los servidores\n" "DHCP y DNS.</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1587,18 +1548,17 @@ "Para editar la configuración de una zona, seleccione la\n" "entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse <b>Editar</b>.</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para " -"eliminarlo,\n" +"<p>Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminarlo,\n" "selección el registro y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1608,48 +1568,39 @@ "Para editar el registro SOA (Start of Authority) de la zona pulse en\n" "<b>Editar SOA</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Servidores maestros</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta " -"zona. La opción <b>Añadir</b>\n" -"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya " -"existente, selecciónelo y\n" +"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta zona. La opción <b>Añadir</b>\n" +"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya existente, selecciónelo y\n" "haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tipo de zona</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione <b>Maestro</b> para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen " -"primario\n" -"de los datos de la zona y <b>Esclavo</b> o <b>Stub</b> para que sea el " -"servidor de nombres\n" -"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el " -"servidor\n" +"Seleccione <b>Maestro</b> para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen primario\n" +"de los datos de la zona y <b>Esclavo</b> o <b>Stub</b> para que sea el servidor de nombres\n" +"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el servidor\n" "maestro.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" @@ -1657,13 +1608,12 @@ "<p><b><big>Dirección de la zona</big></b><br>\n" "DNS se usa para resolver nombres de dominio en direcciones IP y viceversa.\n" "Determine si esta zona debe emplearse para resolver nombres de dominio en\n" -"direcciones IP (seleccione <b>Directa</b>) o direcciones IP en nombres de " -"dominio\n" +"direcciones IP (seleccione <b>Directa</b>) o direcciones IP en nombres de dominio\n" "(seleccione <b>Inversa</b>).</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1671,11 +1621,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Clases de interfaz</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione las clases de interfaz que tendrán acceso al servidor DNS.\n" -"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del " -"cortafuegos.</p>\n" +"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del cortafuegos.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1684,14 +1633,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adaptación de la configuración del cortafuegos</big></b>\n" "Marque <b>Adaptar configuración del cortafuegos</b> para adaptar\n" -"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través " -"de todas las\n" +"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través de todas las\n" "interfaces de red a las que escucha.</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1699,8 +1647,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del registro SOA</big></b><br>\n" "Defina las entradas del registro SOA.</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1708,112 +1656,96 @@ "<p><b>$TTL</b> determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n" "registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente.</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Origen primario</b> ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente " -"cualificado\n" +"<p><b>Origen primario</b> ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado\n" "del servidor de nombres primario.</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dirección del administrador</b> debe incluir la dirección de correo " -"electrónico\n" +"<p><b>Dirección del administrador</b> debe incluir la dirección de correo electrónico\n" "del administrador responsable de la zona.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Número de <b>serie</b> que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha " -"cambiado\n" -"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen " -"que sincronizar\n" +"<p>Número de <b>serie</b> que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha cambiado\n" +"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen que sincronizar\n" "siempre toda la zona).</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Refrescar</b> define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser " -"sincronizada\n" -"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres " -"esclavos.</p>" +"<p><b>Refrescar</b> define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser sincronizada\n" +"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres esclavos.</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Reintentar</b> define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos " -"intentarán\n" +"<p><b>Reintentar</b> define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos intentarán\n" "sincronizar la zona del servidor maestro si la sincronización falla.</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Expiración</b> define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca " -"en los\n" -"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se " -"sincroniza de nuevo.\n" +"<p><b>Expiración</b> define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca en los\n" +"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se sincroniza de nuevo.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Mínimo</b> define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores " -"esclavos deben\n" +"<p><b>Mínimo</b> define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores esclavos deben\n" "guardar en la caché las respuestas negativas (name resolution failed).</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de " -"zona.\n" +"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de zona.\n" "Para añadir una nueva clave TSIG, utilice la casilla de texto\n" -"<b>Nombre de archivo</b> o el botón <b>Examinar</b> y pulse a continuación " -"<b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse " -"<b>Suprimir</b>.\n" +"<b>Nombre de archivo</b> o el botón <b>Examinar</b> y pulse a continuación <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1823,8 +1755,8 @@ "Active <b>Encendido</b> para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que arranque\n" "el equipo. En caso contrario seleccione <b>Apagado</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1834,8 +1766,8 @@ "Seleccione <b>Soporte LDAP activo</b> para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP\n" "en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1847,37 +1779,34 @@ "<b>Detener servidor DNS ahora</b>\n" "para iniciar o detener el servidor DNS inmediatamente.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" "it cannot answer.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Redireccionadores</big></b><br>\n" -"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará " -"las\n" +"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará las\n" "preguntas que no pueda contestar.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su <b>Dirección IP</b> y " -"pulse <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse " -"<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" +"<p>Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su <b>Dirección IP</b> y pulse <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1885,8 +1814,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Editar opciones del servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" "Aquí puede editar las opciones del servidor DNS.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1898,48 +1827,41 @@ "<p>Para modificar una opción configurada, selecciónela en la tabla,\n" "cambie su <b>Valor</b> y pulse <b>Cambiar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Registro</big></b><br>\n" -"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS." -"</p>" +"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione <b>Registrar al registro del sistema</b> para guardar los " -"mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" +"Seleccione <b>Registrar al registro del sistema</b> para guardar los mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" "Para guardarlos en un archivo distinto, seleccione <b>Registrar a\n" -"archivo</b> y defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> en el que se guardará el " -"registro y\n" +"archivo</b> y defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> en el que se guardará el registro y\n" "el <b>Tamaño máximo</b> del archivo de registro.\n" -"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice " -"la opción <b>Número máximo de versiones</b>\n" +"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice la opción <b>Número máximo de versiones</b>\n" "para especificar cuántos archivos de registro se deben guardar.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1950,43 +1872,37 @@ "name server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>En <b>Registro adicional</b>,\n" -"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se " -"registran siempre.\n" -" <b>Registrar todas las consultas DNS</b> registra todas las consultas del " -"cliente al servidor DNS.\n" -" <b>Registrar actualizaciones de zona</b> registra si se han actualizado los " -"DNS.\n" -" <b>Registrar transferencias de zona</b> registra cuando la zona se " -"transfiere \n" +"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se registran siempre.\n" +" <b>Registrar todas las consultas DNS</b> registra todas las consultas del cliente al servidor DNS.\n" +" <b>Registrar actualizaciones de zona</b> registra si se han actualizado los DNS.\n" +" <b>Registrar transferencias de zona</b> registra cuando la zona se transfiere \n" " completamente al servidor de nombres\n" " secundario.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" "access to zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" -"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para " -"controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para controlar\n" "el acceso a las zonas.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para añadir una nueva entrada de ACL, basta con introducir el\n" -"<b>nombre</b> y el <b>valor</b> de la opción y hacer clic en <b>Añadir.</b> " -"Para eliminar una entrada\n" +"<b>nombre</b> y el <b>valor</b> de la opción y hacer clic en <b>Añadir.</b> Para eliminar una entrada\n" "de ACL ya definida, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1994,31 +1910,25 @@ "for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Claves TSIG</big></b><br>\n" -"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la " -"configuración del\n" -"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las " -"actualizaciones\n" +"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la configuración del\n" +"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las actualizaciones\n" "dinámicas de las zonas DNS (DDNS).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para añadir una clave ya creada, defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b>\n" -"(o use el botón <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionarla) y haga clic en " -"<b>Añadir</b>.\n" -" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> y el " -"<b>ID de clave</b>\n" -" y haga clic en <b>Generar</b>. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.\n" +"(o use el botón <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionarla) y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> y el <b>ID de clave</b>\n" +" y haga clic en <b>Generar</b>. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -2026,8 +1936,8 @@ "<p>Para eliminar una clave existente, selecciónela y\n" "pulse <b>Surprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2035,83 +1945,70 @@ "<p><b><big>Zonas DNS</big></b><br>\n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar las zonas DNS.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en <b>Nombre de zona,\n" +"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en <b>Nombre de zona,</b>\n" "seleccione el <b>Tipo de zona</b> y haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b></p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv4 inversa\n" -"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b> (por ejemplo, " -"nombre de zona\n" +"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv4 inversa\n" +"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b> (por ejemplo, nombre de zona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para la red <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n" " seleccione el <b>Tipo de zona</b> y haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b></p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv6 inversa\n" +"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv6 inversa\n" "seguida de <tt>%1</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b>. Se admiten varios\n" "formatos para el nombre de zona: formato estándar, <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "formato de redireccionamiento, <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "formato de redireccionamiento sin bits de máscara de red, <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(se usan <tt>64</tt> bits de máscara de red por defecto).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y " -"los servidores de nombres\n" +"<p>Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y los servidores de nombres\n" "y de correo, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Editar zona.</b>\n" -"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Borrar " -"zona.</b></p>\n" +"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Borrar zona.</b></p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNS y transferencia de zona</big></b><br>\n" -"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona " -"y controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona y controlar\n" "el acceso a la zona.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2119,13 +2016,12 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina <b>Permitir " -"actualizaciones dinámicas</b>\n" +"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b>\n" "y seleccione la <b>Clave TSIG</b>. Se debe definir al menos una clave TSIG\n" "antes de que la zona se pueda actualizar dinámicamente.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2134,15 +2030,13 @@ "to allow zone transports.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de " -"zona</b>\n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de zona</b>\n" "y seleccione las <b>ACLs</b> que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2151,12 +2045,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Los registros inversos de zona se pueden generar desde otra zona maestra.\n" -"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione <b>Generar registros automáticamente desde\n" +"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione <b>Generar registros automáticamente desde</b>\n" "y escoja la zona maestra desde la que se generaran los registros.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -2166,24 +2059,21 @@ "Si no es una zona inversa, puede ver las zonas que se hayan\n" "generado a partir de ésta en el campo <b>Zonas inversas conectadas</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Registros NS</big></b><br>\n" -"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor " -"de nombres y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor de nombres y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2192,20 +2082,17 @@ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Registros MX</big></b><br>\n" -"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la <b>Dirección</b> y la " -"<b>Prioridad</b>\n" +"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la <b>Dirección</b> y la <b>Prioridad</b>\n" " y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Serie</b> es el número usado para determinar si la zona ha \n" @@ -2213,8 +2100,8 @@ "(de forma que los servidores esclavos no tengan que sincronizar siempre\n" "toda la zona).</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2222,20 +2109,19 @@ "<p><b>TTL</b> determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n" "registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Caducidad</b> indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los " -"servidores\n" +"<p><b>Caducidad</b> indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los servidores\n" "esclavos y éstos dejan de responder hasta que se sincronizan.\n" "</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2243,27 +2129,23 @@ "click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Registros</big></b><br>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para " -"añadir nuevos\n" -"registros de recursos, defina la <b>Clave de registro</b>, el <b>Tipo</b> y " -"el <b>Valor</b> y\n" +"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para añadir nuevos\n" +"registros de recursos, defina la <b>Clave de registro</b>, el <b>Tipo</b> y el <b>Valor</b> y\n" "haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas " -"que desee\n" -"y haga clic en <b>Cambiar</b>. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"<p>Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas que desee\n" +"y haga clic en <b>Cambiar</b>. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2271,8 +2153,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Cada tipo de registro tiene su propia sintaxis definida en RFC.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2284,8 +2166,8 @@ "nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" " <b>Valor</b> es una dirección IP.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2295,34 +2177,30 @@ "an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio</b>:\n" -"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" "<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" "de host completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por\n" "un registro A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: servidor de nombres</b>:\n" -"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de dominio absoluto seguido de un punto.\n" "<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2331,59 +2209,52 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>MX: transmisión de correo</b>:\n" -"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos " -"a la zona actual o un\n" +"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host o un nombre de zona absolutos seguidos de un punto.\n" "<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>PTR: traducción inversa</b>:\n" -"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de " -"la dirección IP)\n" +"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de la dirección IP)\n" "seguido de un punto\n" -"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP " -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " o una parte de un nombre de zona inversa relativo a la zona actual\n" "(como <tt>1</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> de la zona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Finalización de la configuración</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración. \n" +"<p>Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos</b> para configurar\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS." -"</p>" +"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2391,48 +2262,43 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que se arranque el equipo, defina el \n" -"comportamiento de inicio en <b>Activado</b>. Si desea lo contrario, defina " -"<b>Desactivado.</b></p>\n" +"comportamiento de inicio en <b>Activado</b>. Si desea lo contrario, defina <b>Desactivado.</b></p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de " -"configuración nativos,\n" +"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos,\n" "seleccione <b>Soporte LDAP activo</b>.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" "<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga " -"clic en \n" +"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga clic en \n" "<b>Configuración experta del servidor DNS</b>.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" "<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Zona DNS esclava</b></big><br>\n" -"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. " -"Utilice\n" -"<b>IP del servidor DNS maestro</b> para definir el servidor de nombres " -"maestro.</p>" +"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. Utilice\n" +"<b>IP del servidor DNS maestro</b> para definir el servidor de nombres maestro.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2441,15 +2307,13 @@ "to allow zone transports.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Transporte de zona</b></big><br>\n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de " -"zona</b></big><br>\n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de zona</b></big><br>\n" "y seleccione las <b>ACLs</b> que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2459,8 +2323,8 @@ "Este tipo de zona DNS sólo envía consultas DNS a los redireccionadores\n" "definidos en ella.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2470,152 +2334,152 @@ "de la zona correspondiente se deniegan porque no hay ningún\n" "servidor DNS al que enviarlas.</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "TIpo de registro desconocido: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "Equipo host %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- traducción de nombre de dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones &IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "Alias de %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- alias para nombre de dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "Equipo host &base" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "Indicador a %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- traducción inversa" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "Servidor de nombres %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS - servidor de nombres" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "Servidor de &nombres" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "Reenvío de correo %1, prioridad %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- reenvío de correo" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "Reenvío de &correo" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Vaciar caché del daemon DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Vaciando cachés del daemon DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2623,73 +2487,73 @@ "Error al llamar a netconfig.\n" "Error: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Guardar archivos de configuración" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Actualizar archivos de zona" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Llamar a netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Guardando archivos de configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de zona..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Llamando a netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2697,44 +2561,44 @@ "Error al iniciar el servicio nombrado.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Aislada" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Sugerida" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS no se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Zonas configuradas: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "¿Activar el soporte LDAP?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2742,28 +2606,27 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos.\n" "El soporte LDAP no estará activado." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Se ha producido un error desconocido al inicializar LDAP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1. LDAP no será utilizado." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,271 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "Cambios en contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "Vía" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "Contenedor de asignación" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "Autor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "Shell de inyección" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Shell de destino" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "Error al ejecutar el terminal. Error: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo " -"contrario, YaST se cerrará." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo contrario, YaST se cerrará." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario " -"root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "Comunicación con docker fallida, error: %s. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea detener el contenedor en ejecución?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el contenedor?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "¿Desea finalizar el contenedor en ejecución?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "&Imágenes" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "&Contenedores" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Imágenes de docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Ejecutando contenedores de docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "ID de imagen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "Creado" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "Tamaño virtual" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "ID de contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imagen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Comando" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Puertos" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Act&ualizar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "Ejec&utar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "M&ostrar cambios" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "Inyectar &terminal" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "&Detener contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "&Finalizar contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Asignar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la imagen %s?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "Ejecutar contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "Contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "Seleccione el directorio para compartir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "Seleccione el directorio de destino" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "Seleccione el puerto externo" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "Seleccione el puerto interno" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,100 +14,100 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module -#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module +#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuración de DRBD" -#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 msgid "DRBD" msgstr "DRBD" -#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 msgid "&DRBD" msgstr "&DRBD" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 msgid "Start-up Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de recursos" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 msgid "LVM Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Configuración básica del recurso" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada del recurso" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" msgstr "Advertencia: el módulo DRBD de YaST2 renombrará todos\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" "\n" @@ -117,49 +117,49 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" msgstr "Error al leer el archivo de configuración de DRBD:\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración en el disco:\n" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption -#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption +#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de DRBD" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Primera parte de la configuración de DRBD" -#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Segunda parte de la configuración de DRBD" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuración global de DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 msgid "Minor Count" msgstr "Cantidad menor" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 msgid "Dialog Refresh" msgstr "Actualizar recuadro de diálogo" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "Disable IP Verification" msgstr "Inhabilitar verificación de IP" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -167,18 +167,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de DRBD</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -186,8 +185,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de DRBD</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -199,15 +198,15 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 msgid "Start to configure DRBD." msgstr "Empiece a configurar DRBD." -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración de inicio de DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" "\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" @@ -217,277 +216,152 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Arranque:</b></p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p>Si se selecciona Activado, el servidor de DRBD se iniciará ahora y " -"durante el arranque.</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p>Si se selecciona Apagado, el servidor de DRBD solo se iniciará " -"manualmente.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>Si se selecciona Activado, el servidor de DRBD se iniciará ahora y durante el arranque.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>Si se selecciona Apagado, el servidor de DRBD solo se iniciará manualmente.</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>Encender y apagar:</b></p>\n" "\t\t\t<p>Inicia o detiene el servidor de DRBD ahora.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración del recurso de DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource</p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Haga clic en los botones Agregar, Editar o Suprimir para realizar esas " -"acciones en un recurso.</p>\n" +"<p>Haga clic en los botones Agregar, Editar o Suprimir para realizar esas acciones en un recurso.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " -"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" -"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " -"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" -"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" -"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " -"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " -"resources.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>El campo Nombre es obligatorio y debe coincidir con el nombre de host " -"de Linux (uname -n) de uno de los nodos. No debe incluir puntos en el nombre " -"del host.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Dirección:Puerto: un recurso necesita una dirección IP por " -"dispositivo. Esta dirección se usará para esperar las conexiones entrantes " -"del dispositivo del socio para acceder al dispositivo. Cada recurso DRBD " -"necesita un puerto TCP que se usa para conectarse al dispositivo del socio " -"del nodo. Para IPv6, la dirección real que sigue a la palabra clave ipv6 " -"debe colocarse entre corchetes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Dispositivo: el nombre del nodo del dispositivo de bloque del recurso " -"que se describe. Debe usar este dispositivo con su aplicación (sistema de " -"archivos) y no debe usar el dispositivo de bloque de bajo nivel especificado " -"con el parámetro de disco, a continuación del número menor. En caso " -"contrario, se puede omitir el nombre o la palabra menor y su número. Si " -"omite el nombre se usará el valor por defecto /dev/debd \"número menor\".\n" -"\t\tPor ejemplo: /dev/drbd{servicio} menor {número DRBD menor [o...255]} o /" -"dev/drbd{número drbd menor [0...255]}.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Disco: DRBD usa este dispositivo de bloque para almacenar y recuperar " -"los datos. No acceda nunca a este dispositivo mientras DRBD lo ejecuta.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Metadisco: es un ajuste interno; lo que significa que la última parte " -"del dispositivo de respaldo se usa para almacenar los metadatos.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>ID de nodo: el ID de nodo es un valor interno para DRBD que YaST " -"genera automáticamente. Un host puede tener valores de ID de nodo distintos " -"en diferentes recursos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>El campo Nombre es obligatorio y debe coincidir con el nombre de host de Linux (uname -n) de uno de los nodos. No debe incluir puntos en el nombre del host.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Dirección:Puerto: un recurso necesita una dirección IP por dispositivo. Esta dirección se usará para esperar las conexiones entrantes del dispositivo del socio para acceder al dispositivo. Cada recurso DRBD necesita un puerto TCP que se usa para conectarse al dispositivo del socio del nodo. Para IPv6, la dirección real que sigue a la palabra clave ipv6 debe colocarse entre corchetes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Dispositivo: el nombre del nodo del dispositivo de bloque del recurso que se describe. Debe usar este dispositivo con su aplicación (sistema de archivos) y no debe usar el dispositivo de bloque de bajo nivel especificado con el parámetro de disco, a continuación del número menor. En caso contrario, se puede omitir el nombre o la palabra menor y su número. Si omite el nombre se usará el valor por defecto /dev/debd \"número menor\".\n" +"\t\tPor ejemplo: /dev/drbd{servicio} menor {número DRBD menor [o...255]} o /dev/drbd{número drbd menor [0...255]}.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Disco: DRBD usa este dispositivo de bloque para almacenar y recuperar los datos. No acceda nunca a este dispositivo mientras DRBD lo ejecuta.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Metadisco: es un ajuste interno; lo que significa que la última parte del dispositivo de respaldo se usa para almacenar los metadatos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>ID de nodo: el ID de nodo es un valor interno para DRBD que YaST genera automáticamente. Un host puede tener valores de ID de nodo distintos en diferentes recursos.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocolo</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocolo A: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha " -"alcanzado el disco local y el buffer de envío TCP local.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocolo B: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha " -"alcanzado el disco local y la caché del buffer remoto.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocolo C: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha " -"alcanzado tanto el disco local como el disco remoto.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocolo A: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha alcanzado el disco local y el buffer de envío TCP local.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocolo B: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha alcanzado el disco local y la caché del buffer remoto.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocolo C: se indica que la E/S de escritura se ha completado si ha alcanzado tanto el disco local como el disco remoto.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: espera a que transcurra el tiempo límite de la " -"conexión.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: espera a que transcurra el tiempo límite de " -"la conexión si este nodo es un clúster degradado.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: espera a que transcurra el tiempo límite de la conexión.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: espera a que transcurra el tiempo límite de la conexión si este nodo es un clúster degradado.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: indica lo que se debe hacer si el dispositivo de " -"nivel más bajo informa de un error de E/S en las capas superiores.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: el tamaño del buffer de envío del zócalo TCP.\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: el número máximo de peticiones que puede asignar " -"el DRBD.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: indica lo que se debe hacer si el dispositivo de nivel más bajo informa de un error de E/S en las capas superiores.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: el tamaño del buffer de envío del zócalo TCP.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: el número máximo de peticiones que puede asignar el DRBD.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: si el nodo socio no consigue enviar un paquete de " -"respuesta esperado en las décimas de segundo indicadas, se considera que el " -"nodo socio está muerto y, por lo tanto, la conexión TCP/IP se abandona. Este " -"valor debe ser inferior al de los parámetros connect-int y ping-int. El " -"valor por defecto es 60 = 6 segundos, en unidades de 0.1 segundos.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: el tiempo que tiene el par para responder a un " -"paquete de tiempo de actividad (keep-alive). En caso de que no se reciba la " -"respuesta del par en este tiempo, se considerará muerto. El valor por " -"defecto es de 500 ms, en unidades por defecto de 100 ms.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: el tiempo que el par tiene para responder a un " -"paquete de tiempo de actividad (keep-alive).</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: si el nodo socio no consigue enviar un paquete de respuesta esperado en las décimas de segundo indicadas, se considera que el nodo socio está muerto y, por lo tanto, la conexión TCP/IP se abandona. Este valor debe ser inferior al de los parámetros connect-int y ping-int. El valor por defecto es 60 = 6 segundos, en unidades de 0.1 segundos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: el tiempo que tiene el par para responder a un paquete de tiempo de actividad (keep-alive). En caso de que no se reciba la respuesta del par en este tiempo, se considerará muerto. El valor por defecto es de 500 ms, en unidades por defecto de 100 ms.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: el tiempo que el par tiene para responder a un paquete de tiempo de actividad (keep-alive).</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: el número mayor de bloques de datos entre dos " -"barreras de escritura.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: si el nodo secundario no consigue completar una sola " -"petición de escritura el número de veces del tiempo límite, se expulsa del " -"clúster. El valor por defecto es 0, lo que inhabilita esta función.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: para garantizar un funcionamiento fluido de la " -"aplicación sobre DRBD, es posible limitar el ancho de banda que usarán las " -"sincronizaciones en segundo plano. El valor por defecto es de 250 KB/s y la " -"unidad por defecto es el KB/s.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parámetro que permite controlar el tamaño que " -"puede alcanzar el área de actividad (= conjunto activo). El valor por " -"defecto de extensiones es de 127. (Mínimo: 7, máximo: 3843).</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: el número mayor de bloques de datos entre dos barreras de escritura.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: si el nodo secundario no consigue completar una sola petición de escritura el número de veces del tiempo límite, se expulsa del clúster. El valor por defecto es 0, lo que inhabilita esta función.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: para garantizar un funcionamiento fluido de la aplicación sobre DRBD, es posible limitar el ancho de banda que usarán las sincronizaciones en segundo plano. El valor por defecto es de 250 KB/s y la unidad por defecto es el KB/s.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parámetro que permite controlar el tamaño que puede alcanzar el área de actividad (= conjunto activo). El valor por defecto de extensiones es de 127. (Mínimo: 7, máximo: 3843).</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración de LVM</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " -"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t" -"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " -"layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the " -"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " -"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " -"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A " -"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " -"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " -"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, " -"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " -"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " -"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " -"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " -"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " -"environments.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Archivo de configuración de LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Para utilizar LVM con DRBD, es necesario modificar algunas opciones " -"en el archivo de configuración de LVM y eliminar las entradas de inactividad " -"de caché en los nodos.</p>\t\t<p>Consulte la página man lvm.conf para " -"obtener más información, incluido el formato de archivo.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Para utilizar LVM con DRBD, es necesario modificar algunas opciones en el archivo de configuración de LVM y eliminar las entradas de inactividad de caché en los nodos.</p>\t\t<p>Consulte la página man lvm.conf para obtener más información, incluido el formato de archivo.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Filtro de dispositivos</b>: enmascara el dispositivo de bloques " -"subyacente de la lista de dispositivos que LVM explora en busca de firmas de " -"volúmenes físicos. De esta forma, se indica a LVM que lea firmas de " -"volúmenes físicos de dispositivos DRBD, en lugar de hacerlo desde los " -"dispositivos de bloques de respaldo subyacentes.</p>\t\t<p><b>Filtro de LVM: un filtro que indica a LVM2 que solo debe usar un conjunto restringido " -"de dispositivos.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>El filtro consiste en una matriz de expresiones regulares. Estas " -"expresiones pueden delimitarse mediante un carácter de su elección, y el " -"prefijo puede ser \"a\" (de aceptar) o \"r\" (de rechazar).</p>\t\t<p>Por " -"ejemplo, el filtro se puede definir como [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Filtro de dispositivos</b>: enmascara el dispositivo de bloques subyacente de la lista de dispositivos que LVM explora en busca de firmas de volúmenes físicos. De esta forma, se indica a LVM que lea firmas de volúmenes físicos de dispositivos DRBD, en lugar de hacerlo desde los dispositivos de bloques de respaldo subyacentes.</p>\t\t<p><b>Filtro de LVM</b>: un filtro que indica a LVM2 que solo debe usar un conjunto restringido de dispositivos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>El filtro consiste en una matriz de expresiones regulares. Estas expresiones pueden delimitarse mediante un carácter de su elección, y el prefijo puede ser \"a\" (de aceptar) o \"r\" (de rechazar).</p>\t\t<p>Por ejemplo, el filtro se puede definir como [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>Caché de LVM</b>: la escritura del caché de LVM está habilitada " -"por defecto. Inhabilítela cuando se vaya a combinar drbd con LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Caché de LVM</b>: la escritura del caché de LVM está habilitada por defecto. Inhabilítela cuando se vaya a combinar drbd con LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: si lvmetad está habilitado, los metadatos del grupo " -"de volúmenes y los indicadores de estado de PV se obtienen de la instancia " -"de lvmetad y los comandos individuales no llevan a cabo ninguna exploración. " -"Dado que la caché de lvmetad no se puede sincronizar entre nodos, se " -"advierte a los usuarios que inhabiliten lvmetad en entornos de clúster.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: si lvmetad está habilitado, los metadatos del grupo de volúmenes y los indicadores de estado de PV se obtienen de la instancia de lvmetad y los comandos individuales no llevan a cabo ninguna exploración. Dado que la caché de lvmetad no se puede sincronizar entre nodos, se advierte a los usuarios que inhabiliten lvmetad en entornos de clúster.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración global de DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Inhabilitar verificación de IP</b> para inhabilitar una de las " -"verificaciones del buen estado de drbd<p>" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Inhabilitar verificación de IP</b> para inhabilitar una de las verificaciones del buen estado de drbd<p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Actualizar recuadro de diálogo:</b> el recuadro de diálogo del usuario " -"cuenta y muestra los segundos\n" +"<p><b>Actualizar recuadro de diálogo:</b> el recuadro de diálogo del usuario cuenta y muestra los segundos\n" " que lleva esperando. Puede inhabilitarlo si la consola\n" " del servidor está conectada a un terminal serie con poca\n" " capacidad de registro.\n" -" El recuadro de diálogo muestra el recuento cuando " -"transcurren los segundos especificados en dialog-refresh.\n" -" Defina el valor 0 para inhabilitar completamente la " -"actualización.</p>" +" El recuadro de diálogo muestra el recuento cuando transcurren los segundos especificados en dialog-refresh.\n" +" Defina el valor 0 para inhabilitar completamente la actualización.</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -501,8 +375,8 @@ " Por defecto se carga el módulo con la cantidad exacta de\n" " dispositivos, tal y como se haya configurado en este archivo.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" @@ -510,8 +384,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de DRBD</big></b><br>\n" "Configure DRBD aquí.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -523,8 +397,8 @@ "Si su drbd no ha sido detectado, utilice <b>Otro (no detectado).</b>\n" "A continuación, pulse <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -534,8 +408,8 @@ "Si pulsa <b>Editar,</b> se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -545,8 +419,8 @@ "Puede ver un resumen de los DRBD instalados.\n" "Además, puede editar su configuración.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" @@ -554,8 +428,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Añadir un drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un drbd.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -563,11 +437,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Editar o suprimir:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione un drbd para cambiarlo o eliminarlo.\n" -"A continuación, pulse <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir,</b> según corresponda.\n" +"A continuación, pulse <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir,</b> según corresponda.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -577,9 +450,9 @@ "Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -589,8 +462,8 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -600,294 +473,290 @@ "Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuración de filtro LVM de DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Filtro de dispositivos" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Escribiendo caché LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Habilitar caché LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "¡Advertencia! Se debe inhabilitar el caché LVM para usar drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Usar lvmetad para LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "Usar LVM metad" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "¡Advertencia! No se debe usar lvmetad para el clúster." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Nombre del recurso" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" msgstr "Nodos" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "Guardar" -#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre del nodo no puede estar vacío." -#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "La dirección IPv6 debe indicarse entre corchetes." -#. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/puerto debe usar la combinación \"dir:puerto\"." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida." -#. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Introduzca un número de puerto válido." -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "" -"Los nombres de nodos no deben incluir \".\" , se empleará el hombre de host " -"local." +msgstr "Los nombres de nodos no deben incluir \".\" , se empleará el hombre de host local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Cumplimente todos los campos." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configure al menos dos nodos." -#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del nodo:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Los nombres de los nodos deben ser diferentes." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat -#. Authors: Martin Lazar -#. -#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat +#. Authors: Martin Lazar +#. +#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Arranque" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "On -- Iniciar servidor DRBD al arrancar" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Desactivado: el servidor sólo se inicia manualmente" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Activar y desactivar" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual:" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor DRBD ahora" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Detener el servidor DRBD ahora" -#. firewall_layout is just a dialog -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Propagar configuración" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Para propagar esta configuración,\n" -"copie el archivo de configuración /etc/drbd.conf manualmente en el resto de " -"los nodos." +"copie el archivo de configuración /etc/drbd.conf manualmente en el resto de los nodos." -#. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 +#. } +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "El servidor DRBD se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "El servidor DRBD no se está ejecutando." -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Error al iniciar el servicio DRBD" -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Error al detener el servicio DRBD" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Heartbeat" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Error al fusionar los archivos conf separados de DRBD\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Error al escribir drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" -#. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 +#. DRBD read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de DRBD" -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Leer recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Leer configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Leer estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Leyendo los recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Leyendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Error al realizar la copia de seguridad de drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Error al limpiar drbd.conf para la prueba drbdadm" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -895,59 +764,59 @@ "Configuración no válida del recurso %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Error al recuperar drbd.conf" -#. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 +#. DRBD write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de DRBD" -#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status -#. won't change modified flag -#. return true if !@modified -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Escribir recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Escribir configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definir estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Escribiendo recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definiendo estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Error al crear el directorio /etc/drbd.d" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "Configuración de fcoe-client" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de fcoe..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Cliente &FCoE" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "No es posible eliminar la interfaz FCoE.\n" "Error en el comando %1." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "no disponible" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "sin configurar" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "verdadero" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "falso" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "sin definir" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configuración de la interfaz VLAN %1 en %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "porque FCoE ya está configurado en\n" "la interfaz de red %2." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "porque FCoE ya está configurado en\n" "las interfaces VLAN %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Creando e iniciando FCoE en el dispositivo VLAN detectado" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "para la interfaz VLAN %1 detectada\n" "en %2 y lanzar el iniciador FCoE?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear ni iniciar FCoE en %1." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "El comando %1 sobre %2 ha fallado." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "Error al crear la interfaz FCoE.\n" "Continúe para la carga del modo de prueba" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la interfaz FCoE %1?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "Asegúrese de que la interfaz no es esencial para un dispositivo usado.\n" "Quitarla puede causar que el sistema no se pueda utilizar." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "No elimine la interfaz si está relacionada\n" "con un dispositivo de múltiples rutas ya activo." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar la interfaz %1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al eliminar la interfaz %1." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "El DCB requerido está establecido en \"sí\" pero\n" "la interfaz no admite DCB." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,148 +191,146 @@ "El servicio fcoe necesita que el servicio lldpad esté habilitado.\n" "Se habilitará el inicio del servicio lldpad durante el arranque." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "Habilitar &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB necesario" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio FCoE" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio Lldpad" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección mac" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "Interfaz VLAN FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "Habilitar FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCB necesario" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "VLAN AUTOMÁTICA" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "Compatible con DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "Marcar FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "Marcar iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "Solo almacenamiento" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "Reintentar &detección" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "Cambiar &configuración" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "Crear interfaz &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "&Eliminar interfaz" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Depuración" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "&Usar syslog" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -340,18 +338,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración de fcoe-client</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar</b> ahora.</p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar</b> ahora.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -359,8 +356,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de fcoe-client</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -372,8 +369,8 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -381,8 +378,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n" "Configure aquí fcoe-client.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -391,12 +388,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adición de un fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione un cliente en la lista de fcoe-client detectados.\n" -"Si no se detecta su fcoe-client, utilice la opción <b>Otro (no detectado).\n" +"Si no se detecta su fcoe-client, utilice la opción <b>Otro (no detectado)</b>.\n" "A continuación, haga clic en <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -406,237 +402,157 @@ "Si pulsa <b>Editar,</b> se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Inicio de servicios</big><br></b><br>Habilita o inhabilita el " -"inicio de los servicios <b>fcoe</b> y <b>lldpad</b> durante el arranque.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicio de servicios</big><br></b><br>Habilita o inhabilita el inicio de los servicios <b>fcoe</b> y <b>lldpad</b> durante el arranque.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Iniciar el servicio <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar el daemon <i>fcoemon del servicio <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet,</i> que controla las " -"interfaces FCoE y establece una conexión con el daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Iniciar el servicio <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar el daemon <i>fcoemon</i> del servicio <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet,</i> que controla las interfaces FCoE y establece una conexión con el daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El servicio <b>lldpad</b> proporciona el daemon del agente para el " -"<i>protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de enlace</i> (<i>lldpad</i>), que " -"informa a <i>fcoemon</i> acerca de las características de DCB (puente del " -"centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El servicio <b>lldpad</b> proporciona el daemon del agente para el <i>protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de enlace</i> (<i>lldpad</i>), que informa a <i>fcoemon</i> acerca de las características de DCB (puente del centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Resumen de interfaz de red</big></b></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El recuadro de diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red " -"detectadas e incluye el estado de VLAN y la configuración de FCoE.<br>FCoE " -"es posible si se configura una interfaz VLAN para FCoE en el switch.<br>Por " -"cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), se muestra en la columna <i>Interfaz " -"VLAN de FCoE.</i></p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El recuadro de diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red detectadas e incluye el estado de VLAN y la configuración de FCoE.<br>FCoE es posible si se configura una interfaz VLAN para FCoE en el switch.<br>Por cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), se muestra en la columna <i>Interfaz VLAN de FCoE.</i></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Es posible volver a intentar la comprobación de los servicios de FCoE " -"mediante la opción <b>Reintentar detección</b> (puede ser necesario para " -"interfaces que necesiten tiempo para arrancar).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Es posible volver a intentar la comprobación de los servicios de FCoE mediante la opción <b>Reintentar detección</b> (puede ser necesario para interfaces que necesiten tiempo para arrancar).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los valores de <i>Interfaz VLAN de FCoE</i> en detalle:<br><b>No " -"disponible:</b> Fibre Channel over Ethernet no es posible (debe habilitarse " -"primero en el switch).<br><b>No configurado:</b> FCoE es posible, pero aún " -"no se ha activado.<br>Haga clic en <b>Crear interfaz VLAN de FCoE</b> para " -"activarlo.<br>Si la interfaz VLAN de FCoE se ha creado ya, el nombre se " -"muestra en la columna, por ejemplo, eth3.200.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los valores de <i>Interfaz VLAN de FCoE</i> en detalle:<br><b>No disponible:</b> Fibre Channel over Ethernet no es posible (debe habilitarse primero en el switch).<br><b>No configurado:</b> FCoE es posible, pero aún no se ha activado.<br>Haga clic en <b>Crear interfaz VLAN de FCoE</b> para activarlo.<br>Si la interfaz VLAN de FCoE se ha creado ya, el nombre se muestra en la columna, por ejemplo, eth3.200.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN de FCoE, haga clic en " -"<b>Cambiar configuración.</b></p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN de FCoE, haga clic en <b>Cambiar configuración.</b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración general de FCoE</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema " -"FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en /etc/fcoe/config.</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en /etc/fcoe/config.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Los valores son:<br>\n" -"<b>Depurar:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Se usa para habilitar o inhabilitar " -"los mensajes de depuración del guion del servicio de FCoE y de <i>fcoemon.<br><b>Usar syslog:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Los mensajes se envían " -"al registro del sistema si está seleccionada la opción <i>sí</i> (los datos " -"se registran en /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Depurar:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Se usa para habilitar o inhabilitar los mensajes de depuración del guion del servicio de FCoE y de <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Usar syslog:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Los mensajes se envían al registro del sistema si está seleccionada la opción <i>sí</i> (los datos se registran en /var/log/messages).</p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>Edite los ajustes en /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El daemon <i>fcoemon</i> lee estos archivos de configuración durante el " -"inicio.<br>Hay un archivo por cada interfaz. Los valores indican si hay que " -"crear instancias de FCoE y si se necesita DCB.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El daemon <i>fcoemon</i> lee estos archivos de configuración durante el inicio.<br>Hay un archivo por cada interfaz. Los valores indican si hay que crear instancias de FCoE y si se necesita DCB.</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los valores son:<br><b>Habilitar FCoE:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no<br>Habilita o inhabilita la creación de instancias de FCoE.<br><b>DCB " -"necesario:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>El valor por defecto es <i>sí,</i> " -"ya que DCB suele ser necesario.<br><b>VLAN AUTOMÁTICA:</b> <i>sí</i> o " -"<i>no</i><br>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> fcoemon creará las interfaces " -"VLAN automáticamente.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los valores son:<br><b>Habilitar FCoE:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Habilita o inhabilita la creación de instancias de FCoE.<br><b>DCB necesario:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>El valor por defecto es <i>sí,</i> ya que DCB suele ser necesario.<br><b>VLAN AUTOMÁTICA:</b> <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> fcoemon creará las interfaces VLAN automáticamente.</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "&Interfaces" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "&Configuración" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Servicios" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de canal de fibra sobre Ethernet" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "Cambiar valores de configuración de FCoE" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de FcoeClient" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para continuar con la configuración FCoE, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para continuar con la configuración FCoE, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de fcoemon." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -646,113 +562,113 @@ "Puede editar la configuración y volver a crear la interfaz FCoE\n" "VLAN para obtener una configuración válida." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de fcoe-client" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Comprobar servicios" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detectar tarjetas de red" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leer /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Comprobando servicios..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detectando tarjetas de red..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leyendo /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al iniciar los servicios." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible leer /etc/fcoe/config." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de fcoe-client" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Reiniciar servicio FCoE" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Ajustar inicio de servicios" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio FCoE..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Ajustando el inicio de los servicios..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -760,43 +676,43 @@ "No es posible escribir la configuración para las interfaces FCoE.\n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al reiniciar el servicio fcoe." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "No es posible escribir /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Configuración general de FCoE</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Tarjeta de red</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Inicio de servicios</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitado" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,263 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "DNS de multidifusión Zeroconf/Bonjour" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Puertos DNS de multidifusión (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el servicio de " -"descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Puertos DNS de multidifusión (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el servicio de descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "Servidor cyrus-imapd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor cyrus-imapd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "Servidor DHCPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor ISC DHCPv4 4.x." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "Compatibilidad de mDNS/Bonjour para HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" -"Archivo de configuración de cortafuegos para la compatibilidad de mDNS/" -"Bonjour para HPLIP" +msgstr "Archivo de configuración de cortafuegos para la compatibilidad de mDNS/Bonjour para HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "Daemon icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "Abre el zócalo para el daemon de compilación icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "planificador icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "Abre los puertos para el planificador icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "Daemon iSNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el daemon iSNS con difusión permitida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Servidor de NetBIOS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión permitida." +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión permitida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "Cliente NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el " -"cliente NFS pueda conectarse con un servidor NFS." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el cliente NFS pueda conectarse con un servidor NFS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "Servicio de servidor NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del núcleo. Abre puertos " -"de NFS para permitir que otros hosts se conecten con este." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del núcleo. Abre puertos de NFS para permitir que otros hosts se conecten con este." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "Servidor xntp" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Abre los puertos para xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor OpenLDAP (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "Servidor OpenSLP (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "Permite al servidor OpenSLP anunciar servicios." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Servidor Rsync" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el servidor rsync a fin de permitir la sincronización " -"remota" +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor rsync a fin de permitir la sincronización remota" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Cliente Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "Permite la exploración de recursos SMB." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Servidor Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP con sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "Archivo de configuración del cortafuegos para sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Servidor Secure Shell " -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Secure Shell." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "Abre los puertos para svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "Servidor mini-HTTP de VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "Abre los puertos HTTP de VNC para que los navegadores puedan conectar." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores puedan conectar." +msgstr "Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores puedan conectar." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "Servidor vsftpd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el Servidor vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "Cliente NIS " -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "El daemon ypbind enlaza los clientes NIS a un dominio NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "La pantalla no admite la interfaz de usuario de firewall-config.\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "Utilice la línea de comandos de Yast2 o la utilidad firewall-cmd." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "No se puede cambiar la configuración del cortafuegos.\n" "El paquete SuSEfirewall2 no está instalado." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Cortafuegos" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&Cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "Otro cortafuegos activo" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ "configurar SuSEfirewall2.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la configuración?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Cancelando la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -77,137 +77,137 @@ "Todos los cambios se perderán.\n" "¿Desea realmente cancelar la configuración?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Habilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Inhabilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Habilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Inhabilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "El cortafuegos está ejecutándose" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "El cortafuegos no está ejecutándose" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "&Iniciar el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "&Detener el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Guar&dar configuración y reiniciar cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "Detener el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Guardar la configuración y reiniciar cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "Servicios autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Nivel de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "Reglas personalizadas" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos</big></b>\n" "Por favor, espere...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos</big></b>\n" "<br>Por favor, espere...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -240,33 +240,28 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Asigne aquí los dispositivos de la red a las zonas del cortafuegos\n" -"seleccionando el dispositivo en la tabla y haciendo clic en <b>Cambiar</b>.\n" +"seleccionando el dispositivo en la tabla y haciendo clic en <b>Cambiar</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la " -"opción \n" -"<b>Personalizar</b>. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no " -"se han configurado.\n" +"<p>Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la opción \n" +"<b>Personalizar</b>. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no se han configurado.\n" "Si necesita enmascaramiento, no se permitirá la cadena <tt>any</tt>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Todos los dispositivos de la red deben estar asignados a una zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" -"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.\n" +"<p>Todos los dispositivos de la red deben estar asignados a una zona del cortafuegos.\n" +"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -274,280 +269,202 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Servicios autorizados</big></b>\n" -"<br>Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la " -"red.\n" +"<br>Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la red.\n" "Las redes se dividen en zonas del cortafuegos.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Para permitir un servicio, seleccione la <b>Zona</b> y el \n" "<b>Servicio que se va a autorizar</b> y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la <b>Zona</b> y el " -"<b>Servicio autorizado</b> y haga clic en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" +"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la <b>Zona</b> y el <b>Servicio autorizado</b> y haga clic en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Si se deselecciona <b>Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna,</b> se " -"eliminará\n" -"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de la red interna " -"quedarán\n" +"<p>Si se deselecciona <b>Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna,</b> se eliminará\n" +"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de la red interna quedarán\n" "desprotegidos.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción <b>Avanzados.\n" -"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos " -"TCP, UDP y RPC, así como \n" +"<p>Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción <b>Avanzados.</b>\n" +"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos TCP, UDP y RPC, así como \n" " protocolos IP.</p>\n" -" <p>Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos " -"(<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -" números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520).\n" -" Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +" <p>Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +" números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +" Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap</tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" " Introduzca los protocolos IP como el nombre del protocolo (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enmascaramiento</big></b>\n" -"<br>El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del " -"cortafuegos y permite el\n" -"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma " -"transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" +"<br>El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del cortafuegos y permite el\n" +"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" "la red externa a la interna se bloquean.\n" -"Seleccione <b>Enmascarar redes</b> para enmascarar la red interna de cara a " -"la\n" +"Seleccione <b>Enmascarar redes</b> para enmascarar la red interna de cara a la\n" "red externa.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, " -"es posible redirigir de forma\n" -"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP " -"interna.\n" -"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse <b>Añadir</b> y " -"cumplimente el formulario.</p>\n" +"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, es posible redirigir de forma\n" +"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP interna.\n" +"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse <b>Añadir</b> y cumplimente el formulario.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse " -"<b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" +"<p>Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de difusión</big></b>\n" -"<br>Los paquetes broadcasts son paquetes UDP especiales enviados por toda la " -"red para localizar\n" -"equipos o sistemas adyacentes o enviar información a todas las máquinas de " -"la red.\n" -"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión " -"por medio de paquetes broadcast.<p>\n" +"<br>Los paquetes broadcasts son paquetes UDP especiales enviados por toda la red para localizar\n" +"equipos o sistemas adyacentes o enviar información a todas las máquinas de la red.\n" +"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión por medio de paquetes broadcast.<p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas " -"añaden automáticamente\n" -" los puertos broadcast necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir puertos, " -"edite la lista de puertos\n" +"<p>Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas añaden automáticamente\n" +" los puertos broadcast necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir puertos, edite la lista de puertos\n" " separados por espacios correspondiente a la zona en cuestión.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes broadcast desechados, los cuales " -"podrían llegar a ser muy\n" -" numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, " -"desactive la opción\n" -" <b>Registrar paquetes broadcasts no aceptados</b> para las zonas deseadas.\n" +"<p>Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes broadcast desechados, los cuales podrían llegar a ser muy\n" +" numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, desactive la opción\n" +" <b>Registrar paquetes broadcasts no aceptados</b> para las zonas deseadas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Respuesta de difusión</big></b><br>\n" -"El cortafuegos suele eliminar paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como " -"respuesta\n" -"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema; por ejemplo, la exploración " -"de Samba o de SLP.</p>\n" +"El cortafuegos suele eliminar paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como respuesta\n" +"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema; por ejemplo, la exploración de Samba o de SLP.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Aquí puede configurar los paquetes que tienen permiso para atravesar el " -"cortafuegos. Utilice el botón\n" -"<b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del " -"cortafuegos y también\n" -"escoger alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.\n" +"<p>Aquí puede configurar los paquetes que tienen permiso para atravesar el cortafuegos. Utilice el botón\n" +"<b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del cortafuegos y también\n" +"escoger alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Soporte IPsec</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a " -"través de redes no confiables como\n" -"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona " -"externa marcando la opción \n" +"<br>IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a través de redes no confiables como\n" +"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona externa marcando la opción \n" "<b>Activado</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>En <b>Detalles</b> se puede configurar cómo se gestionarán los paquetes\n" -"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si " -"pertenecieran a la zona interna.</p>\n" +"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si pertenecieran a la zona interna.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nivel de registro</big></b>\n" -"<br>Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración " -"básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el " -"registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se " -"registran en absoluto.</p>\n" +"<br>Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se registran en absoluto.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los <b>Aceptados</b> y los " -"<b>No aceptados.</b>\n" -" Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: <b>Registrar " -"todos</b> para registrar\n" -"todos los paquetes; <b>Registrar sólo críticos,</b> para registrar sólo los " -"de interés y <b>No registrar ninguno</b>\n" -"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los " -"paquetes aceptados críticos.</p>\n" +" <p>Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los <b>Aceptados</b> y los <b>No aceptados.</b>\n" +" Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: <b>Registrar todos</b> para registrar\n" +"todos los paquetes; <b>Registrar sólo críticos,</b> para registrar sólo los de interés y <b>No registrar ninguno</b>\n" +"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los paquetes aceptados críticos.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Resumen</big></b>\n" "<br>Aquí se muestra un resumen de la configuración. El resumen engloba la\n" -"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" +"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Todas las zonas existentes aparecen en el resumen.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Inicio del cortafuegos</b> indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante " -"el\n" +"<p><b>Inicio del cortafuegos</b> indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante el\n" "<b>arranque</b> o bien <b>manualmente</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber " -"asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:</p>\n" +"<p>Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre " -"de configuración y de dispositivo.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre de configuración y de dispositivo.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos</b>: aquí aparecen todos los " -"servicios de red\n" -" autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP " -"(User Datagram Protocol) y\n" -" RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) " -"adicionales.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos</b>: aquí aparecen todos los servicios de red\n" +" autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) y\n" +" RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) adicionales.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -555,35 +472,31 @@ "<p>Introduzca aquí los puertos o protocolos\n" "adicionales que desee habilitar en la zona de cortafuegos.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Los <b>Puertos TCP</b> y los <b>Puertos UDP</b> se pueden introducir " -"como\n" -"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos " -"separados por espacios,\n" +"<p>Los <b>Puertos TCP</b> y los <b>Puertos UDP</b> se pueden introducir como\n" +"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos separados por espacios,\n" "como <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> o <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Puertos RPC</b> es una lista de los servicios RPC, como \n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por " -"espacios.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por espacios.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -595,62 +508,54 @@ "Encontrará la lista actual de protocolos en \n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Rango de puertos</b> consta de dos números separados por dos puntos " -"que representan\n" -"todos los números que integran el rango, incluidos los propios números de " -"inicio y fin.\n" +"<p><b>Rango de puertos</b> consta de dos números separados por dos puntos que representan\n" +"todos los números que integran el rango, incluidos los propios números de inicio y fin.\n" "El primer número de puerto debe ser inferior al segundo\n" "(por ejemplo, <tt>200:215</tt>).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>Nombre de puerto</b> es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto " -"por la organización\n" -"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para " -"averiguar las asignaciones\n" +"<p>El <b>Nombre de puerto</b> es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto por la organización\n" +"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para averiguar las asignaciones\n" "utilizadas en cada momento, consulte el archivo <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cortafuegos</big></b><br />\n" -"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de " -"ataques procedentes de la red.</p>\n" +"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de ataques procedentes de la red.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" "matching these rules.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Reglas personalizadas</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure aquí reglas especiales del cortafuegos para permitir nuevas " -"conexiones\n" +"Configure aquí reglas especiales del cortafuegos para permitir nuevas conexiones\n" "que se ajusten a estas reglas.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -662,9 +567,9 @@ "por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>, <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>,\n" "<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> o <tt>0/0</tt> (que significa <tt>todo</tt>).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" @@ -674,9 +579,9 @@ "Protocolo que ha utilizado el paquete. Los servicios RPC\n" " utilizan el protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -690,9 +595,9 @@ "Si se trata del protocolo <tt>RPC</tt>, utilice el nombre del servicio RPC.\n" "Esta entrada es opcional.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -702,618 +607,613 @@ "Nombre de puerto, número o rango de puertos desde donde\n" "se origina el paquete. Esta entrada es opcional.</p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: la ayuda para %1 no está disponible." -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "Interfaz o cadena de caracteres" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "Configurada en" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Cambiar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "&Personalizar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "Zona para interfaz de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "Zona de &interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "Configuración adicional de interfaz para zonas" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "&Enmascarar redes" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Servicios au&torizados para la zona seleccionada" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "&Servicio que se va a autorizar" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "Servicio autorizado" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "&Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "Opciones a&vanzadas..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Servicios de reglas avanzadas para la zona seleccionada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Red origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "Puerto de destino" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "Puerto de origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "Puertos autorizados adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "Configuración para la zona: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos &TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "Puertos &UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "Puertos &RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "Protocolos &IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP req." -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Puerto req." -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Redir. a IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Redir. a puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "Añadir regla de redirección enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "Regla de redirección a cumplir:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "Red &origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "&IP pedida (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "Puerto re&querido" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "Redirección:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Re&dirigir a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Redirigir a puerto (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "Registrar todos" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "Registrar sólo críticos" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "No registrar ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "&Registro de paquetes aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "Re&gistro de paquetes no aceptados" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de difusión" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "Aceptando la respuesta de difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "Aceptado desde la red" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "Soporte IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Activado" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "Misma zona que la red origen original" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "Zona IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "&Confiar en IPsec como" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "Reglas personalizadas permitidas" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "&Zona del cortafuegos" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "Añadir nueva regla permisiva" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "&Red de origen" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "Puerto de &destino (opcional)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "Puerto de &origen (opcional)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "&Opciones adicionales (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "Creando resumen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "&Mostrar detalles" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "Puertos UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "Servicios RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "Protocolos IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "Puertos de difusión" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "Cualquier interfaz sin asignar será asignada a esta zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "Soportada actualmente sólo en la zona externa." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "Interfaz de red desconocida." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "No hay interfaces asignadas a esta zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "La zona interna no está protegida. Todos los puertos están abiertos." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "No hay puertos abiertos en la zona." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "Hay %1 reglas personalizadas definidas" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "" -"Red: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Puerto de destino: <i>%3</i>, Puerto " -"de origen: <i>%4</i>, Opciones: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "Red: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Puerto de destino: <i>%3</i>, Puerto de origen: <i>%4</i>, Opciones: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "Inicio del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>Habilitar</b> inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>Inhabilitar</b> inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos se inicia después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos <b>se inicia</b> después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos <b>se detendrá</b> después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos no se iniciará después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces no asignadas" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "No se permite el tráfico de red a través de estas interfaces." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "Iniciando el cortafuegos..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "Deteniendo el cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161 +#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161 msgid "The firewall could not be stopped." msgstr "No es posible detener el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164 msgid "The firewall could not be started." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169 msgid "" "%s\n" "Please verify your system and try again." @@ -1321,53 +1221,51 @@ "%s\n" "Verifique el sistema y vuelva a intentarlo." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "Cadena de caracteres personalizada" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "El número de puerto %1 no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "El número de puerto %1 de la definición %2 no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "Definición de puerto no válida" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos " -"incluidos)." +msgstr "El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos incluidos)." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "Definición de intervalo de puertos no válida" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1377,13 +1275,13 @@ "Debe definirse como número_puerto_inicio:número_puerto_fin, y\n" " número_puerto_fin debe ser superior a número_puerto_inicio." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1393,13 +1291,13 @@ "Probablemente no funcionará.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizar este puerto?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "Definición de servicio adicional incorrecta" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1409,34 +1307,31 @@ msgstr "" "Parece que los valores del servicio adicional\n" "%1\n" -"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por " -"comas,\n" +"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por comas,\n" "que no están permitidas.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "Se ha de completar esta entrada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "Definición de puerto incorrecta." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1446,18 +1341,18 @@ "No se ha encontrado ningún número de puerto para este nombre de puerto.\n" "Utilice el número de puerto en lugar del nombre de puerto.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "Definición de IP no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "&Registrar paquetes difusión no aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1469,656 +1364,655 @@ "\n" "¿Quiere detener el cortafuegos después de guardar la nueva configuración?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "Definición de red no válida %1" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "Rango de puertos no válido %1" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "Nombre o numero de puerto no válido %1" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Exploración de SAMBA" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "Exploración SLP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866 msgid "All networks" msgstr "Todas las redes" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "Subred: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Red" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "Servicio definido por el usuario" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "Pue&rto" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que se debe eliminar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Zonas conocidas del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Configuración de interfaces de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Servicios, puertos y protocolos autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Ajustes de los paquetes de difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Activa el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Desactiva el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Mostrar lista de entradas configuradas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Nombre de zona abreviado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Añadir un nuevo registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Eliminar un registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Nombre de configuración de la interfaz de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes aceptados (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes no aceptados (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes broadcast (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Definir valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos, varios servicios separados por comas" +msgstr "Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos, varios servicios separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto TCP, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto UDP, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto RPC, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "Nombre de protocolo IP, varios protocolos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Definir protección de zona (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Información detallada" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Activar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Desactivar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Red origen como 0/0 ó 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protocolo (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP externa requerida (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto requerido" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Redirigir a IP interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Redirigir a puerto en IP interna (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Número de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Utilizar nombres de puerto en lugar de números de puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Zona desconocida %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Lista de zonas conocidas del cortafuegos:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Atajo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Resumen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Inicio:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Activando el cortafuegos durante el arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el cortafuegos del proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "El cortafuegos está activado durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "El cortafuegos debe iniciarse manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Interfaces de red en zonas del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Cadena especial del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la cadena especial %1 a la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la interfaz %1 a la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la cadena especial %1 de la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la interfaz %1 de la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Registrar todos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Registrar sólo críticos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "No registrar ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes globales de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Tipo de regla" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "No aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Paquetes de difusión de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Registro habilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Registro inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Abreviado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Estado del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "No se permite el valor %1 para la opción %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Puertos de difusión autorizados:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Aquí sólo se permite un comando de acción." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Servicios definidos del cortafuegos:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del servicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "Puerto TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "Puerto UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "Puerto RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Servicios autorizados en zonas:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Toda la zona no protegida" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "ID del servicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Puertos autorizados adicionales:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Todos los puertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Protocolos IP adicionales autorizados en las zonas:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Todos los protocolos IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Servicio desconocido %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Sólo pueden protegerse las zonas internas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos uno de %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un comando de acción de %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de enmascaramiento:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "en todos lados" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "en la zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "El enmascaramiento es %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,120 +14,114 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Marque la opción Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque\n" -"aquí para iniciar la utilidad de primer arranque de YaST después de la " -"configuración.\n" +"aquí para iniciar la utilidad de primer arranque de YaST después de la configuración.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque</b> para iniciar la " -"utilidad correspondiente de YaST la primera vez que se arranque después de " -"la configuración</p>\n" -"<p>Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-firstboot para obtener más " -"información.</p>\n" +"<p>Marque <b>Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque</b> para iniciar la utilidad correspondiente de YaST la primera vez que se arranque después de la configuración</p>\n" +"<p>Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-firstboot para obtener más información.</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Vacío" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Arriba" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "A&bajo" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "Activ&ar o desactivar" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "Paso" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Nombre del módulo" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -135,8 +129,8 @@ "Seleccione en la lista inferior el entorno de escritorio\n" "que desea utilizar.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -146,31 +140,31 @@ "Este sistema tiene más de un entorno de escritorio instalado. Seleccione\n" " el escritorio que desee habilitar por defecto.</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "Seleccione el escritorio por defecto" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "&Iniciar Centro de Control de YaST" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "Configuración finalizada" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>¡Enhorabuena!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -178,25 +172,25 @@ "<p>Se ha completado la instalación de &product; en el equipo.\n" "Podrá entrar en el sistema tras pulsar <b>Finalizar</b>.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>Visítenos en www.suse.de/es/</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Su equipo de desarrollo de SUSE</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>El sistema está listo para usar.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -204,8 +198,8 @@ "<p>Con <b>Finalizar</b> se cerrará la instalación con YaST y pasará\n" "a la pantalla de registro.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -215,26 +209,21 @@ "adaptar alguna de las opciones de KDE al hardware. Fíjese\n" "también en el diálogo de bienvenida de SUSE.</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -"start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos " -"los módulos de\n" -"configuración de SUSE. Para ello active la casilla <b>Iniciar Centro de " -"Control de YaST</b> y este\n" -"se iniciará tras pulsar <b>Finalizar</b>. Nota: el Centro de Control no " -"dispone de ningún botón de\n" +"<p>Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos los módulos de\n" +"configuración de SUSE. Para ello active la casilla <b>Iniciar Centro de Control de YaST</b> y este\n" +"se iniciará tras pulsar <b>Finalizar</b>. Nota: el Centro de Control no dispone de ningún botón de\n" "retroceso para volver a esta secuencia de instalación.</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -244,29 +233,28 @@ "La configuración de idioma ha cambiado.\n" "\n" "Si es necesario, puede adaptar la configuración del teclado al nuevo\n" -"idioma. Use la herramienta de configuración del teclado después de entrar a " -"la sesión." +"idioma. Use la herramienta de configuración del teclado después de entrar a la sesión." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Idioma y disposición del teclado" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Disposición del &teclado" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -274,25 +262,23 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione el <b>idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se " -"usará durante\n" +"Seleccione el <b>idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usará durante\n" "la configuración y en el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -304,34 +290,33 @@ "para cancelar el proceso de instalación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "Preparar el sistema para el primer login" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "Preparando el sistema para el primer login..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -341,49 +326,49 @@ "Espere mientras se configura el sistema.\n" "</p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "Completando la configuración del sistema" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "Ningún texto disponible" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque inhabilitada" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque habilitada" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,1305 +14,1256 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 msgid "Configuration of FTP server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de la pantalla" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 msgid "Enable/disable chrooting." msgstr "Habilitar o inhabilitar el modo chroot." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 msgid "Saved log messages into the log file." msgstr "Se han guardado los mensajes de registro en el archivo de registro." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locales>:, pure-ftpd: " -"<archivos>:<directorios>" +msgstr "Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locales>:, pure-ftpd: <archivos>:<directorios>" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users." msgstr "Introduzca el directorio existente para los usuarios anónimos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el directorio existente para los usuarios autenticados (solo pure-" -"ftpd)" +msgstr "Introduzca el directorio existente para los usuarios autenticados (solo pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 msgid "The port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "El rango de puertos para las respuestas de conexiones pasivas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de inactividad en minutos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP" msgstr "Número máximo de clientes conectados por IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 msgid "The maximum connected clients" msgstr "Número máximo de clientes conectados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Velocidad de transmisión de datos máxima para los usuarios locales " -"autenticados (KB/s)" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Velocidad de transmisión de datos máxima para los usuarios locales autenticados (KB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Velocidad de transmisión de datos máxima permitida para los clientes " -"anónimos (KB/s)" +msgstr "Velocidad de transmisión de datos máxima permitida para los clientes anónimos (KB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 msgid "Access permissions" msgstr "Permisos de acceso" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users" msgstr "Permisos de acceso para usuarios anónimos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se " -"conecta al servidor (solo vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se conecta al servidor (solo vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd admite conexiones seguras mediante SSL (solo vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones mediante el protocolo " -"SSL v2 (solo vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones mediante el protocolo SSL v2 (solo vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones mediante el protocolo " -"SSL v3 (solo vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones mediante el protocolo SSL v3 (solo vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd admite conexiones mediante TLS (solo vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"No permitir la descarga de archivos que se cargaron pero que ningún " -"administrador local ha validado (solo pure-ftpd)" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "No permitir la descarga de archivos que se cargaron pero que ningún administrador local ha validado (solo pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Valores de configuración de seguridad para los protocolos SSL y TLS (sólo " -"pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad para los protocolos SSL y TLS (sólo pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." msgstr "Iniciar el daemon FTP durante el proceso de arranque." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." msgstr "Iniciar el daemon FTP manualmente." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd" msgstr "Iniciar el daemon FTP mediante xinetd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." msgstr "Iniciar xinetd si no está en ejecución." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Habilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inhabilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 msgid "Directory for anonymous users" msgstr "Directorio para usuarios anónimos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 msgid "Directory for authenticated users" msgstr "Directorio para usuarios autenticados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"El valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas" +msgstr "El valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"Valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas" +msgstr "Valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de inactividad (minutos)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos para los usuarios de FTP (KB/s)." +msgstr "Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos para los usuarios de FTP (KB/s)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 msgid "Access only for anonymous" msgstr "Acceso sólo para usuarios anónimos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 msgid "Access only for authenticated users" msgstr "Acceso sólo para usuarios autenticados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Acceso para usuarios anónimos y usuarios autenticados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 msgid "Anonymous users can upload." msgstr "Los usuarios anónimos pueden cargar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." msgstr "Los usuarios anónimos pueden crear directorios." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se " -"conecta al servidor." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se conecta al servidor." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 msgid "SSL version 2" msgstr "SSL versión 2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 msgid "SSL version 3" msgstr "SSL versión 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." -msgstr "" -"Rechazar las conexiones que no utilizan los mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS." +msgstr "Rechazar las conexiones que no utilizan los mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS." -#. EOF -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 +#. EOF +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Valores de configuración de pantalla:" -#. start-up settings -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 +#. start-up settings +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Inicio:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." msgstr "El daemon FTP se inicia mediante xinetd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "El daemon FTP se habilita durante el arranque." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." msgstr "El daemon FTP debe iniciarse manualmente." -#. logging settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 +#. logging settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 msgid "Verbose Logging:" msgstr "Registro detallado:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Habilitar" -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Inhabilitar" -#. chroot settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 +#. chroot settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 msgid "Chroot Everyone:" msgstr "Poner en modo chroot a todos:" -#. UMASK settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 +#. UMASK settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 msgid "Umask for Anonymous: " msgstr "Umask para usuarios anónimos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 msgid "Umask for Anonymous:" msgstr "Umask para usuarios anónimos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 msgid "Option is not set now." msgstr "La opción no define ahora." -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: " msgstr "Umask para usuarios autenticados: " -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. part for pure-fptd -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. part for pure-fptd +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 msgid "Umask: " msgstr "Umask:" -#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) -#. authenticated and anonymous dirs -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 +#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) +#. authenticated and anonymous dirs +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 msgid "Authenticated dir: " msgstr "Directorio para usuarios autenticados: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 msgid "Anonymous dir: " msgstr "Directorio para usuarios anónimos: " -#. port range -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +#. port range +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 msgid "Port Range: " msgstr "Rango de puertos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 msgid " - " msgstr " - " -#. idle time -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 +#. idle time +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: " msgstr "Tiempo máximo de inactividad [minutos]: " -#. maximum clients per IP -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 +#. maximum clients per IP +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: " msgstr "Número máximo de clientes por IP: " -#. maximum clients -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 +#. maximum clients +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: " msgstr "Número máximo de clientes: " -#. max rate for authenticated users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 +#. max rate for authenticated users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Velocidad máxima para usuarios autenticados [KB/s]: " -#. max rate for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 +#. max rate for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Velocidad máxima para usuarios anónimos [KB/s]: " -#. general settings for access -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 +#. general settings for access +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 msgid "Access Allowed for: " msgstr "Acceso permitido para: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 msgid "Anonymous Users" msgstr "Usuarios anónimos" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 msgid "Authenticated Users" msgstr "Usuarios autenticados" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users" msgstr "Usuarios anónimos y usuarios autenticados" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 msgid "Option has wrong value." msgstr "La opción tiene un valor erróneo." -#. access permissions for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 +#. access permissions for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: " msgstr "Permisos de acceso para usuarios anónimos: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 msgid "Upload enabled; " msgstr "Carga habilitada; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 msgid "Upload disabled; " msgstr "Carga inhabilitada; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 msgid "Create directories enabled" msgstr "Creación de directorios habilitada" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 msgid "Create directories disabled" msgstr "Creación de directorios inhabilitada" -#. welcome message vsftpd only -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 +#. welcome message vsftpd only +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 msgid "Welcome message: " msgstr "Mensaje de bienvenida:" -#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); -#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 +#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); +#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 msgid "SSL is disabled" msgstr "SSL está inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 msgid "SSL is enabled" msgstr "SSL está habilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled" msgstr "SSL versión 2 está inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled" msgstr "SSL versión 2 está habilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled" msgstr "SSL versión 3 está inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled" msgstr "SSL versión 3 está habilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 msgid "TLS is disabled" msgstr "TLS está inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 msgid "TLS is enabled" msgstr "TLS está habilitado" -#. AntiWarez option -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 +#. AntiWarez option +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 msgid "Antiwarez: " msgstr "Antiwarez: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 msgid "Antiwarez enabled" msgstr "Antiwarez habilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 msgid "Antiwarez disabled" msgstr "Antiwarez inhabilitado" -#. SSL/TLS settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 +#. SSL/TLS settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 msgid "SSL/TLS settings: " msgstr "Valores de configuración de SSL/TLS: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 msgid "SSL/TLS disabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 msgid "SSL/TLS enabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS habilitado" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Rechazar conexiones sin SSL/TLS" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro (atboot/manual)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..." msgstr "Habilitando el daemon FTP durante el proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el daemon FTP del proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro (enable/disable)." -#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 +#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 msgid "Umask:" msgstr "Umask:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro (show/set_umask)." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 msgid "Entered umask is not valid." msgstr "El valor introducido para umask no es válido." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <usuarios locales>: " -"(177:077)" +msgstr "Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <usuarios locales>: (177:077)" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <archivos>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <archivos>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" -#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 +#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 msgid "Anonymous users:" msgstr "Usuarios anónimos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 msgid "Anonymous directory:" msgstr "Directorio para usuarios anónimos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 msgid "Option is empty." msgstr "La opción está vacía." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Ejemplo de entrada correcta: set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 msgid "Authenticated users:" msgstr "Usuarios autenticados:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 msgid "Authenticated directory:" msgstr "Directorio para usuarios autenticados:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Ejemplo de entrada correcta: set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server." msgstr "Esta opción no está disponible en el servidor pure-ftpd." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 msgid "Port range:" msgstr "Rango de puertos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 msgid "Port range for passive mode: " msgstr "Rango de puertos para el modo pasivo: " -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." msgstr "Introduzca un puerto más bajo menor que el puerto más alto." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 msgid "Enter correct numbers." msgstr "Introduzca números correctos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permiten dos parámetros." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valor de opción incorrecto." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):" msgstr "Acceso (anónimo/autenticado):" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 msgid "Access allowed for: " msgstr "Acceso permitido para: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 msgid "Anonymous users" msgstr "Usuarios anónimos" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 msgid "Authenticated users" msgstr "Usuarios autenticados" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Usuarios anónimos y usuarios autenticados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 msgid "Unknown option." msgstr "Opción desconocida." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" msgstr "Permisos de acceso para usuarios anónimos:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 msgid "Upload enabled" msgstr "Carga habilitada" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 msgid "Upload disabled" msgstr "Carga inhabilitada" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 msgid "; " msgstr "; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 msgid "Create dirs enabled" msgstr "Creación de directorios habilitada" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 msgid "Create dirs disabled" msgstr "Creación de directorios inhabilitada" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Solo se permiten uno o dos parámetros." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 msgid "Welcome Message:" msgstr "Mensaje de bienvenida:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd." msgstr "Esta opción sólo está disponible en vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 msgid "Missing value of option" msgstr "Falta el valor de la opción" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" msgstr "Ejemplo de entrada correcta: welcome_message=\"Hola a todos\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd." msgstr "Esta opción sólo está disponible en pure-ftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 msgid "Wrong option." msgstr "Opción incorrecta." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 msgid "Security Settings:" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server." msgstr "Esta opción sólo está disponible en el servidor pure-ftp." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled" msgstr "SSL y TLS están habilitados" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled" msgstr "SSL y TLS están inhabilitados" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Rechazar conexión sin SSL/TLS" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" msgstr "Ejemplo de entrada correcta: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" -#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 +#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available." msgstr "No están disponibles los paquetes para vsftpd y pure-ftpd." -#. end of `VBox( -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 +#. end of `VBox( +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 msgid "No server package installed." msgstr "No hay ningún paquete servidor instalado." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 msgid "Choose an FTP daemon." msgstr "Seleccione un daemon FTP." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." msgstr "Haga clic en Cancelar para interrumpir la configuración del FTP." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "&vsftpd" msgstr "&vsftpd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 msgid "&pure-ftpd" msgstr "&pure-ftpd" -#. result = Package::Available(daemon); -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 +#. result = Package::Available(daemon); +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Installation failed." msgstr "Error de instalación" -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 msgid "Package for FTP is not available." msgstr "El paquete para FTP no está disponible." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 msgid "Package not found." msgstr "No se encuentra el paquete." -#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 +#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 msgid "Choose daemon?" msgstr "¿Seleccionar daemon?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration" msgstr "Abortando la configuración de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración?" +msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&When booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Mediante &xinetd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Mediante xinetd" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Function start vsftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Function start pure-ftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Init function for start-up -#. -#. init starting via xinetd and update status -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Function start vsftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Function start pure-ftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Init function for start-up +#. +#. init starting via xinetd and update status +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "El servidor FTP se está ejecutando" -#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); -#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 +#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); +#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 msgid "FTP is not running" msgstr "El servidor FTP no se está ejecutando" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "&Start FTP Now" msgstr "&Iniciar FTP ahora" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "S&top FTP Now" msgstr "De&tener FTP ahora" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now" msgstr "Guar&dar los valores de configuración y reiniciar FTP ahora" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Iniciar ahora el daemon FTP" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Detener ahora el daemon FTP" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Guardar la configuración y reiniciar ahora el daemon FTP" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Selected Service" msgstr "Servicio seleccionado" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "p&ure-ftpd" msgstr "p&ure-ftpd" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 msgid "&Welcome message" msgstr "Mensaje de &bienvenida" -#. Chroot Everyone -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 +#. Chroot Everyone +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "&Chroot Everyone" msgstr "Poner en modo &chroot a todos" -#. Verbos Logging -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Verbos Logging +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "&Verbose Logging" msgstr "Re&gistro detallado" -#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 +#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" msgstr "&Umask (umask para archivos:umask para directorios)" -#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 +#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Umask for Anonymous" msgstr "&Umask para usuarios anónimos" -#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 +#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users" msgstr "Uma&sk para usuarios autenticados" -#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 +#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgstr "D&irectorio FTP para usuarios anónimos" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Brows&e" msgstr "E&xaminar" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid " " msgstr " " -#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 +#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" msgstr "Directorio &FTP para usuarios autenticados" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "E&xaminar" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Max Idle Time [minutes] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Max Idle Time [minutes] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]" msgstr "Tiempo &máximo de inactividad [minutos]" -#. Max Clients for One IP -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 +#. Max Clients for One IP +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP" msgstr "Número máximo de cli&entes para una IP" -#. Max Clients -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 +#. Max Clients +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Ma&x Clients" msgstr "Numero má&ximo de clientes" -#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 +#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "Velocidad máxima &local [KB/s]" -#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 +#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "Vel&ocidad máxima para clientes anónimos [KB/s]" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users" msgstr "Habilitar/inhabilitar usuarios anónimos y usuarios locales" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 msgid "Anonymo&us Only" msgstr "Sólo usuarios anó&nimos" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only" msgstr "Sólo usuarios a&utenticados" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "&Both" msgstr "Am&bos" -#. Enable Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Enable Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "&Enable Upload" msgstr "&Habilitar carga" -#. Anonymous Can Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 +#. Anonymous Can Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" msgstr "Los usuarios anó&nimos pueden realizar cargas" -#. Anonymous Can Create Directories -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. Anonymous Can Create Directories +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories" msgstr "Los usuarios anó&nimos pueden crear directorios" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable Pass&ive Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable Pass&ive Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode" msgstr "Habilitar el modo pas&ivo" -#. Min Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 +#. Min Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode" msgstr "Puerto &más bajo para el modo pasivo" -#. Max Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 +#. Max Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode" msgstr "Puert&o más alto para el modo pasivo" -#. Enable SSL -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 +#. Enable SSL +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Enab&le SSL" msgstr "&Habilitar SSL" -#. Enable SSL v2 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#. Enable SSL v2 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "&Enable SSL v2" msgstr "&Habilitar SSL v2" -#. Enable SSL v3 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 +#. Enable SSL v3 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 msgid "Enable SSL &v3" msgstr "Habilitar SSL &v3" -#. Enable TLS -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#. Enable TLS +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Enable &TLS" msgstr "Habilitar &TLS" -#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 +#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" msgstr "Certificado D&SA para utilizar en las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL" -#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data" msgstr "&Inhabilitar la descarga de datos no validados" -#. Security Settings -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 +#. Security Settings +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Valores de seguridad" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS" msgstr "Inhabilitar SSL/&TLS" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS" msgstr "Aceptar &SSL y TLS" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" msgstr "&Rechazar conexiones sin SSL/TLS" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "FTP Start-up" msgstr "Inicio del servidor FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Performance Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Performance Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 msgid "FTP Directories" msgstr "Directorios de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 msgid "FTP General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 msgid "General" msgstr "General" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "FTP Performance Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del rendimiento de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 msgid "Performance" msgstr "Rendimiento" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 msgid "Uploading" msgstr "Cargar" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración para usuarios anónimos de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "Passive Mode" msgstr "Modo pasivo" -#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true -#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 +#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true +#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de SUSEfirewall" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 msgid "FTP Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzados de FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzados" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "Additional Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración adicionales" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1320,18 +1271,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1339,8 +1289,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1352,27 +1302,25 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 +#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Servicio seleccionado</b><br>\n" -" El marco muestra el daemon que configurado actualmente: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" El marco muestra el daemon que configurado actualmente: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. Si los tiene instalados ambos, puede pasar de uno a otro.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. general welcome message help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. general welcome message help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n" "Specify the name of a file containing the\n" @@ -1384,8 +1332,8 @@ "contiene el texto que se mostrará cuando alguien se conecte al servidor.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general chroot help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 +#. general chroot help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" @@ -1397,27 +1345,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" "Si está habilitado, los usuarios locales estarán (por defecto) \n" -"situados en una jaula chroot() en su directorio personal cuando entren a la " -"sesión.\n" +"situados en una jaula chroot() en su directorio personal cuando entren a la sesión.\n" "<b>Advertencia:</b> esta opción tiene implicaciones de seguridad, \n" "especialmente si el usuario tiene permisos de carga\n" "o acceso a la shell. Solo debe habilitarla si sabe lo que está haciendo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general logging help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 +#. general logging help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" "When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Registro detallado</b><br>\n" -"Si está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas del " -"servidor FTP.\n" +"Si está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas del servidor FTP.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 +#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" "File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" @@ -1425,13 +1371,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" -"Máscara para la creación de archivos (umask para archivos):(umask para " -"directorios). \n" +"Máscara para la creación de archivos (umask para archivos):(umask para directorios). \n" "Utilice 177:077 si se siente paranoico.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 +#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" @@ -1440,33 +1385,28 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" -"El valor que se define como umask en la creación de archivos para los " -"usuarios anónimos. \n" -"Si desea especificar valores octales, recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso " -"contrario, \n" +"El valor que se define como umask en la creación de archivos para los usuarios anónimos. \n" +"Si desea especificar valores octales, recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso contrario, \n" "se interpretará el valor como un entero en base 10.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 +#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask para usuarios autenticados:</b><br>\n" -"El valor que se asigna como umask en la creación de archivos para los " -"usuarios autenticados. \n" -"Si desea especificar valores octales, recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso " -"contrario,\n" +"El valor que se asigna como umask en la creación de archivos para los usuarios autenticados. \n" +"Si desea especificar valores octales, recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso contrario,\n" "se interpretará el valor como un entero en base 10.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 +#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" @@ -1475,12 +1415,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio FTP para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" "Puede especificar el directorio que utilizan los usuarios FTP anónimos. \n" -"Haga clic en <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionar el directorio en el sistema " -"local de archivos.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionar el directorio en el sistema local de archivos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" @@ -1489,14 +1428,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio FTP para usuarios autenticados:</b><br>\n" "Puede especificar el directorio que usan los usuarios FTP autenticados. \n" -"Haga clic en <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionar el directorio en el sistema " -"local de archivos.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionar el directorio en el sistema local de archivos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n" "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" @@ -1508,8 +1446,8 @@ "comandos FTP de un cliente remoto.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 +#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" @@ -1521,8 +1459,8 @@ "desde una misma dirección de Internet. \n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 +#. performance max clients help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" @@ -1531,56 +1469,48 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Número máximo de clientes:</b><br>\n" "Es el número máximo de clientes que pueden estar conectados. \n" -"Cualquier cliente adicional que intente conectar recibirá un mensaje de " -"error.\n" +"Cualquier cliente adicional que intente conectar recibirá un mensaje de error.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance local max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 +#. performance local max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Velocidad máxima local:</b><br>\n" -"Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos permitida para los usuarios locales " -"autenticados.\n" +"Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos permitida para los usuarios locales autenticados.\n" "</p>" -#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 +#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Velocidad máxima para clientes anónimos:</b><br>\n" -"Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos permitida para los clientes " -"anónimos.</p>\n" +"Velocidad máxima de transmisión de datos permitida para los clientes anónimos.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Habilitar/inhabilitar usuarios anónimos y usuarios locales</b><br>\n" -"<b>Solo usuarios anónimos:</b> si se habilita, solo se permitirá entrar a " -"usuarios anónimos.\n" -"<b>Solo usuarios autenticados:</b> si se habilita, solo se permitirá entrar " -"a usuarios autenticados.\n" -"<b>Ambos:</b> si se habilita, se permitirá entrar tanto a usuarios " -"autenticados como a usuarios anónimos.\n" +"<b>Solo usuarios anónimos:</b> si se habilita, solo se permitirá entrar a usuarios anónimos.\n" +"<b>Solo usuarios autenticados:</b> si se habilita, solo se permitirá entrar a usuarios autenticados.\n" +"<b>Ambos:</b> si se habilita, se permitirá entrar tanto a usuarios autenticados como a usuarios anónimos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 +#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" @@ -1589,61 +1519,52 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Habilitar carga</b><br>\n" "Si se habilita, los usuarios FTP pueden realizar subidas.\n" -"Los usuarios anónimos necesitan que la opción <b>Los usuarios anónimos " -"pueden realizar cargas</b> esté habilitada.\n" +"Los usuarios anónimos necesitan que la opción <b>Los usuarios anónimos pueden realizar cargas</b> esté habilitada.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Los usuarios anónimos pueden realizar cargas</b><br>\n" "Si se habilita, los usuarios anónimos podrán cargar archivos .\n" -"<i>Solo vsftpd: </i>si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan realizar " -"cargas\n" -"necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura en el directorio " -"personal una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" +"<i>Solo vsftpd: </i>si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan realizar cargas\n" +"necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura en el directorio personal una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Los usuarios anónimos pueden crear directorios</b><br>\n" "Si se habilita, los usuarios anónimos pueden crear directorios.\n" -"<i>Solo vsftpd: </i>si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan crear " -"directorios, \n" -"necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura en el directorio " -"personal una vez iniciada la sesión.</p>\n" +"<i>Solo vsftpd: </i>si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan crear directorios, \n" +"necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura en el directorio personal una vez iniciada la sesión.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Habilitar el modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -"Si se habilita, el servidor FTP permite el modo pasivo para las " -"conexiones. \n" +"Si se habilita, el servidor FTP permite el modo pasivo para las conexiones. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1651,13 +1572,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Puerto más bajo para el modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -"Valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas.\n" +"Valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas.\n" "Se usa para la protección por medio el cortafuegos. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 +#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n" "Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1665,13 +1585,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Puerto más alto para el modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -"Valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas.\n" +"Valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas.\n" "Se usa para la protección por medio del cortafuegos. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 +#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1681,8 +1600,8 @@ "Si se habilita, se permiten las conexiones SSL.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1692,8 +1611,8 @@ "Si se habilita, se permiten las conexiones SSL versión 2.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1703,8 +1622,8 @@ "Si se habilita, se permiten las conexiones SSL versión 3.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 +#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1714,23 +1633,21 @@ "Si se habilita, se permiten las conexiones TLS.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 +#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" "This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Certificado RSA para utilizar en las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL<br>\n" +"<p><b>Certificado RSA para utilizar en las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL</b><br>\n" "Esta opción especifica la ubicación del certificado RSA que se va a \n" -"usar para las conexiones cifradas con SSL. Par seleccionar un archivo, haga " -"clic en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" +"usar para las conexiones cifradas con SSL. Par seleccionar un archivo, haga clic en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 +#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" @@ -1742,28 +1659,25 @@ "pero no que el administrador local no haya validado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración de seguridad</b><br>\n" "<i>Inhabilitar SSL/TLS</i> inhabilita la capa de cifrado SSL/TLS.\n" -"<i>Aceptar SSL y TLS</i> acepta ambas, las sesiones tradicionales y las " -"cifradas.\n" -"<i>Rechazar conexiones sin SSL/TLS</i> rechaza las conexiones que no " -"utilizan mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS, incluyendo las sesiones anónimas.\n" +"<i>Aceptar SSL y TLS</i> acepta ambas, las sesiones tradicionales y las cifradas.\n" +"<i>Rechazar conexiones sin SSL/TLS</i> rechaza las conexiones que no utilizan mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS, incluyendo las sesiones anónimas.\n" "</p>" -#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- -#. -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- +#. +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n" @@ -1771,8 +1685,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" "Configure el servidor FTP.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" @@ -1784,20 +1698,19 @@ "Si su servidor FTP no se detecta, utilice <b>Otro (no detectado).</b>\n" "A continuación, haga clic en <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Edición o supresión</big></b><br>\n" -"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional " -"que le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" " la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" @@ -1807,8 +1720,8 @@ "Obtiene un resumen de los servidores FTP instalados. De manera adicional,\n" "puede editar sus configuraciones.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n" @@ -1816,8 +1729,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Adición de un servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" "Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un servidor FTP.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -1825,45 +1738,44 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Edición o supresión</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione el servidor FTP que desea modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> " -"respectivamente.</p>\n" +"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> respectivamente.</p>\n" -#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value -#. that says if the service is started. -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 +#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value +#. that says if the service is started. +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 msgid "Xinetd is not running." msgstr "Xinetd no se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 msgid "Start it now?" msgstr "¿Desea iniciarlo ahora?" -#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" -#. check value of textentry -#. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 +#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" +#. check value of textentry +#. only pure-ftpd +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Valor de umask no válido." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 +#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Crear el directorio de subidas (\"upload\") en %1\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "y habilitar el permiso de escritura?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1873,15 +1785,15 @@ "cargas, debe crear un directorio con acceso de escritura.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " es un directorio personal tras la entrada de usuarios anónimos." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1889,29 +1801,28 @@ "¿Desea cambiar los permisos\n" "para\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "cargar archivos (permitir la escritura)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan realizar subidas, necesita un " -"directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" +"Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan realizar subidas, necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "¿Desea crear un directorio?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "¿Desea otorgar acceso de escritura al cargar?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1921,7 +1832,7 @@ " necesita crear un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1931,23 +1842,23 @@ " necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" "\n" -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "¿Cambiar los permisos de %1?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1955,152 +1866,135 @@ "Si desea permitir cargas por parte de los usuarios anónimos, \n" "necesita un directorio con acceso de escritura para ellos." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para las conexiones anónimas, es preciso que el directorio personal del " -"usuario anónimo no tenga acceso de escritura.\n" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Para las conexiones anónimas, es preciso que el directorio personal del usuario anónimo no tenga acceso de escritura.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Para las conexiones anónimas, es preciso que el directorio personal del " -"usuario anónimo no tenga acceso de escritura." +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Para las conexiones anónimas, es preciso que el directorio personal del usuario anónimo no tenga acceso de escritura." -#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" -#. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 +#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" +#. check values Max Port >= Min Port +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "La condición para los puertos es puerto más alto > puerto más bajo." -#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 +#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "RSA certificate is missing." msgstr "Falta el certificado RSA." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo" -#. Valid function of "Security Settings" -#. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Falta el certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para la " -"conexión SSL." +#. Valid function of "Security Settings" +#. check of existing certificate +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Falta el certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para la conexión SSL." -#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 +#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Mensaje de bienvenida" -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de FTP" -#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 +#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "Tiene instalados ambos daemons:" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Seleccione uno para configurar." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "¿Desea configurar vsftpd? En caso contrario elija pure-ftpd." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Tiene instalados ambos daemons, por lo que debe realizar la configuración en " -"modo interactivo." +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Tiene instalados ambos daemons, por lo que debe realizar la configuración en modo interactivo." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Leer valores desde el archivo de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración anteriores" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración..." -#. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 +#. calling read function for reading settings form config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "No es posible leer los valores de configuración actuales." -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de FTP" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "Escribir los valores en el archivo de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración para iniciar el daemon" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 +#. write options to the config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración." -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración de xinetd." -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." -msgstr "" -"No es posible crear el directorio de carga para las conexiones anónimas." +msgstr "No es posible crear el directorio de carga para las conexiones anónimas." -#. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 +#. anonymous dir +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>El daemon FTP no está configurado.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "Daemon FTP" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "Daemon FTP %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Se configurarán estas opciones" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,483 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "Configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de GeoCluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "archivo de configuración" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transporte" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "mediador" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "sitio" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "Ca&ncelar" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación de seguridad" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Archivo de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "El archivo se escribirá en /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." -msgstr "" -"Para escribirlo en un directorio diferente, introduzca una vía absoluta." +msgstr "Para escribirlo en un directorio diferente, introduzca una vía absoluta." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"Para un GeoCluster recién creado, pulse el botón a continuación para " -"generar /etc/booth/<key>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "Para un GeoCluster recién creado, pulse el botón a continuación para generar /etc/booth/<key>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para unirse a un GeoCluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<clave> de otro nodo " -"manualmente." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para unirse a un GeoCluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<clave> de otro nodo manualmente." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Generar archivo de clave de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Básico" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Introduzca el ticket y el tiempo límite" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "tiempo límite" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "reintentos" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "cargas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "caducidad" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "adquirir después de" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "gestor antes de adquirir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Valor timeout no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "Valor expire no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "Valor acquireafter no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "Valor retries no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "no se admiten valores de reintentos inferiores a 3" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "Valor weights no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "El valor ticket no puede estar vacío." -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Edite la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Introduzca una dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Editar dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "El nombre del ticket ya existe." -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar duplicado." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "el puerto no es válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el transporte." -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Es obligatorio rellenar el mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el sitio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el ticket." -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Error al crear el archivo de autenticación " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "Archivo de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " se ha creado correctamente." -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Selección de configuración de GeoCluster" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de configuración:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de autenticación" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración global." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración global" -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de ticket global." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de GeoCluster" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de GeoCluster" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos1." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,123 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "Configuración del servidor HTTP (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "Configura opciones de la máquina" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "Configurar los módulos del servidor de Apache 2" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." +msgstr "Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "Configurar hosts virtuales" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "Habilitar o inhabilitar el modo de asistente." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "Nombre del servidor, por ejemplo www.ejemplo.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "Dirección de correo del administrador del servidor" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "Directorio donde se guardan los documentos del servidor" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "Nombre del host que configurar." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Añadir nueva entrada de escucha ([dirección:]puerto)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Suprimir una entrada de escucha existente ([dirección:]puerto)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Mostrar lista de entradas configuradas." -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "Lista separada por comas de módulos que se van a activar" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "Lista separada por comas de módulos que se van a desactivar" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "Crear nuevo host virtual" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "Suprimir host virtual existente" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "Definir el host virtual seleccionado como host por defecto" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "Definir el modo de asistente \"on\" o \"off\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "Máquina configurada no especificada" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible especificar el host existente como host para configurar" +msgstr "Sólo es posible especificar el host existente como host para configurar" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "Nombre de servidor no válido." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "Administrador de servidor no válido." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "Validar error" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -138,190 +136,183 @@ "Estado \tmódulo\n" "============" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "activado" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "Declaraciones de escucha:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "Todas las interfaces" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "Sólo se pueden usar las interfaces existentes." -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "La declaración de escucha %1 ya está configurada." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "Sólo se pueden eliminar los elementos de escucha existentes" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "Lista de hosts:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "Faltan algunos parámetros" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "El único argumento válido es el host existente" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "Este ya es el sistema por defecto." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el sistema por defecto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "Escuchar puertos y direcciones" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "Módulos del servidor" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Host principal" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la máquina '%1'" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "Equipos host configurados" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "Información del nuevo equipo host" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "Detalles de host virtual" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Configuración SSL para '%1'" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Sistema por defecto" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certificados" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "&Importar certificado de servidor..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Usar certificado de servidor común" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Configuración de directorio para %1" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -330,18 +321,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor HTTP</big></b> <br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -349,8 +339,8 @@ "<p><big><b>Guardando la configuración del servidor HHTP</b></big><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -358,88 +348,65 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.</b>\n" -" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo." -"</p>\n" +" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.</p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El valor <b>Puerto</b> determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El " -"valor por defecto es 80.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El valor <b>Puerto</b> determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El valor por defecto es 80.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Escuchar en interfaces</b> contiene la lista de todas las direcciones " -"IP configuradas para este host. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas en " -"las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Escuchar en interfaces</b> contiene la lista de todas las direcciones IP configuradas para este host. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas en las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede activar los lenguajes de scripts que el servidor Apache2 debe " -"soportar.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede activar los lenguajes de scripts que el servidor Apache2 debe soportar.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de " -"Apache2 cuando pulse <b>Finalizar</b>.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de Apache2 cuando pulse <b>Finalizar</b>.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Haga clic en <b>Configuración experta del servidor HTTP</b>\n" "\t\t para crear una configuración más detallada antes de su escritura.</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Editando los módulos del servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "La tabla contiene una lista de todos los módulos disponibles para Apache2.\n" "La primera columna contiene el nombre del módulo. \n" "La segunda columna indica si el módulo ha de ser cargado por\n" -"el servidor. Los módulos activados serán cargados. La última columna muestra " -"una breve\n" +"el servidor. Los módulos activados serán cargados. La última columna muestra una breve\n" "descripción del módulo.</p>" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para cambiar el estado de un módulo, \n" -"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse <b>Cambiar estado</b>.\n" +"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -447,21 +414,19 @@ "<p>Utilice el botón <b>Añadir módulo</b> para añadir un módulo\n" "que no aparezca en la tabla.</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Para activar el servidor HTTP, seleccione <b>Habilitado.</b> Para " -"desactivarlo, seleccione\n" +"Para activar el servidor HTTP, seleccione <b>Habilitado.</b> Para desactivarlo, seleccione\n" "<b>Inhabilitado.</b></p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -473,8 +438,8 @@ " Las interfaces del cortafuegos no se añaden ni suprimen. \n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está habilitado.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -495,120 +460,91 @@ "<b>Módulos</b> permite configurar los módulos cargados por el\n" " servidor.\n" " <b>Host por defecto</b> es el nombre de servidor de un host utilizado como\n" -" host por defecto (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de servidor " -"del host\n" +" host por defecto (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de servidor del host\n" " por defecto, se muestra una vía a la raíz de documentos del\n" " host por defecto.\n" -" <b>Hosts</b> contiene una lista de los hosts configurados para el servidor." -"</p>\n" +" <b>Hosts</b> contiene una lista de los hosts configurados para el servidor.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse en <b>Editar</b> " -"para cambiar la configuración.</p>" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar la configuración.</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Archivos de registro</b> muestra los archivos de registro del servidor." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Archivos de registro</b> muestra los archivos de registro del servidor.</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Equipos host configurados</big></b><br>\n" "Esta es una lista de equipos ya configurados. Uno de los equipos host está\n" -"marcado como sistema por defecto (con un asterisco junto al nombre de " -"servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningún equipo\n" -"coincida con una solicitud entrante. Para seleccionar una máquina por " -"defecto\n" +"marcado como sistema por defecto (con un asterisco junto al nombre de servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningún equipo\n" +"coincida con una solicitud entrante. Para seleccionar una máquina por defecto\n" "pulse el botón <b>Definir como por defecto</b>.</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para " -"cambiar el equipo.\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo equipo pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar un sistema, " -"selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" +"<p>Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para cambiar el equipo.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo equipo pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar un sistema, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración del equipo</big></b><br>\n" -"<p>Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada " -"de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b>.\n" -"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" +"<p>Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>La opción <b>Resolución de servidor</b> permite la resolución cuando se\n" -"\tusan hosts virtuales. Sin embargo, si selecciona <b>Resolución mediante " -"encabezados HTTP,</b>\n" +"\tusan hosts virtuales. Sin embargo, si selecciona <b>Resolución mediante encabezados HTTP,</b>\n" "\tel servidor por defecto nunca sirve peticiones de las direcciones IP de\n" -"\tun host virtual basado en nombre. Si tiene previsto configurar un vhost " -"basado en SSL, use <b>Resolución mediante dirección IP.</b></p>" +"\tun host virtual basado en nombre. Si tiene previsto configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use <b>Resolución mediante dirección IP.</b></p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Modo de <i>escucha</i> de un servidor</big></b><br>\n" -"La directiva <i>Escuchar</i> permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de " -"red donde\n" +"La directiva <i>Escuchar</i> permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de red donde\n" "el servidor HTTP ha de esperar o escuchar las solicitudes que lleguen.</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para añadir una nueva entrada, pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una " -"entrada, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" +"<p>Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para modificarla.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva entrada, pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una entrada, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -616,43 +552,34 @@ "encrypting communication.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración SSL</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure " -"Socket Layer)\n" -"del equipo host. SSL permite comunicarse de forma segura con el equipo " -"codificando\n" +"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"del equipo host. SSL permite comunicarse de forma segura con el equipo codificando\n" "la comunicación.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La opción SSL determina el comportamiento general. El host puede no\n" -" admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL " -"como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" -" o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido).\n" +" admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" +" o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido</tt>).\n" " </p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" +"<p>Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse <b>Editar</b> para modificarla.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -666,131 +593,102 @@ "La opción <b>Usar certificado común</b> configura el uso del certificado\n" "común emitido para este equipo host.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> si habilita el uso de SSL para un host, el módulo " -"<tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" +"<p><b>Nota:</b> si habilita el uso de SSL para un host, el módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" "deberá estar cargado en el servidor.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nuevo equipo host</big></b><br>\n" -"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nueva " -"máquina virtual.</p>" +"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nueva máquina virtual.</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Identificación del servidor</b> especifica el contenido y la\n" -" presentación del nuevo host virtual. <b>Nombre del servidor</b> es el " -"nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" -" encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. <b>Raíz de contenidos del " -"servidor</b>\n" -" es una vía completa a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos " -"proporcionados por\n" -" el host virtual. <b>Dirección de correo del administrador</b> permite " -"configurar una dirección de\n" +" presentación del nuevo host virtual. <b>Nombre del servidor</b> es el nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" +" encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. <b>Raíz de contenidos del servidor</b>\n" +" es una vía completa a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos proporcionados por\n" +" el host virtual. <b>Dirección de correo del administrador</b> permite configurar una dirección de\n" " correo electrónico para los comentarios sobre el host.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Resolución del servidor</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 debe ser capaz de determinar la configuración\n" -"del host virtual que debe emplear para crear una respuesta a una petición " -"HTTP. \n" +"del host virtual que debe emplear para crear una respuesta a una petición HTTP. \n" "Existen dos enfoques básicos. Si se utilizan encabezados HTTP\n" -"en la petición de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de host especificado " -"en\n" -"los encabezados de las peticiones HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar el " -"host virtual\n" -"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al " -"servidor.\n" -"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use <b>Resolución mediante " -"direcciones IP.</b>\n" +"en la petición de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de host especificado en\n" +"los encabezados de las peticiones HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar el host virtual\n" +"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al servidor.\n" +"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use <b>Resolución mediante direcciones IP.</b>\n" "Consulte el manual de Apache2 para obtener más detalles.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Detalles del nuevo host</big></b><br>\n" -"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un " -"nuevo host virtual.</p>" +"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un nuevo host virtual.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar compatibilidad con CGI</b>\n" -"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la vía de <b>Vía del directorio CGI</b> " -"empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la vía de <b>Vía del directorio CGI</b> empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione " -"<b>Habilitar soporte SSL.</b>\n" +"<p>Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione <b>Habilitar soporte SSL.</b>\n" "\n" " A continuación, introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado en\n" -"<b>Ruta al archivo de certificado</b>. Esta opción solo está disponible en " -"vhosts basados en IP.</p>\n" +"<b>Ruta al archivo de certificado</b>. Esta opción solo está disponible en vhosts basados en IP.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduzca una lista de nombres de " -"archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe " -"proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en " -"<tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con " -"la búsqueda.</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduzca una lista de nombres de archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en <tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con la búsqueda.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -798,140 +696,132 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>HTML público</b>\n" "\n" -" permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los " -"usuarios.</p>" +" permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los usuarios.</p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Todas las direcciones" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (1/5)--selección de dispositivos de red" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "Selección de dispositivo de red" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (2/5) -- módulos" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (3/5)--sistema por defecto" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (4/5)--máquinas virtuales" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (5/5)--resumen" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar entorno" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando entorno..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar " -"instalados.</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar instalados.</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -945,54 +835,54 @@ " \n" " sin instalar el paquete." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de configuración %1 no existe." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "No hay ningún servidor DNS ejecutándose en este equipo." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Activar el servicio Apache2 " -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio Apache2 " -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Activando el servicio Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Desactivando el servicio Apache2..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -1004,20 +894,18 @@ "%1\n" "¿Desea instalarlos ahora?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." -msgstr "" -"No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, " -"ignorando." +msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, ignorando." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Cambio desconocido de un módulo para la instalación automática: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -1025,251 +913,251 @@ "El valor por defecto del módulo %1 no concuerda.\n" "Esto puede ocasionar una falta de coherencia en la configuración del módulo." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Se ha encontrado una declaración de escucha sin puerto." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Escuchar en</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Host por defecto</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid " in " msgstr " en " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activado" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Hosts virtuales</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "Archivos de ®istro" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro de &acceso" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro de &errores" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "Documento raíz" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "Dirección de correo del administrador del servidor" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "Resolución del servidor" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "Determinar servidor de solicitudes por &cabeceras HTTP" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "Determinar servidor de solicitudes por &dirección IP del servidor" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "&Servicio HTTP" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "Escuchar en los puertos:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "Dirección de red" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "&Añadir módulo" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "Directorio" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Puerto:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Escuchar en interfaces" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor Apache2 durante el arranque" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor Apache2 manualmente" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración experta del servidor &HTTP..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "Identificación del servidor" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "Documento raíz de &contenidos del servidor:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "Dirección de correo del &administrador:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "Host virtual" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "Cambiar ID de host virtual" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "Opciones de CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Habilitar &CGI para este host virtual" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "Vía del &directorio CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad con SSL" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Habilitar la compatibilidad con &SSL para este host virtual" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "Vía al archivo de &certificado" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de &certificado" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "Opciones de directorio" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "Índice de &directorio" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "HTML público" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "Habilitar HTML &público" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1277,63 +1165,59 @@ "La dirección IP no está configurada\n" "en esta máquina." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "El host por defecto no se puede configurar con compatibilidad con SSL." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "Si no se define un nombre de servidor, se utilizará el nombre de host." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del servidor no puede estar vacío." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de nombres introducido ya está configurado en otra máquina " -"virtual." +msgstr "El servidor de nombres introducido ya está configurado en otra máquina virtual." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "La dirección IP ya está configurada en otro host virtual" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "La dirección de correo del administrador no es válida." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "&Recargar servidor HTTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "Guardar configuración y re&iniciar servidor HTTP" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1356,49 +1240,49 @@ "sistema por defecto. En caso contrario, pulse Cancelar para no cambiar\n" "el sistema por defecto.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "Dirección &IP del servidor:" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la máquina seleccionada?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "Definir como por de&fecto" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "Seleccionar documento raíz" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "La dirección de correo del administrador no puede estar vacía." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Todas las direcciones (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones IP" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del ID del host virtual no puede estar vacío." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1410,63 +1294,61 @@ "que aceptará peticiones para los hosts.\n" "También se puede especificar * para todas las direcciones y *:puerto." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Zona maestra %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "El registro %1 ya existe en la zona %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de DNS" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Añadir a zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Crear nueva zona" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "Directorio CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Elegir archivo de clave de certificado" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de clave." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Seleccionar certificado" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1474,63 +1356,62 @@ "No es posible importar el certificado\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "&Dirección de red:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Número de puerto no válido." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolución mediante encabezados HTTP" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolución mediante la dirección IP empleada" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Problema de dependencia de módulos" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 msgid "requires" msgstr "requiere" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Habilite el módulo requerido o inhabilite primero uno." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo módulo:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Debe introducir un nombre para el módulo que va a añadir." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "Este módulo ya está en la lista." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "La entrada %1 ya existe." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1538,385 +1419,321 @@ "La lista de los puertos donde el servidor debe escuchar\n" "no puede estar vacía." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Se ha de seleccionar al menos una interfaz." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones &PHP5" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones P&erl" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones P&ython" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Clave ilegal en equipo virtual %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Error interno: los datos deben ser un array ref y no %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "ID de host ilegal." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "El ID de host ya existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "No es posible suprimir el sistema por defecto." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "ID de host no encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "Puerto ilegal" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "No ha sido posible escribir las reglas del cortafuegos" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado el valor de escucha para suprimir" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún host con el ID especificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Los datos PEM están dañados." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de " -"host." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de host." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible analizar sintácticamente el archivo de clave." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre de host del cliente, la " -"dirección IP, etc." +msgstr "Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre de host del cliente, la dirección IP, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta los scripts CGI a partir del tipo de medio o del método requerido" +msgstr "Ejecuta los scripts CGI a partir del tipo de medio o del método requerido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Asigna distintas partes del sistema de archivos del host en el árbol de " -"documentos y para la redirección de URL" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Asigna distintas partes del sistema de archivos del host en el árbol de documentos y para la redirección de URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Autenticación básica" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Autenticación de usuario con archivos de texto" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Autorización de usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Autorización de grupo con archivos de texto sin formato" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Autenticación de usuario con archivos DBM" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genera automáticamente índices de directorio, de forma parecida al comando " -"ls de Unix" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genera automáticamente índices de directorio, de forma parecida al comando ls de Unix" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "Ejecución de scripts CGI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona redirecciones mediante barra final y sirve archivos de índice de " -"directorio" +msgstr "Proporciona redirecciones mediante barra final y sirve archivos de índice de directorio" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "" -"Modifica el entorno que se transfiere a los scripts CGI y las páginas SSI" +msgstr "Modifica el entorno que se transfiere a los scripts CGI y las páginas SSI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por " -"el usuario" +msgstr "Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por el usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" -msgstr "" -"Documentos HTML analizados por el servidor (Server Side Includes, " -"inclusiones del servidor)" +msgstr "Documentos HTML analizados por el servidor (Server Side Includes, inclusiones del servidor)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Registro de las peticiones realizadas al servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y el " -"contenido del archivo" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y el contenido del archivo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Se ocupa de la negociación del contenido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la " -"petición" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona información sobre la actividad y el rendimiento del servidor" +msgstr "Proporciona información sobre la actividad y el rendimiento del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Permite que los scripts CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y un grupo " -"especificados" +msgstr "Permite que los scripts CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y un grupo especificados" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Directorios específicos del usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Envía archivos que contienen sus propias cabeceras HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Permite a usuarios anónimos acceder a las zonas autenticadas" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios con MD5 Digest Authentication" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Permite que se use un directorio LPDA para almacenar la base de datos para " -"la autenticación HTTP Basic" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Permite que se use un directorio LPDA para almacenar la base de datos para la autenticación HTTP Basic" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Contenido de la caché pasado a los URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Especificar conversión del conjunto de caracteres o recodificación" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" -msgstr "" -"Funcionalidad WebDAV (Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning, " -"versión y autoría distribuidas basadas en Web)" +msgstr "Funcionalidad WebDAV (Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning, versión y autoría distribuidas basadas en Web)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Proveedor del sistema de archivos para mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Comprimir contenido antes de entregarlo al cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Gestor del almacenamiento del contenido de la caché pasado a los URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "Un sencillo servidor echo para ilustrar los módulos de protocolo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de " -"entregarlo al cliente" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de entregarlo al cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Guarda en la memoria una lista estática de los archivos de la memoria" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Personalización de cabeceras HTTP de petición y respuesta" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Procesamiento del mapa de imágenes del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Proporciona una amplia descripción de la configuración del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Servicios de agrupación de conexiones LDAP y almacenamiento de resultados en " -"caché que pueden utilizar otros módulos LDAP" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Servicios de agrupación de conexiones LDAP y almacenamiento de resultados en caché que pueden utilizar otros módulos LDAP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registra los bytes de entrada y salida por petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "Servidor proxy/gateway HTTP/1.1" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de asistencia AJP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "Extensión mod_proxy para procesar peticiones CONNECT" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de soporte FTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de soporte HTTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para rescribir las URL " -"solicitadas de forma dinámica" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para rescribir las URL solicitadas de forma dinámica" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Intenta corregir las URL incorrectas introducidas por los usuarios" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Potente criptografía que utiliza los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer, " -"nivel de zócalo de seguridad ) y TLS (Transport Layer Security, seguridad de " -"nivel de transporte)" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Potente criptografía que utiliza los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer, nivel de zócalo de seguridad ) y TLS (Transport Layer Security, seguridad de nivel de transporte)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador exclusivo para cada " -"petición" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador exclusivo para cada petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón (clickstream) de la " -"actividad de los usuarios de un sitio" +msgstr "Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón (clickstream) de la actividad de los usuarios de un sitio" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona compatibilidad para la configuración masiva y dinámica de hosts " -"virtuales" +msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para la configuración masiva y dinámica de hosts virtuales" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas PHP5 generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas Perl generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas Python generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona compatibilidad para el confinamiento de subprocesos de AppArmor " -"dentro de apache" +msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para el confinamiento de subprocesos de AppArmor dentro de apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Compatible con Subversion" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "host no encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "Parámetro %s ilegal" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "No es posible unir ssl y \"virtual por nombre\"" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,274 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "Mostrar el estado de los servicios actuales del sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "Identificador único" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "Nombre del servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "Versión RPC del servicio RPC" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "Tipo de socket" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "Protocolos de Internet (IP)" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "Atributo de espera" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "Determina el UID del proceso de servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "Determina el GID del proceso de servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "Ruta del programa que se va a ejecutar" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "Parámetros del servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "Comentario del usuario" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "Debe especificar un ID de servicio." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "Especifique el servicio utilizando una opción 'service'." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "No es posible combinar la opción 'id' con otras opciones." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Esperar" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "Activo" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "El paquete %1 será instalado durante el proceso de escritura" -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "El paquete %1 no fue instalado. El servicio no puede ser editado." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "El paquete %1 se ha instalado correctamente." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activar todos los servicios" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Desactivar todos los servicios" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "D&esactivar" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Activ&ar" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Servicios disponibles actualmente" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Mod." -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Servidor / Argumentos" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "&Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Estado de todos los &servicios" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuración de los servicios red (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Añadir una entrada de servicio" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el servicio. No está instalado." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para suprimir un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal." +msgstr "Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Editar una entrada de servicio" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para editar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,76 +288,76 @@ "Todos los servicios están marcados como desactivados (bloqueados).\n" "El superservidor de Internet será desactivado." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "Versió&n RPC" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "El servicio está &activo" -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Ti&po de socket" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Esperar" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&ervidor" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Argument&os del servidor" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mentario" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,30 +365,28 @@ "El argumento de servicio está vacío.\n" "Introduzca valores adecuados.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "El nombre del servicio contiene el carácter no permitido \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor " -"interno." +msgstr "El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor interno." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "No hay paquetes seleccionados. Configuración cancelada." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "Los paquetes seleccionados van a ser instalados." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -397,18 +394,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de xinetd</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el proceso de inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"<B>Cancelar</B>.</p>\n" +"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -416,8 +412,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de xinetd</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -429,56 +425,48 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si esta acción es segura.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de los servicios de red</big></b><br>\n" -"Pulse <b>Activar</b> para activar los servicios de red administrados por " -"una \n" -"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse " -"<b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n" +"Pulse <b>Activar</b> para activar los servicios de red administrados por una \n" +"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse <b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado de la configuración de los servicios:</big></b><br>\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con una <b>X</b> en la columna <b>Mod.</b> han " -"sido\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con una <b>X</b> en la columna <b>Mod.</b> han sido\n" "editados y serán modificados en la configuración del sistema.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado de los servicios:</big></b><br>\n" "Todos los servicios marcados con <b>---</b> están inactivos (bloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con <b>Activo</b> están activos " -"(desbloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con <b>NI</b> no están instalados y no pueden " -"ser configurados.</p>" +"Todos los servicios marcados con <b>Activo</b> están activos (desbloqueados).\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con <b>NI</b> no están instalados y no pueden ser configurados.</p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cambiar el estado del servicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione el servicio que desea activar o desactivar y pulse <b>Cambiar " -"estado (activo o inactivo)</b>.</p>\n" +"Seleccione el servicio que desea activar o desactivar y pulse <b>Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo)</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" @@ -486,7 +474,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Editar servicios:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione el servicio que desea editar y pulse <b>Editar</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -494,7 +482,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Suprimir servicios:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione el servicio que desea eliminar y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -502,21 +490,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Añadir una nueva entrada</BIG></B><br>\n" "Pulse <B>Añadir</B> y rellene el formulario.</P>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar configuración:</big></b>\n" "Para cancelar la configuración, pulse el botón <b>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración " -"original.</p>\n" +"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración original.</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -526,7 +512,7 @@ "<p>Para crear una entrada válida (servicio) para el superservidor,\n" "introduzca</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -551,15 +537,11 @@ "<li>argumentos del programa servidor\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea <b>info " -"xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -567,7 +549,7 @@ "<p>Introduzca un nombre de servicio válido en el apartado <b>servicio</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -576,23 +558,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>El <b>tipo de socket</b> debe ser stream, dgram, raw, rdm\n" "o seqpacket, dependiendo de si el socket está basado en flujos, datagramas,\n" -"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas " -"secuenciados.</p>\n" +"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas secuenciados.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica " -"en /etc/protocols. \n" -"Algunos ejemplos serían <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> o <i>rpc/udp.\n" +"<p>El <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica en /etc/protocols. \n" +"Algunos ejemplos serían <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> o <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -608,24 +586,18 @@ "normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La entrada <b>Esperar</b> (wait/nowait) determina si el servicio soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el " -"que acepta\n" -"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es <b>sí</b>, el servicio sólo soporta un " -"hilo\n" -"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de " -"procesar\n" -"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el " -"software de\n" -"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es <b>no</b>, el servicio " -"soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas " -"solicitudes\n" +"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el que acepta\n" +"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es <b>sí</b>, el servicio sólo soporta un hilo\n" +"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de procesar\n" +"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el software de\n" +"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es <b>no</b>, el servicio soporta\n" +"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas solicitudes\n" "del servicio e xinetd acepta la conexión. Los servicios <i>udp/dgram</i>\n" "esperan normalmente un valor <b>sí</b> porque udp no está orientado\n" "a las conexiones.Los servidores <i>tcp/stream</i> esperan normalmente\n" "que el valor sea <b>no</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -633,11 +605,10 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>El servidor se ejecutará con los permisos del usuario seleccionado en\n" -"<b>Usuario</b>. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por debajo " -"de root.\n" +"<b>Usuario</b>. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por debajo de root.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -646,89 +617,86 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>En la entrada <b>Servidor</b> introduzca la ruta de acceso del \n" -"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una " -"petición en ese socket.\n" -"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en <b>Argumentos del " -"servidor</b>.\n" +"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una petición en ese socket.\n" +"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en <b>Argumentos del servidor</b>.\n" "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de xinetd" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando ..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración ..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><ul><i>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</i></ul></p>" +msgstr "<p><ul><i>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Los servicios de red se administran vía %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Estos servicios serán activados" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,32 +14,32 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" msgstr "<p>Iniciando la instalación...</p>" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." msgstr "Preparando la primera configuración del sistema..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p>Espere...</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 msgid "" "No installation control file has been found,\n" "the installer cannot continue." @@ -47,23 +47,23 @@ "No se encuentra ningún archivo de control de instalación.\n" "El programa de instalación no puede continuar." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. progress step title -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de YaST..." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. Dialog busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 msgid "Finishing the installation..." msgstr "Finalizando la instalación..." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 msgid "" "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" "a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ "la misma funcionalidad que el modo gráfico, pero las\n" "ventanas serán distintas a las descritas en el manual.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 msgid "" "The graphical interface could not be started.\n" "\n" @@ -102,8 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" "No se ha podido iniciar la interfaz gráfica.\n" "\n" -"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación " -"mínima)\n" +"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación mínima)\n" "o que la tarjeta gráfica no sea compatible.\n" "\n" "Como solución, la interfaz de texto de YaST le guiará \n" @@ -111,30 +110,30 @@ "la misma funcionalidad que el modo gráfico, pero las\n" "ventanas serán distintas a las del manual.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Iniciar el servicio %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Iniciando el servicio %1..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Ajustando los valores de configuración de la red" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Se está ajustando la configuración de la red." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -146,8 +145,8 @@ " \n" "Nota: es posible que deba introducir alguna información de nuevo." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -159,27 +158,26 @@ " \n" "Nota: es posible que deba introducir alguna información de nuevo." -#. popup headline (#x1) -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Iniciando la instalación..." -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 msgid "Confirm Installation" msgstr "Confirmar instalación" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" @@ -191,48 +189,43 @@ "(<b>borrando todos los datos</b> de esas particiones) según los valores\n" "de configuración de la instalación indicados en los diálogo anteriores.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" "previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Si continúa ahora, las particiones del\n" -"disco duro se modificarán según los valores de configuración de la " -"instalación\n" +"disco duro se modificarán según los valores de configuración de la instalación\n" "indicados en los diálogos anteriores.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y comprobar las opciones " -"seleccionadas.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y comprobar las opciones seleccionadas.</p>" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Confirmar actualización" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La información necesaria para realizar una actualización está completa." +msgstr "<p>La información necesaria para realizar una actualización está completa.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -242,210 +235,174 @@ "<p>Si continúa ahora, los datos del disco duro se sobrescribirán\n" "según los valores de configuración indicados en los diálogos anteriores.</p>" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Iniciar &actualización" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 msgid "Blacklist Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de la lista negra" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 msgid "B&lacklist Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de la &lista negra" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Dispositivos habilitados de la lista negra (inhabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Dispositivos habilitados de la lista negra (inhabilitar</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Dispositivos inhabilitados de la lista negra (habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Dispositivos inhabilitados de la lista negra (habilitar</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use la opción <b>Dispositivos de la lista negra</b> si desea crear " -"canales de lista negra para esos dispositivos, lo que reducirá la ocupación " -"de memoria del núcleo.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use la opción <b>Dispositivos de la lista negra</b> si desea crear canales de lista negra para esos dispositivos, lo que reducirá la ocupación de memoria del núcleo.</p>" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Colocando dispositivos en la lista negra..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando archivos al sistema instalado..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Copiando archivos del sistema en el sistema instalado..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>" msgstr "La instalación desde imágenes está: <b>habilitada</b>." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>" msgstr "La instalación desde imágenes está: <b>inhabilitada</b>." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si desea utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para " -"acelerar la instalación del RPM." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si desea utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar la instalación del RPM." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Instalar desde imágenes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "No instalar &desde imágenes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Distribución mediante imágenes personalizadas: necesita configurar una URL " -"como origen de la instalación" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Distribución mediante imágenes personalizadas: necesita configurar una URL como origen de la instalación" -#. Image name, Image location -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 +#. Image name, Image location +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Aquí puede crear imágenes personalizadas.\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Debe configurar la selección de software antes de crear una imagen aquí" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Debe configurar la selección de software antes de crear una imagen aquí" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación, AutoYaST lo buscará en " -"la ubicación indicada)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación, AutoYaST lo buscará en la ubicación indicada)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Crear imagen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "¿Dónde buscará AutoYaST la imagen? (ejemplo, http://host/)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "¿Cuál es el nombre de la imagen? (ejemplo, mi_imagen)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "Crear ISO (la imagen y autoinst.xml estarán en el medio)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la " -"instalación.\n" +"<p><b>Instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n" "Las imágenes contienen instantáneas comprimidas de sistemas instalados\n" "que se corresponden con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes\n" "que no están en las imágenes se instalarán de la forma habitual.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Creando imágenes propias</b> se utilizará\n" -"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación del RPM. En su lugar, " -"AutoYaST volcará\n" -"una imagen en el disco duro, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede " -"preconfigurarse.\n" -"El resto de la instalación del RPM se realiza como una autoinstalación " -"normal.</p>" +"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación del RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST volcará\n" +"una imagen en el disco duro, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede preconfigurarse.\n" +"El resto de la instalación del RPM se realiza como una autoinstalación normal.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" +msgstr "es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la marca horaria de los " -"paquetes provenientes de las imágenes\n" -"no coincidirá con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de " -"creación de la imagen.</p>" +"<p>Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la marca horaria de los paquetes provenientes de las imágenes\n" +"no coincidirá con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de creación de la imagen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>La instalación desde imágenes está inhabilitada\n" -"por defecto si la selección actual de patrones no se ajusta a ningún " -"conjunto de imágenes.</p>" +"por defecto si la selección actual de patrones no se ajusta a ningún conjunto de imágenes.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Error: las imágenes no se pueden usar para el modo %1." -#. changed to true -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#. changed to true +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -457,50 +414,46 @@ "El patrón seleccionado no se ajusta a ninguna de las\n" "imágenes almacenadas en el medio de instalación.\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "Instalación desde &imágenes" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "No hay imágenes de instalación disponibles" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instalación desde imágenes está habilitada (inhabilitar)." +msgstr "La instalación desde imágenes está habilitada (inhabilitar</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instalación desde imágenes está inhabilitada (habilitar)." +msgstr "La instalación desde imágenes está inhabilitada (habilitar</a>)." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Iniciando el gestor de ventanas por defecto..." -#. feedback heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 +#. feedback heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales" -#. feedback message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 +#. feedback message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Leyendo los paquetes disponibles en los repositorios..." -#. popup error message -#. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 +#. popup error message +#. %1 represents the the error message details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -512,35 +465,35 @@ "\n" "¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?" -#. bnc #542792 -#. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 +#. bnc #542792 +#. Repository name must be generated from product details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Actualizaciones para %1 %2" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 +#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Ejecutar actualización" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Omitir actualización" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Actualización en línea" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "¿Desea ejecutar la actualización en línea ahora?" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -548,24 +501,24 @@ "Seleccione si desea ejecutar una actualización en línea en este momento.\n" "Puede omitir este paso y ejecutarla en un momento posterior.\n" -#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, -#. keyboard and accepting the license. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Idioma, teclado y acuerdo de licencia" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. download release notes now +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -573,41 +526,37 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Elija el <b>Idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usarán " -"durante la instalación y en\n" +"Elija el <b>Idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usarán durante la instalación y en\n" "el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#. help text, continued +#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Es necesario aceptar la licencia para continuar con la instalación.\n" -"Utilice <b>Licencia y traducciones</b> para ver la licencia en todos los " -"idiomas disponibles.\n" +"Utilice <b>Licencia y traducciones</b> para ver la licencia en todos los idiomas disponibles.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -619,8 +568,8 @@ "los valores de configuración en el último recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -632,62 +581,60 @@ "para cancelar el proceso de instalación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." -#. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Debe aceptar la licencia para instalar este producto" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep -#. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" -msgstr "" -"Ubicación del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final en el sistema instalado: " -"%s" +msgstr "Ubicación del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final en el sistema instalado: %s" -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Prueba de t&eclado" -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Licencia y traducciones..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "&Inhabilitar el servicio ZMD" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" @@ -695,24 +642,24 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Inhabilitar el servicio ZMD</b> para detener\n" "e inhabilitar el servicio ZMD durante el inicio del sistema.</p>\n" -#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST -#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST +#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Clonar este sistema para Autoyast" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Instalación finalizada" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>¡Enhorabuena!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -720,23 +667,23 @@ "<p>Se ha completado la instalación de &product; en el equipo.\n" "Podrá entrar en el sistema tras pulsar <b>Finalizar</b>.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>El equipo de desarrollo de SUSE</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>El sistema está listo para usar.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -744,8 +691,8 @@ "<p>Al hacer clic en <b>Finalizar,</b> se cerrará la instalación\n" "de YaST y continuará a la pantalla de inicio de sesión.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -755,60 +702,53 @@ "adaptar alguna de las opciones de KDE al hardware. Fíjese\n" "también en el diálogo de bienvenida de SUSE.</p>\n" -#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 +#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Utilice <b>Clonar</b> si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE Linux " -"sin que sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. Para que AutoYaST\n" +"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE Linux sin que sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. Para que AutoYaST\n" "sepa cómo debe ser el sistema instalado, necesita un perfil. Si esta opción\n" -"está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>" +"está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>" -#. #187558 -#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para clonar el sistema actual, debe instalar el paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" +#. #187558 +#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para clonar el sistema actual, debe instalar el paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "El paquete autoyast2 no está instalado. Clonación inhabilitada." -#. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 +#. OEM image if target disk is defined +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "El sistema va a reiniciarse..." -#. bnc #395030 -#. Use less memory -#. twice more steps -#. FIXME: 2 minutes -#. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 +#. bnc #395030 +#. Use less memory +#. twice more steps +#. FIXME: 2 minutes +#. own workflow for OEM image deployment +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imágenes..." -#. BNC #444209 -#. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 +#. BNC #444209 +#. false == error +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -816,230 +756,220 @@ "Error al distribuir las imágenes.\n" "Cancelando la instalación...\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "La depuración se ha activado.\n" -"YaST abrirá el gestor de software para comprobar el estado actual de los " -"paquetes." +"YaST abrirá el gestor de software para comprobar el estado actual de los paquetes." -#. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 +#. unknown image +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Descargando imagen a %1/s..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Descargando imagen %1 a %2/s" -#. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 +#. reset the label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imagen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imagen %1..." -#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Seleccione el disco al que desea distribuir la imagen." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "¡Se perderán todos los datos del disco!" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disco que usar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el disco en el que se distribuirá la imagen. Todos los datos del " -"disco se perderán y el disco se particionará según se defina en la imagen." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Seleccione el disco en el que se distribuirá la imagen. Todos los datos del disco se perderán y el disco se particionará según se defina en la imagen." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Disco duro para distribución de imagen" -#. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 +#. popup label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activación de disco" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configurar interfaces &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &iSCSI" -#. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Instalación - Calentando" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" msgstr "<p>La instalación está a punto de comenzar.</p>" -#. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..." -#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 +#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes en los siguientes repositorios " -"adicionales:" +msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes en los siguientes repositorios adicionales:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea iniciar el gestor de software para comprobar si hay actualizaciones e " -"instalarlas?" +msgstr "¿Desea iniciar el gestor de software para comprobar si hay actualizaciones e instalarlas?" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Mostrar actualizaciones de &paquetes" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Ejecutando paso %1..." -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Error de instalación" -#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured -#. kilobytes -#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 +#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured +#. kilobytes +#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Terminando la instalación básica" -#. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 +#. Might be left from the previous stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Creando lista de guiones de finalización que ejecutar..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copiar archivos al sistema instalado" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Guardar configuración" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de instalación" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instalar el gestor de arranque" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Preparar el sistema para el primer arranque" -#. some steps are called in live installer only -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "El cliente %1 ha devuelto datos no válidos." -#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585 +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Comprobando etapa: %1..." -#. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#. Button to accept a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Acepto" -#. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#. Button to reject a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "&No acepto" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "La instalación se está inicializando." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Preparando la configuración inicial del sistema..." -#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the -#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty, -#. the URL will be completely removed. -#. -#. @param regurl [String] -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52 +#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the +#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty, +#. the URL will be completely removed. +#. +#. @param regurl [String] +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52 msgid "" "If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n" "will be completelly ignored.\n" @@ -1051,79 +981,70 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar la modificación de la URL?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Opciones de instalación" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Añadir repositorios en línea antes de la instalación" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "In&cluir productos adicionales desde medios separados" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Opciones de instalación</b></big></p>" -#. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 +#. help text for installation option +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la " -"actualización, seleccione\n" +"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la actualización, seleccione\n" "<b>Añadir repositorios en línea antes de la instalación</b>.</p>" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado junto con " -"&product;, seleccione\n" +"Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado junto con &product;, seleccione\n" "<b>Incluir productos adicionales desde medios separados</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" -"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación, " -"consulte el sitio <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" +#. help text: additional help for installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación, consulte el sitio <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" -"Distribución de teclado y contraseña para el administrador del sistema \"raíz" -"\"" +msgstr "Distribución de teclado y contraseña para el administrador del sistema \"raíz\"" -#. Error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#. Error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Error interno: no hay licencia que mostrar" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Configuración de la red" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -1133,28 +1054,28 @@ "Es necesaria para usar repositorios remotos,\n" "en caso contrario, puede omitirla con tranquilidad.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "¿Desea configurar ahora la tarjeta de red?" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Seleccionar" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Sí, ejecutar la configuración de la red" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "&No, omitir la configuración de la red" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.</p>\n" @@ -1162,19 +1083,17 @@ "<p>El sistema instalado actualmente no\n" "tiene una red configurada.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Es necesario tener configurada la red para usar repositorios\n" -" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza " -"repositorios remotos.</p>\n" +" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza repositorios remotos.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 +#. error popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -1182,45 +1101,44 @@ "Error en la configuración de la red.\n" "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información." -#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"No se encuentra el producto base. No se mostrarán las notas de la versión." +msgstr "No se encuentra el producto base. No se mostrarán las notas de la versión." -#. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#. 1 GB is a good approximation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used -#. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. combobox item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#. combobox item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma: %1" -#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 +#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de la versión" -#. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 +#. +2 thingies on the right +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Producto" -#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 +#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" @@ -1228,126 +1146,123 @@ "<p>Las <b>notas de la versión</b> del sistema Linux instalado proporcionan\n" "un breve resumen de las novedades y cambios.</p>\n" -#. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 +#. informative message in RichText widget +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>No se han instalado las notas de la versión.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione el escenario que se adapte mejor a sus necesidades.\n" -"Más adelante podrá seleccionar software adicional en la propuesta de " -"software.</p>\n" +"Más adelante podrá seleccionar software adicional en la propuesta de software.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Seleccione un escenario." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Seleccionar escenario" -#. This dialog in not interactive -#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 +#. This dialog in not interactive +#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analizando el equipo" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Probando los dispositivos USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Probar dispositivos de disquetera" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos de disquetera..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Probar controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Probando controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Cargar módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Cargando módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Probar discos duros" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probando discos duros..." -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Buscar archivos de sistema" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Buscando archivos de sistema..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de software" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de software..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Probando el sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST está sondeando el hardware del equipo y los sistemas instalados." -#. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 +#. additonal error when HW was not found +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Consulte drivers.suse.com si necesita controladores de hardware particulares " -"para la instalación." +"Consulte drivers.suse.com si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación." -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1357,7 +1272,7 @@ "Compruebe el hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1367,8 +1282,8 @@ "Puede que se detecten más tarde durante la instalación automática\n" "(especialmente en sistemas s390 o iSCSI).\n" -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1380,8 +1295,8 @@ "Compruebe el hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1389,13 +1304,13 @@ "Se ha producido un error al inicializar los repositorios de software.\n" "Abortando la instalación." -#. Return the self-update URLs -#. -#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs -#. -#. @see #default_self_update_url -#. @see #custom_self_update_url -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181 +#. Return the self-update URLs +#. +#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs +#. +#. @see #default_self_update_url +#. @see #custom_self_update_url +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181 msgid "" "The registration URL provided is not valid.\n" "Skipping installer update.\n" @@ -1403,8 +1318,8 @@ "La URL de registro proporcionada no es válida.\n" "Omitiendo la actualización del instalador.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1414,8 +1329,8 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1425,15 +1340,15 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand -#. -#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, -#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. -#. -#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration -#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; -#. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264 +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1443,10 +1358,10 @@ "¿Desea comprobar la configuración de red y volver\n" "a intentar instalar las actualizaciones?" -#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, -#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302 +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1463,42 +1378,41 @@ "\n" "\n" "Puede continuar con la instalación sin aplicar las actualizaciones.\n" -"Sin embargo, puede que se pierdan algunas correcciones de defectos " -"importantes.\n" +"Sin embargo, puede que se pierdan algunas correcciones de defectos importantes.\n" "\n" "Si necesita un servidor proxy para actualizar el repositorio,\n" "use el parámetro de arranque proxy.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388 msgid "Add Update Repository" msgstr "Añadir repositorio de actualización" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "Download the Packages" msgstr "Descargar los paquetes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390 msgid "Apply the Packages" msgstr "Aplicar los paquetes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Reiniciar" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#. TRANSLATORS: progress title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404 msgid "Updating the Installer..." msgstr "Actualizando el instalador..." -#. Fetch the profile from the given URI -#. -#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise -#. -#. @see Yast::Profile.current -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475 +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "\n" @@ -1506,33 +1420,33 @@ "Error al analizar el archivo de control.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Eliminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios usados anteriormente" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, -#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, +#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1540,85 +1454,79 @@ "Se han encontrado estos repositorios en el sistema\n" "que está actualizando:" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Estado actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Cambiar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Aquí puede ver todos los repositorios que se han encontrado\n" -"en el sistema que está actualizando. Habilite aquellos que desee incluir en " -"el proceso de actualización.</p>" +"en el sistema que está actualizando. Habilite aquellos que desee incluir en el proceso de actualización.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para habilitar, inhabilitar o eliminar una dirección URL, haga clic en el " -"botón\n" -"<b>Cambiar estado</b>o pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la " -"tabla.</p>" +"<p>Para habilitar, inhabilitar o eliminar una dirección URL, haga clic en el botón\n" +"<b>Cambiar estado</b>o pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la tabla.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar la dirección URL, haga clic en el botón <b>Cambiar....</b>" +msgstr "<p>Para cambiar la dirección URL, haga clic en el botón <b>Cambiar....</b></p>" -#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted -#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key -#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted +#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key +#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#. TRANSLATORS: textentry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Dirección URL del &repositorio" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "La red no está configurada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1626,55 +1534,55 @@ "Los repositorios remotos requieren una conexión a Internet.\n" "¿Desea configurarla?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Añadiendo y eliminando repositorios..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se están añadiendo o eliminando repositorios.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Quitar repositorios sin usar" -#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Quitando repositorios sin usar..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Añadir repositorios habilitados" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorios habilitados..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Añadir repositorios inhabilitados" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorios inhabilitados..." -#. true - OK, continue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#. true - OK, continue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Se requiere un medio correcto" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1686,9 +1594,9 @@ "\n" "Si lo omite, el repositorio no se añadirá.\n" -#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them -#. for the system upgrade -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 +#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them +#. for the system upgrade +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1702,8 +1610,8 @@ "\n" "El repositorio se añadirá inhabilitado." -#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 +#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1713,9 +1621,9 @@ "Nombre: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1725,9 +1633,9 @@ "Nombre: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1737,8 +1645,8 @@ "Nombre: %1\n" "URL: %2\n" -#. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 +#. do not probe! adding as disabled! +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1748,33 +1656,31 @@ "Nombre: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bienvenido" -#. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 +#. welcome text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>¡Bienvenido!</b></p>" -#. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 +#. welcome text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" "<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aún es necesario realizar algunos pasos antes de que el sistema esté " -"listo\n" -"para el uso. A continuación, YaST le guiará a través de algunas opciones de " -"configuración\n" +"<p>Aún es necesario realizar algunos pasos antes de que el sistema esté listo\n" +"para el uso. A continuación, YaST le guiará a través de algunas opciones de configuración\n" "básicas. Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar. </p>\n" " \n" -#. help ttext -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 +#. help ttext +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" @@ -1782,136 +1688,135 @@ "<p>Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para\n" "realizar la configuración básica del sistema.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." -msgstr "" -"No se ha definido ningún flujo de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." +msgstr "No se ha definido ningún flujo de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración automática..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Actualizando las dependencias del módulo del núcleo..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Configurando caché del enlazador..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de red..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Comprobando el sistema instalado..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..." -#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the -#. specific configuration for the current system role. -#. -#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only -#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35 +#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the +#. specific configuration for the current system role. +#. +#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only +#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35 msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de función específica..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Guardando la zona horaria..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Guardando el idioma..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la consola..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del teclado..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Guardando información del producto..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Guardando los valores de instalación automáticos..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Guardando valores de configuración de seguridad..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del hardware..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 msgid "Adapting system services ..." msgstr "Adaptando servicios del sistema..." -#. normal=configuration in an installed system -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." msgstr "No tiene sentido escribir estos ajustes en el sistema." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size -#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length -#. is used to avoid this issue. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "Importar claves de host SSH y configuración" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "&Importar claves de host SSH y configuración" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando los ajustes SSH en el sistema instalado..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Dirigiendo al sistema instalado..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Desmontando todos los dispositivos montados..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Copiando la configuración de X Window System en el sistema..." -#. call command -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 +#. call command +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1935,82 +1840,69 @@ "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando los archivos de registro en el sistema instalado..." -#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's -#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25 +#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's +#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25 msgid "Computer Role" msgstr "Función de equipo" -#. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Quiero importar las claves SSH de una instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " -"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " -"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " -"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.<p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found " -"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada servidor SSH se identifica con una o varias claves de host públicas. " -"Seleccione una instalación de Linux existente para reutilizar las claves de " -"host y, por lo tanto, la identidad de su servidor SSH. Los archivos de clave " -"que se encuentran en /etc/ssh (un par de archivos por clave de host) se " -"copiarán al nuevo sistema que se va a instalar.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar " -"configuración de SSH</b> para copiar también los archivos de /etc/ssh, " -"además de las claves.</p>" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada servidor SSH se identifica con una o varias claves de host públicas. Seleccione una instalación de Linux existente para reutilizar las claves de host y, por lo tanto, la identidad de su servidor SSH. Los archivos de clave que se encuentran en /etc/ssh (un par de archivos por clave de host) se copiarán al nuevo sistema que se va a instalar.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar configuración de SSH</b> para copiar también los archivos de /etc/ssh, además de las claves.</p>" -#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} -#. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} en %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importar configuración de SSH" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Contrayendo la partición PREP..." -#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 +#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings" msgstr "Error en la configuración de instalación" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 msgid "" "The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n" "If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n" @@ -2020,23 +1912,23 @@ "Si continúa con la instalación, esta podría no completarse correctamente.\n" "Errores:\n" -#. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "¿Desea restablecer todos los valores por defecto?" -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Omitiendo configuración a petición del usuario." -#. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -2044,26 +1936,26 @@ "Esta propuesta contiene un error que debe\n" "ser resuelto antes de continuar.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adaptando la propuesta a la configuración actual..." -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analizando el sistema..." -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR: no hay ninguna propuesta" -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2071,53 +1963,51 @@ "Configuración guardada.\n" "Se han producido errores." -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Omitir configuración" -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Usar la siguiente configuración" -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en un encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú Cambiar más " -"abajo." +msgstr "Haga clic en un encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú Cambiar más abajo." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Haga clic en un titular para hacer cambios." -#. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Restablecer valores por defecto" -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Actualizar" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalar" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -2129,20 +2019,19 @@ "o bien en el menú <b>Cambiar...</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"El disco duro no se ha modificado aún, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin " -"problemas.\n" +"El disco duro no se ha modificado aún, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin problemas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 msgid "" "This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n" "and cannot be changed." @@ -2150,37 +2039,34 @@ "Este valor propuesto está marcado como de solo lectura\n" "y no es posible cambiarlo." -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Utilice <b>Instalar</b> para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Utilice <b>Instalar</b> para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los valores mostrados.\n" "</p>\n" -#. so update -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Utilice <b>Actualizar</b> para llevar a cabo una actualización con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Utilice <b>Actualizar</b> para llevar a cabo una actualización con los valores mostrados.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2190,9 +2076,9 @@ "Haga efectiva la configuración de la red pulsando <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2202,9 +2088,9 @@ "Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para activar la configuración de servicios.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2214,105 +2100,101 @@ "Haga efectiva la configuración del hardware pulsando <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<p><b>Propuesta de instalación UML</B></P>" -#. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>La instalación UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas " -"virtuales\n" +"<P>La instalación UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas virtuales\n" "Linux independientes en el sistema anfitrión.</P>" -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para emplear la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse <b>Siguiente.\n" +"Para emplear la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Text to display -#. -#. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Habilitando administración remota..." -#. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92 +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." -msgstr "" -"Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya " -"hecho." +msgstr "Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya hecho." -#. Writes configuration -#. -#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and -#. Snapper is configured. -#. -#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; -#. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Creando instantánea de sistema de archivos raíz..." -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 msgid "after update" msgstr "después de la actualización" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 msgid "after installation" msgstr "después de la instalación" -#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if -#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer -#. -#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 msgid "No previous Linux installation found" msgstr "No se encuentra ninguna instalación anterior de Linux" -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" msgstr "No se copiará ninguna clave de host SSH existente" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" msgstr "Las claves de host SSH y la configuración se copiarán de %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" msgstr "Las claves de host SSH se copiarán de %s" -#. Ask the user to chose a registration server -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers -#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; -#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. -#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250 +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "to search for installer updates." @@ -2320,125 +2202,118 @@ "Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado de la lista\n" "para buscar actualizaciones del instalador." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label -#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:14 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label +#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:14 msgid "Configure Online Repositories" msgstr "Configurar repositorios en línea" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo HTTP(S). El servidor ha " -"devuelto el código %2." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo HTTP(S). El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo FTP. El servidor ha " -"devuelto el código %2." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo FTP. El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Error al leer el archivo %1/%2.\n" -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Error al leer el archivo %1.\n" -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Error al montar %1." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Error al leer el archivo desde el CD. Vía: %1/%2." -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "No es posible recuperar el archivo remoto %1" -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 no está montado y falló el montaje" -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "No se encuentra el archivo %1" -#. Device -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo TFTP." -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Protocolo desconocido %1." -#. checking whether images are supported -#. BNC #409927 -#. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Error al leer información de las imágenes de instalación" -#. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Distribuyendo..." -#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. -#. -#. @see #all_supported_types -#. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Guardando preferencias del usuario..." -#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Restaurando preferencias del usuario..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instalación no ha podido resolver automáticamente las dependencias del " -"paquete.\n" +"La instalación no ha podido resolver automáticamente las dependencias del paquete.\n" "El gestor del software se abrirá para que las resuelva manualmente." -#. Proposal client for Network configuration -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19 -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20 +#. Proposal client for Network configuration +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19 +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de red" -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25 msgid "preformatted_proposal" msgstr "preformatted_proposal" -#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11 +#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11 msgid "Setting default target and system services ..." msgstr "Definiendo los servicios de destino y del sistema por defecto..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,71 +14,71 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 +#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta: %1" -#. yes/no string displayed in the overview -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 +#. yes/no string displayed in the overview +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 msgid "Announce Using SLP: %1" msgstr "Anunciar mediante SLP: %1" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Instserver overview dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 +#. Instserver overview dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 msgid "Installation Server" msgstr "Servidor de instalación" -#. menu item -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 +#. menu item +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 msgid "&Server Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración del &servidor..." -#. table header -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#. table header +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#. CD Popup -#. @param string popup message -#. @param boolean true if ISO -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 +#. CD Popup +#. @param string popup message +#. @param boolean true if ISO +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Change Media" msgstr "Cambiar medio" -#. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 +#. %1 is the current cd number +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Introduzca el CD %1 y pulse Continuar." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Seleccione la imagen ISO %1 y pulse Continuar." -#. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#. %2 is the product name and version +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Introduzca el CD %1 de %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Seleccione la imagen ISO %1 de %2." -#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 +#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ "Insertar\n" "%1" -#. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 +#. popup request, %1 is ISO name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Seleccionar %1" -#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -104,64 +104,64 @@ "\n" "Seleccione primero el medio del producto base." -#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Copiando el contenido del CD en el directorio local." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco..." -#. TODO: report more details (stderr) -#. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#. TODO: report more details (stderr) +#. rename the directory +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Error al mover el contenido del repositorio" -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del repositorio" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Leer medio en &CD o DVD" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Origen de &datos" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "Utilizar imágenes &ISO" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Di&rectorio con imágenes de CD:" #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Seleccione un &directorio" -#. abort? -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +#. abort? +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Falta el nombre del servidor de instalación." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ "Ya existen los contenidos en este directorio.\n" "Los CDs no se están copiando." -#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -178,21 +178,21 @@ "¿Desea añadir un producto adicional (Service Pack, CD de paquetes\n" "adicionales, etc.) al repositorio?" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del repositorio:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "A&nunciar como servicio de instalación con SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Nombre de repositorio no válido." -#. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#. an error message - entered repository name already exists +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -200,8 +200,8 @@ "El repositorio %1 ya existe,\n" "introduzca otro nombre." -#. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#. create directory only for a new repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ " %1 \n" "tiene permisos de escritura y pruebe de nuevo.\n" -#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -226,96 +226,95 @@ "Cuando se añade un nuevo repositorio con el mismo nombre,\n" "se debe suprimir inmediatamente el contenido del antiguo.\n" "\n" -"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el contenido antiguo y volver a crearlo desde " -"cero?" +"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el contenido antiguo y volver a crearlo desde cero?" -#. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +#. Instserver server dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Configuración inicial -- Configuración inicial" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "No configurar ningún servicio de r&ed" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Di&rectorio para almacenar los repositorios:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio HTTP" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio FTP" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio NFS" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Falta la ruta del directorio para el servidor de instalación." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- NFS" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del &servidor" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opciones" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al configurar NFS." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- FTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Directorio raíz del servidor &FTP:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "Alias del &directorio:" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al configurar FTP." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- HTTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "Alias del &directorio" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear la configuración HTTPD." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -323,31 +322,29 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor de red</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 msgid "" "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una de las opciones del servidor y especifique dónde deberían " -"alojarse\n" +"<p>Seleccione una de las opciones del servidor y especifique dónde deberían alojarse\n" "los repositorios en el sistema local.\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" "the services.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si alguno de los servicios ya está en funcionamiento y desea configurar " -"el\n" +"<p>Si alguno de los servicios ya está en funcionamiento y desea configurar el\n" "servidor manualmente, seleccione la opción para no configurar los\n" "servicios.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -355,48 +352,41 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor NFS</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" "installed and started.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para completar esta configuración es necesario añadir una nueva entrada " -"al archivo\n" +"<p>Para completar esta configuración es necesario añadir una nueva entrada al archivo\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> y el servidor NFS debe ser instalado e\n" "iniciado.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si necesita restringir el acceso de determinados equipos host a los " -"directorios exportados,\n" -"añada una máscara de comodín más restrictiva. Por ejemplo, utilice " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"<p>Si necesita restringir el acceso de determinados equipos host a los directorios exportados,\n" +"añada una máscara de comodín más restrictiva. Por ejemplo, utilice <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "para restringir el acceso a la subred <em>192.168.1.0</em>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Configure además las opciones de exportación. Puede obtener más " -"información sobre\n" -"las opciones disponibles en la página del manual de <em>exports</em> (man " -"exports(5))\n" +"<p>Configure además las opciones de exportación. Puede obtener más información sobre\n" +"las opciones disponibles en la página del manual de <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" @@ -404,7 +394,7 @@ "<p>El repositorio estará disponible en la siguiente dirección URL:\n" "<tt>nfs://ip_del_host/nombre_del_repositorio</tt></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -412,7 +402,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" "installed and started.</p>\n" @@ -420,7 +410,7 @@ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, un servidor FTP debe ser instalado\n" "e iniciado.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" @@ -429,25 +419,20 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si el directorio del repositorio de software seleccionado está fuera\n" -"de la jerarquía del servidor FTP, se añade un punto de montaje en <tt>/etc/" -"fstab</tt>.\n" -"Esto permite que el directorio del repositorio de software esté disponible " -"bajo\n" -"el servidor FTP (utilizando la opción <tt>--bind</tt> del comando <tt>mount).\n" +"de la jerarquía del servidor FTP, se añade un punto de montaje en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"Esto permite que el directorio del repositorio de software esté disponible bajo\n" +"el servidor FTP (utilizando la opción <tt>--bind</tt> del comando <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Los clientes podrán acceder al servidor de instalación a través de la " -"siguiente URL:\n" +"<p>Los clientes podrán acceder al servidor de instalación a través de la siguiente URL:\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -455,7 +440,7 @@ "<p><tt>ftp://<ip_del_host>/<nombre_del_repositorio></tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -463,29 +448,25 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" "server root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para completar esta configuración, un servidor HTTP debe ser instalado\n" -"e iniciado. El alias se utilizará para denominar al directorio raíz del " -"servidor\n" +"e iniciado. El alias se utilizará para denominar al directorio raíz del servidor\n" "de instalación.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione un alias corto y fácil de recordar. Por ejemplo, si " -"selecciona \n" -"<em>SUSE</em> como alias, los repositorios estarán disponibles tal y como " -"aparece a continuación:</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione un alias corto y fácil de recordar. Por ejemplo, si selecciona \n" +"<em>SUSE</em> como alias, los repositorios estarán disponibles tal y como aparece a continuación:</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -493,7 +474,7 @@ "<p><tt>http://<ip_del_host>/SUSE/<nombre_del_repositorio>;</tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -501,70 +482,58 @@ "<p><b>Configuración del repositorio</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>El nombre del repositorio se utiliza para crear un directorio en el que\n" -"se copiarán y gestionarán todos los CD del producto. El acceso al " -"repositorio\n" +"se copiarán y gestionarán todos los CD del producto. El acceso al repositorio\n" "se realiza mediante el protocolo configurado (NFS, FTP o HTTP).</p> \n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Soporte SLP</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) hace que resulte más " -"sencillo encontrar un servidor de instalación. \n" +"<p>El protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) hace que resulte más sencillo encontrar un servidor de instalación. \n" "Si está activado, el repositorio se anunciará en la red mediante SLP.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione una unidad de origen en la lista, introduzca el primer medio " -"de un producto de base y haga clic en\n" +"<p>Seleccione una unidad de origen en la lista, introduzca el primer medio de un producto de base y haga clic en\n" "<b>Siguiente</b> para copiar el contenido en el repositorio local.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Cuando los medios del producto base se hayan copiado en el repositorio " -"local, podrá añadir CD adicionales\n" -"al repositorio (por ejemplo, CD de Service Pack o cualquier CD adicional).\n" +"<p>Cuando los medios del producto base se hayan copiado en el repositorio local, podrá añadir CD adicionales\n" +"al repositorio (por ejemplo, CD de Service Pack o cualquier CD adicional).</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Imágenes ISO</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next, you can\n" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede utilizar imágenes ISO en lugar de soportes en formato CD o DVD. Si " -"hace clic en <b>Siguiente,</b> podrá \n" +"<p>Puede utilizar imágenes ISO en lugar de soportes en formato CD o DVD. Si hace clic en <b>Siguiente,</b> podrá \n" "seleccionar archivos de imágenes ISO.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -572,8 +541,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -581,8 +550,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -590,8 +559,8 @@ "<p><b>Guardando la configuración del repositorio</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -600,12 +569,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" @@ -613,25 +581,21 @@ "<p><b>Configuración del repositorio</b><br>\n" "Configure aquí el servidor de instalación.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Añadir un repositorio:</b><br>\n" -"Los directorios sin configurar se detectan en el directorio del repositorio " -"y \n" +"Los directorios sin configurar se detectan en el directorio del repositorio y \n" "quedan disponibles para su configuración.\n" -"Para añadir un repositorio, selecciónelo en la lista de repositorios sin " -"configurar y pulse <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" +"Para añadir un repositorio, selecciónelo en la lista de repositorios sin configurar y pulse <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -641,8 +605,8 @@ "Al pulsar <b>Editar</b> se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" "Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" @@ -652,8 +616,8 @@ "Obtenga un resumen de los repositorios configurados y edite\n" "su configuración si es necesario.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" @@ -661,8 +625,8 @@ "<p><b>Añadir un repositorio:</b><br>\n" "Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un repositorio.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" @@ -672,39 +636,35 @@ "Seleccione el repositorio que quiere modificar o suprimir y\n" "pulse <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir</b> según corresponda.</p>\n" -#. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 +#. Read service data using _auto +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"El servidor de instalación FTP requiere un paquete de servidor FTP. El " -"paquete vsftpd será\n" +"El servidor de instalación FTP requiere un paquete de servidor FTP. El paquete vsftpd será\n" "instalado a continuación.\n" -#. Write Apache config -#. @param string state : Yes/No -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 +#. Write Apache config +#. @param string state : Yes/No +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2" msgstr "No es posible escribir /etc/sysconfig/apache2" -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"El servidor de instalación HTTP requiere un paquete de servidor HTTP. El " -"paquete apache2\n" +"El servidor de instalación HTTP requiere un paquete de servidor HTTP. El paquete apache2\n" "será instalado a continuación." -#. Setup NFS Server -#. @param string directory -#. @param [String] options -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 +#. Setup NFS Server +#. @param string directory +#. @param [String] options +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -712,73 +672,73 @@ "Ya se ha exportado el directorio mediante NFS.\n" "¿Desea dejar los recursos NFS exportados sin modificar?\n" -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Leer archivo de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Buscar un nuevo repositorio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Leyendo archivo de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Buscando un nuevo repositorio..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración actual." -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de instalación." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios configurados" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Configuración de IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&IPLB" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de servidores virtuales" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de IPLB" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de IPLB" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Primera parte de la configuración de IPLB" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Segunda parte de la configuración de IPLB" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "Confi&guración global" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor &virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Intervalo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "Tiempo límite de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "Número de errores" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "Tiempo límite de negociación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "Vuelta atrás" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "Devolución de llamada" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Experto" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "Alerta de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "Estado de alerta de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "Recargar automáticamente" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "Inactivos" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "Horquilla" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "Supervisados" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "Archivo de registro" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,256 +265,130 @@ "</p><p>Por defecto: 10 segundos\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, " -"externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara " -"inactivo.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El " -"tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede " -"sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de " -"negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara inactivo.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Número de errores</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar " -"sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. " -"Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer " -"error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se " -"restablece en 0.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se restablece en 0.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de negociación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>El tiempo límite en segundos de las comprobaciones de negociación.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El " -"tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir " -"con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de " -"conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 30 segundos\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los " -"servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de " -"emergencia.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Archivo de registro</big> = \"</b><i>/vía/archivo/registro<b>\"</b>|recurso_syslog\n" -"</p><p>Con esta directiva se debería especificar un archivo de registro " -"alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no empieza por el signo de barra " -"inclinada (/), se presupone que es un nombre de recurso <b>syslog</a></b>(3).\n" -"</p><p>Por defecto: se registra directamente en el archivo <i>/var/log/" -"ldirectord.log</i>.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Archivo de registro</big> = \"</b><i>/vía/archivo/registro</i><b>\"</b>|recurso_syslog\n" +"</p><p>Con esta directiva se debería especificar un archivo de registro alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no empieza por el signo de barra inclinada (/), se presupone que es un nombre de recurso <b>syslog</a></b>(3).\n" +"</p><p>Por defecto: se registra directamente en el archivo <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"<i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre " -"un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el " -"servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" -"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente " -"correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::" -"Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los " -"métodos.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" +"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n\n" -"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico " -"mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. " -"Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" -"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos " -"electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la " -"opción\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" +"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la opción\n" "de configuración del intervalo de comprobación.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|" -"<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|" -"<b>recargando</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se " -"enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma " -"abreviada\n" -"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> " -"<b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá " -"especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|<b>recargando</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma abreviada\n" +"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> <b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" "las opciones se comprueban y si alguna coincide se enviará una alerta.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: todos\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Devolución de llamada</big> = \"</b><i>/vía/devolución/" -"llamada</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si se define esta directiva, <b>ldirectord</b> llama automáticamente " -"al ejecutable <i>/vía/devolución/llamada</i> después de cambiar el archivo " -"de\n" -"configuración en el disco. Resulta útil para actualizar el archivo de " -"configuración mediante <b>scp</b> en el otro host pulsado. El primer " -"argumento de la devolución\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Devolución de llamada</big> = \"</b><i>/vía/devolución/llamada</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Si se define esta directiva, <b>ldirectord</b> llama automáticamente al ejecutable <i>/vía/devolución/llamada</i> después de cambiar el archivo de\n" +"configuración en el disco. Resulta útil para actualizar el archivo de configuración mediante <b>scp</b> en el otro host pulsado. El primer argumento de la devolución\n" "de llamada es el nombre de la configuración.\n" -"</p><p>Esta directiva también se puede usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automáticamente después de cambiar el archivo de configuración en el disco. " -"Sin embargo, si <b>Recargar automáticamente</b>\n" +"</p><p>Esta directiva también se puede usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> automáticamente después de cambiar el archivo de configuración en el disco. Sin embargo, si <b>Recargar automáticamente</b>\n" "se define con el valor sí, la configuración se recarga de todas formas.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Experto</big> = \"</b><i>configuración</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la " -"<i>configuración</i> nombrada.\n" +"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la <i>configuración</i> nombrada.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Recargar automáticamente</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Define si <ldirectord> debe comprobar de forma continua si hay " -"modificaciones en el archivo de configuración. Si se establece el valor sí y " -"el archivo de configuración\n" -"ha cambiado en el disco y su hora de modificación (mtime) es más reciente " -"que en la versión anterior, la configuración se vuelve a cargar " -"automáticamente.\n" +"</p><p>Define si <ldirectord> debe comprobar de forma continua si hay modificaciones en el archivo de configuración. Si se establece el valor sí y el archivo de configuración\n" +"ha cambiado en el disco y su hora de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que en la versión anterior, la configuración se vuelve a cargar automáticamente.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Inactivos</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o " -"de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS del núcleo.\n" -"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se " -"aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" -"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con " -"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes " -"seguirán\n" -"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de " -"persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las " -"conexiones persistentes.\n" -"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente " -"comando:\n" +"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo.\n" +"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" +"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes seguirán\n" +"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las conexiones persistentes.\n" +"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente comando:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el " -"núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS no está cargada\n" -"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se " -"ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el " -"núcleo, si es posible.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta " -"atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por " -"defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS</small> no está cargada\n" +"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el núcleo, si es posible.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: <i>sí</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Horquilla</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> ldirectord generará un proceso hijo " -"para cada servidor virtual y ejecutará comprobaciones con los servidores " -"reales para esos procesos. Aumentarán\n" -"así los tiempos de respuestas a los cambios de estado del servidor real en " -"las configuraciones con varios servidores virtuales. También se usará menos " -"memoria que al ejecutar varias instancias\n" -"distintas de ldirectord. Los procesos hijos se reinician automáticamente si " -"se detienen.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> ldirectord generará un proceso hijo para cada servidor virtual y ejecutará comprobaciones con los servidores reales para esos procesos. Aumentarán\n" +"así los tiempos de respuestas a los cambios de estado del servidor real en las configuraciones con varios servidores virtuales. También se usará menos memoria que al ejecutar varias instancias\n" +"distintas de ldirectord. Los procesos hijos se reinician automáticamente si se detienen.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Supervisados</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> ldirectord no pasa al modo en " -"segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout, en " -"lugar de a un archivo de registro. Resulta\n" -"útil para ejecutar <b>ldirectord</b> de forma supervisada desde daemontools. " -"Consulte http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o http://cr.yp.to/daemontools." -"html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>sí,</i> ldirectord no pasa al modo en segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout, en lugar de a un archivo de registro. Resulta\n" +"útil para ejecutar <b>ldirectord</b> de forma supervisada desde daemontools. Consulte http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -600,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -613,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -725,211 +497,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(dirección_IP|nombrehost:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos</i>\n" -"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) " -"y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca " -"de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n" -"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>" -"\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales y los " -"indicadores de\n" -"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar " -"sangrados.\n" +"<p><b><big>Servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(dirección_IP|nombrehost:númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos</i>\n" +"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n" +"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales y los indicadores de\n" +"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar sangrados.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Servidores reales</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombrehost[->" -"dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y " -"el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el " -"valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n" -"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. " -"Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones <small>IP</small> " -"(o dos nombres de host),\n" -"en cuyo caso, cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el intervalo se tratará " -"como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el " -"método de reenvío,\n" -"que debe ser <b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es " -"opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un " -"peso con el valor\n" -"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-" -"receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen " -"al par\n" -"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben " -"entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP " -"y\n" -"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del " -"servidor real.\n" -"</p><p>Para los servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> " -"(distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la " -"dirección <small>IP</small>\n" -"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host " -"que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n" -"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está " -"disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es " -"masq. Esto se debe a\n" -"la forma en la que funciona el código de <small>LVS</small> subyacente del " -"núcleo.\n" -"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas " -"entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el " -"número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas " -"de correo electrónico y\n" -"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer " -"dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Servidores reales</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombrehost[->dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n" +"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones <small>IP</small> (o dos nombres de host),\n" +"en cuyo caso, cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el intervalo se tratará como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el método de reenvío,\n" +"que debe ser <b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un peso con el valor\n" +"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen al par\n" +"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP y\n" +"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del servidor real.\n" +"</p><p>Para los servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> (distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la dirección <small>IP</small>\n" +"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n" +"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es masq. Esto se debe a\n" +"la forma en la que funciona el código de <small>LVS</small> subyacente del núcleo.\n" +"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico y\n" +"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar</b>|<b>externa</b>|" -"<b>negociar</b>|<b>inactiva</b>|<b>activa</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>tiempo límite " -"de comprobación</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una " -"petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta " -"realizar una conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>:\n" -"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación " -"es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en " -"cada intento de conexión N\n" -"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a " -"menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la " -"negociación. Ping significa\n" -"que se usará un ping <small>ICMP</small> para probar la disponibilidad de " -"los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de " -"los servicios <small>UDP</small>. Inactiva\n" -"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún " -"servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán " -"comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar</b>|<b>externa</b>|<b>negociar</b>|<b>inactiva</b>|<b>activa</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>tiempo límite de comprobación</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta realizar una conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>:\n" +"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en cada intento de conexión N\n" +"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la negociación. Ping significa\n" +"que se usará un ping <small>ICMP</small> para probar la disponibilidad de los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de los servicios <small>UDP</small>. Inactiva\n" +"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n" "estarán siempre activados. La opción por defecto es <i>negociar</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>servicio</big> = DNS</b>|<b>FTP</b>|<b>HTTP</b>|<b>HTTPS</b>|" -"<b>IMAP</b>|<b>IMAPS</b>|<b>LDAP</b>|<b>MySQL</b>|<b>NNTP</b>|<b>Ninguno</b>|" -"<b>Oracle</b>|<b>PGSQL</b>|<b>POP</b>|<b>POPS</b>|<b>Radius</b>|<b>TCP " -"simple</b>|<b>SIP</b>|<b>SMTP</b>\n" -"</p><p>El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar " -"en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n" -"</p><p>TCP simple envía la cadena <b>request</b> al servidor y la prueba con " -"la cadena RegExp de <b>receive</b>. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n" -"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones <b>request</b> y " -"<b>receive</b> para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>servicio</big> = DNS</b>|<b>FTP</b>|<b>HTTP</b>|<b>HTTPS</b>|<b>IMAP</b>|<b>IMAPS</b>|<b>LDAP</b>|<b>MySQL</b>|<b>NNTP</b>|<b>Ninguno</b>|<b>Oracle</b>|<b>PGSQL</b>|<b>POP</b>|<b>POPS</b>|<b>Radius</b>|<b>TCP simple</b>|<b>SIP</b>|<b>SMTP</b>\n" +"</p><p>El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n" +"</p><p>TCP simple envía la cadena <b>request</b> al servidor y la prueba con la cadena RegExp de <b>receive</b>. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n" +"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones <b>request</b> y <b>receive</b> para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* El puerto del servidor virtual es el 21: FTP\n" @@ -951,11 +627,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Otros: ninguno\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"</b><i>vía al guion</i><b>" -"\"</b>\n" -"<p>Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando " -"que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está " -"correcto, el estado debe\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"</b><i>vía al guion</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está correcto, el estado debe\n" "ser cero, y si no lo está, será otro valor.\n" "</p><p>Al guion se le pasan cuatro parámetros:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* IP o marca de cortafuegos del servidor virtual\n" @@ -966,112 +639,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>Puerto de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de " -"comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n" +"</p><p>Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Petición</big> = \"</b><i>URI al objeto pedido</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor " -"real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede " -"verse\n" +"</p><p>Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" "sustituida por una cadena request opcional basada en el servidor real.\n" -"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser el nombre de un " -"registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> en el que " -"buscar.\n" -"</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una " -"consulta <small>SQL</small>. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o " -"más filas, no los datos\n" +"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser el nombre de un registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> en el que buscar.\n" +"</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una consulta <small>SQL</small>. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o más filas, no los datos\n" "devueltos. Este ajuste es obligatorio.\n" -"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, " -"excepto \n" +"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, excepto \n" " algunas apariciones que se sustituyen con un carácter de línea nueva.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Recepción</big> = \"</b><i>RegExp para comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena <i>RegExp para comparar,, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar " -"entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n" -"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de " -"escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse " -"literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" -"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor " -"real.\n" -"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser una de las " -"direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro <small>PTR.\n" +"</p><p>Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena <i>RegExp para comparar,</i>, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n" +"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" +"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor real.\n" +"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser una de las direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro <small>PTR</small>.\n" "</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, la cadena receive no se usa.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Método HTTP</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para recoger " -"el <small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena request. <small>GET</small> " -"es\n" -"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa " -"<small>HEAD</small>, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Método HTTP</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para recoger el <small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena request. <small>GET</small> es\n" +"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa <small>HEAD</small>, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Host virtual</big> = \"</b><i>nombrehost</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con <small>HTTP o <small>HTTPS</small>. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en " -"la petición <small>HTTP</small>. En el\n" -"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común " -"del certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n" -"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como " -"último recurso, se usará la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n" +"</p><p>Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con <small>HTTP</small> o <small>HTTPS</small>. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en la petición <small>HTTP</small>. En el\n" +"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común del certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n" +"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como último recurso, se usará la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Iniciar sesión</big> = \"</b><i>nombreusuario</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado " -"para iniciar sesión.\n" -"</p><p>Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de " -"usuario.\n" -"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como " -"dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo " -"<small>OPTIONS</small>.\n" +"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado para iniciar sesión.\n" +"</p><p>Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de usuario.\n" +"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anónimo\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la " -"configuración\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de " -"host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una " -"autenticación.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la configuración\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una autenticación.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>Contraseña</big> = \"</b><i>contraseña</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>La contraseña que se usa para iniciar sesión en los servidores " -"<small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, " -"<small>POP<b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y " -"PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida " -"por el ajuste <b>Recepción</b> anterior). Este\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>Nombre de base de datos</big> = \"</b><i>nombrebasedatos</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida por el ajuste <b>Recepción</b> anterior). Este\n" "ajuste es obligatorio.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"</b><i>secretoRadius</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto " -"usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario " -"(establecido en el ajuste <b>Iniciar sesión</b> anterior) y la contraseña " -"(establecida en\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"</b><i>secretoRadius</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido en el ajuste <b>Iniciar sesión</b> anterior) y la contraseña (establecida en\n" "el ajuste <b>Contraseña</b> anterior).\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: cadena vacía.\n" "\n" @@ -1081,256 +710,195 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Máscara de red</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" -"</p><p>La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones " -"de cliente persistentes.\n" +"</p><p>La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones de cliente persistentes.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Programador</big> =</b> <i>nombre_del_programador</i>\n" -"</p><p>El programador que usará <small>LVS</small> para el equilibrio de " -"carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, " -"consulte la página man <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" +"</p><p>El programador que usará <small>LVS</small> para el equilibrio de carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, consulte la página man <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Protocolo</big> = TCP</b>|<b>UDP</b>|<b>FWM</b>\n" -"</p><p>El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como " -"una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se " -"indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n" +"</p><p>El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n" "el protocolo debe ser FWM.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un " -"puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n" -"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un " -"puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n" +"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n" "</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una marca de cortafuegos: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, " -"externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara " -"inactivo.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El " -"tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede " -"sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de " -"negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara inactivo.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de negociación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>El tiempo límite en segundos de las comprobaciones de negociación.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El " -"tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir " -"con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de " -"conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 30 segundos\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Número de errores</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar " -"sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. " -"Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer " -"error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos " -"se restablece en 0.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se restablece en 0.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 1\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"<i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre " -"un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el " -"servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" -"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente " -"correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::" -"Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los " -"métodos.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" +"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n\n" -"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico " -"mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. " -"Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" -"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos " -"electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la " -"opción\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" +"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la opción\n" "de configuración del intervalo de comprobación.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|" -"<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|" -"<b>recargando</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se " -"enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma " -"abreviada\n" -"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> " -"<b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá " -"especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|<b>recargando</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma abreviada\n" +"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> <b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" "las opciones se comprueban y si alguna coincide se enviará una alerta.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: todos\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los " -"servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de " -"emergencia.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>Inactivos</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o " -"de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS del núcleo.\n" -"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se " -"aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" -"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con " -"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes " -"seguirán\n" -"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de " -"persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las " -"conexiones persistentes.\n" -"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente " -"comando:\n" +"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo.\n" +"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" +"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes seguirán\n" +"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las conexiones persistentes.\n" +"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente comando:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el " -"núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS no está cargada\n" -"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se " -"ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el " -"núcleo, si es posible.\n" -"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta " -"atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por " -"defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n" -"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS</small> no está cargada\n" +"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el núcleo, si es posible.\n" +"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n" +"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "</p><p>Por defecto: <i>sí</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "Tipo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "Puerto de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "Comando de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Método HTTP" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "Petición" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "Recibir" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "Host virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "Iniciar sesión" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "Nombre de base de datos" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Secreto de Radius" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "Persistente" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "Programador" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "Servidores virtuales" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "Servidor virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "Servidores reales" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "Tipo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "Tipo de autenticación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1338,98 +906,98 @@ "Si se usa IPv6, el formato debe ser como este:\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor real" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "Método de reenvío" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "anchura" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "La dirección IP no es válida" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "Agregar un servidor real nuevo:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "Editar el servidor real:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de IPLB" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración global" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del host virtual" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración global..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del host virtual..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de IPLB" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,267 +14,260 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "Configuración de un iniciador iSCSI" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador &iSCSI" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "Dirección iSNS" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Puerto iSNS" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Nombre del &iniciador" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "&Descargar tarjeta" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Dirección del portal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Nombre de destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Desconectar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Descubrir" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Conectar" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Authentication by Initiator" msgstr "Autenticación por iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Autenticación por destinos" -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Login Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación de entrada" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Inicio" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "manual" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "en el arranque" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "automático" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Destinos conectados" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Destinos descubiertos" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Descripción de iniciador iSCSI" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Descubrimiento de iniciador iSCSI" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. | -#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. -#. | All Rights Reserved. -#. | -#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. | -#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. | GNU General Public License for more details. -#. | -#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. | -#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. | -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client -#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication " -"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do " -"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si se necesita autenticación para el acceso seguro, use las opciones " -"<b>Autenticación por inicador</b> y <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> " -"juntas. Por motivos de seguridad, no aplique solo una de las dos.\n" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. | +#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. +#. | All Rights Reserved. +#. | +#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. | +#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. | GNU General Public License for more details. +#. | +#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. | +#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. | +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client +#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 +msgid "If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" +msgstr "Si se necesita autenticación para el acceso seguro, use las opciones <b>Autenticación por inicador</b> y <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> juntas. Por motivos de seguridad, no aplique solo una de las dos.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -282,18 +275,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -301,8 +293,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -311,12 +303,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.</b>\n" -" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro " -"hacerlo.\n" +" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -324,8 +315,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Configure un iniciador iSCSI.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -334,24 +325,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adición de un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione un iniciador iSCSI en la lista de iniciadores detectados.\n" -" Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice <b>Otro (no detectado).\n" +" Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice <b>Otro (no detectado).</b>\n" " A continuación, haga clic en <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Edición o supresión</big></b><br>\n" -"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que " -"le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" " la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -361,8 +350,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los iniciadores iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -370,8 +359,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Adición de un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un iniciador iSCSI.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -381,209 +370,138 @@ "Seleccione el iniciador iSCSI que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " -"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Lista de sesiones actuales.</p><p>Utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> para " -"obtener destinos adicionales. Se iniciará un nuevo descubrimiento para " -"detectar nuevos destinos y el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados " -"se mantendrá sin cambios.<br>Utilice <b>Desconectar</b> para cancelar la " -"conexión y eliminar el destino de la lista.<br>Para cambiar el estado del " -"inicio, seleccione <b>Editar</b>.</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Lista de sesiones actuales.</p><p>Utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> para obtener destinos adicionales. Se iniciará un nuevo descubrimiento para detectar nuevos destinos y el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados se mantendrá sin cambios.<br>Utilice <b>Desconectar</b> para cancelar la conexión y eliminar el destino de la lista.<br>Para cambiar el estado del inicio, seleccione <b>Editar</b>.</p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b> y <b>escritura</b>, " -"asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo " -"potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b> y <b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre de iniciador</b> es un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>. \n" -"En caso de que tenga iBFT, este valor se añadirá desde ahí y solo podrá " -"modificarlo en la configuración del BIOS.</p>" +"<p><b>Nombre de iniciador</b> es un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"En caso de que tenga iBFT, este valor se añadirá desde ahí y solo podrá modificarlo en la configuración del BIOS.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar <b>iSNS</b> (Servicio de almacenamiento de nombres de " -"Internet) para descubrir destinos en lugar del método por defecto " -"(SendTargets),\n" -"especifique la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto por " -"defecto debería ser 3205.\n" +"Si desea utilizar <b>iSNS</b> (Servicio de almacenamiento de nombres de Internet) para descubrir destinos en lugar del método por defecto (SendTargets),\n" +"especifique la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto por defecto debería ser 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Discovery Authentication</b>. " msgstr "" "Introduzca la <b>dirección IP</b> del servidor iSCSI de destino.\n" -"Modifique solo el valor de <b>Puerto</b>. Si no necesita efectuar la " -"autenticación,\n" +"Modifique solo el valor de <b>Puerto</b>. Si no necesita efectuar la autenticación,\n" "seleccione <b>Sin autenticación de descubrimiento</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y haga " -"clic en <b>Conectar.</b>" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y haga clic en <b>Conectar.</b>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inicio</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>manual</b> es para los destinos iSCSI con los que no se conectará\n" "por defecto y el usuario debe conectar manualmente.</p>\n" -"<p><b>en el arranque</b> es para los destinos ISCSI con los que se conectará " -"durante el arranque; por ejemplo, cuando\n" +"<p><b>en el arranque</b> es para los destinos ISCSI con los que se conectará durante el arranque; por ejemplo, cuando\n" "la raíz esté en iSCSI. Se evaluará de esta forma en initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automático</b> es para los destinos iSCSI con los que se conectará " -"cuando se inicie\n" +"<p><b>automático</b> es para los destinos iSCSI con los que se conectará cuando se inicie\n" "el servicio iSCSI.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Autenticación</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." -msgstr "" -"<p>El valor por defecto aquí es <i>Sin autenticación</i>. Deseleccione la " -"casilla de verificación si la autenticación es necesaria por motivos de " -"seguridad." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." +msgstr "<p>El valor por defecto aquí es <i>Sin autenticación</i>. Deseleccione la casilla de verificación si la autenticación es necesaria por motivos de seguridad." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " -"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." -"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note: Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " -"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta pantalla muestra la lista de destinos descubiertos.</p><p>Utilice el " -"botón <b>Descubrir</b> para obtener los destinos iSCSI disponibles de un " -"servidor especificado mediante su dirección IP.<br>Use la opción " -"<b>Conectar</b> con un destino para establecer la conexión. Si la entrada se " -"ha realizado correctamente, la columna <i>Conectado</i> mostrará el estado " -"\"Verdadero\" y el destino se mostrará en la pantalla <i>Destinos " -"conectados</i>.<br>Para eliminar un destino, utilice el botón <b>Suprimir.<br> <b>Sugerencia:</b> solo es posible eliminar los destinos no " -"conectados. Si es necesario, <b>desconecte</b> los <i>Destinos conectados primero.</p><p><b>Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente:</b> volver a iniciar el " -"<b>descubrimiento</b> significa redescubrir los destinos, lo que " -"probablemente cambiará el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados (al " -"valor por defecto, manual). Acceda a la pantalla <i>Destinos conectados</i> " -"y utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> si desea añadir nuevos destinos sin cambiar " -"el modo de inicio.</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta pantalla muestra la lista de destinos descubiertos.</p><p>Utilice el botón <b>Descubrir</b> para obtener los destinos iSCSI disponibles de un servidor especificado mediante su dirección IP.<br>Use la opción <b>Conectar</b> con un destino para establecer la conexión. Si la entrada se ha realizado correctamente, la columna <i>Conectado</i> mostrará el estado \"Verdadero\" y el destino se mostrará en la pantalla <i>Destinos conectados</i>.<br>Para eliminar un destino, utilice el botón <b>Suprimir</b>.<br> <b>Sugerencia:</b> solo es posible eliminar los destinos no conectados. Si es necesario, <b>desconecte</b> los <i>Destinos conectados</i> primero.</p><p><b>Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente:</b> volver a iniciar el <b>descubrimiento</b> significa redescubrir los destinos, lo que probablemente cambiará el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados (al valor por defecto, manual). Acceda a la pantalla <i>Destinos conectados</i> y utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> si d esea añadir nuevos destinos sin cambiar el modo de inicio.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "El comando ha alcanzado su tiempo límite." -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "Error al conectar con iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Error al salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún registro." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "No hay dirección IP válida." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "El campo Puerto no puede estar vacío." -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Nombre de iniciador incorrecto" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -605,174 +523,162 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usar este nombre?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "Compruebe el nombre del host de respuesta de la dirección IP.\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Introduzca el puerto." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Verdadero" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Falso" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"El destino de este valor TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las " -"vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan daños en los " -"datos." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "El destino de este valor TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan daños en los datos." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Ya está conectado al destino." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de iniciador iSCSI" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de AutoYaST" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Configurar el estado del servicio" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "por defecto (software)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "todo" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>\n" -"son diferentes. El nombre de iniciador antiguo se sustituirá por el valor de " -"iBFT y se \n" -"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de nombre de " -"iniciador distinto, modifíquelo \n" +"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"son diferentes. El nombre de iniciador antiguo se sustituirá por el valor de iBFT y se \n" +"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de nombre de iniciador distinto, modifíquelo \n" "en el BIOS.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Conexión de destino fallida.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,256 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Configuración de un destino iSCSI mediante LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Destino &iSCSI LIO" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Destinos" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Grupo de portal" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "Número de puerto" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "Asociar todas las direcciones IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Login Authentication" msgstr "Usar autenticación de entrada" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 msgid "Path" msgstr "Vía" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "Asignación de LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Autorización" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Editar LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Editar autorización" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Copiar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de entrada" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de salida" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "Estado de TPG" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Descripción de destino iSCSI LIO" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Destino iSCSI</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Añadir destino iSCSI" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify initiators ACLs" msgstr "Modificar las ACL de los iniciadores" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Modificar configuración LUN de destino iSCSI" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada del destino iSCSI" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in " -"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication " -"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in " -"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still " -"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant " -"access to the targets in next page" -msgstr "" -"Si habilita <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b>, debe completar los campos " -"<b>ID de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b> tanto para <b>Autenticación por " -"destinos</b> como para <b>Autenticación por iniciadores</b> en las páginas " -"siguientes. Aunque inhabilite <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b>, sigue " -"siendo necesario añadir el nombre de los iniciadores para los que desea " -"otorgar acceso a los destinos en la página siguiente" +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in <b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant access to the targets in next page" +msgstr "Si habilita <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b>, debe completar los campos <b>ID de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b> tanto para <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> como para <b>Autenticación por iniciadores</b> en las páginas siguientes. Aunque inhabilite <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b>, sigue siendo necesario añadir el nombre de los iniciadores para los que desea otorgar acceso a los destinos en la página siguiente" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -271,28 +259,26 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicio de la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Almacenamiento de la configuración del destino iSCSI</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Almacenamiento de la configuración del destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -300,12 +286,11 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede cancelar el proceso de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.\n" +"Puede cancelar el proceso de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.</b>\n" "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -313,8 +298,8 @@ "<p>El botón <b>Guardar</b> permite exportar datos sobre\n" "los destinos en el archivo seleccionado.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -322,8 +307,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración del destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Configure un destino iSCSI.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -332,24 +317,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adición de un destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione un destino iSCSI en la lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n" -"Si el destino no se ha detectado, utilice la opción <b>Otro (no detectado).\n" +"Si el destino no se ha detectado, utilice la opción <b>Otro (no detectado).</b>\n" " A continuación, haga clic en <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Edición o supresión</big></b><br>\n" -"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional " -"que le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si hace clic en <b>Editar,</b> se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" " la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -359,8 +342,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los destinos iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -368,8 +351,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Adición de un destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un destino iSCSI.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -379,8 +362,8 @@ "Seleccione el destino iSCSI que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -390,10 +373,10 @@ "Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -403,8 +386,8 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -414,354 +397,290 @@ "Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 -msgid "" -"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use " -"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or " -"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication " -"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for " -"initiators and targets!</b>" -msgstr "" -"Esta pestaña sirve para configurar la autenticación de la sesión de " -"descubrimiento. Use la opción <b>Sin autenticación de descubrimiento</b> " -"para inhabilitar la autenticación de descubrimiento. Si no lo hace, deberá " -"completar los campos <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> y <b>Autenticación " -"por iniciadores</b>. <b>Nota: los valores de ID de usuario y Contraseña no " -"pueden ser los mismos para los iniciadores y los destinos.</b>" +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 +msgid "This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use <b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for initiators and targets!</b>" +msgstr "Esta pestaña sirve para configurar la autenticación de la sesión de descubrimiento. Use la opción <b>Sin autenticación de descubrimiento</b> para inhabilitar la autenticación de descubrimiento. Si no lo hace, deberá completar los campos <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> y <b>Autenticación por iniciadores</b>. <b>Nota: los valores de ID de usuario y Contraseña no pueden ser los mismos para los iniciadores y los destinos.</b>" -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Use la opción <b>Añadir</b> para otorgar a un iniciador (cliente iSCSI) " -"acceso a un LUN importado desde\n" -" el grupo del portal de destino. Especifique el iniciador al que se permite " -"acceder (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" en /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en un iniciador iSCSI). La opción " -"<b>Suprimir</b> eliminará el acceso del iniciador al LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use la opción <b>Añadir</b> para otorgar a un iniciador (cliente iSCSI) acceso a un LUN importado desde\n" +" el grupo del portal de destino. Especifique el iniciador al que se permite acceder (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" en /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en un iniciador iSCSI). La opción <b>Suprimir</b> eliminará el acceso del iniciador al LUN.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's " -"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by " -"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. " -"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two " -"kinds of authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit " -"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two kinds of authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Editar LUN</b> es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga " -"en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo.<br>Después de " -"hacer clic en <b>Editar autorización,</b> es necesario usar <b>Autenticación " -"por destinos</b> y <b>Autenticación por iniciadores</b> a la vez. A " -"continuación, inserte valores en <b>ID de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña.</b> " -"Asegúrese de definir nombres de usuario y contraseñas distintos para los dos " -"tipos de autenticación.\n" -" Si <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b> se ha inhabilitado en el recuadro " -"de diálogo anterior, <b>Editar autorización</b> estará inhabilitado aquí.</p>" +"<p>Con <b>Editar LUN</b> es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo.<br>Después de hacer clic en <b>Editar autorización,</b> es necesario usar <b>Autenticación por destinos</b> y <b>Autenticación por iniciadores</b> a la vez. A continuación, inserte valores en <b>ID de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña.</b> Asegúrese de definir nombres de usuario y contraseñas distintos para los dos tipos de autenticación.\n" +" Si <b>Usar autenticación de entrada</b> se ha inhabilitado en el recuadro de diálogo anterior, <b>Editar autorización</b> estará inhabilitado aquí.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La opción <b>Copiar</b> permite proporcionar un acceso de iniciador " -"adicional al LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La opción <b>Copiar</b> permite proporcionar un acceso de iniciador adicional al LUN.</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"Lista de los destinos y los grupos Portal de destino ofrecidos. Puede crear " -"un destino nuevo haciendo clic en <b>Añadir.</b>\n" -"Para suprimir o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y haga clic en " -"<b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b>" +"Lista de los destinos y los grupos Portal de destino ofrecidos. Puede crear un destino nuevo haciendo clic en <b>Añadir.</b>\n" +"Para suprimir o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b>" -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Configuración de puerto/IP de destino iSCSI y LUN</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Es posible poner dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios disponibles " -"en un <b>LUN.</b>\n" -"Debe proporcionar la <b>vía</b> a los dispositivos de bloques o al " -"archivo. \n" -"<b>Nombre de LUN</b> es un nombre arbitrario para identificar de forma " -"exclusiva el <b>LUN.</b> \n" +"Es posible poner dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios disponibles en un <b>LUN.</b>\n" +"Debe proporcionar la <b>vía</b> a los dispositivos de bloques o al archivo. \n" +"<b>Nombre de LUN</b> es un nombre arbitrario para identificar de forma exclusiva el <b>LUN.</b> \n" "El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo Portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, el nombre se genera automáticamente." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Dirección IP</b> y <b>Número de puerto</b> debe especificar la " -"dirección\n" -"y el puerto en el que estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto por " -"defecto es el 3260.\n" -"Solo es posible indicar direcciones IP asignadas a una de las tarjetas de " -"red." +"<p>En <b>Dirección IP</b> y <b>Número de puerto</b> debe especificar la dirección\n" +"y el puerto en el que estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto por defecto es el 3260.\n" +"Solo es posible indicar direcciones IP asignadas a una de las tarjetas de red." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Crea un destino nuevo. Sustituye los valores de la plantilla con los valores " -"correctos." +msgstr "Crea un destino nuevo. Sustituye los valores de la plantilla con los valores correctos." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Es posible disponer dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios en un " -"LUN.\n" -"Debe proporcionar la <b>vía</b> a un dispositivo de bloques o a un " -"archivo. \n" -"El <b>Nombre de LUN</b> es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma " -"exclusiva el <b>LUN</b>. \n" -"El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo de portal de destino. Si el " -"usuario\n" +"Es posible disponer dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios en un LUN.\n" +"Debe proporcionar la <b>vía</b> a un dispositivo de bloques o a un archivo. \n" +"El <b>Nombre de LUN</b> es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma exclusiva el <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo de portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, se genera automáticamente." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Puede <b>añadir,</b> <b>editar</b> o <b>suprimir</b> todas las opciones de " -"configuración adicionales." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Puede <b>añadir,</b> <b>editar</b> o <b>suprimir</b> todas las opciones de configuración adicionales." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"Modifique el número <b>LUN</b> si fuera necesario y defina la opción " -"<b>Tipo</b> (nullio sirve para realizar pruebas).\n" -"Si Tipo=fileio, defina en <b>Vía</b> el dispositivo de disco o el archivo." -"<b>ID de SCSI</b> y <b>Sectores</b> son campos opcionales." +"Modifique el número <b>LUN</b> si fuera necesario y defina la opción <b>Tipo</b> (nullio sirve para realizar pruebas).\n" +"Si Tipo=fileio, defina en <b>Vía</b> el dispositivo de disco o el archivo.<b>ID de SCSI</b> y <b>Sectores</b> son campos opcionales." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autenticación" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario no válido" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Contraseña no válida." -#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, -#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 +#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, +#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Autenticación por destinos" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "UserID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 msgid "Authentication by Initiators" msgstr "Autenticación por iniciadores" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "El LUN seleccionado ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "El nombre seleccionado ya se está usando." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"La vía seleccionada debe ser un dispositivo de bloques o un archivo normal." +msgstr "La vía seleccionada debe ser un dispositivo de bloques o un archivo normal." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "La vía seleccionada ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Examinar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)" msgstr "Nombre (se genera automáticamente si está vacío)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo o dispositivo" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "Iniciador LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN de destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 msgid "Change" msgstr "Cambiar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "El LUN de destino %1 se ha usado más de una vez." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Es necesario habilitar al menos una autenticación." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 msgid "Initiator name" msgstr "Nombre del iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importar LUN de TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador no puede estar vacío." -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador ya existe." -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 msgid "New initiator name" msgstr "Nuevo nombre del iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el elemento seleccionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problema al crear el destino %1 con TPG %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problema al configurar el portal de red en %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar el LUN %1 (nombre:%2) a la vía %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar la autenticación en %1:%2 para %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "El destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "El grupo del portal de destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "El destino ya existe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrante" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Saliente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -775,98 +694,98 @@ "(consulte /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en el iniciador).\n" "¿Desea continuar sin acceso al iniciador?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %4 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al añadir el LUN %4:%5 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el iniciador %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al crear el iniciador %3 para %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autorización para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "No es posible guardar la configuración de lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "No es posible guardar la configuración de tcm" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "No es posible continuar sin instalar el paquete lio-utils" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio %1" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración anterior..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -876,37 +795,37 @@ "que hay una configuración válida en /etc/ietd.conf. ¿Debe el módulo \n" "intentar la importación de la configuración de /etc/ietd.conf en LIO?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "Errores durante la importación. Compruebe el estado de LIO." -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de lio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de lio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/isns.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "Configuración de un servicio isns" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador &iSCSI" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "Nodos iSCSI" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Dominios de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "Nombre de nodo iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Tipo de nodo" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre del dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Crear dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Miembros del dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Añadir un nodo iSCSI existente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Crear miembro de nodo iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "Servicio iSNS" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Servicio isns</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,18 +124,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del daemon iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -143,8 +142,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando configuración de iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -153,12 +152,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -166,155 +164,96 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "Configure un servidor iSNS.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con " -"el servicio iSNS.</p> <p>Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y " -"destinos iSCSI.</p> <p> Sólo es posible <b>suprimirlos</b>. Al suprimir un " -"nodo, se elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con el servicio iSNS.</p> <p>Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y destinos iSCSI.</p> <p> Sólo es posible <b>suprimirlos</b>. Al suprimir un nodo, se elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS.</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible " -"<b>crear</b> un dominio de descubrimiento o <b>suprimir</b> uno. <p>Al " -"suprimir un dominio, se eliminan los miembros del dominio, pero no se borran " -"los miembros del nodo iSCSI.</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible <b>crear</b> un dominio de descubrimiento o <b>suprimir</b> uno. <p>Al suprimir un dominio, se eliminan los miembros del dominio, pero no se borran los miembros del nodo iSCSI.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimiento. " -"Al seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento, se actualiza la lista con los " -"miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible <b>añadir</b> un nodo " -"iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o <b>suprimir</b> el nodo. <p>Al " -"suprimir un nodo, se elimina del dominio, pero no se suprime el nodo iSCSI. <p>Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo que todavía no se ha " -"registrado se añada como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Si el " -"iniciador o el destino registran este nodo, pasará a formar parte de este " -"dominio</p> <p>Si un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el " -"servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros " -"del mismo dominio de descubrimiento.</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimiento. Al seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento, se actualiza la lista con los miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible <b>añadir</b> un nodo iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o <b>suprimir</b> el nodo. <p>Al suprimir un nodo, se elimina del dominio, pero no se suprime el nodo iSCSI.</p> <p>Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo que todavía no se ha registrado se añada como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Si el iniciador o el destino registran este nodo, pasará a formar parte de este dominio</p> <p>Si un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros del mismo dominio de descubrimiento.</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios " -"de descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de " -"dominios de descubrimiento. <p>Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser miembro " -"de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder estar activo. <p>En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento " -"contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento " -"contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI.</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "En la parte superior se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. <p>Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser miembro de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder estar activo. </p><p>En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento se " -"actualiza siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de " -"descubrimiento distinto.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento se actualiza siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento distinto.</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Crear nuevo dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Añadir nodo iSCSI al dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Nodos disponibles para añadir" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Añadir nodo" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Hecho" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Destino o iniciador" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir el elemento seleccionado?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir este dominio?" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor iSNS. Compruebe si el " -"servidor iSNS se está ejecutando." +msgstr "No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor iSNS. Compruebe si el servidor iSNS se está ejecutando." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del daemon isns" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del daemon de isns" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de isns" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journal.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Entradas de registro" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "Mostrando entradas con el siguiente texto" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "Cambiar el filtro..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualización" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "Entradas que se deben mostrar" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "Intervalo de tiempo" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "Sin condiciones adicionales" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque del sistema" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque anterior" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "Entre %{since} y %{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "Entre estas fechas" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "Desde el arranque del sistema (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "Desde el arranque anterior (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "Unidades" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "Para estas unidades systemd" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "Archivos" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "Para estos archivos (ejecutables o dispositivos)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "Con al menos esta prioridad" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "Duración" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Entradas de registro" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "Mostrando entradas con el siguiente texto" -#. Footer buttons -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "Cambiar filtro..." -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. Header -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "Entradas para mostrar" -#. Boot selector -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Log entries for" msgstr "Registrar entradas para" -#. Filter checkboxes -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 msgid "from previous boot" msgstr "desde el arranque anterior" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 msgid "since system's boot" msgstr "desde el arranque del sistema" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 msgid "unit (%s)" msgstr "unidad (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 msgid "file (%s)" msgstr "archivo (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 msgid "priority (%s)" msgstr "prioridad (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 msgid "with no additional conditions" msgstr "sin condiciones adicionales" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 msgid "filtering by %s" msgstr "filtrado por %s" -#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque del sistema" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque anterior" -#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "For this systemd unit" msgstr "Para esta unidad de systemd" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 msgid "For this file (executable or device)" msgstr "Para este archivo (ejecutable o dispositivo)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "Con al menos esta prioridad" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tiempo" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,388 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Configuración de kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Configuración de la pantalla" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "Número del nivel de volcado de datos 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -msgstr "" -"Formato del volcado para la imagen de volcado: ninguno/ELF/comprimido/lzo" +msgstr "Formato del volcado para la imagen de volcado: ninguno/ELF/comprimido/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar " -"las imágenes de volcado de datos." +msgstr "El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar las imágenes de volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] " -"Introduzca únicamente cadena_núcleo." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Introduzca únicamente cadena_núcleo." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"El valor de commandline de kdump corresponde a la línea de comandos que se " -"debe pasar al núcleo de kdump." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "El valor de commandline de kdump corresponde a la línea de comandos que se debe pasar al núcleo de kdump." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere añadir valores al final de la cadena " -"de la línea de comandos por defecto." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere añadir valores al final de la cadena de la línea de comandos por defecto." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo central en núcleo de " -"kdump." +msgstr "Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo central en núcleo de kdump." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Copiar núcleo en el directorio de volcado." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de volcados antiguos que se conservan. 0 equivale a " -"conservarlos todos." +msgstr "Especifica el número de volcados antiguos que se conservan. 0 equivale a conservarlos todos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "Servidor SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "Nombre de usuario SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Vía del archivo " -"que incluye la contraseña (archivo de solo texto)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de solo texto)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de " -"notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Habilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inhabilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Muestra el estado de la opción actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Tamaño de la memoria asignada en MB." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para su " -"almacenamiento" +msgstr "El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para su almacenamiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "El formato del volcado puede ser ninguno, ELF, comprimido o lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado incluye tipos de destinos de: archivo (sistema de " -"archivos local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "El destino del volcado incluye tipos de destinos de: archivo (sistema de archivos local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Puerto para la conexión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Directorio para guardar imágenes de volcado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Recurso compartido exportado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" -msgstr "" -"Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto sin formato)" +msgstr "Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto sin formato)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "Valor de udev_id de partición en bruto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] El " -"núcleo corresponde sólo a cadena_núcleo." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] El núcleo corresponde sólo a cadena_núcleo." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Incluir opciones de la línea de comandos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"La opción especifica el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el núcleo de kdump. " -"Sólo se permiten los valores 1, 2, 3, 5 y s." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "La opción especifica el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el núcleo de kdump. Sólo se permiten los valores 1, 2, 3, 5 y s." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Número de volcados de datos. 0 equivale a conservarlos todos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "Gestiona el uso del volcado asistido por firmware" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Configuración de pantalla:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"Kdump está habilitado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque crashkernel)" +msgstr "Kdump está habilitado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque crashkernel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "La memoria (MB) asignada para kdump es: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump está inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Nivel de volcado de datos: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Configuración del destino de volcado de datos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "destino: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "directorio de archivo: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "nombre del servidor: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "puerto: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "nombre de usuario: se permite la conexión anónima" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "nombre de usuario: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "recurso compartido: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "VACÍO" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Núcleo de kdump personalizado: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Línea de comandos de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Añadir a línea de comandos de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Reinicios inmediatos de kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Número de volcados antiguos: se guardan todos los volcados sin suprimir los " -"antiguos" +msgstr "Número de volcados antiguos: se guardan todos los volcados sin suprimir los antiguos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de volcados antiguos: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Servidor SMTP para Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Usuario SMTP de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Contraseña SMTP de kdump: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump enviando notificación a:%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump enviando copia de la notificación a: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -403,388 +359,383 @@ "La opción de núcleo crashkernel incluye rangos o valores redundantes.\n" "Se sobrescribirá." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Para aplicar los cambios, es preciso reiniciar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Se han utilizado opciones incorrectas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Se ha establecido el nivel de volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Se ha establecido el formato del volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones solo pueden ser los valores \"ninguno\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido" -"\" o \"lzo\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Las opciones solo pueden ser los valores \"ninguno\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido\" o \"lzo\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de dir." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de server." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de share." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Valor no válido para el destino." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Valor no válido para las opciones no." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"servidor\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"usuario\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"correo electrónico\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Volcado asistido por firmware: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna opción." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Habilitar/Inhabilitar kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Habilitar kd&ump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Inhabilitar kdump" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Incluir en el volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Páginas rellenas con cero" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Páginas en cac&hé" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Páginas pri&vadas en caché" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Páginas de datos de &usuario" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "Páginas &libres" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "Formato de &volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "Si&n volcado" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "Formato de &ELF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Formato c&omprimido" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Formato comprimido &LZO" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Seleccionar destino" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directorio local" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor &SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Dirección &Para de la notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Dirección &CC de la notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "&Núcleo de kdump personalizado" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Línea de &comandos de kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Añadir &línea de comandos de kdump " -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Habilitar la copia del &núcleo en el directorio de volcado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Habilitar &supresión de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Nú&mero de volcados de datos antiguos" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Memoria de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump: Filtrado de volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Filtrado de volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Guardando el destino para la imagen de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Destino del volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico para notificación" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Notificación por correo electrónico" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Núcleo personalizado para kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Línea de comandos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Configuración de volcado" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria &baja de Kdump [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria de &Kdump [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Memoria total del sistema [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Memoria útil [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria &alta de Kdump [MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Habilitar/Inhabilitar kdump</b><br>\n" -" Habilita o inhabilita kdump. Se añade o se elimina el parámetro " -"crashkernel como opción de arranque. \n" +" Habilita o inhabilita kdump. Se añade o se elimina el parámetro crashkernel como opción de arranque. \n" " Para aplicar los cambios, es necesario reiniciar.<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -792,28 +743,18 @@ "<p><b>Memoria de kdump</b><br>\n" " Asignación de memoria para el núcleo de kdump. <br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Volcado asistido por firmware</b><br>\n" -" Los volcados no se generan antes de que se reinicie la partición, sino " -"cuando la partición se reinicia. Al realizar un volcado asistido por " -"firmware, la memoria del sistema se paraliza y la partición se reinicia, lo " -"que permite que una instancia nueva del sistema operativo vuelque los datos " -"del bloqueo anterior del núcleo. Esta función solo es práctica si el sistema " -"tiene más de 1,5 GB de memoria.</p>" +" Los volcados no se generan antes de que se reinicie la partición, sino cuando la partición se reinicia. Al realizar un volcado asistido por firmware, la memoria del sistema se paraliza y la partición se reinicia, lo que permite que una instancia nueva del sistema operativo vuelque los datos del bloqueo anterior del núcleo. Esta función solo es práctica si el sistema tiene más de 1,5 GB de memoria.</p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -822,81 +763,67 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Nivel de volcado de datos</b><br>\n" " Especifica el tipo de página necesaria para el análisis.\n" -" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de " -"datos. \n" +" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de datos. \n" " Se incluye el tipo de página marcado en la siguiente tabla. <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Formato de volcado</b><br>\n" " <i>Sin volcado:</i> solo guarda el registro del núcleo.<br>\n" " <i>Formato de ELF:</i> crea un archivo de volcado en formato ELF.<br>\n" -" <i>Formato comprimido:</i> comprime los datos de volcado en cada página " -"con gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>Formato comprimido LZO:</i> archivos ligeramente más grandes, pero " -"mucho más rápido.<br>\n" +" <i>Formato comprimido:</i> comprime los datos de volcado en cada página con gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>Formato comprimido LZO:</i> archivos ligeramente más grandes, pero mucho más rápido.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Guardando el destino para la imagen de kdump</b><br>\n" -" Destino en el que se guardan las imágenes de kdump. Se debe seleccionar " -"el tipo de destino en el que guardan los volcados.<br></p>" +" Destino en el que se guardan las imágenes de kdump. Se debe seleccionar el tipo de destino en el que guardan los volcados.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sistema de archivos local:</b> guarda la imagen de kdump en el sistema " -"de archivos local.\n" -" <i>Directorio para guardar los volcados:</i> vía para guardar las " -"imágenes de kdump.\n" -" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes de kdump mediante el " -"recuadro de diálogo al que se accede pulsando <i>Examinar.</i>\n" +"<p><b>Sistema de archivos local:</b> guarda la imagen de kdump en el sistema de archivos local.\n" +" <i>Directorio para guardar los volcados:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" +" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes de kdump mediante el recuadro de diálogo al que se accede pulsando <i>Examinar.</i>\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP:</b> guardar imagen de kdump a través de FTP.\n" " <i>Nombre de servidor:</i> nombre del servidor ftp.\n" " <i>Puerto:</i> número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " <i>Habilitar FTP anónimo:</i> habilita la conexión anónima al servidor.\n" -" <i>Nombre de usuario:</i> nombre de usuario para la conexión FTP. " -"<i>Contraseña:</i> contraseña para la conexión FTP.<br></p>" +" <i>Nombre de usuario:</i> nombre de usuario para la conexión FTP. <i>Contraseña:</i> contraseña para la conexión FTP.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -905,17 +832,15 @@ " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>SSH</b> - Guardar imagen de kdump a través de SSH y \"dd\" en equipo " -"de destino.\n" +"<p><b>SSH</b> - Guardar imagen de kdump a través de SSH y \"dd\" en equipo de destino.\n" " <i>Nombre del servidor</i> - Nombre del servidor.\n" " <i>Puerto</i> - Número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" <i>Directorio en el servidor</i> - La vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" <i>Directorio en el servidor</i> - La vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " <i>Nombre de usuario</i> para la conexión SSH. \n" " <i>Contraseña</i> para conexión SSH.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -927,24 +852,22 @@ "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Guardar imagen de kdump mediante SFTP.\n" " <i>Nombre del servidor</i> - Nombre del servidor.\n" " <i>Puerto</i> - Número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" <i>Directorio en el servidor</i> - Vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" <i>Directorio en el servidor</i> - Vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " <i>Nombre de usuario</i> para la conexión SSH. \n" " <i>Contraseña</i> para la conexión SSH.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" "by default.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>La elección entre SSH y SFTP depende\n" -"de los detalles de la configuración del servidor. Los servidores de SLE son " -"compatibles con ambas\n" +"de los detalles de la configuración del servidor. Los servidores de SLE son compatibles con ambas\n" "por defecto.</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -952,11 +875,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS:</b> guardar imagen de kdump en un recurso NFS.\n" " <i>Nombre de servidor:</i> nombre del servidor NFS.\n" -" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -967,30 +889,24 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>CIFS:</b> guardar imagen de kdump a través de CIFS.\n" " <i>Nombre de servidor:</i> nombre del servidor.\n" -" <i>Recurso compartido exportado:</i> nombre del recurso compartido de " -"Windows.\n" -" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" -" <i>Utilizar autenticación:</i> habilita la conexión con autenticación al " -"servidor.\n" -" <i>Nombre de usuario:</i> nombre de usuario para la conexión. " -"<i>Contraseña:</i> contraseña para la conexión.<br></p>" +" <i>Recurso compartido exportado:</i> nombre del recurso compartido de Windows.\n" +" <i>Directorio en el servidor:</i> vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" +" <i>Utilizar autenticación:</i> habilita la conexión con autenticación al servidor.\n" +" <i>Nombre de usuario:</i> nombre de usuario para la conexión. <i>Contraseña:</i> contraseña para la conexión.<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Núcleo de kdump personalizado:</b> el usuario puede introducir el " -"núcleo personalizado.\n" -" El esquema de denominación es:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]\n" +"<p><b>Núcleo de kdump personalizado:</b> el usuario puede introducir el núcleo personalizado.\n" +" El esquema de denominación es:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" " Sólo se debe introducir el valor de <i>cadena_núcleo</i>.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -998,8 +914,8 @@ "<p><b>Línea de comandos de kdump</b>\n" " Argumentos adicionales pasados a kexec. <br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -1007,38 +923,32 @@ " is set. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Añadir línea de comandos de kdump</b>\n" -" Establezca esta opción para añadir valores al final de la cadena de " -"línea de comandos por defecto. \n" +" Establezca esta opción para añadir valores al final de la cadena de línea de comandos por defecto. \n" " La cadena se añade también si la <i>línea de comandos de kdump</i>\n" " está definida. <br></p>\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central - \n" -" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central en " -"kdump.<br></p>" +"<p><b>Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central</b> - \n" +" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central en kdump.<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Habilitar supresión de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas</b>\n" -" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el " -"número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" -" <i>Número de volcados de datos antiguos</i> excede este número, se " -"eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos.<br></p>" +" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" +" <i>Número de volcados de datos antiguos</i> excede este número, se eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos.<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1049,78 +959,57 @@ "<p><b>Habilitar la copia del núcleo en el directorio de volcado</b> - \n" " Si esta opción está seleccionada, el núcleo y la\n" " información de depuración (si está instalada) se copian en el\n" -" directorio de volcado. El valor por defecto es \"desactivado\". " -"Resulta de utilidad tenerlo\n" +" directorio de volcado. El valor por defecto es \"desactivado\". Resulta de utilidad tenerlo\n" " ordenado para la depuración.<br></p> \n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> usado para enviar un correo de notificación tras un " -"volcado.</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> usado para enviar un correo de notificación tras un volcado.</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre de usuario</b> para la autenticación SMTP si <i>Servidor SMTP se ha establecido.\n" -"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se " -"usará SMTP simple.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Nombre de usuario</b> para la autenticación SMTP si <i>Servidor SMTP</i> se ha establecido.\n" +"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se usará SMTP simple.</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Contraseña</b> para la autenticación SMTP si <i>Servidor SMTP</i> se " -"ha establecido.\n" -"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se " -"usará SMTP simple.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Contraseña</b> para la autenticación SMTP si <i>Servidor SMTP</i> se ha establecido.\n" +"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se usará SMTP simple.</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dirección Para de la notificación</b> Es la dirección de correo a la " -"que se envía el correo de notificación si se ha guardado un volcado.</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Dirección Para de la notificación</b> Es la dirección de correo a la que se envía el correo de notificación si se ha guardado un volcado.</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dirección CC de la notificación</b> Es la lista de direcciones de " -"correo, separadas por espacios,\n" -"a las que se envía el correo de notificación mediante la opción CC si se ha " -"guardado un volcado.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Dirección CC de la notificación</b> Es la lista de direcciones de correo, separadas por espacios,\n" +"a las que se envía el correo de notificación mediante la opción CC si se ha guardado un volcado.</p>\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Número de volcados de datos antiguos</b> indica cuántos volcados " -"antiguos se conservan. Si el número de archivos de volcados\n" +"<p><b>Número de volcados de datos antiguos</b> indica cuántos volcados antiguos se conservan. Si el número de archivos de volcados\n" "supera este valor, los volcados antiguos se eliminan.</p>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1128,18 +1017,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de kdump</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere unos instantes...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando ahora " -"<b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando ahora <b>Cancelar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1147,8 +1035,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de kdump</big></b><br>\n" "Espere unos instantes...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1157,12 +1045,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele el proceso de grabación pulsando <b>Cancelar.</b>\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro o no cancelar " -"el proceso.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro o no cancelar el proceso.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1170,8 +1057,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de kdump</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump aquí.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1180,12 +1067,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Añadir un kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Elija un kdump de la lista de elementos detectados.\n" -"Si no se ha detectado el que le interesa, seleccione <b>Otro (no detectado)." -"</b>\n" +"Si no se ha detectado el que le interesa, seleccione <b>Otro (no detectado).</b>\n" "A continuación, pulse <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1195,8 +1081,8 @@ "Al pulsar <b>Editar</b> se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1206,8 +1092,8 @@ "Muestra una descripción de los kdumps instalados. De forma adicional\n" "podrá editar la configuración correspondiente.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1215,8 +1101,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Añadir un kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un kdump.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1226,104 +1112,102 @@ "Seleccione un kdump para cambiarlo o eliminarlo.\n" "Luego pulse <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir</b> como desee.</p>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "Sistema de archivos local" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&Directorio para guardar volcados de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "Nombr&e del servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "Puert&o" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorio en el servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Habilitar &FTP anónimo" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH/SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "&Recurso compartido exportado" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "Utilizar aut&enticación" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el directorio para guardar los volcados." -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el nombre del servidor." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el directorio del servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el recurso compartido exportado" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Seleccione un directorio para guardar las imágenes de volcado de datos" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"La opción de núcleo incluye varios rangos o valores redundantes. ¿Desea " -"sobrescribirla?" +msgstr "La opción de núcleo incluye varios rangos o valores redundantes. ¿Desea sobrescribirla?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Usar volcado asistido por &firmware" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1335,18 +1219,18 @@ "Por ejemplo, algunos valores no se leerán correctamente\n" "y la configuración resultante probablemente resultará inútil.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump no es compatible" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump..." -#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash -#. @return [Boolean] whether successful -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427 +#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash +#. @return [Boolean] whether successful +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1354,134 +1238,130 @@ "Error al actualizar initrd al llamar a %{cmd}.\n" "Consulte %{log} para obtener más detalles." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de configuración..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Leyendo opciones de arranque del núcleo..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calculando límites de memoria..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Leyendo las particiones de discos..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Leyendo memoria disponible y calibrando uso..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "No es posible leer las opciones de arranque del núcleo." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "No es posible leer la memoria disponible." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualizar opciones de arranque" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualizando opciones de arranque..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Error al añadir el parámetro crashkernel en el cargador de arranque." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Estado de kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 msgid "enabled" msgstr "HABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 msgid "disabled" msgstr "INHABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valores de la opción crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Objetivo de los volcados: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de volcados: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará " -"%{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará %{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "Asturiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Búlgaro" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "Bengalí" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "Bosnio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalán" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "Galés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "Gallego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "Gujarati" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreo" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "Hindi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Bahasa" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "Georgiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "Macedonio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "Marathi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "Nynorsk (nuevo noruego)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "Punjabi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "Sinhala" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "Tamil" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Tai" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamita " -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "Valón" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "Xhosa" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulú" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/ui.rb:88 +#. popup text +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "¿Desea abortar el proceso de escritura?" -#. help text -#: src/ui.rb:96 +#. help text +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cliente LDAP" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/ui.rb:144 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ "Si vuelve a leer la configuración del servidor, se\n" "perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea volver a leerla?\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/ui.rb:168 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ "<p>Aquí puede configurar la plantilla usada para\n" "crear nuevos objetos (como usuarios o grupos).</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/ui.rb:172 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" @@ -51,68 +51,67 @@ "<p>Edite los valores de atributos de la plantilla con <b>Editar</b>.\n" "Al modificar el valor <b>cn</b> se cambia el nombre de la plantilla.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/ui.rb:176 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La segunda tabla contiene una lista de <b>valores por defecto</b> usados\n" -"para nuevos objetos. Puede modificar la lista añadiendo nuevos valores, o " -"bien editando o eliminando\n" +"para nuevos objetos. Puede modificar la lista añadiendo nuevos valores, o bien editando o eliminando\n" "los actuales.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. label (table folows) -#: src/ui.rb:253 +#. label (table folows) +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Valores por defecto para nuevos objetos" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:259 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Atributo de objeto" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:261 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Valor por defecto" -#. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/ui.rb:267 +#. button label (with non-default shortcut) +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:269 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:281 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la plantilla de objeto" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/ui.rb:384 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is name +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir el atributo por defecto \"%1\"?" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -120,42 +119,37 @@ "El atributo \"%1\" es obligatorio.\n" "Introduzca un valor." -#. helptext 1/4 -#: src/ui.rb:438 +#. helptext 1/4 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Gestiona la configuración guardada en el directorio LDAP.</p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/ui.rb:442 +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" "create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" "using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Cada conjunto de configuración se denomina \"módulo de configuración\". " -"Si no hay\n" -"ningún módulo de configuración en la ubicación proporcionada (configuración " -"base),\n" +"<p>Cada conjunto de configuración se denomina \"módulo de configuración\". Si no hay\n" +"ningún módulo de configuración en la ubicación proporcionada (configuración base),\n" " cree uno con la opción <b>Nuevo.</b> Elimine el módulo actual \n" "usando <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/ui.rb:449 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" "current module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice el botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar los valores de atributos de " -"la tabla.\n" -"Algunos valores tienen un significado especial, por ejemplo, al modificar el " -"valor <b>cn</b>\n" +"<p>Utilice el botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar los valores de atributos de la tabla.\n" +"Algunos valores tienen un significado especial, por ejemplo, al modificar el valor <b>cn</b>\n" "se cambia el nombre del módulo actual.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 -#: src/ui.rb:455 +#. helptext 4/4 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" @@ -165,17 +159,17 @@ "por defecto del módulo actual.\n" "</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/ui.rb:535 +#. combobox label +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "&Módulo de configuración" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:559 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "C&onfigurar plantilla" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:598 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del módulo" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,34 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "Asegúrese de que el servidor LDAP esté en ejecución y sea accesible." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Se ha producido un error al establecer el cifrado TLS.\n" -"Asegúrese de que esté instalado el certificado CA correcto y de que el " -"certificado del servidor sea válido." +"Asegúrese de que esté instalado el certificado CA correcto y de que el certificado del servidor sea válido." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." msgstr "" "Se ha producido un error al establecer el cifrado TLS.\n" -"Asegúrese de que la compatibilidad con StartTLS esté habilitada en el " -"servidor." +"Asegúrese de que la compatibilidad con StartTLS esté habilitada en el servidor." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -49,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "Es posible que el servidor esté apagado o que no se pueda acceder a él.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -58,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Falta el valor de DN o no es válido.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -67,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "No se ha encontrado el tipo de atributo.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -76,69 +73,69 @@ "\n" "No se ha encontrado la clase de objeto.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "Problema al conectar con el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer datos del servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "Problema al escribir los usuarios LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "Problema al escribir los grupos LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "Problema al escribir datos en el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer el esquema del servidor LDAP." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "Se ha producido un error LDAP desconocido." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "&Mostrar detalles" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "Error desconocido. Es posible que 'yast2-ldap' no esté disponible." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea guardar la configuración?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -150,31 +147,31 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reintentar la conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "Nombre completo de enlace" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "Contraseña del servidor &LDAP" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "Servidor: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "Acceso &anónimo" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -184,8 +181,8 @@ "para el DN '%1. No es posible crear el objeto\n" "con el DN seleccionado.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -193,8 +190,8 @@ "Existe un objeto con el DN seleccionado, pero no es un objeto de plantilla.\n" "Seleccione otro.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -202,19 +199,19 @@ "No existe ninguna entrada con el DN '%1'\n" "en el servidor LDAP. ¿Desea crearla ahora?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>Definir valor nuevo para el atributo actual.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -224,51 +221,50 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si el atributo puede tener más valores, añada nuevas entradas\n" -"mediante <b>Añadir valor.</b> En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de " -"valores\n" +"mediante <b>Añadir valor.</b> En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de valores\n" " posibles para usarlos con el atributo actual.\n" " Si el valor del atributo editado debe ser un nombre completo (DN),\n" " dicho nombre se puede elegir en el árbol LDAP usando <b>Examinar.</b>\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p>La descripción del atributo \"%1\" (en inglés):<br></p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Valor del atributo \"%1\"" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Valores del atributo \"%1\"" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "&Añadir valor" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "Entrada &vacía" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -276,28 +272,28 @@ "El valor '%1' ya existe.\n" "Por favor, seleccione otro." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de usuarios" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de grupos" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Clase de objeto del nuevo módulo" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo módulo (\"cn\" Valor)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -305,74 +301,62 @@ "El valor introducido ya existe.\n" "Seleccione otro valor.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del módulo." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Introduzca aquí los valores de los atributos pertenecientes a un\n" -"objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como " -"valores por defecto\n" +"objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como valores por defecto\n" "para crear el nuevo objeto.</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a " -"partir de\n" -"valores ya existentes. La expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será sustituida por el " -"valor\n" +"<p>Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a partir de\n" +"valores ya existentes. La expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será sustituida por el valor\n" "del atributo \"attr_name\" (por ejemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "como valor de \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de atributo" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "&Valor de atributo" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Examine el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del recuadro de diálogo.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Examine el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del recuadro de diálogo.</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los " -"datos del objeto. Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar el valor del atributo " -"seleccionado. Utilice <b>Guardar</b> para guardar los cambios en LDAP.</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los datos del objeto. Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar el valor del atributo seleccionado. Utilice <b>Guardar</b> para guardar los cambios en LDAP.</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -380,49 +364,49 @@ "Hay cambios no guardados en la entrada actual.\n" "¿Desea desechar los cambios?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "Navegador LDAP" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "Valores actuales de configuración del cliente LDAP" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "Conexiones LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "DN de administrador" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "Acceso a&nónimo" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "Introducir el nombre de la nueva conexión LDAP" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -430,17 +414,17 @@ "El atributo \"%1\" es obligatorio.\n" "Introduzca un valor." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "&Volver a cargar" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/mail.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "Configuración del correo" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del correo" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "Por favor espere...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -45,13 +45,12 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse " -"<B>Cancelar</B>.\n" +"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +60,8 @@ "Por favor espere...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -74,9 +73,9 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -84,8 +83,8 @@ "<p>Seleccione el sistema de correo (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "que se va a instalar.</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,69 +96,59 @@ "el correo no será enviado inmediatamente sino sólo tras ejecutar\n" "<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Al escoger <b>Sin conexión</b>, el servidor de correo se iniciará \n" -"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA realiza las " -"escuchas en el host local.</p>\n" +"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA realiza las escuchas en el host local.</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada " -"usuario.</p>\n" +"<p>Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada usuario.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar " -"mensajes.\n" -"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere " -"autenticación,\n" +"<p>Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar mensajes.\n" +"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere autenticación,\n" "deje estos apartados en blanco.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones " -"telefónicas.\n" +"<p>El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones telefónicas.\n" "Introduzca el servidor SMTP de su proveedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>En la casilla <b>Nombre de usuario</b> introduzca el nombre de usuario " -"facilitado por su proveedor.</p>\n" +"<p>En la casilla <b>Nombre de usuario</b> introduzca el nombre de usuario facilitado por su proveedor.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -167,8 +156,8 @@ "\n" "<p>Introduzca la contraseña en el apartado <b>Contraseña</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -176,13 +165,12 @@ "They will not be lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un " -"servidor,\n" +"<p>Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un servidor,\n" "puede haber más en su archivo de configuración.\n" "Estos servidores no se perderán.</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -192,14 +180,13 @@ "<p>Éstos son los parámetros para descargar correo de\n" "un servidor POP o IMAP usando <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Esta tabla redirige el correo entregado localmente.\n" @@ -208,8 +195,8 @@ "de direcciones.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -219,8 +206,8 @@ "<p>Consulte la página del manual sobre los alias(5)\n" "para obtener una descripción de sus características avanzadas.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -228,12 +215,11 @@ "part of the address.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de " -"alias,\n" +"<p>Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de alias,\n" "también considera el dominio como parte de la dirección.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -243,9 +229,9 @@ "<p>Permite múltiples servidores \"dominios virtuales\"\n" "en una única máquina.</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -257,14 +243,14 @@ "configuración directamente. Si continua, se\n" "activará y Config Postfix sobrescribirá los cambios realizados manualmente.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -272,130 +258,129 @@ "YaST sólo puede configurar Postfix y Sendmail,\n" "pero ninguno de los dos está instalado." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "Se va a guardar la configuración.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "Agente de transferencia de mensajes (MTA)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "Tipo de conexión" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&Permanente" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "&Telefónica" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "Sin &conexión" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "No iniciar Postfix como daemon" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Correo saliente" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "No crear búsqueda MX para el servidor de correo saliente." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Encriptación TLS" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Forzar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Enmascaramiento" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Autenticación" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Correo entrante" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Iniciar &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manual" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Descarga" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Alias..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Dominios virtuales..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -405,11 +390,11 @@ "el valor de %1 en %2 ha de ser\n" "\"%3\"." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -421,213 +406,213 @@ "por una letra o por \"_\".\n" "Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Reescribir dirección del remitente" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "Usuario &local" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Mostrar como" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "La dirección para este usuario ya está definida." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de la dirección de correo es incorrecto." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Enmascarar dominios &locales" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Enma&scarar otros dominios" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&minios a enmascarar" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Usuario local" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Mostrar como" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Su&primir" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "El nombre de dominio es incorrecto" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación del servidor de correo saliente" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de correo saliente" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Descarga correo" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Redirección del correo entrante" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Destinos" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de alias es incorrecto." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Los destinos para este alias ya están definidos" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Destinos" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Dominios virtuales" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Configuración de correo" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "Servidor de correo &saliente" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -635,18 +620,17 @@ "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>El servidor de correo saliente realiza generalmente conexiones " -"telefónicas.\n" +"<p>El servidor de correo saliente realiza generalmente conexiones telefónicas.\n" "Introduzca el servidor SMTP de su proveedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "&Dominio para el encabezado 'DE'" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -658,13 +642,13 @@ "<b>empresa.com</b> en vez de en <b>pc-042.empresa.com</b>,\n" "utilice la ventana de texto o un diálogo más detallado.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "&Dominios para el correo entregado localmente" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -676,13 +660,13 @@ "será entregado localmente. Si no introduce ninguno,\n" "se asumirá el nombre del servidor local.</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "Aceptar conexiones &SMTP remotas" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -694,26 +678,24 @@ "o bien descargarse de\n" "un servidor POP o IMAP usando <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "&Activar el escáner de virus (AMaVIS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Al habilitar el proceso de detección antivirus (AMaViS)</b> los " -"mensajes entrantes y salientes serán comprobados\n" +"<p><b>Al habilitar el proceso de detección antivirus (AMaViS)</b> los mensajes entrantes y salientes serán comprobados\n" "por medio de AMaViS.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" @@ -722,12 +704,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Al habilitar AMaViS también se habilitarán los siguientes módulos: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> es un explorador de SPAM.</p>\n" -"<p><b>DKIM</b> comprueba los mensajes de correo entrantes firmados con una " -"clave de dominio.</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b> comprueba los mensajes de correo entrantes firmados con una clave de dominio.</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> es un motor de exploración de virus de código abierto.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -737,13 +718,13 @@ "<p>Si AMaViS no está instalado y desea utilizarlo, se instalará\n" "automáticamente.</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "H&abilitar firmas DKIM para los mensajes salientes." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -751,90 +732,78 @@ "\n" "<p><b>Habilitando las firmas DKIM para los mensajes salientes.</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>La habilitación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones " -"adicionales.\n" +"<p>La habilitación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones adicionales.\n" "Se generará una clave SSL para el valor \"mydomain\" definido en Postfix.\n" "Se configurará un nuevo servicio \"submission\" en Postfix. Después\n" -"de configurarlo, puede enviar correo con el servicio de \"submission\" " -"desde\n" +"de configurarlo, puede enviar correo con el servicio de \"submission\" desde\n" " \"mynetworks\" con la autenticación SASL habilitada. Solo se firmarán\n" -"con clave de dominio los correos enviados a través de este nuevo servicio.\n" +"con clave de dominio los correos enviados a través de este nuevo servicio.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Un servicio de nombres de dominio debe ofrecer la clave pública de la " -"clave\n" +"<p>Un servicio de nombres de dominio debe ofrecer la clave pública de la clave\n" "de dominio. La clave pública se guardará como un registro DNS TXT\n" "en <b>/var/db/dkim/[midominio].public.txt</b> y será necesario distribuirla\n" "en un servicio de nombres de dominio correspondiente.\n" -"Si hay un servicio de nombres ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el " -"servidor\n" +"Si hay un servicio de nombres ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el servidor\n" "autorizado para ese dominio, se añadirá la clave pública como un\n" "registro TXT a esa zona de dominio automáticamente.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Si habilita la asistencia DKIM, también se habilitará el escáner de virus " -"(AMaViS)." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Si habilita la asistencia DKIM, también se habilitará el escáner de virus (AMaViS)." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servidor" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario &remoto" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "Contr&aseña" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "&Reenviar el correo de root a" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" @@ -842,86 +811,82 @@ "<p>Se recomienda tener una cuenta de usuario normal para el\n" "administrador del sistema y dirigir el correo de root a dicha cuenta.</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "Modo de &entrega" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>modo de entrega</b> suele ser <b>Directamente</b>, a no ser que no " -"reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo a través de IMAP.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El <b>modo de entrega</b> suele ser <b>Directamente</b>, a no ser que no reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo a través de IMAP.</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de &usuarios" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "Usuarios LDAP" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "Usuarios NIS" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "El nombre de la máquina es incorrecto" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato del nombre de usuario es incorrecto." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "No es posible usar procmail cuando no se reenvía el correo de root." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "Directamente" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "Mediante procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Al servidor IMAP" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaVIS, un escáner de virus, será instalado.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -931,58 +896,57 @@ "para realizar la exploración, pero no se encuentra ClamAV.\n" "Configure un el escáner manualmente." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Fetchmail, una utilidad de descarga de correo, será instalada.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Se instalará el servidor IMAP Dovecot.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de correo" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -msgstr "" -"Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" +msgstr "Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración general" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de descarga" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Leyendo la tabla de alias" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de la autenticación..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -992,161 +956,161 @@ "un formato fijo para que YaST lo pueda leer. Consulte\n" "%2 para obtener más detalles." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Error al configurar fetchmail." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Error al escribir el archivo: %1" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Error al ejecutar config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Error al iniciar el servicio %1" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración general" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Escribiendo la tabla de alias" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de descarga" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la autenticación..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Finalizando la escritura de los archivos de configuración ." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Ejecutando Config Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Reiniciando servicios" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de correo" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otros" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanente" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Acceso telefónico" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de conexión" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo saliente" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Cabecera DE:" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Dominios locales" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Enmascarar otros dominios" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Enmascarar usuarios" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Aceptar conexiones SMTP remotas" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Usar AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Usar DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Usuarios virtuales" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/migration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,34 +14,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Migration Finished" msgstr "Migración finalizada" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." msgstr "El sistema se reiniciará para activar los cambios." -#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart -#. the system immediately -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 msgid "&Restart Now" msgstr "&Reiniciar ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system " -"as soon as possible.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Finalizar</b> cerrará la migración y deberá reiniciar el sistema lo " -"antes posible.</b>" +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible.</b>" +msgstr "<p><b>Finalizar</b> cerrará la migración y deberá reiniciar el sistema lo antes posible.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, -#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 msgid "" "<h2>Congratulations!</h2><br>\n" "<p>You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.<br>\n" @@ -63,8 +59,8 @@ "<p>      \n" "El equipo de desarrollo de SUSE</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 msgid "" "There are some online updates available to installation,\n" "it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" @@ -76,10 +72,10 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalar las actualizaciones ahora?" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed -#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored -#. from a snapshot or backup -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 msgid "" "The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" "likely in an inconsistent state.\n" @@ -93,54 +89,47 @@ "\n" "Se recomienda encarecidamente revertir a una instantánea creada\n" "antes de empezar la migración (seleccionando la instantánea en el menú\n" -"de arranque en caso de que se use Snapper) o que se restaure el sistema " -"desde una copia de seguridad." +"de arranque en caso de que se use Snapper) o que se restaure el sistema desde una copia de seguridad." -#. create a filesystem snapshot -#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) -#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users -#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed -#. only for "post" type snapshots) -#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "Error al crear una instantánea del sistema de archivos." -#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 msgid "&Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de &migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal -#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from " -"migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: el repositorio <b>%{name}</b> está obsoleto y debe excluirse de " -"la migración.<br>Lo más recomendable es inhabilitar este repositorio. (Inhabilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" +msgstr "Advertencia: el repositorio <b>%{name}</b> está obsoleto y debe excluirse de la migración.<br>Lo más recomendable es inhabilitar este repositorio. (Inhabilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "<p>This is an overview of the product migration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Una descripción general de la migración del producto.</p>\n" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de migración" -#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with -#. list of modules -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,190 +14,180 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "Configuración de multipath" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "&No usar Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "&Usar Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Item" msgstr "Elemento" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Excepciones a la lista negra" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Valores por defecto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "vendor" msgstr "fabricante" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "product" msgstr "producto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaths" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "Configurar valores por defecto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "Configurar dispositivos" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "Configurar la lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configurar" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Parámetros ilegales:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Configuración duplicada." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Mostrar detalles" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Parámetro ilegal:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros ilegales:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 msgid "item" msgstr "Elemento" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Configuración duplicada" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "No se puede encontrar /sbin/multipath." -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Error al usar multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible habilitar multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible iniciar multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Error al no usar multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* No es posible detener multipath." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible inhabilitar multipath." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -205,8 +195,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración de multipath </big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -214,354 +204,271 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de multipath</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado de Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tArrancar o detener multipathd, probar la información de multipath." -"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tArrancar o detener multipathd, probar la información de multipath.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Detener/Iniciar Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPulse <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b>para iniciar multipathd. Pulse <b>\"No " -"usar Multipath\"</b> para detener multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tLa información del estado de Multipath también puede verse cuando " -"multipathd está detenido.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tPulse <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b>para iniciar multipathd. Pulse <b>\"No usar Multipath\"</b> para detener multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tLa información del estado de Multipath también puede verse cuando multipathd está detenido.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configurar multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en la pestaña <b>Configurar</b> para crear las " -"configuraciones de multipath.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en la pestaña <b>Configurar</b> para crear las configuraciones de multipath.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay " -"cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths,</b> <b>defaults,</b> <b>blacklist,</b> " -"<b>blacklist_exceptions</b> y <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths,</b> <b>defaults,</b> <b>blacklist,</b> <b>blacklist_exceptions</b> y <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> muestra los ajustes detallados de multipath.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> configuración por defecto de multipath-tools.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar valores por defecto</b> para configurar los " -"ajustes por defecto.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> muestra los nombres de dispositivos que se deben " -"descartar como no candidatos a multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar la lista negra</b> para configurar los " -"ajustes de la lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist_exceptions:</b> muestra los nombres de los dispositivos " -"que se deben excluir de la lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra</b> para " -"configurar las excepciones de la lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> muestra los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. " -"Sustituye a la configuración por defecto y a su vez se sustituye por los " -"ajustes de multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar dispositivos</b> para configurar los " -"ajustes de los dispositivos.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Finalizar</b> para guardar y actualizar las " -"configuraciones.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar valores por defecto</b> para configurar los ajustes por defecto.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> muestra los nombres de dispositivos que se deben descartar como no candidatos a multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar la lista negra</b> para configurar los ajustes de la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist_exceptions:</b> muestra los nombres de los dispositivos que se deben excluir de la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra</b> para configurar las excepciones de la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> muestra los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. Sustituye a la configuración por defecto y a su vez se sustituye por los ajustes de multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Configurar dispositivos</b> para configurar los ajustes de los dispositivos.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en <b>Finalizar</b> para guardar y actualizar las configuraciones.<br><br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración por defecto</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores de configuración globales " -"por defecto.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tCualquier valor de configuración por defecto se aplica en todas las " -"configuraciones de multipath, a menos que el valor de configuración local " -"correspondiente lo sobrescriba.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tSi un valor por defecto se borra, multipath usará su propio valor como " -"valor de configuración por defecto.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores de configuración globales por defecto.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tCualquier valor de configuración por defecto se aplica en todas las configuraciones de multipath, a menos que el valor de configuración local correspondiente lo sobrescriba.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tSi un valor por defecto se borra, multipath usará su propio valor como valor de configuración por defecto.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de la lista negra</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos a " -"multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: <b>wwid, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: el World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo en la " -"lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar " -"los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto en el directorio /dev). " -"Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, " -"raw y loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: usado para identificar un controlador específico de " -"almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por " -"fabricante y modelo.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos a multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: el World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo en la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto en el directorio /dev). Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: usado para identificar un controlador específico de almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por fabricante y modelo.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de las excepciones a la lista negra</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: <b>wwid, <b>devnode</b> y <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: el identificador World Wide ID que identifica el " -"dispositivo excluido de la lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: expresión regular para identificar los nombres de " -"dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto, en el directorio /dev). Son nombres " -"comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>: usado para identificar un controlador de " -"almacenamiento específico exceptuado de la lista negra. Un dispositivo puede " -"especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del producto.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b> y <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: el identificador World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo excluido de la lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: expresión regular para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto, en el directorio /dev). Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>: usado para identificar un controlador de almacenamiento específico exceptuado de la lista negra. Un dispositivo puede especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del producto.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de dispositivos</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAquí se muestran los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. " -"Sustituyen a los ajustes por defecto y a su vez se sustituyen por los " -"ajustes de multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tCada dispositivo se identifica por los nombres de <b>fabricante</b> y " -"<b>producto.</b><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAquí se muestran los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. Sustituyen a los ajustes por defecto y a su vez se sustituyen por los ajustes de multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tCada dispositivo se identifica por los nombres de <b>fabricante</b> y <b>producto.</b><br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "debe ser un entero decimal" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "valor ilegal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "debe ser mayor que 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "entero decimal no válido" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "no debe estar vacío" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección multipaths en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección multipaths en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección defaults en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección defaults en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección blacklist en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección blacklist en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección blacklist_exceptions en la configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección blacklist_exceptions en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección devices en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección devices en la configuración de multipath." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "Leer las configuraciones" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "Leer el estado del servicio." -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "Leyendo las configuraciones..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado del servicio..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "Reiniciar multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "Reiniciando multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "Error al reiniciar multipathd." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "¿Desea ignorar las modificaciones?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -15,1496 +15,1112 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Versiones de paquetes" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Mostrar todas las versiones disponibles del paquete:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Paquetes con su estado" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Cambios automáticos" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Además de la selección manual, los siguientes" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "paquetes han sido modificados para resolver dependencias:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir el modo de instalación que desee, pero se arriesga a que el " -"sistema quede dañado." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Puede elegir el modo de instalación que desee, pero se arriesga a que el sistema quede dañado." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Continuar de todos modos" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filtro: " -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Tamaño total de descarga: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ayuda" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguración" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Recommended" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "Sugerido" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "Huérfanos" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "No necesarios" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Esto es una lista de paquetes útiles. Se instalarán adicionalmente si se " -"consideran recomendables debido a un paquete recién instalado." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Esto es una lista de paquetes útiles. Se instalarán adicionalmente si se consideran recomendables debido a un paquete recién instalado." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Se sugiere instalar estos paquetes porque concuerdan con paquetes ya " -"instalados. La decisión de instalarlos depende del usuario." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Se sugiere instalar estos paquetes porque concuerdan con paquetes ya instalados. La decisión de instalarlos depende del usuario." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"El solucionador ha detectado que estos paquetes no están en ningún " -"repositorio; es decir, no es posible actualizarlos." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "El solucionador ha detectado que estos paquetes no están en ningún repositorio; es decir, no es posible actualizarlos." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Estos paquetes pueden no ser necesarios porque las dependencias anteriores " -"ya no se aplican." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Estos paquetes pueden no ser necesarios porque las dependencias anteriores ya no se aplican." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalar" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Tabú" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Protegido" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Mantener" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "No instalar" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para " -"la configuración regional <b>%s</b>" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgstr "Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para la configuración regional <b>%s</b>" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patrones" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "Grupos RPM" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "Buscar" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "Clasificación del paquete" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "%d de %d del paquete instalado" msgstr[1] "%d de %d paquetes instalados" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" msgstr "<b>@System</b>: base de datos local RPM" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" msgstr "<b>URL del repositorio:</b>" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "No d&istinguir mayúsculas y minúsculas" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "&Modo de búsqueda" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Contiene" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Comienza por" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Correspondencia exacta" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "Usar comodines" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "Usar expresiones regulares" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "Error de consulta:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "Se han encontrado %d paquetes." -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&Cambiar [ESPACIO]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Instalar [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "&Suprimir [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "&Actualizar [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "Ta&bú [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "&Bloquear [+]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "Todos los p&aquetes de la lista" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "&Instalar todo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "S&uprimir todo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "&Mantener todos" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "Act&ualizar todo sin condiciones" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "&Actualizar si hay una nueva versión disponible" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&Cambiar [ESPACIO]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Instalar [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "&No instalar [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "&Bloquear o tabú [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "Lanzar el gestor de &repositorios" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Lanzar la configuración de actualización en &línea" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "&Acción tras la instalación del paquete" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "&Reiniciar gestor de paquetes" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "&Cerrar gestor de paquetes" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "Mo&strar resumen" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "Comprob&ación automática de dependencias" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "&Comprobar dependencias ahora" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Modo de verificación del &sistema" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "&Verificar sistema ahora" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes &recomendados" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Instalar ahora paquetes recomendados para paquetes ya instalados" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Limpia&r al suprimir paquetes (cambio temporal)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Permitir c&ambio de proveedor (cambio temporal)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "&Generar caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Todas las dependencias de paquetes son correctas." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "Al estar recomendados por los paquetes ya instalados, los siguientes" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "paquetes se han seleccionado automáticamente para su instalación:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Caso de prueba del sistema de resolución de dependencias escrito en " -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "" -"Para cumplir las dependencias de paquetes ya instalados, los siguientes" +msgstr "Para cumplir las dependencias de paquetes ya instalados, los siguientes" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Dependencias de sistema verificadas y correctas." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "&Exportar lista de paquetes a archivo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "&Importar lista de paquetes desde archivo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "Mo&strar espacio disponible en disco" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "Exportar la lista de todos los paquetes y patrones al archivo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "Error al exportar la lista de paquetes y patrones a " -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "Importar la lista de todos los paquetes y patrones desde el archivo" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "Error al importar la lista de paquetes y patrones desde " -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "Parches &necesarios" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "Parches &instalados" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "&Recomendado" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "&Seguridad" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "&Opcional" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "&Todos los parches" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Buscar" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "&Ayuda general" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "Estado del &paquete y símbolos" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "&Cómo utilizar los filtros" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "Funciones más &usadas del menú" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Estado e instalación de los &parches" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "Datos &técnicos" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "Descripción del &paquete" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "&Versiones de paquetes" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "Lista de &archivos" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Dependencias" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "Descripción &larga" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "Lista de &paquetes" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versiones" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "Paquete de origen: " -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" -msgstr "" -"<i>Esta información solo está disponible para los paquetes instalados.</i>" +msgstr "<i>Esta información solo está disponible para los paquetes instalados.</i>" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References:<br>" msgstr "Referencias:<br>" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "Buscar parches" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "Nombre del parche" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "&Problemas" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "&Soluciones posibles" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " ver abajo" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "No hay más detalles de la solución disponibles." -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] Seleccionar [-] Suprimir [>] Actualizar " -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Error: espacio de disco agotado" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Advertencia: se está agotando el espacio disponible en el disco." -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "Nombre del paquete" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Palabras clave" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "Descripción (requiere más tiempo)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "Proporciona" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "Requerido por" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Ver" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "E&xtras" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes instalados" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquete: " -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "&Acciones" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "Ayuda general" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " -"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bienvenido al selector de paquetes</b></p> <p>Esta herramienta le " -"ayudará a gestionar el software instalado en su sistema. Puede instalar, " -"actualizar o quitar paquetes, así como patrones (grupos de paquetes para un " -"propósito determinado) o idiomas. Normalmente, no es necesario que preste " -"atención a las dependencias cuando instale o quite algún paquete, el sistema " -"de resolución lo hará por usted. El selector de paquetes consta de tres " -"partes principales: <b>filtros</b>, <b>tabla de paquetes</b> y <b>menú</b>." +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bienvenido al selector de paquetes</b></p> <p>Esta herramienta le ayudará a gestionar el software instalado en su sistema. Puede instalar, actualizar o quitar paquetes, así como patrones (grupos de paquetes para un propósito determinado) o idiomas. Normalmente, no es necesario que preste atención a las dependencias cuando instale o quite algún paquete, el sistema de resolución lo hará por usted. El selector de paquetes consta de tres partes principales: <b>filtros</b>, <b>tabla de paquetes</b> y <b>menú</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los <b>filtros</b> del panel izquierdo están diseñados para facilitar el " -"manejo de grandes cantidades de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, por ejemplo, " -"solo los paquetes de cierto repositorio o los de un patrón seleccionado " -"(como por ejemplo, el de Juegos o Desarrollo C/C++), así como buscar " -"palabras concretas. Puede encontrar más información sobre los filtros en " -"<i>Cómo se usan los filtros</i>.</p>" +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los <b>filtros</b> del panel izquierdo están diseñados para facilitar el manejo de grandes cantidades de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, por ejemplo, solo los paquetes de cierto repositorio o los de un patrón seleccionado (como por ejemplo, el de Juegos o Desarrollo C/C++), así como buscar palabras concretas. Puede encontrar más información sobre los filtros en <i>Cómo se usan los filtros</i>.</p>" -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La <b>tabla de paquetes</b> es el componente principal del selector de " -"paquetes. Muestra la lista de paquetes que coinciden con el filtro actual " -"(por ejemplo, el grupo de RPM seleccionado o los resultados de la búsqueda). " -"Cada línea de la tabla de paquetes tiene varias columnas:</p>" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgstr "<p>La <b>tabla de paquetes</b> es el componente principal del selector de paquetes. Muestra la lista de paquetes que coinciden con el filtro actual (por ejemplo, el grupo de RPM seleccionado o los resultados de la búsqueda). Cada línea de la tabla de paquetes tiene varias columnas:</p>" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " -"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estado del paquete (para obtener más información, consulte <i>Estado " -"del paquete y símbolos</i>)</li><li>Nombre del paquete</li><li>Resumen del " -"paquete</li><li>Versión disponible (en alguno de los repositorios " -"configurados)</li><li>Versión instalada (vacío para los paquetes que aún no " -"están instalados)</li><li>Tamaño del paquete</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estado del paquete (para obtener más información, consulte <i>Estado del paquete y símbolos</i>)</li><li>Nombre del paquete</li><li>Resumen del paquete</li><li>Versión disponible (en alguno de los repositorios configurados)</li><li>Versión instalada (vacío para los paquetes que aún no están instalados)</li><li>Tamaño del paquete</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " -"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El menú <b>Acciones</b>, ubicado debajo la tabla, permite cambiar el " -"estado del paquete seleccionado (o de todos los paquetes de la lista); por " -"ejemplo, para eliminar un paquete o seleccionar uno nuevo para su " -"instalación. También puede cambiar el estado directamente pulsando la tecla " -"especificada en los distintos elementos del menú (consulte <i>Estado del " -"paquete y símbolos</i> para obtener más información sobre el estado del " -"paquete).</p>" +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p>El menú <b>Acciones</b>, ubicado debajo la tabla, permite cambiar el estado del paquete seleccionado (o de todos los paquetes de la lista); por ejemplo, para eliminar un paquete o seleccionar uno nuevo para su instalación. También puede cambiar el estado directamente pulsando la tecla especificada en los distintos elementos del menú (consulte <i>Estado del paquete y símbolos</i> para obtener más información sobre el estado del paquete).</p>" -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " -"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>menú</b> proporciona funciones relacionadas con la gestión de las " -"dependencias del paquete. Muestra información importante sobre los paquetes " -"y otras acciones útiles, como la posibilidad de abrir el editor de " -"repositorios. Para más información, consulte <i>Funciones más usadas del " -"menú</i>.</p>" +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El <b>menú</b> proporciona funciones relacionadas con la gestión de las dependencias del paquete. Muestra información importante sobre los paquetes y otras acciones útiles, como la posibilidad de abrir el editor de repositorios. Para más información, consulte <i>Funciones más usadas del menú</i>.</p>" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "Estado del paquete y símbolos" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El estado del paquete puede modificarse desde el menú <i>Acciones</i> o " -"con las teclas definidas en los elementos del menú. Por ejemplo, puede " -"utilizar el signo + para instalar paquetes adicionales.</p><p>El estado " -"\"Tabú\" significa que el paquete no debe instalarse en ningún momento. El " -"estado \"Bloqueado\" significa que se debe mantener siempre instalada la " -"misma versión del paquete.</p>" +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El estado del paquete puede modificarse desde el menú <i>Acciones</i> o con las teclas definidas en los elementos del menú. Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el signo + para instalar paquetes adicionales.</p><p>El estado \"Tabú\" significa que el paquete no debe instalarse en ningún momento. El estado \"Bloqueado\" significa que se debe mantener siempre instalada la misma versión del paquete.</p>" -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " -"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>También puede usar <b>INTRO</b> o <b>ESPACIO</b> para conmutar el estado " -"del paquete. El menú <i>Acciones</i> también le permite cambiar el estado de " -"todos los paquetes de la lista (seleccione Todos los paquetes de la lista)." +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p>También puede usar <b>INTRO</b> o <b>ESPACIO</b> para conmutar el estado del paquete. El menú <i>Acciones</i> también le permite cambiar el estado de todos los paquetes de la lista (seleccione Todos los paquetes de la lista).</p>" -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" msgstr "<p>Significado de los indicadores de estado:</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " -"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated<p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" -"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>+</b>: paquete seleccionado para instalarlo</p><p><b>a+ </b>: el " -"paquete se instalará automáticamente</p><p><b> > </b>: el paquete se " -"actualizará</p><p><b>a> </b>: el paquete se actualizará automáticamente<p><b> i </b>: este paquete está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: el paquete se " -"eliminará</p><p><b>---</b>: este paquete no se debe instalar nunca (Tabú)</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>+</b>: paquete seleccionado para instalarlo</p><p><b>a+ </b>: el paquete se instalará automáticamente</p><p><b> > </b>: el paquete se actualizará</p><p><b>a> </b>: el paquete se actualizará automáticamente</p><p><b> i </b>: este paquete está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: el paquete se eliminará</p><p><b>---</b>: este paquete no se debe instalar nunca (Tabú)</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b> -i- </b>: se debe mantener la versión instalada y no eliminarla ni " -"actualizarla nunca (paquete bloqueado)</p><p>Información de estado por " -"patrón e idioma:</p><p><b> i </b>: se cumplen todos los requisitos para este " -"patrón o idioma</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> -i- </b>: se debe mantener la versión instalada y no eliminarla ni actualizarla nunca (paquete bloqueado)</p><p>Información de estado por patrón e idioma:</p><p><b> i </b>: se cumplen todos los requisitos para este patrón o idioma</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "Cómo se usan los filtros" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De todos los paquetes disponibles, los <b>filtros</b> permiten filtrar " -"solo aquellos en los que esté interesado. Los filtros de paquetes se basan " -"en las propiedades del paquete (repositorio, grupo RPM), en \"contenedores\" " -"de paquetes (patrones, idiomas), en la clasificación del paquete o en los " -"resultados de una búsqueda. Seleccione el filtro deseado en el menú " -"desplegable. Los filtros específicos se describen más abajo.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De todos los paquetes disponibles, los <b>filtros</b> permiten filtrar solo aquellos en los que esté interesado. Los filtros de paquetes se basan en las propiedades del paquete (repositorio, grupo RPM), en \"contenedores\" de paquetes (patrones, idiomas), en la clasificación del paquete o en los resultados de una búsqueda. Seleccione el filtro deseado en el menú desplegable. Los filtros específicos se describen más abajo.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"<p>Los <b>patrones</b> describen las prestaciones y funciones que el sistema " -"puede tener (por ejemplo, un servidor X o herramientas para consola). Cada " -"patrón contiene un conjunto de paquetes requeridos (deben estar), " -"recomendados (deberían estar) y sugeridos (pueden estar). Si activa la " -"instalación de un patrón (actualización, supresión, etc.), se ejecutará el " -"sistema de resolución y se modificará el estado de los paquetes (y sus " -"dependencias) para adecuarse a los cambios.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los <b>patrones</b> describen las prestaciones y funciones que el sistema puede tener (por ejemplo, un servidor X o herramientas para consola). Cada patrón contiene un conjunto de paquetes requeridos (deben estar), recomendados (deberían estar) y sugeridos (pueden estar). Si activa la instalación de un patrón (actualización, supresión, etc.), se ejecutará el sistema de resolución y se modificará el estado de los paquetes (y sus dependencias) para adecuarse a los cambios.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los <b>idiomas</b> son contenedores de paquetes muy parecidos a los " -"patrones. Contienen paquetes con traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos " -"específicos del idioma seleccionado. Los <b>grupos RPM</b> no son " -"contenedores de paquetes que se puedan instalar. Pertenecer a un grupo RPM " -"determinado es una propiedad del propio paquete. Por lo tanto, tienen una " -"estructura jerárquica (de tipo árbol). El filtro <b>Repositorios</b> permite " -"mostrar solo los paquetes procedentes de un repositorio específico.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Los <b>idiomas</b> son contenedores de paquetes muy parecidos a los patrones. Contienen paquetes con traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos específicos del idioma seleccionado. Los <b>grupos RPM</b> no son contenedores de paquetes que se puedan instalar. Pertenecer a un grupo RPM determinado es una propiedad del propio paquete. Por lo tanto, tienen una estructura jerárquica (de tipo árbol). El filtro <b>Repositorios</b> permite mostrar solo los paquetes procedentes de un repositorio específico.</p>" -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para utilizar el filtro <b>Buscar</b>, introduzca una palabra clave (o " -"parte de ella) para la búsqueda de paquetes. Por ejemplo, puede buscar todos " -"los paquetes que contengan 3D utilizando la expresión \"3d\". También puede " -"buscar en las descripciones de los paquetes, en los campos \"el RPM " -"proporciona\" o \"el RPM requiere\", marcando la casilla de verificación " -"adecuada. Inicie la búsqueda con el botón Buscar.</p>" +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para utilizar el filtro <b>Buscar</b>, introduzca una palabra clave (o parte de ella) para la búsqueda de paquetes. Por ejemplo, puede buscar todos los paquetes que contengan 3D utilizando la expresión \"3d\". También puede buscar en las descripciones de los paquetes, en los campos \"el RPM proporciona\" o \"el RPM requiere\", marcando la casilla de verificación adecuada. Inicie la búsqueda con el botón Buscar.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " -"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>resumen de la instalación</b> presenta una lista de los paquetes " -"cuyo estado ha cambiado durante esta sesión (por ejemplo, los que se han " -"marcado para instalar o quitar), bien por parte el usuario o automáticamente " -"por el sistema de resolución. El filtro <b>Clasificación del paquete</b> " -"proporciona más información relativa a paquetes: <i>Recomendado</i>, " -"<i>Sugerido</i>, <i>Huérfano</i> o <i>No necesario</i>.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El <b>resumen de la instalación</b> presenta una lista de los paquetes cuyo estado ha cambiado durante esta sesión (por ejemplo, los que se han marcado para instalar o quitar), bien por parte el usuario o automáticamente por el sistema de resolución. El filtro <b>Clasificación del paquete</b> proporciona más información relativa a paquetes: <i>Recomendado</i>, <i>Sugerido</i>, <i>Huérfano</i> o <i>No necesario</i>.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "Funciones más usadas del menú" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dependencias:</b> este menú ofrece varias acciones relacionadas con la " -"gestión de las dependencias del paquete. Por defecto, se comprueban las " -"dependencias del paquete cada vez que su estado cambia. Se le informará en " -"un recuadro de diálogo sobre los posibles conflictos de los paquetes y se le " -"proporcionará una posible solución. Para resolver el conflicto, seleccione " -"una de las soluciones ofrecidas y haga clic en Aceptar: intentar de nuevo." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Dependencias:</b> este menú ofrece varias acciones relacionadas con la gestión de las dependencias del paquete. Por defecto, se comprueban las dependencias del paquete cada vez que su estado cambia. Se le informará en un recuadro de diálogo sobre los posibles conflictos de los paquetes y se le proporcionará una posible solución. Para resolver el conflicto, seleccione una de las soluciones ofrecidas y haga clic en Aceptar: intentar de nuevo.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para inhabilitar la comprobación de dependencias en cada cambio de " -"estado, desmarque <i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i>. En este " -"caso, podrá comprobar las dependencias manualmente seleccionando " -"<i>Comprobar dependencias ahora</i>. La opción <i>Verificar el sistema</i> " -"comprueba las dependencias de los paquetes y resuelve los conflictos de " -"forma no interactiva, marcando los paquetes que falten para su instalación " -"automática, si fuera necesario. Con fines de depurado, puede usar <i>Generar " -"caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias</i>. Se volcarán todas las " -"dependencias del paquete en el directorio <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase. Habitualmente, esto se requiere cuando le solicitan un caso de prueba " -"del sistema de resolución en Bugzilla.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para inhabilitar la comprobación de dependencias en cada cambio de estado, desmarque <i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i>. En este caso, podrá comprobar las dependencias manualmente seleccionando <i>Comprobar dependencias ahora</i>. La opción <i>Verificar el sistema</i> comprueba las dependencias de los paquetes y resuelve los conflictos de forma no interactiva, marcando los paquetes que falten para su instalación automática, si fuera necesario. Con fines de depurado, puede usar <i>Generar caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias</i>. Se volcarán todas las dependencias del paquete en el directorio <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Habitualmente, esto se requiere cuando le solicitan un caso de prueba del sistema de resolución en Bugzilla.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " -"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " -"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las opciones disponibles para la comprobación de dependencias son las " -"siguientes:<br><i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i> (ver " -"anteriormente), <i>Instalar paquetes recomendados</i>: si está activada, se " -"cumplirán las dependencias, <i>Modo de verificación del sistema</i>: repara " -"las dependencias de los paquetes instalados y las resuelve de inmediato. " -"Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente: después de comprobar el sistema con " -"<i>Verificar sistema ahora</i>, la opción <i>Modo de verificación del " -"sistema</i> estará activada (desactívela si lo desea). Estas opciones se " -"guardan en el archivo de configuración de YaST, <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Las opciones disponibles para la comprobación de dependencias son las siguientes:<br><i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i> (ver anteriormente), <i>Instalar paquetes recomendados</i>: si está activada, se cumplirán las dependencias, <i>Modo de verificación del sistema</i>: repara las dependencias de los paquetes instalados y las resuelve de inmediato. Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente: después de comprobar el sistema con <i>Verificar sistema ahora</i>, la opción <i>Modo de verificación del sistema</i> estará activada (desactívela si lo desea). Estas opciones se guardan en el archivo de configuración de YaST, <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " -"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opciones avanzadas:<br> <i>Limpiar al eliminar paquetes</i>: elimina los " -"paquetes dependientes sin utilizar. <i>Permitir cambio de proveedor</i>: el " -"proveedor del paquete puede ser distinto al del paquete instalado. Estas " -"opciones no se guardarán, solo pueden establecerse en el archivo de " -"configuración de la biblioteca de paquetes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opciones avanzadas:<br> <i>Limpiar al eliminar paquetes</i>: elimina los paquetes dependientes sin utilizar. <i>Permitir cambio de proveedor</i>: el proveedor del paquete puede ser distinto al del paquete instalado. Estas opciones no se guardarán, solo pueden establecerse en el archivo de configuración de la biblioteca de paquetes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ver:</b><br>aquí se puede elegir la información del paquete " -"seleccionado que se mostrará en la ventana situada debajo de la tabla de " -"paquetes. Las opciones disponibles son: descripción del paquete, información " -"técnica (versión, tamaño, licencia, etc.), versiones del paquete (todas las " -"disponibles), lista de archivos (todos los archivos incluidos en el paquete) " -"y dependencias (archivos que proporciona o que requiere, etc.).</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ver:</b><br>aquí se puede elegir la información del paquete seleccionado que se mostrará en la ventana situada debajo de la tabla de paquetes. Las opciones disponibles son: descripción del paquete, información técnica (versión, tamaño, licencia, etc.), versiones del paquete (todas las disponibles), lista de archivos (todos los archivos incluidos en el paquete) y dependencias (archivos que proporciona o que requiere, etc.).</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " -"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " -"Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Configuración:</b><br> este menú integra el selector de paquetes con " -"el resto de utilidades disponibles para la gestión de los paquetes. Desde " -"aquí puede usar la opción <b>Lanzar el gestor de paquetes</b> y editar los " -"repositorios configurados o registrarse para actualizar los repositorios y " -"configurar la descarga periódica de actualizaciones automáticas (<b>Lanzar " -"la configuración de actualización en línea</b>). Además, puede seleccionar " -"uno de los tres posibles comportamientos del selector de paquetes al salir " -"en el menú <b>Acción tras la instalación del paquete</b>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Configuración:</b><br> este menú integra el selector de paquetes con el resto de utilidades disponibles para la gestión de los paquetes. Desde aquí puede usar la opción <b>Lanzar el gestor de paquetes</b> y editar los repositorios configurados o registrarse para actualizar los repositorios y configurar la descarga periódica de actualizaciones automáticas (<b>Lanzar la configuración de actualización en línea</b>). Además, puede seleccionar uno de los tres posibles comportamientos del selector de paquetes al salir en el menú <b>Acción tras la instalación del paquete</b>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " -"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b> este menú pone a su disposición varias funciones. " -"<i>Exportar lista de paquetes a archivo</i> hará un volcado de datos de los " -"paquetes instalados, los patrones y los idiomas en un archivo en formato " -"XML. Este archivo se puede leer posteriormente desde la opción <i>Importar " -"lista de paquetes desde archivo</i>, por ejemplo, en un equipo diferente, " -"importando el conjunto de paquetes en el sistema de destino con el mismo " -"estado con el que se describen en el archivo XML proporcionado. <i>Mostrar " -"espacio disponible en disco</i> muestra una tabla emergente donde se muestra " -"el uso del espacio en disco, así como el espacio disponible en las " -"particiones montadas.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Extras:</b> este menú pone a su disposición varias funciones. <i>Exportar lista de paquetes a archivo</i> hará un volcado de datos de los paquetes instalados, los patrones y los idiomas en un archivo en formato XML. Este archivo se puede leer posteriormente desde la opción <i>Importar lista de paquetes desde archivo</i>, por ejemplo, en un equipo diferente, importando el conjunto de paquetes en el sistema de destino con el mismo estado con el que se describen en el archivo XML proporcionado. <i>Mostrar espacio disponible en disco</i> muestra una tabla emergente donde se muestra el uso del espacio en disco, así como el espacio disponible en las particiones montadas.</p>" -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "Bu&scar en " -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "Buscar &frase" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Código" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Versión disponible" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Versión instalada" -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Clase" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Resolviendo..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Guardando..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Cargando..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Descripción general sobre el uso del disco" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Usado" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Libre" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>Espacio de disco agotado</i>" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>El espacio de disco se está agotando</b>" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "necesita" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "más espacio de disco." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>Versión: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>Tamaño: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>Instalado: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>Autores: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>Licencia: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>Número de medio: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>Grupo de paquetes: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>Proporciona: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Necesita: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Requiere: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>Conflictos con: </b>" -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>Lista de archivos instalados:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para " +msgstr "Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Estado e instalación de los parches" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " -"the feature.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Información general relativa a parches:</p><p>los parches de tipo " -"<b>seguridad</b> resuelven cuestiones de seguridad y se recomienda " -"encarecidamente su instalación. Adicionalmente, debería instalar los parches " -"<b>recomendados</b>, los cuales incluyen soluciones importantes a errores. " -"Instale parches de <b>características</b> si está interesado en la misma.</p>" +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Información general relativa a parches:</p><p>los parches de tipo <b>seguridad</b> resuelven cuestiones de seguridad y se recomienda encarecidamente su instalación. Adicionalmente, debería instalar los parches <b>recomendados</b>, los cuales incluyen soluciones importantes a errores. Instale parches de <b>características</b> si está interesado en la misma.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los parches para libzypp (paquete, parche, patrón y gestión de producto) " -"se instalan siempre en primer lugar. El resto de parches debe instalarse " -"después, en una segunda ejecución.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los parches para libzypp (paquete, parche, patrón y gestión de producto) se instalan siempre en primer lugar. El resto de parches debe instalarse después, en una segunda ejecución.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " -"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " -"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Significado de los indicadores de estado:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: los parches " -"relativos a la instalación están preseleccionados. Se descargarán y se " -"instalarán en el sistema. Si no desea un parche concreto, deselecciónelo con " -"\"-\".</p><p><b> i </b>: se cumplen todos los requisitos de este parche.<p><b> + </b>: ha seleccionado este parche para instalarlo.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Significado de los indicadores de estado:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: los parches relativos a la instalación están preseleccionados. Se descargarán y se instalarán en el sistema. Si no desea un parche concreto, deselecciónelo con \"-\".</p><p><b> i </b>: se cumplen todos los requisitos de este parche.</p><p><b> + </b>: ha seleccionado este parche para instalarlo.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Más detalles sobre el estado:<br>si hay varios parches para un paquete (o " -"para un conjunto de paquetes) que aún no se han aplicado al sistema, se " -"preseleccionan todos y muestran el estado <b>a+</b>. Si se deselecciona uno " -"de estos parches con el signo \"-\", podría mostrar luego el estado <b>i. Esto se debe a que sigue habiendo seleccionados otros parches que " -"afectan a los mismos paquetes. Las versiones más recientes de los paquetes " -"se instalarán y, de esa forma, este parche se aplica. Es necesario " -"deseleccionar todos los parches si no se desea instalarlos.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Más detalles sobre el estado:<br>si hay varios parches para un paquete (o para un conjunto de paquetes) que aún no se han aplicado al sistema, se preseleccionan todos y muestran el estado <b>a+</b>. Si se deselecciona uno de estos parches con el signo \"-\", podría mostrar luego el estado <b>i</b>. Esto se debe a que sigue habiendo seleccionados otros parches que afectan a los mismos paquetes. Las versiones más recientes de los paquetes se instalarán y, de esa forma, este parche se aplica. Es necesario deseleccionar todos los parches si no se desea instalarlos.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " -"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Menús:</p><p>El menú <b>Filtro</b> permite filtrar los parches, por " -"ejemplo, muestra los instalados o los de seguridad. También permite buscar " -"parches.<br>Use el menú <b>Acciones</b> para cambiar el estado de un parche." -"<br>El menú <b>Ver</b> ofrece la posibilidad de ver los paquetes afectados " -"por el parche. Tenga en cuenta que si se aplica el filtro Todos los parches, " -"la lista de paquetes de algunos parches podría estar vacía. Esto indica que " -"no hay paquetes afectados porque ninguno de los paquetes del parche están " -"instalados en el sistema.<br>El menú <b>Dependencias</b> contiene " -"comprobaciones de dependencias, así como la entrada Generar caso de prueba " -"de resolución.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Menús:</p><p>El menú <b>Filtro</b> permite filtrar los parches, por ejemplo, muestra los instalados o los de seguridad. También permite buscar parches.<br>Use el menú <b>Acciones</b> para cambiar el estado de un parche.<br>El menú <b>Ver</b> ofrece la posibilidad de ver los paquetes afectados por el parche. Tenga en cuenta que si se aplica el filtro Todos los parches, la lista de paquetes de algunos parches podría estar vacía. Esto indica que no hay paquetes afectados porque ninguno de los paquetes del parche están instalados en el sistema.<br>El menú <b>Dependencias</b> contiene comprobaciones de dependencias, así como la entrada Generar caso de prueba de resolución.</p>" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Notificar" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sí" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "A&ceptar: intentar de nuevo" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -"<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todos los cambios realizados en la selección de paquetes, parches o " -"patrones se perderán.<br>¿Seguro que desea salir?</p>" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todos los cambios realizados en la selección de paquetes, parches o patrones se perderán.<br>¿Seguro que desea salir?</p>" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Idiomas disponibles" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios disponibles" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Parches necesarios" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Parches instalados" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Parches de actualización en línea" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Actualizar problema: ver ayuda" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Buscar en los resultados" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Dependencias de paquetes" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"<b>Lista de problemas de actualización</b><br><p>Los paquetes de la lista no " -"pueden actualizarse automáticamente.</p><p>Posibles motivos:</p><p>Están " -"obsoletos y han sido reemplazado por otros paquetes.</p><p>No existe ninguna " -"nueva versión o ningún medio de instalación contiene una versión más " -"reciente.</p><p>Son paquetes de otros fabricantes.</p><p>Seleccione " -"manualmente lo que desea hacer con ellos. La opción más segura sería " -"suprimirlos.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Lista de problemas de actualización</b><br><p>Los paquetes de la lista no pueden actualizarse automáticamente.</p><p>Posibles motivos:</p><p>Están obsoletos y han sido reemplazado por otros paquetes.</p><p>No existe ninguna nueva versión o ningún medio de instalación contiene una versión más reciente.</p><p>Son paquetes de otros fabricantes.</p><p>Seleccione manualmente lo que desea hacer con ellos. La opción más segura sería suprimirlos.</p>" -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "Lista de &actualizaciones" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>Parche: </b>" -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "No hay ningún parche disponible" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Guión" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Versiones de paquetes incompatibles" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Está intentando instalar versiones multiversión y no multiversión de este " -"paquete al mismo tiempo.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Está intentando instalar versiones multiversión y no multiversión de este paquete al mismo tiempo.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta versión es multiversión.</p><p>Haga clic en Continuar para " -"instalarla y deseleccionar la versión que no es multiversión; o bien, haga " -"clic en Cancelar para deseleccionar esta versión y conservar la otra.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta versión es multiversión.</p><p>Haga clic en Continuar para instalarla y deseleccionar la versión que no es multiversión; o bien, haga clic en Cancelar para deseleccionar esta versión y conservar la otra.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta versión no es multiversión.</p><p>Haga clic en Continuar para " -"instalar solo esta versión y deseleccionar todas las demás; o bien, haga " -"clic en Cancelar para deseleccionar esta versión y conservar las otras.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta versión no es multiversión.</p><p>Haga clic en Continuar para instalar solo esta versión y deseleccionar todas las demás; o bien, haga clic en Cancelar para deseleccionar esta versión y conservar las otras.</p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,69 +14,69 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. label for text field showing the selected dir -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" msgstr "Directorio seleccionado:" -#. label for checkbox -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 msgid "&Detailed View" msgstr "Vista &detallada" -#. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "Nombre de directorio" -#. stretchable = true -#. add the OK button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. add the Cancel button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 msgid "Directory name" msgstr "Nombre de directorio" -#. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#. label for text field showing the filename -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 msgid "&File name:" msgstr "Nombre de &archivo:" -#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 msgid "Filter:" msgstr "Filtro:" -#. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" -#. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grupo" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,243 +14,231 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de DNS" -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Mostrar resumen de configuración" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 msgid "Edit current settings" msgstr "Editar configuración actual" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 msgid "Used machine hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host del equipo utilizado" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 msgid "IP address of first nameserver." msgstr "Dirección IP del primer servidor de nombres." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 msgid "IP address of second nameserver." msgstr "Dirección IP del segundo servidor de nombres." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 msgid "IP address of third nameserver." msgstr "Dirección IP del tercer servidor de nombres." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de DNS:" -#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected -#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected -#. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 +#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected +#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected +#. fail message: a string is expected +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Nombre de host no válido. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Dirección IP no válida. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "No se puede establecer " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". La red está gestionada por NetworkManager." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Valor de opción no válido." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Error interno" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 +#. Proposal title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Cortafuegos y SSH" -#. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 +#. Menu entry label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Corta&fuegos y SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Configuración básica de cortafuegos y SSH" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Servicio de cortafuegos y SSH" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Habilitar cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Habilitar servicio SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cortafuegos y SSH</big></b><br />\n" -"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger el sistema de " -"ataques procedentes de la red.\n" -"SSH es un servicio que le permite identificarse remotamente en su equipo " -"mediante un cliente\n" +"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger el sistema de ataques procedentes de la red.\n" +"SSH es un servicio que le permite identificarse remotamente en su equipo mediante un cliente\n" "SSH dedicado</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede indicar si el cortafuegos debe estar habilitado o inhabilitado " -"tras\n" +"<p>Aquí puede indicar si el cortafuegos debe estar habilitado o inhabilitado tras\n" "la instalación. Se recomienda habilitarlo.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Si el cortafuegos está habilitado, puede decidir si desea abrir el puerto " -"del\n" -"cortafuegos para el servicio SSH y permitir las entradas SSH remotas. De " -"forma independiente,\n" -"también puede habilitar el servicio SSH (por ejemplo, para que se inicie al " -"arrancar el equipo).</p>" +"<p>Si el cortafuegos está habilitado, puede decidir si desea abrir el puerto del\n" +"cortafuegos para el servicio SSH y permitir las entradas SSH remotas. De forma independiente,\n" +"también puede habilitar el servicio SSH (por ejemplo, para que se inicie al arrancar el equipo).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>También puede abrir los puertos de VNC en el cortafuegos.\n" -"No habilitará el servicio de administración remota en un sistema en " -"ejecución,\n" +"No habilitará el servicio de administración remota en un sistema en ejecución,\n" "pero el instalador lo iniciará automáticamente si fuera necesario.</p>" -#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog -#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "El cortafuegos se habilitará (inhabilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "El cortafuegos se inhabilitará (habilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "El servicio SSH se habilitará (inhabilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "El servicio SSH se inhabilitará (habilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Abrir puerto SSH" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Abrir puertos &VNC" -#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 +#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" msgstr "Los puertos de VNC se abrirán (cerrar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "Los puertos de VNC se bloquearán (abrir</a>)" -#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description -#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped -#. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 +#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)" msgstr "El puerto SSH se abrirá (bloquear</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "El puerto SSH se bloqueará (abrir</a>)" -#. Commandline help title -#. configuration of hosts -#. Hosts dialog caption -#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 +#. Commandline help title +#. configuration of hosts +#. Hosts dialog caption +#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 msgid "Host Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de host" -#. Command line output Headline -#. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:112 +#. Command line output Headline +#. configuration of hosts +#: src/clients/host.rb:112 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de equipos:" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Conectando a Internet..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "Descargando las notas de versión más actuales..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "Cerrando la conexión..." -#. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 +#. Test dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "Probando la conexión a Internet" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.</p>\n" @@ -258,8 +246,8 @@ "<p>Aquí puede seguir el progreso de la\n" "conexión de prueba a Internet.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" @@ -267,8 +255,8 @@ "<p>Puede cancelar la prueba pulsando el botón\n" "<b>Cancelar prueba</b>.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.</p>\n" @@ -276,63 +264,63 @@ "<p>Si la prueba falla, vuelva a la configuración de red\n" "y corrija la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 +#. Label for result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Resultado de la prueba:" -#. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 +#. Push Button to abort internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "&Cancelar prueba" -#. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 +#. Frame label: status of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Estado de la prueba" -#. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 +#. Push Button to see logs of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Ver registros..." -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Éxito" -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Fallo" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces de red del kernel" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Tabla de encaminamiento del kernel" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Búsqueda de nombre de host" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Mensajes del kernel" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "- Descargar notas de versión" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -340,19 +328,19 @@ "No es posible instalar las notas de la versión descargadas.\n" "La comprobación de la firma RPM ha fallado." -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Error en la instalación de las notas de la versión descargadas." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Inicio de la conexión" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -360,38 +348,31 @@ "La conexión a Internet ha fallado. Vea\n" "el registro para obtener más detalles.\n" -#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"No se ha definido ninguna URL para las notas de la versión. No se puede " -"realizar la prueba de conexión a Internet." +#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna URL para las notas de la versión. No se puede realizar la prueba de conexión a Internet." -#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes -#. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 +#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes +#. most likely due to server-side error +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Error al descargar las últimas notas de la versión por un error del " -"servidor. \n" +"Error al descargar las últimas notas de la versión por un error del servidor. \n" " Esto no significa que la red no esté bien configurada. \n" "\n" "Haga clic en Continuar para seguir con el siguiente paso del proceso de\n" -"instalación. Si desea omitir cualquiera de los pasos necesarios para la " -"conexión a\n" +"instalación. Si desea omitir cualquiera de los pasos necesarios para la conexión a\n" "Internet o quiere volver a la configuración de red, haga clic en Cancelar.\n" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -399,13 +380,13 @@ "Error al descargar las notas de versión más recientes. Consulte\n" "el registro para obtener más detalles." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Buscar parches" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -413,103 +394,103 @@ "No ha sido posible buscar las actualizaciones más recientes. Consultar\n" "registro para obtener más detalles.\n" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Cierre de la conexión" -#. Commandline help title -#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal -#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 +#. Commandline help title +#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal +#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 msgid "Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de tarjetas de red" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 msgid "Add a network card" msgstr "Añadir una tarjeta de red" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 msgid "Change existing configuration" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración existente" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 msgid "Delete a network card" msgstr "Suprimir una tarjeta de red" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 msgid "List only configured cards" msgstr "Mostrar sólo las tarjetas configuradas" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 msgid "List only unconfigured cards" msgstr "Mostrar sólo las tarjetas no configuradas" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 msgid "Device identifier" msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Identificador de configuración" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Utilizar configuración estática o dinámica" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Nombre de la configuración" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Dirección IP del dispositivo" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Longitud del prefijo" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Esclavos asociados" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Dispositivo Ethernet para VLAN" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfaces para el puente de red (Bridging)" -#. see bnc#498993 -#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) -#. we'll keep values from installation -#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Error de configuración: la interfaz no se ha inicializado." -#. translators: command line help for network module -#: src/clients/network.rb:60 +#. translators: command line help for network module +#: src/clients/network.rb:60 msgid "" "Configuration of network.\n" "This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n" @@ -523,18 +504,18 @@ "\n" "lan\t" -#. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 +#. Selection box item +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:88 +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de red" -#. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:91 +#. Network dialog help +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" @@ -542,39 +523,37 @@ "<p>Seleccione uno de los módulos de red disponibles para configurar\n" "los dispositivos correspondientes y pulse <b>Ejecutar.</b></p>" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:105 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "Módulos de red &disponibles" -#: src/clients/network.rb:123 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Ejecutar" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del acceso remoto" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Autorizar acceso remoto" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota o \"No\" para no " -"autorizarla." +msgstr "Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota o \"No\" para no autorizarla." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del acceso remoto:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -582,388 +561,382 @@ "Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota\n" "o \"No\" para no autorizarla." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 msgid "VNC Remote Administration" msgstr "Administración remota VCN" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 msgid "VNC &Remote Administration" msgstr "Administración &remota VCN" -#. Commandline help title -#. Main routing dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510 +#. Commandline help title +#. Main routing dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del encaminamiento" -#. FIXME -#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 +#. FIXME +#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 msgid "Show complete routing table" msgstr "Mostrar la tabla completa de encaminamiento" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar la entrada de la tabla de encaminamiento para el destino seleccionado" +msgstr "Mostrar la entrada de la tabla de encaminamiento para el destino seleccionado" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" msgstr "Configuración de reenvío de IPv4 e IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Configuración de reenvío solo de IPv4" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Configuración de reenvío solo de IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 msgid "Add new route" msgstr "Añadir una ruta nueva" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 msgid "Edit an existing route" msgstr "Editar una ruta existente" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 msgid "Delete an existing route" msgstr "Suprimir una ruta existente" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 msgid "Destination IP address" msgstr "Dirección IP de destino" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 msgid "Gateway IP address" msgstr "Dirección IP de gateway" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "Máscara de subred" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 msgid "Network device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 msgid "Additional options" msgstr "Opciones adicionales" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar valores actuales de configuración" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 msgid "Enable IP forwarding" msgstr "Habilitar reenvío de IP" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 msgid "Disable IP forwarding" msgstr "Inhabilitar reenvío de IP" -#. main ui function -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#. main ui function +#. Frame label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Tabla de encaminamiento" -#. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#. Table header 1/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Destino" -#. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#. Table header 2/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" -#. Table header label -#. Table header 3/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 +#. Table header label +#. Table header 3/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 +#. Table header 4/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. Handler for action "list" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 +#. Handler for action "list" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "No hay ninguna entrada para %1 en la tabla de encaminamiento." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "El reenvío de %s está habilitado" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "El reenvío de %s está inhabilitado" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Habilitando reenvío de %s..." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Inhabilitando reenvío de %s..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4 e IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Se deben especificar al menos el destinto y las direcciones IP de gateway." +msgstr "Se deben especificar al menos el destinto y las direcciones IP de gateway." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Añadiendo el destino %1 a la tabla de encaminamiento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Debe especificarse la dirección IP de destino." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Se debe especificar al menos uno de los parámetros siguientes (gateway, " -"máscara de red, dispositivo, opciones)." +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Se debe especificar al menos uno de los parámetros siguientes (gateway, máscara de red, dispositivo, opciones)." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Actualizando el destino %1 en la tabla de encaminamiento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Suprimiendo el destino %1 de la tabla de encaminamiento..." -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456 +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha usado cifrado." -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 msgid "Change." msgstr "Cambiar." -#. Table item -#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface -#. (eth0:1) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 +#. Table item +#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface +#. (eth0:1) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dirección adicional" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 msgid "Already Configured Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos ya configurados:" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 msgid "Nothing is configured" msgstr "No hay nada configurado" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "Tarjeta PCMCIA RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "Tarjeta USB RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red PCMCIA Ethernet" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red USB Ethernet" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red PCMCIA FDDI" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red USB FDDI" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexión PCMCIA RDSI" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexión USB RDSI" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "Módem PCMCIA" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "Módem USB" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red PCMCIA Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red USB Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red USB" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red PCMCIA inalámbrica" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red USB inalámbrica" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red desconocido" -#. Modem status (%1 is device) -#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) -#. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 +#. Modem status (%1 is device) +#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) +#. Network card status (%1 is device) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Configurado como %1" -#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 +#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con el proveedor %2" -#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 +#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con el proveedor %2 (protocolo %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Configurado sin dirección (NINGUNA)" -#. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 +#. Network card status +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Configurado sin dirección" -#. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#. Network card status (%1 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Configurado con la dirección %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 +#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Configurado con la dirección %1 (%2 remota)" -#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Configurado con %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con la dirección: %2" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con la dirección: %2 (%3 remota) " -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con %2" -#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config -#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. -#. @param [Hash] devmap device map -#. @return textual device protocol -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config +#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. +#. @param [Hash] devmap device map +#. @return textual device protocol +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" -#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 +#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionado" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgstr "Introduzca contraseña del proveedor" -#. Steps dialog caption -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 +#. Steps dialog caption +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Test Internet Connection" msgstr "Probar conexión a Internet" -#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" "configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" @@ -971,8 +944,8 @@ "<p>Aquí puede probar la conexión a Internet recién\n" "configurada. Esta prueba es opcional.</p>" -#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "<p>A successful result enables you to run\n" "the YaST Online Update.</p>" @@ -980,8 +953,8 @@ "<p>Un resultado satisfactorio le permite ejecutar la actualización\n" "en línea de YaST, YOU.</p>" -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "" "To validate your Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -989,8 +962,8 @@ "Para comprobar el acceso a Internet, \n" "active el proceso de prueba." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "" "To validate your DSL Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -998,8 +971,8 @@ "Para comprobar la conexión ADSL a Internet, active\n" "el proceso de prueba." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "" "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1007,8 +980,8 @@ "Para comprobar la conexión RDSI a Internet, active\n" "el proceso de prueba." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "To validate your modem Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1016,266 +989,263 @@ "Para comprobar la conexión a Internet por módem, active\n" "el proceso de prueba." -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via" msgstr "&Sí, probar la conexión a Internet mediante" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "N&o, Skip This Test" msgstr "N&o, saltarse esta prueba" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "- Connect to the Internet" msgstr "- Conectar a Internet." -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- Descargar las notas de versión más actuales" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- Buscar las actualizaciones más recientes" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Cerrar la conexión" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "Se realizarán los siguientes pasos:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Seleccionar:" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Sí, realizar actualización en línea" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "&No, saltarse la actualización" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Actualizaciones disponibles en línea" -#. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Label text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "¿Descargarlas e instalarlas a través de YOU (YaST Online Update)?" -#. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 +#. Heading +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Registro de las pruebas de conexión a Internet:" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Seleccionar registro:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones adicionales" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de dirección IPv4" -#. Table header label -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 +#. Table header label +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Nombre de la interfaz" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" -#. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 +#. Combo Box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Asignar interfaces a &zona del cortafuegos" -#. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 +#. check box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "Interfaz &obligatoria" -#. ComboBox label -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 +#. ComboBox label +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de &dispositivo" -#. ComboBox label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 +#. ComboBox label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Propietario del túnel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Grupo del túnel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos con puente" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Interfaz real para &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "ID de VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Esclavos asociados y orden" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Subir" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Bajar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "E&sclavos asociados" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Opciones del &controlador asociado" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione las opciones del controlador enlazado y edítelas si fuera " -"necesario. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione las opciones del controlador enlazado y edítelas si fuera necesario. </p>" -#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); -#. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 +#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); +#. else +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "No están configurados el enlace ni la IP (vínculos asociados)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Usar valores de iBFT" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dirección dinámica" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP versiones 4 y 6 (ambas)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Sólo versión 4 de DHCP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Sólo versión 6 de DHCP" -#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 +#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP asignada estáticamente" -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Máscara de &subred" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP re&mota" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP remota no es válida." -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" -#. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 +#. validate device type, misdetection +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1285,14 +1255,14 @@ "detectado. Esto sólo tiene sentido si sabe que\n" "la detección ha sido incorrecta." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "La configuración %1 ya existe." -#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing -#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 +#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing +#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1302,24 +1272,24 @@ "está en ninguna zona. por lo que el tráfico será bloqueado.\n" "¿Desea asignarla a una zona?" -#. Validator for network masks adresses -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 +#. Validator for network masks adresses +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "La máscara de red o la longitud del prefijo no son válidas." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nombre de host no válido." -#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 +#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1329,13 +1299,12 @@ msgstr "" "No se ha especificado un nombre de host. Se recomienda asociar\n" "un nombre de host con IP estática; en caso contrario, puede que no\n" -"sea posible resolver el nombre de la maquina sin una conexión activa de " -"red.\n" +"sea posible resolver el nombre de la maquina sin una conexión activa de red.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea el nombre de host en blanco?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1343,88 +1312,81 @@ "Se ha detectado una dirección IP duplicada.\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 msgid "&General" msgstr "&General" -#. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activación del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona de cortafuegos" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Unidad de transmisión máxima (MTU)" -#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole -#. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. tab set but not for one tab +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red.</p>" -#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing -#. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing +#. shortcuts +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" -#. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 +#. Address tab help +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurar su dirección IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Esclavos &asociados" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Inalámbrica" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioridad de Ifplugd" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " -"Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Prioridad de Ifplugd</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Todas las interfaces configuradas con <b>Conexión por cable</b> y con " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 deben\n" -"usarse de forma mutuamente exclusiva. Si hay más de una de estas interfaces " -"con el valor <b>Conexión por cable,</b>\n" -"se necesita una forma de decidir qué interfaz debe usarse. Es decir, hay que " -"asignar\n" +"<p>Todas las interfaces configuradas con <b>Conexión por cable</b> y con IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 deben\n" +"usarse de forma mutuamente exclusiva. Si hay más de una de estas interfaces con el valor <b>Conexión por cable,</b>\n" +"se necesita una forma de decidir qué interfaz debe usarse. Es decir, hay que asignar\n" "una prioridad a cada interfaz. </p>\n" -#. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 +#. Address dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuración de tarjeta de red" -#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1433,16 +1395,15 @@ "\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Las interfaces seleccionadas comparten el mismo puerto físico y si se " -"vinculan\n" +"Las interfaces seleccionadas comparten el mismo puerto físico y si se vinculan\n" "podría no producirse el efecto de redundancia deseado.\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1450,268 +1411,263 @@ "Al menos un dispositivo seleccionado ya está configurado.\n" "¿Desea adaptar la configuración para el puente?\n" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards" msgstr "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 ISA/PCI inalámbrica y tarjetas ethernet PCMCIA" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based y tarjetas inalámbricas similares" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based y tarjetas inalámbricas similares" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based y tarjetas inalámbricas similares" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using direct PCI interface" msgstr "Tarjetas inalámbricas LAN usando una interfaz PCI directa" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using the PLX9052 PCI bridge" msgstr "Tarjetas inalámbricas LAN usando el puente PCI PLX9052" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module p80211.o" msgstr "Dispositivo inalámbrico usando el módulo del kernel p80211.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_cs.o" msgstr "Dispositivo inalámbrico usando el módulo del kernel prism2_cs.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_pci.o" msgstr "Dispositivo inalámbrico usando el módulo del kernel prism2_pci.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_plx.o" msgstr "Dispositivo inalámbrico usando el módulo del kernel prism2_plx.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_usb.o" msgstr "Dispositivo inalámbrico usando el módulo del kernel prism2_usb.o" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 msgid "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" msgstr "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 msgid "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" msgstr "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)" msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)" msgstr "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (controlador alternativo)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 msgid "iSeries Virtual Network" msgstr "iSeries Virtual Network" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 msgid "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" msgstr "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 msgid "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" msgstr "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 msgid "IBM OSA Token Ring" msgstr "IBM OSA Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (estándar)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (en modo IO-mapped)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 msgid "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" msgstr "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 msgid "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network" msgstr "Canal a canal (CTC)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network" msgstr "Red de hipersockets (HSI)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 msgid "IBM OSA LCS" msgstr "IBM OSA LCS" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network" msgstr "ESCON (Enteprise System Connector)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network" msgstr "Red de conectores de sistemas de canales de fibra (FICON)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 msgid "CI7000 adapter" msgstr "Adaptador CI7000" -#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 +#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Utilice la opción id para determinar el dispositivo." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 msgid "Invalid value '%s' for \"id\" option." msgstr "Valor no válido %s para la opción \"id\"." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"El valor de id no está dentro de los límites. Utilice la opción list para " -"comprobar el valor máximo de ID." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "El valor de id no está dentro de los límites. Utilice la opción list para comprobar el valor máximo de ID." -#. Handler for action "add" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#. Handler for action "edit" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 +#. Handler for action "add" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#. Handler for action "edit" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Valor no válido para bootproto." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Valor no válido para startmode." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Para una configuración estática, se necesita la opción \"ip\"." -#. Handler for action "delete" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 +#. Handler for action "delete" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Se ha suprimido el dispositivo." -#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. ************************************************************************** -#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Network configuration -#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. ************************************************************************** +#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Network configuration +#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Note" msgstr "Nota" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opciones globales" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Descripción general" -#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 -#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 +#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 +#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1719,14 +1675,13 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Se ha detectado un puente de red Xen.\n" -"Debido al cambio de nombre de las interfaces de red por parte del script del " -"puente,\n" +"Debido al cambio de nombre de las interfaces de red por parte del script del puente,\n" "no se deben configurar ni reiniciar las interfaces de red.\n" "Consulte %1 para obtener detalles." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1738,7 +1693,7 @@ "En primer lugar, añada el CD de productos adicionales a los\n" "repositorios de YaST y vuelva a este recuadro de diálogo de configuración.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1747,35 +1702,29 @@ "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" "Se necesita un firmware para que el dispositivo funcione correctamente. \n" -"Normalmente, se puede descargar de la página Web del proveedor del " -"controlador.\n" +"Normalmente, se puede descargar de la página Web del proveedor del controlador.\n" "Si ya ha descargado e instalado el firmware, haga clic en <b>Continuar</b> \n" -"para configurar el dispositivo. De lo contrario, haga clic en <b>Cancelar y vuelva a\n" +"para configurar el dispositivo. De lo contrario, haga clic en <b>Cancelar</b> y vuelva a\n" " este recuadro de diálogo cuando haya instalado el firmware.\n" -#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( -#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded -#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems -#. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 +#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( +#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded +#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems +#. #45960 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Instalando el firmware" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Para instalar correctamente el firmware, debe ejecutar el guion " -"\"install_bcm43xx_firmware\". ¿Desea ejecutarlo ahora?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Para instalar correctamente el firmware, debe ejecutar el guion \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\". ¿Desea ejecutarlo ahora?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la instalación del firmware." -#. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 +#. Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1789,51 +1738,49 @@ " Si edita los ajustes de la interfaz aquí,\n" " la interfaz dejará de estar gestionada por NetworkManager.\n" -#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 +#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo seleccionado tiene STARTMODE=nfsroot. ¿Seguro que desea " -"suprimirlo?" +msgstr "El dispositivo seleccionado tiene STARTMODE=nfsroot. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?" -#. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 +#. Network setup method dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Método de configuración de red" -#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value -#. -#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some -#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation -#. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 +#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value +#. +#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some +#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation +#. popup. +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de red" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 msgid "DHCP Client Options" msgstr "Opciones del cliente DHCP" -#. CheckBox label -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), -#. `VSpacing(0.49), -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 +#. CheckBox label +#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), +#. `VSpacing(0.49), +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 msgid "DHCP Client &Identifier" msgstr "&Identificador de cliente DHCP" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 msgid "&Hostname to Send" msgstr "Nombre de &host que se enviará" -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 msgid "Change Default Route via DHCP" msgstr "Modificar ruta por defecto mediante DHCP" -#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1841,88 +1788,64 @@ "<p>Aquí puede configurar las opciones especificas para el hardware\n" "del dispositivo de red.</p>\n" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tipos de dispositivo</b>. Hay disponibles varios tipos de " -"dispositivos. Seleccione\n" +"<p><b>Tipos de dispositivo</b>. Hay disponibles varios tipos de dispositivos. Seleccione\n" "uno de acuerdo a sus necesidades.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Las <b>Reglas Udev</b> son reglas para el gestor de dispositivos del " -"núcleo\n" -"que asocian la dirección Mac o el ID de bus del dispositivo de red con su " -"nombre (por ejemplo,\n" +"<p>Las <b>Reglas Udev</b> son reglas para el gestor de dispositivos del núcleo\n" +"que asocian la dirección Mac o el ID de bus del dispositivo de red con su nombre (por ejemplo,\n" "eth1 o wlan0) y los hace persistentes entre reinicios.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Mostrar identificación visible de puerto</b> permite identificar " -"físicamente el NIC configurando.\n" -"Seleccione el tiempo adecuado, haga clic en <b>Parpadear</b> y los diodos " -"LED de la tarjeta NIC empezarán a parpadear el tiempo seleccionado.\n" +"<p><b>Mostrar identificación visible de puerto</b> permite identificar físicamente el NIC configurando.\n" +"Seleccione el tiempo adecuado, haga clic en <b>Parpadear</b> y los diodos LED de la tarjeta NIC empezarán a parpadear el tiempo seleccionado.\n" "</p>" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Módulo del núcleo</b>. Introduzca el nombre del módulo del núcleo " -"(controlador)\n" -"del dispositivo de red. Si el dispositivo ya está configurado, consulte si " -"hay más de un controlador disponible en la lista desplegable para el " -"dispositivo.\n" -"Si es necesario, elija un controlador en la lista, aunque en la mayoría de " -"los casos, es suficiente con los valores por defecto.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Módulo del núcleo</b>. Introduzca el nombre del módulo del núcleo (controlador)\n" +"del dispositivo de red. Si el dispositivo ya está configurado, consulte si hay más de un controlador disponible en la lista desplegable para el dispositivo.\n" +"Si es necesario, elija un controlador en la lista, aunque en la mayoría de los casos, es suficiente con los valores por defecto.</p>\n" -#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 +#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>También puede indicar las <b>opciones</b> del módulo del núcleo. Use " -"este\n" -"formato:<i>opción</i>=<i>valor</i>. Cada entrada debe estar separada por " -"espacios; por ejemplo, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Nota:</b> Si se configuran " -"dos\n" -" tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al " -"guardarse.</p>\n" +"<p>También puede indicar las <b>opciones</b> del módulo del núcleo. Use este\n" +"formato:<i>opción</i>=<i>valor</i>. Cada entrada debe estar separada por espacios; por ejemplo, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Nota:</b> Si se configuran dos\n" +" tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al guardarse.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si especifica opciones en <b>Opciones de Ethtool</b>, ifup llamará a " -"ethtool con esas opciones.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Si especifica opciones en <b>Opciones de Ethtool</b>, ifup llamará a ethtool con esas opciones.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#. Manual dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1930,9 +1853,9 @@ "<p>Si tiene una tarjeta de red <b>PCMCIA</b>, seleccione PCMCIA.\n" "Si la tarjeta es <b>USB</b>, escoja USB.</p>\n" -#. overwrite help -#. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 +#. overwrite help +#. Manual dialog help 5/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1940,8 +1863,8 @@ "<p>Aquí puede configurar el dispositivo de red. Los valores se\n" "escribirán en <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> o <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 +#. Manual dialog help 6/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1949,85 +1872,84 @@ "<p>Las opciones del módulo han de escribirse según el formato especificado\n" "en el manual <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 +#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Módulo del &kernel" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nombre del &módulo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Reglas de udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Cambiar" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Mostrar identificación de puerto visible" -#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 +#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Parpadear" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opciones de Ethtool" -#. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 +#. Manual selection caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Selección manual de la tarjeta de red" -#. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 +#. Manual selection help +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione la tarjeta de red que desea configurar.\n" -"Busque una tarjeta de red determinada introduciendo el nombre en la entrada " -"de búsqueda </p>" +"Busque una tarjeta de red determinada introduciendo el nombre en la entrada de búsqueda </p>" -#. Selection box label -#. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 +#. Selection box label +#. Selection box title +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de &red" -#. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#. Text entry field +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#. bnc#767946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" "Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2035,7 +1957,7 @@ "El nombre de configuración %s ya existe.\n" "Escoja otro." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 msgid "" "Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2043,168 +1965,148 @@ "El nombre de configuración %s no es válido.\n" "Escoja otro." -#. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 +#. S/390 dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red S/390" -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo S/390 " -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Nombre de puerto " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Activar transferencia IPA" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Habilitar soporte para &Layer2" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección &MAC de Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canal de lectura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canal de escritura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de control" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el <b>Nombre de puerto</b> para esta interfaz (distinguiendo " -"entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca el <b>Nombre de puerto</b> para esta interfaz (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca las <b>opciones</b> adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas " -"por espacios).</p>" +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca las <b>opciones</b> adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas por espacios).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Activar transferencia IPA</b> si desea activar la " -"transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar transferencia IPA</b> si desea activar la transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar soporte para Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está " -"configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar soporte para Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca la <b>Dirección MAC de Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está " -"configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca la <b>Dirección MAC de Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Número de &puerto" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&Tiempo límite de LANCMD" -#. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#. S/390 dialog help: LCS +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Número de puerto</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el <b>Tiempo límite de LANCMD</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>Tiempo límite de LANCMD</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modo extendido" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basado en CTC (conexiones de Linux a Linux)" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad con OS/390 y z/OS" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 +#. S/390 dialog help: CTC +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Protocolo</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" -#. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#. TextEntry label, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Nombre del conector (peer)" -#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 +#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Introduzca el nombre del conector IUCV;\n" -"por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar " -"(distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>\n" +"por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2212,14 +2114,14 @@ "Error al crear el dispositivo.\n" "Consulte el registro de YaST para ver los detalles." -#. Manual network card configuration dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 +#. Manual network card configuration dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo del hardware" -#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 +#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2227,18 +2129,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de la tarjeta de red</big></b><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 +#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando el inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"<B>Cancelar</B></p>\n" +"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse <B>Cancelar</B></p>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 +#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2246,8 +2147,8 @@ "<p><big><b>Guardando la configuración de la tarjeta de red</b></big><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 +#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2255,9 +2156,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Para cancelar la grabación pulse <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2269,7 +2170,7 @@ "para gestionar las conexiones de todas las interfaces. Está especialmente\n" "diseñado para cambiar entre redes fijas e inalámbricas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2277,8 +2178,8 @@ "<p>Use <b>Wicked</b> si no desea ejecutar un entorno de red\n" "o necesita usar varias interfaces al mismo tiempo.</p>\n" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" @@ -2290,7 +2191,7 @@ "Linux Enterprise Server, añada el repositorio Workstation Extension\n" "e instale el paquete NetworkManager.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2300,16 +2201,15 @@ "Aquí no sólo puede ver un resumen de las tarjetas de red instaladas\n" "sino también editar su configuración.<br></P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Añadir una tarjeta de red</BIG></B><br>\n" -"Pulse <B>Añadir</B> para configurar manualmente una nueva tarjeta de red.\n" +"Pulse <B>Añadir</B> para configurar manualmente una nueva tarjeta de red.</P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2317,34 +2217,31 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configurar o suprimir:</big></b><br>\n" "Escoja la tarjeta de red que desea modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> según " -"corresponda.</p>\n" +"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> según corresponda.</p>\n" -#. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 +#. IPv6 help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Valores de configuración del protocolo IPv6</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Marque <b>Habilitar IPv6</b> para habilitar el módulo ipv6 en el núcleo.\n" "Es posible usar IPv6 e IPv4 simultáneamente. Esta es la opción por defecto.\n" -"Para inhabilitar IPv6, desmarque esta opción (introducirá el módulo IPv6 del " -"kernel \n" +"Para inhabilitar IPv6, desmarque esta opción (introducirá el módulo IPv6 del kernel \n" "en la lista negra). Si en la red no se usa el protocolo IPv6, los tiempos \n" "de respuesta pueden ser más rápidos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Todos los cambios se aplicarán después de reiniciar.</p>" -#. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 +#. Routing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2352,39 +2249,32 @@ "used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El encaminamiento puede configurarse en este diálogo. La <b>Gateway por " -"defecto</b>\n" -"cubre todos los destinos posibles, pero de forma poco efectiva, de forma " -"que\n" +"<p>El encaminamiento puede configurarse en este diálogo. La <b>Gateway por defecto</b>\n" +"cubre todos los destinos posibles, pero de forma poco efectiva, de forma que\n" "si existe otra entrada que coincide con la dirección deseada, se utilizará \n" -"en vez de la ruta por defecto. La idea de la ruta por defecto es " -"simplemente\n" +"en vez de la ruta por defecto. La idea de la ruta por defecto es simplemente\n" "permitirnos decir \"y todo lo demás lo enviamos por aquí\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n" "network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n" "To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" "Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n" "for netmask definition.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cada ruta, introduzca una dirección IP de la red de destino, la " -"dirección\n" +"<p>Para cada ruta, introduzca una dirección IP de la red de destino, la dirección\n" "de la pasarela y la máscara de red. Puede usar la máscara de red IPv4\n" -"o la longitud del prefijo cuando defina la parte de red de la ruta. La " -"longitud del prefijo debe llevar como prefijo el símbolo \"/\".\n" +"o la longitud del prefijo cuando defina la parte de red de la ruta. La longitud del prefijo debe llevar como prefijo el símbolo \"/\".\n" "Para omitir cualquiera de estos valores, use un signo de guion \"-\".\n" -"Seleccione el dispositivo a través del cual se enrutará el tráfico a la red " -"definida.\"-\" es un alias para cualquier interfaz.\n" +"Seleccione el dispositivo a través del cual se enrutará el tráfico a la red definida.\"-\" es un alias para cualquier interfaz.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que en las redes IPv6, solo se acepta\n" "la longitud del prefijo para la definición de la máscara de red.</p>\n" -#. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 +#. Routing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2392,7 +2282,7 @@ "<p>Habilite <b>Reenvío de IPv4</b> (reenvío de paquetes de redes externas\n" "a la red interna) si el sistema es un router.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2404,148 +2294,109 @@ "<b>Advertencia:</b> el reenvío de IPv6 inhabilita la configuración\n" "automática de la dirección sin estado IPv6 (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importante:</b> si el cortafuegos está habilitado, no es suficiente " -"permitir el reenvío. \n" +"<p><b>Importante:</b> si el cortafuegos está habilitado, no es suficiente permitir el reenvío. \n" "Debe habilitar el enmascarado o definir al menos una regla de redirección\n" -"en la configuración del cortafuegos. Use el módulo de cortafuegos de YaST.\n" +"en la configuración del cortafuegos. Use el módulo de cortafuegos de YaST.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks " -"that assign \n" -"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use " -"or use a generic \"any\" \n" -"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a " -"multihomed system \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use or use a generic \"any\" \n" +"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a multihomed system \n" "connected to more DHCP networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si utiliza DHCP para obtener una dirección IP, compruebe si puede\n" -"obtener un nombre de host mediante DHCP. El nombre de host lo configurará " -"automáticamente el cliente DHCP.\n" -"No obstante, cambiar el nombre de host durante el tiempo de ejecución puede " -"resultar confuso para el entorno gráfico.\n" -"En consecuencia, establezca el valor \"no\" en esta opción si se conecta a " -"redes diferentes que puedan asignar\n" -"nombres de host distintos. En caso contrario, puede especificar el uso de " -"una interfaz concreta o usar\n" -"una opción\"cualquiera\". Sin embargo, esta opción puede provocar un " -"comportamiento extraño si cuenta con un sistema de varias bases \n" +"obtener un nombre de host mediante DHCP. El nombre de host lo configurará automáticamente el cliente DHCP.\n" +"No obstante, cambiar el nombre de host durante el tiempo de ejecución puede resultar confuso para el entorno gráfico.\n" +"En consecuencia, establezca el valor \"no\" en esta opción si se conecta a redes diferentes que puedan asignar\n" +"nombres de host distintos. En caso contrario, puede especificar el uso de una interfaz concreta o usar\n" +"una opción\"cualquiera\". Sin embargo, esta opción puede provocar un comportamiento extraño si cuenta con un sistema de varias bases \n" "conectado a más redes DHCP.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Asignar nombre de host a IP de retrobucle</b> asocia el nombre de host " -"con\n" -"la dirección IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (retrobucle) en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta " -"opción resulta\n" -"útil si desea poder resolver el nombre de host en cualquier momento, aún en " -"el caso de que\n" -"la red no esté activa. En todos los demás casos, úselo con precaución, " -"especialmente\n" +"<p><b>Asignar nombre de host a IP de retrobucle</b> asocia el nombre de host con\n" +"la dirección IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (retrobucle) en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta opción resulta\n" +"útil si desea poder resolver el nombre de host en cualquier momento, aún en el caso de que\n" +"la red no esté activa. En todos los demás casos, úselo con precaución, especialmente\n" "si el equipo suministra servicios de red.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca las listas de servidores de nombres y búsquedas de dominio " -"para resolver los \n" +"<p>Introduzca las listas de servidores de nombres y búsquedas de dominio para resolver los \n" "nombres de host. Normalmente pueden obtenerse mediante DHCP.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Un servidor de nombres es un equipo que traduce los nombres de host en " -"forma de \n" +"<p>Un servidor de nombres es un equipo que traduce los nombres de host en forma de \n" "direcciones IP. El valor debe introducirse como <b>dirección IP</b>\n" " (por ejemplo, 192.168.0.42), no como nombre de host.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El dominio de búsqueda es el nombre de dominio en el que comienza la " -"búsqueda del nombre de host.\n" -"El dominio principal de búsqueda suele ser el mismo que el nombre de dominio " -"del\n" -" equipo (por ejemplo, suse.de). Pueden existir dominios de búsqueda " -"adicionales\n" -" (como suse.com). Separe los dominios empleando comas o espacios en blanco.\n" +"<p>El dominio de búsqueda es el nombre de dominio en el que comienza la búsqueda del nombre de host.\n" +"El dominio principal de búsqueda suele ser el mismo que el nombre de dominio del\n" +" equipo (por ejemplo, suse.de). Pueden existir dominios de búsqueda adicionales\n" +" (como suse.com). Separe los dominios empleando comas o espacios en blanco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el nombre corto de su equipo (por ejemplo, <i>mimaquina</i>) y " -"el dominio DNS\n" -" (por ejemplo, <i>ejemplo.com</i>) al que pertenece. El dominio es " -"especialmente importante si este equipo\n" -"es un servidor de correo. Puede ver el nombre de host de su equipo usando " -"el \n" +"<p>Introduzca el nombre corto de su equipo (por ejemplo, <i>mimaquina</i>) y el dominio DNS\n" +" (por ejemplo, <i>ejemplo.com</i>) al que pertenece. El dominio es especialmente importante si este equipo\n" +"es un servidor de correo. Puede ver el nombre de host de su equipo usando el \n" "comando <i>hostname</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione la forma en la que se modificará la configuración del DNS " -"(servidores de\n" -"nombres, lista de búsqueda, el contenido del archivo <i>/etc/resolv.conf).\n" +"<p>Seleccione la forma en la que se modificará la configuración del DNS (servidores de\n" +"nombres, lista de búsqueda, el contenido del archivo <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>).\n" "Normalmente, se modifica con el guion <i>netconfig</i>, que\n" -"mezcla los datos estáticos con los obtenidos dinámicamente (ejemplo, desde " -"el cliente DHCP,\n" -"NetworkManager, etc.). Esta es la opción por defecto. <b>Usar directiva por " -"defecto</b>\n" +"mezcla los datos estáticos con los obtenidos dinámicamente (ejemplo, desde el cliente DHCP,\n" +"NetworkManager, etc.). Esta es la opción por defecto. <b>Usar directiva por defecto</b>\n" "suele ser suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2557,108 +2408,85 @@ "policy.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si escoge la opción <b>Solo manualmente</b>, <i>netconfig</i> dejará de\n" -"modificar <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Sin embargo, puede este archivo " -"manualmente.\n" +"modificar <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Sin embargo, puede este archivo manualmente.\n" "Si selecciona <b>Usar directiva personalizada,</b> puede\n" -"especificar un cadena de directivas personalizadas, formada por una lista " -"separada\n" +"especificar un cadena de directivas personalizadas, formada por una lista separada\n" "por comas de nombres de interfaces (incluidos caracteres comodín) con los\n" "valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para más información,\n" -"consulte la pagina man de <i>netconfig</i>. Nota: si deja este campo en " -"blanco,\n" +"consulte la pagina man de <i>netconfig</i>. Nota: si deja este campo en blanco,\n" "equivale a seleccionar la directiva <b>Solo manualmente</b>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred -#. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred +#. Address dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de dirección</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Seleccione <b>No configurar la dirección</b> si no desea especificar " -"ninguna dirección IP para este dispositivo.\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>No configurar la dirección</b> si no desea especificar ninguna dirección IP para este dispositivo.\n" "Esto es particularmente útil para enlazar dispositivos Ethernet.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>iBFT</b> si desea conservar la configuración de red del " -"BIOS.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>iBFT</b> si desea conservar la configuración de red del BIOS.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 +#. Address dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Dirección dinámica</b> si no tiene una IP estática asignada " -"por el\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Dirección dinámica</b> si no tiene una IP estática asignada por el\n" "administrador del sistema o por su proveedor de Internet.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#. Address dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede escoger uno de los métodos de asignación de dirección dinámica. " -"Seleccione <b>DHCP</b>\n" +"<p>Puede escoger uno de los métodos de asignación de dirección dinámica. Seleccione <b>DHCP</b>\n" "si tiene un servidor DHCP en su red local. La direcciones de red se\n" "obtendrán automáticamente desde el servidor.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#. Address dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para buscar una dirección IP y asignarla estáticamente, seleccione \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. Para utilizar DHCP y por defecto zeroconf, seleccione " -"<b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. De lo contrario, las direcciones de red deberán asignarse " -"<b>estáticamente</b>.</p>\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. Para utilizar DHCP y por defecto zeroconf, seleccione <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. De lo contrario, las direcciones de red deberán asignarse <b>estáticamente</b>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213 +#. Address dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca la <b>dirección IP</b> (por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) " -"de su equipo y la\n" +"<p>Introduzca la <b>dirección IP</b> (por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de su equipo y la\n" " <b>dirección IP remota </b> (por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "del equipo par.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 +#. Address dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para <b>Configuración de dirección estática,</b> introduzca la dirección " -"IP del equipo (por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) y\n" -" la máscara de red (normalmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>) o la longitud del " -"prefijo <tt>/24</tt>. Opcionalmente, puede introducir\n" -"un nombre de host completo para esta dirección IP. El nombre de host debe " -"escribirse en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>Para <b>Configuración de dirección estática,</b> introduzca la dirección IP del equipo (por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) y\n" +" la máscara de red (normalmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>) o la longitud del prefijo <tt>/24</tt>. Opcionalmente, puede introducir\n" +"un nombre de host completo para esta dirección IP. El nombre de host debe escribirse en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#. Address dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2666,7 +2494,7 @@ "<p>Contacte con el <b>administrador de red</b> para obtener más\n" "información acerca de la configuración de red.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2674,7 +2502,7 @@ "<p>No se recomienda la configuración de DHCP para este producto.\n" "Algunos componentes del producto podrían no funcionar con DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2685,156 +2513,120 @@ "the firewall will be disabled.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zona del cortafuegos</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Seleccione la <b>Zona del cortafuegos</b> a la que quiere asignar la " -"interfaz. El cortafuegos\n" +"<p>Seleccione la <b>Zona del cortafuegos</b> a la que quiere asignar la interfaz. El cortafuegos\n" "se activará al seleccionar una zona. Si no selecciona ninguna y existen\n" -"otras interfaces del cortafuegos, éste permanecerá habilitado pero el " -"tráfico en\n" +"otras interfaces del cortafuegos, éste permanecerá habilitado pero el tráfico en\n" "esta interfaz se bloqueará.\n" "Si no selecciona ninguna zona y no existen otras\n" "interfaces, el cortafuegos se inhabilitará.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Interfaz obligatoria</b> indica si el servicio de red informará de los " -"errores si la interfaz no se puede iniciar durante el arranque.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Interfaz obligatoria</b> indica si el servicio de red informará de los errores si la interfaz no se puede iniciar durante el arranque.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Unidad de transmisión máxima</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>La unidad de transmisión máxima (<b>MTU</b>) es el tamaño máximo del " -"paquete\n" +"<p>La unidad de transmisión máxima (<b>MTU</b>) es el tamaño máximo del paquete\n" "transferido a través de la red de una vez. Normalmente, no es necesario\n" -"ajustar el MTU, pero si se usan valores más pequeños de MTU, podría mejorar " -"el rendimiento\n" -"de la red, especialmente en conexiones telefónicas lentas. Seleccione uno de " -"los valores\n" +"ajustar el MTU, pero si se usan valores más pequeños de MTU, podría mejorar el rendimiento\n" +"de la red, especialmente en conexiones telefónicas lentas. Seleccione uno de los valores\n" "recomendados o especifique uno.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione los dispositivos esclavos para el dispositivo asociado.\n" -" Sólo estarán disponibles aquellos dispositivos cuya activación del " -"dispositivo sea <b>Nunca</b> y estén configurados como <b>No configurar la " -"dirección</b>.</p>" +" Sólo estarán disponibles aquellos dispositivos cuya activación del dispositivo sea <b>Nunca</b> y estén configurados como <b>No configurar la dirección</b>.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261 +#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Opciones del cliente DHCP</big></b></p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263 +#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Si el <b>Identificador de cliente DHCP</b> se deja vacío, toma por " -"defecto\n" -"la dirección de hardware de la interfaz de red. Debe ser distinto para cada " -"cliente DHCP\n" -"en una red. Por lo tanto, introduzca aquí un identificador inequívoco de " -"formato libre\n" -"si dispone de varias máquinas (virtuales) usando la misma interfaz de red y, " -"por\n" +"<p>Si el <b>Identificador de cliente DHCP</b> se deja vacío, toma por defecto\n" +"la dirección de hardware de la interfaz de red. Debe ser distinto para cada cliente DHCP\n" +"en una red. Por lo tanto, introduzca aquí un identificador inequívoco de formato libre\n" +"si dispone de varias máquinas (virtuales) usando la misma interfaz de red y, por\n" "consiguiente, la misma dirección de hardware.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271 +#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La opción <b>Nombre de host que se enviará</b> especifica una cadena\n" -"que usa el campo de opción del nombre de host cuando el cliente DHCP envía " -"mensajes\n" +"que usa el campo de opción del nombre de host cuando el cliente DHCP envía mensajes\n" "al servidor DHCP. Algunos servidores DHCP actualizan las zonas del\n" -"servidor de nombres (registros de envío y recepción) según este nombre de " -"host (DNS dinámico).</p>\n" -"Algunos servidores DHCP requieren que el campo de opción <b>Nombre de host " -"que se enviará</b>\n" +"servidor de nombres (registros de envío y recepción) según este nombre de host (DNS dinámico).</p>\n" +"Algunos servidores DHCP requieren que el campo de opción <b>Nombre de host que se enviará</b>\n" "contenga una cadena específica en los mensajes DHCP de los clientes. Deje\n" -"la opción <b>AUTO</b> para enviar el nombre de host actual (por ejemplo, el " -"definido en <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"la opción <b>AUTO</b> para enviar el nombre de host actual (por ejemplo, el definido en <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "Si no desea enviar un nombre de host, deje el campo vacío.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 +#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Direcciones adicionales</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Puede configurar direcciones adicionales de una interfaz en esta tabla.\n" +"<p>Puede configurar direcciones adicionales de una interfaz en esta tabla.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 +#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca un valor en <b>Etiqueta de dirección IPv4,</b> <b>Dirección " -"IP</b>\n" +"<p>Introduzca un valor en <b>Etiqueta de dirección IPv4,</b> <b>Dirección IP</b>\n" "y en <b>Máscara de red.</b></p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters.</p>" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Etiqueta de dirección IPv4</b>, la opción anteriormente denominada " -"Alias, es opcional y está en desuso. La longitud total\n" -"del nombre de interfaz (incluidos el punto y coma y la etiqueta) tiene un " -"límite\n" -"de 15 caracteres. La utilidad obsoleta ifconfig trunca este valor después de " -"9 caracteres.</p>" +"<p><b>Etiqueta de dirección IPv4</b>, la opción anteriormente denominada Alias, es opcional y está en desuso. La longitud total\n" +"del nombre de interfaz (incluidos el punto y coma y la etiqueta) tiene un límite\n" +"de 15 caracteres. La utilidad obsoleta ifconfig trunca este valor después de 9 caracteres.</p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " -"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>No incluya el nombre de la interfaz en la etiqueta. Por ejemplo, " -"introduzca <b>foo</b> en lugar de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296 +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>No incluya el nombre de la interfaz en la etiqueta. Por ejemplo, introduzca <b>foo</b> en lugar de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup -#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing -#. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup +#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing +#. Translators: dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2851,25 +2643,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Puede seleccionar entre tres <b>tipos de entrada de clave</b>.\n" "<br><b>Contraseña</b>: la clave se genera a partir de la frase introducida.\n" -"<br><b>ASCII</b>: la clave está compuesta por los valores ASCII de los " -"caracteres\n" +"<br><b>ASCII</b>: la clave está compuesta por los valores ASCII de los caracteres\n" "introducidos. Debe introducir 5 caracteres para las\n" "claves de 64 bits, hasta 13 caracteres para las claves de 128 bits,\n" -"hasta 16 para las de 156 bits y hasta 29 caracteres para las claves de 256 " -"bits.\n" -"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: aquí se introducen directamente los códigos " -"hexadecimales de la\n" -"clave. Debe introducir 10 dígitos hexadecimales para las claves de 64 bits, " -"26 para\n" -"las de 128 bits, 32 dígitos para las claves de 156 bits y 58 dígitos para " -"las de 256 bits.\n" -"Puede separar pares o grupos de dígitos entre sí mediante guiones (<tt>-); por\n" +"hasta 16 para las de 156 bits y hasta 29 caracteres para las claves de 256 bits.\n" +"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: aquí se introducen directamente los códigos hexadecimales de la\n" +"clave. Debe introducir 10 dígitos hexadecimales para las claves de 64 bits, 26 para\n" +"las de 128 bits, 32 dígitos para las claves de 156 bits y 58 dígitos para las de 256 bits.\n" +"Puede separar pares o grupos de dígitos entre sí mediante guiones (<tt>-</tt>); por\n" "ejemplo, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2877,7 +2663,7 @@ "<p>Aquí se encuentran los parámetros de configuración\n" " más importantes para la red inalámbrica.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2885,37 +2671,30 @@ "called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>modo de operación</b> depende de la topología de red. El modo puede " -"ser\n" -"<b>ad-hoc</b> (red entre iguales sin ningún punto de acceso), <b>gestionado\n" -"(red gestionada por un punto de acceso, denominado también <b>modo " -"infraestructura</b>),\n" +"<p>El <b>modo de operación</b> depende de la topología de red. El modo puede ser\n" +"<b>ad-hoc</b> (red entre iguales sin ningún punto de acceso), <b>gestionado</b>\n" +"(red gestionada por un punto de acceso, denominado también <b>modo infraestructura</b>),\n" "o <b>maestro</b> (la tarjeta de red actúa como un punto de acceso).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Defina el <b>Identificador de red (ESSID)</b> que se usará para\n" -"identificar celdas que formen parte de la misma red virtual. Todas las " -"estaciones\n" -"de una red LAN inalámbrica deben tener el mismo ESSID para comunicarse entre " -"sí. Si\n" -"elige el modo de funcionamiento <b>Gestionado</b> y ningún modo de " -"autenticación <b>WPA</b>,\n" +"identificar celdas que formen parte de la misma red virtual. Todas las estaciones\n" +"de una red LAN inalámbrica deben tener el mismo ESSID para comunicarse entre sí. Si\n" +"elige el modo de funcionamiento <b>Gestionado</b> y ningún modo de autenticación <b>WPA</b>,\n" "puede dejar este campo vacío o definirlo como <tt>any</tt>. En ese\n" "caso, la tarjeta WLAN se asociará con el punto de acceso con la señal\n" "más fuerte.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2928,8 +2707,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2937,28 +2715,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>En algunas redes es preciso definir un <b>Modo de autenticación</b>\n" "que depende de la tecnología de protección usada, WEP o WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" -"(privacidad equivalente por cable, del inglés Wired Equivalent Privacy) es " -"un sistema para cifrar el tráfico de redes inalámbricas\n" +"(privacidad equivalente por cable, del inglés Wired Equivalent Privacy) es un sistema para cifrar el tráfico de redes inalámbricas\n" "con un sistema de autenticación opcional basado en la clave de cifrado\n" "usada. Casi siempre que se usa WEP, el modo <b>Abierto</b> (sin\n" -"ningún tipo de autenticación) es suficiente. Esto no significa que no se " -"pueda\n" +"ningún tipo de autenticación) es suficiente. Esto no significa que no se pueda\n" "utilizar el cifrado WEP (en este caso, use <b>Sin cifrado</b>).\n" "Algunas redes pueden requerir la autenticación\n" -"de <b>Clave compartida</b> de WEP. NOTA: la autenticación de clave " -"compartida facilita a\n" +"de <b>Clave compartida</b> de WEP. NOTA: la autenticación de clave compartida facilita a\n" "los atacantes potenciales el acceso a la red. A no ser que precise\n" "en concreto de la autenticación de claves compartidas, utilice el modo\n" -"<b>Abierto</b>. Dado que se ha demostrado que WEP no es seguro, se ha " -"definido el estándar <b>WPA</b>\n" -"(acceso protegido Wi-Fi, del inglés Wi-Fi Protected Access) para cerrar sus " -"agujeros de seguridad, pero no todos los equipos de hardware\n" -"son compatibles con WPA. Si desea utilizar WPA, seleccione <b>WPA-PSK</b> o " -"<b>WPA-EAP</b> como\n" +"<b>Abierto</b>. Dado que se ha demostrado que WEP no es seguro, se ha definido el estándar <b>WPA</b>\n" +"(acceso protegido Wi-Fi, del inglés Wi-Fi Protected Access) para cerrar sus agujeros de seguridad, pero no todos los equipos de hardware\n" +"son compatibles con WPA. Si desea utilizar WPA, seleccione <b>WPA-PSK</b> o <b>WPA-EAP</b> como\n" "modo de autenticación. Sólo es posible hacerlo si el modo de\n" "funcionamiento es <b>Gestionado</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2969,12 +2741,11 @@ "<p>Para utilizar WEP, introduzca la <b>clave</b>\n" "de cifrado WEP que va a emplear. La longitud de clave\n" "puede ser de 64, 128, 156 o 256 bits, aunque no todos los dispositivos\n" -"soportan todos los tamaños. De estas claves, 24 bits se generan " -"dinámicamente,\n" +"soportan todos los tamaños. De estas claves, 24 bits se generan dinámicamente,\n" "por lo que sólo tiene que introducir de 40 a 232 bits.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2986,13 +2757,11 @@ "<p>Para utilizar WPA-PSK (que a veces se conoce como WPA personal),\n" "indique la clave compartida previamente. Esta\n" "clave se utiliza para la autenticación y se generan claves de cifrado\n" -"a partir de ella. Estas claves no son vulnerables a los ataques conocidos a " -"las claves WEP, \n" -"pero los ataques por usar palabras del diccionario siguen siendo posibles. " -"No utilice palabras\n" +"a partir de ella. Estas claves no son vulnerables a los ataques conocidos a las claves WEP, \n" +"pero los ataques por usar palabras del diccionario siguen siendo posibles. No utilice palabras\n" "fáciles de adivinar como contraseñas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -3000,92 +2769,88 @@ "<p>Para usar WPA-EAP (que a veces se conoce como WPA empresarial),\n" "indique algún parámetro adicional en el cuadro de diálogo siguiente.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Estos valores se escribirán en el archivo de configuración de la " -"interfaz\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. Si necesita opciones de configuración " -"adicionales,\n" -"añádalas manualmente. Puede consultar todas las opciones disponibles en el " -"archivo\n" +"<p>Estos valores se escribirán en el archivo de configuración de la interfaz\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. Si necesita opciones de configuración adicionales,\n" +"añádalas manualmente. Puede consultar todas las opciones disponibles en el archivo\n" "'wireless' en el mismo directorio.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Etiquet&a de dirección IPv4" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "La etiqueta es demasiada larga." -#. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 +#. Popup::Error text +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP es no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida." -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 msgid "Key Input Type" msgstr "Tipo de entrada de clave" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 msgid "&ASCII" msgstr "&ASCII" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. (Hexadecimal) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. (Hexadecimal) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 msgid "&Hexadecimal" msgstr "&Hexadecimal" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "&Modo EAP" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -3095,77 +2860,71 @@ " ofrece diferentes métodos para establecer la conexión con el servidor\n" " y llevar a cabo la autenticación: TLS, TTLS y PEAP.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identidad" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para TTLS y PEAP, especifique su <b>Identidad</b>\n" "y <b>Contraseña</b> como estén configuradas en el servidor.\n" "Si tiene requisitos especiales para definir el nombre de usuario como \n" -"<b>Identidad anónima</b>, puede hacerlo aquí. Normalmente no es necesario.\n" +"<b>Identidad anónima</b>, puede hacerlo aquí. Normalmente no es necesario.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "Identidad &anónima" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>TLS utiliza un <b>Certificado de cliente</b> para la autenticación en " -"lugar de una\n" -"combinación de nombre de usuario y contraseña. Utiliza un par de claves " -"públicas y privadas\n" -" para cifrar las negociaciones de comunicaciones, por lo que necesitará un " -"archivo de \n" +"<p>TLS utiliza un <b>Certificado de cliente</b> para la autenticación en lugar de una\n" +"combinación de nombre de usuario y contraseña. Utiliza un par de claves públicas y privadas\n" +" para cifrar las negociaciones de comunicaciones, por lo que necesitará un archivo de \n" "<b>Clave de cliente</b> adicional que contenga la clave privada y\n" " la <b>Contraseña de clave de cliente</b> adecuada para dicho archivo.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "&Clave de cliente" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Co&ntraseña de clave de cliente" -#. text entry label -#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 +#. text entry label +#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificado de &servidor" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" @@ -3175,183 +2934,177 @@ "un <b>Certificado de servidor</b>, que se utilizará\n" "para validar la autenticidad del servidor.</p>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Si no conoce su identificador y contraseña o no dispone de \n" -"archivos de claves o certificados, póngase en contacto con el administrador " -"del sistema.\n" +"archivos de claves o certificados, póngase en contacto con el administrador del sistema.\n" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "Método de &autenticación" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí podrá configurar el método de autenticación interna (también " -"conocido como fase 2).\n" +"<p>Aquí podrá configurar el método de autenticación interna (también conocido como fase 2).\n" " Todos los métodos están permitidos por defecto. Si desea restringir los\n" " métodos permitidos o en caso de que detecte dificultades con la\n" " autenticación, seleccione el método de autenticación interna.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "Versión de &PEAP" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si utiliza PEAP, también puede forzar el uso de una implementación de " -"PEAP\n" +"<p>Si utiliza PEAP, también puede forzar el uso de una implementación de PEAP\n" "concreta (versión 0 o 1). Normalmente, esto no es necesario.</p>\n" -#. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 +#. radio button: any version of PEAP +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Cualquiera" -#. Wireless authentication modes: -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 +#. Wireless authentication modes: +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Sin cifrado" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Abierta" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Clave compartida" -#. ComboBox item -#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 +#. ComboBox item +#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versión 1 o 2)" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versión 1 o 2)" -#. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 +#. Wireless dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red inalámbrica" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo inalámbrico" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Modo de o&peración" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "maestro" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Identificador de r&ed (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Explorar la red" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "Modo de &autenticación" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Clave de &cifrado" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Configuración ex&perta" -#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 +#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "Claves &WEP" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"El modo de autenticación WPA sólo es posible en el modo de operación " -"gestionado." +msgstr "El modo de autenticación WPA sólo es posible en el modo de operación gestionado." -#. Popup text -#. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 +#. Popup text +#. modes: combination of operation and authentication +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Indique el nombre de red para este modo." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "El nombre de red ha de tener menos de 32 caracteres." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "La contraseña debe tener entre 8 y 63 caracteres." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "La clave debe tener %1 dígitos hexadecimales." -#. Popup text -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 +#. Popup text +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "La clave de cifrado no es válida." -#. error -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 +#. error +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." -msgstr "" -"La clave de cifrado debe ser especificada para este modo de autenticación." +msgstr "La clave de cifrado debe ser especificada para este modo de autenticación." -#. warning only -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 +#. warning only +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3359,15 +3112,15 @@ "El no usar criptografía constituye un riesgo de seguridad.\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog caption -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 +#. Wireless expert dialog caption +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de la red inalámbrica" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3375,128 +3128,116 @@ "<p>Aquí puede definir parámetros de configuración adicionales\n" "(no suelen ser necesarios).</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si desea utilizar su tarjeta LAN inalámbrica en modo maestro o ad-hoc,\n" -"defina aquí el <b>Canal</b> que debe usar la tarjeta. Esto no es necesario " -"para el\n" -"modo gestionado, ya que en este caso la tarjeta pasa de un canal a otro " -"buscando puntos\n" +"defina aquí el <b>Canal</b> que debe usar la tarjeta. Esto no es necesario para el\n" +"modo gestionado, ya que en este caso la tarjeta pasa de un canal a otro buscando puntos\n" "de acceso.</p>\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>En algunos casos excepcionales, puede que quiera definir de forma " -"explícita una\n" -"<b>tasa de bits</b> de transmisión. La opción por defecto es la más rápida " -"posible.</p>" +"<p>En algunos casos excepcionales, puede que quiera definir de forma explícita una\n" +"<b>tasa de bits</b> de transmisión. La opción por defecto es la más rápida posible.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>En un entorno con múltiples <b>Puntos de acceso</b>, puede definir el " -"punto de\n" +"<p>En un entorno con múltiples <b>Puntos de acceso</b>, puede definir el punto de\n" "acceso al que quiere conectarse introduciendo su dirección MAC.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede activar la opción <b>Usar gestión de energía</b> para habilitar el " -"mecanismo de ahorro\n" -"de energía. Esto se recomienda especialmente para usuarios de portátiles que " -"vayan a trabajar\n" +"<p>Puede activar la opción <b>Usar gestión de energía</b> para habilitar el mecanismo de ahorro\n" +"de energía. Esto se recomienda especialmente para usuarios de portátiles que vayan a trabajar\n" "con baterías.</p>\n" -#. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 +#. Combobox item +#. Combobox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Canal" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "Tasa de b&its" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "Punto de &acceso" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Usar gestión de &energía" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "Exploración modo AP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Introducir clave de cifrado" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Clave" -#. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 +#. Translators: popup title +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 +#. Wireless keys dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Claves inalámbricas" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>En este diálogo puede definir las claves WEP que va a usar para\n" -"codificar los datos antes de transmitirlos. Puede tener hasta cuatro claves, " -"si bien\n" -"sólo se utilizará una clave (la clave por defecto) para codificar los " -"datos.\n" -"Las claves restantes pueden emplearse para descifrar datos. Normalmente sólo " -"dispone\n" +"codificar los datos antes de transmitirlos. Puede tener hasta cuatro claves, si bien\n" +"sólo se utilizará una clave (la clave por defecto) para codificar los datos.\n" +"Las claves restantes pueden emplearse para descifrar datos. Normalmente sólo dispone\n" "de una clave.</p>" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3504,64 +3245,58 @@ "wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" "value to 64.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Longitud de la clave</b> define la longitud en bits de sus claves " -"WEP.\n" -"Las longitudes posibles son 64 y 128 bits, a las que también se conoce como " -"40 y 104 bits.\n" -"Puede que el hardware antiguo no soporte las claves de 128 bits. Así pues, " -"si no es posible\n" -"establecer una conexión LAN inalámbrica, puede intentar cambiar este valor a " -"64.</p>" +"<p><b>Longitud de la clave</b> define la longitud en bits de sus claves WEP.\n" +"Las longitudes posibles son 64 y 128 bits, a las que también se conoce como 40 y 104 bits.\n" +"Puede que el hardware antiguo no soporte las claves de 128 bits. Así pues, si no es posible\n" +"establecer una conexión LAN inalámbrica, puede intentar cambiar este valor a 64.</p>" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "Claves WEP" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "Longitud de la &clave" -#. Table header label -#. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#. Table header label +#. Abbreviation of Number +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "No." -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "&Definir como valor por defecto" -#. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 +#. file browser dialog headline +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Elija un certificado" -#. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 +#. validated in ValidateWpaEap +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Si no se usa un certificado de autoridad certificadora (CA), se podrían " -"producir conexiones\n" +"Si no se usa un certificado de autoridad certificadora (CA), se podrían producir conexiones\n" "a redes inalámbricas ficticias no seguras. ¿Desea continuar sin una CA?" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3569,116 +3304,111 @@ "Indique la identidad y la contraseña\n" "o el certificado de cliente." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" -#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 +#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Cualquiera" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "Detalles de WPA-EAP" -#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Gestión remota" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "&Permitir administración remota con gestión del sistema" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" msgstr "&Permitir administración remota sin gestión del sistema" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&No permitir gestión remota" -#. Remote Administration dialog help -#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 +#. Remote Administration dialog help +#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/).</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " -"a single\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ajustes de gestión remota</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Si esta función está habilitada, puede\n" -"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde otro equipo. Use un cliente de " -"VNC,\n" +"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde otro equipo. Use un cliente de VNC,\n" "como krdc (conéctese a <tt><nombrehost>:%1</tt>) o\n" -"un navegador Web compatible con Java (conéctese a <tt>https://<;" -"nombrehost>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"un navegador Web compatible con Java (conéctese a <tt>https://<nombrehost>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Sin gestión de la sesión, solo un usuario puede estar conectado\n" "a la vez a una sesión, y esa sesión se interrumpe cuando\n" -"el cliente de VNC se desconecta.</p><p>Con gestión de la sesión, varios " -"usuarios pueden interactuar en una\n" +"el cliente de VNC se desconecta.</p><p>Con gestión de la sesión, varios usuarios pueden interactuar en una\n" "misma sesión y esta persiste aunque no haya nadie conectado.</p>" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de gestión remota" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que estar instalados:" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3690,28 +3420,28 @@ "\n" "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?\n" -#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. -#. -#. This list is used when selecting <ol> -#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, -#. there we want to see the link status </li> -#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there -#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> -#. </ol> -#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion -#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) -#. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service -#. -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#. -#. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3719,36 +3449,36 @@ "NetworkManager está actualmente gestionando la red o\n" "esta está inhabilitada. YaST no puede configurar algunas opciones." -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de red" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Módems" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas RDSI" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos ADSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Todos los dispositivos de red" -#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME -#. setup was detected. -#. -#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices -#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 +#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME +#. setup was detected. +#. +#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices +#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 msgid "" "More than one interface asks to control the hostname via DHCP.\n" "If you keep the current settings, the behavior is non-deterministic.\n" @@ -3762,160 +3492,156 @@ "Archivos de configuración implicados:\n" "%s\n" -#. validation error popup -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 +#. validation error popup +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "El nombre de host no es válido." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "El nombre de dominio no es válido." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 msgid "Set Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "Establecer nombre de host mediante DHCP" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "&Asignar nombre de host a IP de retrobucle" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Modificar configuración de DNS" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Sólo manualmente" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Usar directiva por defecto" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Usar directiva personalizada" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "Regla de dire&ctiva personalizada" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Servidor de nombres &1" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP del servidor de nombres no es válida." -#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 +#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "&Dominio de búsqueda" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Servidor de nombres &2" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Servidor de nombres &3" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de host y nombre de dominio" -#. global help, init, store for all dialog -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#. global help, init, store for all dialog +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Servidores de nombres y lista de búsqueda de dominios" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Nombre de host/DNS" -#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 +#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 msgid "keep current settings" msgstr "mantener configuración actual" -#. translators: no device selected placeholder -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 +#. translators: no device selected placeholder +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 msgid "no" msgstr "no" -#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 +#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 msgid "yes: any" msgstr "sí: cualquiera" -#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 msgid "yes: %s" msgstr "sí: %s" -#. Validator for domain name, no_popup -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"No se recomienda usar .local como nombre de dominio, por DNS multidifusión. " -"¿Desea usar este nombre a pesar de todo?" +#. Validator for domain name, no_popup +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "No se recomienda usar .local como nombre de dominio, por DNS multidifusión. ¿Desea usar este nombre a pesar de todo?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "La lista de búsqueda puede tener %1 dominios como máximo." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "La lista de búsqueda puede tener %1 caracteres como máximo." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "El dominio de búsqueda \"%1\" no es válido." -#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately -#. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 +#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately +#. via CWMTab +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del nombre de host y el servidor de nombres" -#. Warning popup text 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 +#. Warning popup text 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 msgid "The host %1 is a system host." msgstr "La máquina %1 es una máquina del sistema" -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 msgid "Really delete it?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimirlo?" -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 msgid "Really change it?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar este valor?" -#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 +#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 msgid "<p>The hosts can be set up in this dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>Los hosts pueden configurarse en este diálogo.</p>" -#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 +#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n" "<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n" @@ -3923,158 +3649,153 @@ "<p>Introduzca la <b>dirección IP,</b> un <b>nombre de host</b> y \n" "<b>alias de host</b> opcionales para un host, separados por espacios.</p>\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Hosts actuales" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Nombres de host" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Alias de host" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Alias de hos&t" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "El alias \"%1\" no es válido." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 msgid "Default IPv4 &Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway IPv4 por defecto" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway IPv6 por defecto" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" msgstr "Habilitar reenvío de &IPv4" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" msgstr "Habilitar reenvío de I&Pv6" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" msgstr "Encaminamiento" -#. Route edit dialog -#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route -#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry -#. @param [Array] devs available devices -#. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#. Route edit dialog +#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route +#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry +#. @param [Array] devs available devices +#. @return route or nil, if canceled +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Destino" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189 msgid "&Netmask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Dispositi&vo" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "El destino no es válido." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP de la Gateway es no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida." -#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used -#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436 +#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used +#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "La Gateway por defecto no es válida." -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Expresión regular para el prefijo de &marcado" -#. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 +#. dial prefix regex help +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si se ha activado la <b>Expresión regular para el prefijo de marcado,\n" -"los usuarios pueden cambiar el prefijo de marcado en KInternet dentro del " -"marco de la\n" -"expresión regular. Se recomienda el valor <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permite <tt>0, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"y el prefijo vacío. Si la expresión está vacía, los usuarios no podrán " -"cambiar el\n" +"<p>Si se ha activado la <b>Expresión regular para el prefijo de marcado</b>,\n" +"los usuarios pueden cambiar el prefijo de marcado en KInternet dentro del marco de la\n" +"expresión regular. Se recomienda el valor <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permite <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"y el prefijo vacío. Si la expresión está vacía, los usuarios no podrán cambiar el\n" "prefijo.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 +#. radio button group label,method of setup +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Método de activación" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "Configuración a&utomática de direcciones (por DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "Configuración de dirección e&stática" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "<p>H</p>" msgstr "<p>H</p>" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 +#. is a part of the static help text +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nunca" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Por NetworkManager" -#. help text for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 +#. help text for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -4082,28 +3803,27 @@ "<b>Por NetworkManager:</b> un applet de escritorio\n" " controla la interfaz. No es necesario configurarla en YaST." -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Manualmente</b>: el usuario controla la interfaz\n" -"manualmente mediante ifup o qinternet (consulte la sección Controlado por el " -"usuario más abajo).</p>\n" +"manualmente mediante ifup o qinternet (consulte la sección Controlado por el usuario más abajo).</p>\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Conexión por cable" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -4115,13 +3835,13 @@ "física. Esto significa que, o bien el cable está conectado o la\n" "interfaz inalámbrica puede conectarse a un punto de acceso.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Hotplug" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -4133,109 +3853,104 @@ "casi a 'durante el arranque', pero no produce un error durante el\n" "arranque si la interfaz no está presente.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "En la raíz NFS" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Usar la opción <b>En la raíz NFS</b> es parecido a usar <tt>auto</tt>.\n" -"Las interfaces con este modo de inicio no se apagarán nunca mediante " -"<tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown<iface></tt> seguirá funcionando.\n" +"Las interfaces con este modo de inicio no se apagarán nunca mediante <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown<iface></tt> seguirá funcionando.\n" "Utilícelo cuando tenga un sistema de archivos raíz NFS o iSCSI.\n" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Activar &dispositivo" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Activación del dispositivo</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Seleccione cuándo debe iniciarse la interfaz de red. <b>Durante el " -"arranque</b> la activa durante la carga del sistema;\n" +"<p>Seleccione cuándo debe iniciarse la interfaz de red. <b>Durante el arranque</b> la activa durante la carga del sistema;\n" "<b>Nunca</b> no inicia el dispositivo.\n" "%1</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "Modo de dispositivo IPoIB" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "El cortafuegos no está instalado." -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, banda ancha DSL)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (banda ancha PPPoE)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (acceso telefónico)" -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB en modo conectado)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB en modo de datagrama)" -#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 +#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Definir &MTU" -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "Servicio NetworkManager" -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Ifup tradicional" -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Servicio Wicked" -#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Servicios de red inhabilitados" -#. Store the NetworkManager widget -#. @param [String] key id of the widget -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 +#. Store the NetworkManager widget +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Se necesita un applet" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4243,37 +3958,36 @@ msgstr "" "NetworkManager se controla mediante el applet de escritorio\n" "(KDE plasma y nm-applet para GNOME).\n" -"Asegúrese de que se está ejecutando. En caso contrario, ejecútelo " -"manualmente." +"Asegúrese de que se está ejecutando. En caso contrario, ejecútelo manualmente." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales de red" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del protocolo IPv6" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Habilitar IPv6" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No hay ninguna dirección IP asignada" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4281,202 +3995,198 @@ "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" -#. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 +#. #186102 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Cambiar dispositivo" -#. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 +#. popup dialog title +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selección de dispositivo de red" -#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration -#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten -#. to "0.0.0.0/32" -#. -#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "configurado" -#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue -#. -#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 +#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue +#. +#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Confirmar reinicio de red" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Debido a la interconexión de redes, YaST2 debe reiniciar la red para aplicar " -"la configuración." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Debido a la interconexión de redes, YaST2 debe reiniciar la red para aplicar la configuración." -#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 +#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Regla de udev base activada" -#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Dirección MAC: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "ID de bus: %s" -#. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración ya existe." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Nombre de configuración no válido." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Escribir el nombre de host" -#. Progress stage 2 -#. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2 +#. Progress stage 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Actualizar /etc/resolv.conf" -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de nombre de host y DNS" -#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) -#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) +#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Escribiendo nombre de host..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#. Progress step 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración..." -#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) -#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 +#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) +#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Actualizando /etc/resolv.conf..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Nombre de host: definido por DHCP" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Nombre de host: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "El nombre de host no se escribirá en /etc/hosts" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores de nombres: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Lista de búsqueda: %1" -#. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 +#. Check if there is anything to do +#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "Actualizar /etc/hosts" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de nombre de host" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "Actualizando /etc/hosts..." -#. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 +#. Read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 +#. Progress stage 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Detectar dispositivos de red" -#. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 +#. Progress stage 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Leer información del controlador" -#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración del dispositivo" -#. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 +#. Progress stage 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de la red" -#. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#. Progress stage 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 +#. Progress stage 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de nombre de host y DNS" -#. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 +#. Progress stage 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Leer información sobre la instalación" -#. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 +#. Progress stage 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de encaminamiento" -#. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 +#. Progress stage 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Detectar estado actual" -#. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#. Progress step 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Detectando ndiswrapper..." -#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 +#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4486,7 +4196,7 @@ "pero el módulo del núcleo no es modprobe.\n" "¿Desea aplicar modprobe a ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4494,288 +4204,281 @@ "El módulo ndiswrapper del núcleo no se ha cargado.\n" "Compruebe la configuración manualmente.\n" -#. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 +#. Progress step 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Detectando dispositivos de red..." -#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 +#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del dispositivo..." -#. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 +#. Progress step 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de la red..." -#. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 +#. Progress step 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#. Progress step 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de nombre de host y DNS..." -#. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 +#. Progress step 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Leyendo información sobre la instalación..." -#. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#. Progress step 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de encaminamiento.." -#. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 +#. Progress step 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Detectando estado actual..." -#. Final progress step -#. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 +#. Final progress step +#. Final progress step +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) -#. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 +#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) +#. @return Read(`cache) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Para que este cambio tenga efecto, es necesario reiniciar." -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de red" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Escribir información de controladores" -#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 +#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración del dispositivo" -#. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 +#. Progress stage 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de la red" -#. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 +#. Progress stage 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de encaminamiento" -#. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#. Progress stage 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de nombre de host y DNS" -#. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#. Progress stage 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Instalar los servicios de red" -#. Progress stage 8 -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 +#. Progress stage 8 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#. Progress stage 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Activar los servicios de red " -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Escribiendo /etc/modprobe.conf..." -#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 +#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del dispositivo..." -#. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 +#. Progress step 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de la red.." -#. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 +#. Progress step 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de encaminamiento..." -#. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 +#. Progress step 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de nombre de host y DNS..." -#. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#. Progress step 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Configurando servicios de red..." -#. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 +#. Progress step 8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#. Progress step 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios de red..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 msgid "No network running" msgstr "No hay ninguna red en ejecución" -#. header for network summary list -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 +#. header for network summary list +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Modo de red" -#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 +#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces controladas mediante NetworkManager" -#. switch from network manager to wicked -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 +#. switch from network manager to wicked +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 msgid "switch to Wicked" msgstr "cambiar a Wicked" -#. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 +#. network mode +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 msgid "Traditional network setup with Wicked" msgstr "Configuración de red tradicional con Wicked" -#. switch from wicked to network manager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 +#. switch from wicked to network manager +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 msgid "switch to NetworkManager" msgstr "cambiar a NetworkManager" -#. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 +#. ipv6 support is enabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Compatibilidad con protocolo IPv6 habilitada" -#. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 +#. disable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 msgid "disable" msgstr "inhabilitar" -#. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 +#. ipv6 support is disabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Compatibilidad con protocolo IPv6 inhabilitada" -#. enable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "enable" msgstr "habilitar" -#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 +#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 msgid "connected" msgstr "conectado" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagrama" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente durante el arranque" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente al conectar el cable" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestionado por NetworkManager" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=off +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "No se iniciará en absoluto" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Iniciado manualmente" -#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type -#. -#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: -#. * <string1> -#. * <string2> -#. -#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") -#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type +#. +#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: +#. * <string1> +#. * <string2> +#. +#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") +#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Dirección IP asignada usando" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s, máscara de subred %s" -#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item -#. overview. Check and remove. -#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500 +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. overview. Check and remove. +#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Principal en el vinculo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Puente" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "esclavo en %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Sin conexión" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "No hay información del hardware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo " -"(eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el " -"firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener " -"más detalles." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo (eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener más detalles." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4783,31 +4486,31 @@ "El dispositivo no está configurado. Haga clic en <b>Editar</b>\n" "para configurarlo.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Necesita firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge -#. or of a bond interface. -#. -#. @param [String] ifcfg_type -#. @param [String] ifcfg_name -#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545 +#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge +#. or of a bond interface. +#. +#. @param [String] ifcfg_type +#. @param [String] ifcfg_name +#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vínculos asociados" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548 msgid "Bridge Ports" msgstr "Puertos de puente" -#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before -#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4815,39 +4518,39 @@ "El paquete %{package} no está instalado.\n" "La configuración del cortafuegos se inhabilitará." -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Configurar gestor de visualización" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de administración remota" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Configurando el gestor de visualización..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#. Install required packages -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Error al habilitar el servicio %{service}" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Error al inhabilitar el servicio %{service}" -#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4857,69 +4560,69 @@ "Para tener en cuenta los cambios en la administración remota, \n" "reinícielo manualmente o entre y salga de la sesión." -#. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "La administración remota está activada." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "La administración remota está desactivada." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de reenvío de IP" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración de encaminamiento" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de encaminamiento" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de reenvío de IP..." -#. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); -#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, -#. so we let our caller do it together with other things -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332 +#. at first stop the running routes +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, +#. so we let our caller do it together with other things +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de encaminamiento..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "Reenvío de IP para IPv4: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "Reenvío de IP para IPv6: %s" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Zona asignada automáticamente" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Cortafuegos desactivado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(desprotegida)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,108 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Lista de puntos de montaje NFS configurados" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Añadir un punto de montaje NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Editar un punto de montaje NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Suprimir un punto de montaje NFS" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Sistema de archivos remoto (en la forma 'host:ruta')" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Punto de montaje local" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"ID del sistema de archivos; admite nfs y nfs4. El valor por defecto es nfs." +msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos; admite nfs y nfs4. El valor por defecto es nfs." -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos remoto" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Valor desconocido para la opción type." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Montaje NFS no especificado" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún montaje NFS que cumpla los criterios." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Existen múltiples montajes NFS que cumplen los criterios." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ "IPv6 válida: %2\n" "Dominio válido: %3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,8 +139,8 @@ "fstab ya contiene una entrada con\n" "el punto de montaje %1." -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -151,139 +150,126 @@ "Debe tener menos de 70 caracteres\n" "y debe empezar con una barra inclinada (/)." -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Esta tabla contiene todos los directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS " -"(recursos compartidos NFS).</p>" +"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS (recursos compartidos NFS).</p>" -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Cada recurso compartido NFS se identifica mediante la dirección del \n" "servidor NFS remoto y el directorio exportado, directorio local donde \n" -"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS (nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de " -"montaje.\n" -"Para obtener más información sobre el montaje NFS y las opciones de montaje, " -"consulte <tt>man nfs</tt>.</p>" +"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS (nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de montaje.\n" +"Para obtener más información sobre el montaje NFS y las opciones de montaje, consulte <tt>man nfs</tt>.</p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para montar un nuevo recurso compartido NFS, haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b> " -"Para cambiar\n" -"la configuración de un recurso compartido montado actualmente, haga clic en " -"<b>Editar.</b>\n" -"Elimine y desmonte un recurso compartido seleccionado con la opción " -"<b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" +"<p>Para montar un nuevo recurso compartido NFS, haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b> Para cambiar\n" +"la configuración de un recurso compartido montado actualmente, haga clic en <b>Editar.</b>\n" +"Elimine y desmonte un recurso compartido seleccionado con la opción <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si necesita acceder a recursos compartidos NFSv4 (NFSv4 es una versión " -"más reciente del\n" -" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción <b>Habilitar NFSv4.</b> En este caso, " -"deberá suministrar\n" -"un valor en <b>Nombre de dominio NFSv4,</b> necesario para configurar " -"correctamente los permisos\n" +"<p>Si necesita acceder a recursos compartidos NFSv4 (NFSv4 es una versión más reciente del\n" +" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción <b>Habilitar NFSv4.</b> En este caso, deberá suministrar\n" +"un valor en <b>Nombre de dominio NFSv4,</b> necesario para configurar correctamente los permisos\n" "de acceso al archivo o directorio.</p>\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Directorios &exportados" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&Nombre de host del servidor NFS" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "E&scoger" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "&Directorio remoto" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Seleccionar" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "Recurso compartido NFS&v4" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "Punto de &montaje (local)" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NFS en la red." -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -293,19 +279,19 @@ "Es posible que la causa sea una instancia de SuSEfirewall2 en ejecución\n" " que probablemente esté bloqueando la exploración de la red." -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Obteniendo lista de directorios para \"%1\"..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Seleccione el punto de montaje" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" @@ -315,9 +301,9 @@ "clic en <b>Escoger</b> para examinar una lista de\n" "servidores NFS de la red local.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -329,23 +315,21 @@ " <b>Seleccionar</b> para elegir uno de los exportados por el servidor.\n" " </p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"En <b>Punto de montaje</b>, indique la vía del sistema de archivos local " -"donde se debe montar el directorio. Haga clic en\n" +"En <b>Punto de montaje</b>, indique la vía del sistema de archivos local donde se debe montar el directorio. Haga clic en\n" " <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionar el punto de\n" "montaje de forma interactiva.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" @@ -353,58 +337,58 @@ "<p>Para obtener una lista de las <b>Opciones</b>,\n" "lea la página man mount(8).</p>" -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Directorio remoto" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "Tipo NFS" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar seguridad &GSS" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS compartidos" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "Valore&s de configuración de NFS" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir %1?" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NFS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear el directorio '%1'." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -414,77 +398,77 @@ "No se efectuará ningún cambio\n" "a la configuración del cliente NFS.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NFS" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Detener servicios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deteniendo servicios..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del cliente NFS. Espere..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "No ha sido posible montar las entradas NFS de /etc/fstab." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Entradas NFS" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 entradas configuradas" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "No se admiten cadenas de opciones vacías." -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor inesperado %{value} para la opción %{key}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Opción desconocida: %{key}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Opción no válida: %{opt}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor vacío para la opción: %{key}" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "Detener el servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "Añadir un directorio a la exportación" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "Suprimir un directorio de la exportación" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "Configure los parámetros para domain, security y enablev4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "Directorio que se va a exportar" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "Comodín de host para definir el acceso al directorio" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "Opciones de exportación (ver 'man exports')" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"La especificación de dominio para la asignación de ID de NFSv4, como " -"localdomain o abc.com, etc." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "La especificación de dominio para la asignación de ID de NFSv4, como localdomain o abc.com, etc." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "Opción Sí/No para habilitar o inhabilitar la compatibilidad con NFSv4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "Opción Sí/No para habilitar o inhabilitar NFS seguro." -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está activado" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está inhabilitado." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Los paquetes requeridos (%1) no están instalados." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún punto de montaje." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -102,27 +98,20 @@ "La tabla exportada ya contiene\n" "este directorio." -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"No es posible establecer el dominio sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando " -"\"set enablev4\"." +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "No es posible establecer el dominio sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando \"set enablev4\"." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"El comando \"set \" debe usarse con el formato \"set opción=valor\". Utilice " -"\"set help\" para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "El comando \"set \" debe usarse con el formato \"set opción=valor\". Utilice \"set help\" para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" @@ -130,13 +119,13 @@ "%3 y %4 se han exportado con la opción fsid=0\n" "para el mismo cliente %1 (incluido en %2)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "Dire&ctorios" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -146,8 +135,8 @@ "Debe tener menos de 70 caracteres y no puede\n" "contener espacios en blanco.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -155,18 +144,18 @@ "Opción no válida.\n" "Solo se admiten letras, dígitos y los caracteres =/.:,_-." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "Opción desconocida: '%1'" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "Opción no válida: %1" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -174,53 +163,51 @@ msgstr "" "Existen paréntesis sin equilibrar en las opciones de\n" "exportación de %1.\n" -"De igual forma, puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de " -"configuración.\n" +"De igual forma, puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de configuración.\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Directorio para exportar" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca una vía de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." +msgstr "Introduzca una vía de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "La tabla de exportaciones ya contiene este directorio." -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "El directorio no existe. ¿Desea crearlo?" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio para exportar" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del &servidor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -228,8 +215,8 @@ "\"fsid=0\" no es una opción válida a\n" "menos que NFSv4 esté habilitado (página anterior).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -237,18 +224,14 @@ "Ya se han definido las opciones\n" "para este comodín." -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto " -"localdomain." +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto localdomain." -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -256,82 +239,73 @@ "<P>Aquí puede elegir si desea iniciar un servidor NFS en el equipo\n" "y exportar algunos de los directorios a otros.</P>" -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Si selecciona <B>Iniciar el servidor NFS</B>, al hacer clic en " -"<B>Siguiente</B>\n" -"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los " -"directorios que desea exportar.</P>" +"<P>Si selecciona <B>Iniciar el servidor NFS</B>, al hacer clic en <B>Siguiente</B>\n" +"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los directorios que desea exportar.</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, marque la opción " -"<B>Habilitar\n" -"NFSv4</B> y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 que desea que use el " -"daemon\n" -"de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como localdomain o consulte la página " -"man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.</P>\n" +"<P>Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, marque la opción <B>Habilitar\n" +"NFSv4</B> y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 que desea que use el daemon\n" +"de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como localdomain o consulte la página man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.</P>\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Si el servidor y el cliente deben autenticarse usando la biblioteca GSS,\n" -"marque <B>Habilitar seguridad GSS.</B> Para usar la API GSS, necesita " -"disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.</P>\n" +"marque <B>Habilitar seguridad GSS.</B> Para usar la API GSS, necesita disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.</P>\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&No iniciar" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Habilitar NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Especifique el nombre de do&minio de NFSv4:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar seguridad &GSS" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NFS" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -341,81 +315,74 @@ "Si se selecciona un directorio, en el cuadro inferior aparecerán los hosts\n" "que tienen permiso para montar este directorio.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><b>Comodín del host</b> permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al " -"directorio seleccionado.\n" +"<P><b>Comodín del host</b> permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al directorio seleccionado.\n" "Puede indicarse un solo host, grupos, comodines o\n" "redes IP.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en lugar de un nombre para " -"especificar todos los hosts.</p>" +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en lugar de un nombre para especificar todos los hosts.</p>" -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" -msgstr "" -"<P>Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.\n" +msgstr "<P>Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.</P>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Añadir &directorio" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del host" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Añadir &host" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&itar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Directorios para exportar" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -423,8 +390,8 @@ "No ha sido posible crear un directorio desaparecido:\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -434,65 +401,61 @@ "No se realizará ningún cambio en los directorios\n" "exportados.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor NFS" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Guardar /etc/exports" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Reiniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Guardando /etc/exports..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Reiniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del servidor NFS. Espere..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "No es posible escribir en idmapd.conf." -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos " -"y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio svcgssd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "svcgssd se está ejecutando. No es posible detenerlo." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -500,12 +463,12 @@ "No ha sido posible reiniciar el servidor NFS.\n" "Los cambios se activarán tras reiniciar el sistema.\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Directorios exportados por NFS" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "El dominio NFSv4 para idmapping (mapeo de id) es %1." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "Activar el equipo como cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "Desactivar el cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "Mostrar los servidores NIS disponibles para el dominio dado." -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "Nombre o dirección del servidor NIS" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "Iniciar o detener Automounter" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "Activar o desactivar la búsqueda por broadcast." -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "Automounter activado" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "red local si los servidores especificados en un principio\n" "no responden. Implica un riesgo de seguridad.</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -106,48 +106,46 @@ "<p>La opción <b>Experto</b> conduce a algunas opciones\n" "de configuración usadas con menor frecuencia.</p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Seleccionar &todos" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Seleccionar &ninguno" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando servidores NIS en el dominio %1 de esta LAN..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "Servidores &NIS en el dominio %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración del cortafuegos</b><br>\n" "Active <b>Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos</b> para abrir el cortafuegos y\n" "permitir el acceso al servicio 'ypbind' desde equipos remotos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"<b>Detalles del cortafuegos</b>.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse <b>Detalles del cortafuegos</b>.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -155,44 +153,33 @@ "<p>Introduzca el dominio NIS (ej. ejemplo.com)\n" "y la dirección del servidor NIS (ej. nis.ejemplo.com o bien 10.20.1.1).</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS se modificará. " -"Habitualmente, se\n" +"<p>Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS se modificará. Habitualmente, se\n" "realiza mediante el guion netconfig, que combina los datos definidos aquí\n" -"estáticamente con los obtenidos de forma dinámica (por ejemplo, de DHCP, " -"NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). Esta es la directiva por defecto y es suficiente para la mayoría de " -"las configuraciones. \n" +"estáticamente con los obtenidos de forma dinámica (por ejemplo, de DHCP, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc.). Esta es la directiva por defecto y es suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones. \n" "Si selecciona Solo cambios manuales, netconfig no permitirá modificar\n" -"la configuración. Sin embargo, podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Si " -"selecciona\n" -"Directiva personalizada, podrá especificar una cadena de directiva " -"personalizada, que consiste de una\n" -"lista separada por espacios de nombres de interfaces, incluidos caracteres " -"comodín, con\n" -"los valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para obtener más " -"información, consulte \n" +"la configuración. Sin embargo, podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Si selecciona\n" +"Directiva personalizada, podrá especificar una cadena de directiva personalizada, que consiste de una\n" +"lista separada por espacios de nombres de interfaces, incluidos caracteres comodín, con\n" +"los valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para obtener más información, consulte \n" "la página man de netconfig.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" @@ -200,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>Puede especificar múltiples servidores\n" "separando sus direcciones con espacios.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -213,133 +200,126 @@ "Se presupone que sus archivos de configuración (auto.*) ya existen,\n" "ya sea localmente o mediante NIS.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button." -msgstr "" -"<p>Las configuraciones de NFS que afectan cómo opera el Automounter se " -"pueden configurar en el cliente NFS, que puede configurarse con el botón " -"<b>Configuración de NFS</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Las configuraciones de NFS que afectan cómo opera el Automounter se pueden configurar en el cliente NFS, que puede configurarse con el botón <b>Configuración de NFS</b>.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "&Configuración automática (vía NetworkManager y DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "Configuración a&utomática (vía DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "Cliente NIS " -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "&Directiva de netconfig NIS" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "Sólo cambios manuales" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "Directiva por defecto" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "Directiva personalizada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "&Directiva personalizada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "Dominio N&IS" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "&Direcciones de los servidores NIS" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Difusión" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "B&uscar" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "Dominios NIS adicionales" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "&No usar NIS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "&Usar NIS" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "E&xperto.." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración de NFS..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "Iniciar Auto&mounter" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NIS " -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." -msgstr "" -"La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." +msgstr "La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -349,91 +329,77 @@ "no podrá obtener los datos de usuario de LDAP.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Normalmente, cualquier máquina puede preguntar qué servidor está usando " -"un cliente. Puede desactivar la opción <b>Responder a máquinas remotas</b> " -"para limitar esta opción sólo al equipo local.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Normalmente, cualquier máquina puede preguntar qué servidor está usando un cliente. Puede desactivar la opción <b>Responder a máquinas remotas</b> para limitar esta opción sólo al equipo local.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Activar <b>Servidor roto</b> si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores " -"que funcionen en puertos no privilegiados. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad " -"y es conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Activar <b>Servidor roto</b> si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores que funcionen en puertos no privilegiados. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad y es conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte <b>man ypbind</b>." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte <b>man ypbind</b>.</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Configuración experta" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Res&ponder a máquinas remotas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Servidor ro&to" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Opciones &ypbind adicionales" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servidores (separados por espacios o comas)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dominio" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Este dominio ya ha sido definido." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "El formato de la dirección de servidor '%1' es incorrecto." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -441,66 +407,62 @@ "No tiene sentido activar las opciones de Difusión y SLP\n" "simultáneamente. Seleccione una sola opción." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>Defina los servidores para los dominios adicionales.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (<b>SLP</b>) para " -"buscar el servidor NIS.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (<b>SLP</b>) para buscar el servidor NIS.</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Dominios adicionales" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Dominio" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servidores" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir este dominio?" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS está ahora activado." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -510,8 +472,8 @@ "no puede ser \"(none)\"\n" "y debe tener al menos 64 caracteres.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -521,105 +483,105 @@ "porque los nombres del equipo host se resuelven usando NIS.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "Se va a instalar el paquete automounter.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "Usar DHCP" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "Cliente NIS activado" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "Servidores NIS" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "Otros dominios" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "Responder sólo a la máquina local" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "Servidor roto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "opciones ypbind" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "Cliente activado" -#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 +#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 msgid "Getting domain name via ypdomainname failed with '%s'" msgstr "Error al obtener el nombre de dominio mediante ypdomainname con %s" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NIS..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Detener servicios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deteniendo servicios..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cliente NIS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Se ha producido un error mientras se ejecutaba ypclient" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "Detener el servidor NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor NIS maestro" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor NIS esclavo" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor NIS maestro" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "Iniciar o detener el servicio yppasswd" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "Directorio origen YP" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "Mapas distribuidos por el servidor" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "Equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor ('máscara_red:red')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "No hay ningún servidor NIS configurado." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS maestro está configurado." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS esclavo está configurado." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "Directorio origen YP:" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "Mapas disponibles: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "Servidor NIS maestro:" -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "Equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor (máscara_red:red):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Los paquetes requeridos (%1) no están instalados." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "Máscara de red no válida: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "Red no válida: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "Estos mapas no están soportados:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "La dirección IP del servidor NIS maestro no se ha especificado." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,92 +157,86 @@ "<p>Puede cambiar el directorio origen del servidor NIS (normalmente\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Indique si el archivo <i>passwd</i> ha de fusionarse con el archivo " -"<i>shadow</i>\n" +"<p>Indique si el archivo <i>passwd</i> ha de fusionarse con el archivo <i>shadow</i>\n" "(lo cual sólo es posible si el archivo <i>shadow</i> existe).</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>Puede ajustar también el ID mínimo de usuario y de grupo.</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "&UID mínimo" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "&GID mínimo" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "Directorio origen &YP" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "Fusionar contra&señas" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "Configuración avanzada del servidor maestro NIS" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccionar con este diálogo qué mapas estarán disponibles.</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "&Mapas" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "Configuración de mapas del servidor NIS" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Si este equipo es también un cliente " -"NIS que usa\n" +"<p>Introduzca un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa\n" "la máquina como servidor, marque la opción correspondiente.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" "<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si desea que los servidores esclavos cooperen con este maestro, active el " -"botón\n" +"<p>Si desea que los servidores esclavos cooperen con este maestro, active el botón\n" "<i>Existe un servidor NIS esclavo activo</i>. Si activa el botón\n" -"<i>Distribución rápida de mapas</i> acelerará la transferencia de los mapas " -"a los esclavos.</p>\n" +"<i>Distribución rápida de mapas</i> acelerará la transferencia de los mapas a los esclavos.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -251,145 +245,137 @@ msgstr "" "<p><i>Permitir cambiar contraseñas</i> permite a los usuarios cambiar sus\n" "contraseñas en el marco de NIS. Se pueden utilizar botones para configurar\n" -"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la SHELL del login o " -"GECOS\n" +"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la SHELL del login o GECOS\n" "(nombre completo e información relacionada).</p>\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "Permitir cambiar el campo &GECOS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "Permitir cambiar la &shell del login" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "Permitir cambiar &contraseñas" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Este equipo es también un &cliente NIS" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "&Existe un servidor NIS esclavo activo" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "Distribución &rápida de mapas (rpc.ypxfrd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "Cambio de contraseñas" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "&Otros parámetros globales ..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor maestro" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"La máquina ha sido configurada para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a " -"través\n" -"de DHCP, por lo que es posible sustituir el nombre de dominio que acaba de " -"introducir.\n" -"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un " -"cliente DHCP\n" +"La máquina ha sido configurada para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a través\n" +"de DHCP, por lo que es posible sustituir el nombre de dominio que acaba de introducir.\n" +"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un cliente DHCP\n" "en un servidor NIS.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración del cortafuegos</b><br>\n" "Active <b>Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos</b> para abrir el cortafuegos y\n" "permitir el acceso al servidor NIS desde equipos remotos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"<b>Detalles del cortafuegos</b>.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse <b>Detalles del cortafuegos</b>.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "Editar red y máscara de red" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "&Red" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "Máscara de red incorrecta\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "Red incorrecta\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca aquí los equipos pueden consultar al servidor NIS.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p> Se acepta una dirección de máquina si el valor de <b>red</b> es igual\n" -"al bitwise <i>AND</i> de la dirección de la máquina y la <b>máscara de red.</p>" +"al bitwise <i>AND</i> de la dirección de la máquina y la <b>máscara de red</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La entrada con la <b>máscara de red</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> y <b>red</b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el equipo " -"local.</p>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el equipo local.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" @@ -397,124 +383,109 @@ "<p>Introduciendo la <b>máscara de red</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\n" "y la <b>red</b><tt>0.0.0.0</tt> se obtiene acceso a todos los equipos.</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "Red" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "Equipos que consultan al servidor NIS" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el <b>dominio</b> NIS y la <b>dirección</b> IP, o bien el " -"nombre de host del servidor NIS principal.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca el <b>dominio</b> NIS y la <b>dirección</b> IP, o bien el nombre de host del servidor NIS principal.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa la máquina como " -"servidor, active la opción correspondiente.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa la máquina como servidor, active la opción correspondiente.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "Nombre de dominio N&IS:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "Servidor NIS &maestro:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor esclavo" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "Equipos &remotos" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor e&sclavo" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "Editar esclavo" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede introducir los nombres de los equipos que serán configurados " -"como servidores esclavos NIS. Use <i>Añadir</i> para añadir uno nuevo, " -"<i>Editar</i> para cambiar una entrada existente y <i>Suprimir</i> para " -"eliminar o borrar una entrada.</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede introducir los nombres de los equipos que serán configurados como servidores esclavos NIS. Use <i>Añadir</i> para añadir uno nuevo, <i>Editar</i> para cambiar una entrada existente y <i>Suprimir</i> para eliminar o borrar una entrada.</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "&Esclavos" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "Configuración de esclavos del servidor NIS maestro" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar la configuración?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Salir" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "¿Desea salir sin guardar los cambios?" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "Detalles del error" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -522,13 +493,13 @@ "Error durante la configuración:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" @@ -536,8 +507,8 @@ "<p>Escoja si desea configurar el servidor NIS para que sea <b>maestro</b>,\n" "<b>esclavo</b> o no configurar un servidor NIS.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" @@ -545,211 +516,210 @@ "<p>Primero se <b>instalará</b> el paquete de servidor NIS en caso de que\n" "desee configurarlo.</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "No hay software NIS instalado." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Instalar y configurar un servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Instalar y configurar un servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "No hacer na&da y salir de la configuración" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "El software NIS está instalado." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "maestro" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "esclavo" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS %1 está configurado." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Reconfigurar el servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Cambiar al servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Reconfigurar el servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Cambiar al servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "&Desactivar cualquier configuración del servidor NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Crear un servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Crear un servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "Escoja qué desea hacer" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NIS" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NIS" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Espere mientras se lee la configuración.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor NIS" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "Cargar archivo '%1'" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "Determinar servicios en ejecución" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "Determinar tipo de servidor" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del cortafuegos" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "Cargando '%1'..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "Determinando servicios en ejecución..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "Determinando tipo de servidor..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "Completado." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>Espere hasta que se haya guardado la configuración.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor NIS" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Guardar la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "Error al eliminar %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "El directorio %1 no puede ser creado.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "No se puede obtener una lista de mapas.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener la lista de esclavos.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -757,165 +727,165 @@ "El nombre de este host(%1)\n" "no aparece en la lista del equipo principal.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo: %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "Error al configurar el nombre del dominio\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "Error al configurar la variable %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Error al detener el daemon %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon %1\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "Error al crear una base de datos de usuario vacía.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "Error al crear el mapa ypservers.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "Error al configurar el cliente.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Eliminar /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Eliminando /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "Detener daemons en ejecución." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "Deteniendo daemons en ejecución." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "Obtener mapas del maestro." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "Obteniendo mapas del maestro." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Guardar equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Guardando equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "Definir variables de configuración." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "Definiendo variables de configuración." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "Iniciar daemon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "Iniciando daemon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "Guardar esclavos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "Guardando esclavos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "Iniciar daemons." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "Iniciando daemons." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "Crear base de datos inicial." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "Creando base de datos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "Iniciar el cliente NIS " -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "Iniciando el cliente NIS." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "Detener el cliente NIS" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Deteniendo el cliente NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,86 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NTP..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pulse <b>Sincronizar ahora</b> para que la hora del sistema se defina " -"correctamente mediante el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP de " -"forma permanente, habilite la opción <b>Guardar configuración NTP.</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Sincronizar ahora</b> para que la hora del sistema se defina correctamente mediante el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP de forma permanente, habilite la opción <b>Guardar configuración NTP.</b></p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si habilita la opción <b>Ejecutar NTP como daemon,</b> el servicio NTP se " -"iniciará como un daemon. De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se " -"sincronizará de forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. " -"Puede cambiarlo después de la instalación con el módulo <b>yast2 ntp-client.</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si habilita la opción <b>Ejecutar NTP como daemon,</b> el servicio NTP se iniciará como un daemon. De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se sincronizará de forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. Puede cambiarlo después de la instalación con el módulo <b>yast2 ntp-client</b>.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Use el botón <b>Configurar</b> para abrir la configuración avanzada de " -"NTP.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use el botón <b>Configurar</b> para abrir la configuración avanzada de NTP.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo se puede realizar cuando hay " -"una red configurada.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p>La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo se puede realizar cuando hay una red configurada.</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Nombre de host de servidor NTP no válido: %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Dirección del servidor &NTP" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Ejecutar NTP como daemon" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Guardar configuración de NTP" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "Sincronizar &ahora" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configurar..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -101,19 +78,19 @@ "La sincronización con el servidor NTP no es posible\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sincronizando con el servidor NTP..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Conexión con el servidor NTP fallida." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -123,469 +100,467 @@ "Si el servidor aún no está accesible o la red no está configurada,\n" "haga clic en No para omitirlo. ¿Revisar la configuración del servidor NTP?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Trak 8820 GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Receptor PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Spectracom WWVB y GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "Receptores TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG Audio Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "Controlador de referencia genérico" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Magnavox MX4200 GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Austron 2200A/2201A GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Arbiter 1088A/B GPS " -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "Interfaz IRIG KSI/Odetics TPRO/S" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "Receptor EES M201 MSF" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "Receptores genéricos TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Bancomm GPS/IRIG" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum Precision Time System" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Heath WWV/WWVH" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Generic NMEA GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "Interfaz TrueTime GPS-VME" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS Clock Discipline" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Arcron MSF" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "Controlador de memoria compartida" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Receptor Chrono-log K-series WWVB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Dumb Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Ultralink WWVB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "Receptores JJY" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cliente NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Imprimir el estado del daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Imprimir todas las relaciones de sincronización configuradas." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Activar el daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Desactivar el daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Añadir nueva relación de sincronización." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Editar relación de sincronización existente." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Suprimir relación de sincronización." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Dirección del servidor" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Dirección del conector" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Dirección a la que emitir broadcasts" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Dirección desde la que aceptar broadcasts" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Opciones de la relación" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Opciones para la calibración del controlador de reloj" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "No usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "El conector de sincronización no ha sido especificado." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el conector de sincronización especificado." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está activado." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está desactivado." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Conector" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Aceptando broadcasts" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Número de unidad: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de radio local" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible leer la configuración." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores generales de configuración" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP avanzada" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nueva sincronización" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP local" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP público" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "Par NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Reloj de referencia local" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión saliente" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión entrante" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "ID de &referencia" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Estrato" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Calibración Offset 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Calibración Offset 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Bandera &1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Bandera &2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Bandera &3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Bandera &4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del controlador de reloj" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -593,8 +568,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -602,8 +577,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -611,8 +586,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP</big></b><br>\n" "<br>Por favor, espere...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -620,29 +595,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.</p>" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.</p>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Iniciar daemon NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora y cada vez que se arranque " -"el sistema. \n" +"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora y cada vez que se arranque el sistema. \n" "Si selecciona <b>Sincronizar sin daemon,</b> el daemon NTP no se activará\n" -"y la hora del sistema se establecerá de forma periódica con un guion " -"<i>cron</i>. \n" +"y la hora del sistema se establecerá de forma periódica con un guion <i>cron</i>. \n" "El intervalo se puede configurar. Por defecto es de %d minutos." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -651,32 +622,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "Para ejecutar el daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -"<b>Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier " -"daemon\n" +"<b>Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier daemon\n" "en chroot jail por ser más seguro.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de NTP segura</big></b><br>\n" -"Si selecciona la opción <b>Restringir el servicio NTP solo a los servidores " -"configurados,</b> los servidores remotos no podrán ver ni modificar la " -"configuración de NTP en el\n" -"equipo. El servicio NTP está restringido solo a los servidores del archivo " -"<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost.<br> \n" -"Los indicadores de control de acceso se pueden ajustar con más detalle en la " -"tabla de resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si NTP se " -"configura mediante DHCP.</p>\n" +"Si selecciona la opción <b>Restringir el servicio NTP solo a los servidores configurados,</b> los servidores remotos no podrán ver ni modificar la configuración de NTP en el\n" +"equipo. El servicio NTP está restringido solo a los servidores del archivo <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost.<br> \n" +"Los indicadores de control de acceso se pueden ajustar con más detalle en la tabla de resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si NTP se configura mediante DHCP.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -686,55 +648,47 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración a través de DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "Active <b>Configurar el daemon NTP a través de DHCP</b> para obtener del\n" -"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del " -"protocolo DHCP\n" -"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red " -"si el servidor\n" +"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del protocolo DHCP\n" +"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red si el servidor\n" "DHCP proporciona la información sobre los servidores NTP.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Servidores configurados</big></b><br>\n" -"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, conectores, relojes de radio locales y " -"broadcasting NTP,\n" -"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse <b>Editar</b>. Para añadir un nuevo " -"conector de sincronización,\n" -"pulse <b>Añadir</b> y para eliminar un conector de sincronización existente, " -"selecciónelo\n" +"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, conectores, relojes de radio locales y broadcasting NTP,\n" +"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse <b>Editar</b>. Para añadir un nuevo conector de sincronización,\n" +"pulse <b>Añadir</b> y para eliminar un conector de sincronización existente, selecciónelo\n" " y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Mostrar registro</big></b><br>\n" -"<p>Para ver los registros del daemon NTP, pulse <b>Mostrar registro</b>.\n" +"<p>Para ver los registros del daemon NTP, pulse <b>Mostrar registro</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración avanzada</big></b><br>\n" "Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos o\n" "con un reloj conectado localmente, utilice <b>Configuración avanzada</b>." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -742,8 +696,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Tipo de reloj</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione aquí el controlador para el reloj que desea configurar.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -753,12 +707,11 @@ "Si dispone de varios relojes del mismo tipo, debe definir el\n" "<b>Número de unidad</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -766,27 +719,24 @@ "it must be created manually.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Dispositivo</big></b><br>\n" -"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace " -"simbólico\n" +"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace simbólico\n" "especial al dispositivo al que está conectado. Para ello, marque\n" -"<b>Crear enlace simbólico</b> y defina el <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para buscar el " -"dispositivo,\n" +"<b>Crear enlace simbólico</b> y defina el <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para buscar el dispositivo,\n" " haga clic en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" " Para algunos tipos de relojes no es necesario crear un enlace simbólico, \n" " o bien es necesario crearlo manualmente.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Calibración del controlador</big></b><br>\n" -"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse <b>Calibración del " -"controlador</b>.</p>" +"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse <b>Calibración del controlador</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -794,14 +744,12 @@ "provider.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Dirección del servidor NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada <b>Dirección.\n" -"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al " -"proveedor\n" +"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada <b>Dirección</b>.\n" +"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al proveedor\n" "de servicios de Internet.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -810,12 +758,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Selección de un servidor</big></b><br>\n" "Para seleccionar uno de los servidores NTP de la red local\n" -"o de la lista de servidores NTP conocidos, haga clic en <b>Seleccionar</b> " -"y\n" +"o de la lista de servidores NTP conocidos, haga clic en <b>Seleccionar</b> y\n" "elija entre <b>Servidor NTP local</b> y <b>Servidor NTP público</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -825,8 +772,8 @@ "Pulse <b>Probar</b> para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado\n" "está activo y responde correctamente.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -836,68 +783,60 @@ "Utilice <b>Dirección</b> para definir la dirección de la máquina con\n" "la que va a sincronizarse mutuamente.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" "text field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Dirección</big></b><br>\n" -"En la casilla <b>Dirección</b>, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir un " -"broadcast.</p>" +"En la casilla <b>Dirección</b>, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir un broadcast.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" "<b>Address</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Dirección</big></b><br>\n" -"Utilice <b>Dirección</b> para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar " -"paquetes broadcast.</p>" +"Utilice <b>Dirección</b> para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar paquetes broadcast.</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opciones</big></b><br>\n" -"Para ajustar en detalle el origen de sincronización, defina las opciones " -"oportunas en\n" +"Para ajustar en detalle el origen de sincronización, defina las opciones oportunas en\n" "el campo <b>Opciones</b>. Para obtener más información\n" "consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opciones de control de acceso</big></b><br>\n" -"Aquí puede definir los indicadores de control de acceso (<b><tt>restringir</b> directiva en\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones " -"pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP los\n" +"Aquí puede definir los indicadores de control de acceso (<b><tt>restringir</tt></b> directiva en\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP los\n" "hosts remotos. Por defecto, está configurado como <i>notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la " -"opción\n" +"nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la opción\n" "<b>Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados</b> en\n" "<b>Valores de configuración de seguridad</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -905,8 +844,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Tipo de conector de sincronización</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione aquí el tipo de conector de sincronización que quiere añadir.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -914,8 +853,8 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Servidor</b> para añadir un servidor NTP \n" "para efectos de sincronización.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -923,8 +862,8 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Conector</b> para añadir un conector NTP\n" "para efectos de sincronización recíproca.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -932,8 +871,8 @@ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reloj de radio</b> para configurar un reloj de radio local\n" "conectado directamente a su equipo.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -941,18 +880,17 @@ "<p>Para difundir información de hora por la red, seleccione\n" "<b>Difusión saliente</b>.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para aceptar paquetes NTP difundidos por otros hosts en la red\n" -"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione <b>Difusión entrante<b>." -"</p>" +"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione <b>Difusión entrante<b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -962,8 +900,8 @@ "Aquí puede definir si desea encontrar el servidor NTP en la red local o\n" "seleccionarlo de una lista de servidores NTP conocidos.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -975,25 +913,21 @@ "local</b></big><br>\n" "Para buscar servidores NTP en la red local por medio del protocolo\n" "SLP (Service Location Protocol), pulse en <b>Consulta</b> \n" -"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores hallados." +"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores hallados.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Seleccionar un servidor NTP público</b></big><br>\n" -"Seleccione de la lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> el servidor NTP que " -"quiere usar. Si desea\n" -"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en " -"<b>País</b>.</p>" +"Seleccione de la lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> el servidor NTP que quiere usar. Si desea\n" +"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en <b>País</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1005,79 +939,63 @@ "to find an NTP server near you.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Nota</b></big><br>\n" -"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos " -"los países\n" +"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos los países\n" "sino sólo para un país o región determinados.\n" -"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al " -"administrador de sistemas\n" -"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en " -"caso afirmativo,\n" -"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También " -"puede\n" +"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al administrador de sistemas\n" +"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en caso afirmativo,\n" +"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También puede\n" "consultar <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "para encontrar el servidor NTP más cercano.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Probar la accesibilidad del servidor</big></b><br>\n" -"Pulse <b>Probar</b> para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde " -"correctamente.</p>" +"Pulse <b>Probar</b> para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde correctamente.</p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Utilizar servidores aleatorios</b></big><br>\n" "Este servicio lo ofrece pool.ntp.org. Si marca esta opción,\n" -" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de " -"los servidores son\n" -" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa " -"que su\n" +" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de los servidores son\n" +" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa que su\n" " cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Calibración del controlador del reloj</b></big><br>\n" -"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le " -"permite configurar\n" -"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende " -"de controladores\n" +"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le permite configurar\n" +"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende de controladores\n" "determinados. Algunos controladores no utilizan todas las opciones.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre las opciones disponibles, instale el " -"paquete\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> y consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -"htm</i>.</p>\n" +"Para obtener más información sobre las opciones disponibles, instale el paquete\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> y consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1085,18 +1003,18 @@ "¿Desea salir?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Guardar configuración y reiniciar daemon NTP" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1109,8 +1027,8 @@ "Si no dispone de una conexión permanente a Internet, el daemon NTP\n" "puede tardar mucho en iniciarse y podría no funcionar correctamente." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1118,8 +1036,8 @@ "El servidor NTP %1 no es un nombre de host válido,\n" "un nombre de host completo, una dirección IPv4 ni una dirección IPv6." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1131,45 +1049,45 @@ " \n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea sustituir el servidor NTP actual?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Seleccionar dispositivo" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&Servidores NTP públicos" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor NTP." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Todos los países" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&País" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Buscando servidores NTP en la red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1179,304 +1097,304 @@ "Esto puede deberse a que haya un SuSEfirewall2\n" " en ejecución, que probablemente esté bloqueando la búsqueda en red." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NTP en la red." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 msgid "Address" msgstr "Dirección" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún de servidor." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "D&irección" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del &controlador" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "&Intervalo de sincronización en minutos" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Iniciar daemon NTP" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Sólo &manualmente" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Sincronizar sin daemon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Ahora y &durante el inicio" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot &Jail" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "&Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizar" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Directiva de configuración en &tiempo de ejecución" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "Directiva &personalizada" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Utilizar servidores aleatorios de pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Seleccionar..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Tipo de sincronización" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "&Mostrar registro..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "&Tipo de reloj" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "&Número de unidad" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Crear enlace &simbólico" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Opciones de control de acceso" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servidor" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Conector" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de &radio" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &saliente" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &entrante" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Red loc&al" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP &público" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "Ubicación del servidor NTP" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Consulta" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NTP" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "El daemon NTP se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "El daemon NTP no se inicia automáticamente." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Relojes de radio: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Conectores: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Anunciar (broadcast) información del tiempo a: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Aceptada la información del tiempo anunciada (broadcast) por: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combinar configuración estática y DHCP." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Sólo configuración estática." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Directiva de configuración personalizada." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Probando el servidor NTP..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "El servidor está disponible y responde correctamente." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "El servidor no está disponible o no responde correctamente." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1484,65 +1402,65 @@ "No es posible buscar servidores NTP en la red local\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de NTP..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon NTP..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "No es posible actualizar la directiva de configuración dinámica." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el daemon NTP." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,112 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "Ayuda del módulo de configuración de actualización en línea" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "El módulo de registro no se encuentra disponible." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "Instale yast2-registration e inténtelo de nuevo." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de actualización en línea" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por omisión)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(ninguno)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "Repositorio de actualización" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "Actualización en línea automática" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "Definir por defecto" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "Filtrar por categoría" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "Categorías de parches" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitado" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "Editar repositorios de software" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" -msgstr "" -"Registrarse para obtener asistencia y acceder al repositorio de " -"actualizaciones" +msgstr "Registrarse para obtener asistencia y acceder al repositorio de actualizaciones" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Enviar información del hardware al proyecto smolt" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "Intervalo" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "Omitir los parches interactivos" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "Aceptar licencias" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "Incluir paquetes recomendados" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "Usar rpm delta" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "Repositorio actual de actualizaciones." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -127,94 +125,77 @@ "Para añadir el repositorio de actualización por defecto\n" "debe registrar este producto." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "¿Desea realizar el registro ahora?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" msgstr "<p>El repositorio actual de actualizaciones se muestra en <b>%1</b>./p" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pulse <b>%1</b> para usar el repositorio por defecto de actualizaciones." +msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>%1</b> para usar el repositorio por defecto de actualizaciones.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Busque las acciones relacionadas en el menú <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p>En <b>%1</b>, configurar la actualización automática en línea.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches " -"interactivos se ignorarán y si las licencias se aceptarán automáticamente." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches interactivos se ignorarán y si las licencias se aceptarán automáticamente.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todos los paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado se instalarán " -"cuando se encuentre habilitado <b>%1</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todos los paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado se instalarán cuando se encuentre habilitado <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los filtros de categoría para los parches pueden configurarse en la " -"sección <b>%1</b>. Solo se instalarán los parches de las categorías que " -"aparezcan. El resto se omitirá.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los filtros de categoría para los parches pueden configurarse en la sección <b>%1</b>. Solo se instalarán los parches de las categorías que aparezcan. El resto se omitirá.</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "diaria" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "semanal" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "mensual" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "Gestor de paquetes y YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Recommended" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Opcional" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "Documento" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otro" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "¿Acepta este acuerdo de licencia?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,89 +33,83 @@ "Se ha actualizado una aplicación que requiere un reinicio del sistema.\n" "El sistema se reiniciará ahora y se continuará con la instalación.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "Módulo de actualización en línea" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "Iniciar actualización con CD de parches" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "Usar selector de paquetes simple" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "URL del CD de parches (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "Directorio de datos en el CD de parches (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El sistema está inicializando la instalación y actualizando los " -"repositorios. Los repositorios de software pueden modificarse mediante el " -"módulo <b>Fuentes de instalación.</b></p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El sistema está inicializando la instalación y actualizando los repositorios. Los repositorios de software pueden modificarse mediante el módulo <b>Fuentes de instalación.</b></p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "Iniciar sistema de destino" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "Actualizar repositorios de software" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "Buscar actualizaciones disponibles" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "Iniciando el sistema de destino..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "Actualizando repositorios de software..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "Buscando las actualizaciones disponibles..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "Inicializando actualización por CD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Iniciando actualización en línea" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -123,30 +117,30 @@ "Aún no se ha configurado un repositorio\n" "de actualización. ¿Ejecutar ahora el flujo de trabajo de configuración?" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "Aún no se ha configuración el repositorio de actualización." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "Protocolo del progreso" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "Progreso de paquetes" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "Progreso total" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -154,68 +148,63 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Después de conectar con el servidor de actualización,\n" "YaST descargará todos los parches seleccionados.\n" -"Esta operación puede tardar algún tiempo. Los detalles de la descarga se " -"muestran en la ventana de registro.</p>" +"Esta operación puede tardar algún tiempo. Los detalles de la descarga se muestran en la ventana de registro.</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si hubiera algún mensaje especial asociado a los parches, se mostraría en " -"un diálogo extra mientras que el parche se instala.</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Si hubiera algún mensaje especial asociado a los parches, se mostraría en un diálogo extra mientras que el parche se instala.</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "Descarga e instalación de parches" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "Instalación finalizada.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "Instalación del parche finalizada." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible procesar los parches." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "Iniciando la actualización a través del CD..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -223,9 +212,9 @@ "La iniciación ha fallado. Compruebe\n" "que ha introducido el CD adecuado.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -233,18 +222,17 @@ "No es posible configurar el repositorio de\n" "actualización en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas requiere que se reinicie la " -"sesión.\n" +"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas requiere que se reinicie la sesión.\n" "Salga y vuelva a entrar tan pronto como sea posible.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -252,18 +240,17 @@ "Se han actualizado los paquetes de gestión de paquetes.\n" "Finalizando y reiniciando YaST." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se rearranque " -"el\n" +"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se rearranque el\n" "sistema para funcionar correctamente. Rearranque el sistema lo antes posible." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -271,105 +258,101 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Estas actualizaciones necesitan que se rearranque el sistema para funcionar " -"correctamente:\n" +"Estas actualizaciones necesitan que se rearranque el sistema para funcionar correctamente:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" "Rearranque el sistema lo antes posible." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Hay parches disponibles para la gestión de paquetes que requieren que se " -"reinicie YaST.\n" -"Estos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después " -"del reinicio.\n" +"Hay parches disponibles para la gestión de paquetes que requieren que se reinicie YaST.\n" +"Estos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después del reinicio.\n" "\n" "Ha seleccionado otros parches para instalar ahora.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar instalando lo que ha seleccionado?" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "Se está recuperando %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "Progreso de descarga de paquetes" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "Eliminando" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "Instalando" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "Progreso de instalación de paquetes" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Descargando RPM delta %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Progreso de descarga de RPM delta" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al descargar RPM delta: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Progreso de aplicación de RPM delta" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al aplicar RPM delta: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Progreso de ejecución del guión" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Iniciando el guión %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -377,73 +360,72 @@ "Parche %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Error al inicializar el repositorio." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Detalles no disponibles" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "Volver a intentarlo" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Ignorar parche" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "Ignorar todo" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "Cancelar actualización" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -451,8 +433,8 @@ "Si cancela la instalación ahora, no se instalará ningún parche.\n" "La instalación permanecerá intacta.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -462,8 +444,8 @@ "Si cancela la instalación ahora, la actualización quedará incompleta.\n" "Repita la actualización, incluyendo la bajada, si lo desea.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -473,64 +455,62 @@ "al menos un parche no habrá sido instalado correctamente.\n" "Necesitará actualizar de nuevo." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "¿Desea cancelar YaST Online Update?" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "C&ancelar actualización" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&Continuar actualización" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Parche:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Resumen:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "<b>Paquetes: </b>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles del parche <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles del parche >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "Instalar parche" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "Es necesario reiniciar estos parches después de la instalación" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "&Omitir todo" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"La actualización en línea no puede deseleccionar algunos parches que " -"necesitan reiniciar." +msgstr "La actualización en línea no puede deseleccionar algunos parches que necesitan reiniciar." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "Comprobar la integridad de los medios CD/DVD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "Editor para 'no volver a mostrar'" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,47 +35,46 @@ "<b>Suprimir</b>. Las entradas se eliminarán inmediatamente de\n" "la configuración actual.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "Ident. emergente" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "Información adicional" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "No ha sido posible leer la información del paquete." -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" -"Error en la copia de seguridad de %1. Consulte %2 para obtener más detalles." +msgstr "Error en la copia de seguridad de %1. Consulte %2 para obtener más detalles." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "Copiar medios de instalación" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -85,103 +84,102 @@ "crear un repositorio que pueda utilizarse para instalar\n" "otros sistemas.</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios registrados" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "Copiando el contenido del CD en un directorio local..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Por favor espere..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Abortando la configuración de repositorio en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "La red no esta configurada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Los orígenes en línea definidos por el producto requieren conexión a " -"Internet.\n" +"Los orígenes en línea definidos por el producto requieren conexión a Internet.\n" "\n" "¿Desea configurarla?" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Verificar configuración de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Descargar la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Verificando configuración de red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Descargando la lista de repositorios en línea..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de repositorios" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de repositorios..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -189,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>Se está inicializando el empaquetador y\n" "se está descargando la lista de servidores desde Internet.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -198,8 +196,8 @@ "No es posible descargar la lista de repositorios;\n" "la red no se encuentra configurada." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -207,8 +205,8 @@ "No hay definida ninguna URL de producto para\n" "descargar la lista de repositorios.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -216,26 +214,26 @@ "No es posible descargar la lista de repositorios\n" "o no hay repositorios definidos." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Recomendado:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -253,30 +251,29 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lista de repositorios" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Descripción del repositorio" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -284,89 +281,79 @@ "<p>Lista de los repositorios en línea por defecto.\n" "Haga clic en un repositorio para ver más detalles.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en " -"<b>Siguiente</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en " -"<b>Finalizar</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en <b>Finalizar</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para eliminar un repositorio usado, basta con deseleccionarlo.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Escribiendo la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio..." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Error al añadir el repositorio %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Suprimir repositorios en línea deseleccionados" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Suprimiendo repositorios en línea deseleccionados..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Añadir todos los repositorios en línea seleccionados" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Añadiendo todos los repositorios en línea seleccionados..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Añadir repositorio: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio: %1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -390,39 +377,35 @@ "En este caso, se recomienda usar los repositorios\n" "en línea más tarde en el sistema instalado." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el directorio de destino." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "Error al seleccionar %1 paquetes para la instalación." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "No es posible definir los patrones: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Error en la ejecución de la resolución de paquetes. Compruebe la sección de " -"software en el perfil de AutoYaST." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Error en la ejecución de la resolución de paquetes. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de AutoYaST." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -438,83 +421,73 @@ "\n" "Se cancelará la instalación del paquete.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "Leyendo información del paquete..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "Medios de instalación no válidos" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "Medios de instalación" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medios" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "La propuesta de software es restaurar a los valores por defecto." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere " -"intervención manual." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere intervención manual." -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalación de software: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalación de software: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "Error: no es posible copiar el paquete %1 al repositorio temporal." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Error: no es posible añadir un directorio temporal. Los paquetes no se " -"instalarán." +msgstr "Error: no es posible añadir un directorio temporal. Los paquetes no se instalarán." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "Error: no es posible consultar el archivo de paquetes %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -526,17 +499,17 @@ "Detalles:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "El paquete %1 no ha sido hallado en el medio." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "Error durante la inicialización del repositorio." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -544,27 +517,27 @@ "No hay repositorios definidos.\n" "Sólo se muestran los paquetes instalados." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicializar sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "Cargar los repositorios configurados" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "Restaurar el sistema destino a %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "Iniciando el gestor de software" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -574,8 +547,8 @@ "varios paquetes no se instalaron correctamente.\n" "¿Desea instalarlos ahora?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -583,7 +556,7 @@ "No es posible configurar el repositorio de\n" "actualización en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -591,8 +564,8 @@ "No es posible buscar paquetes en los repositorios\n" "en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -600,110 +573,97 @@ "No se han encontrado los siguientes paquetes en el medio:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Medio: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Tamaño: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Resultado: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es " -"defectuoso." +msgstr "La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es defectuoso." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>Correcto</B>: el medio se verificó con éxito." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"<B>Error</B>: la suma MD5 no coincide.<BR>No debería utilizar este medio." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>Error</B>: la suma MD5 no coincide.<BR>No debería utilizar este medio." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "<B>Desconocido</B>: la suma MD5 correcta del medio se desconoce." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "Introduzca el primer medio de instalación. " -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "Comprobación de medios" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Comprobación de medios</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Si surge un problema con\n" -"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar " -"si el medio\n" +"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar si el medio\n" "está defectuoso.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " msgstr "" -"<P>Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse <B>Iniciar " -"comprobación</B>\n" +"<P>Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse <B>Iniciar comprobación</B>\n" "o <B>Comprobar archivo ISO</B> y seleccione un archivo ISO.\n" "Esta operación puede llevar varios minutos dependiendo de la\n" -"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. Esta prueba verifica la suma " -"de comprobación MD5.</P> " +"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. Esta prueba verifica la suma de comprobación MD5.</P> " -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Si falla la comprobación del medio, no debería proseguir con la " -"instalación.\n" -"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio " -"defectuoso.</P>\n" +"<P>Si falla la comprobación del medio, no debería proseguir con la instalación.\n" +"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio defectuoso.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -711,86 +671,75 @@ "Después de la comprobación, introduzca otro medio y repita el proceso. \n" "El orden de los medios carece de importancia.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> no puede cambiar un medio mientras esté en uso.</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Para comprobar el medio antes de la instalación, utilice la opción " -"comprobación de medios en el menú de arranque.</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Para comprobar el medio antes de la instalación, utilice la opción comprobación de medios en el menú de arranque.</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción <B>pad</B> en el " -"software\n" -"de grabación. Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio " -"durante la comprobación.</P>\n" +"<P>Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción <B>pad</B> en el software\n" +"de grabación. Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio durante la comprobación.</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Se recomienda comprobar todos los medios de instalación\n" -"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para omitir este paso, haga clic en " -"Siguiente" +"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para omitir este paso, haga clic en Siguiente" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "Lector de &CD o DVD" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Iniciar comprobación" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Expulsar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "Comprobar archivo ISO..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "Información de estado" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "Seleccione el archivo ISO que va a comprobar." -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "No es posible leer el medio en la unidad %1." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -802,83 +751,83 @@ "\n" "Sólo se verificará su legibilidad.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>Cancelado</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "Huella: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Creado: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)" msgstr "Caducidad: %1</font> (La clave ha caducado.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "La clave nunca caduca." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Caduca: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "Clave: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "Seleccione una clave GPG." -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "Propiedades de la clave GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "ID de clave: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nombre: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "Huella: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Creado: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Caduca: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "Adición de una clave GPG pública" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -886,7 +835,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Gestionar claves GPG públicas conocidas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -898,22 +847,22 @@ "Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, especifique la vía al archivo de clave.\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "Seleccione una clave GPG para importarla." -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de archivo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "Gestión de claves GPG públicas" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -922,12 +871,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adición de una nueva clave GPG</b><br>\n" -"Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, utilice <b>Añadir</b> e indique la vía al " -"archivo de clave.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, utilice <b>Añadir</b> e indique la vía al archivo de clave.\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -937,18 +885,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modificación del estado de una clave GPG</b>\n" -"Para modificar la marca de confianza, utilice <b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar " -"una clave, utilice\n" +"Para modificar la marca de confianza, utilice <b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar una clave, utilice\n" "<b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "ID de clave" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -956,44 +903,44 @@ "¿Desea suprimir la clave \"%1\"\n" "\"%2\"?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo un repositorio nuevo" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobar tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Añadir repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Leer licencia del repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobando tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Leyendo licencia del repositorio" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1001,17 +948,16 @@ "To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" "in the packages selection, continue.\n" msgstr "" -"No hay información disponible sobre el producto en la ubicación " -"especificada.\n" +"No hay información disponible sobre el producto en la ubicación especificada.\n" "Si esperaba acceder a un producto, retroceda y vuelva a\n" "introducir la ubicación correcta.\n" "Si desea incluir en la selección de paquetes los paquetes rpm situados en\n" "la ubicación especificada, puede continuar.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1019,8 +965,8 @@ "No es posible crear el repositorio\n" "desde la URL \"%1\"." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1028,13 +974,13 @@ "No es posible utilizar una imagen ISO sobre un protocolo http o ftp.\n" "Cambie el protocolo o descomprima la imagen ISO en el servidor." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "¿Desea cambiar la URL y volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1042,207 +988,203 @@ "No es posible buscar repositorios SLP\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del gestor de software..." -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Conservar paquetes descargados" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Repositorios de instalación: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Repositorios de instalación: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nombre desconocido" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "URL sin procesar: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre del repositorio desconocido" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Categoría: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servicio: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 +#. #176013 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Todos los repositorios" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servicio %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "Solo los repositorios no proporcionados por un servicio" -#. combobox label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 +#. combobox label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 msgid "View" msgstr "Ver" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autoactualizar" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Sustituir..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Act&ualizar seleccionados" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Estad&o activo o inactivo" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Activar o de&sactivar actualizaciones" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Establecer &nombre..." -#. label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 +#. label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Propiedades" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Habilitado" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Actualiza&r automáticamente" -#. push button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 +#. push button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Claves &GPG..." -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Actualiza&r todo lo actualizado automáticamente" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Actualizar todo lo &habilitado" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios de software configurados" -#. help -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 +#. help +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -1250,38 +1192,26 @@ "<p>\n" "Gestionar los servicios y repositorios de software configurados.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "" -"<P>Un <B>servicio</B> o <B>RIS (Servicio de indexación de repositorios)</B> " -"es un protocolo diseñado para gestionar los repositorios de paquetes. Un " -"servicio puede ofrecer uno o varios repositorios de software que el " -"administrador del servicio puede cambiar de forma dinámica.</P>" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Un <B>servicio</B> o <B>RIS (Servicio de indexación de repositorios)</B> es un protocolo diseñado para gestionar los repositorios de paquetes. Un servicio puede ofrecer uno o varios repositorios de software que el administrador del servicio puede cambiar de forma dinámica.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Añadir un nuevo repositorio o servicio</b><br>\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice <b>Añadir</b> y especifique el " -"repositorio de software o servicio.\n" -"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se " -"encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice <b>Añadir</b> y especifique el repositorio de software o servicio.\n" +"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -1293,8 +1223,8 @@ "tenga a mano los CD o el DVD.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -1314,77 +1244,52 @@ "copiados en un mismo directorio.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modificar el estado de un repositorio o servicio</b><br>\n" -"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice <b>Editar</b>. Para " -"eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" -"<b>Suprimir</b>. Para habilitar o inhabilitar el repositorio o para cambiar " -"la actualización al inicio, seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las " -"casillas de verificación ubicadas debajo.\n" +"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice <b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" +"<b>Suprimir</b>. Para habilitar o inhabilitar el repositorio o para cambiar la actualización al inicio, seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las casillas de verificación ubicadas debajo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Prioridad de un repositorio</B><BR>\n" -"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más " -"baja). Por defecto, este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible " -"en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta." -"</P>\n" +"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más baja). Por defecto, este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta.</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para " -"navegar por los repositorios y servicios.</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para navegar por los repositorios y servicios.</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Conservar paquetes descargados</B><BR>Marque esta opción para " -"conservar\n" -"los paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan reutilizarse " -"posteriormente\n" -"cuando se reinstalen los paquetes. Si no se marca, los paquetes descargados " -"se suprimirán después de la instalación.</P>" +"<P><B>Conservar paquetes descargados</B><BR>Marque esta opción para conservar\n" +"los paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan reutilizarse posteriormente\n" +"cuando se reinstalen los paquetes. Si no se marca, los paquetes descargados se suprimirán después de la instalación.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>El caché local por defecto se encuentra en el directorio <B>/var/cache/" -"zypp/packages</B>. Puede cambiar la ubicación en el archivo <B>/etc/zypp/" -"zypp.conf</B>.</P>" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>El caché local por defecto se encuentra en el directorio <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Puede cambiar la ubicación en el archivo <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -1392,28 +1297,28 @@ "No es posible guardar los cambios en la configuración\n" "del repositorio." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalles:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup headline -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 +#. popup headline +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Abortar la configuración del repositorio" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1421,36 +1326,36 @@ "¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración del repositorio?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Actualizando repositorios" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Actualizando servicios" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Actualizar repositorios" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Actualizar servicios" -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Actualizando repositorio %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Actualizando servicio %1..." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1462,19 +1367,19 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea volver a añadir el repositorio?" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Errores al restaurar la configuración del repositorio.</p>\n" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view -#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view +#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." msgstr "No es posible eliminar los servicios de tipo 'módulo auxiliar'." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -1482,22 +1387,19 @@ "¿Desea suprimir el servicio %1\n" "y sus repositorios?" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view -#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." -msgstr "" -"No es posible eliminar los repositorios que pertenecen a un servicio de tipo " -"'módulo auxiliar'." +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view +#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." +msgstr "No es posible eliminar los repositorios que pertenecen a un servicio de tipo 'módulo auxiliar'." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir el repositorio seleccionado en la lista?" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -1505,8 +1407,8 @@ "No es posible establecer la actualización \n" "para el repositorio seleccionado." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -1514,49 +1416,46 @@ "No existe un servicio en la URL:\n" "%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." msgstr "No es posible cambiar los servicios de tipo 'módulo auxiliar'." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar los repositorios que pertenecen a un servicio de tipo " -"'módulo auxiliar'." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar los repositorios que pertenecen a un servicio de tipo 'módulo auxiliar'." -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 msgid "&Software" msgstr "&Software" -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al preparar el sistema de instalación." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el archivo de control %1 en el medio." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1564,75 +1463,74 @@ "El paquete %s no está instalado.\n" "No es posible registrar el complemento." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "No es posible utilizar productos adicionales." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Vía: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "El repositorio de instalación también contiene los repositorios adicionales\n" "mostrados. Seleccione los que desee utilizar.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Productos adicionales para seleccionarlos" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Añadir &productos seleccionados" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio del producto adicional %1" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "No es posible añadir el producto %s." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1640,8 +1538,8 @@ "El archivo %1\n" "no contiene una clave GPG válida.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1651,353 +1549,304 @@ "\"%2\"\n" "ya existe y no se puede añadir nuevamente." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "No es posible copiar la clave en el directorio temporal." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Mostrar lista de paquetes que han fallado" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Mostrar registro completo" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Error al instalar algunos paquetes" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Instalación cancelada por el usuario." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medio: %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Hecho." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Siguiente: %1: -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Siguiente: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descargando %1 (tamaño de descarga %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Restante: %1%2 paquetes)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Descargando paquetes..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 de %2 paquetes descargados)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Eliminando %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Instalando %1 (tamaño instalado %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una " -"distribución de 32 bits." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una distribución de 32 bits." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de " -"instalar el sistema.</P>" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de instalar el sistema.</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en " -"el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos " -"(temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente " -"mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un " -"25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación.</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos (temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un 25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación.</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>El tamaño total de descarga es el tamaño de los paquetes que se\n" -"descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la " -"conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.</P>\n" +"descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Propuesta de software</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Producto: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Patrones:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de los paquetes que se van a instalar: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Descargando desde repositorios remotos: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: " -"%1" +msgstr "Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para " -"conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir " -"un nuevo medio de instalación." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 " -"(dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 (dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 " -"(dispositivo %2)." +msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 (dispositivo %2)." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la " -"selección individual." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la selección individual." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "El espacio disponible es sólo de %1 (%2%%) en la partición %3.<BR>" -#. Check the YaST required packages. -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648 +#. Check the YaST required packages. +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648 msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install." msgstr "Seleccione manualmente los elementos necesarios para instalar." -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "El nuevo producto <b>%s</b> se instalará" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> se actualizará" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" -msgstr "" -"El producto <b>%{old_product}</b> se actualizará a <b>%{new_product}</b>" +msgstr "El producto <b>%{old_product}</b> se actualizará a <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> seguirá instalado" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Advertencia:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Error:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará automáticamente." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li><b>Hay algunos productos marcados para su eliminación automática.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del complemento eliminado para " -"que le proporcione\n" -"un medio de instalación nuevo.</li><li>O bien, seleccione la extensión o el " -"módulo en línea oportunos\n" -"en el paso de registro.</li><li>O bien, para continuar con la actualización " -"del producto\n" -"diríjase a la selección del software y marque el producto (el paquete -" -"release) para eliminar.\n" +"<ul><li><b>Hay algunos productos marcados para su eliminación automática.</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del complemento eliminado para que le proporcione\n" +"un medio de instalación nuevo.</li><li>O bien, seleccione la extensión o el módulo en línea oportunos\n" +"en el paso de registro.</li><li>O bien, para continuar con la actualización del producto\n" +"diríjase a la selección del software y marque el producto (el paquete -release) para eliminar.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en \"%1\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Las notas de la versión inicial son parte del medio de instalación.\n" -"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá " -"descargar\n" -"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</p>\n" +"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá descargar\n" +"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrando medios arrancados..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Error al integrar el repositorio del Service Pack." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializando repositorios..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Introduzca el CD 1 de %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado el CD 1 de %1" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2005,8 +1854,8 @@ "Se ha producido un error al iniciar las descripciones de paquetes.\n" "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2014,13 +1863,13 @@ "La selección de software ha cambiado externamente.\n" "Se invocará nuevamente la propuesta de software." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluando selección de paquetes..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2028,51 +1877,46 @@ "Error al seleccionar el patrón de producto por defecto %{pattern_name}.\n" "No se encuentra el patrón." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743 msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "Estos paquetes deben estar seleccionados para poder instalarse: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746 msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "Estos patrones deben estar seleccionados para instalarse: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names -#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names +#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750 msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}" -msgstr "" -"Estos elementos (%{type}) deben estar seleccionados para instalarse: %{list}" +msgstr "Estos elementos (%{type}) deben estar seleccionados para instalarse: %{list}" -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de licencia %1." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo " -"license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2080,9 +1924,9 @@ "Este acuerdo de licencia del usuario final se encuentra en el directorio\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2090,8 +1934,8 @@ "Si desea imprimir esta licencia de usuario final,\n" "busque el archivo %s en el primer medio." -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2101,23 +1945,23 @@ "opciones disponibles. En caso de no aceptar el acuerdo de licencia, se\n" "abortará la configuración.</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación de este producto adicional?" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2125,29 +1969,28 @@ "Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia se cancela la instalación\n" "del producto adicional. ¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Se está apagando el sistema..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" msgstr "" -"Si desea imprimir este Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final, puede " -"descargarlo de\n" +"Si desea imprimir este Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final, puede descargarlo de\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2155,18 +1998,18 @@ "¿Desea realmente salir de\n" "la instalación?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Iniciando el guión %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2174,8 +2017,8 @@ "Parche %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2183,8 +2026,8 @@ "El espacio de disco en la partición %1 está casi agotado.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2192,104 +2035,104 @@ "El espacio de disco está casi agotado.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descargando RPM delta %1 (tamaño de descarga %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al descargar RPM delta: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al aplicar RPM delta: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Explorar mediante SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios de la comun&idad" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Extensiones y módulos del servidor de registro..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Especificar &URL..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "H&TTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Disco duro..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo &USB (Pen drive, disco)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Directorio &local..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Imagen ISO &local..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&Descargar archivos de descripción del repositorio" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2297,8 +2140,8 @@ "<p>Si la ubicación es un archivo que alberga una imagen ISO\n" "de los medios, defina <b>Imagen ISO</b>.</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2306,152 +2149,146 @@ "<p>Si el repositorio comprende varios medios,\n" "defina la ubicación del primer medio del conjunto.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a directorio o imagen ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen &ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por defecto)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL del repositorio" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocolo" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL del repositorio" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL del repositorio" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Medios en CD o DVD" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Pen drive o disco USB" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directorio local" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen ISO local" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servidor y directorio" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del repositorio no puede estar vacío." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre de &repositorio" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Nombre de repositorio</b></big><br>\n" -"Especifique aquí<b></b> el nombre del repositorio. Si se deja vacío, YaST " -"utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL como " -"nombre.</p>\n" +"Especifique aquí<b></b> el nombre del repositorio. Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL como nombre.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del &servicio" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Nombre del servicio</b></big><br>\n" -"Especifique el nombre del servicio aquí <b></b>. Si se deja vacío, YaST " -"utilizará parte de la URL del servicio como nombre.</p>\n" +"Especifique el nombre del servicio aquí <b></b>. Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará parte de la URL del servicio como nombre.</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "La URL no puede estar vacía." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2459,20 +2296,20 @@ "<p><big><b>URL del repositorio</b></big><br>\n" "Utilice <b>URL</b> para especificar la URL del repositorio.<p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editar partes de la URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editar URL completa" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2480,35 +2317,31 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Servidor NFS</b></big><br>\n" "Utilice <b>Nombre del servidor</b> y <b>Vía a directorio o imagen ISO</b>\n" -"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía en el servidor." -"<p>" +"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía en el servidor.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Opciones de montaje</b></big><br>\n" -"Es posible especificar opciones adicionales para montar el volumen NFS " -"volume.\n" -"Se trata de una opción avanzada y se recomienda conservar los valores por " -"defecto. Consulte <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"Es posible especificar opciones adicionales para montar el volumen NFS volume.\n" +"Se trata de una opción avanzada y se recomienda conservar los valores por defecto. Consulte <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "para obtener más información y la lista de opciones admitidas." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2516,13 +2349,13 @@ "<p><big><b>Medios en CD o DVD</b></big><br>\n" "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> o <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar el tipo de medio.</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Archivo de imagen ISO" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2530,8 +2363,8 @@ "La vía indicada no es un directorio\n" "o el directorio no existe.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2539,8 +2372,8 @@ "La vía indicada no es un archivo\n" "o el archivo no existe.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2550,18 +2383,18 @@ "no parece ser una imagen ISO.\n" "¿Desea utilizarlo de todas maneras?\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Vía al directorio" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Directorio &RPM simple" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2575,21 +2408,21 @@ "metadatos (es decir, si no hay información del producto), marque la opción\n" "<b>Directorio RPM simple</b>.</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo &USB" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&ctorio" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2601,16 +2434,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Memoria o disco USB</b></big><br>\n" "Seleccione el dispositivo USB donde se encuentre el repositorio.\n" -"Utilice <b>Vía al directorio</b> para especificar el directorio del " -"repositorio.\n" +"Utilice <b>Vía al directorio</b> para especificar el directorio del repositorio.\n" "Si se omite la vía, el sistema utilizará el directorio raíz del disco.\n" "Si el directorio contiene solo paquetes RPM sin metadatos\n" "(es decir, no hay información del producto) marque la opción\n" "<b>Directorio RPM simple</b>.</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2618,15 +2450,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>El sistema de archivos utilizado en el dispositivo se detectará\n" "automáticamente si selecciona el sistema de archivos automático. Si\n" -"la detección falla o desea utilizar un sistema de archivos específico, " -"selecciónelo en la lista.</p>\n" +"la detección falla o desea utilizar un sistema de archivos específico, selecciónelo en la lista.</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo de disco" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2644,13 +2475,13 @@ "(es decir, no hay información del producto) marque la opción\n" "<b>Directorio RPM simple</b>.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a la imagen ISO" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2660,72 +2491,72 @@ "Utilice <b>Vía a la imagen ISO</b> para indicar la vía\n" "a la imagen ISO.</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Recursos compartidos" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagen ISO" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorio en el servidor" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentificación" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anónimo" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Grupo de trabajo o dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2733,8 +2564,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2742,40 +2572,36 @@ "<p><big><b>Servidor y directorio</b></big><br>\n" "Utilice <b>Nombre del servidor</b> y <b>Vía a directorio o imagen ISO</b>\n" "para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía.\n" -"Para habilitar la autenticación, quite la marca de <b>Anónimo</b> y " -"especifique el\n" +"Para habilitar la autenticación, quite la marca de <b>Anónimo</b> y especifique el\n" "<b>Nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>Contraseña</b>.<p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de <b>Compartir</b> y la " -"<b>Vía al directorio\n" +"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de <b>Compartir</b> y la <b>Vía al directorio\n" "o imagen ISO</b>. \n" "Si la ubicación es un archivo que alberga una imagen ISO\n" "del medio, defina <b>Imagen ISO</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Es posible indicar el número de <b>Puerto</b> para un repositorio HTTP/" -"HTTPS.\n" +"<p>Es posible indicar el número de <b>Puerto</b> para un repositorio HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "Déjelo en blanco para usar el puerto por defecto.</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "&Deseo instalar otro producto complementario adicional" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2785,8 +2611,8 @@ "El repositorio de software puede estar ubicado en un CD, un servidor de red\n" "o en el disco duro.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2796,8 +2622,8 @@ "Para añadir <b>CD</b> o <b>DVD</b>,\n" "tenga disponible el conjunto de CD o el DVD del producto.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2809,11 +2635,10 @@ "Los CD del producto pueden copiarse en el disco duro.\n" "Introduzca la vía en la que se encuentra el primer CD; por ejemplo,\n" "/data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" -"Solo es necesario introducir la vía base si se copian todos los CD en el " -"mismo directorio.</p>\n" +"Solo es necesario introducir la vía base si se copian todos los CD en el mismo directorio.</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2825,210 +2650,206 @@ "Especifique el directorio en el que se encuentren los paquetes del\n" "primer CD; por ejemplo /data1/CD1.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de medios" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Introduzca el CD del producto complementario" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Introduzca el DVD del producto complementario" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún disco USB." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Descarga de archivos</b><br>\n" "Cada repositorio contiene archivos que describen el contenido del\n" -"repositorio. Marque la opción <b>Descargar archivos de descripción del " -"repositorio</b>\n" -"para descargar estos archivos al cerrar este módulo de YaST. Si la opción " -"no\n" -"se encuentra seleccionada, YaST descargará los archivos automáticamente " -"cuando los necesite más tarde.</p>\n" +"repositorio. Marque la opción <b>Descargar archivos de descripción del repositorio</b>\n" +"para descargar estos archivos al cerrar este módulo de YaST. Si la opción no\n" +"se encuentra seleccionada, YaST descargará los archivos automáticamente cuando los necesite más tarde.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tipo de medios" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Producto adicional" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "El esquema de URL %s no es válido." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "Inicializando repositorios disponibles" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "Leer los repositorios configurados" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "Detectar los repositorios disponibles utilizando SLP" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "Leyendo los repositorios configurados..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "Detectando los repositorios disponibles..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "No es posible leer los repositorios." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "No es posible detectar los repositorios disponibles." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "No es posible guardar los cambios del repositorio.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración del repositorio" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración del repositorio" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "Activado" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "Desactivado" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios configurados" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Uni&dad que se expulsará" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "Búsqueda SLP" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "Buscando servicios de instalación en la red..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "Formulario de filtro" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "Seleccione el repositorio SLP." -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "&Productos de instalación disponibles" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "No hay detalles disponibles." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "Detalles del repositorio" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3036,8 +2857,8 @@ "Seleccione una de las opciones que se ofrecen.\n" "Hay más repositorios disponibles para este producto.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3045,13 +2866,13 @@ "Se ha producido un error interno.\n" "El repositorio seleccionado no tiene URL." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Recopilando información de %1 servicios encontrados..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3061,18 +2882,18 @@ "Puede que se deba a que se está ejecutando SuSEfirewall2,\n" "que probablemente bloquea la búsqueda en la red." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "No se han encontrado repositorios SLP en la red." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "La partición \"%1\" necesita %2 más de espacio en disco." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3080,7 +2901,7 @@ "Deseleccione paquetes o suprima algunos archivos de\n" "datos o temporales antes de actualizar el sistema.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deseleccione algunos paquetes." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pam.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, -#. like "Now LDAP was enabled") -#: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 +#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, +#. like "Now LDAP was enabled") +#: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 msgid "" "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" "%2\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,193 +14,168 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 +#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nunca" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes disponibles</B></BIG></P><P>La carga de objetos " -"disponibles desde los repositorios configurados está en curso. Esto puede " -"tardar un poco...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes disponibles</B></BIG></P><P>La carga de objetos disponibles desde los repositorios configurados está en curso. Esto puede tardar un poco...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes instalados</B></BIG></P> <P>El gestor de " -"paquetes está leyendo los paquetes instalados...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes instalados</B></BIG></P> <P>El gestor de paquetes está leyendo los paquetes instalados...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registrando un nuevo repositorio</B></BIG></P> <P>Un nuevo " -"repositorio está siendo registrado. El gestor de paquetes está leyendo la " -"lista de paquetes disponibles en el repositorio...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registrando un nuevo repositorio</B></BIG></P> <P>Un nuevo repositorio está siendo registrado. El gestor de paquetes está leyendo la lista de paquetes disponibles en el repositorio...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Guardando repositorios</B></BIG></P><P>El gestor de paquetes está " -"actualizando los repositorios configurados...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Guardando repositorios</B></BIG></P><P>El gestor de paquetes está actualizando los repositorios configurados...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Actualizando el repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>El gestor de paquetes " -"está actualizando el contenido del repositorio...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Actualizando el repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>El gestor de paquetes está actualizando el contenido del repositorio...</P>" -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:658 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "No es posible seleccionar el paquete para instalarlo." -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:664 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "El paquete no está disponible." -#. still not initialized, throw an exception -#. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 +#. still not initialized, throw an exception +#. translators: this is an error message +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "No es posible conectarse al gestor de paquetes." -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 msgid "Refreshing repository " msgstr "Actualizando el repositorio " -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 msgid "Probing repository " msgstr "Probando repositorio " -#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 msgid "Scanning products in " msgstr "Buscando productos en " -#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 msgid "Search Available Products" msgstr "Buscar productos disponibles" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 msgid "Probe Source Type" msgstr "Probar tipo de origen" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Descargar descripciones" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Reconstruir caché" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 -#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 msgid "Load Data" msgstr "Cargar datos" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Añadiendo el repositorio..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Descargando " -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Actualizar metadatos" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Actualizar repositorio..." -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 msgid "Target is not a directory: " msgstr "El destino no es un directorio: " -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 msgid "Cannot create directory " msgstr "No es posible crear el directorio " -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 msgid "Cannot check status of directory " msgstr "No es posible comprobar el estado del directorio. " -#. error message (followed by detailed description) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 +#. error message (followed by detailed description) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n" -msgstr "" -"Error: no puede copiarse la memoria caché en el directorio de destino\n" +msgstr "Error: no puede copiarse la memoria caché en el directorio de destino\n" -#. error message -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 +#. error message +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 msgid "Copying failed" msgstr "La copia falló" -#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string -#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 +#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string +#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 msgid "Refresh Sources" msgstr "Actualizar orígenes" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Cargando el gestor de paquetes..." -#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 msgid "Load Sources" msgstr "Cargar orígenes" -#. TODO: improve the error message -#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 +#. TODO: improve the error message +#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 msgid "Cannot find source" msgstr "No es posible encontrar el origen." -#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 +#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 msgid "Remove Repositories" msgstr "Quitar repositorios" -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 msgid "Save Repositories" msgstr "Guardar repositorios" -#. start the process -#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 +#. start the process +#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgstr "Guardando repositorios..." -#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicializar sistema de destino" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Leer paquetes instalados" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/printer.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,85 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "Configuración de impresora" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error: error al escribir en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Error: error al escribir en /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible leer %1 (puede que el archivo no exista)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "Error: error al leer %1 (posiblemente sea un archivo vacío)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2save" +msgstr "Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2save" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2orig" +msgstr "Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No se puede configurar la impresión (no está instalado el paquete necesario " -"cups-client)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "No se puede configurar la impresión (no está instalado el paquete necesario cups-client)." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no está instalado el paquete " -"necesario cups)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no está instalado el paquete necesario cups)." -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna impresora local accesible (se va a usar el servidor CUPS %1 " -"para imprimir)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "No hay ninguna impresora local accesible (se va a usar el servidor CUPS %1 para imprimir)." -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -100,17 +89,17 @@ "Se ha iniciado el daemon de CUPS.\n" "Espere medio minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -118,642 +107,600 @@ "Aún no se puede acceder al daemon de CUPS.\n" "Espere un minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no se puede acceder a ningún " -"cupsd local)." +msgstr "No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no se puede acceder a ningún cupsd local)." -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ninguna impresora local." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "Creando nueva configuración de impresora" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración nueva de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" +msgstr "La configuración nueva de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "Esto puede producir configuraciones de impresoras dañadas." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "Buscar configuración existente" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "Configuración creada" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "No hay ninguna impresora local configurada." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "Im&presora" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "Configurar ahora automáticamente las impresoras locales conecta&das" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Indique si se debe configurar automáticamente la impresora USB al conectarla" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Indique si se debe configurar automáticamente la impresora USB al conectarla" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Usar el paquete udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de " -"impresoras USB" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Usar el paquete udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de impresoras USB" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "Inhabilitar servidor CUPS remoto: %1" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la " -"configuración automática de impresoras en el sistema local." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la configuración automática de impresoras en el sistema local." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Error al eliminar la entrada a \"ServerName\" de /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Error al instalar udev-configure-printer." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Error al eliminar udev-configure-printer." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "La configuración automática de impresora fue en vano." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "Resultados de la configuración automática de impresora" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "cualquier modo" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "Añadir nueva configuración de impresora" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "Introduzca el modelo de su impresora aquí." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "Especificar la conexión" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "&Detectar más" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "Asistente de cone&xión" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conexión" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "Buscar y asignar un controlador" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "Bu&scar" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "&Buscar más" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "&Paquetes de controladores" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Seleccione un controlador." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" +msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "Establecer un &nombre arbitrario" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "&Usar por defecto" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "Configuración alternativa para impresoras HP:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Ejecutar &hp-setup" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setup se ejecuta en inglés" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ninguna selección" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "Seleccione una conexión y después asigne un controlador." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna conexión." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "Seleccionar una conexión" -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún controlador." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "No hay nombre de cola." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "Introducir un nombre de cola." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "Nombre de cola no válido" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Solo se permiten letras (A-Z y a-z), números (0-9) y el signo de subrayado " -"(_) en el nombre de la cola." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Solo se permiten letras (A-Z y a-z), números (0-9) y el signo de subrayado (_) en el nombre de la cola." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "Confirmar un nombre validado de cola" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "%1 es no es válido o ya existe. ¿Desea usar %2 en su lugar?" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra la nueva configuración de la " -"impresora, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra la nueva configuración de la impresora, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Error al ejecutar hp-setup." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "Modificar %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "Todas las &opciones del controlador actual" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto del controlador actual" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "Conexión actual" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"No se usa controlador (es una cola sin procesar o se usa un guión de " -"interfaz estilo sistema V)." +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "No se usa controlador (es una cola sin procesar o se usa un guión de interfaz estilo sistema V)." -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "Controlador actual" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "Ajuste las opciones del controlador actual o asigne uno diferente." -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "&Texto de la descripción" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Ubicación" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "Aceptar traba&jos de impresión" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "&Habilitar impresión" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "Error al modificar %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "Modificando la configuración de la impresora" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración modificada de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el " -"sistema" +msgstr "La configuración modificada de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, " -"espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "No hay opciones del controlador disponibles." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Posibles razones: no hay nada seleccionado o es una configuración remota." +msgstr "Posibles razones: no hay nada seleccionado o es una configuración remota." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "Mantener el modelo de impresora o seleccionar otro fabrica&nte" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante si no se debe configurar una " -"cola sin procesar." +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar." -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "Seleccionar el fabricante de la i&mpresora" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar, seleccione un fabricante de " -"i&mpresoras." +msgstr "Si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar, seleccione un fabricante de i&mpresoras." -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "Dirección &IP o nombre de host" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Dirección &IP o nombre de host [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "Buscar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "Buscar todos los hosts" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\" (usualmente vacío) [codificación-" -"porcentual]" +msgstr "Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\" (usualmente vacío) [codificación-porcentual]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Probar conexión" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -761,417 +708,401 @@ "Para acceder a un dispositivo HP mediante el servidor hp,\n" "el paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM hplip no está instalado." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "Dispositivo &serie" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "Velocidad en &baudios" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "Bits de &datos" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "Comprobación de &paridad" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "Control de &flujo" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "Bi&ts de parada" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooth, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar " -"instalado." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooth, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM bluez-cups no está instalado." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." msgstr "" "No parece haber ID de dispositivos Bluetooth.\n" -"Ejecute hcitools scan para obtener la lista de ID de dispositivos " -"Bluetooth.\n" +"Ejecute hcitools scan para obtener la lista de ID de dispositivos Bluetooth.\n" "Introduzca el ID sin dos puntos, por ejemplo, 1A2B3C4D5E6F." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "Recuperando ID de dispositivos Bluetooth..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "Error al obtener una lista de ID de dispositivos Bluetooth." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo &Bluetooth" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "ID de dispositivos Bluetooth disponibles actualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores de zócalo directos" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "Nombre de cola (consulte el manual de la impresora)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (consulte el manual de la impresora) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-" -"client debe estar instalado." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-client debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM samba-client no está instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "&Servidor (nombre de host NetBIOS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "Im&presora (nombre compartido)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&Grupo de trabajo (nombre de dominio)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "Autenticación (si es necesario)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "Utilice un nombre de usuario y contraseña fijos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Co&ntraseña" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Compatibilidad con &Active Directory (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "Nombre de cola" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "Buscar difusiones IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM ncpfs no está instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "Dirección IP o nombre de host" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "Autenticar como" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (identificador uniforme de recursos) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para imprimir mediante el comando pipe, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe " -"estar instalado." +msgstr "Para imprimir mediante el comando pipe, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM cups.backends no esta instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programa (/vía/al/comando?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "Para usar beh, debe estar instalado el paquete RPM cups-backends." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar beh) [codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar beh) [codificación-porcentual]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Nunca inhabilitar la cola" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Número de reintentos (use 0 para no limitar los reintentos)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Retraso en segundos entre dos reintentos" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Seleccionar un tipo de conexión específico." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de &conexión" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Dispositivo conectado directamente" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "Puerto USB" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "Dispositivos HP (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" -msgstr "" -"Acceder a la impresora de red o al buzón del servidor de impresión mediante" +msgstr "Acceder a la impresora de red o al buzón del servidor de impresión mediante" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "Puerto TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo del daemon de impresora de línea (LPD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Protocolo de impresión de Internet (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Imprimir mediante el equipo del servidor de impresión" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) o Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Servidor UNIX tradicional (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "Servidor CUPS (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Especial" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Especificar el URI de un dispositivo arbitrario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Enviar los datos de impresión a otro programa (pipe)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de la conexión" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Asistente de conexión" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." -msgstr "" -"En la versión 1.5 de CUPS, se ha abandonado la compatibilidad con impresoras " -"SCSI." +msgstr "En la versión 1.5 de CUPS, se ha abandonado la compatibilidad con impresoras SCSI." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1181,16 +1112,16 @@ "definir el valor \"FileDevice Yes\" en cupsd.conf\n" "y usar una URI de dispositivo como \"file:/dev/sg...\"" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Seleccione una conexión." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1200,13 +1131,13 @@ "acceder al dispositivo mediante este tipo de conexión.\n" "¿Ha estado la impresora conectada y enchufada todo el rato?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Seleccione una conexión valida" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1216,96 +1147,91 @@ "ningún otro trabajo puede acceder al dispositivo mediante esta conexión.\n" "¿Está la impresora conectada y encendida?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "El dispositivo serie y la velocidad en baudios no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "La comprobación de paridad space solo se admite con 7 bits de datos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación de paridad mark solo se admite con 7 bits de datos y un bit " -"de parada." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "La comprobación de paridad mark solo se admite con 7 bits de datos y un bit de parada." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "El ID de dispositivo Bluetooth no puede estar vacío." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "El URI no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Los nombres del servidor y de la impresora no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Se deben especificar el usuario y la contraseña." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "El nombre del servidor no puede estar vacío." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Los nombres de servidor y de la cola no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"El URI del dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retraso no pueden estar " -"vacíos." +msgstr "El URI del dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retraso no pueden estar vacíos." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "No puede estar vacío." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Seleccione un fabricante o una cola sin procesar." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Buscar todos los hosts en la red local" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1313,41 +1239,36 @@ "Espere...\n" "Esta acción puede tardar más de un minuto." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto TCP %1" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto TCP %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante Samba (SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/" -"LPR)" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 631 (CUPS/" -"IPP)" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1355,26 +1276,26 @@ "No se ha encontrado ningún host al explorar la red.\n" "(¿Problemas de red o cortafuegos activo?)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso al puerto %1 del host %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso a la cola %1 del host %2." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1383,262 +1304,246 @@ msgstr "" "Esto solo es una prueba genérica que puede informar erróneamente de errores\n" "si se necesita autenticación mediante Active Directory (R)\n" -"En tal caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active " -"Directory (R)\n" +"En tal caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active Directory (R)\n" "debe iniciar sesión y probar si puede imprimir desde Gnome o KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"La prueba genérica informa sobre errores para compartir %1 en el host %2." +msgstr "La prueba genérica informa sobre errores para compartir %1 en el host %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso al recurso compartido %1 del host %2." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Prueba correcta" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para la compatibilidad con Active Directory (R), el paquete RPM samba-krb-" -"printing debe estar instalado." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Para la compatibilidad con Active Directory (R), el paquete RPM samba-krb-printing debe estar instalado." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"La compatibilidad con Active Directory (R) estará inhabilitada para todas " -"las colas de impresión SMB." +msgstr "La compatibilidad con Active Directory (R) estará inhabilitada para todas las colas de impresión SMB." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de impresoras" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "Imprimir mediante la red" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "Compartir impresoras" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "Directivas" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "Configuración automática" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de impresoras de AutoYaST" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "Configuración de impresión de AutoYaST mediante la red" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "Impresoras detectadas" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST para impresión con CUPS mediante la red" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "Paquetes de controladores" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "Instalar o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para controladores Ghostscript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para algunas impresoras PCL" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para impresoras PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Controlador Gutenprint/Gimp-Print" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "Controlador para impresoras HP y dispositivos HP multifunción" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "Archivos del fabricante de descripción de impresora PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "Controlador SpliX para impresoras SPL sin JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Controlador para impresora de inyección de tinta Epson ESC/P-R" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Hacer que un archivo de descripción de impresora esté disponible" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la vía completa a su " -"ubicación" +msgstr "Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la vía completa a su ubicación" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de descripción de impresora" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "No es posible acceder a %1" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea usar este archivo de descripción de impresora a pesar de los errores?" +msgstr "¿Desea usar este archivo de descripción de impresora a pesar de los errores?" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"El uso de un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar " -"fallos aleatorios." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "El uso de un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar fallos aleatorios." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Error al disponer el archivo de descripción de la impresora" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "Opciones del controlador para %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Error al configurar las opciones para la cola %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1648,8 +1553,8 @@ "<b><big>Inicializando la configuración de la impresora</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1659,41 +1564,35 @@ "<b><big>Finalizando la configuración de la impresora</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Resumen de la cola de impresión</big></b><br>\n" -"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una " -"cola de impresión.<br>\n" +"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión.<br>\n" "Si varias aplicaciones envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" "estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de\n" "impresión.<br>\n" -"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo " -"dispositivo\n" +"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo dispositivo\n" "de impresión.\n" -"Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para una " -"impresora\n" -"en color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una " -"impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" +"Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para una impresora\n" +"en color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1715,8 +1614,8 @@ "que ya está disponible mediante una cola remota.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1728,8 +1627,8 @@ "Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para crear una nueva cola para una impresora.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1741,8 +1640,8 @@ "Seleccione una cola local y pulse <b>Editar.</b>\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1754,8 +1653,8 @@ "Seleccione la cola que desee eliminar y pulse <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1767,8 +1666,8 @@ "Seleccione la cola y pulse <b>Imprimir página de prueba</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1790,8 +1689,8 @@ "lista actualizada de las colas remotas disponibles.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1801,55 +1700,43 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Resumen de la cola de impresión de AutoYaST</big></b><br>\n" -"AutoYaST solo admite la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red." -"<br>\n" +"AutoYaST solo admite la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red.<br>\n" "No es posible configurar colas de impresión locales con AutoYaST.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para un dispositivo de " -"impresión</big></b><br>\n" -"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una " -"cola de impresión.<br>\n" +"<b><big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para un dispositivo de impresión</big></b><br>\n" +"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión.<br>\n" "Si varias aplicaciones envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" -"estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de " -"impresión.<br>\n" -"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo " -"dispositivo de impresión.\n" +"estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de impresión.<br>\n" +"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo dispositivo de impresión.\n" "Normalmente, se necesitan varias colas de impresión si se usan varios\n" "controladores para un mismo dispositivo de impresión.\n" "Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para\n" "forzar la impresión solo en negro en un dispositivo en color\n" -"o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora " -"PostScript+PC,\n" -"ya que imprimir mediante el controlador PCL suele ser más rápido (aunque con " -"menos calidad).\n" +"o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora PostScript+PC,\n" +"ya que imprimir mediante el controlador PCL suele ser más rápido (aunque con menos calidad).\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1865,12 +1752,11 @@ "configure un nombre único para la cola.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1878,41 +1764,33 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"La <b>conexión</b> determina de qué forma se envían los datos al dispositivo " -"de impresión.<br>\n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrán enviar datos al " -"dispositivo\n" +"La <b>conexión</b> determina de qué forma se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión.<br>\n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrán enviar datos al dispositivo\n" "y, por lo tanto, no habrá ninguna impresión.<br>\n" "Si se puede acceder a una impresora mediante más de un tipo de conexión,\n" "esto se muestra para cada tipo de conexión.<br>\n" -"En particular, a menudo es posible acceder a los dispositivos HP mediante " -"\"usb:/...\"\n" +"En particular, a menudo es posible acceder a los dispositivos HP mediante \"usb:/...\"\n" "y con la conexión \"hp:/...\".\n" "Esta ultima se incluye en el paquete de controladores HP hplip.\n" "Si solo se desea imprimir, funcionan ambos tipos de conexión, pero\n" -"para obtener más prestaciones (ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del " -"dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización\n" -"con un dispositivo HP multifunción) se debe utilizar la conexión \"hp/..." -"\".\n" +"para obtener más prestaciones (ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización\n" +"con un dispositivo HP multifunción) se debe utilizar la conexión \"hp/...\".\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1937,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1958,21 +1835,16 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"El <b>controlador</b> es el responsable de que se generen los datos " -"adecuados\n" +"El <b>controlador</b> es el responsable de que se generen los datos adecuados\n" "para cada modelo especifico de impresora.<br>\n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos incorrectos a la " -"impresora,\n" -"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se " -"imprimirá nada.<br>\n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos incorrectos a la impresora,\n" +"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se imprimirá nada.<br>\n" "Al principio, el campo de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" -"con el nombre del modelo detectado automáticamente para la conexión " -"seleccionada\n" +"con el nombre del modelo detectado automáticamente para la conexión seleccionada\n" "y se muestran por defecto los controladores cuya descripción\n" "coincide con el modelo de impresora.<br>\n" "Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo detectado\n" -"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo " -"modelo,\n" +"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" "las descripciones se ordenan de forma que el controlador más razonable\n" "esté situado arriba y sea preseleccionado automáticamente.\n" "Si no se preselecciona ningún controlador automáticamente, debe\n" @@ -1990,40 +1862,28 @@ "Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores preseleccionados tienen\n" "sentido y cámbielos libremente hasta encontrar\n" "los que se adapten mejor a su impresora.<br>\n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado,\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado,\n" "no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su impresora.\n" -"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del " -"controlador\n" +"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "es distinto del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles.<br>\n" -"Habitualmente, las opciones de configuración por defecto del controlador son " -"adecuadas,\n" -"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en " -"concreto.\n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su " -"impresora en particular.\n" -"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del " -"controlador\n" +"Habitualmente, las opciones de configuración por defecto del controlador son adecuadas,\n" +"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en concreto.\n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su impresora en particular.\n" +"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel efectivamente cargado en la impresora.\n" -"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Carta como tamaño de papel por " -"defecto\n" -"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel por defecto del " -"controlador,\n" -"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 " -"ni Carta\n" -"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño " -"formato).\n" +"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Carta como tamaño de papel por defecto\n" +"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel por defecto del controlador,\n" +"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 ni Carta\n" +"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño formato).\n" "Si desea ajustar otras opciones del controlador además de A4 o Carta,\n" "debe primero configurar la cola y después, en un segundo paso,\n" -"ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el recuadro de diálogo Editar " -"o Modificar.\n" +"ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el recuadro de diálogo Editar o Modificar.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -2039,8 +1899,8 @@ "para el nombre de la cola, que debe empezar con una letra.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2057,8 +1917,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Una de las colas de impresión puede configurarse para que se use <b>por " -"defecto.</b><br>\n" +"Una de las colas de impresión puede configurarse para que se use <b>por defecto.</b><br>\n" "Las aplicaciones usarán esta cola por defecto si el usuario no\n" "indica otra.\n" "Pero no existe una única cola por defecto.\n" @@ -2066,14 +1925,13 @@ "su propia configuración, incluso cualquier aplicación\n" "puede implementar su modo particular de cola por defecto\n" "(ejemplo, puede usar la última cola que se utilizó).<br>\n" -"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre parámetros de " -"impresión con CUPS\n" +"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre parámetros de impresión con CUPS\n" "en la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE (en inglés)<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2092,24 +1950,21 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Otra forma de configurar dispositivos HP es ejecutando <b>hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" -"La herramienta hp-setup de HP proporciona asistencia de configuración, en " -"particular\n" +"La herramienta hp-setup de HP proporciona asistencia de configuración, en particular\n" "para impresoras y dispositivos multifunción HP que requieren\n" "que se descargue e instale\n" -"un complemento de controlador registrado de HP de forma correcta en un " -"sistema de usuario final concreto.\n" +"un complemento de controlador registrado de HP de forma correcta en un sistema de usuario final concreto.\n" "Asimismo, hp-setup aporta una mejor asistencia para la configuración\n" "de impresoras y dispositivos multifunción en red HP,\n" "ya que su propia herramienta puede implementar ajustes concretos\n" "para dispositivos de red HP especiales.<br>\n" -"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre la configuración de " -"impresoras HP en\n" +"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre la configuración de impresoras HP en\n" "la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE (en inglés)<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2121,12 +1976,11 @@ "Para modificar una cola, seleccione sólo la que desee cambiar.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2134,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2167,32 +2019,24 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"La <b>conexión</b> determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de " -"impresión.<br>\n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al " -"dispositivo,\n" +"La <b>conexión</b> determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión.<br>\n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al dispositivo,\n" "de forma que no se imprimirá nada.<br>\n" -"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un " -"tipo de conexión,\n" +"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un tipo de conexión,\n" "se mostrará el dispositivo para cada tipo de conexión.<br>\n" -"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una " -"conexión \"usb:/...\"\n" +"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una conexión \"usb:/...\"\n" "como por una \"hp:/...\".\n" "El paquete del controlador de HP, hplip, proporciona esta última.\n" -"Si solo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberán funcionar, pero " -"para cualquier otra prestación\n" -"(por ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox " -"o la digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP multifunción)\n" +"Si solo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberán funcionar, pero para cualquier otra prestación\n" +"(por ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP multifunción)\n" "se debe usar la conexión \"hp:/...\".<br>\n" "Cuando se intercambia la conexión usada actualmente por otra,\n" -"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se " -"autocompleta\n" +"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" "con el nombre del modelo autodetectado de la conexión nueva seleccionada.\n" "Se muestran por defecto los controladores cuya descripción\n" "coincide con el nombre del modelo.<br>\n" "Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo detectado\n" -"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo " -"modelo,\n" +"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" "las descripciones se ordenan de forma que el controlador más razonable\n" "esté situado arriba y sea preseleccionado automáticamente.\n" "Por otra parte, esto no implica que este sea\n" @@ -2200,36 +2044,29 @@ "El primer controlador de la lista puede no funcionar para su modelo \n" "concreto de impresora. La selección automatizada del controlador\n" "compara cadenas (el nombre del modelo autodetectado y las descripciones \n" -"del controlador), de forma que el resultado solo puede ser la propuesta más " -"razonable\n" +"del controlador), de forma que el resultado solo puede ser la propuesta más razonable\n" "de configuración de su modelo concreto de impresora.<br>\n" "Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores preseleccionados tienen\n" "sentido y cámbielos libremente hasta encontrar\n" "los que se adapten mejor a su impresora.<br>\n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado,\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado,\n" "no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su impresora.\n" -"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del " -"controlador\n" +"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "es distinto del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2238,8 +2075,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2247,8 +2083,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2258,24 +2093,16 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"El <b>controlador</b> es el responsable de que se generen los datos " -"adecuados\n" +"El <b>controlador</b> es el responsable de que se generen los datos adecuados\n" "para cada modelo especifico de impresora.<br>\n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos erróneos a la " -"impresora,\n" -"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se " -"imprimirá nada.<br>\n" -"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de " -"configuración\n" -"o conservar el controlador actual y modificar ahora sus opciones de " -"configuración.<br>\n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su " -"impresora concreta.\n" -"Por ejemplo, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del " -"controlador\n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos erróneos a la impresora,\n" +"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se imprimirá nada.<br>\n" +"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de configuración\n" +"o conservar el controlador actual y modificar ahora sus opciones de configuración.<br>\n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su impresora concreta.\n" +"Por ejemplo, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel cargado en la impresora.\n" -"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador, puede escoger lo que " -"prefiera.\n" +"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador, puede escoger lo que prefiera.\n" "Por ejemplo, cualquier resolución de impresión\n" "debe funcionar para un controlador concreto.\n" "Sin embargo, puede ocurrir que su impresora no pueda imprimir con\n" @@ -2292,22 +2119,18 @@ "De esta forma, habitualmente, un único controlador coincidirá,\n" "a menos que introduzca una descripción menos específica para obtener otros\n" "controladores o use el botón Más controladores.\n" -"Si ningún controlador coincide, no significa que no haya ningún controlador " -"disponible.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Si ningún controlador coincide, no significa que no haya ningún controlador disponible.\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2320,27 +2143,22 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A diferencia de lo que ocurre con la conexión y el controlador, que deben " -"seleccionarse\n" -"adecuadamente, puede introducir la cadena que desee para la <b>descripción y la <b>ubicación.</b>\n" -"Las aplicaciones suelen mostrar la descripción y la ubicación en el recuadro " -"de diálogo de impresión.\n" -"Para asegurarse de que estas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier " -"idioma\n" +"A diferencia de lo que ocurre con la conexión y el controlador, que deben seleccionarse\n" +"adecuadamente, puede introducir la cadena que desee para la <b>descripción</b> y la <b>ubicación.</b>\n" +"Las aplicaciones suelen mostrar la descripción y la ubicación en el recuadro de diálogo de impresión.\n" +"Para asegurarse de que estas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier idioma\n" "que los usuarios o las aplicaciones puedan usar,\n" "es recomendable utilizar solo texto ASCII sin\n" "caracteres especiales; por ejemplo, solo letras ASCII (a-z y A-Z),\n" "números ASCII (0-9) y el carácter de espacio ASCII (20 hex).\n" -"En la descripción se suele describir el modelo y, opcionalmente, el " -"controlador\n" +"En la descripción se suele describir el modelo y, opcionalmente, el controlador\n" "(por ejemplo, \"ACME FunPrinter 1000 con controlador genérico PCL\")\n" "y la ubicación describe donde se encuentra la impresora\n" "(ejemplo, \"Sala 123\" o \"Entrada principal\").\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2357,17 +2175,15 @@ "<b><big>Configurar las opciones del controlador</big></b><br>\n" "Normalmente, es mejor dejar las opciones por defecto del controlador,\n" "ya que son las adecuadas casi siempre.<br>\n" -"Además, los recuadros de diálogo de impresión de la mayoría de las " -"aplicaciones\n" -"muestran también las opciones del controlador, de forma que cada usuario " -"pueda especificar\n" +"Además, los recuadros de diálogo de impresión de la mayoría de las aplicaciones\n" +"muestran también las opciones del controlador, de forma que cada usuario pueda especificar\n" "las opciones que desee para cada impresión.<br>\n" "El único ajuste que debe comprobarse siempre es el tamaño de papel,\n" "que debe definirse según la opción por defecto de la impresora.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2382,15 +2198,13 @@ "Las configuraciones distintas a la usada por defecto podrían no funcionar\n" "siempre o tener consecuencias inesperadas.<br> \n" "Por ejemplo, una resolución alta podría no funcionar en una impresora láser\n" -"si la memoria interna de la impresora no es suficiente para procesar paginas " -"de\n" +"si la memoria interna de la impresora no es suficiente para procesar paginas de\n" "alta resolución.<br> \n" -"O bien, una opción de alta calidad podría ser excesivamente lenta en una " -"impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" +"O bien, una opción de alta calidad podría ser excesivamente lenta en una impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2404,19 +2218,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "En ciertos casos, es preciso ajustar la configuración\n" -"del controlador de la impresora específica para lograr su completa " -"funcionalidad.<br>\n" +"del controlador de la impresora específica para lograr su completa funcionalidad.<br>\n" "En concreto, si la impresora tiene unidades opcionales instaladas, como\n" -"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones " -"respectivas del controlador\n" +"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones respectivas del controlador\n" "deben comprobarse y ajustarse.<br>\n" -"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe marcarse como instalada o " -"verdadera\n" +"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe marcarse como instalada o verdadera\n" "o el controlador ignorará dicha opción.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2429,20 +2240,17 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big><br>\n" -"Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras no está marcado, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"<b><big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big></b><br>\n" +"Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras no está marcado, no está instalado.\n" "Seleccione el paquete si desea instalarlo.<br>\n" "Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras está marcado, está instalado.\n" "Anule la selección del paquete si desea eliminarlo.\n" -"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay ninguna configuración de " -"impresora \n" +"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay ninguna configuración de impresora \n" "que necesite ese controlador.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2481,23 +2289,18 @@ "Por lo tanto, puede especificar la vía completa de un archivo PPD\n" "localizado en cualquier directorio del sistema para instalarlo\n" "en el directorio /usr/share/cups/model/.<br>\n" -"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un " -"controlador.<br>\n" +"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un controlador.<br>\n" "En las impresoras no PostScript, el archivo PPD solo no es\n" "suficiente para configurar una impresora a fin de que sea operativa.\n" "En concreto, en las impresoras no PostScript no basta\n" "con descargar un archivo PPD desde Internet y efectuar la configuración\n" "de la impresora con este archivo PPD.\n" -"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar, pero la impresión " -"real\n" +"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar, pero la impresión real\n" "no funcionaría, ya que faltaría el controlador.\n" "Para impresoras no PostScript, se necesita un controlador de impresora\n" -"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador " -"concreto.\n" -"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio " -"correcto\n" -"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba." -"<br>\n" +"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador concreto.\n" +"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio correcto\n" +"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba.<br>\n" "Solo en el caso de las impresoras PostScript, solo un archivo PPD suele ser\n" "suficiente para ajustar la configuración y hacer la impresora operativa.\n" "En concreto, es suficiente si el archivo no contiene una entrada\n" @@ -2505,49 +2308,42 @@ "de impresora.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Especificar la conexión</big></b><br>\n" -"La <b>conexión</b> determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de " -"impresión.<br>\n" +"La <b>conexión</b> determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión.<br>\n" "Si se usa una conexión errónea, no se pueden enviar datos al dispositivo,\n" "por lo que no se imprimirá nada.\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2563,45 +2359,35 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>URI de dispositivo de impresora</big></b><br>\n" -"Una conexión se especifica como el denominado <b>URI de dispositivo</b>." -"<br>\n" -"La primera palabra (el denominado esquema de URI) especifica la clase de " -"transferencia de datos,\n" +"Una conexión se especifica como el denominado <b>URI de dispositivo</b>.<br>\n" +"La primera palabra (el denominado esquema de URI) especifica la clase de transferencia de datos,\n" "por ejemplo, usb, socket, lpd o ipp.<br>\n" "Después del esquema hay más o menos componentes adicionales\n" "que especifican los detalles de esta clase de transferencia de datos.<br>\n" "Los caracteres de espacio no están permitidos en los URI.\n" "Por lo tanto, un carácter de espacio en un valor de un componente de URI\n" -"se codifica como %20 (20 es el valor hexadecimal del carácter de espacio)." -"<br>\n" -"Los componentes de un URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales " -"reservados, como\n" -"punto y coma (;), barra inclinada (/), signo de interrogación (?), signo et " -"(&) o el signo igual (=).<br>\n" -"Por último, puede haber parámetros opcionales (separados por un signo de " -"interrogación [?])\n" -"con el formato opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3, de modo " -"que un\n" +"se codifica como %20 (20 es el valor hexadecimal del carácter de espacio).<br>\n" +"Los componentes de un URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales reservados, como\n" +"punto y coma (;), barra inclinada (/), signo de interrogación (?), signo et (&) o el signo igual (=).<br>\n" +"Por último, puede haber parámetros opcionales (separados por un signo de interrogación [?])\n" +"con el formato opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3, de modo que un\n" "URI completo de dispositivo puede ser, por ejemplo:<br>\n" -"ipp://servidor.dominio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://servidor.dominio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Algunos ejemplos:<br>\n" "Una impresora USB modelo \"Fun Printer 1000+\", fabricada por \"ACME\",\n" -"con el número de serie \"A1B2C3\", podría tener este URI de dispositivo:" -"<br>\n" +"con el número de serie \"A1B2C3\", podría tener este URI de dispositivo:<br>\n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3.<br>\n" "Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.1, accesible a través del\n" "puerto 9100, podría tener el URI:<br>\n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100.<br>\n" -"Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.2, accesible a través del " -"protocolo\n" +"Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.2, accesible a través del protocolo\n" "LPD con un nombre de cola LPD remota \"LPT1\",\n" "puede tener el URI:<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1.\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2685,46 +2471,34 @@ "(por ejemplo, no podrá evitarlos si debe especificar tales caracteres\n" "en valores para un URI de acceso a una cola de impresión remota,\n" "pues la cola de impresión remota no se encuentra bajo su control).\n" -"Siempre que sea posible, use solo los denominados \"caracteres no reservados" -"\".\n" +"Siempre que sea posible, use solo los denominados \"caracteres no reservados\".\n" "Los caracteres no reservados son las letras minúsculas y mayúsculas,\n" -"los dígitos del cero al nueve, el guion, el punto, el guion bajo y la " -"tilde.\n" +"los dígitos del cero al nueve, el guion, el punto, el guion bajo y la tilde.\n" "Incluso el guion, el punto, la tilde y el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas\n" -"puede causar problemas especiales en algunos casos (por ejemplo, solo las " -"letras,\n" -"los dígitos y el guion bajo funcionan en el nombre de una cola de impresión " -"de\n" -"CUPS, mientras que el uso de mayúsculas no parece significativo en este " -"caso).\n" +"puede causar problemas especiales en algunos casos (por ejemplo, solo las letras,\n" +"los dígitos y el guion bajo funcionan en el nombre de una cola de impresión de\n" +"CUPS, mientras que el uso de mayúsculas no parece significativo en este caso).\n" "Por lo tanto, es mejor usar solo letras minúsculas, dígitos\n" "y el guion bajo para todos los valores en todos los URI, si es posible.\n" "Los caracteres reservados y de espacio en el valor de un componente\n" -"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación " -"URL).<br>\n" -"Cuando un campo de entrada en un recuadro de diálogo se utiliza para " -"introducir\n" +"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación URL).<br>\n" +"Cuando un campo de entrada en un recuadro de diálogo se utiliza para introducir\n" "solo un único valor de un único componente de un URI (por ejemplo,\n" "campos de entrada separados para el usuario y la contraseña), debe\n" "introducir los espacios y caracteres reservados en su forma literal,\n" "(es decir, sin codificación porcentual).\n" "En estos campos de entrada la codificación porcentual de espacios y\n" "caracteres reservados se efectúa automáticamente.\n" -"Por ejemplo si la contraseña es \"Foo%20Bar\" (sin codificación porcentual), " -"debe\n" -"introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña del " -"recuadro de diálogo.\n" +"Por ejemplo si la contraseña es \"Foo%20Bar\" (sin codificación porcentual), debe\n" +"introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña del recuadro de diálogo.\n" "Se codificara automáticamente a \"Foo%2520Bar\", que es como el valor\n" "de la contraseña del componente se almacena realmente en el URI.<br>\n" "Por el contrario, cuando en un campo de entrada de un recuadro de diálogo\n" -"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente del " -"URI\n" -"(por ejemplo, un único campo de entrada para todos los parámetros " -"opcionales\n" +"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente del URI\n" +"(por ejemplo, un único campo de entrada para todos los parámetros opcionales\n" "como \"opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3\"\n" "o un único campo de entrada para introducir todo el URI),\n" -"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados " -"porcentualmente,\n" +"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados porcentualmente,\n" "ya que no es posible codificarlos automáticamente.\n" "Suponga que en un parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"\n" "el valor fuera \"this&that\", entonces todo\n" @@ -2735,8 +2509,7 @@ "un primer parámetro \"opción=this\" y\n" "un segundo parámetro opcional que solo contiene \"that\".\n" "Por lo tanto, un único parámetro opcional \"opción=this&that\"\n" -"debe introducirse codificado porcentualmente como \"opción=this%26that\"." -"<br>\n" +"debe introducirse codificado porcentualmente como \"opción=this%26that\".<br>\n" "Los campos de entrada que requieren codificación porcentual de entrada\n" "se indican con una marca [codificación porcentual].<br>\n" "Lista de caracteres y su codificación porcentual:<br>\n" @@ -2764,8 +2537,8 @@ "(URI): Generic Syntax\" en: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2774,18 +2547,16 @@ "For example:<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>URI de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>URI de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big></b><br>\n" "Los dispositivos conectados mediante USB\n" "se detectan automáticamente y se autogenera el URI de dispositivo oportuno.\n" "Por ejemplo:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2822,15 +2593,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión " -"compacto</big></b><br>\n" -"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión " -"de red\n" +"<b><big>URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión compacto</big></b><br>\n" +"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión de red\n" "y un puerto USB o paralelo para conectar la impresora en sí.\n" "Las impresoras de red tienen uno de estos dispositivos incorporado.\n" "El acceso se efectúa mediante tres protocolos de red distintos.\n" -"Consulte el manual de la impresora de red o del servidor de impresión " -"compacto\n" +"Consulte el manual de la impresora de red o del servidor de impresión compacto\n" "para averiguar cuál admite su dispositivo en particular:<br>\n" "<b>Puerto TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" "Se necesita la dirección IP y un número de puerto para el acceso.\n" @@ -2841,8 +2609,7 @@ "<b>Protocolo del daemon de impresora de línea (LPD)</b><br>\n" "LPD se ejecuta en el dispositivo y proporciona una o más colas LPD.\n" "Para el acceso se necesita la dirección IP y el nombre de una cola LPD.\n" -"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo " -"admiten.\n" +"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo admiten.\n" "Con frecuencia, funciona un nombre de cola arbitrario o LPT1.\n" "Pero el uso de una cola LPD correcta que no cambie\n" "ningún dato ni añada saltos de pagina ni portadas\n" @@ -2857,14 +2624,13 @@ "La URI utilizada es:<br>\n" "ipp://dirección-ip:número-puerto/recurso<br>.\n" "Donde \"número-puerto\" y \"recurso\" dependen exactamente\n" -"del modelo concreto de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto " -"utilizados.<br>\n" +"del modelo concreto de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto utilizados.<br>\n" "Para obtener <b>más información,</b> visite<br>\n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2874,8 +2640,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2918,8 +2683,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2940,37 +2704,26 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>URI de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un equipo como servidor de " -"impresión</big></b><br>\n" -"En contraste con un buzón de servidor de impresión, un equipo servidor de " -"impresión\n" -"hace referencia a un equipo informático real que ofrece un servicio de " -"impresión.<br>\n" +"<b><big>URI de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un equipo como servidor de impresión</big></b><br>\n" +"En contraste con un buzón de servidor de impresión, un equipo servidor de impresión\n" +"hace referencia a un equipo informático real que ofrece un servicio de impresión.<br>\n" "El acceso se produce a través de varios protocolos de red distintos.\n" "Consulte al administrador de la red qué servidor de impresión\n" "está activo en su red específica:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) o Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-" -"client debe estar instalado.\n" +"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-client debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete ofrece el sistema secundario de CUPS smb, que es un enlace al\n" -"programa <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que es el que en realidad envía los " -"datos\n" +"programa <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que es el que en realidad envía los datos\n" "a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB.<br>\n" -"Para acceder a él, es necesario disponer de un nombre servidor, un nombre de " -"impresora compartida y, opcionalmente, un nombre\n" +"Para acceder a él, es necesario disponer de un nombre servidor, un nombre de impresora compartida y, opcionalmente, un nombre\n" "de grupo de trabajo.\n" -"Además, puede que sea necesario disponer de un nombre de usuario y una " -"contraseña para acceder.\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que los espacios y los caracteres especiales de estos " -"valores\n" -"deben estar codificados con el símbolo de tanto por ciento (ver información " -"anterior).<br>\n" -"Por defecto, CUPS ejecuta los sistemas secundarios (aquí smbspool) como el " -"usuario lp.\n" +"Además, puede que sea necesario disponer de un nombre de usuario y una contraseña para acceder.\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que los espacios y los caracteres especiales de estos valores\n" +"deben estar codificados con el símbolo de tanto por ciento (ver información anterior).<br>\n" +"Por defecto, CUPS ejecuta los sistemas secundarios (aquí smbspool) como el usuario lp.\n" "Al imprimir en un entorno de Active Directory (R) (AD),\n" "el usuario lp no tiene permiso para imprimir,\n" -"de modo que la forma tradicional de imprimir a través de smbspool como el " -"usuario lp\n" +"de modo que la forma tradicional de imprimir a través de smbspool como el usuario lp\n" "no funcionaría.<br>\n" "Para imprimir en un entorno AD, además el paquete RPM\n" " samba-krb-printing debe estar instalado.\n" @@ -2980,62 +2733,49 @@ "que envió una tarea de impresión en concreto.\n" "Cuando se usa el protocolo Kerberos para la autenticación\n" "en un entorno AD, un usuario recibe un ticket para conceder tickets (TGT)\n" -"mediante el gestor de pantalla, al entrar a la sesión en el escritorio Gnome " -"o KDE.\n" +"mediante el gestor de pantalla, al entrar a la sesión en el escritorio Gnome o KDE.\n" "Cuando smbspool se ejecuta como el usuario original que envió\n" "una tarea de impresión en concreto, puede acceder al TGT de este usuario\n" -"y emplearlo para enviar los datos de impresión a la impresora compartida " -"SMB,\n" +"y emplearlo para enviar los datos de impresión a la impresora compartida SMB,\n" "incluso en un entorno AD con autenticación Kerberos.\n" -"En este caso, no es necesario especificar ni un nombre de usuario fijo ni " -"una contraseña fija\n" +"En este caso, no es necesario especificar ni un nombre de usuario fijo ni una contraseña fija\n" "para la autenticación.\n" "Un requisito previo es que get_printing_ticket se ejecute en el mismo host\n" -"en el que el usuario que ha enviado la tarea de impresión en concreto haya " -"entrado a la sesión.\n" +"en el que el usuario que ha enviado la tarea de impresión en concreto haya entrado a la sesión.\n" "Esto significa que debe configurarse en la estación de trabajo\n" "para el usuario específico que enviará dichas tareas de impresión\n" "y la estación de trabajo del usuario debe enviar sus datos de impresión\n" "directamente a la impresora compartida SMB en el entorno AD.\n" "En particular, no funciona en un servidor CUPS independiente,\n" -"donde los usuarios que envíen tareas de impresión no hayan entrado a la " -"sesión.<br>\n" +"donde los usuarios que envíen tareas de impresión no hayan entrado a la sesión.<br>\n" "Para el método tradicional, un URI de dispositivo completo puede ser:<br>\n" "smb://usuario:contraseña@grupodetrabajo/servidor/impresora<br>\n" -"Por ejemplo, Juan Mesa, con la contraseña \"@casa!\", podría usar un URI de " -"dispositivo\n" -"similar al siguiente para acceder a la impresora compartida Fun Printer " -"1000+:<br>\n" -"smb://Juan%20Mesa:%40casa%21@MIGRUPO/servidorhogar/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B." -"<br>\n" +"Por ejemplo, Juan Mesa, con la contraseña \"@casa!\", podría usar un URI de dispositivo\n" +"similar al siguiente para acceder a la impresora compartida Fun Printer 1000+:<br>\n" +"smb://Juan%20Mesa:%40casa%21@MIGRUPO/servidorhogar/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B.<br>\n" "Para obtener <b>más información</b>, consulte <tt>man smbspool</tt> y<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"(en inglés).<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share (en inglés).<br>\n" "Windows y Active Directory son marcas comerciales registradas\n" "de Microsoft Corporation en Estados Unidos y otros países.<br>\n" "<b>Servidor UNIX tradicional (LPR)</b><br>\n" -"Un daemon de impresora de línea (LPD) se ejecuta en un servidor UNIX " -"tradicional\n" +"Un daemon de impresora de línea (LPD) se ejecuta en un servidor UNIX tradicional\n" "y proporciona una o varias colas LPD.\n" -"Es necesario disponer de la dirección IP y un nombre de cola LPD para " -"acceder a él.\n" +"Es necesario disponer de la dirección IP y un nombre de cola LPD para acceder a él.\n" "El URI del dispositivo es:<br>\n" "lpd://dirección-IP/queue.<br>\n" "<b>Servidor CUPS</b><br>\n" "Normalmente no debería configurar una cola de impresión local para acceder\n" -"a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS. En lugar de ello, realice la " -"configuración\n" +"a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS. En lugar de ello, realice la configuración\n" "en el diálogo <b>Imprimir mediante la red</b>.\n" -"Lleve a cabo este procedimiento solo si está seguro de que tiene que " -"configurar una cola de impresión local\n" +"Lleve a cabo este procedimiento solo si está seguro de que tiene que configurar una cola de impresión local\n" "para acceder a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS.<br>\n" "IPP es el protocolo nativo para CUPS y se ejecuta en un servidor.\n" "El puerto IANA oficial para IPP es el 631.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es:<br>\n" "ipp://dirección-IP:631/printers/queue.<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3068,12 +2808,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3081,54 +2819,46 @@ "<b><big>URI de dispositivos especiales</big></b><br>\n" "<b>Especifique un URI de dispositivo arbitrario</b>\n" "si sabe el URI de dispositivo exacto para su caso particular\n" -"o para modificar un URI de dispositivo existente de alguna forma especial." -"<br>\n" +"o para modificar un URI de dispositivo existente de alguna forma especial.<br>\n" "<b>Enviar los datos de impresión a otro programa (pipe)</b><br>\n" "Para ello, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete proporciona el sistema secundario CUPS pipe, que ejecuta\n" "el programa que ha especificado aquí.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es:<br>\n" "pipe:/vía/a/comandodestino<br>\n" -"<b>Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita<br>\n" +"<b>Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita</b><br>\n" "Para ello, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete proporciona el sistema secundario CUPS beh.<br>\n" "El sistema secundario beh es un empaquetador para el habitual,\n" "que es invocado por beh.\n" "De esta forma, beh puede, dependiendo de su configuración,\n" -"repetir la llamada del sistema secundario o simplemente ocultar el estado de " -"error\n" +"repetir la llamada del sistema secundario o simplemente ocultar el estado de error\n" "de este, para que no lo vea el daemon CUPS.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es:<br>\n" "beh:/noinhabilitar/intentos/retraso/URIDispositivoOriginal<br>.\n" "Si el valor de noinhabilitar es 1, beh siempre se cerrará correctamente\n" "para que la cola nunca se inhabilite, pero por otro lado,\n" "las tareas de impresión se perderán si se produce un error.<br>\n" -"Intentos hace referencia al número de intentos de recuperar el sistema " -"secundario\n" +"Intentos hace referencia al número de intentos de recuperar el sistema secundario\n" "en caso de error. 0 significa infinitos reintentos.<br>\n" "Retraso es el número de segundos entre dos intentos sucesivos\n" "de invocar el sistema secundario.<br>\n" "El último parámetro es el URI original que la cola tenía antes.<br>\n" "Por ejemplo:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://dirección-IP:puerto.<br>\n" -"El sistema secundario beh intenta acceder a una impresora de red 3 veces, " -"con un retraso de 5 segundos\n" +"El sistema secundario beh intenta acceder a una impresora de red 3 veces, con un retraso de 5 segundos\n" "entre reintentos. Si sigue sin poder acceder, la cola no se inhabilita\n" "y la tarea de impresión se pierde.<br>\n" -"Para obtener <b>más información</b>, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> y<br>\n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" -"BackendErrorHandler.\n" +"Para obtener <b>más información</b>, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> y<br>\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3163,10 +2893,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Impresión mediante la red</big></b><br>\n" -"Normalmente se usa CUPS (sistema de impresión común de Unix) para imprimir " -"en red.<br>\n" -"Por defecto, CUPS usa lo que se llama un modo de \"exloración\" para hacer " -"disponibles las impresoras mediante la red.<br>\n" +"Normalmente se usa CUPS (sistema de impresión común de Unix) para imprimir en red.<br>\n" +"Por defecto, CUPS usa lo que se llama un modo de \"exloración\" para hacer disponibles las impresoras mediante la red.<br>\n" "En este caso, los servidores remotos de CUPS deben publicar sus impresoras\n" "en la red y, por lo tanto, en el host debe ejecutarse el daemon de CUPS\n" "(cupsd), que es el que escucha la información entrante sobre las impresoras\n" @@ -3179,10 +2907,8 @@ "a través de una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona interna\",\n" "porque dicha zona es de confianza por defecto.<br>\n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en una red de confianza interna\n" -"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(esta última es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red " -"sean seguras).\n" +"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de ella\n" +"(esta última es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No inhabilite la protección de CUPS en el cortafuegos\n" "(es decir, para IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "para la \"zona externa\" que no es de confianza.<br>\n" @@ -3191,19 +2917,17 @@ "de cualquier red externa (en concreto de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenece a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para realizar este " -"ajuste\n" +"Use el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para realizar este ajuste\n" "fundamental para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red\n" "y usar impresoras remotas en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos.<br>\n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE " -"en<br>\n" +"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE en<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3220,13 +2944,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Si puede acceder a servidores CUPS remotos para imprimir\n" -"pero esos servidores no publican la información de sus impresoras en la " -"red,\n" +"pero esos servidores no publican la información de sus impresoras en la red,\n" "o si no puede aceptar la información entrante sobre impresoras publicadas\n" -"(por ejemplo, porque debe tener protección del cortafuegos para la zona de " -"la red\n" -"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede pedir información de la " -"impresora\n" +"(por ejemplo, porque debe tener protección del cortafuegos para la zona de la red\n" +"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede pedir información de la impresora\n" "a los servidores CUPS (si los servidores CUPS permiten su acceso).<br>\n" "Para cada servidor CUPS al que se pregunta, se lanza un proceso\n" "cups-polld mediante el proceso del daemon CUPS (cupsd) en su host.\n" @@ -3234,15 +2955,13 @@ "un servidor CUPS remoto en busca de la información de impresoras.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3253,23 +2972,18 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Si solo imprime a través de la red y utiliza solo un servidor CUPS,\n" -"no hay necesidad de utilizar la exploración de CUPS ni de ejecutar el daemon " -"CUPS en el host.\n" -"En su lugar, es más sencillo especificar directamente el servidor CUPS y " -"acceder a él.<br>\n" -"Un posible inconveniente, es que algunas aplicaciones podrían sufrir un " -"retraso\n" +"no hay necesidad de utilizar la exploración de CUPS ni de ejecutar el daemon CUPS en el host.\n" +"En su lugar, es más sencillo especificar directamente el servidor CUPS y acceder a él.<br>\n" +"Un posible inconveniente, es que algunas aplicaciones podrían sufrir un retraso\n" "durante un tiempo (hasta que transcurre el tiempo límite) cuando intenten\n" "acceder al servidor CUPS y este no se encuentre disponible\n" -"(por ejemplo, desde un equipo portátil). Generalmente, la demora se debe al " -"tiempo\n" +"(por ejemplo, desde un equipo portátil). Generalmente, la demora se debe al tiempo\n" "límite de la resolución del nombre del host (DNS), por lo que puede ayudar\n" -"disponer de una entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/" -"hosts.\n" +"disponer de una entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/hosts.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3293,72 +3007,58 @@ "Corporation en Estados Unidos y otros países.\n" "<p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big><br>\n" -"Normalmente, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System, sistema de impresión Unix " -"común) debe configurarse para usar\n" -"el denominado modo de exploración, que hace que las impresoras estén " -"disponibles en la red.<br>\n" -"En este caso, los servidores CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales en " -"la red\n" -"y, por consiguiente, en los sistemas cliente CUPS el proceso del daemon CUPS " -"(cupsd) debe ejecutarse,\n" +"<b><big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big></b><br>\n" +"Normalmente, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System, sistema de impresión Unix común) debe configurarse para usar\n" +"el denominado modo de exploración, que hace que las impresoras estén disponibles en la red.<br>\n" +"En este caso, los servidores CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales en la red\n" +"y, por consiguiente, en los sistemas cliente CUPS el proceso del daemon CUPS (cupsd) debe ejecutarse,\n" "ya que escucha la información entrante sobre las impresoras publicadas.<br>\n" -"La información de exploración de CUPS se recibe a través del puerto UDP " -"631.\n" +"La información de exploración de CUPS se recibe a través del puerto UDP 631.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al " -"servidor CUPS.\n" -"Debe especificarse si las impresoras se deben publicar para los clientes." -"<br>\n" +"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al servidor CUPS.\n" +"Debe especificarse si las impresoras se deben publicar para los clientes.<br>\n" "En una red local, la forma usual de configurar la exploración de CUPS es\n" "permitir el acceso remoto a todos los host de la red local\n" "y publicar las impresoras para todos estos hosts.<br>\n" "En todo caso, no es obligatorio publicar las impresoras.<br>\n" -"Si solo tiene un servidor CUPS, no es necesario usar la exploración de " -"CUPS.\n" +"Si solo tiene un servidor CUPS, no es necesario usar la exploración de CUPS.\n" "Es mucho más fácil especificar el servidor CUPS en los sistemas clientes\n" -"(con la opción para imprimir mediante la red) para que los clientes puedan " -"accedan al servidor directamente.\n" +"(con la opción para imprimir mediante la red) para que los clientes puedan accedan al servidor directamente.\n" " </p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3381,8 +3081,7 @@ "remotos pueden acceder al servidor CUPS.<br>\n" " Al permitir el acceso remoto a los equipos de la red local,\n" "se permite que accedan todos los hosts de la red local.\n" -"Un host remoto está en la red local cuando tiene una dirección IP " -"perteneciente\n" +"Un host remoto está en la red local cuando tiene una dirección IP perteneciente\n" "a la misma red que el servidor CUPS\n" "y cuando la conexión de red del host usa\n" "una interfaz distinta a la PPP en el servidor CUPS\n" @@ -3393,8 +3092,8 @@ "direcciones IP o redes con acceso permitido.\n" "<p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3441,33 +3140,27 @@ "a través de una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona interna\",\n" "ya que esta zona es fiable por defecto.<br>\n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en una red interna de confianza\n" -"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(esta es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean " -"seguras).\n" +"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de ella\n" +"(esta es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No inhabilite la protección del cortafuegos para CUPS\n" -"(es decir, para el protocolo IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP " -"631)\n" +"(es decir, para el protocolo IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "en la \"zona externa\" no fiable.<br>\n" -"Para hacer que se pueda acceder a las impresoras en una red interna de " -"confianza\n" +"Para hacer que se pueda acceder a las impresoras en una red interna de confianza\n" "y que estén protegidas por el cortafuegos contra accesos no deseados\n" "de cualquier red externa (en particular de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenezca a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este " -"ajuste fundamental\n" +"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este ajuste fundamental\n" "para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red y\n" "compartir impresoras en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos.<br>\n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE " -"en<br>\n" +"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE en<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3480,14 +3173,13 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Directiva de uso de CUPS</big></b><br>\n" "Las directivas de uso son reglas utilizadas en cada trabajo de CUPS.\n" -"Algunas operaciones son, por ejemplo: \"imprimir algo\", \"cancelar impresión" -"\",\n" +"Algunas operaciones son, por ejemplo: \"imprimir algo\", \"cancelar impresión\",\n" "\"configurar impresora\", \"modificar o eliminar la configuración de \n" "una impresora\" y \"habilitar o inhabilitar la impresión\".\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3507,8 +3199,7 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3529,14 +3220,13 @@ "de modo que no tiene sentido reintentar la tarea.\n" "<br>\n" "Las directivas de errores son las siguientes:<br>\n" -"Detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior." -"<br>\n" +"Detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior.<br>\n" "Reenviar el trabajo pasado un tiempo (30 segundos por defecto).<br>\n" "Interrumpir y suprimir el trabajo y continuar con el siguiente trabajo.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3554,8 +3244,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big></b><br>\n" "Marque la casilla de verificación para ejecutar la configuración automática\n" "de YaST para las impresoras conectadas al host local.<br>\n" "Para cada impresora local autodetectada,\n" @@ -3569,8 +3258,8 @@ "y acepta los valores preseleccionados.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3591,8 +3280,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Configuración automática de impresoras USB</big></b><br>/nEl paquete " -"RPM \"udev-configure-printer\" efectúa\n" +"<b><big>Configuración automática de impresoras USB</big></b><br>/nEl paquete RPM \"udev-configure-printer\" efectúa\n" "la configuración automática cuando se conectan impresoras USB.<br>\n" "Si la casilla de verificación no está marcada, no está instalado\n" "y puede seleccionarlo para su instalación.\n" @@ -3609,110 +3297,107 @@ "excepto la modificación manual del archivo \"70-printers.rules\".\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Mostrar" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Local" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&Remota" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicación" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Actuali&zar lista" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "Imprimir página de prue&ba" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "Es necesario un daemon de CUPS local, pero parece que no se puede acceder.\n" -"Use el comando \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" para comprobar si se puede acceder " -"a un cupsd local.\n" -"Si no se puede acceder a un cupsd, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"errores.\n" +"Use el comando \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" para comprobar si se puede acceder a un cupsd local.\n" +"Si no se puede acceder a un cupsd, se producirá una secuencia infinita de errores.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3724,8 +3409,7 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que el daemon de CUPS no escucha en el puerto IPP IANA oficial " -"(631).\n" +"Parece que el daemon de CUPS no escucha en el puerto IPP IANA oficial (631).\n" "Compruebe con \"netstat -nap |grep cupsd\" donde escucha.\n" "Esto ocurre si existe un ajuste de tipo \"Listen ...:1234\" o \"Port 1234\"\n" "(donde 1234 es cualquier número de puerto distinto al oficial, 631)\n" @@ -3735,818 +3419,745 @@ "Si necesita usar un puerto no oficial, no puede usar\n" "el modulo de impresora de YaST para configurar las impresoras.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Se están ejecutando varias pruebas sobre la accesibilidad del servidor " -"CUPS...\n" +"Se están ejecutando varias pruebas sobre la accesibilidad del servidor CUPS...\n" "(puede tardar algún tiempo)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "¿Seguro que no desea seguir usando el servidor CUPS inaccesible %1?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Para continuar, debe confirmar que %1 no se volverá a usar." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"retrasos y errores." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de retrasos y errores." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "Servidor CUPS %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Se está probando si se puede acceder al servidor CUPS..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Seleccione una entrada." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "No se puede suprimir" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Ésta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden suprimir las " -"configuraciones locales." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Ésta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden suprimir las configuraciones locales." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Confirmar borrado" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"La configuración seleccionada se suprimirá de inmediato y no se podrá " -"restaurar." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "La configuración seleccionada se suprimirá de inmediato y no se podrá restaurar." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Suprimir la configuración %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "No suprimirla" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Confirmar supresión de clase" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Una clase suprimida no puede volver a crearse con esta herramienta." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"La página de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los " -"trabajos de impresión." +msgstr "La página de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los trabajos de impresión." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Impresión inhabilitada" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"No se puede imprimir la página de prueba porque la impresión está " -"inhabilitada." +msgstr "No se puede imprimir la página de prueba porque la impresión está inhabilitada." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben suprimir antes de imprimir " -"la página de prueba." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben suprimir antes de imprimir la página de prueba." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Suprimir trabajos de impresión pendientes para %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Suprimir antes de imprimir la pagina de prueba" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Imprimir pagina de prueba después de los demás trabajos" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Error al suprimir todos los trabajos pendientes en %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Probar impresión" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir una o dos paginas; por ejemplo, para probar la impresión a doble " -"cara" +msgstr "Imprimir una o dos paginas; por ejemplo, para probar la impresión a doble cara" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Una página de prueba" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Dos paginas de prueba" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Error al imprimir la pagina de prueba en %1." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Espere a que termine la impresión de la pagina de prueba" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Pagina de prueba enviada a %1. La impresión empezará pronto." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Impresión de la pagina de prueba realizada correctamente" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Error al imprimir la pagina de prueba" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se suprimirán a continuación." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Suprimir todos los trabajos pendientes" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "No suprimirlos" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el registro completo, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "Para ver el registro completo, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS registra información mientras procesa la pagina de prueba para %1 (solo " -"en inglés)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS registra información mientras procesa la pagina de prueba para %1 (solo en inglés)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, consulte el archivo /var/log/" -"cups/error_log." +msgstr "Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Si se produce un error al imprimir mediante un sistema remoto, consulte al " -"administrador del sistema remoto." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Si se produce un error al imprimir mediante un sistema remoto, consulte al administrador del sistema remoto." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la " -"adición de una configuración." +msgstr "Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la adición de una configuración." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "No se puede modificar" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las configuraciones " -"locales." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las configuraciones locales." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" -msgstr "" -"detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior" +msgstr "detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "reenviar el trabajo pasado un tiempo" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "interrumpir y suprimir el trabajo y continuar con el siguiente trabajo" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "Especifique la directiva de &error" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplicar esta directiva de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras " -"locales" +msgstr "&Aplicar esta directiva de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "Especifique la directiva de funci&onamiento" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplicar esta &directiva de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de " -"impresoras locales" +msgstr "Aplicar esta &directiva de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con las " -"directivas de valores de configuración del sistema local." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con las directivas de valores de configuración del sistema local." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "Error al aplicar la directiva a %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al definir 'Directiva por defecto %1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al definir 'Directiva de error %1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "Error al aplicar los valores de configuración al sistema." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "no aceptar ningún anuncio de impresora" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "aceptar todos los anuncios desde cualquier origen" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "aceptar desde todos los hosts en la red local" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "aceptar solo desde las direcciones específicas siguientes" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "Usar CUPS para imprimir mediante la red" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Aceptar anuncios de impresoras desde los servidores CUPS" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "Configuración &general" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Direccio&nes IP adicionales o red/máscara de red (separados por espacios)" +msgstr "Direccio&nes IP adicionales o red/máscara de red (separados por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "Pedi&r información de impresora de los servidores CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Nombres de servidor CUPS sondeados o direcciones &IP (separados por espacios)" +msgstr "Nombres de servidor CUPS sondeados o direcciones &IP (separados por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "Imprimir todo &directamente a través de un único servidor CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "N&ombre o dirección IP de servidor CUPS" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "Servidor &de prueba" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "Usar otro servidor de impresión o una impresora de red directamente" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los " -"servidores CUPS" +msgstr "Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los servidores CUPS" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener la configuración del cortafuegos, consulte la ayuda de este " -"recuadro de diálogo." +msgstr "Para obtener la configuración del cortafuegos, consulte la ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Se debe definir un nombre de servidor CUPS válido." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar de que %1 no está accesible?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"errores." +msgstr "Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de errores." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Se ha intengado establecer ServerName %1 en /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"ServerName %1\" en /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Se ha inhabilitado la casilla de verificación para realizar toda la " -"impresión mediante un servidor CUPS." +msgstr "Se ha inhabilitado la casilla de verificación para realizar toda la impresión mediante un servidor CUPS." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"Browsing On\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer los valores de BrowseAllow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Error al establecer los valores de BrowseAllow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"BrowseAllow none\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un nombre de servidor CUPS valido." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer los valores de BrowsePoll %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Error al establecer los valores de BrowsePoll %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al establecer \"BrowsePoll none\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Si se pasa de \"aceptar anuncios de impresoras\" a \"no aceptar anuncios\" o " -"si se\n" -"inhabilita la opción \"Pedir información de impresora de los servidores CUPS" -"\",\n" -"suelen transcurrir 5 minutos antes de que la información recibida se " -"desvanezca..." +"Si se pasa de \"aceptar anuncios de impresoras\" a \"no aceptar anuncios\" o si se\n" +"inhabilita la opción \"Pedir información de impresora de los servidores CUPS\",\n" +"suelen transcurrir 5 minutos antes de que la información recibida se desvanezca..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "Se puede acceder al servidor %1 mediante el puerto 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&Denegar acceso remoto" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "&Permitir acceso remoto" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "Hay varias formas de especificar qué hosts remotos se permiten:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "Para equipos en la red &local" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&Publicar las impresoras en la red local" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "Mediante interfaces de red" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "Publicar las impresoras mediante esta interfaz" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "Para redes o direcciones IP específicas" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir acceso desde estas direccio&nes IP o red/mascara de red (separados " -"por espacios)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Permitir acceso desde estas direccio&nes IP o red/mascara de red (separados por espacios)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Pu&blicar a estas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por " -"espacios)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Pu&blicar a estas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "&Publicar las impresoras por defecto mediante esta interfaz" -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "I&nterfaces de red disponibles:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "Un cortafuegos puede impedir el acceso remoto" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer solo \"Listen localhost\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al eliminar las entradas Allow de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al eliminar las entradas BrowseAddress de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer las entradas Allow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer las entradas BrowseAddress %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Error al establecer las entradas BrowseAddress %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"Listen *:631\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la " -"configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de impresora" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4558,15 +4169,15 @@ "AutoYaST no es compatible con las colas de impresión locales.\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "Recuperando información del controlador de impresora..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4574,267 +4185,263 @@ "Obteniendo información del controlador de impresora...\n" "(puede tardar algunos minutos)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos PPD." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Error al leer %1." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "Información del controlador de impresora recuperada" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "Detectando impresoras..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "Error al detectar las impresoras automáticamente." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "Detección de impresoras finalizada" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "Error al detectar las colas de impresión." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Error al determinar las opciones del controlador para la cola %1." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de impresora" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Finalizando la configuración de impresoras" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "Finalizar la configuración de impresoras" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "Finalizando la configuración de impresoras..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (error al detectar las colas de " -"impresión)." +msgstr "No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (error al detectar las colas de impresión)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "Local" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "Remota" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Lista" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "Impresión inhabilitada" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión, impresión inhabilitada" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "No hay cola de impresión." -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "Error al detectar las impresoras automáticamente." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "No hay ninguna conexión." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "Pruebe la opción Detectar más o use el Asistente de conexión." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos de controladores de impresora." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "Seleccione una conexión; se mostrarán los controladores coincidentes." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "Determinando los controladores de impresora que coinciden..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"No se encuentra ningún controlador que coincida. Cambie la cadena de " -"búsqueda o haga clic en Buscar más." +msgstr "No se encuentra ningún controlador que coincida. Cambie la cadena de búsqueda o haga clic en Buscar más." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Se están procesando muchos controladores. Espere..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Error al añadir la cola %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Error al suprimir la configuración %1" -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Error al determinar las opciones del controlador." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nuevo valor" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "valor guardado" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "El servidor '" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4842,17 +4449,15 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"No es posible ejecutar hp-setup porque no se puede abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica.\n" +"No es posible ejecutar hp-setup porque no se puede abrir una pantalla gráfica.\n" "En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo solo de texto,\n" -"cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno " -"DISPLAY\n" +"cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY\n" "o cuando no se permite el acceso a la pantalla gráfica al proceso YaST.\n" "En ese último caso, debe ejecutar hp-setup manualmente como usuario Root.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4862,23 +4467,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup no es ejecutable\n" "o no existe.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" -"Debe finalizar hp-setup antes de poder continuar con la configuración de la " -"impresora.\n" +"Debe finalizar hp-setup antes de poder continuar con la configuración de la impresora.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4886,108 +4489,99 @@ "Para ejecutar hp-setup, el paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado.\n" "Use Paquetes de controladores para instalarlo." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"ningún repositorio de paquetes." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete requerido %1." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "Si se elimina el paquete %1, se romperán las dependencias." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1 a pesar de que se rompan las dependencias?" +msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1 a pesar de que se rompan las dependencias?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Si se rompen las dependencias, se pueden generar fallos en otros elementos." +msgstr "Si se rompen las dependencias, se pueden generar fallos en otros elementos." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "Error al eliminar el paquete %1." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Iniciar daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "Es necesario un daemon de CUPS local." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon de CUPS." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "No hay ningún daemon de CUPS local al que se pueda acceder." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "Error al habilitar el daemon de CUPS durante el arranque del sistema." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Al reiniciar, se interrumpen todos los trabajos de impresión activos." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de CUPS." -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4995,46 +4589,44 @@ "Se ha reiniciado el daemon CUPS.\n" "Espere medio minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon de CUPS al arrancar el sistema." +msgstr "Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon de CUPS al arrancar el sistema." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente el daemon de CUPS no se inicia durante el arranque del sistema." +msgstr "Actualmente el daemon de CUPS no se inicia durante el arranque del sistema." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Detener daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Al parar, se interrumpen todos los trabajos de impresión activos." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "Aún se puede acceder a un daemon de CUPS local." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "No es posible acceder al servidor de CUPS %1." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de configuración..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Omitir espera" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "Configuración del creador de imágenes" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,208 +32,207 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes\n" "requeridos." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Configuración de Kiwi" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "Configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "Imprimir configuraciones existentes" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "Crear imagen ISO de instalación" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "Crear nueva configuración de producto" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "Suprimir configuración existente" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "Editar configuración existente" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de la configuración seleccionada" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "Nombre de la configuración" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "Se necesita la contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" -msgstr "" -"Se requiere un archivo con contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen" +msgstr "Se requiere un archivo con contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de configuración (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "La salida debería ser una imagen ISO en vez de un árbol de directorios" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Nombre de la imagen ISO de salida" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "Para ahorrar espacio, copiar sólo los archivos requeridos." -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Vía al perfil de AutoYaST" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "Copiar perfil de AutoYaST en imagen de CD" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "Vía al archivo isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "ID de la clave GPG usada para firmar un producto" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de repositorios de paquetes (separados por comas)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "Falta el nombre de configuración." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "No hay %1 de configuración." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de salida." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "La lista de repositorios de paquetes está vacía." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al perfil de AutoYaST." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "Cargando configuración %1..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "No es posible cargar la configuración %1." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "No es posible crear la imagen ISO %1." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "La imagen ISO %1 se ha escrito." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de configuración no puede estar vacío." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "Origen de paquetes" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "Se está usando el perfil de AutoYaST %1" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "Creando imagen ISO %1/%2" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "Creando árbol de directorios en %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "Firmar digitalmente el medio con la clave GPG %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "El medio no se firmará digitalmente" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -245,194 +244,192 @@ "\n" "Kiwi no puede crear imágenes para arquitecturas diferentes." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de productos" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imagen" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "Clave GPG" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Imagen de Xen" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Imagen de disco virtual" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen de Live ISO" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "&Crear producto..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "Árbol del directorio" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "Cre&ar imagen con KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<P>Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.\n" +"<P>Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.</P>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>siguiente</b> para empezar a crear el archivo ISO.</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "Crear armazón con los archivos comunes." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "Copiar archivos adicionales y personalizados." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "Copiar los paquetes seleccionados." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "Creando armazón con los archivos esenciales" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." +msgstr "Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "Copiando los paquetes seleccionados" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "Firmar el origen con una clave GPG" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "Se está firmando el origen con una clave GPG..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "Inhabilitar las comprobaciones de firma en linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "Inhabilitando las comprobaciones de firma en linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "Creando directorio de la imagen ISO..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear el armazón." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "El directorio de la imagen ISO está listo." -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "Creando imagen del CD..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "Resumen ISO" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "Faltan paquetes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -440,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>Verifique que los datos del recuadro de resumen sean correctos y\n" "haga clic en Finalizar para volver al recuadro de diálogo principal.</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "Personalizar CDs" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -455,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -465,170 +462,158 @@ "resuelva el problema y vuelva a intentarlo.</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "Configurar origen de paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "Crear lista de paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "Comprobar la disponibilidad de los paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "Comprobar destino" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "Configurando el origen de paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "Creando lista de paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "Comprobando la disponibilidad de los paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "Comprobando destino..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "Verificación de datos para la imagen ISO" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "Habilitando orígenes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "Seleccionando paquetes..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Comprobando paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "Verificando el directorio de destino..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con <b>Añadir</b>." +msgstr "<p>Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con <b>Añadir</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice la opción <b>Editar</b> para cambiar la configuración de imagen " -"seleccionada o crear la imagen.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice la opción <b>Editar</b> para cambiar la configuración de imagen seleccionada o crear la imagen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Suprima el directorio con la configuración seleccionada con la opción " -"<b>Suprimir.</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Suprima el directorio con la configuración seleccionada con la opción <b>Suprimir.</b></p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de imágenes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la configuración %1 (%2) ahora?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "Encendido" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del creador de productos" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "Ubica&ción del perfil:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Seleccionar ar&chivo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "Copiar perfil a la i&magen del CD" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "Administrador de paq&uetes" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "Archivo de control de &AutoYaST" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "Introducir el nombre de la configuración." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -636,86 +621,86 @@ "Ya existe una configuración con este nombre.\n" " Seleccione un nombre nuevo.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "El archivo '%1' no existe. Elija un archivo correcto." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "Salida:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "&Ruta al árbol de directorios generado:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "&Seleccionar directorio" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "&Crear archivo de imagen ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "Archivo de imagen &ISO:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "Crear sólo &árbol de directorios" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Otras opciones" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "Para ahorrar espacio, copiar sólo los archivos requeridos." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD Publisher:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CD Preparer:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "Falta la ruta al árbol de directorios generado." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -725,56 +710,56 @@ "no admite la arquitectura objetivo actual (%2).\n" "¿Desea cambiar la arquitectura objetivo?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "Selección de orígenes" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Seleccionada" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "Cr&ear nuevo..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un origen." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -788,80 +773,78 @@ "Seleccione otro repositorio o cambie\n" "la arquitectura de destino.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "Seleccione la nueva arquitectura objetivo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "Selección de origen base" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "Origen base seleccionado" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "Contenido del archivo: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Load File" msgstr "Cargar archivo" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "Leyendo datos de la base de datos de paquetes..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Espere..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos de paquetes..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones <b>base</b> y pulse en " -"<i>Detallado<i> para\n" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones <b>base</b> y pulse en <i>Detallado<i> para\n" "añadir más selecciones y paquetes <b>suplementarios</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Selección de software" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -871,136 +854,123 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Firmar &digitalmente el producto en el medio" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Firmar</b></big><br>\n" -"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave " -"GPG. \n" +"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave GPG. \n" "Esta clave se comprueba cuando el producto se añade como un repositorio.</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Si el producto no está firmado, YaST añade automáticamente la opción " -"\"Insecure:\n" -"1\" al archivo de configuración linuxrc. De otra manera linuxrc denegaría la " -"carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obtener más información.</P>" +"<P>Si el producto no está firmado, YaST añade automáticamente la opción \"Insecure:\n" +"1\" al archivo de configuración linuxrc. De otra manera linuxrc denegaría la carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obtener más información.</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Firmando el producto en el medio" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1 paquetes seleccionados" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Directorio de salida" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "Creando árbol de directorio en <b> %1/%2 </b>" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Firmando" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "Firmar digitalmente el medio con una clave GPG <b>%1</b>%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Verifique que los datos del resumen sean correctos y haga clic en " -"Siguiente para continuar.\n" +"<p>Verifique que los datos del resumen sean correctos y haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opciones de arranque</big></b><br>\n" -"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas " -"opciones de inicio.\n" +"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas opciones de inicio.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Por ejemplo, \n" "configure el CD para instalaciones automáticas y especifique la ubicación\n" -"del origen de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para " -"que se emplee el archivo original.</p>\n" +"del origen de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para que se emplee el archivo original.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1012,21 +982,19 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" "edit those configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Descripción general de la configuración del creador de productos</b><br>\n" -"Aquí se muestra una descripción general de las configuraciones disponibles " -"y\n" +"<p><b><big>Descripción general de la configuración del creador de productos</big></b><br>\n" +"Aquí se muestra una descripción general de las configuraciones disponibles y\n" "puede, además, editar dichas configuraciones.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1034,8 +1002,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Añadir una configuración:</BIG></B><br>\n" "Pulse <B>Añadir</B> para crear una nueva configuración.</P>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1043,11 +1011,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Edición o supresión:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione la configuración que desea modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> según " -"corresponda.</p>\n" +"A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir,</b> según corresponda.</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" @@ -1055,33 +1022,28 @@ "<p>Use <b>Crear producto</b> para crear la imagen ISO o el directorio\n" "del repositorio de instalación con el producto seleccionado.</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Haga clic en <b>Crear imagen con KIWI</b> para obtener opciones de " -"configuración adicionales de varios\n" -"tipos de imágenes, como imágenes de Live Media o de Xen, con el sistema de " -"imágenes KIWI.</p>" +"<p>Haga clic en <b>Crear imagen con KIWI</b> para obtener opciones de configuración adicionales de varios\n" +"tipos de imágenes, como imágenes de Live Media o de Xen, con el sistema de imágenes KIWI.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" "the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nombre de la configuración y paquetes</big></b><br>\n" -"Determine el nombre de la configuración y el método con el que desea " -"seleccionar\n" +"Determine el nombre de la configuración y el método con el que desea seleccionar\n" "los paquetes que va a añadir a la imagen ISO.<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1091,8 +1053,8 @@ "Seleccionar un perfil AutoYaST con la configuración de software.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1103,15 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" "<b>Gestor de software</b><p>\n" "Utilice el gestor de software sin paquetes seleccionados anteriormente.\n" -"Todos los paquetes que se seleccionarían automáticamente durante la " -"instalación deben\n" -"seleccionarse manualmente según el hardware y la arquitectura para la que " -"esté\n" +"Todos los paquetes que se seleccionarían automáticamente durante la instalación deben\n" +"seleccionarse manualmente según el hardware y la arquitectura para la que esté\n" "creando este CD.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1119,30 +1079,25 @@ "<p><b><big>Seleccionar orígenes de paquetes</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione al menos un origen de paquetes.<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Arquitectura objetivo</big></b><br>\n" "Es posible crear un producto para una arquitectura distinta a la del\n" "equipo en el que trabaja.\n" -"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben admitir la arquitectura objetivo." -"<br>\n" -"<b>Nota:</b> KIWI no admite aún arquitecturas distintas. No cambie la " -"arquitectura si\n" +"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben admitir la arquitectura objetivo.<br>\n" +"<b>Nota:</b> KIWI no admite aún arquitecturas distintas. No cambie la arquitectura si\n" "pretende crear una imagen KIWI desde su configuración actual.</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1151,15 +1106,13 @@ "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Directorio e imagen ISO</big></b><br>\n" -"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio armazón. Todos " -"los archivos\n" -"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con " -"suficiente espacio\n" +"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio armazón. Todos los archivos\n" +"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con suficiente espacio\n" "en disco.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1169,97 +1122,86 @@ "crear una imagen ISO posteriormente.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Con el fin de ahorrar espacio, active la casilla para copiar en el " -"armazón\n" +"<p>Con el fin de ahorrar espacio, active la casilla para copiar en el armazón\n" "sólo los archivos necesarios. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>El producto base</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto " -"base.\n" -"El repositorio del producto base debería poder arrancarse para asegurar que " -"el producto\n" +"<p>Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto base.\n" +"El repositorio del producto base debería poder arrancarse para asegurar que el producto\n" "recién creado también se pueda arrancar.</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." -msgstr "" -"<p>Los otros repositorios se usarán como elementos adicionales del " -"repositorio base.</p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los otros repositorios se usarán como elementos adicionales del repositorio base.</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El creador de productos resuelve las dependencias de los productos " -"seleccionados\n" +"<p>El creador de productos resuelve las dependencias de los productos seleccionados\n" "y propone el producto base. Si el valor propuesto es erróneo, seleccione\n" "el repositorio base correcto en la lista.</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "Paquetes para la imagen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Paquetes específicos de Xen" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patrones" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "Software &ignorado" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "Paquetes que se deben incluir en la imagen de arranque" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1269,73 +1211,73 @@ "están también incluidos en la lista de eliminación.\n" "¿Continuar de todas formas?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "Paquetes para suprimir" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Probando" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "Imagen, perfil %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "Incluir en la imagen de arranque" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Añadir usuario nuevo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de entrada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "Nombre &completo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Directorio personal" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "Nomb&re de grupo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "Editar usuario" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1343,119 +1285,111 @@ "Las contraseñas no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "Directorio para importar" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "Guión para importar" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio raíz" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de configuración" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "Vía al archivo %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "Vía al archivo images.sh" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "Característica no implementada aún." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "Comprobando la disponibilidad de paquetes..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "Paquetes no encontrados" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Los paquetes de la sección %1 no están disponibles con los repositorios " -"seleccionados:</p>\n" +"<p>Los paquetes de la sección %1 no están disponibles con los repositorios seleccionados:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Puede eliminar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección detallada " -"de paquetes o ignorar esta situación.</p>\n" +"Puede eliminar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección detallada de paquetes o ignorar esta situación.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio " -"posterior conduce a que se eliminen los paquetes problemáticos de esta " -"sección.\n" +"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio posterior conduce a que se eliminen los paquetes problemáticos de esta sección.\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "Eliminar Paquetes" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "Comprobar selección de paquetes" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorar" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen ISO ahora?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen de Xen ahora?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen de disco virtual ahora?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1464,8 +1398,8 @@ "Imagen ISO creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1474,8 +1408,8 @@ "Archivos de imagen de Xen creados correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1484,15 +1418,15 @@ "Imagen de disco virtual creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen ahora?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1501,584 +1435,483 @@ "Imagen creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de imagen actual..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de imagen" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "Software instalado" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "Valores regionales de configuración" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "Guiones" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"La edición de los siguientes archivos se ha desactivado para las " -"configuraciones importadas de Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "La edición de los siguientes archivos se ha desactivado para las configuraciones importadas de Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "Directorios" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "Co&mpresión" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione el valor de <b>Compresión</b> de la imagen. Esto modificará\n" -"los valores de los <i>indicadores</i> del tipo de imagen. Consulte el " -"significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI.</p>" +"los valores de los <i>indicadores</i> del tipo de imagen. Consulte el significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "Selección de soft&ware" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "Ca&mbiar..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Adapte la selección de software mediante la opción <b>Cambiar.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p>Adapte la selección de software mediante la opción <b>Cambiar.</b></p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para el <b>software ignorado</b>, introduzca cada entrada (como " -"smtp_daemon) en una línea nueva</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para el <b>software ignorado</b>, introduzca cada entrada (como smtp_daemon) en una línea nueva</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "&Paquetes para suprimir" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada entrada de <b>Paquetes para suprimir</b> es un nombre de paquete que " -"se debe desinstalar de la imagen de destino.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada entrada de <b>Paquetes para suprimir</b> es un nombre de paquete que se debe desinstalar de la imagen de destino.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Indique la <b>Versión</b> de la configuración de imagen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Tamaño" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Defina el <b>Tamaño</b> de la imagen en la <b>Unidad</b> especificada.\n" -"Si <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, el significado de <b>Tamaño</b> es " -"diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la " -"imagen.</p>" +"Si <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, el significado de <b>Tamaño</b> es diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la imagen.</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unidad" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "Aditivo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "Cifrar imagen con LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para crear un sistema de archivos cifrado, seleccione <b>Cifrar imagen " -"con LUKS</b> e introduzca la contraseña.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para crear un sistema de archivos cifrado, seleccione <b>Cifrar imagen con LUKS</b> e introduzca la contraseña.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "Contraseña de LUKS de la imagen cifrada" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" msgstr "<p>Edite los guiones de configuración usados para crear su imagen.</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique los directorios de configuración para construir la imagen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique los directorios de configuración para construir la imagen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "Directorio con configur&ación del sistema" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Define la vía al <b>Directorio con configuración del sistema</b> (el " -"directorio <tt>raíz</tt>). Todo el directorio se copia en la raíz del árbol " -"de la imagen con <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Define la vía al <b>Directorio con configuración del sistema</b> (el directorio <tt>raíz</tt>). Todo el directorio se copia en la raíz del árbol de la imagen con <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "Directorio con configuración del sistema" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure el <b>Directorio con configuración del sistema</b> (el " -"directorio <tt>raíz). El directorio completo se copiará en la raíz del " -"árbol de la imagen mediante el comando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure el <b>Directorio con configuración del sistema</b> (el directorio <tt>raíz). El directorio completo se copiará en la raíz del árbol de la imagen mediante el comando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Directorio con guiones" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "Vía al archivo" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure el <b>Directorio con guiones</b> (el directorio de " -"<tt>configuración</tt>). Contiene los guiones que se ejecutarán después de " -"la instalación de todos los paquetes de imagen.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure el <b>Directorio con guiones</b> (el directorio de <tt>configuración</tt>). Contiene los guiones que se ejecutarán después de la instalación de todos los paquetes de imagen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Guion de creación personalizada de Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "Guión de configuración de i&magen" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite el <b>Guión de configuración de imagen,</b> denominado <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación, pero antes que " -"los guiones de paquetes.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite el <b>Guión de configuración de imagen,</b> denominado <tt>config.sh</tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación, pero antes que los guiones de paquetes.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "&Vía al directorio con guiones" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>Directorio con guiones</b> opcional (el directorio de " -"<tt>configuración</tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la " -"instalación de todos los paquetes de imágenes.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El <b>Directorio con guiones</b> opcional (el directorio de <tt>configuración</tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la instalación de todos los paquetes de imágenes.</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "Guión de &limpieza" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite el <b>Guión de limpieza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se " -"ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite el <b>Guión de limpieza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "Im&portar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "&Autor" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Establezca los valores del <b>Autor</b> de la imagen, de la información " -"de <b>Contacto y de la <b>Especificación</b> de la imagen.</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Establezca los valores del <b>Autor</b> de la imagen, de la información de <b>Contacto y de la <b>Especificación</b> de la imagen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "C&ontacto" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "E&specificación" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "&Configuración regional" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Valores de la configuración regional</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El valor de <b>Configuración regional</b> (por ejemplo, <tt>en_US</tt>) " -"define el contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language.</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El valor de <b>Configuración regional</b> (por ejemplo, <tt>en_US</tt>) define el contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Distribución del teclado</b> define el nombre del mapa de teclado de " -"la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los " -"archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Distribución del teclado</b> define el nombre del mapa de teclado de la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Es posible establecer una <b>zona horaria</b> específica. Las zonas " -"horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo.</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Es posible establecer una <b>zona horaria</b> específica. Las zonas horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino." +msgstr "<p>Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino.</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "Nombre de entrada" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nombre completo" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "Directorio personal" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grupo" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Contraseña</b> y " -"<b>Directorio personal</b>\n" +"<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Contraseña</b> y <b>Directorio personal</b>\n" "y el grupo al que pertenece el usuario.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Live CD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de imagen de Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "&Crear ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "&Crear imagen de Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "&Crear imagen de disco virtual" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique el nombre de la configuración de imagen. Tome como base de la " -"nueva configuración una plantilla de la lista o el directorio con la " -"configuración existente." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique el nombre de la configuración de imagen. Tome como base de la nueva configuración una plantilla de la lista o el directorio con la configuración existente." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Colocar plantillas de configuración personalizadas en el directorio <tt>" -"%1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Colocar plantillas de configuración personalizadas en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione el <b>Tipo de imagen</b> que se debe crear.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el <b>Directorio de salida</b> para la imagen creada.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione el <b>Directorio de salida</b> para la imagen creada.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Modifique la lista de <b>repositorios de paquetes</b> que se usarán para " -"crear la imagen. Utilice <b>Añadir desde el sistema</b> para añadir uno de " -"los repositorios actuales del sistema.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Modifique la lista de <b>repositorios de paquetes</b> que se usarán para crear la imagen. Utilice <b>Añadir desde el sistema</b> para añadir uno de los repositorios actuales del sistema.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar con la configuración.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar con la configuración.</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "Imagen de arranque de red" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "Imagen OEM" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la " -"configuración del sistema." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la configuración del sistema." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "Importando repositorios..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1, versión %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "Imagen de arquitectura de &32 bits" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "Sólo para i586" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de &Kiwi" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "Crear desde cero" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "Basada en plantilla" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "Basada en configuración existente" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "&Seleccionar..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "Tipo de i&magen" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "Direct&orio de salida" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "Repositorio de paquetes" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "Aña&dir desde el sistema" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "Preparación de imagen" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2086,13 +1919,13 @@ "No es posible buscar repositorios SLP\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2100,18 +1933,18 @@ "Ya existe una configuración con el nombre %1.\n" "Seleccione otro nombre." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "Indique la vía al directorio de salida." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "Especifique al menos un repositorio de paquetes." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2125,22 +1958,22 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar de todas formas?" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Vía al directorio para almacenar los archivos de registro" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Nombre de archivo de salida estándar" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Error en el nombre del archivo de salida" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2148,106 +1981,106 @@ "El archivo %1 ya existe.\n" "¿Desea sobrescribirlo?." -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar el directorio chroot antiguo" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "Preparando la creación de la imagen" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "Guardar registros" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Error al crear la imagen." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "Creando imagen" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "Imagen creada correctamente." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Creación de imagen cancelada." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración." -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "Error al escribir las opciones de configuración." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 msgid "No Files" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún archivo." -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2255,14 +2088,14 @@ "No es posible leer el directorio %1\n" "desde el origen %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "Error al leer el archivo de control." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2270,8 +2103,8 @@ "No es posible añadir la clave GPG %1 a initrd\n" "%2.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2279,8 +2112,8 @@ "Error: no es posible firmar digitalmente el origen.\n" "¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2288,18 +2121,18 @@ "No se encuentran estos orígenes:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el directorio de destino %1?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "El destino %1 ya existe." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2307,25 +2140,25 @@ "El directorio destino ya existe o es un archivo.\n" "¿Desea eliminar el directorio %1?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "Comprobando disponibilidad de paquetes..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 paquete no disponible." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "Copiando %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2333,7 +2166,7 @@ "No es posible descargar el paquete %1\n" "desde el origen %2.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Detalles no disponibles" -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Código de error desconocido" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "Error durante la prueba del proxy %1.\n" "El proxy ha devuelto el código: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,82 +57,75 @@ "Error desconocido durante la prueba del proxy %1.\n" "El proxy ha devuelto el código: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Probando los ajustes de proxy actuales..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy HTTP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy HTTPS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy FTP." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Los ajustes del proxy funcionan correctamente." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del proxy" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>Configure los ajustes del proxy (caché) de Internet aquí.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> generalmente se recomienda volver a entrar a la sesión para " -"que los ajustes se apliquen, \n" -"aunque, en algunos casos, la aplicación puede aplicar los ajustes nuevos de " -"inmediato. Compruebe\n" +"<p><b>Nota:</b> generalmente se recomienda volver a entrar a la sesión para que los ajustes se apliquen, \n" +"aunque, en algunos casos, la aplicación puede aplicar los ajustes nuevos de inmediato. Compruebe\n" "la compatibilidad de la aplicación (navegador Web, cliente FTP, etc.). </p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>URL del proxy HTTP</b> es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"a\n" +"<p><b>URL del proxy HTTP</b> es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso a\n" "la World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>URL del proxy HTTPS</b> es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"seguro\n" +"<p><b>URL del proxy HTTPS</b> es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso seguro\n" "a World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>Ejemplo: <i>http://proxy.ejemplo.com:3128</i></p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -140,47 +133,41 @@ "<p><b>URL del proxy FTP</b> es el nombre de su servidor proxy para acceder\n" "al servicio de transferencia de archivos (FTP).</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si marca <b>Utilizar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos,\n" -"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP. Se utilizará para " -"todos los protocolos\n" +"<p>Si marca <b>Utilizar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos</b>,\n" +"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP. Se utilizará para todos los protocolos\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS y FTP).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dominios sin proxy</b> es una lista de dominios para\n" -"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en " -"caché, \n" +"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en caché, \n" "por ejemplo, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si utiliza un servidor proxy con autorización, introduzca\n" -"el <b>Nombre de usuario para el proxy</b> y la <b>Contraseña para el proxy. Los nombres de usuario válidos\n" -"solo pueden utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las " -"comillas).</p>\n" +"el <b>Nombre de usuario para el proxy</b> y la <b>Contraseña para el proxy</b>. Los nombres de usuario válidos\n" +"solo pueden utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las comillas).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -188,61 +175,61 @@ "<p>Haga clic en <b>Probar ajustes del proxy</b> para probar\n" "la configuración actual de los proxies HTTP, HTTPS y FTP.</p> \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "&Activar proxy" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Configuración del proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy &HTTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy HTTP&S" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy F&TP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Utilizar el &mismo proxy para todos los protocolos" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "&Dominios sin proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación en el proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario para el proxy" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña para el proxy" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Pr&obar ajustes del proxy" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -250,7 +237,7 @@ "El proxy se ha habilitado, pero no se ha especificado una URL de proxy.\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -262,47 +249,43 @@ "en un archivo de solo texto visible por cualquiera.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "" -"No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." +msgstr "No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del HTTP proxy no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTPS no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del proxy FTP no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -312,149 +295,146 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" "Uno o varios dominios sin proxy no son válidos. \n" -"Compruebe si todos los dominios coinciden con uno de los siguientes " -"elementos:\n" +"Compruebe si todos los dominios coinciden con uno de los siguientes elementos:\n" "*Dirección IP\n" "* Dirección IP/máscara de red\n" "* Nombre completo del host\n" "* Nombre del dominio con el prefijo \".\"" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Estado de la configuración del proxy" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "Habilitar ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "Inhabilitar ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "Cambiar los ajustes de proxy actuales" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "Definir la autenticación para el proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de los ajustes actuales" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy HTTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy HTTPS" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy FTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "Borrar todas las opciones de la lista" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "Definir dominios que no usarán los ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "El nombre de usuario que se debe usar para la autenticación de proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "La contraseña que se debe usar para la autenticación de proxy" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "La configuración del proxy ha sido guardada." -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del " -"proxy nuevo." +msgstr "Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del proxy nuevo." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración del proxy" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración del proxy..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "El proxy está desactivado." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "El proxy está activado." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTP: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTPS: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy FTP: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,1697 +14,1473 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "Problemas de act&ualización" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Patro&nes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "&Grupos de paquetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "Grupos &RPM" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Idiomas" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Repositorios" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 +#. DEBUG +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Palabras clave" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la &instalación" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "D&escripción" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "Datos &técnicos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependencias" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versiones" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Lista de archivos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Registro de cambios" -#. "Cancel" button -#. button #0 -#. text -#. button #0 -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#. "Cancel" button +#. button #0 +#. text +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 +#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importar..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xportar..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Sa&lir: descartar cambios" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Salir: guardar cambios" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Paquete" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Todos los paquetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Actualizar si hay una versión posterior disponible" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Actualizar siempre" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Parche" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Confi&guración" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Repositorios..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Actualización en línea..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Dependencias" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Comprobar ahora" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Comprobación &automática" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes &recomendados" -#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opciones" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Mostrar los paquetes -de&vel" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Mostrar los paquetes -&debuginfo/-debugsource" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Modo de verificación del &sistema" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Limpiar al eliminar los paquetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Permitir c&ambio de proveedor" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "E&xtras" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Mostrar &productos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Mostrar cambios de p&aquetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Mostrar &historial" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Instalar todos los paquetes -&devel correspondientes" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Instalar todos los paquetes -de&buginfo correspondientes" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Instalar todos los paquetes -debug&source coincidentes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Instalar todos los paquetes &recomendados que coincidan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generar caso de &prueba de resolución de dependencias" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ayuda" -#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out -#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc -#. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 +#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out +#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc +#. Menu entry for help overview +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Resumen" -#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 +#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Símbolos" -#. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 +#. Menu entry for keyboard help +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Teclas" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Todas las dependencias de paquetes son correctas." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "P&arches" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Guardar lista de paquetes" -#. Post error popup -#. parent -#. Post error popup. -#. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 +#. Post error popup +#. parent +#. Post error popup. +#. parent +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Error al exportar la lista de paquetes a %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Cargar lista de paquetes" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Error al cargar la lista de paquetes desde %1" -#. caption -#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 +#. caption +#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Se actualizarán %1 paquetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Continuar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "C&ancelar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><small>Cancelar el cambio de</a> " -"paquetes de sistema a versiones en el repositorio %2</small></p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "<p><small>Cancelar el cambio de</a> paquetes de sistema a versiones en el repositorio %2</small></p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<p>Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cambiar paquetes de sistema</a> a " -"versiones en este repositorio (%2)</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cambiar paquetes de sistema</a> a versiones en este repositorio (%2)</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Subpaquetes añadidos:" -#. "OK" button -#. addHStretch( hbox ); -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#. "OK" button +#. addHStretch( hbox ); +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts" msgstr "Restaurar conflictos de dependencias &ignorados" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Dependencias de sistema verificadas y correctas." -#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 +#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Error: espacio de disco agotado" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede continuar con la instalación si sabe lo que está haciendo, pero " -"corre el riesgo de que el sistema tenga fallos que haya que resolver " -"manualmente. Si no sabe exactamente cómo actuar en un caso así, pulse " -"<b>Cancelar</b> y deseleccione algunos paquetes.</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede continuar con la instalación si sabe lo que está haciendo, pero corre el riesgo de que el sistema tenga fallos que haya que resolver manualmente. Si no sabe exactamente cómo actuar en un caso así, pulse <b>Cancelar</b> y deseleccione algunos paquetes.</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" msgstr "C&ontinuar de todos modos" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 msgid "The following items will be changed: " msgstr "Se modificarán los siguientes elementos: " -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 msgid "Do you want to Abandon all changes and exit?" msgstr "¿Desea abandonar todos los cambios y salir?" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sí" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Cambios automáticos" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Además de las selecciones manuales, los siguientes paquetes se han " -"modificado para resolver dependencias:" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Además de las selecciones manuales, los siguientes paquetes se han modificado para resolver dependencias:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 msgid "Unsupported Packages" msgstr "Paquetes no admitidos" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que las siguientes aplicaciones de software seleccionadas no " -"se admiten o es necesario un contrato de cliente adicional para que se " -"puedan usar." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que las siguientes aplicaciones de software seleccionadas no se admiten o es necesario un contrato de cliente adicional para que se puedan usar." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." msgstr "Aún no se ha implementado. Lo sentimos." -#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 +#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 msgid "The YaST Package Manager" msgstr "El administrador de paquetes de YaST" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<b>Nota:</b> se trata sólo de una breve descripción general. Encontrará más " -"información en el manual." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>Nota:</b> se trata sólo de una breve descripción general. Encontrará más información en el manual." -#. Help specific to online update mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 +#. Help specific to online update mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"En este recuadro de diálogo, seleccione los parches que desee descargar e " -"instalar." +msgstr "En este recuadro de diálogo, seleccione los parches que desee descargar e instalar." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"La lista de la izquierda muestra los parches disponibles y el tipo de parche " -"(seguridad, recomendado u opcional), así como el tamaño estimado de la " -"descarga." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "La lista de la izquierda muestra los parches disponibles y el tipo de parche (seguridad, recomendado u opcional), así como el tamaño estimado de la descarga." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Esta lista contiene normalmente sólo los parches que todavía no están " -"instalados en el sistema. Puede modificar esta opción activando la casilla " -"de control <b>Incluir parches instalados</b> debajo de la lista." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "Esta lista contiene normalmente sólo los parches que todavía no están instalados en el sistema. Puede modificar esta opción activando la casilla de control <b>Incluir parches instalados</b> debajo de la lista." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"La <b>Descripción del parche</b> contiene una explicación más amplia del " -"parche seleccionado actualmente. Pulse en un parche de la lista para ver " -"aquí su descripción." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "La <b>Descripción del parche</b> contiene una explicación más amplia del parche seleccionado actualmente. Pulse en un parche de la lista para ver aquí su descripción." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"La lista de paquetes situada a la derecha muestra el contenido del parche " -"seleccionado actualmente, es decir, los paquetes que contiene. No es posible " -"suprimir o instalar sólo determinados paquetes de un parche, sino únicamente " -"el parche completo. El motivo es evitar errores de coherencia en el sistema." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "La lista de paquetes situada a la derecha muestra el contenido del parche seleccionado actualmente, es decir, los paquetes que contiene. No es posible suprimir o instalar sólo determinados paquetes de un parche, sino únicamente el parche completo. El motivo es evitar errores de coherencia en el sistema." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) -#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Además de los <b>Parches</b>, también puede seleccionar una de las otras " -"vistas de filtros en <b>Filtro</b>, en la esquina superior izquierda:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) +#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "Además de los <b>Parches</b>, también puede seleccionar una de las otras vistas de filtros en <b>Filtro</b>, en la esquina superior izquierda:" -#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar los paquetes que desee instalar, actualizar o " -"suprimir. Puede seleccionar paquetes sueltos o bien \"selecciones\" " -"completas de paquetes." +#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar los paquetes que desee instalar, actualizar o suprimir. Puede seleccionar paquetes sueltos o bien \"selecciones\" completas de paquetes." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono de estado para cambiar el estado de un paquete o selección " -"o pulse con el botón derecho del ratón para abrir un menú de contexto." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Pulse en el icono de estado para cambiar el estado de un paquete o selección o pulse con el botón derecho del ratón para abrir un menú de contexto." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Utilice el botón <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> para resolver dependencias de " -"paquetes. Algunos paquetes requieren la instalación de otros paquetes. Por " -"el contrario, algunos paquetes pueden instalarse sólo si otros paquetes no " -"están instalados. Esta comprobación marca automáticamente los paquetes que " -"han de ser instalados y le avisará si se producen conflictos de dependencias." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Utilice el botón <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> para resolver dependencias de paquetes. Algunos paquetes requieren la instalación de otros paquetes. Por el contrario, algunos paquetes pueden instalarse sólo si otros paquetes no están instalados. Esta comprobación marca automáticamente los paquetes que han de ser instalados y le avisará si se producen conflictos de dependencias." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación se realizará automáticamente si sale de este diálogo con " -"<b>Aceptar</b>." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "La comprobación se realizará automáticamente si sale de este diálogo con <b>Aceptar</b>." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) -#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una de las vistas de filtro disponibles en el recuadro combinado " -"<b>Filtro</b> de la parte superior izquierda:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) +#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Seleccione una de las vistas de filtro disponibles en el recuadro combinado <b>Filtro</b> de la parte superior izquierda:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"<b>Selecciones</b> muestra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están " -"relacionados entre sí." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>Selecciones</b> muestra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están relacionados entre sí." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Active la casilla junto a la selección para escogerla en su totalidad. " -"También puede seleccionar o deseleccionar paquetes individuales en la lista " -"de paquetes de la derecha." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Active la casilla junto a la selección para escogerla en su totalidad. También puede seleccionar o deseleccionar paquetes individuales en la lista de paquetes de la derecha." -#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"<b>Grupos de paquetes</b> muestra los paquetes clasificados por categorías. " -"Puede expandir o comprimir elementos del árbol para restringir o generalizar " -"una categoría. Pulse en una categoría para mostrar los paquetes de esa " -"categoría en la lista de la derecha." +#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>Grupos de paquetes</b> muestra los paquetes clasificados por categorías. Puede expandir o comprimir elementos del árbol para restringir o generalizar una categoría. Pulse en una categoría para mostrar los paquetes de esa categoría en la lista de la derecha." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" <b>Sugerencia:</b> al final de la lista se encuentra la entrada \"zzz todo" -"\" que muestra todos los paquetes. Este proceso puede durar algunos segundos " -"en máquinas lentas." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " <b>Sugerencia:</b> al final de la lista se encuentra la entrada \"zzz todo\" que muestra todos los paquetes. Este proceso puede durar algunos segundos en máquinas lentas." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"<b>Buscar</b> le permite buscar paquetes que cumplan varios requisitos. Es " -"la forma más fácil de encontrar un paquete si se sabe el nombre." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>Buscar</b> le permite buscar paquetes que cumplan varios requisitos. Es la forma más fácil de encontrar un paquete si se sabe el nombre." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Sugerencia:</b> también puede usar esta función para averiguar qué " -"paquete contiene una determinada biblioteca. Busque en el apartado RPM " -"<b>Proporciona</b>." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Sugerencia:</b> también puede usar esta función para averiguar qué paquete contiene una determinada biblioteca. Busque en el apartado RPM <b>Proporciona</b>." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"<b>Resumen de la instalación</b> muestra por defecto los cambios en el " -"sistema: qué paquetes se instalarán, suprimirán o actualizarán." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>Resumen de la instalación</b> muestra por defecto los cambios en el sistema: qué paquetes se instalarán, suprimirán o actualizarán." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " -"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda usar <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> y luego cambiar a " -"<b>Resumen de la instalación</b> antes de pulsar <b>Aceptar</b>. Así podrá " -"ver todos los cambios que se efectuarán en el sistema." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Se recomienda usar <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> y luego cambiar a <b>Resumen de la instalación</b> antes de pulsar <b>Aceptar</b>. Así podrá ver todos los cambios que se efectuarán en el sistema." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"También puede seleccionar de forma explícita los paquetes y estados que " -"desea ver aquí. Utilice las casillas de verificación de la parte izquierda." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "También puede seleccionar de forma explícita los paquetes y estados que desea ver aquí. Utilice las casillas de verificación de la parte izquierda." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Sugerencia:</b> también puede invertir el efecto de este filtro y ver qué " -"paquetes del sistema no han sido modificados. Simplemente active " -"<b>Mantener</b> y deseleccione todo lo demás." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Sugerencia:</b> también puede invertir el efecto de este filtro y ver qué paquetes del sistema no han sido modificados. Simplemente active <b>Mantener</b> y deseleccione todo lo demás." -#. Make sure all images used here are specified in -#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! -#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 +#. Make sure all images used here are specified in +#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! +#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 msgid "Symbols Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de los símbolos" -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "No instalar" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." msgstr "Este paquete no está instalado y no se instalará." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalar" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet." msgstr "Este paquete todavía no está instalado y se instalará." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Mantener" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched." msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado. No se modificará." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado. Se actualizará o reinstalará (si las " -"versiones coinciden)." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado. Se actualizará o reinstalará (si las versiones coinciden)." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it." msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado. Se suprimirá." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Tabú" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete no está instalado y no debe ser instalado bajo ningún concepto, " -"especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete no está instalado y no debe ser instalado bajo ningún concepto, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes con el estado \"Tabú\" son tratados como si no existieran en " -"ningún medio de instalación." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Los paquetes con el estado \"Tabú\" son tratados como si no existieran en ningún medio de instalación." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Protegido" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete está instalado y no debe ser modificado, especialmente debido a " -"posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete está instalado y no debe ser modificado, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use este estado para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben " -"sobrescribirse con versiones más recientes que puedan estar en la " -"distribución." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use este estado para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben sobrescribirse con versiones más recientes que puedan estar en la distribución." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 msgid "Autoinstall" msgstr "Instalar automáticamente" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ha de ser instalado automáticamente porque algún otro paquete " -"lo necesita." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Este paquete ha de ser instalado automáticamente porque algún otro paquete lo necesita." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Sugerencia:</b> puede que tenga que usar \"Tabú\" para deshacerse de un " -"paquete de este tipo." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Sugerencia:</b> puede que tenga que usar \"Tabú\" para deshacerse de un paquete de este tipo." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Autoupdate" msgstr "Actualizar automáticamente" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado pero algún otro paquete necesita una versión " -"posterior, por lo que se actualizará automáticamente." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado pero algún otro paquete necesita una versión posterior, por lo que se actualizará automáticamente." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Autodelete" msgstr "Suprimir automáticamente" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado, pero debido a las dependencias de paquetes " -"debe ser suprimido." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado, pero debido a las dependencias de paquetes debe ser suprimido." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." msgstr "Este puede ser el caso si este paquete es reemplazado por otro." -#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 +#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 msgid "Special Keys Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de las teclas especiales" -#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. -#. Automatic word wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 +#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. +#. Automatic word wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." msgstr "Pasar siempre al siguiente elemento de la lista." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Obtener este paquete e instalarlo si todavía no está instalado. Actualizarlo " -"a la última versión si está instalado y existe una versión posterior." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Obtener este paquete e instalarlo si todavía no está instalado. Actualizarlo a la última versión si está instalado y existe una versión posterior." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Eliminar este paquete. Marcarlo con \"no instalar\" si todavía no está " -"instalado y suprimirlo si está instalado." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Eliminar este paquete. Marcarlo con \"no instalar\" si todavía no está instalado y suprimirlo si está instalado." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualizar este paquete si está instalado y existe una nueva versión. " -"Ignorar los paquetes que no están instalados." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualizar este paquete si está instalado y existe una nueva versión. Ignorar los paquetes que no están instalados." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 msgid "Undo Update" msgstr "Deshacer actualización" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Neutralizar el efecto de \">\" arriba: cambiar el paquete a \"Mantener\" si " -"está marcado como \"Actualizar\". Ignorar el resto de paquetes." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Neutralizar el efecto de \">\" arriba: cambiar el paquete a \"Mantener\" si está marcado como \"Actualizar\". Ignorar el resto de paquetes." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marcar este paquete como \"Tabú\" si no está instalado: asegúrese de que " -"este paquete no se instala, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no " -"resueltas de otros paquetes. " +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marcar este paquete como \"Tabú\" si no está instalado: asegúrese de que este paquete no se instala, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 msgid "Protect" msgstr "Proteger" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marcar este paquete como \"Protegido\" si está instalado: asegúrese de que " -"este paquete no se modifica, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no " -"resueltas de otros paquetes. " +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marcar este paquete como \"Protegido\" si está instalado: asegúrese de que este paquete no se modifica, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use esta opción para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben " -"sobrescribirse con versiones posteriores que puedan estar incluidas en la " -"distribución." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use esta opción para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben sobrescribirse con versiones posteriores que puedan estar incluidas en la distribución." -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 msgid "Information only available for installed packages." msgstr "Sólo hay información disponible para los paquetes instalados." -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 msgid "Changed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes cambiados" -#. add the items. -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 +#. add the items. +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 msgid "Selected by the user" msgstr "Seleccionado por el usuario" -#. Set the dialog title. -#. -#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just -#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may -#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window -#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 +#. Set the dialog title. +#. +#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just +#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may +#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window +#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "A&ceptar: intentar de nuevo" -#. "Expert" menu button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 +#. "Expert" menu button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 msgid "&Expert" msgstr "&Experto" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 msgid "&Save This List to a File..." msgstr "Guar&dar esta lista en un archivo..." -#. Busy popup -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 +#. Busy popup +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 msgid "Checking Dependencies..." msgstr "Comprobando dependencias..." -#. Heading for popup dialog -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 +#. Heading for popup dialog +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case" msgstr "Crear caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice esta opción para generar registros exhaustivos que faciliten el " -"seguimiento de errores en la resolución de dependencias. Los registros se " -"almacenarán en el directorio <br><tt>%1</tt>.</p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice esta opción para generar registros exhaustivos que faciliten el seguimiento de errores en la resolución de dependencias. Los registros se almacenarán en el directorio <br><tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 msgid "Solver Test Case" msgstr "Caso de prueba de resolución" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias se ha escrito en <br><tt>" -"%1</tt>.</p><p>¿Desea preparar el archivo de reserva <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> " -"para adjuntarlo a Bugzilla?</p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>El caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias se ha escrito en <br><tt>%1</tt>.</p><p>¿Desea preparar el archivo de reserva <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para adjuntarlo a Bugzilla?</p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 msgid "Success" msgstr "Éxito" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Error</b> al crear el caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias.<p>Compruebe el espacio disponible en el disco y los permisos de <tt>%1.</p>" +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Error</b> al crear el caso de prueba de resolución de dependencias.</p><p>Compruebe el espacio disponible en el disco y los permisos de <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 msgid "Save Conflicts List" msgstr "Guardar lista de conflictos" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 msgid "Cannot open file %1" msgstr "No es posible abrir el archivo %1" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgstr "Resolución de conflictos:" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>" msgstr "<a href='/'>%1 más...</a>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 msgid "Version:" msgstr "Versión:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 msgid "Provides:" msgstr "Proporciona:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 msgid "Prerequires:" msgstr "Requisitos previos:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 msgid "Requires:" msgstr "Requiere:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 msgid "Conflicts:" msgstr "En conflicto:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 msgid "Obsoletes:" msgstr "Obsoletos:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 msgid "Recommends:" msgstr "Recomienda:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 msgid "Suggests:" msgstr "Sugiere:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 msgid "Enhances:" msgstr "Mejoras:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 msgid "Supplements:" msgstr "Complementa:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Versión alternativa</b>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Versión instalada</b>" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 msgid "Package Description" msgstr "Descripción del paquete" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 msgid "References:" msgstr "Referencias:" -#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 +#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 msgid "Supportability: %1" msgstr "Nivel de compatibilidad: %1" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 msgid "This package contains: " msgstr "Este paquete contiene: " -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!" msgstr "<b>Error:</b> espacio de disco agotado" -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!" msgstr "<b>Advertencia:</b> el espacio de disco se está agotando" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 msgid "Disk Space Warning" msgstr "Advertencia de espacio de disco" -#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list -#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 +#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list +#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 msgid "%1 files total" msgstr "%1 archivos en total" -#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like -#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an -#. existing one if it's open already -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 +#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like +#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an +#. existing one if it's open already +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Ver" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 msgid "Move page &left" msgstr "Mover página a &la izquierda" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 msgid "Move page &right" msgstr "Mover página a la de&recha" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 msgid "&Close page" msgstr "&Cerrar página" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 msgid "Package History" msgstr "Historial del paquete" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)" msgstr "Mostrar historial (/var/log/zypp/history)" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 msgid "Date" msgstr "Fecha" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Action" msgstr "Acción" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Version/URL" msgstr "Versión/URL" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Cerrar" -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while trying to read history file. -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while trying to read history file. +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 msgid "Unable to read history" msgstr "No es posible leer el historial" -#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" -#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 +#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" +#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 msgid "Code" msgstr "Código" -#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 +#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paquete" -#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 +#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 msgid "Installed (Available)" msgstr "Instalado (Disponible)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 msgid "Avail. Ver." msgstr "Versión disponible" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 msgid "Inst. Ver." msgstr "Versión instalada" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 +#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 msgid "&All in This List" msgstr "&Todos los de la lista" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 msgid "Export This List to &Text File..." msgstr "Exportar esta lista a un archivo de &texto..." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 msgid "&Install Source" msgstr "&Instalar origen" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 msgid "Do &Not Install Source" msgstr "N&o instalar origen" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 msgid "&Install All Available Sources" msgstr "&Instalar todos los orígenes disponibles" -#. key -#. enabled -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 +#. key +#. enabled +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources" msgstr "&No instalar ningún origen" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 msgid "Export Package List" msgstr "Exportar lista de paquetes" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 #, c-format msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 msgid "Install Sources" msgstr "Instalar orígenes" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 msgid "Do Not Install Sources" msgstr "No instalar orígenes" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 msgid "No Sources Available" msgstr "No hay orígenes disponibles" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 msgid "Installed Version: %1" msgstr "Versión instalada: %1" -#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package -#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 +#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package +#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 msgid "same" msgstr "iguales" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 msgid "newer" msgstr "más reciente" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 msgid "older" msgstr "más antigua" -#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 +#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Versión disponible: %1 (%2)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 msgid "Not available for installation" msgstr "No disponible para la instalación" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 msgid "Do Not Install" msgstr "No instalar" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify" msgstr "Protegido - no modificar" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 msgid "Taboo -- Never Install" msgstr "Tabú - no instalar nunca" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 msgid "Show solver information" msgstr "Mostrar información del solucionador" -#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 +#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 msgid "(by a software selection)" msgstr "(por selección de software)" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 msgid "(by dependencies)" msgstr "(por dependencias)" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, -#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, +#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 msgid "Dependencies broken" msgstr "Dependencias dañadas" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, -#. but whose dependencies are satisfied -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, +#. but whose dependencies are satisfied +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 msgid "All dependencies satisfied" msgstr "Todas las dependencias se cumplen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 msgid "Accessibility" msgstr "Accesibilidad" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "Accessories" msgstr "Accesorios" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 msgid "Education" msgstr "Educación" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 msgid "Games" msgstr "Juegos" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "Gráficos" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 msgid "Internet" msgstr "Internet" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 msgid "Office" msgstr "Oficina" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otros" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 msgid "Programming" msgstr "Programación" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimedia" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio GNOME" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 msgid "KDE Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio KDE" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio XFCE" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 msgid "Other Desktops" msgstr "Otros escritorios" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Publishing" msgstr "Publicación" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servidores" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Fuentes" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 msgid "Admin Tools" msgstr "Herramientas de administración" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 msgid "Legacy" msgstr "Legado" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "Virtualización" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 msgid "Security" msgstr "seguridad" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 msgid "Power Management" msgstr "Gestión de energía" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 msgid "Communication" msgstr "Comunicación" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Network" msgstr "Red" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 msgid "Maps" msgstr "Mapas" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 msgid "Software Sources" msgstr "Orígenes de software" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 msgid "Unknown Group" msgstr "Grupo desconocido" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 msgid "Suggested Packages" msgstr "Paquetes sugeridos" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Recommended Packages" msgstr "Paquetes recomendados" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Orphaned Packages" msgstr "Paquetes huérfanos" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Unneeded Packages" msgstr "Paquetes no necesarios" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Multiversion Packages" msgstr "Paquetes multiversión" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 msgid "Package Groups" msgstr "Grupos de paquetes" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 msgid "&Show Patch Category:" msgstr "&Mostrar categoría del parche:" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Parches necesarios" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Unneeded Patches" msgstr "Parches innecesarios" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 msgid "All Patches" msgstr "Todos los parches" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "Patch Description" msgstr "Descripción del parche" -#. Translators: These are patch categories -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 +#. Translators: These are patch categories +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 msgid "YaST" msgstr "YaST" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 msgid "security" msgstr "seguridad" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 msgid "recommended" msgstr "recomendado" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 msgid "document" msgstr "documento" -#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 +#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Patrón" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Proveedor" -#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter -#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of -#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" -#. -#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very -#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than -#. above it. -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 +#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter +#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of +#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" +#. +#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very +#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than +#. above it. +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 msgid "&Secondary Filter:" msgstr "Filtro &secundario:" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Paquetes sin mantener" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Buscar" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#. Column headers for repository list -#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 +#. Column headers for repository list +#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "zzz All" msgstr "zzz Todo" -#. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 +#. Search button +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. -#. Where to search -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 +#. +#. Where to search +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Buscar en" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Nombr&e" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "Resu&men" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Descripc&ión" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Lista de archivos" -#. -#. Search mode -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 +#. +#. Search mode +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "&Modo de búsqueda:" -#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Contiene" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Comienza por" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Correspondencia exacta" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Usar comodines" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Usar expresiones regulares" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Dis&tinguir entre mayúsculas/minúsculas" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Sin resultados." -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear -#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or -#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return -#. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear +#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or +#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return +#. the original (translated) error message. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Error de consulta" -#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selección" -#. Headline -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 +#. Headline +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Changes Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de los cambios" -#. -#. Packages with what status to show -#. -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 +#. +#. Packages with what status to show +#. +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Show packages with status" msgstr "Mostrar paquetes con su estado" -#. Refresh button -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 +#. Refresh button +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 msgid "&Refresh List" msgstr "Actualiza&r lista" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 msgid "Build Time:" msgstr "Hora de construcción:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 msgid "Install Time:" msgstr "Hora de instalación:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 msgid "Package Group:" msgstr "Grupo de paquetes:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licencia:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 msgid "Installed Size:" msgstr "Tamaño instalado:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 msgid "Download Size:" msgstr "Tamaño de la descarga:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 msgid "Distribution:" msgstr "Distribución:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 msgid "Vendor:" msgstr "Proveedor:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 msgid "Packager:" msgstr "Empaquetador:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 msgid "Architecture:" msgstr "Arquitectura:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 msgid "Build Host:" msgstr "Host de construcción:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 msgid "Source Package:" msgstr "Paquete de origen:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 msgid "Media No.:" msgstr "Número de medio:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 msgid "Authors:" msgstr "Autores:" -#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 +#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 msgid "" "<br>\n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1731,8 +1507,7 @@ "<p>Posibles razones:</p>\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Otros paquetes los han dejado obsoletos.\n" -"<li>No hay una versión más reciente para actualizar en ningún medio de " -"instalación.\n" +"<li>No hay una versión más reciente para actualizar en ningún medio de instalación.\n" "<li>Son paquetes de otros fabricantes.\n" "</ul>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1741,12 +1516,12 @@ "La acción más segura es suprimirlos.\n" "</p>" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 del proveedor %3 (instalado)" -#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1756,7 +1531,7 @@ "e incompatibles con multiversión\n" "de este paquete." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1770,7 +1545,7 @@ "y anular la selección de la versión incompatible con multiversión\n" " o Cancelar para anular la selección de esta versión y mantener la otra." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1784,32 +1559,32 @@ "y anular la selección de las demás\n" "o Cancelar para anular la selección de esta y mantener las demás." -#. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Versiones de paquetes incompatibles" -#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, -#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, -#. %4 is the repository's priority -#. %5 is the vendor of the package -#. Examples: -#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE -#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, +#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, +#. %4 is the repository's priority +#. %5 is the vendor of the package +#. Examples: +#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE +#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 de %3 con prioridad %4 y proveedor %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Esta versión está instalada en su sistema." -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 msgid "Missing package" msgstr "Falta paquete" -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "El paquete libqdialogsolver es necesario para esta función." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,73 +14,72 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. Translators: Please keep this short! -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 +#. Translators: Please keep this short! +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 msgid "Disk Usage" msgstr "Uso de disco" -#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 +#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 msgid "Free" msgstr "Libre" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 msgid "Used %1" msgstr "Usado %1" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 +#. Close button for wizard help window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Cerrar" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de la versión" -#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 +#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Editor de hojas de estilo" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"Ha hecho clic con el botón derecho del ratón, pero se esperaba un clic con " -"el izquierdo.\n" +"Ha hecho clic con el botón derecho del ratón, pero se esperaba un clic con el izquierdo.\n" "¿Desea intercambiar los botones izquierdo y derecho del ratón?" -#. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 +#. Popup dialog caption +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Clic inesperado" -#. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 +#. parent +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Cambio de colores" -#. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 +#. caption +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -88,94 +87,62 @@ "Cambiando a la paleta de colores para usuarios con discapacidad visual.\n" "Pulse Mayús F4 para cambiar de nuevo a los colores habituales." -#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key -#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning -#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while -#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it -#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood -#. by the target audience. -#. -#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. -#. Simply leave it. -#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 +#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key +#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning +#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while +#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it +#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood +#. by the target audience. +#. +#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. +#. Simply leave it. +#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 msgid "CapsLock!" msgstr "Bloq Mayús" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 msgid "Save screen shot to..." msgstr "Guardar captura de pantalla en..." -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 msgid "YaST Logging" msgstr "Registro de YAST2" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Configurar el registro de YAST2:" -#. Help button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Help" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 +#. Help button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ayuda" -#. -#. "Release Notes" button -#. -#. Release Notes button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Release Notes" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 +#. +#. "Release Notes" button +#. +#. Release Notes button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Notas de la versión" -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 -msgid "" -"<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a " -"screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop " -"environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette " -"optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable " -"logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to " -"save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D<dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing " -"special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.<dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" -"Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show " -"style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the " -"log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). " -"Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget " -"tree browser.</dd></dl>" -msgstr "" -"<h1>Teclas aceleradoras avanzadas</h1><dl><dt>Imprimir pantalla<dd>Realiza una captura de pantalla y la guarda. Puede que no esté " -"disponible si YaST se está ejecutando en algunos entornos de escritorio.<dt>Mayús + F4</dt><dd>Habilita o inhabilita la paleta de colores " -"optimizada para usuarios con discapacidad visual.</dd><dt>Mayús + F7<dd>Habilita o inhabilita el registro de mensajes de depuración.<dt>Mayús + F8</dt><dd>Abre un recuadro de diálogo de archivos para " -"guardar archivos en una ubicación que no sea la estándar.</dd><dt>Ctrl + " -"Mayús + Alt + D</dt><dd>Envía un evento de depuración. Los módulos de YaST " -"puede reaccionar ejecutando acciones de depuración especiales. El resultado " -"depende del módulo de YaST específico.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + M<dd>Inicia o detiene la grabadora de macros.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + " -"P</dt><dd>Vuelve a reproducir la macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + S<dd>Muestra el editor de hojas de estilo.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + T<dd>Vacía el árbol de widgets en el archivo de registro.</dd><dt>Ctrl + " -"Alt + Mayús + X</dt><dd>Abre una ventana de terminal (xterm). Resulta útil " -"para instalaciones de VNC.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + Y</dt><dd>Muestra el " -"explorador del árbol de widgets.</dd></dl>" +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 +msgid "<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget tree browser.</dd></dl>" +msgstr "<h1>Teclas aceleradoras avanzadas</h1><dl><dt>Imprimir pantalla</dt><dd>Realiza una captura de pantalla y la guarda. Puede que no esté disponible si YaST se está ejecutando en algunos entornos de escritorio.</dd><dt>Mayús + F4</dt><dd>Habilita o inhabilita la paleta de colores optimizada para usuarios con discapacidad visual.</dd><dt>Mayús + F7</dt><dd>Habilita o inhabilita el registro de mensajes de depuración.</dd><dt>Mayús + F8</dt><dd>Abre un recuadro de diálogo de archivos para guardar archivos en una ubicación que no sea la estándar.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + D</dt><dd>Envía un evento de depuración. Los módulos de YaST puede reaccionar ejecutando acciones de depuración especiales. El resultado depende del módulo de YaST específico.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + M</dt><dd>Inicia o detiene la grabadora de macros.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + P</dt><dd>Vuelve a reproducir la macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + S</dt><dd>Muestra el editor de hojas de e stilo.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + T</dt><dd>Vacía el árbol de widgets en el archivo de registro.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Alt + Mayús + X</dt><dd>Abre una ventana de terminal (xterm). Resulta útil para instalaciones de VNC.</dd><dt>Ctrl + Mayús + Alt + Y</dt><dd>Muestra el explorador del árbol de widgets.</dd></dl>" -#. "Steps" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 +#. "Steps" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Pasos" -#. "Tree" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 +#. "Tree" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Ár&bol" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,35 +14,33 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del acceso remoto" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Mostrar resumen de configuración" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Permitir acceso remoto" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota o \"No\" para no " -"autorizarla." +msgstr "Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota o \"No\" para no autorizarla." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del acceso remoto:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -50,95 +48,90 @@ "Indique \"Sí\" para autorizar la administración remota\n" "o \"No\" para no autorizarla." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "Administración remota RDP" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "Administración &remota RDP" -#. Dialog contents -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" msgstr "Habilitar servicio RDP (protocolo de escritorio remoto)" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Abrir puerto en el cortafuegos" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration via RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " -"running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able " -"to login to this computer\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able to login to this computer\n" "remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Administración remota mediante RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>El protocolo de escritorio remoto (RDP) es un protocolo de administración " -"remoto seguro que se ejecuta en el puerto TCP 3389.</p><p>Si la función está " -"habilitada, podrá entrar\n" -"en este equipo de forma remota mediante un cliente RDP como el Visor de " -"escritorio remoto de Windows.\n" +"<p>El protocolo de escritorio remoto (RDP) es un protocolo de administración remoto seguro que se ejecuta en el puerto TCP 3389.</p><p>Si la función está habilitada, podrá entrar\n" +"en este equipo de forma remota mediante un cliente RDP como el Visor de escritorio remoto de Windows.\n" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" msgstr "Administración remota mediante RDP" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir ajustes del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Configurar xrdp" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Detener los servicios" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de administración remota (RDP)" -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 +#. 100; //for testing +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes del cortafuegos..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Configurando xrdp..." -#. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 +#. Disable xrdp +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Deteniendo el servicio..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." msgstr "El servicio RDP (protocolo de escritorio remoto) está habilitado." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." msgstr "El servicio RDP (protocolo de escritorio remoto) está inhabilitado." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rear.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,398 +14,339 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xrear module -#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xrear module +#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Configuración de rear" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración de rear" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 msgid "Output" msgstr "Salida" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "URL de Netfs" -#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 +#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Este sistema no es compatible con rear. Motivos:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Si ignora esta advertencia, NO espere que la copia de seguridad sea útil " -"para el sistema de recuperación." +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Si ignora esta advertencia, NO espere que la copia de seguridad sea útil para el sistema de recuperación." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Este sistema no es compatible." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 msgid "&Ignore and continue" msgstr "&Ignorar y continuar" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 +#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Directorios adicionales para hacer copia de seguridad" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de configuración de rear." -#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 +#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Módulos del núcleo adicionales" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Módulos disponibles en el sistema actual:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:" msgstr "Módulos añadidos al sistema de rescate:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded." msgstr "Los módulos se ordenan según el orden de carga." -#. Dialog to run rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 +#. Dialog to run rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Preparando la ejecución de rear." -#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 +#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Ejecutando rear..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "Error de ejecución con el valor %1." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "" -"Finalizado. Se recomienda encarecidamente probar la copia de seguridad " -"creada." +msgstr "Finalizado. Se recomienda encarecidamente probar la copia de seguridad creada." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#. The whole sequence -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#. The whole sequence +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de rear" -#. help text for Rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer." -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede configurar la copia de seguridad de Rear Relax and Recover " -"(<b>ReaR</b>) para su equipo.</p>" +#. help text for Rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede configurar la copia de seguridad de Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) para su equipo.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Decida cómo iniciar el <b>sistema de recuperación</b>. Seleccione USB si " -"desea arrancar desde un dispositivo USB, o ISO para hacerlo desde un CD-ROM." -"</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Decida cómo iniciar el <b>sistema de recuperación</b>. Seleccione USB si desea arrancar desde un dispositivo USB, o ISO para hacerlo desde un CD-ROM.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione dónde desea almacenar la <b>copia de seguridad.</b> Seleccione " -"NFS si dispone de un servidor con el sistema de archivos en red (Network " -"File System). Especifique la ubicación de la siguiente forma: <tt>nfs://" -"nombrehost/directorio</tt>. También puede seleccionar USB para realizar la " -"copia de seguridad en una memoria o un disco USB.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione dónde desea almacenar la <b>copia de seguridad.</b> Seleccione NFS si dispone de un servidor con el sistema de archivos en red (Network File System). Especifique la ubicación de la siguiente forma: <tt>nfs://nombrehost/directorio</tt>. También puede seleccionar USB para realizar la copia de seguridad en una memoria o un disco USB.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 -msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si no se muestran dispositivos USB, conecte una memoria o un disco USB y " -"haga clic en <b>Volver a explorar los dispositivos USB.</b></p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si no se muestran dispositivos USB, conecte una memoria o un disco USB y haga clic en <b>Volver a explorar los dispositivos USB.</b></p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Mantener copia de seguridad anterior</b> si no desea " -"sobrescribir la copia de seguridad anterior.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Mantener copia de seguridad anterior</b> si no desea sobrescribir la copia de seguridad anterior.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " -"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El menú <b>Avanzado</b> permite añadir <b>directorios adicionales a la " -"copia de seguridad</b> y <b>módulos del núcleo adicionales en el sistema de " -"rescate.</b> Solo es útil si la copia de seguridad no contiene todos los " -"directorios necesarios o si el sistema de rescate no se arranca porque " -"faltan módulos del núcleo.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El menú <b>Avanzado</b> permite añadir <b>directorios adicionales a la copia de seguridad</b> y <b>módulos del núcleo adicionales en el sistema de rescate.</b> Solo es útil si la copia de seguridad no contiene todos los directorios necesarios o si el sistema de rescate no se arranca porque faltan módulos del núcleo.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!</strong></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El botón <b>Guardar y ejecutar rear ahora</b> ejecuta rear y muestra el " -"resultado de rear.<strong>Compruebe que la copia de seguridad creada " -"funciona como se espera en el sistema.</strong></p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" +msgstr "<p>El botón <b>Guardar y ejecutar rear ahora</b> ejecuta rear y muestra el resultado de rear.<strong>Compruebe que la copia de seguridad creada funciona como se espera en el sistema.</strong></p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aceptar</b> guarda la configuración y cierra el recuadro de diálogo, " -"mientras que <b>Cancelar</b> cierra la configuración sin guardarla.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Aceptar</b> guarda la configuración y cierra el recuadro de diálogo, mientras que <b>Cancelar</b> cierra la configuración sin guardarla.</p>" -#. Set defaults: -#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 +#. Set defaults: +#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 msgid "Additional directories in the backup:" msgstr "Directorios adicionales en copia de seguridad:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 msgid "Additional programs in the rescue system:" msgstr "Programas adicionales en el sistema de rescate:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 msgid "Additional files to be copied into the rescue system:" msgstr "Archivos adicionales que se van a copiar en el sistema de rescate:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 msgid "Additional post recovery scripts:" msgstr "Guiones adicionales posteriores a la recuperación:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 msgid "YaST would like to change your ReaR configuration." msgstr "YaST desea cambiar la configuración de ReaR." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 msgid "You might end up in an unusable backup if you don't accept this." -msgstr "" -"Si no lo acepta, puede acabar teniendo una copia de seguridad que no pueda " -"usar." +msgstr "Si no lo acepta, puede acabar teniendo una copia de seguridad que no pueda usar." -#. prepare advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 +#. prepare advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Directorios adicionales en copia de seguridad" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System" msgstr "Módulos del núcleo adicionales en el sistema de rescate" -#. handle advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 +#. handle advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 msgid "Required Programs" msgstr "Programas necesarios" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 msgid "Copy As Is" msgstr "Copiar tal cual" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 msgid "Post Recovery Script" msgstr "Guion posterior al descubrimiento" -#. prepare main dialog -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 +#. prepare main dialog +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Sistema de recuperación" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Medios de arranque" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Copia de seguridad" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "Medio de &copia de seguridad" -#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly -#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 +#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly +#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Ubicación" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "Mantener copia de seguridad &anterior" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 msgid "Use &dhclient" msgstr "Usar &dhclient" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "Volver a explorar los dispositivos USB" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 msgid "&Backup Options" msgstr "&Opciones de copia de seguridad" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 msgid "Save and run rear now" msgstr "Guardar y ejecutar rear ahora" -#. set settings according to options read from config file. -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 +#. set settings according to options read from config file. +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "La variable BACKUP se ha configurado con un valor desconocido.\n" -#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 +#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "La variable OUTPUT se ha configurado con un valor desconocido.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "" -"La variable NETFS_URL se ha configurado con un valor desconocido o con un " -"formato erróneo.\n" +msgstr "La variable NETFS_URL se ha configurado con un valor desconocido o con un formato erróneo.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"El archivo de configuración de rear contiene opciones que este módulo de " -"YaST2 no puede configurar.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "El archivo de configuración de rear contiene opciones que este módulo de YaST2 no puede configurar.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar y sobrescribir la configuración?" -#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 +#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?" msgstr "El medio USB se sobrescribirá. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. true: read-only -#. Rear read dialog caption -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 +#. true: read-only +#. Rear read dialog caption +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo configuración de rear" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analizando sistema" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Leyendo configuración de rear" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analizando el sistema..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de rear..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Your ReaR configuration needs to be modified." msgstr "La configuración de ReaR debe modificarse." -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 msgid "&New Entry" msgstr "&Entrada nueva" -#. check bootloader -#. returns error message if system is not supported -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 +#. check bootloader +#. returns error message if system is not supported +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." msgstr "No es posible detectar qué cargador de arranque se está usando." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "Se usa el cargador de arranque %1." -#. check devices -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 +#. check devices +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "El dispositivo %1 es iSCSI." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "El dispositivo %1 es multivía." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "La partición %1 usa un sistema de archivos no compatible (%2)." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -15,216 +15,211 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contactando con el servidor de registro" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Use %s en lugar de este módulo de YaST." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending " -"service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Error al inicializar el repositorio. Inhabilite (o elimine) el servicio o " -"el repositorio incorrectos en el gestor de repositorios.</p><p>Detalles:<p>%s</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 +msgid "<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" +msgstr "<p>Error al inicializar el repositorio. Inhabilite (o elimine) el servicio o el repositorio incorrectos en el gestor de repositorios.</p><p>Detalles:</p><p>%s</p>" -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "El registro se ha realizado correctamente." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Error de descubrimiento SLP. No se encuentra el servidor" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Descargando el certificado SSL" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Importando el certificado SSL" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrando %s..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registro del producto" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Ejecutar registro durante la instalación automática" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Omitir registro durante la instalación automática" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "El código de registro está configurado." -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "Instalar actualizaciones disponibles" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Servidor de registro" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL del servidor: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "Usar descubrimiento SLP" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "URL de certificado de servidor SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "Huella digital de certificado SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "Error de conexión segura" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalles:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "Detalles del certificado erróneo" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Emitido para" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Nombre común (CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organización (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Departamento (OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Emitido por" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Validez" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "Emitido el: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: el certificado aún no es válido." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "Caduca el: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: el certificado ha caducado." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "Número de serie: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella digital SHA1: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella digital SHA256: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Tiempo límite de conexión." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -232,13 +227,13 @@ "Asegúrese de que es posible acceder al servidor de\n" "registro y de que la conexión es fiable." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Compruebe que el servidor de registro conoce este sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -258,24 +253,24 @@ "Espere varios minutos después de entrar a la sesíon y\n" "vuelva a intentar la actualización." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Error de conexión con el servidor de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Error del cliente de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -283,20 +278,20 @@ "Error del servidor de registro.\n" "Vuelva a intentar la operación más tarde." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "El certificado SSL recibido no coincide con el certificado esperado." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalles: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -308,26 +303,25 @@ "pero la conexión del servidor sigue sin ser de confianza.\n" "\n" "Solucione manualmente el problema del certificado, asegúrese\n" -"de que el servidor se puede conectar de forma segura y vuelva a iniciar el " -"módulo YaST." +"de que el servidor se puede conectar de forma segura y vuelva a iniciar el módulo YaST." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importando el certificado de SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importando certificado %s..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Error de conexión segura: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -339,15 +333,15 @@ ".Asegúrese de que tiene instalado el producto más reciente\n" "compatible con el nuevo protocolo de registro en el servidor." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL no válida." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -355,17 +349,17 @@ "La red no está configurada. No se puede acceder al servidor de registro.\n" "¿Desea configurar la red ahora?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Error de red. Compruebe la configuración de la red." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Almacenando configuración de registro..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -373,8 +367,8 @@ "No se encuentra el producto base.\n" "Compruebe el sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -382,65 +376,64 @@ "El medio de instalación o el propio instalador tienen daños graves.\n" "Informe sobre errores en %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que hay un producto instalado y de que /etc/products.d/" -"baseproduct\n" +"Asegúrese de que hay un producto instalado y de que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "sea un enlace simbólico al archivo .prod del producto base." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrando el sistema..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Actualizando a %s..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Sincronizando productos..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Cargando extensiones y módulos disponibles..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Cargando productos de migración..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensiones y módulos" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se están registrando extensiones y módulos.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -448,8 +441,8 @@ "El servidor de registro ofrece repositorios de actualización.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -457,9 +450,9 @@ "¿Desea habilitar estos repositorios durante la instalación a fin de\n" "recibir las actualizaciones más recientes?" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -467,11 +460,11 @@ "¿Desea habilitar estos repositorios durante la actualización a fin de\n" "recibir las actualizaciones más recientes?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to -#. the list of products that will be downgraded. -#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g -#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to +#. the list of products that will be downgraded. +#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g +#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284 msgid "" "The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n" "\n" @@ -480,23 +473,22 @@ "Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n" "If not they will be deactivated. " msgstr "" -"Los complementos mostrados a continuación están registrados, pero no " -"instalados: \n" +"Los complementos mostrados a continuación están registrados, pero no instalados: \n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" "¿Desea devolverlos a una versión anterior en el servidor de registro? \n" "Si no es así, se desactivarán. " -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificado:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -508,42 +500,42 @@ "\n" "¿Desea omitir el repositorio o abortar?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración del repositorio." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al añadir el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -551,30 +543,30 @@ "No se ha encontrado el producto remoto %s.\n" "No es posible registrar el producto." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea cancelar?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Descargando licencias..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Descargando acuerdo de licencia..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -583,264 +575,233 @@ "Error al descargar la licencia para\n" "%s." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Códigos de registro de extensión y módulo" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca los códigos de registro de las extensiones o módulos pedidos.\n" -"<p>Los códigos de registro se necesitan para realizar el registro " -"correctamente. Si no puede proporcionar un código de registro, vuelva atrás " -"y deseleccione la extensión o el módulo correspondiente.</p>" +"<p>Introduzca los códigos de registro de las extensiones o módulos pedidos.</p>\n" +"<p>Los códigos de registro se necesitan para realizar el registro correctamente. Si no puede proporcionar un código de registro, vuelva atrás y deseleccione la extensión o el módulo correspondiente.</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -"La extensión seleccionada necesita un código de registro independiente." -msgstr[1] "" -"Las extensiones seleccionadas necesitan códigos de registro independientes." +msgstr[0] "La extensión seleccionada necesita un código de registro independiente." +msgstr[1] "Las extensiones seleccionadas necesitan códigos de registro independientes." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Introduzca el código de registro en el campo siguiente." msgstr[1] "Introduzca los códigos de registro en los campos siguientes." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105 msgid "&Hide Beta Versions" msgstr "&Ocultar versiones Beta" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Details (English only)" msgstr "Detalles (solo en inglés)" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Seleccione una extensión o un módulo para mostrar aquí sus detalles" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (no disponible)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST permite seleccionar un máximo de %s extensiones o módulos." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un " -"código de registro específico.</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un código de registro específico.</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de " -"servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual.</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "Selección de extensión y módulo" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede seleccionar extensiones y módulos disponibles para el sistema." -"</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar extensiones y módulos disponibles para el sistema.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos disponibles" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones o módulos que se registrarán junto " -"con el producto base.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones o módulos que se registrarán junto con el producto base.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos opcionales" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Tipo de versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Código de registro" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Descargar extensiones disponibles..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir %s?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "E&xtensión o identificador del módulo" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitectura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Tipo de versión" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Código de registro" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El registro del producto incluye el producto en la base de datos del " -"Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE,\n" +"<p>El registro del producto incluye el producto en la base de datos del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE,\n" "lo que le permite obtener actualizaciones en línea y asistencia técnica.\n" -"Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione <b>Ejecutar " -"registro del producto.</b></p>" +"Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione <b>Ejecutar registro del producto.</b></p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -"Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Si su red distribuye un servidor de registro personalizado, defina la URL " -"correcta del servidor\n" -"y la ubicación del certificado SMT en <b>Configuración del servidor SMT.\n" +"<p>Si su red distribuye un servidor de registro personalizado, defina la URL correcta del servidor\n" +"y la ubicación del certificado SMT en <b>Configuración del servidor SMT.</b>\n" "Consulte el manual de SMT para obtener más información.</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registrar el producto" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "Dir&ección de correo electrónico" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" -"Instalar actualizaciones disponibles de los repositorios de actualización" +msgstr "Instalar actualizaciones disponibles de los repositorios de actualización" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Buscar servidor de registro con el descubrimiento SLP" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Usar la URL del servidor específico en lugar de la opción por defecto" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "ninguno" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital de certificado SSL" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232 +#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232 msgid "" "The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n" "\n" @@ -854,48 +815,44 @@ "\n" "Se usará en su lugar la URL por defecto." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante servidor SMT local" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Omitir registro" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "El sistema ya está registrado." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "Seleccione el método preferido de registro." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE " -"para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -909,137 +866,107 @@ "Puede registrarse después de la instalación o visitar\n" "el Centro de servicios al cliente para registrarse en línea." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "El certificado ha caducado" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Certificado autofirmado" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Certificado autofirmado en la cadena de certificado" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "Con&fiar e importar" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las conexiones seguras (por ejemplo, HTTPS) usan certificados SSL para " -"verificar la autenticidad del servidor y para cifrar los datos que se " -"transfieren.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Las conexiones seguras (por ejemplo, HTTPS) usan certificados SSL para verificar la autenticidad del servidor y para cifrar los datos que se transfieren.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede importar el certificado a la lista de autoridades certificadores " -"(CA) conocidas, lo que significa que confía en el sujeto y en el emisor del " -"certificado desconocido.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede importar el certificado a la lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conocidas, lo que significa que confía en el sujeto y en el emisor del certificado desconocido.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Importar un certificado permite usar, por ejemplo, un certificado " -"autofirmado.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Importar un certificado permite usar, por ejemplo, un certificado autofirmado.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importante:</b> siempre debe verificar las huellas digitales de los " -"certificados que importe para asegurarse de que son genuinos.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> siempre debe verificar las huellas digitales de los certificados que importe para asegurarse de que son genuinos.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importar un certificado desconocido sin verificación supone un gran " -"riesgo de seguridad.</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importar un certificado desconocido sin verificación supone un gran riesgo de seguridad.</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Error interno: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema base tiene que estar registrado para que sea posible registrar el " -"complemento %s.\n" +"El sistema base tiene que estar registrado para que sea posible registrar el complemento %s.\n" "¿Omitir el registro del sistema base y el complemento?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Repositorios usados para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En este diálogo puede seleccionar manualmente los repositorios que se " -"utilizarán para la migración en línea. Los paquetes se actualizarán a la " -"versión más reciente encontrada en los repositorios seleccionados.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En este diálogo puede seleccionar manualmente los repositorios que se utilizarán para la migración en línea. Los paquetes se actualizarán a la versión más reciente encontrada en los repositorios seleccionados.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Seleccionar los repositorios usados para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Gestionar repositorios..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioridad: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -1049,147 +976,124 @@ "Para ejecutar la migración en línea,\n" "debe registrar primero el sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not -#. installed to the current migration products list. -#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64' -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not +#. installed to the current migration products list. +#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64' +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219 msgid "" "The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n" -"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be " -"unregistered at the end of the migration.\n" +"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be unregistered at the end of the migration.\n" "\n" "Do you want to add it?" msgstr "" "La extensión %s está registrada, pero no instalada.\n" -"Si la acepta, se añadirá para instalarse. En caso contrario, se anulará su " -"registro al final de la migración.\n" +"Si la acepta, se añadirá para instalarse. En caso contrario, se anulará su registro al final de la migración.\n" "\n" "¿Desea añadirla?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto de migración." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Preparando repositorios de migración..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Seleccione el destino de la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede seleccionar los productos de destino de la migración. El " -"servidor de registro puede ofrecer varias migraciones posibles a nuevos " -"productos.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar los productos de destino de la migración. El servidor de registro puede ofrecer varias migraciones posibles a nuevos productos.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Solo es posible seleccionar un destino de migración de la lista.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Solo es posible seleccionar un destino de migración de la lista.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice la casilla <b>%s</b> para seleccionar manualmente los " -"repositorios de migración más adelante.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice la casilla <b>%s</b> para seleccionar manualmente los repositorios de migración más adelante.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Seleccionar manualmente los repositorios de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Seleccione la migración de destino." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Ajustar manualmente los repositorios para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Destinos de migración posibles" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211 -msgid "" -"The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so " -"it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and " -"to configure the repositories manually in case of needed." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de registro no ofrece migraciones para el producto <b>%s</b>, " -"por lo que <b>permanecerá sin cambios</b>. Se recomienda comprobar si es " -"correcto y configurar los repositorios manualmente en caso necesario." +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211 +msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and to configure the repositories manually in case of needed." +msgstr "El servidor de registro no ofrece migraciones para el producto <b>%s</b>, por lo que <b>permanecerá sin cambios</b>. Se recomienda comprobar si es correcto y configurar los repositorios manualmente en caso necesario." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"ERROR: el producto <b>%{product}</b> no está disponible en el servidor de " -"registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta " -"migración." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234 +msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "ERROR: el producto <b>%{product}</b> no está disponible en el servidor de registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta migración." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>se instalará.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>permanecerá sin cambios.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se actualizará a</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se restablecerá a</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1203,29 +1107,29 @@ "Seleccione un destino de migración distinto o haga disponibles\n" "los productos que faltan en el servidor de registro." -#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed -#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him -#. to take some actions over them. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45 +#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed +#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him +#. to take some actions over them. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45 msgid "Checking registration status" msgstr "Comprobando el estado de registro" -#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85 +#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Ins&tall products" msgstr "Ins&talar productos" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Desactivar" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't -#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't +#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102 msgid "" "These addons were not installed:\n" "\n" @@ -1235,65 +1139,51 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but -#. not installed. (1/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but +#. not installed. (1/2) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153 msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los complementos mostrados a continuación están registrados, pero no " -"instalados: </p>" +msgstr "<p>Los complementos mostrados a continuación están registrados, pero no instalados: </p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but -#. not installed. (2/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159 -msgid "" -"<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration " -"server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Es preferible <b>desactivar</b> los productos en el servidor de registro " -"si no tiene previsto usarlos más.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but +#. not installed. (2/2) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159 +msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Es preferible <b>desactivar</b> los productos en el servidor de registro si no tiene previsto usarlos más.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>El sistema ya está registrado.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede volver a registrarlo o bien registrar extensiones o módulos " -"adicionales para mejorar la funcionalidad del sistema.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede volver a registrarlo o bien registrar extensiones o módulos adicionales para mejorar la funcionalidad del sistema.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si desea anular el registro del sistema, debe entrar al Centro de " -"servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminar allí el sistema de forma manual.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si desea anular el registro del sistema, debe entrar al Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminar allí el sistema de forma manual.</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Seleccionar extensiones" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrar de nuevo" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "El registro se está actualizando..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "El registro anterior se está actualizando." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1301,18 +1191,18 @@ "Error al actualizar el registro automático.\n" "Puede registrar el sistema manualmente partiendo de cero." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Buscando servidores de registro locales..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact SUSE. -#. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.suse.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact SUSE. +#. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.suse.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38 msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL" msgstr "Código de registro o URL del servidor SMT" -#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled -#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances -#. of RegistrationUI. -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92 +#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled +#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances +#. of RegistrationUI. +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92 msgid "Not valid url." msgstr "URL no válida." -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not " -"supported.</p>\n" +"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not supported.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"La URL del servidor SMT debe usar el protocolo http o https. No se admiten " -"otros esquemas.</p>\n" +"La URL del servidor SMT debe usar el protocolo http o https. No se admiten otros esquemas.</p>\n" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Selección del servicio" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,84 +14,84 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module -#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module +#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgstr "Configuración de reipl" -#. Reipl configure dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#. Reipl configure dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de reipl" -#. Reipl configure dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 +#. Reipl configure dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "reipl methods" msgstr "métodos reipl" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&ccw" msgstr "&ccw" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "&fcp" msgstr "&fcp" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "&nss" msgstr "&nss" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "ccw parameters" msgstr "parámetros ccw" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&Loadparm" msgstr "&Loadparm" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "fcp parameters" msgstr "parámetros fcp" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "D&ispositivo" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Worldwide port number" msgstr "Número de puerto mundial (&WWPN)" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Lo&gical unit number" msgstr "Número de unidad ló&gica (LUN)" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "B&oot program selector" msgstr "Selector del pr&ograma de arranque" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "Parámetros de NSS" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" msgstr "Configuración de reipl" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "help missing in helps.ycp" msgstr "falta la ayuda en helps.ycp" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -99,18 +99,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración de reipl</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Abortando la inicialización:</big></B><BR>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar ahora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar</B> ahora.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -118,8 +117,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de reipl</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -128,127 +127,101 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 1 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 +#. Configure dialog help 1 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración de reIPL para s390</big></b></p>" -#. Configure dialog help 2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 +#. Configure dialog help 2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione uno de los métodos para reiniciar el equipo utilizando los " -"botones\n" -"de opción situados en <b>métodos reipl</b>. Según las opciones que admita su " -"equipo,\n" +"<p>Seleccione uno de los métodos para reiniciar el equipo utilizando los botones\n" +"de opción situados en <b>métodos reipl</b>. Según las opciones que admita su equipo,\n" "podrá elegir entre dispositivos CCW (palabra de control de canal)\n" -"o dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados a través de zFCP (protocolo de " -"canal de fibra).\n" -"Una vez hecho esto, complete los campos de entrada de parámetros oportunos " -"para el método elegido.</p>\n" +"o dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados a través de zFCP (protocolo de canal de fibra).\n" +"Una vez hecho esto, complete los campos de entrada de parámetros oportunos para el método elegido.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 3 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 +#. Configure dialog help 3 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -"device ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de " -"dispositivo\n" -"válido que contenga letras en minúsculas en un formato 0.<i><ID del " -"conjunto\n" -"del subcanal></i>.<i><ID del dispositivo></i> compatible con sysfs, " -"como\n" -"0.0.5c51. Según el método seleccionado, puede hacer referencia a un DASD o " -"un adaptador FCP.</p>" +"<p>El <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de dispositivo\n" +"válido que contenga letras en minúsculas en un formato 0.<i><ID del conjunto\n" +"del subcanal></i>.<i><ID del dispositivo></i> compatible con sysfs, como\n" +"0.0.5c51. Según el método seleccionado, puede hacer referencia a un DASD o un adaptador FCP.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 4 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 +#. Configure dialog help 4 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe contener un máximo de 8 caracteres y " -"permite seleccionar\n" +"<p>El atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe contener un máximo de 8 caracteres y permite seleccionar\n" "una configuración de arranque desde el menú del cargador de arranque zipl.\n" -"Utilice un espacio en blanco para seleccionar la configuración por defecto." +"Utilice un espacio en blanco para seleccionar la configuración por defecto.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 5 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 +#. Configure dialog help 5 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>El <b>número de puerto mundial</b> (WWPN) se debe introducir en letras\n" -"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos; por ejemplo, " -"0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" +"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos; por ejemplo, 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 6 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 +#. Configure dialog help 6 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"</p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>El <b>número de unidad lógica</b> (LUN) se debe introducir en letras\n" -"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos con ceros al final, del " -"tipo 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos con ceros al final, del tipo 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 7 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 +#. Configure dialog help 7 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>selector del programa de arranque</b> debe ser un número entero que " -"no sea\n" -"negativo y debe elegir una configuración de arranque desde el menú del " -"cargador de\n" -"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar la configuración " -"por defecto.</p>" +"<p>El <b>selector del programa de arranque</b> debe ser un número entero que no sea\n" +"negativo y debe elegir una configuración de arranque desde el menú del cargador de\n" +"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar la configuración por defecto.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 8 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 +#. Configure dialog help 8 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>La <b>dirección del bloque lógico del registro de arranque</b> (LBA) " -"especifica el registro\n" +"<p>La <b>dirección del bloque lógico del registro de arranque</b> (LBA) especifica el registro\n" "de arranque maestro (MBR) y actualmente es siempre 0.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 9 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 +#. Configure dialog help 9 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Tras confirmar este recuadro de diálogo, puede activar un rearranque, por " -"ejemplo,\n" -"apagando el equipo, y el sistema se reiniciará automáticamente desde el " -"dispositivo que haya especificado.</p>" +"<p>Tras confirmar este recuadro de diálogo, puede activar un rearranque, por ejemplo,\n" +"apagando el equipo, y el sistema se reiniciará automáticamente desde el dispositivo que haya especificado.</p>" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,190 +28,187 @@ "¿Desea salir?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de claves de SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Seleccionar el archivo de certificado de SSL" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Añadir nuevo puerto" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Editar el puerto actual" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "El número de puerto no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Número de puerto fuera de rango." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "El número de puerto ya existe." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración globales" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Dirección de traslado:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Hosts permitidos:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Usar SSL por defecto" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "Servidores no SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Puerto:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Habilitar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "Servidor SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "Archivo de claves de SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "Archivo de certificado de SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Cortafuegos" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Migración con túneles" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "Asegúrese de que funcione la migración con túneles" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Migración sin cifrar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "Asegúrese de que funcione la migración sin cifrar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos TCP" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Incluir rango de puertos por defecto" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar</b> ahora.</p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar</b> ahora.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -223,187 +220,167 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dirección de traslado</b><br>\n" -"Dirección en la que debe escuchar xend para las conexiones de zócalo de " -"traslado.</p>\n" +"Dirección en la que debe escuchar xend para las conexiones de zócalo de traslado.</p>\n" "<p><b>Hosts permitidos</b><br>\n" -"Los hosts que tienen permiso para comunicarse con el puerto de traslado. Si " -"este valor está vacío, significa que se permiten todas las conexiones. De lo " -"contrario, debe tratarse de una secuencia separada por espacios de " -"expresiones regulares. Se aceptará cualquier host con un nombre de dominio " -"completo o una dirección IP que coincida con una de estas expresiones " -"regulares.</p>\n" +"Los hosts que tienen permiso para comunicarse con el puerto de traslado. Si este valor está vacío, significa que se permiten todas las conexiones. De lo contrario, debe tratarse de una secuencia separada por espacios de expresiones regulares. Se aceptará cualquier host con un nombre de dominio completo o una dirección IP que coincida con una de estas expresiones regulares.</p>\n" "<p><b>Archivo de claves de SSL/Archivo de certificado de SSL</b><br>\n" -"Certificado y clave de SSL que se deben usar para la interfaz de traslado de " -"SSL.</p>" +"Certificado y clave de SSL que se deben usar para la interfaz de traslado de SSL.</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Migración con túneles</big></b><br>\n" -"El host de origen libvirtd abre una conexión directa con el host de destino " -"libvirtd para enviar datos de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el " -"flujo de datos.</p>\n" +"El host de origen libvirtd abre una conexión directa con el host de destino libvirtd para enviar datos de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el flujo de datos.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Migración sin cifrar</big></b><br>\n" -"La máquina virtual del host de origen abre una conexión TCP directa sin " -"cifrar con el host de destino para enviar los datos de migración. A menos " -"que se especifique un puerto manualmente, libvirt elegirá un puerto de " -"migración del intervalo por defecto.</p>" +"La máquina virtual del host de origen abre una conexión TCP directa sin cifrar con el host de destino para enviar los datos de migración. A menos que se especifique un puerto manualmente, libvirt elegirá un puerto de migración del intervalo por defecto.</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "Libxl de &Xen" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración actual de xend" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Leer el estado actual de xend" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer los valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración actual de xend..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado actual de xend..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Leer el estado de libvirtd/sshd actual" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado actual de libvirtd/sshd..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de Xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible leer los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de libvirtd/sshd." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Escribir nuevos valores de configuración de Xend" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio de Xend" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de Xend..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio de Xend..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio libvirtd/sshd" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio de libvirtd/sshd" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración de xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,172 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "Configuración de DASD" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún disco DASD" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Creación de dispositivos de volcado S/390" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Configuración del Terminal Server IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Configuración de ajustes de terminal IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Configuración de OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la controladora de disco S/390" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "Configuración de ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "No hay ningún dispositivo zFCP configurado" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&Activar" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Desactivar" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "A&ctivar DIAG" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "D&esactivar DIAG" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "Activar formato" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Desactivar formato" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "Discos formateados en ¶lelo" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo %1 no tiene formato. ¿Desea formatear el dispositivo ahora?" +msgstr "El dispositivo %1 no tiene formato. ¿Desea formatear el dispositivo ahora?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Hay %1 dispositivos sin formato. ¿Desea formatearlos ahora?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún dispositivo para el canal %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "El disco %1 no está activo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "No existe acceso de escritura para el disco %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -189,120 +187,120 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea formatear los discos?<br>\n" " %1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "Gestión de discos DASD" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatear" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "Usar DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Tipo de acceso" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formateado" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Información de particiones" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal mí&nimo" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal má&ximo" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "Ejecutar &acción" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Seleccionar todos" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "ID de canal de filtro no válidos." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Añadir nuevo disco DASD" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "ID de &canal" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Formatear el disco" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "Usar &DIAG" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -310,23 +308,23 @@ "¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración del disco DASD sin guardar?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "No es un ID de canal válido." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "El dispositivo ya existe." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -334,19 +332,18 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del controlador</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -354,9 +351,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del controlador</big></b>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -364,12 +361,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelación del almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Para cancelar el almacenamiento, haga clic en <B>Abortar.</b>\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -377,9 +373,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Discos DASD configurados</big></b><br>\n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar los discos DASD de su sistema.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" @@ -387,13 +383,13 @@ "<p>Para filtrar los discos mostrados, defina el ID de <b>Canal mínimo</b> y\n" "el ID de <b>Canal máximo</b> y haga clic en <b>Filtrar.</b></p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para configurar un nuevo disco DASD, pulse <b>Añadir</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -401,30 +397,26 @@ "<p>Para eliminar un disco DASD configurado, selecciónelo\n" "y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para realizar acciones en varios discos a la vez, marque estos discos. " -"Para seleccionar todos los discos mostrados (posiblemente después de aplicar " -"un filtro), haga clic en \n" +"<p>Para realizar acciones en varios discos a la vez, marque estos discos. Para seleccionar todos los discos mostrados (posiblemente después de aplicar un filtro), haga clic en \n" "<b>Seleccionar todos</b> o en <b>Deseleccionar todo.</b></p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse " -"<b>Ejecutar acción</b>.\n" +"<p>Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse <b>Ejecutar acción</b>.\n" "La acción se realizará inmediatamente.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -434,8 +426,8 @@ "Para añadir un disco, introduzca el <b>ID de canal</b> del disco\n" "DASD como identificador.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -443,159 +435,125 @@ "<p>Si se debe aplicar formato al disco,\n" "utilice la opción <b>Formatear el disco.</b></p>\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Para usar el modo DIAG, seleccione <b>Usar DIAG.</b></p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la controladora" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "Crear dispositivo de volcado" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Prepare uno o varios volúmenes para utilizarlos como dispositivo de " -"volcado S/390.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Prepare uno o varios volúmenes para utilizarlos como dispositivo de volcado S/390.</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los dispositivos admitidos son discos ECKD, DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los " -"volúmenes múltiples están limitados a DASD.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Los dispositivos admitidos son discos ECKD, DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los volúmenes múltiples están limitados a DASD.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"Solo se pueden usar discos enteros, no particiones. Si el dispositivo tiene " -"un\n" -"formato o particiones incompatibles, marque la casilla <b>Forzar " -"sobrescritura de disco.</b></p>" +"Solo se pueden usar discos enteros, no particiones. Si el dispositivo tiene un\n" +"formato o particiones incompatibles, marque la casilla <b>Forzar sobrescritura de disco.</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP, actívelos en los recuadros de diálogo " -"DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63 +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP, actívelos en los recuadros de diálogo DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos en uso o con particiones montadas no se mostrarán.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +msgstr "Los dispositivos en uso o con particiones montadas no se mostrarán.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> después de un disco indica que es un dispositivo\n" -"que se puede usar para el volcado. Los dispositivos de volcado con varios " -"volúmenes se indican por una lista de ID de DASD.</p>" +"que se puede usar para el volcado. Los dispositivos de volcado con varios volúmenes se indican por una lista de ID de DASD.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>Columnas ZFCP: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, WWPN, LUN, Volcado<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "Columnas DASD: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, Volcado</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&Forzar sobrescritura de disco" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "No ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. Se perderán todos los " -"datos del dispositivo. ¿Desea continuar?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. Se perderán todos los datos del dispositivo. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" -msgstr "" -"Operación realizada correctamente. ¿Desea inicializar otro dispositivo de " -"volcado?" +msgstr "Operación realizada correctamente. ¿Desea inicializar otro dispositivo de volcado?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>ID de z/VM</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar el Terminal Server IUCV, especifique los ID de z/VM que " -"se vayan a usar.\n" +"<p>Para configurar el Terminal Server IUCV, especifique los ID de z/VM que se vayan a usar.\n" "<br>Aparecen en líneas distintas.</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>TS-Shell permite especificar la <b>autorización</b> para cada usuario y " -"grupo de TS-Shell. Los miembros heredan los derechos del grupo.</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47 +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "<p>TS-Shell permite especificar la <b>autorización</b> para cada usuario y grupo de TS-Shell. Los miembros heredan los derechos del grupo.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada ID de z/VM permitido se puede seleccionar manualmente en " -"<b>Selección,</b> se puede definir mediante una <b>Regex</b> o cargar desde " -"un <b>archivo</b> que contiene todos los ID de z/VM permitidos en líneas " -"separadas.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada ID de z/VM permitido se puede seleccionar manualmente en <b>Selección,</b> se puede definir mediante una <b>Regex</b> o cargar desde un <b>archivo</b> que contiene todos los ID de z/VM permitidos en líneas separadas.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" @@ -603,91 +561,71 @@ "<p>Haga clic en <b>Nuevo usuario</b> para crear usuarios de TS-Shell nuevos\n" "o en <b>Eliminar usuario</b> para borrarlos.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell, o " -"para\n" +"<p>Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell, o para\n" "cambiar sus miembros, vaya a <b>Gestionar grupos.</b></p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>ID auditadas,</b> especifique los ID de z/VM de donde se deben " -"recoger las transcripciones.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68 +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>ID auditadas,</b> especifique los ID de z/VM de donde se deben recoger las transcripciones.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell, es necesario proporcionar el " -"<b>nombre de usuario,</b> el <b>directorio personal</b> y la <b>contraseña.\n" -"\t<br>También es posible especificar <b>grupos adicionales</b> " -"seleccionándolos en la parte derecha.</p>" +"<p>Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell, es necesario proporcionar el <b>nombre de usuario,</b> el <b>directorio personal</b> y la <b>contraseña.</b>\n" +"\t<br>También es posible especificar <b>grupos adicionales</b> seleccionándolos en la parte derecha.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la " -"primera entrada, active <b>Forzar cambio de contraseña.</b></p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la primera entrada, active <b>Forzar cambio de contraseña.</b></p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede especificar el mismo directorio de inicio para cada usuario de TS-" -"Shell,\n" +"<p>Puede especificar el mismo directorio de inicio para cada usuario de TS-Shell,\n" "puesto que no se usa para guardar datos.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada " -"miembro\n" +"<p>Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada miembro\n" "TS-Shell de estos grupos herede los mismos derechos.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Los grupos existentes se pueden añadir o eliminar de la autorización\n" -"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Seleccionar o " -"deseleccionar.</b> El estado actual se muestra en la columna <b>TS-Auth</b>." -"</p>" +"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Seleccionar o deseleccionar.</b> El estado actual se muestra en la columna <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" @@ -695,673 +633,565 @@ "<p>Cambie los miembros de TS-Shell de un grupo seleccionado en la selección\n" "<b>TS-Members</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para crear nuevos grupos, introduzca el nombre en el campo de entrada " -"<b>Nuevo grupo</b> y confírmelo con <b>Crear.</b>\n" -"\t<br>Para suprimir los grupos creados anteriormente, es necesario utilizar " -"el diálogo <b>Usuarios de YaST.</b></p>" +"<p>Para crear nuevos grupos, introduzca el nombre en el campo de entrada <b>Nuevo grupo</b> y confírmelo con <b>Crear.</b>\n" +"\t<br>Para suprimir los grupos creados anteriormente, es necesario utilizar el diálogo <b>Usuarios de YaST.</b></p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para deshacer los cambios en este recuadro de diálogo, haga clic en " -"<b>Atrás.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p>Para deshacer los cambios en este recuadro de diálogo, haga clic en <b>Atrás.</b></p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"<p>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión necesita un usuario para cada ID de z/VM. " -"Para crear estos usuarios, hay que proporcionar una <b>contraseña</b> y un " -"<b>directorio personal</b>." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "<p>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión necesita un usuario para cada ID de z/VM. Para crear estos usuarios, hay que proporcionar una <b>contraseña</b> y un <b>directorio personal</b>." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente haciendo clic en " -"<b>Sincronizar</b> o simplemente confirmando los cambios con la opción " -"<b>Aceptar</b> estando habilitada la opción <b>IUCVConn al entrar a la " -"sesión</b>. </p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127 +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente haciendo clic en <b>Sincronizar</b> o simplemente confirmando los cambios con la opción <b>Aceptar</b> estando habilitada la opción <b>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión</b>. </p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "usuario" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "grupo" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "ID de z/&VM (ordenados automáticamente)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "H&abilitar TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "Autorización" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "Grupos/miembros" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&Nuevo usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&Eliminar usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "&Gestionar grupos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "ID de z/VM permitidos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&Selección" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Expresión regular" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "ID &auditadas" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "Ha&bilitar IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "Entrar a la sesión" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Directorio personal" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "Valores para nuevos usuarios" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Co&nfirmar contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Directorio personal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&Sincronizar" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&Forzar cambio de contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "Grup&os adicionales" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-Auth" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-Members" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "&Seleccionar o deseleccionar " -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "&Crear" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "&Nuevo grupo" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-&Members" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "ID de &z/VM" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden o no son válidas." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "El nombre de usuario no es válido." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "Se debe especificar un directorio personal." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al añadir el usuario." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "Configurar los valores generales del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Sólo se permiten letras y " -"números." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Sólo se permiten letras y números." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido usar números " -"al principio." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido usar números al principio." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido utilizar más " -"de ocho caracteres." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido utilizar más de ocho caracteres." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Es obligatorio usar al menos " -"una letra." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Es obligatorio usar al menos una letra." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Se necesita una contraseña introducida correctamente para sincronizar los " -"usuarios de IUCVConn." +msgstr "Se necesita una contraseña introducida correctamente para sincronizar los usuarios de IUCVConn." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "El directorio personal de IUCVConn especificado no es válido." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "El nombre de grupo no es válido." -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "No es posible configurar Terminal Server sin ID z/VM válidos." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Entrada incorrecta, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para " -"separar los valores." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Entrada incorrecta, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para separar los valores." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "La coma sólo funciona como separador." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "Los ID de z/VM no permiten más de ocho caracteres." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "ID de IUCV incorrecto. Sólo se permiten letras minúsculas." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "Los ID de IUCV no pueden tener más de %1 caracteres." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>Configurar valores del sistema de terminal local</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pueden ejecutarse varias <b>instancias IUCVtty</b> para proporcionar " -"múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID " -"de terminal, que es una combinación del <b>prefijo de ID de terminal</b> y " -"el número de la instancia.<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Pueden ejecutarse varias <b>instancias IUCVtty</b> para proporcionar múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID de terminal, que es una combinación del <b>prefijo de ID de terminal</b> y el número de la instancia.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si define diez instancias con el prefijo "<i>lxterm", estarán disponibles los ID de terminal del <i>lxterm0</i> al " -"<i>lxterm9</i>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" +msgstr "Por ejemplo, si define diez instancias con el prefijo "<i>lxterm</i>", estarán disponibles los ID de terminal del <i>lxterm0</i> al <i>lxterm9</i>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El controlador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del núcleo y usa " -"nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC " -"a fin de comunicarse con los programas getty y de entrada.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138 +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El controlador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del núcleo y usa nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC a fin de comunicarse con los programas getty y de entrada.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>restringir acceso,</b> se permite la conexión solo desde ciertos " -"<b>Terminal Servers</b>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>restringir acceso,</b> se permite la conexión solo desde ciertos <b>Terminal Servers</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Defina la emulación para todas las instancias a la vez o para cada una " -"por separado.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Defina la emulación para todas las instancias a la vez o para cada una por separado.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" -"<p>Active <b>recibir mensajes del núcleo en hvc0</b> para enrutar los " -"mensajes\n" +"<p>Active <b>recibir mensajes del núcleo en hvc0</b> para enrutar los mensajes\n" "del núcleo al dispositivo hvc0, en lugar de a ttyS0.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Si los mensajes del núcleo todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> al parámetro de arranque del núcleo en uso en el " -"<b>módulo de arranque de YaST.</b></p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Si los mensajes del núcleo todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente <b>console=ttyS0</b> al parámetro de arranque del núcleo en uso en el <b>módulo de arranque de YaST.</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Advertencia: los terminales HVC permanecen con una sesión iniciada si no " -"se sale de la sesión manualmente mediante el acceso directo ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Advertencia: los terminales HVC permanecen con una sesión iniciada si no se sale de la sesión manualmente mediante el acceso directo ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&Prefijo de ID de terminal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "Instancias de I&UCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "Instancias de H&VC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "Restringir &acceso a" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "&Servidores de terminal permitidos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "recibir mensajes del &núcleo en hvc0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea salir sin guardar?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "El ID de IUCV no es válido." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "Los servidores de terminal no son válidos." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"El sistema debe reiniciarse para que algunos de los cambios surtan efecto." +msgstr "El sistema debe reiniciarse para que algunos de los cambios surtan efecto." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "Solo se permiten %1 líneas para VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de OnPanic" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Configurar las acciones que se llevarán a cabo si se produce un error " -"fatal del núcleo (kernel panic)</b></p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111 +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Configurar las acciones que se llevarán a cabo si se produce un error fatal del núcleo (kernel panic)</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> debe estar habilitado para influir en el " -"comportamiento durante los errores fatales del núcleo.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115 +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> debe estar habilitado para influir en el comportamiento durante los errores fatales del núcleo.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las <b>acciones durante errores fatales</b> posibles son las siguientes:" -"<br>" +msgstr "<p>Las <b>acciones durante errores fatales</b> posibles son las siguientes:<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>stop</b> Detener Linux (por defecto).<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>dump</b> Realizar un volcado de Linux y detener el sistema.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Reiniciar Linux.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Realiza un volcado de Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta " -"opción solo está disponible\n" -"en sistemas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores." -"<br>" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Realiza un volcado de Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta opción solo está disponible\n" +"en sistemas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>vmcmd</b> Ejecutar los comandos CP especificados y detener el sistema.</p>" +msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Ejecutar los comandos CP especificados y detener el sistema.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "" -"<p>El tiempo definido en <b>Minutos de retraso</b> retrasa la activación de " -"la acción de error fatal especificada para un sistema recién iniciado, con " -"el fin de evitar bucles. Si el sistema se bloquea antes de que transcurra el " -"tiempo, se realizará la acción por defecto (stop).</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135 +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El tiempo definido en <b>Minutos de retraso</b> retrasa la activación de la acción de error fatal especificada para un sistema recién iniciado, con el fin de evitar bucles. Si el sistema se bloquea antes de que transcurra el tiempo, se realizará la acción por defecto (stop).</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El dispositivo para volcar la memoria se puede establecer mediante la " -"opción <b>Dispositivo de volcado.</b> Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo, " -"deberá crear uno en el diálogo <b>Dispositivos de volcado de YaST.</b></p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141 +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El dispositivo para volcar la memoria se puede establecer mediante la opción <b>Dispositivo de volcado.</b> Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo, deberá crear uno en el diálogo <b>Dispositivos de volcado de YaST.</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>VMCMD,</b> especifique los comandos CP que se ejecutarán antes de " -"que se detenga el sistema Linux. Solo se permiten %1 líneas y un total de %2 " -"caracteres.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147 +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>VMCMD,</b> especifique los comandos CP que se ejecutarán antes de que se detenga el sistema Linux. Solo se permiten %1 líneas y un total de %2 caracteres.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "N&o iniciar Dumpconf" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&Iniciar Dumpconf" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "Acción en caso de error &fatal" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "&Minutos de retraso" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo de volcado" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"No es posible habilitar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." +msgstr "No es posible habilitar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "No es posible utilizar vmcmd sin definir al menos un comando." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos ZFCP configurados" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1369,61 +1199,57 @@ "¿Desea salir sin guardar la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "Añadir nuevo dispositivo ZFCP" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "Obtener WWPN" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "Obtener LUN" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "" -"Si no se han definido WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará usar allow_lun_scan." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "Si no se han definido WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará usar allow_lun_scan." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "El WWPN no es válido." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "El LUN introducido no es válido." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1431,8 +1257,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1440,40 +1266,37 @@ "<p><b><big>Dispositivos ZFCP configurados</big></b><br>\n" "Permite gestionar los dispositivos ZFCP del sistema.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar un nuevo dispositivo ZFCP, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar un nuevo dispositivo ZFCP, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para eliminar un dispositivo ZFCP configurado, selecciónelo y haga clic " -"en\n" +"<p>Para eliminar un dispositivo ZFCP configurado, selecciónelo y haga clic en\n" "<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Al acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de lectura y escritura,<b></b><b></b> " -"asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo.\n" +"<p>Al acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de lectura y escritura,<b></b><b></b> asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo.\n" " De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1485,221 +1308,208 @@ "<b>ID de canal</b> del controladora ZFCP, el número internacional\n" "de puerto (<b>WWPN</b>) y el número de <b>LUN.</b></p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " -"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>ID de canal</b> se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un " -"formato admitido\n" +"<p>El <b>ID de canal</b> se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un formato admitido\n" "por sysfs 0.0.<n.ºdispositivo>; por ejemplo, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos;\n" +"<p>El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos;\n" "por ejemplo, <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos\n" -"con todos sus ceros al final; por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.<p>Si no se han definido valores WWPN <b>ni</b> LUN, el sistema intentará " -"utilizar allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos\n" +"con todos sus ceros al final; por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Si no se han definido valores WWPN <b>ni</b> LUN, el sistema intentará utilizar allow_lun_scan.</p>" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Ejecutando mkinitrd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; formato: %2; DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; dispositivo: %2; DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Leyendo los discos DASD configurados" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs no está montado." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: estado no válido para <online>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: no se ha encontrado ningún dispositivo para <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: no es posible cambiar el estado del dispositivo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: el dispositivo no es DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: no es posible cargar el módulo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: error al activar DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD no tiene formato." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: Error desconocido %2." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formateando %1:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Error al formatear los discos. Código de salida: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formateando %1: completados %2 cilindros de %3" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos DASD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos ZFCP" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "Comprobando discos DASD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "Comprobando discos ZFCP..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar unos minutos." +msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar unos minutos." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "El disco no es válido o no se puede usar (error grave)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "Formato o partición incompatible, corregir con Forzar." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "Faltan programas de asistencia." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "Hay parámetros ausentes o no válidos." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "Problema de acceso." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "Código de error del programa de soporte: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1707,195 +1517,195 @@ "No es posible crear el dispositivo de volcado %1:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Cargando la configuración de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "Comprobar entradas IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "Comprobar entradas HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "Leer parámetros del núcleo" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "Comprobando entradas IUCVtty..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "Comprobando entradas HVC..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "Leyendo parámetros del núcleo..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Escribir parámetros del núcleo" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de IUCVtty..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de HVC..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "Escribiendo parámetros del núcleo..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<TODO>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Cargando la configuración del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "Leer archivos de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "Cargar configuración de usuarios/grupos" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "Leyendo archivos de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "Cargando la configuración de usuarios/grupos..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "Escribir archivos de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración de usuario" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración de usuarios..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo configuración de Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de Dumpconf..." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Reiniciar el servicio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3; dispositivo: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1903,62 +1713,62 @@ "No es posible evaluar los controladores ZFCP (por ejemplo, en LPAR).\n" "Tendrá que configurarlos manualmente." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Leyendo los dispositivos ZFCP configurados" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN no válido." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido activar el WWPN para el adaptador %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: no es posible activar el dispositivo ZFCP." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: el disco SCSI no se ha podido desactivar." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del LUN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del WWPN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: el dispositivo <ccwid> no existe." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cargar el módulo zfcp." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cambiar el estado del adaptador." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: los puertos WWPN están aún activo." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: este adaptador de host admite allow_lun_scan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "Módulo de configuración del cliente Samba.\n" "Consulte la documentación de Samba para obtener más información." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Activar o desactivar los servicios Winbind (winbindd)" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Comprobar si esta máquina es miembro de un dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Unir este equipo a un dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global de Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Activar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Nombre del dominio al que unirse" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,190 +67,186 @@ "El usuario utilizado para unirse al dominio. Si no se introduce, YaST\n" "intentará unirse al dominio sin especificar el usuario ni la contraseña.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Contraseña empleada por el usuario al incorporarse al dominio" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "La cuenta de máquina" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Nombre de un grupo de trabajo" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de un dominio." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "No es posible probar la pertenencia al dominio." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "Este equipo es miembro de %1." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "Este equipo no es miembro de %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Se ha accedido correctamente al dominio %1." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo &primario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo &secundario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "&Vía remota" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el <b>intervalo</b> para los ID de grupo y usuario Samba " -"(valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>intervalo</b> para los ID de grupo y usuario Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "Intervalo de &UID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "Intervalo de &GID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Mín&imo" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "&Máximo" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "Grupos permitidos" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "Nombres o SID del grupo" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "Método &Kerberos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Servicio de nombres de Internet de Windows" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "Montar directorios de servidor" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "Vía remota" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje local" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -258,116 +254,116 @@ "El valor mínimo del intervalo no puede ser\n" "superior al valor máximo.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Pertenencia a dominio de Windows" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "Verificando la pertenencia al dominio AD..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "&Salir" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "Actualmente, es miembro de este dominio" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "&Usar la información de SMB para la autenticación de Linux" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "&Crear directorio personal al iniciar sesión" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de acceso" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "OU de cuenta de &máquina" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Servidor de Active Directory" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración de N&TP..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "Deshabilitar caché de servicio de nombres" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "Monitorización de modificaciones de archivo de inicio" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 msgid "Membership" msgstr "Pertenencia" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "&Dominio o grupo de trabajo" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación &sin conexión" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&Single Sign-On para SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración &avanzada..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -375,13 +371,13 @@ "No es posible utilizar el grupo de trabajo\n" "%1 para la autenticación en Linux." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "Introduzca un dominio válido." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -389,24 +385,22 @@ "Introduzca un dominio o inhabilite\n" "el uso de SMB para la autenticación en Linux." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory " -"restablece los siguientes\n" +"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory restablece los siguientes\n" " ajustes de smb.conf a los valores por defecto:\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -414,8 +408,8 @@ "El host debe ser miembro de un dominio\n" "para la autenticación en Linux con SMB." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -423,13 +417,13 @@ "Acceda a un dominio o inhabilite el uso de SMB\n" "para la autenticación en Linux." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Samba ha sido activado." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -439,20 +433,19 @@ "los cambios de nombre de host con DHCP son problemáticos.\n" "¿Desea inhabilitar los cambios de nombre de host con DHCP?" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Este cambio sólo afecta a los procesos recién creados y no a los servicios\n" -"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los " -"servicios\n" +"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los servicios\n" "manualmente o reinicie el equipo.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -460,18 +453,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando la configuración del cliente Samba</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -479,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del cliente Samba</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -489,68 +481,58 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big></b><br>\n" "Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Selección de pertenencia a dominio de Windows</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT " -"o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" +"<p>Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" "Especifique aquí el nombre del tipo de pertenencia.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Usar la información de SMB para la autenticación de Linux</b> permite\n" -"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un " -"dominio de AD.</p>\n" +"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un dominio de AD.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario</b> para añadir su servidor de " -"AD a la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" -"Esta opción solo se encuentra disponible para configuraciones de red " -"estática.</p>" +"<p>Marque <b>Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario</b> para añadir su servidor de AD a la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" +"Esta opción solo se encuentra disponible para configuraciones de red estática.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Al hacer clic en <b>Aceptar,</b> el sistema verifica la pertenencia y,\n" -"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite al host unirse al dominio.\n" +"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite al host unirse al dominio.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Indique el nombre de dominio NT o de Active Directory.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -558,75 +540,42 @@ "<p>Al hacer clic en <b>Siguiente</b>, el sistema comprueba el dominio y\n" "permite al host acceder a él.</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Crear directorio personal al iniciar la sesión</b> para crear " -"los directorios personales locales en la primera entrada al sistema.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Crear directorio personal al iniciar la sesión</b> para crear los directorios personales locales en la primera entrada al sistema.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Autenticación sin conexión</b> permite al usuario iniciar una sesión " -"aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta " -"opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las " -"credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan " -"para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una " -"conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para " -"los usuarios móviles." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>Autenticación sin conexión</b> permite al usuario iniciar una sesión aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para los usuarios móviles." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "" -"<p>Haga clic en <b>Configuración avanzada</b> para habilitar características " -"avanzadas, como las opciones de WINS o montar directorios personales del " -"servidor desde dominios Active Directory.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Configuración avanzada</b> para habilitar características avanzadas, como las opciones de WINS o montar directorios personales del servidor desde dominios Active Directory.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Ajustes de acceso</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Establezca el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>Contraseña</b> que deben " -"emplearse para unirse\n" -"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta " -"que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en texto normal (sin cifrar).</p>" +"<p>Establezca el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>Contraseña</b> que deben emplearse para unirse\n" +"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en texto normal (sin cifrar).</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el <b>Servidor de Active Directory</b> que desee utilizar " -"para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor " -"para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>Servidor de Active Directory</b> que desee utilizar para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -634,27 +583,26 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema o " -"equipo con la de un\n" +"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema o equipo con la de un\n" "servidor NTP. Puede pasar a la configuración con <b>Configuración NTP</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por defecto)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "Cuenta de &máquina OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "O&btener lista" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -662,39 +610,36 @@ "Se requiere un nombre de usuario y una contraseña\n" "para mostrar las cuentas de máquina." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "Cuenta de &máquina" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Verificando la pertenencia al grupo de trabajo..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "La configuración se transmitirá a todos los nodos del grupo." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" +msgstr "Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -702,8 +647,8 @@ "No es posible determinar automáticamente si este host\n" "es miembro del dominio %1." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -711,12 +656,12 @@ "Este host no es miembro\n" "del dominio %1." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "¿Desea acceder al dominio %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -724,7 +669,7 @@ "No es posible determinar automáticamente si este grupo\n" "es miembro del dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -732,306 +677,251 @@ "Este grupo no es miembro\n" "del dominio %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea conservar o suprimir " -"estos recursos compartidos?" +msgstr "Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea conservar o suprimir estos recursos compartidos?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Conservar" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Hay otros servicios de compartición de Windows disponibles. ¿Desea " -"detenerlos también?" +msgstr "Hay otros servicios de compartición de Windows disponibles. ¿Desea detenerlos también?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "&Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si desea utilizar el Servicio de nombres de Internet de Microsoft Windows " -"(WINS) para resolver nombres, marque <b>Utilizar WINS para resolución de " -"nombres de host</b>.</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si desea utilizar el Servicio de nombres de Internet de Microsoft Windows (WINS) para resolver nombres, marque <b>Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host</b>.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Obtener servidor WINS mediante &DHCP" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Obtener servidor WINS mediante DHCP</b> para utilizar un " -"servidor WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP.</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Obtener servidor WINS mediante DHCP</b> para utilizar un servidor WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Recursos compartidos por los usuarios" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartiendo" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "&Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Permitir acceso de in&vitado" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "&Grupo permitido" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "Número &máximo de recursos compartidos" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios</b> permite que los " -"miembros del grupo de <b>Grupos permitidos</b> compartan los directorios que " -"poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>users</tt> con un alcance " -"local o los de <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> para un alcance de dominio. El " -"usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos " -"permiten el acceso.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios</b> permite que los miembros del grupo de <b>Grupos permitidos</b> compartan los directorios que poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>users</tt> con un alcance local o los de <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> para un alcance de dominio. El usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos permiten el acceso.</p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Número máximo de recursos compartidos</b> permite limitar la cantidad " -"total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Número máximo de recursos compartidos</b> permite limitar la cantidad total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse.</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin " -"autenticación, active <b>Permitir acceso de invitado</b>.</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin autenticación, active <b>Permitir acceso de invitado</b>.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>En la tabla <b>Montar directorios de servidor,</b> puede indicar " -"directorios\n" -"de servidor (como el directorio de inicio) que deban montarse de forma local " -"cuando el \n" -"usuario entre a la sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, " -"indique <b>Nombre de usuario</b>\n" -"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio se monta para " -"cada usuario. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man de " -"pam_mount.conf.</p>" +"<p>En la tabla <b>Montar directorios de servidor,</b> puede indicar directorios\n" +"de servidor (como el directorio de inicio) que deban montarse de forma local cuando el \n" +"usuario entre a la sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, indique <b>Nombre de usuario</b>\n" +"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio se monta para cada usuario. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man de pam_mount.conf.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> " -"para <b>Vía remota</b>, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Punto de montaje local con el fin de montar el directorio personal, junto con un valor <tt>user=" -"%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> como parte de <b>Opciones.</b></p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> para <b>Vía remota</b>, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Punto de montaje local</b> con el fin de montar el directorio personal, junto con un valor <tt>user=%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> como parte de <b>Opciones.</b></p>" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> El valor del <b>Método Kerberos</b> establece cómo se verifican los " -"tickets de Kerberos. Si se usa <b>Single Sign-On para SSH,</b> YaST define " -"por defecto el método Kerberos <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Consulte la " -"página man de smb.conf para obtener más detalles.</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p> El valor del <b>Método Kerberos</b> establece cómo se verifican los tickets de Kerberos. Si se usa <b>Single Sign-On para SSH,</b> YaST define por defecto el método Kerberos <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Consulte la página man de smb.conf para obtener más detalles.</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cliente Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "Escribir los ajustes de OpenSSH" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cliente Kerberos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes de OpenSSH..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes requeridos" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes requeridos..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "Login de PAM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Usar Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "No usar Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Realm por defecto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Dominio por defecto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "Dirección del servidor KDC" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Sesgo del reloj (clock skew)" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Servidor KDC</b>:%1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Dominio por defecto</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Realm por defecto</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>Autenticación Kerberos habilitada</b>: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Configuración adquirida mediante DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1039,8 +929,8 @@ "El sesgo del reloj no es válido.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1048,143 +938,143 @@ "El tiempo de vida no es válido.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes globales de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Leer el estado de winbind " -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes globales de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado de winbind..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desactivar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Activar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desactivando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios Samba..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de Kerberos" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de Kerberos..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración a %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el daemon winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "No es posible detener el daemon winbind." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración PAM." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Crear directorio personal al iniciar sesión" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Autenticación sin conexión activada" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Número máximo de recursos compartidos: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Grupo de trabajo o dominio:</b> %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Autenticación con SMB:</b> %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "No es posible continuar con la unión: estado del clúster incoherente" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,219 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de " -"Samba para obtener más información)" +msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de Samba para obtener más información)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "Manejar un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "Mostrar la lista de recursos compartidos disponibles" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "Definir función del servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "Definir dorsal para guardar la información de usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "Activar o desactivar los servicios de Samba (smb y nmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global del servidor Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "Activar el recurso compartido o un servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "Desactivar el recurso compartido o un servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "Eliminar recurso compartido del archivo de configuración" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "Nombre del recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "Añadir un nuevo recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "Cambiar las opciones de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "Mostrar las opciones de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "Comentario de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "Ruta (directorio) a un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido debe actuar como impresora" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido debe estar visible al examinar la LAN" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido ha de permitir el acceso de invitados" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio primario" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" -msgstr "" -"El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio de copia de seguridad" +msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio de copia de seguridad" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como miembro de dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos pero no permitir inicios " -"de sesión en dominios" +msgstr "El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos pero no permitir inicios de sesión en dominios" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "Utilice el archivo 'smbpasswd' para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utilice el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario." +msgstr "Utilice el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "Utilice el servidor LDAP para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "Contraseña para el servidor LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Nombre de un grupo de trabajo." -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "Descripción legible para el usuario del servidor Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP." +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP." -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, " -"cambiar las contraseñas)." +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, cambiar las contraseñas)." -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "Especificar el nombre del recurso compartido." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "El recurso compartido %1 no existe." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "Indique la ruta al directorio que desea compartir." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "El recurso compartido %1 ya existe." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -234,135 +216,130 @@ "Estado \tTipo\tNombre\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tdisco\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\timpresora\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Dado que hay usuarios conectados actualmente al servidor Samba,\n" -"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de " -"reiniciarlo.\n" -" Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda " -"desconectar a los usuarios,\n" +"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de reiniciarlo.\n" +" Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda desconectar a los usuarios,\n" " ejecute systemctl restart smb y systemctl restart nmb." -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "Archivo smbpasswd" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "Base de datos TDB" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "El valor opcional no puede comenzar con un espacio." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Los valores opcionales múltiples para el servidor se deben indicar entre " -"comillas." +msgstr "Los valores opcionales múltiples para el servidor se deben indicar entre comillas." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "La URL %1 introducida no es válida." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la entrada seleccionada?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "Se debe especificar al menos un servidor." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "¿Suprimir el dorsal seleccionado?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "Tipo de sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "Archivo smbpasswd" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "Base de datos TDB" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -378,117 +355,117 @@ "Consulte la ayuda sobre procedimientos de Samba para\n" "obtener más información.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "Controlador de dominio &primario (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Controlador de dominio de re&serva (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Sin &controlador de dominio" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Instalación de Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Paso 1 de 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &grupo de trabajo o dominio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Paso 2 de 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Nombre de dominio actual:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Tipo de servidor Samba" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "No disponible, ya que PDC está presente." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Renombrar recurso compartido" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nuevo &nombre del recurso compartido" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Introduzca un nuevo nombre para el recurso compartido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -496,8 +473,8 @@ "El recurso compartido %1 ya existe.\n" "Seleccione otro.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -507,27 +484,27 @@ "se perderán todos sus ajustes.\n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea suprimirlo?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "&Dominio de confianza" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de dominio no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "No es posible establecer una relación de confianza con el dominio." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -535,20 +512,19 @@ "a security threat." msgstr "" "La contraseña para los dominios de confianza\n" -"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La " -"contraseña\n" +"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La contraseña\n" "se almacena como sólo texto. Esto puede considerarse\n" "una amenaza a la seguridad." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Dominios de &confianza" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -556,233 +532,233 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea abandonar la relación\n" "de confianza con el dominio %1?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Recurso compartido %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global de experto" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificación" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del recurso compartido" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "&Descripción del recurso compartido" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Tipo de recurso compartido" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "Im&presora" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Directorio" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Vía al recurso compartido" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Sólo lectura" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Heredar ACL" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Exponer instantáneas" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Utilizar características de BtrFS" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Nuevo recurso compartido" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Ruta del recurso compartido" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del recurso compartido no puede estar vacío." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "La ruta del recurso compartido no puede estar vacía." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Recursos compartidos disponibles" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "M&ostrar todos los recursos compartidos" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "&No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Sólo lectura" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Ruta" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Acceso de invitado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Comentario" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "&Renombrar..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad con servidor WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor WINS remoto" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Nom&bre" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Sin controlador de dominio" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primario (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserva (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Configuración básica" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "&Controlador de dominio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzados..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Configuración global de &experto" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "Orígenes de autenticación de &usuario" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Samba" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "I&nicio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Recursos compartidos" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentidad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "Configuración &LDAP" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host de NetBIOS" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Orígenes de información de usuario" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -792,16 +768,16 @@ "(root) para funcionar correctamente.\n" "Esta cuenta se creará ahora." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña raíz de Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -809,13 +785,13 @@ "La primera y la segunda versión de la contraseña\n" "no coinciden." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una cuenta para el usuario %1." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -823,7 +799,7 @@ "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para\n" "acceder al dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -831,23 +807,23 @@ "Para incorporarse al dominio de forma anónima, deje \n" "vacías las casillas de texto." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&No incorporarse" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Se ha accedido correctamente al dominio %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -855,18 +831,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor Samba</big></b><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -874,8 +849,8 @@ "<p><big><b>Guardando la configuración del servidor Samba</b></big><br>\n" "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -884,78 +859,63 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big></b><br>\n" "Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Selección de dominio o grupo de trabajo</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione el nombre de un grupo de trabajo o un dominio existentes o " -"escriba un nombre nuevo y haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" +"Seleccione el nombre de un grupo de trabajo o un dominio existentes o escriba un nombre nuevo y haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Un controlador de dominio permite a los clientes de Windows entrar en un " -"dominio estilo Windows NT.</p>\n" -"<p>El controlador de copia de seguridad usa otro controlador de dominio para " -"la validación.\n" -"El controlador primario usa su propia información sobre los usuarios y sus " -"contraseñas.</p>\n" -"<p>Las opciones disponibles en los recuadros de diálogo de configuración " -"dependen de los ajustes de esta selección. La función de controlador de " -"dominio estilo Windows NT quedará obsoleta en versiones futuras.</p>" +"<p>Un controlador de dominio permite a los clientes de Windows entrar en un dominio estilo Windows NT.</p>\n" +"<p>El controlador de copia de seguridad usa otro controlador de dominio para la validación.\n" +"El controlador primario usa su propia información sobre los usuarios y sus contraseñas.</p>\n" +"<p>Las opciones disponibles en los recuadros de diálogo de configuración dependen de los ajustes de esta selección. La función de controlador de dominio estilo Windows NT quedará obsoleta en versiones futuras.</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien " -"sesión en un dominio de Windows.</p>\n" +"<p>Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien sesión en un dominio de Windows.</p>\n" " <p>Las opciones disponibles en los cuadros de diálogo de configuración \n" " dependen de los ajustes de esta selección.</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Recursos compartidos</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Esta es una lista de recursos compartidos ya configurados, tanto\n" -"habilitados como inhabilitados, así como alguna información básica al " -"respecto.<br></p>" +"habilitados como inhabilitados, así como alguna información básica al respecto.<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -969,8 +929,8 @@ "Así el recurso compartido podrá leerse de nuevo más tarde.\n" "</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -978,30 +938,25 @@ "by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n" "menu.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el " -"recurso compartido\n" -"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los " -"directorios personales\n" -"de los usuarios. Los recursos compartidos del sistema pueden ocultarse en la " -"tabla\n" -"seleccionando <b>No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema</b> en el " -"menú <b>Filtro</b>.\n" +"<p>Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el recurso compartido\n" +"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los directorios personales\n" +"de los usuarios. Los recursos compartidos del sistema pueden ocultarse en la tabla\n" +"seleccionando <b>No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema</b> en el menú <b>Filtro</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, <b>Editar para modificar\n" +"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, <b>Editar</b> para modificar\n" "un recurso existente y <b>Suprimir</b> para \n" "eliminar la información acerca de un recurso compartido.</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -1011,30 +966,25 @@ "Estas opciones le permiten definir la identidad del servidor y su función\n" "primaria en la red.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Los ajustes básicos permiten configurar el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. <b>Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC)</b> y " -"<b>Controlador de dominio primario</b> permiten a los clientes Windows " -"iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" -"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador " -"primario utiliza\n" +"función del servidor. <b>Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC)</b> y <b>Controlador de dominio primario</b> permiten a los clientes Windows iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" +"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador primario utiliza\n" "su propia información acerca de los usuarios y sus contraseñas.\n" "Si el servidor no debe participar como controlador de dominio, elija \n" "<b>Sin controlador de dominio</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1042,13 +992,12 @@ "as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración básica</b> configura el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. <b>Controlador de dominio primario</b> permite a los " -"clientes Windows iniciar\n" +"función del servidor. <b>Controlador de dominio primario</b> permite a los clientes Windows iniciar\n" "sesión en un dominio de Windows. Si el servidor no debe participar\n" "como controlador de dominio, elija <b>Sin controlador de dominio</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1064,28 +1013,25 @@ "consultas. En el último caso, elija <b>Servidor WINS remoto</b>\n" "e introduzca la dirección IP del servidor WINS.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>También puede definir un valor para <b>Nombre de servidor NetBIOS</b>. El " -"nombre de\n" +"<p>También puede definir un valor para <b>Nombre de servidor NetBIOS</b>. El nombre de\n" "NetBIOS es el nombre que utiliza el servidor en la red SMB.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Valores de configuración avanzados</b> proporciona acceso a\n" -"la configuración detallada, como los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y " -"los valores de configuración globales avanzados.</p>\n" +"la configuración detallada, como los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y los valores de configuración globales avanzados.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1099,7 +1045,7 @@ "Aquí puede definir una lista de dominios a los que el servidor\n" "Samba debería proporcionar acceso.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1110,24 +1056,21 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Para agregar un dominio nuevo a la lista, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "Escriba el nombre del dominio de confianza\n" -"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El " -"servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" -"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si hace clic en " -"<b>Aceptar</b>\n" +"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" +"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si hace clic en <b>Aceptar</b>\n" "se confirmará la relación de confianza. Para suprimir un dominio,\n" "selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de " -"confianza,\n" +"<p>Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de confianza,\n" "consulte la ayuda sobre procedimientos de Samba.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1135,19 +1078,18 @@ "<p><b><big>Editar un recurso compartido</big></b><br>\n" "Aquí puede ajustar las opciones de un recurso compartido.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"<b>Editar</b> para modificar\n" +"<p>Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, <b>Editar</b> para modificar\n" "una opción existente y <b>Suprimir</b> para \n" "suprimir una opción.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" @@ -1155,19 +1097,17 @@ "<P><b><big>Configuración global de experto</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Aquí puede configurar con detalle las opciones globales del servidor.</P>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"<b>Editar</b> para\n" -"modificar una opción existente y <b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar una opción.\n" +"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, <b>Editar</b> para\n" +"modificar una opción existente y <b>Suprimir</b> para eliminar una opción.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1177,62 +1117,50 @@ "Configure aquí los detalles de uso de LDAP por parte del\n" "servidor Samba.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>DN de base de búsqueda</b> (DN, nombre completo) es\n" -"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. <b>DN de administración se utiliza al\n" +"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. <b>DN de administración</b> se utiliza al\n" "crear usuarios y grupos nuevos. Si el DN de administración necesita\n" -"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña " -"mediante\n" +"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña mediante\n" "<b>Definir contraseña de administración LDAP</b>.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de " -"administración LDAP.</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Nota:</b> los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de administración LDAP.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Servidores de información de autenticación del usuario</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Servidores de información de autenticación del usuario</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione la ubicación donde el servidor Samba debe buscar la información\n" -"para la autenticación. Samba ya no admite varios servidores de " -"autenticación,\n" +"para la autenticación. Samba ya no admite varios servidores de autenticación,\n" "por lo que solo se permite uno.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si quiere cambiar el origen de autenticación del usuario, elimine primero " -"el actual\n" -"con el botón <b>Suprimir</b> y añada un origen nuevo con el botón <b>Añadir.</p>\n" +"<p>Si quiere cambiar el origen de autenticación del usuario, elimine primero el actual\n" +"con el botón <b>Suprimir</b> y añada un origen nuevo con el botón <b>Añadir</b>.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1243,8 +1171,8 @@ "versiones anteriores de Samba. Su estructura se asemeja a la del archivo\n" "passwd. Es posible tener múltiples archivos con este formato.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1252,75 +1180,69 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b> es la URL de un servidor LDAP para obtener la\n" "información.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Base de datos TDB</b> utiliza un formato de base de datos de Samba " -"binario\n" +"<p><b>Base de datos TDB</b> utiliza un formato de base de datos de Samba binario\n" "para almacenar y buscar información.</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Añadir un nuevo recurso compartido</big></b><br>\n" -"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera " -"añadir.</p>\n" +"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera añadir.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" "purpose of the share.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>El <b>Nombre del recurso compartido</b> se utiliza para acceder al\n" -"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La <b>Descripción del recurso " -"compartido</b> indica\n" +"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La <b>Descripción del recurso compartido</b> indica\n" "la función del recurso compartido.</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" "is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n" "entered for a directory share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de " -"<b>impresora</b>\n" -"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido " -"de <b>directorio</b> \n" -"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la <b>Vía al " -"recurso compartido</b>\n" +"<p>Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de <b>impresora</b>\n" +"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido de <b>directorio</b> \n" +"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la <b>Vía al recurso compartido</b>\n" "para los recursos compartidos de directorio.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1330,7 +1252,7 @@ "de un servicio no podrán crear ni modificar archivos dentro del\n" "directorio del servicio.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1340,131 +1262,72 @@ "las ACLs por defecto incluidas en los directorios padres sigan\n" "cumpliéndose cuando se crea un subdirectorio.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si <b>Exponer instantáneas</b> está seleccionado, Samba expone las " -"instantáneas creadas por Snapper para que los clientes de CIFS/SMB puedan " -"acceder a ellas y manipularlas. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba " -"ofrece compatibilidad con Snapper y la vía compartida corresponde a un " -"subvolumen de configuración de Snapper con capacidad para Btrfs.<br> También " -"se deben otorgar los permisos relevantes. Consulte la página man " -"<b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> de Samba para obtener más detalles.</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si <b>Exponer instantáneas</b> está seleccionado, Samba expone las instantáneas creadas por Snapper para que los clientes de CIFS/SMB puedan acceder a ellas y manipularlas. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Snapper y la vía compartida corresponde a un subvolumen de configuración de Snapper con capacidad para Btrfs.<br> También se deben otorgar los permisos relevantes. Consulte la página man <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> de Samba para obtener más detalles.</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Utilizar características de Btrfs</b> indica a Samba que aproveche las " -"funciones específicas del sistema de archivos Btrfs. Esta opción solo está " -"disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Btrfs y la vía compartida es " -"un subvolumen Btrfs. Consulte la página man <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> de Samba " -"para obtener más información.</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Utilizar características de Btrfs</b> indica a Samba que aproveche las funciones específicas del sistema de archivos Btrfs. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Btrfs y la vía compartida es un subvolumen Btrfs. Consulte la página man <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> de Samba para obtener más información.</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración LDAP</big></b><br>\n" "Determine aquí el servidor LDAP que se usará para la autenticación.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Si selecciona <b>Usar sistema secundario para contraseña LDAP,</b> podrá " -"guardar la información del usuario en el árbol LDAP especificado por la URL. " -"Con <b>Usar el sistema secundario Idmap de LDAP</b>, las tablas de " -"asignación SID/uid/gid se almacenan en LDAP.\n" +"Si selecciona <b>Usar sistema secundario para contraseña LDAP,</b> podrá guardar la información del usuario en el árbol LDAP especificado por la URL. Con <b>Usar el sistema secundario Idmap de LDAP</b>, las tablas de asignación SID/uid/gid se almacenan en LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el " -"servidor LDAP, incluido el DN del administrador.\n" +"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el servidor LDAP, incluido el DN del administrador.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>DN de base de búsqueda</b> es el sufijo que LDAP adjunta a los objetos " -"LDAP específicos de Samba.\n" +"<b>DN de base de búsqueda</b> es el sufijo que LDAP adjunta a los objetos LDAP específicos de Samba.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"Para probar la conexión al servidor LDAP, haga clic en <b>Probar conexión. Para establecer la configuración avanzada de LDAP o usar valores por " -"defecto, haga clic en <b>Configuración avanzada.</b><p>" +"Para probar la conexión al servidor LDAP, haga clic en <b>Probar conexión.</b> Para establecer la configuración avanzada de LDAP o usar valores por defecto, haga clic en <b>Configuración avanzada.</b><p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sufijo de usuario</b> especifica dónde se añaden los usuarios al árbol " -"LDAP. El valor se adjunta al principio del valor de <b>DN de base de " -"búsqueda</b>. De igual forma, <b>Sufijo de grupo</b> especifica el sitio de " -"los grupos; <b>Sufijo de máquina</b>, el de los equipos y <b>Sufijo Idmap, el de las asignaciones idmap.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Sufijo de usuario</b> especifica dónde se añaden los usuarios al árbol LDAP. El valor se adjunta al principio del valor de <b>DN de base de búsqueda</b>. De igual forma, <b>Sufijo de grupo</b> especifica el sitio de los grupos; <b>Sufijo de máquina</b>, el de los equipos y <b>Sufijo Idmap</b>, el de las asignaciones idmap.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Reposo de replicación</b> es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba " -"esperará después de escribir en el servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas " -"LDAP puedan ponerse al día.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Tiempo de espera</b> especifica el tiempo límite para las operaciones " -"LDAP (en segundos).</p>" +"<p><b>Reposo de replicación</b> es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba esperará después de escribir en el servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas LDAP puedan ponerse al día.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Tiempo de espera</b> especifica el tiempo límite para las operaciones LDAP (en segundos).</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Defina si se debe usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con <b>Usar SSL o " -"TLS</b>.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Defina si se debe usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con <b>Usar SSL o TLS</b>.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Suprimir DN</b> especifica si las operaciones de supresión borran la " -"entrada LDAP completa o solo los atributos específicos de Samba.</p>\n" -"<p>Con <b>Sincronizar contraseñas</b> se puede definir la posible " -"sincronización de la contraseña LDAP con los hashes de NT y LM. consulte la " -"página man <tt>smb.conf</tt> para obtener más detalles.</p>" +"<p><b>Suprimir DN</b> especifica si las operaciones de supresión borran la entrada LDAP completa o solo los atributos específicos de Samba.</p>\n" +"<p>Con <b>Sincronizar contraseñas</b> se puede definir la posible sincronización de la contraseña LDAP con los hashes de NT y LM. consulte la página man <tt>smb.conf</tt> para obtener más detalles.</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1473,12 +1336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si se cambia el nombre de host de NetBIOS, Samba creará un\n" "identificador del servicio (SID) para su servidor la primera\n" -"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será " -"diferente al antiguo, los clientes\n" +"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será diferente al antiguo, los clientes\n" "no podrán autenticarse más como miembros del dominio.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1486,13 +1348,12 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que /tmp y /var/tmp son directorios\n" -"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado " -"podría suprimir archivos después de\n" +"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado podría suprimir archivos después de\n" "un período configurado. Consulte MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP y TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR en\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1500,8 +1361,8 @@ "La exportación de /var puede generar problemas de seguridad. El\n" "directorio incluye muchos secretos del sistema.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1509,242 +1370,236 @@ "La exportación de /etc puede generar problemas de seguridad. El\n" "directorio incluye muchos secretos del sistema.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que " -"todo el sistema de archivos\n" +"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que todo el sistema de archivos\n" "puede examinarse desde los clientes Samba.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Valores de configuración avanzados</b> proporciona acceso a\n" -"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, los orígenes de " -"autenticación de usuarios y\n" +"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y\n" "valores de configuración globales avanzados.</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "Sólo" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "Introducir la URL del servidor." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "Las contraseñas coinciden." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea " -"continuar?\n" +msgstr "Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "La conexión se ha realizado con éxito." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "DN de ba&se de búsqueda" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "DN de &administración" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña de administración" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "Contraseña de administración (de &nuevo)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Sistema secundario passdb" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "Usar sistema &secundario para contraseña LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "&URL de servidor LDAP" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Sistema secundario Idmap" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Usar el sistema secundario &Idmap de LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "U&RL de servidor LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Probar conexión" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "Valore&s de configuración avanzados..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "Configuración experta de LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "Valores por defecto" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "Sufijos" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de &usuario" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de g&rupo" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de &máquina" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo &Idmap" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "Time-outs" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "&Reposo de replicación" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "&Tiempo límite" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "&Usar SSL o TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "Otros ajustes" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "&Suprimir DN" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "&Sincronizar contraseñas" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor Samba" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "Información adicional:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "Error desconocido. Es posible que yast2-ldap no esté disponible." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "Clase desconocida:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." +msgstr "Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1753,109 +1608,108 @@ "Parece que no existe ningún servidor LDAP\n" "funcional en %s.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "Compartir archivos e impresoras" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC)" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "Controlador de dominio primario" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "Servidor miembro del dominio" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración global de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Leer secretos de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Leer ajustes de servicio de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Leer cuentas de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes del sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración global de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Leyendo secretos de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Leyendo ajustes de servicio de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Leyendo cuentas de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes del sistema de apoyo..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." -msgstr "" -"Leyendo valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba..." +msgstr "Leyendo valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186 msgid "" "Cups is required by samba for printing to \n" "work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n" @@ -1865,106 +1719,105 @@ "Samba requiere CUPS para que la impresión \n" "funcione correctamente. ¿Desea inhabilitar la impresión?\n" "Nota: para volver a habilitar la impresión, \n" -"debe habilitar manualmente el recurso compartido \"impresoras\" e instalar " -"CUPS." +"debe habilitar manualmente el recurso compartido \"impresoras\" e instalar CUPS." -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración global" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desactivar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Activar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Escribir ajustes de sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Escribir cuentas de Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Guardar la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes globales..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desactivando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes del sistema de apoyo..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Escribiendo cuentas de Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/samba/smb.conf." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración global:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Función: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor Samba está deshabilitado" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración compartida:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,125 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>Si no introduce valores personalizados para " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " -msgstr "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b> y <b>Logon Script " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b> y <b>Logon Script</b> " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"se utilizarán los valores por defecto definidos en la configuración local de " -"Samba.</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "se utilizarán los valores por defecto definidos en la configuración local de Samba.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "Home Drive" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "Usar valores por defecto" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "Home Path" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "Profile Path" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "Logon Script" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Cuenta Samba desactivada" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "Contraseña sin caducidad" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Editar atributos Samba" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar " -"disponible\n" -"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo <b>Nombre de grupo " -"Samba,</b>\n" -"que es el nombre del grupo tal y como debe aparecer para los clientes de " -"Samba. El resto de\n" -"los ajustes se completan automáticamente. Si deja <b>Nombre de grupo Samba\n" +"<p>Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar disponible\n" +"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo <b>Nombre de grupo Samba,</b>\n" +"que es el nombre del grupo tal y como debe aparecer para los clientes de Samba. El resto de\n" +"los ajustes se completan automáticamente. Si deja <b>Nombre de grupo Samba</b>\n" "vacío, se usará el nombre configurado en los ajustes globales para este\n" "grupo.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo Samba" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Atributos Samba" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Administrar los parámetros de la cuenta Samba." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "No ha sido posible actualizar el atributo objectclass." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "No ha sido posible iniciar el SID de Samba. Desactivando el plug-in." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Cambie la contraseña para crear la cuenta Samba." -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "Administrar el atributo Samba de grupos LDAP" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,220 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del escáner" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "&Reiniciar detección" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Ejecutar &hp-setup" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "Esca&neando en red..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ninguna selección" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Seleccione una entrada." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible editar" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible suprimir un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Sólo es posible suprimir un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "Sólo es posible añadir un escáner." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible suprimir" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "Sólo es posible editar un escáner detectado." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "¿Desactivar %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible desactivar %1." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible probar" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible probar %1." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Error al ejecutar hp-setup." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "Selección del modelo y controlador del escáner" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "Cadena de búsqu&eda" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "Mostrar la &lista completa" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "&Modelos de escáner" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "Todos los &modelos de escáner" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "Modelo no soportado" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -235,16 +234,16 @@ "Este modelo no está soportado.\n" "Solicite un controlador Linux del fabricante." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "Este modelo no es compatible con el controlador %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -254,47 +253,41 @@ "seleccione un modelo compatible\n" "o solicite al fabricante un controlador para Linux." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "Controlador no admitido" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa solo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles " -"con i386 (i386 de 32 bits y también x86_64 de 64 bits)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa solo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles con i386 (i386 de 32 bits y también x86_64 de 64 bits)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "Es posible que el controlador cause problemas" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas x86_64 de 64 " -"bits." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas x86_64 de 64 bits." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "Controlador obsoleto" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -302,70 +295,70 @@ "El controlador hpoj puede funcionar, pero ya no se ofrece mantenimiento.\n" "Intente usar el controlador actualizado hpaio." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "Configuración de escáner y controlador" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible activar %1." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "Configuración del escaneo en red" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "&Clientes permitidos para saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "&Servidores utilizados para el metacontrolador net" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del cliente" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones por defecto" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del host &local" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "&Deshabilitar escaneo en red" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -377,8 +370,8 @@ "Espere...\n" "</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -390,45 +383,41 @@ "Espere...\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configuración del escáner</big></b><br>\n" -"Active o cambie la configuración del escáner y muestre los escáneres que " -"estén activos actualmente.\n" +"Active o cambie la configuración del escáner y muestre los escáneres que estén activos actualmente.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para configurar un nuevo escáner, seleccione el escáner en la lista de\n" " escáneres detectados y haga clic en <b>Editar</b>.\n" -" Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice <b>Añadir</b> para establecer " -"la configuración manualmente.\n" +" Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice <b>Añadir</b> para establecer la configuración manualmente.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -445,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -457,45 +445,39 @@ "pruebe con <b>Otro</b> y <b>Reiniciar detección</b>.\n" "Es posible que se detecten también otros dispositivos USB que no sean\n" "escáneres. No hay manera general de distinguir de forma fiable un escáner\n" -"de otro dispositivo USB, ya que no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB " -"para escáneres.\n" +"de otro dispositivo USB, ya que no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB para escáneres.\n" "También puede funcionar si prueba con <b>Añadir.</b>\n" -"Para los dispositivos HP multifunción, puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-" -"setup</tt>\n" +"Para los dispositivos HP multifunción, puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "mediante <b>Otro</b> y <b>Ejecutar hp-setup</b> antes de que sea\n" "posible configurar el escáner con esta herramienta.\n" "Si tiene problemas para configurar el escáner,\n" "compruebe si aparece en la salida de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" +"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Los escáneres SCSI suelen ser detectados.\n" " Si se produce algún problema al emplear <b>Añadir</b>,\n" " compruebe si el escáner aparece al emplear el comando <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -" Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" -" Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del núcleo adecuado para el adaptador " -"de host SCSI.\n" +" Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" +" Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del núcleo adecuado para el adaptador de host SCSI.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -503,8 +485,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -514,20 +495,18 @@ "Este tipo de dispositivos se deben configurar manualmente.\n" "Para configurar el escáner en un dispositivo HP multifunción\n" "conectado al puerto paralelo,\n" -"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Otro</b> y " -"<b>Ejecutar hp-setup</b>\n" -"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando " -"<b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Otro</b> y <b>Ejecutar hp-setup</b>\n" +"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -539,10 +518,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -556,58 +533,52 @@ "Para configurar el escáner de un dispositivo HP multifunción\n" "conectado por medio de un interfaz de red interno, puede ser necesario\n" "ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Otro</b> y <b>Ejecutar hp-setup</b>\n" -"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando <b>Añadir.\n" +"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados con los escáneres asociados " -"a ellos.\n" -"Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y " -"habilitarlo.\n" +"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados con los escáneres asociados a ellos.\n" +"Pulse <b>Añadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y habilitarlo.\n" "Pulse <b>Editar</b> para seleccionar y habilitar un controlador.\n" "Pulse <b>Suprimir</b> para inhabilitar un controlador.\n" "Si pulsa <b>Otro</b>, podrá\n" -"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar " -"dispositivos multifunción HP, o configurar el escaneo a través de la red.\n" +"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar dispositivos multifunción HP, o configurar el escaneo a través de la red.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -617,100 +588,77 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el " -"escáner, es posible que:\n" +"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el escáner, es posible que:\n" "El escáner no esté conectado o el interruptor esté apagado,\n" "el controlador no sea el adecuado para este modelo de escáner\n" -"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas " -"en \n" +"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas en \n" "el mismo modelo, pueden hacer necesario el uso de controladores distintos),\n" -"puede haber problemas de comunicación relacionados con el funcionamiento de " -"los componentes del dispositivo (con el núcleo),\n" +"puede haber problemas de comunicación relacionados con el funcionamiento de los componentes del dispositivo (con el núcleo),\n" "por ejemplo, problemas con USB o SCSI).\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Selección del modelo de escáner</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los " -"compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" -"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y hacer " -"clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" +"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" +"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y hacer clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" "La información está basada en los datos del proyecto SANE en\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Un modelo es compatible si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible " -"para el escáner.\n" -"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se " -"proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" -"El nivel de compatibilidad para un modelo particular varía de mínimo a " -"completo.<br>\n" -"Cuando un controlador se muestra como \"sin mantenimiento\", esto no " -"significa que el controlador no funcione.\n" -"Incluso un controlador sin mantenimiento podría funcionar perfectamente " -"bien.\n" -"Pero significa que ya no hay nadie que conozca el funcionamiento interno del " -"controlador,\n" -"de manera que, por lo general, no se proporciona ayuda si hay problemas con " -"un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" +"Un modelo es compatible si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible para el escáner.\n" +"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" +"El nivel de compatibilidad para un modelo particular varía de mínimo a completo.<br>\n" +"Cuando un controlador se muestra como \"sin mantenimiento\", esto no significa que el controlador no funcione.\n" +"Incluso un controlador sin mantenimiento podría funcionar perfectamente bien.\n" +"Pero significa que ya no hay nadie que conozca el funcionamiento interno del controlador,\n" +"de manera que, por lo general, no se proporciona ayuda si hay problemas con un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener " -"uno.\n" -"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al " -"fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" +"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener uno.\n" +"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -720,67 +668,52 @@ "Si hay disponibles comentarios adicionales, se mostrarán entre corchetes.\n" "Dichos comentarios sólo están disponibles en inglés.</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Use la función <b>Cadena de búsqueda</b> para buscar rápidamente una entrada " -"adecuada.\n" +"Use la función <b>Cadena de búsqueda</b> para buscar rápidamente una entrada adecuada.\n" "Para buscar texto incluido en la tabla, escriba el texto en el campo.\n" -"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando " -"expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" -"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta " -"lista,\n" -"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información " -"sobre el modelo concreto a la cadena de búsqueda.\n" -"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo (como " -"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>)\n" -"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" +"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta lista,\n" +"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información sobre el modelo concreto a la cadena de búsqueda.\n" +"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo (como <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>)\n" +"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configuración de escáner y controlador</big></b><br>\n" "El controlador se activa y los escáneres asociados se prueban.\n" -"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de hacer " -"clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" +"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de hacer clic en <b>Siguiente</b>.\n" "Si hace clic en <b>Atrás</b>, el controlador se desactivará.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -793,12 +726,11 @@ "<b><big>Paquetes adicionales</big></b><br>\n" "Si el paquete que incluye el controlador aún no se ha instalado,\n" "se mostrará un recuadro de diálogo para instalar el paquete.\n" -"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no esté disponible para todas las " -"arquitecturas.\n" +"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no esté disponible para todas las arquitecturas.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -812,29 +744,25 @@ "Si se da el caso, se mostrará un texto explicativo al respecto.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -843,27 +771,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Dispositivos HP multifunción</big></b><br>\n" -"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración " -"especial.\n" +"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración especial.\n" "En este caso, se mostrará el recuadro de diálogo apropiado.\n" -"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los " -"dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" -"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no está " -"disponible),\n" -"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los " -"dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" -"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que incluye el " -"controlador hpaio.\n" +"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" +"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no está disponible),\n" +"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" +"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que incluye el controlador hpaio.\n" "Ambos paquetes de software pueden estar instalados simultáneamente\n" "pero el servicio ptal y el controlador paio no se pueden ejecutar a la vez.\n" "En consecuencia, puede utilizar el servicio ptal o el controlador hplip\n" "para acceder a los dispositivos multifunción de HP.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -877,21 +800,18 @@ " para configurar el escaneo en red.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -900,27 +820,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Valores de configuración del servidor</big></b><br>\n" -"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a " -"través de la red,\n" -"configure el daemon de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta " -"en servidor.\n" -"En <b>Clientes permitidos</b>, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso " -"para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" -"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes " -"(nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" +"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a través de la red,\n" +"configure el daemon de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta en servidor.\n" +"En <b>Clientes permitidos</b>, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" +"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes (nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" "o subredes (notación CIDR como, por ejemplo, 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Si ningún host cliente tiene permiso, saned no se activa.\n" "Si se activa saned, xinetd también se activa y se configura para saned.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -959,12 +875,9 @@ "Para usar escáneres a través de la red, el daemon de red SANE (saned)\n" "es el proceso de servidor que debe ejecutarse para que los clientes remotos\n" "pueden acceder a los escáneres conectados al host local.\n" -"Los hosts clientes contactan con saned a través del puerto sane-port (puerto " -"TCP 6566),\n" -"pero los datos de escaneo se transfieren a través de un puerto aleatorio " -"adicional.\n" -"Por l tanto, el puerto 6566 no es suficiente por sí solo para escanear a " -"través de la red.<br>\n" +"Los hosts clientes contactan con saned a través del puerto sane-port (puerto TCP 6566),\n" +"pero los datos de escaneo se transfieren a través de un puerto aleatorio adicional.\n" +"Por l tanto, el puerto 6566 no es suficiente por sí solo para escanear a través de la red.<br>\n" "No abra el puerto sane-port 6566 ni ningún otro puerto\n" "si desea usar escáneres para la zona externa en el cortafuegos.\n" "Es peligroso, ya que permite el acceso a saned de host foráneos,\n" @@ -979,26 +892,23 @@ "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" "Utilice el módulo de configuración\n" "del cortafuegos de YaST para hacer esta configuración fundamental\n" -"en relación a la seguridad de la red. El cortafuegos y el escáner " -"funcionarán\n" +"en relación a la seguridad de la red. El cortafuegos y el escáner funcionarán\n" "en red sin ninguna configuración adicional en el cortafuegos.<br>\n" "Para más detalles, consulte en la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE\n" "el artículo sobre CUPS y la configuración del cortafuegos para SANE en<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1007,27 +917,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Valores de configuración del cliente</big></b><br>\n" -"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros hosts (servidores) de la " -"red,\n" -"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el daemon que " -"se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" +"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros hosts (servidores) de la red,\n" +"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el daemon que se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" "El cortafuegos y saned en los servidores deben permitir el acceso.\n" -"En <b>Servidores utilizados</b>, introduzca los servidores que desee " -"utilizar.\n" -"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de " -"servidores o direcciones IP).\n" +"En <b>Servidores utilizados</b>, introduzca los servidores que desee utilizar.\n" +"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de servidores o direcciones IP).\n" "Si no se introduce ningún servidor, net no se activará.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1044,21 +950,20 @@ "Mediante el uso de la red de retrobucle, se pueden usar saned y\n" "el metacontrolador net incluso en el host local.\n" "En este caso, el servidor y el cliente son el mismo equipo (localhost).\n" -"Algunos escáneres, como los que se conectan mediante el puerto paralelo, " -"requieren privilegios de root.\n" +"Algunos escáneres, como los que se conectan mediante el puerto paralelo, requieren privilegios de root.\n" "Si especifica el <tt></tt>host local para el servidor y para el cliente,\n" "podrá acceder al escáner incluso como usuario normal en el host local.\n" "</p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1068,23 +973,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "No es posible determinar la versión del paquete %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1098,238 +1002,224 @@ "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" -"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/" -"Avasys.\n" -"Image Scan es un producto fabricado y proporcionado por Epson " -"(anteriormente, Avasys)\n" +"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys.\n" +"Image Scan es un producto fabricado y proporcionado por Epson (anteriormente, Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(anteriormente, Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "Aquí puede descargar los paquetes RPM para arquitecturas de 32 bits (i386)\n" "y 64 bits (x86_64) (si acepta los acuerdos de licencia de Epson/Avasys).\n" "El controlador Image Scan contiene software propietario solo binario.\n" -"Para algunos modelos solo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32 bits " -"(i386),\n" +"Para algunos modelos solo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32 bits (i386),\n" "por lo que no funciona si tiene una instalación del sistema de 64 bits.\n" -"Algunos escáneres son también compatibles con otro controlador (software " -"libre).\n" +"Algunos escáneres son también compatibles con otro controlador (software libre).\n" "Si su modelo de escáner requiere un módulo DFSG no libre (propietario),\n" "debe descargar e instalar los siguientes dos paquetes de Epson/Avasys:\n" "El paquete iscan para el software base y un paquete adicional\n" "iscan-plugin que depende del modelo con el módulo propietario.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"ningún repositorio de paquetes." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar el paquete requerido %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Error al determinar los escáneres activos.\n" "Si se activa el metacontrolador net mientras hay un problema\n" "con la red, el comando scanimage -L podría no responder. Por ejemplo,\n" "si la comunicación con el servidor usado por el metacontrolador net está\n" -"distorsionada debido a que un cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de la " -"red.\n" -"En este caso, inhabilite el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el " -"problema en la red.\n" +"distorsionada debido a que un cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de la red.\n" +"En este caso, inhabilite el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el problema en la red.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los escáneres activos." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "No es posible leer %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los controladores activos." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "No es posible detectar los escáneres automáticamente." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del escáner" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "Leer o crear la base de datos de escáneres" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Determinar escáneres activos" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "Determinar controladores activos" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "Detectar escáneres" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "Leyendo o creando la base de datos de escáneres..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Determinando los escáneres activos..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "Determinando los controladores activos..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "Detectando escáneres..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "Creando base de datos de escáneres..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible crear la base de datos de escáneres." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible leer %1." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del escáner" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "Guardar el entorno actual" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "Guardando el entorno actual..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1345,9 +1235,9 @@ "servicio ptal, cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que\n" "utilice HPLIP y reiniciar posteriormente la configuración del escáner.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1356,32 +1246,27 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica. \n" -"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo de solo texto, " -"cuando el usuario\n" +"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla gráfica. \n" +"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo de solo texto, cuando el usuario\n" "que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY\n" -"o cuando no se permite al proceso YaST el acceso a la pantalla gráfica. En " -"este caso, cancele\n" -"la configuración del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente y reinicie " -"posteriormente la configuración\n" +"o cuando no se permite al proceso YaST el acceso a la pantalla gráfica. En este caso, cancele\n" +"la configuración del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente y reinicie posteriormente la configuración\n" "del escáner.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está instalado.\n" "¿Desea instalar el paquete hplip?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1391,216 +1276,192 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup no es ejecutable\n" "o no existe.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" -"Deberá finalizar hp-setup para que se pueda proceder con la configuración " -"del escáner.\n" +"Deberá finalizar hp-setup para que se pueda proceder con la configuración del escáner.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "Sin configurar:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Fabricante desconocido" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Modelo desconocido" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 en %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "Este controlador no ha reconocido ningún escáner" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador " -"activo." +msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador activo." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "Es necesario cargar el firmware." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys." +msgstr "Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "Paquete %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena funcionalidad." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar una buena funcionalidad." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible por el controlador %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las " -"funcionalidades." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las funcionalidades." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar todas las funcionalidades." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero no se ha probado." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades " -"básicas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades básicas." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades básicas." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades mínimas." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero se desconoce con qué " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero se desconoce con qué funcionalidad." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un archivo de firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del " -"escáner.\n" +"Un archivo de firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del escáner.\n" "Sin firmware, el escáner no funciona.\n" "\n" -"El firmware tiene licencia del fabricante del escáner, por lo que no podemos " -"distribuirlo.\n" +"El firmware tiene licencia del fabricante del escáner, por lo que no podemos distribuirlo.\n" "Normalmente, el archivo de firmware se incluye en el CD del fabricante.\n" "Otra opción puede ser descargarlo del sitio Web del fabricante.\n" -"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su " -"escáner.\n" +"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su escáner.\n" "Encontrará información adicional útil en el sitio Web de SANE, en\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Una vez que consiga el archivo de firmware, debe configurar el controlador " -"manualmente.\n" -"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el " -"firmware.\n" +"Una vez que consiga el archivo de firmware, debe configurar el controlador manualmente.\n" +"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el firmware.\n" "El siguiente comando muestra la página man para su controlador:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1612,172 +1473,158 @@ "de impresión que usen el servicio ptal dejarán de funcionar.\n" "Si continúa, cambie la configuración de la impresora para que use HPLIP.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en " -"ejecución.\n" +"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en ejecución.\n" "En concreto, el servicio ptal debe estar activo y en ejecución.\n" "\n" "Antes de iniciar el servicio ptal, el sistema PTAL debe haberse iniciado.\n" "Asimismo, el servicio ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse al arrancar.\n" "El sistema PTAL y el servicio hplip se excluyen mutuamente.\n" -"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se " -"desactivará\n" +"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se desactivará\n" "antes de que el sistema PTAL se inicie, se active y se ejecute.\n" "El inicio automatizado del sistema PTAL es seguro sólo para USB.\n" -"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si el inicio automatizado de " -"USB falla,\n" +"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si el inicio automatizado de USB falla,\n" "configure manualmente el sistema PTAL.\n" -"Si cuenta con un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en " -"cuenta que la\n" -"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por " -"ejemplo, /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del " -"dispositivo USB.\n" +"Si cuenta con un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en cuenta que la\n" +"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por ejemplo, /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del dispositivo USB.\n" "\n" "¿Desea iniciar, activar y ejecutar ahora el sistema PTAL para USB?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio " -"hplip.\n" +"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio hplip.\n" "Se puede continuar, pero el servicio hplip se detendrá\n" -"y es posible que todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio " -"dejen de funcionar.\n" +"y es posible que todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio dejen de funcionar.\n" "Si el escáner es también compatible con el controlador hpaio, no continúe.\n" "Use en su lugar hpaio para configurar el escáner.\n" -"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que " -"use el servicio ptal.\n" +"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que use el servicio ptal.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Configurando el controlador %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Comprobar si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Comprobar si es necesario cargar el firmware" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Probar y configurar requisitos especiales para controladores concretos" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Activar el controlador" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Comprobando si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Comprobando si es necesario cargar el firmware..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." +msgstr "Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Activando el controlador..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Paquete requerido no instalado" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "El controlador %1 requiere el paquete %2." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Se requiere cargar el firmware" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Si el servicio ptal no se está ejecutando, el escáner no funcionará." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1785,68 +1632,64 @@ "Los siguientes escáneres utilizan el mismo controlador.\n" "Por lo tanto, todos ellos serán desactivados:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo " -"está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio ptal." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "No es posible inhabilitar el servicio ptal." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "No hay escáner para %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "No es posible hacer una prueba sin un escáner activo correspondiente." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Probar e&scáner" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Probando %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Probando con scanimage -d %1 -v..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1858,27 +1701,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(resultados no disponibles)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "%1 probado con éxito" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1890,40 +1733,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar la configuración para escanear en red." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "No ha sido posible configurar el escaneo en red." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Compruebe que el cortafuegos permite el escaneo en red." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, consulte el texto de " -"ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." +msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, consulte el texto de ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/security.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,299 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración de seguridad" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "Ver un resumen de la configuración actual" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "Definir el nivel de seguridad" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Definir el valor de la opción específica" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad de estación de trabajo" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" -msgstr "" -"Nivel de seguridad de dispositivo itinerante (p. ej., portátil o tablet)" +msgstr "Nivel de seguridad de dispositivo itinerante (p. ej., portátil o tablet)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad para el servidor de red" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "Método de cifrado de la contraseña" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "Comprobar nuevas contraseñas" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "Definir los permisos de archivo en el tipo deseado" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "Establezca el número de contraseñas de usuario que se deben recordar" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." -msgstr "" -"El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." +msgstr "El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de seguridad local" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "&Valores personalizados de configuración" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de seguridad" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Utilizar teclas Magic SysRq" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Utilizar permisos de archivo seguro" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Acceso remoto al gestor de pantalla" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Escribir la hora del sistema en el reloj del hardware" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Generar siempre mensajes syslog para los guiones cron" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Ejecutar el daemon DHCP en un chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Ejecutar el daemon DHCP como usuario dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Inicio de sesión remota como Root en el gestor de pantalla" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Acceso remoto al servidor X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Acceso remoto al subsistema de entrega de correo" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios al actualizar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Detener los servicios al eliminar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Habilitar TPC syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv6" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Habilitar servicios básicos del sistema" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Inhabilitar servicios adicionales" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configurar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Estado de seguridad" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " o " -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Estos servicios básicos del sistema no están habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Estos servicios básicos del sistema no están habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Todos los servicios básicos se encuentran habilitados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Estos servicios adicionales están habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Verifique la lista de servicios e inhabilite aquellos no usados.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Verifique la lista de servicios e inhabilite aquellos no usados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Sólo los servicios básicos del sistema se encuentran habilitados.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Sólo los servicios básicos del sistema se encuentran habilitados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de seguridad" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Cambiar e&stado" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analizando sistema" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Configuración de arranque" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Permisos de arranque" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Configuración adicional" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Configuración de contraseña" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Comprobaciones" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Antigüedad de la contraseña" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -314,28 +309,27 @@ "El número mínimo de días no puede ser mayor\n" "que el máximo." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "La longitud mínima de la contraseña no puede sobrepasar la longitud máxima.\n" -"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado " -"es %1." +"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado es %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Configuración de entrada a la sesión" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Entrada a la sesión" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -343,18 +337,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de seguridad</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando el inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora " -"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -362,8 +355,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración de seguridad</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -371,27 +364,23 @@ "<p><b><big>Abortar el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Puede abortar el proceso de almacenamiento pulsando <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuración de la seguridad local</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Usando los valores por defecto, cambie los ajustes de seguridad local, " -"entre los que se incluyen\n" -"el arranque, el entrada a la sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios " -"y los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" +"<p>Usando los valores por defecto, cambie los ajustes de seguridad local, entre los que se incluyen\n" +"el arranque, el entrada a la sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios y los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" "se pueden modificar siempre que sea necesario.\n" "</p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -399,8 +388,8 @@ "<p><b>Estación de trabajo</b>: para un equipo conectado\n" "a cualquier tipo de red, incluida Internet.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" @@ -408,8 +397,8 @@ "<p><b>Dispositivo itinerante</b>: para un portátil, una tablet o similar\n" "que se conecte a diversas redes.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -417,15 +406,13 @@ "<p><b>Servidor de red:</b> se utiliza para equipos que proporcionan\n" "servicios.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Valores personalizados de configuración</b>: cree su propia " -"configuración.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Valores personalizados de configuración</b>: cree su propia configuración.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -435,59 +422,45 @@ "<p>Estos ajustes de entrada a la sesión\n" "se almacenan fundamentalmente en el archivo /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Segundos de espera tras un intento fallido de entrada a la sesión</b>\n" -"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca un intento de " -"entrada a la sesión fallido para impedir\n" -"los intentos de averiguar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo " -"suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" -"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Un valor " -"que puede ser adecuado es tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca un intento de entrada a la sesión fallido para impedir\n" +"los intentos de averiguar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" +"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Un valor que puede ser adecuado es tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Registro de intentos de entrada de sesión correctos:</b> registrar los " -"intentos de entrada de sesión\n" -"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está " -"intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" -"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación " -"distinta de la habitual).\n" +"<p><b>Registro de intentos de entrada de sesión correctos:</b> registrar los intentos de entrada de sesión\n" +"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" +"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación distinta de la habitual).\n" "</p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo gráfico:</b> la activación " -"de esta opción permite acceder\n" -"a una pantalla de entrada a la sesión gráfico para este equipo desde la red. " -"Acceder de forma remota\n" -"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo " -"para la seguridad.</p>" +"<p><b>Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo gráfico:</b> la activación de esta opción permite acceder\n" +"a una pantalla de entrada a la sesión gráfico para este equipo desde la red. Acceder de forma remota\n" +"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo para la seguridad.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -495,95 +468,75 @@ "<p>Estos ajustes relacionados con las contraseñas\n" "se almacenan fundamentalmente en el archivo /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Comprobar nuevas contraseñas:</b> se recomienda escoger una palabra " -"que\n" +"<p><b>Comprobar nuevas contraseñas:</b> se recomienda escoger una palabra que\n" "no aparezca en el diccionario y que no sea un nombre común o propio.\n" -"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función " -"de estas reglas.</p>" +"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función de estas reglas.</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Longitud mínima para una contraseña válida:</b>\n" "El tamaño aceptable mínimo para la nueva contraseña reducido por el número\n" -"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) " -"usados en la nueva\n" -"contraseña. Consulte la página man pam_cracklib para obtener información más " -"detallada.\n" -"Esta opción solo se puede modificar si la opción <b>Comprobar nuevas " -"contraseñas</b> está habilitada.</p>" +"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) usados en la nueva\n" +"contraseña. Consulte la página man pam_cracklib para obtener información más detallada.\n" +"Esta opción solo se puede modificar si la opción <b>Comprobar nuevas contraseñas</b> está habilitada.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Contraseñas que se deben recordar:</b>\n" -"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar " -"que el usuario reutilice.\n" +"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar que el usuario reutilice.\n" " Indique 0 si no desea que se almacene ninguna contraseña.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Método de cifrado de la contraseña:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>DES</b>, el método por defecto de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de " -"entornos de red,\n" -"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita " -"compatibilidad\n" +"<p><b>DES</b>, el método por defecto de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos de red,\n" +"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita compatibilidad\n" "con otros sistemas, utilice este método.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas " -"las\n" -"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software " -"antiguo.</p>" +"<p><b>MD5</b> permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas las\n" +"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software antiguo.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> es el método hash estándar actual. Recomendamos no " -"utilizar ningún otro algoritmo a menos que sea necesario por motivos de " -"compatibilidad.</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> es el método hash estándar actual. Recomendamos no utilizar ningún otro algoritmo a menos que sea necesario por motivos de compatibilidad.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -591,32 +544,28 @@ "<p><b>Antigüedad de la contraseña:</b> determine el número máximo y\n" "mínimo de días que se puede usar una contraseña.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aviso del número de días hasta que caduque la contraseña:</b> esta " -"entrada especifica\n" -"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que " -"caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" +"<p><b>Aviso del número de días hasta que caduque la contraseña:</b> esta entrada especifica\n" +"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" "tiempo, menos probable es que alguien adivine la contraseña.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Seguridad del usuario</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para " -"crear usuarios.</p>" +"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para crear usuarios.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -624,8 +573,8 @@ "<p><b>Límites de ID de usuario:</b> establece\n" "el ID de usuario mínimo y máximo.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -633,138 +582,106 @@ "<p><b>Límites de ID de grupo:</b> establece\n" "el ID mínimo y máximo posible de grupo.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Otros ajustes de seguridad</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo, cambie los diversos ajustes relacionados con " -"la seguridad local.</p>" +"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo, cambie los diversos ajustes relacionados con la seguridad local.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Permisos de archivo:</b> los ajustes para los permisos de\n" -"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /" -"etc/permissions.secure\n" -"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta " -"selección.\n" -"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/" -"permissions.*.\n" -"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, " -"independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" +"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta selección.\n" +"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" "o los provocaron intrusos.</p><p>\n" -"Con la opción <b>Sencilla</b> (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema " -"que sólo se pueden leer como raíz \n" -"con la opción Segura, se pueden modificar para que otros usuarios puedan " -"leerlos también.\n" -"Con <b>Segura</b> (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/" -"messages, sólo\n" -"pueden ser vistos por el usuario root. Algunos programas sólo se pueden " -"ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" +"Con la opción <b>Sencilla</b> (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema que sólo se pueden leer como raíz \n" +"con la opción Segura, se pueden modificar para que otros usuarios puedan leerlos también.\n" +"Con <b>Segura</b> (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/messages, sólo\n" +"pueden ser vistos por el usuario root. Algunos programas sólo se pueden ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" "daemons (los usuarios normales no pueden).\n" "La opción más segura es <b>Paranoica</B> (paranoid). Con ella, debe\n" "decidir qué usuarios pueden ejecutar aplicaciones X y programas setuid.</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Usuario que ejecuta updatedb:</b> el programa updatedb se ejecuta\n" -"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de " -"datos (locatedb)\n" -"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos " -"se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" -"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que puede ejecutar este " -"comando: <b>nobody</b>\n" +"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de datos (locatedb)\n" +"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" +"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que puede ejecutar este comando: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (pocos archivos) o <b>root</b> (todos los archivos).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio actual en la ruta de root:</b> en un sistema DOS,\n" -"el sistema busca archivos ejecutables (programas) en primer lugar en el " -"directorio\n" -"actual y, a continuación, en la variable de la vía actual. Por el contrario, " -"un sistema UNIX\n" +"el sistema busca archivos ejecutables (programas) en primer lugar en el directorio\n" +"actual y, a continuación, en la variable de la vía actual. Por el contrario, un sistema UNIX\n" "los busca exclusivamente mediante la vía de búsqueda (variable PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Incluir directorio actual en la ruta de usuarios normales</b><br>\n" "En un sistema DOS , los archivos ejecutables (programas) se buscan\n" -"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en la variable PATH actual. " -"Por el contrario, \n" -"en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo mediante la ruta de búsqueda " -"(variable PATH).</p>" +"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en la variable PATH actual. Por el contrario, \n" +"en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo mediante la ruta de búsqueda (variable PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Algunos sistemas establecen una solución añadiendo un punto (\".\") a la\n" -"vía de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de la " -"vía actual.\n" -"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas " -"desconocidos del\n" -"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo " -"el sistema. Como resultado,\n" -"la ejecución de <i>troyanos</i>, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad " -"para infectar su sistema,\n" +"vía de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de la vía actual.\n" +"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas desconocidos del\n" +"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo el sistema. Como resultado,\n" +"la ejecución de <i>troyanos</i>, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad para infectar su sistema,\n" "es algo muy probable si activa esta opción.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -772,8 +689,8 @@ "<p>\"Sí\": el punto (\".\") se añadirá al final de la ruta de búsqueda\n" "de root, situándolo en el último lugar en la búsqueda.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -781,348 +698,196 @@ "<p>\"No\": El usuario root siempre tendrá que iniciar los programas en el\n" "directorio actual anteponiendo un \"./\". Ejemplo: \"./configure\".</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Activar teclas Magic Pet Sis</b><br> Si activa esta opción, tendrá\n" -"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante " -"la depuración\n" -"del núcleo). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" +"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante la depuración\n" +"del núcleo). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Resumen de seguridad</B><BR>Este resumen muestra los ajustes de " -"seguridad más importantes.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Resumen de seguridad</B><BR>Este resumen muestra los ajustes de seguridad más importantes.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Para cambiar el valor actual, haga clic en el enlace asociado a la opción." -"</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Para cambiar el valor actual, haga clic en el enlace asociado a la opción.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La marca en la columna <b>Estado de seguridad</b> indica que el valor " -"actual de la opción es seguro.</p>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<p>La marca en la columna <b>Estado de seguridad</b> indica que el valor actual de la opción es seguro.</p>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está " -"instalado o falta la opción en el sistema.</B></P>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está instalado o falta la opción en el sistema.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<p>Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico. Se puede " -"acceder\n" -"a él a través de la red por medio de un servidor X en ejecución en otro " -"sistema,\n" -"si está configurado de tal manera.</p><p>Las ventanas que se muestran " -"transmiten\n" -"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente de confianza, " -"el tráfico puede ser\n" -"interceptado por un atacante, que podría acceder no solo al contenido " -"gráfico, sino también a los\n" +"<p>Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico. Se puede acceder\n" +"a él a través de la red por medio de un servidor X en ejecución en otro sistema,\n" +"si está configurado de tal manera.</p><p>Las ventanas que se muestran transmiten\n" +"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente de confianza, el tráfico puede ser\n" +"interceptado por un atacante, que podría acceder no solo al contenido gráfico, sino también a los\n" "nombres de usuario y contraseñas que se estén utilizando.</p>\n" "<p>Si no necesita <EM>XDMCP</EM> para inicios de sesión gráficos remotos,\n" "inhabilite esta opción.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Durante el inicio, la hora del sistema se establece con la hora del reloj " -"del hardware.\n" -"En consecuencia, si es necesario, habrá que establecer el reloj del hardware " -"antes\n" +"<P>Durante el inicio, la hora del sistema se establece con la hora del reloj del hardware.\n" +"En consecuencia, si es necesario, habrá que establecer el reloj del hardware antes\n" "de apagar el sistema.</P><p>Es fundamental que la hora del sistema sea\n" "coherente para poder crear mensajes de registro correctos.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Los errores de funcionamiento de un sistema se suelen detectar por " -"anomalías en su comportamiento. Los mensajes de syslog de eventos que " -"ocurren de forma regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los " -"problemas. La ausencia de un único registro puede dar más información que la " -"ausencia de todos ellos.</p><p>Teniendo esto en cuenta, los mensajes de " -"syslog de eventos del sistema son útiles solo si están presentes.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Los errores de funcionamiento de un sistema se suelen detectar por anomalías en su comportamiento. Los mensajes de syslog de eventos que ocurren de forma regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los problemas. La ausencia de un único registro puede dar más información que la ausencia de todos ellos.</p><p>Teniendo esto en cuenta, los mensajes de syslog de eventos del sistema son útiles solo si están presentes.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los entornos de ejecución chroot se utilizan para restringir un proceso " -"de forma que solo pueda acceder a los archivos que necesita. Para ello, " -"coloca los archivos en un subdirectorio separado y ejecuta el proceso " -"cambiando la ruta raíz (chroot) a ese directorio.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Los entornos de ejecución chroot se utilizan para restringir un proceso de forma que solo pueda acceder a los archivos que necesita. Para ello, coloca los archivos en un subdirectorio separado y ejecuta el proceso cambiando la ruta raíz (chroot) a ese directorio.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario <em>dhcpd</em> " -"para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna " -"debilidad en el código del programa.</p><p>Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe " -"ejecutarse con privilegios de <em>Root</em> ni con la capacidad " -"<EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot " -"sea efectiva.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "<p>El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario <em>dhcpd</em> para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna debilidad en el código del programa.</p><p>Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe ejecutarse con privilegios de <em>Root</em> ni con la capacidad <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot sea efectiva.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Los administradores no pueden entrar nunca a la sesión como usuarios " -"<em>Root</em> en una sesión de X Window para minimizar el uso de privilegios " -"de root.</p><p>Esta opción no sirve de ayuda frente a los administradores " -"descuidados, pero podría impedir que atacantes entren a la sesión como " -"usuarios <em>Root</em> a través del gestor de pantallas y adivinen o " -"consigan de otra forma la contraseña.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Los administradores no pueden entrar nunca a la sesión como usuarios <em>Root</em> en una sesión de X Window para minimizar el uso de privilegios de root.</p><p>Esta opción no sirve de ayuda frente a los administradores descuidados, pero podría impedir que atacantes entren a la sesión como usuarios <em>Root</em> a través del gestor de pantallas y adivinen o consigan de otra forma la contraseña.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" -"<p>Los clientes de X Window, por ejemplo los programas que abren una ventana " -"en\n" -"la pantalla, se conectan al servidor X que se ejecuta en el equipo físico. " -"Los programas\n" +"<p>Los clientes de X Window, por ejemplo los programas que abren una ventana en\n" +"la pantalla, se conectan al servidor X que se ejecuta en el equipo físico. Los programas\n" "también pueden ejecutarse en un sistema diferente y mostrar el contenido\n" -"en el servidor X a través de una conexión de red.</p><p>Si esta habilitado, " -"el servidor X\n" +"en el servidor X a través de una conexión de red.</p><p>Si esta habilitado, el servidor X\n" "escucha en el puerto 6000 más el número de pantalla.\n" -"Dado que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a " -"sniffing, y puesto que otro puerto se mantiene\n" +"Dado que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a sniffing, y puesto que otro puerto se mantiene\n" "abierto por el programa (en este caso el servidor X), esto amplía\n" -"las opciones de ataques, por lo que lo más seguro es inhabilitarlo.<p>Para mostrar los clientes de X Window a través de una red, se " -"recomienda el uso de una shell segura (<em>ssh\n" +"en ejecución, el servicio se detiene antes de que los archivos se eliminen.</P>\n" "<P>Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro,\n" "teniendo en cuenta que muchos servicios necesitan acceso a sus archivos\n" -"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no " -"fuera así,\n" +"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no fuera así,\n" "estos servicios quedarían en ejecución hasta que se detuvieran;\n" "por ejemplo, los daemons en ejecución se eliminan.</P>\n" -"<P>Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para " -"hacerlo.</P>" +"<P>Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para hacerlo.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Un sistema podría verse inundado por un gran número de intentos de " -"conexión, lo que provocaría que se agote la memoria y se produzca una " -"vulnerabilidad de denegación de servicio (DoS).</P><P>El uso de syncookies " -"es un método que puede ayudar en esas situaciones. Pero en configuraciones " -"con un gran número de intentos conexión legítimos desde una misma fuente, la " -"configuración<EM>Habilitado</EM> puede provocar problemas al denegar las " -"conexiones TCP si hay mucha carga.</P><P>Aun así, en la mayoría de las " -"situaciones, las syncookies son la primera línea de defensa ante un ataque " -"de DoS; por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es <EM>Habilitado</EM>." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Un sistema podría verse inundado por un gran número de intentos de conexión, lo que provocaría que se agote la memoria y se produzca una vulnerabilidad de denegación de servicio (DoS).</P><P>El uso de syncookies es un método que puede ayudar en esas situaciones. Pero en configuraciones con un gran número de intentos conexión legítimos desde una misma fuente, la configuración<EM>Habilitado</EM> puede provocar problemas al denegar las conexiones TCP si hay mucha carga.</P><P>Aun así, en la mayoría de las situaciones, las syncookies son la primera línea de defensa ante un ataque de DoS; por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es <EM>Habilitado</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Reenvío de IP significa pasar paquetes de red recibidos, pero que no " -"están destinados a ninguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en el " -"sistema (por ejemplo, direcciones de interfaces de red).</p><p>Si un sistema " -"reenvía el tráfico de red en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se denomina \"router\". Si " -"no necesita esta función, inhabilítela.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Reenvío de IP significa pasar paquetes de red recibidos, pero que no están destinados a ninguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en el sistema (por ejemplo, direcciones de interfaces de red).</p><p>Si un sistema reenvía el tráfico de red en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se denomina \"router\". Si no necesita esta función, inhabilítela.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Estos valores de configuración sólo se aplican a <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Estos valores de configuración sólo se aplica a <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Las teclas Magic SysRq permiten controlar en cierta medida el sistema si " -"éste se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo) o si el " -"sistema no responde.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Las teclas Magic SysRq permiten controlar en cierta medida el sistema si éste se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo) o si el sistema no responde.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"<p>Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions*. Los permisos " -"más restrictivos están definidos como \"secure\" y \"paranoid\".</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions*. Los permisos más restrictivos están definidos como \"secure\" y \"paranoid\".</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para " -"proporcionar coherencia al sistema y para ejecutar los servicios " -"relacionados con la seguridad.</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para proporcionar coherencia al sistema y para ejecutar los servicios relacionados con la seguridad.</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser objetivo de potenciales ataques de " -"seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios que " -"no esté usando el sistema.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser objetivo de potenciales ataques de seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios que no esté usando el sistema.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Seguridad en el arranque</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque " -"relacionados con la seguridad.</p>" +"<p>En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque relacionados con la seguridad.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1132,8 +897,8 @@ "ignorar este evento, por ejemplo cuando el sistema hace a la vez de\n" "estación de trabajo y de servidor." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1143,9 +908,9 @@ "ignorar este evento, por ejemplo cuando el sistema hace a la vez de\n" "estación de trabajo y de servidor." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1157,83 +922,78 @@ "cuando alguien pulsa la combinación CTRL + ALT + SUPR\n" "en la consola. %s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la sesión:\n" +"<p><b>Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la sesión</b>:\n" "Indique quién tiene permiso para apagar el equipo desde %s.</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hibernación del sistema</b>:\n" -"Establece las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. " -"Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" -"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la " -"autenticación en todos los casos.</p>\n" +"Establece las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" +"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la autenticación en todos los casos.</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Estación de trabajo" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "Dispositivo itinerante" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Servidor de red" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Estación de trabajo" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo itinerante" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de red" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "Adición de usuario" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "Límites de ID de usuario" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "Límites de ID de Grupo" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "El ID de usuario mínimo no puede ser mayor que el máximo." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1241,311 +1001,310 @@ "El ID de grupo mínimo no puede ser mayor que el\n" "máximo." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Reiniciar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Parar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Sólo root" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Todos los usuarios" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Nadie" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "Cómo &interpretar Ctrl+Alt+Supr" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo &gráfico" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "Teclas &mágicas SysRq" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Inhabilitar" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Habilitar todas las funciones" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Espera tras un intento fallido de entrada a la sesión" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "&Máximo" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Mín&imo" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Hibernación del sistema" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Usuario en la consola activa" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Cualquiera puede hibernar" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Siempre se requiere autenticación" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Método de cifrado de la co&ntraseña" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Comprobar nuevas contraseñas" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "&Número de contraseñas que se deben recordar" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Longitud &mínima para una contraseña válida" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "Aviso del número de &días hasta que caduque la contraseña" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Permisos de archivo" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Sencilla" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Segura" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoica" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Usuario que ejecuta updatedb" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" -msgstr "" -"Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la &sesión de %s:" +msgstr "Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la &sesión de %s:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de seguridad predefinidas" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de seguridad" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de seguridad" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de seguridad" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de inittab" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de PAM" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración del sistema" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de seguridad..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de inittab..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Actualizando configuración del sistema..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad actual: personalizar configuración" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad actual: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,132 +14,99 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." msgstr "Guardando destino por defecto de systemd..." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" msgstr "VNC necesita un sistema gráfico para estar disponible" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 msgid "&Default systemd target" msgstr "&Destino por defecto de systemd" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 msgid "Default systemd target" msgstr "Destino por defecto de systemd" -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Definir destino por defecto de systemd" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Seleccionando el destino por defecto de systemd" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"Systemd es un gestor de sistemas y servicios para Linux. Está formado por " -"unidades cuya función es activar servicios y otras unidades." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Systemd es un gestor de sistemas y servicios para Linux. Está formado por unidades cuya función es activar servicios y otras unidades." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de destino por defecto se activa, también por defecto, durante el " -"arranque. Normalmente, es un enlace simbólico ubicado en path/etc/systemd/" -"system/default.target. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man " -"de systemd." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "La unidad de destino por defecto se activa, también por defecto, durante el arranque. Normalmente, es un enlace simbólico ubicado en path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man de systemd." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"El destino multiusuario sirve para configurar un sistema multiusuario no " -"gráfico con una red apta para servidor (similar al nivel de ejecución 3)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "El destino multiusuario sirve para configurar un sistema multiusuario no gráfico con una red apta para servidor (similar al nivel de ejecución 3)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"El destino gráfico para configurar una pantalla de entrada gráfica con red " -"típico de las estaciones de trabajo (similar al nivel de ejecución 5)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "El destino gráfico para configurar una pantalla de entrada gráfica con red típico de las estaciones de trabajo (similar al nivel de ejecución 5)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Si no está seguro de cuál es la mejor opción en su caso, diríjase al destino " -"gráfico." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Si no está seguro de cuál es la mejor opción en su caso, diríjase al destino gráfico." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" msgstr "Destinos disponibles" -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " msgstr "El programa de instalación recomienda el destino por defecto %s " -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" msgstr "Los paquetes X11 se han seleccionado para la instalación" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"La instalación en vivo se suele usar en interfaces gráficas completas en el " -"sistema de destino" +msgstr "La instalación en vivo se suele usar en interfaces gráficas completas en el sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" msgstr "La conexión serie no suele admitir interfaces gráficas" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"En la instalación en modo de texto se presupone que no hay una interfaz " -"gráfica en el sistema de destino" +msgstr "En la instalación en modo de texto se presupone que no hay una interfaz gráfica en el sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"Si se usa VNC, se presupone que hay una interfaz gráfica en el sistema de " -"destino" +msgstr "Si se usa VNC, se presupone que hay una interfaz gráfica en el sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"En el modo de instalación SSH se presupone que no hay una interfaz gráfica " -"en el sistema de destino" +msgstr "En el modo de instalación SSH se presupone que no hay una interfaz gráfica en el sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "Los paquetes X11 no se han seleccionado para la instalación" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" -"Esta recomendación se basa en el análisis de los demás ajustes de instalación" +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Esta recomendación se basa en el análisis de los demás ajustes de instalación" -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 msgid "" "Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" "Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." @@ -147,118 +114,114 @@ "Módulo de configuración de servicios y destino de systemd.\n" "Utilice systemctl para la configuración de servicios de línea de comandos." -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 msgid "Writing configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración:\n" -#. Additional space for UI features -#. Additional space for UI features -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "Des&tino por defecto del sistema" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Active" msgstr "Activa" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 msgid "&Start/Stop" msgstr "I&niciar/Detener" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "&Habilitar/Inhabilitar" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 msgid "Services Manager" msgstr "Administrador de Servicios" -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado de los servicios..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Inactive" msgstr "Inactivo" -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Active (will start)" msgstr "Activo (se iniciará)" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" msgstr "Inactivo (se detendrá)" -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "Información completa del servicio %{service}" -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" " -"section in the description file" -msgstr "" -"No es posible habilitar o inhabilitar este servicio porque no tiene una " -"sección \"install\" en el archivo de descripción" +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 +msgid "This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" section in the description file" +msgstr "No es posible habilitar o inhabilitar este servicio porque no tiene una sección \"install\" en el archivo de descripción" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Servicios" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "Servicios" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" @@ -266,41 +229,33 @@ "<p><big><b>Servicios</b></big><br>\n" "La configuración actual no ofrece ninguna función actualmente.</p>" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Servicios</b></big><br>\n" -"Esta propuesta de instalación permite iniciar y habilitar un servicio de " -"la \n" +"Esta propuesta de instalación permite iniciar y habilitar un servicio de la \n" " lista de servicios.</p>\n" -"<p>También puede abrir puertos para un servicio en el cortafuegos si este " -"está habilitado\n" +"<p>También puede abrir puertos para un servicio en el cortafuegos si este está habilitado\n" "y un servicio concreto requiere que se abran esos puertos.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"El servicio %service se %toggled y el puerto en el cortafuegos se %switched " -"%link" +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "El servicio %service se %toggled y el puerto en el cortafuegos se %switched %link" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" msgstr "El servicio %service se %toggled %link" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 msgid "Package %1 is not available" msgstr "El paquete %1 no está disponible" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 msgid "" "Installation of required packages has failed; \n" "enabling and starting the services may also fail" @@ -308,67 +263,66 @@ "Error en la instalación de los paquetes necesarios. \n" "Puede que también se produzca un error al habilitar e iniciar los servicios" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "No es posible habilitar el servicio %1" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Destino por defecto" -#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. -#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" -msgstr "" -"Esquema de perfil de servicios de AutoYaST desconocido para services-manager" +msgstr "Esquema de perfil de servicios de AutoYaST desconocido para services-manager" -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Aún no configurado." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. -#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "No es posible %{change} %{service}, que actualmente está %{status}. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "No es posible %{change} %{service}. " -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 msgid "Graphical mode" msgstr "Modo gráfico" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 msgid "Text mode" msgstr "Modo de texto" -#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 msgid "Emergency Mode" msgstr "Modo de emergencia" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfaz gráfica" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 msgid "Initrd Default Target" msgstr "Destino por defecto de initrd" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 msgid "Switch Root" msgstr "Raíz de conmutación" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Multi-User System" msgstr "Sistema multiusuarios" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "Modo de rescate" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "Configuración de un servidor SLP" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "Servidor SLP" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&Servidor SLP" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro " -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "Respuesta a" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "Servidor DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "Se convierte en servidor DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "Direcciones &IP de servidores DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&Ámbitos" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "Ajustes del servidor SLP" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración SLP global" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "Detalles del servidor" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "Archivos de configuración estáticos" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este archivo?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "Nombre del nuevo archivo" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "Debe introducir el alcance y la dirección IP." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "Debe introducir el alcance." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "Descripción general del servidor SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Servidor SLP</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo de configuración avanzada del servidor SLP" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "Configuración del servidor SLP: edición del archivo .reg" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -184,12 +184,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los servidores SLP instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Adición de un servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" "Haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> para configurar un servidor SLP.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ "Seleccione el servidor SLP que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -230,9 +229,9 @@ "Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -253,155 +252,132 @@ "Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para mostrar el archivo de registro slpd, utilice <b>Mostrar registro.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para mostrar el archivo de registro slpd, utilice <b>Mostrar registro.</b></p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Establezca aquí el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo " -"más sencillo es el de <b>Difusión</b>.\n" -"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante " -"difusión. El siguiente modo es <b>Multidifusión.</b>\n" -"En él, el daemon responde a las peticiones enviadas mediante multidifusión " -"con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" -"El modo <b>Servidor DA</b> informa a los servidores de DA en las direcciones " -"IP especificadas acerca de los servicios registrados de forma estática\n" -"y dinámica. La última opción es <b>Se convierte en servidor DA</b>. De ese " -"modo, funciona como servidor de caché para las respuestas de servicios.</p>\n" +"<p>Establezca aquí el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo más sencillo es el de <b>Difusión</b>.\n" +"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante difusión. El siguiente modo es <b>Multidifusión.</b>\n" +"En él, el daemon responde a las peticiones enviadas mediante multidifusión con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" +"El modo <b>Servidor DA</b> informa a los servidores de DA en las direcciones IP especificadas acerca de los servicios registrados de forma estática\n" +"y dinámica. La última opción es <b>Se convierte en servidor DA</b>. De ese modo, funciona como servidor de caché para las respuestas de servicios.</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Configuración avanzada</b> permite acceder a todas las opciones " -"disponibles en /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Configuración avanzada</b> permite acceder a todas las opciones disponibles en /etc/slp.conf.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. <b>Añadir</b> " -"permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. <b>Modificar</b>\n" -"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al hacer clic en " -"<b>Suprimir,</b> podrá suprimir los archivos que no sean propiedad de ningún " -"paquete." +"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. <b>Añadir</b> permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. <b>Modificar</b>\n" +"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al hacer clic en <b>Suprimir,</b> podrá suprimir los archivos que no sean propiedad de ningún paquete." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "Ayuda para regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar el servidor SLP , el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar el servidor SLP , el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,25 +14,25 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Selección del servicio" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,430 +14,430 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna URL. No es posible continuar con la prueba." -#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file -#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` -#. could reveal them. -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 msgid "Creating a temporary file..." msgstr "Creando un archivo temporal..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." msgstr "No es posible crear un archivo temporal %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 msgid "Check credentials..." msgstr "Comprobar credenciales..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 msgid "Invalid credentials." msgstr "Credenciales no válidas." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 msgid "Success." msgstr "Correcto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of smt -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "SCC Registration" msgstr "Registro de SCC" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Synchronization of Updates" msgstr "Sincronización de actualizaciones" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Generation of Reports" msgstr "Generación de informes" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" msgstr "Limpieza de cola de trabajos" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Recomendado" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Opcional" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 msgid "-" msgstr "-" -#. Only some repositories support filtering, although -#. snapshots can be created from every repository -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Package manager patches: %1" msgstr "Parches del gestor de paquetes: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Security patches: %1" msgstr "Parches de seguridad: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Recommended patches: %1" msgstr "Parches recomendados: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Optional patches: %1" msgstr "Parches opcionales: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Domingo" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Lunes" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Martes" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Miércoles" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Jueves" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Viernes" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Sábado" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" msgstr "&Habilitar servicio de herramienta de gestión de suscripciones (SMT)" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Customer Center Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del Centro de servicios al cliente" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "&Use Custom Server" msgstr "&Usar servidor personalizado" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Registration Server Url" msgstr "U&RL del servidor de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&Download Server Url" msgstr "&Descargar URL de servidor" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Organization (Mirroring) Credentials" msgstr "Credenciales de la organización (duplicación)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Co&ntraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "&Test..." msgstr "&Probar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" msgstr "Correo electrónico de &SCC usado para el registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" msgstr "U&RL de su servidor de SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Database &Password" msgstr "Contraseña de la &base de datos" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "C&onfirmar contraseña" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" msgstr "Lista de trabajos programados" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 msgid "Job to Run" msgstr "Trabajo que se debe ejecutar" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Day of the Week" msgstr "Día de la semana" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Day of the Month" msgstr "Día del mes" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Hour" msgstr "Hora" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Minute" msgstr "Minuto" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico a la que se enviarán los informes" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 msgid "Repository &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del repositorio" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "&Patch Category" msgstr "Categoría de &parche" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Patch Name" msgstr "Nombre del parche" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoría" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Probando" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Production" msgstr "Producción" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Patch Details" msgstr "Detalles del parche" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado de parche" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Cambiar e&stado" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." msgstr "&Excluir de la instantánea..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "&All listed..." msgstr "&Todo lo mostrado..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Habilitar" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Inhabilitar" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Snapshot..." msgstr "Crear instantánea..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" msgstr "De &duplicación completa a pruebas" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "From Testing to &Production" msgstr "De &pruebas a producción" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Repository Filter" msgstr "Filtro de repositorio" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filtro" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Target" msgstr "Destino" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Mirroring" msgstr "Duplicación" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 msgid "Staging" msgstr "Montaje" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Duplicado" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" msgstr "Alternar &duplicación" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 msgid "Toggle &Staging" msgstr "Alternar &montaje" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 msgid "Mirror &Now" msgstr "Duplicar a&hora" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Nombre del host" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Last Contact" msgstr "Último contacto" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Read SMT configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "Read SMT status" msgstr "Leer estado de SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Read cron settings" msgstr "Leer configuración de cron" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de SMT..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Reading SMT status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado de SMT..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 msgid "Reading cron settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de cron..." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 msgid "SCC Credentials" msgstr "Credenciales de SCC" -#. Informative text -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" "Choose one of the options below." @@ -445,18 +445,18 @@ "Parece que el sistema no está registrado en SCC.\n" "Elija una de las opciones siguientes." -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Omitir registro" -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" msgstr "Registrar en el Centro de asistencia de &SUSE" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SCC Credentials</big></b><br>\n" "You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" @@ -466,49 +466,45 @@ "Debe registrar su SMT en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE para que\n" "funcione correctamente. Seleccione una de las opciones de la lista.</p>" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "" "<p>Choosing <b>Register in SUSE Customer Center</b> would\n" "call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" "<b>Generate New SCC Credentials</b> just creates new SCC Credentials\n" "file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Al seleccionar <b>Registrarse en el Centro de servicios al cliente de " -"SUSE</b>\n" -"se llama al módulo de configuración del Centro de servicios al cliente de " -"SUSE normal;\n" +"<p>Al seleccionar <b>Registrarse en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE</b>\n" +"se llama al módulo de configuración del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE normal;\n" "<b>Generar nuevas credenciales de SCC</b> solo crea\n" -"un archivo de credenciales de SCC nuevo sin llamar al módulo de " -"configuración del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE.</p>" +"un archivo de credenciales de SCC nuevo sin llamar al módulo de configuración del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE.</p>" -#. Pop-up dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. Pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "" "Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" "Are you sure you want to really skip it?" msgstr "" -"Si deja las credenciales de SCC vacías, SMT podría no funcionar " -"correctamente.\n" +"Si deja las credenciales de SCC vacías, SMT podría no funcionar correctamente.\n" "¿Seguro que desea omitirlas?" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "&Yes, Skip It" msgstr "&Sí, omitir" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" "to be readable by %2 user." @@ -516,8 +512,8 @@ "SMT no puede establecer el permiso del directorio %1\n" "para que el usuario %2 lo pueda leer." -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" "to be recursively writable by %2 user." @@ -525,10 +521,10 @@ "SMT no puede establecer el permiso del directorio %1\n" "para que el usuario %2 lo pueda escribir de forma reiterada." -#. 0 -> some lines found -#. 1 -> nothing found -#. 2 -> error -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "" "File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" "\n" @@ -538,135 +534,134 @@ "Se ha encontrado el archivo %1 en la raíz del documento.\n" "\n" "Asegúrese de que /repo/keys se muestra como directorio permitido\n" -"o elimine el archivo. En caso contrario, el servidor SMT podría no funcionar " -"correctamente." +"o elimine el archivo. En caso contrario, el servidor SMT podría no funcionar correctamente." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" msgstr "Ajustar configuración de SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Adjust database configuration" msgstr "Ajustar configuración de la base de datos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 msgid "Check and install server certificate" msgstr "Comprobar e instalar el certificado del servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" msgstr "Ajustar configuración del servidor Web" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 msgid "Adjust SMT service" msgstr "Ajustar servicio SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Write cron settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de cron" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Check mirrored repositories" msgstr "Comprobar repositorios duplicados" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Run synchronization check" msgstr "Ejecutar comprobación de sincronización" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." msgstr "Ajustando la configuración de SMT..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." msgstr "Ajustando configuración de la base de datos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." msgstr "Comprobando e instalando el certificado del servidor..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." msgstr "Ajustando configuración del servidor Web..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio SMT..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Writing cron settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de cron..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." msgstr "Comprobando los repositorios duplicados..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 msgid "Running synchronization check..." msgstr "Ejecutando la comprobación de sincronización..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de SMT" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Writing Changes" msgstr "Escribiendo cambios" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Write patches" msgstr "Escribir parches" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Writing patches..." msgstr "Escribiendo parches..." -#. bnc #390085 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129 +#. bnc #390085 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129 msgid "Database Password for %1 User" msgstr "Contraseña de la base de datos para el usuario %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137 msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again" msgstr "Contraseña de la base de datos para el usuario %1 de nuevo" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 msgid "The first and the second password do not match." msgstr "La primera y la segunda contraseñas no coinciden." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "" "Password should not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -676,8 +671,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar de todas formas?" -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 msgid "" "The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -685,11 +680,10 @@ msgstr "" "La URL de SMT no debe estar vacía.\n" "\n" -"Introduzca la URL del servidor de SMT con el formato siguiente: http:://" -"nombre.servidor/\n" +"Introduzca la URL del servidor de SMT con el formato siguiente: http:://nombre.servidor/\n" -#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "" "Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" "\n" @@ -699,55 +693,55 @@ "\n" "La URL debe empezar con http:// o https://." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Update server user must not be empty." msgstr "El usuario del servidor de actualización no puede estar vacío." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 msgid "Update server password must not be empty." msgstr "La contraseña del servidor de actualización no debe estar vacía." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 msgid "&Test Details" msgstr "De&talles de la prueba" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 msgid "Test result: success" msgstr "Resultado de la prueba: correcta" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "Test result: failure" msgstr "Resultado de la prueba: error" -#. busy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." msgstr "Obteniendo lista de los repositorios disponibles actualmente..." -#. empty /--/ == no specific target -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. Used as a fallback -#. %1 is replaced with a patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 msgid "Patch category '%1'" msgstr "Categoría del parche %1" -#. No patch listed, no patch selected -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." msgstr "No hay parches disponibles en este repositorio." -#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter -#. %2 is replaced with patch description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 msgid "" "%1\n" "\n" @@ -757,97 +751,93 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state -#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 -msgid "" -"<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be " -"enabled in this dialog.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<b>El parche se filtra según su categoría (%1) y no es posible habilitarlo " -"en este recuadro de diálogo.</b>" +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 +msgid "<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog.</b>" +msgstr "<b>El parche se filtra según su categoría (%1) y no es posible habilitarlo en este recuadro de diálogo.</b>" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" msgstr "No hay repositorios con el montaje habilitado" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" msgstr "Duplicar marca horaria: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 msgid "Never mirrored" msgstr "No se ha duplicado nunca" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Marca horaria de la instantánea de pruebas: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 msgid "Never created" msgstr "No se ha creado nunca" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Marca horaria de la instantánea de producción: %1" -#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" msgstr "El repositorio no admite el filtrado de parches" -#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date -#. %2 There are some patches pending... -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 msgid "%1<br>%2" msgstr "%1<br>%2" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 msgid "Client is up-to-date" msgstr "El cliente está actualizado" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 msgid "<b>Client is not up-to-date</b>" msgstr "<b>El cliente no está actualizado</b>" -#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 msgid "There are some patches pending:<br>%1" msgstr "Hay parches pendientes:<br>%1" -#. Number of patches pending -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 msgid "Status is unknown" msgstr "El estado es desconocido" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" msgstr "No hay clientes registrados o su estado es desconocido" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 msgid "Unknown Status" msgstr "Estado desconocido" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nunca" -#. Catalog Name (Target) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" msgstr "%1 (%2)(%3)" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. a mlti-selection-box label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" msgstr "Excluir todos los parches de las categorías seleccionadas" -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 msgid "" "This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" "You can create snapshots of its current stage though." @@ -855,8 +845,8 @@ "Este repositorio no permite el filtrado de parches.\n" "No obstante, puede crear instantáneas de su etapa actual." -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "" "This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" "and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." @@ -864,13 +854,13 @@ "Este parche está filtrado mediante un filtro basado en categoría y,\n" "por lo tanto, no es posible cambiar su estado en este recuadro de diálogo." -#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." msgstr "No es posible cambiar el estado del parche actual." -#. Multiline key description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 msgid "" "Key ID: %1\n" "UID: %2\n" @@ -880,14 +870,14 @@ "UID: %2\n" "Huella digital: %3" -#. pop-up heading -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" msgstr "Contraseña codificada de clave de firma" -#. pop-up dialog message -#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 msgid "" "SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" "\n" @@ -903,211 +893,208 @@ "Introduzca la contraseña codificada de la clave y pulse Aceptar,\n" "o bien, pulse Cancelar para omitir el procedimiento de firma." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 msgid "Key &Passphrase" msgstr "&Contraseña codificada de clave" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 msgid "&Once Again" msgstr "&Otra vez" -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." msgstr "Las contraseñas codificadas introducidas no son idénticas." -#. a bussy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." msgstr "Creando instantánea del repositorio..." -#. a pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." msgstr "Error al crear la instantánea." -#. very simple e-mail validator -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "New &E-Mail" msgstr "&Correo electrónico nuevo" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "Editing &E-Mail" msgstr "&Editando correo electrónico" -#. OK pressed -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." msgstr "El correo electrónico %1 no es válido." -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." msgstr "Error interno: no es posible cambiar el estado actual." -#. Error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." msgstr "No es posible duplicar el repositorio seleccionado." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 msgid "Mirroring Repository" msgstr "Duplicando el repositorio" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Progress" msgstr "&Progreso" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Parar" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha iniciado la duplicación del repositorio seleccionado con el ID de " -"proceso : %1\n" +msgstr "Se ha iniciado la duplicación del repositorio seleccionado con el ID de proceso : %1\n" -#. a headline -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" msgstr "Abortando la duplicación" -#. a pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar el proceso de duplicación actual?" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 msgid "Abort Mirroring" msgstr "Abortar duplicación" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 msgid "Continue Mirroring" msgstr "Continuar duplicación" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 msgid "Aborting...\n" msgstr "Abortando...\n" -#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 msgid "Finished\n" msgstr "Terminado\n" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 msgid "Mirroring failed\n" msgstr "Error de duplicación\n" -#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands -#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Command: %1" msgstr "Comando: %1" -#. Offer adding the script only if exists -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 msgid "Uploading Support Configs" msgstr "Cargando configuraciones compatibles" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 msgid "Periodically" msgstr "Periódicamente" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 msgid "Monthly" msgstr "Mensual" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Sin definir" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Semanal" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Diaria" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 msgid "Every %1 hours" msgstr "Cada %1 horas" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 msgid "Every %1 minutes" msgstr "Cada %1 minutos" -#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 msgid "" "Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" "To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" "you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." msgstr "" "Los trabajos programados se han inhabilitado porque faltan paquetes.\n" -"Para instalar los paquetes que faltan y configurar los trabajos " -"programados,\n" +"Para instalar los paquetes que faltan y configurar los trabajos programados,\n" "debe reiniciar el módulo de configuración de SMT de YaST." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 msgid "Every H-th &Hour" msgstr "Cada Hª &hora" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 msgid "Every M-th &Minute" msgstr "Cada Mº &minuto" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Hour" msgstr "&Hora" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 msgid "&Minute" msgstr "&Minuto" -#. Weekly -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Editando un trabajo programado de SMT" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Añadiendo nuevo trabajo programado de SMT" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 msgid "&Frequency" msgstr "&Frecuencia" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 msgid "&Job to Run" msgstr "&Trabajo que se debe ejecutar" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 msgid "Job Start Time" msgstr "Hora de inicio del trabajo" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 msgid "Day of the &Week" msgstr "Día de la se&mana" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 msgid "&Day of the Month" msgstr "&Día del mes" -#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1115,70 +1102,57 @@ "¿Desea salir?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Customer Center Access</b></big><br>\n" "Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Acceso al Centro de servicios al cliente</b></big><br>\n" -"introduzca las credenciales para las actualizaciones de SUSE (updates.suse." -"com) aquí.</p>\n" +"introduzca las credenciales para las actualizaciones de SUSE (updates.suse.com) aquí.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 msgid "" -"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center " -"authentication.\n" +"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" "To test the credentials you entered, click <b>Test</b>.\n" -"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and " -"download of\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" "test data.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Los campos <b>Usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b> son necesarios para la " -"autenticación del Centro de servicios al cliente.\n" +"<p>Los campos <b>Usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b> son necesarios para la autenticación del Centro de servicios al cliente.\n" "Para probar las credenciales que se introducen, haga clic en <b>Probar</b>.\n" -"SMT se conectará al servidor del Centro de servicios al cliente para la " -"autenticación\n" +"SMT se conectará al servidor del Centro de servicios al cliente para la autenticación\n" "y la descarga de los datos de prueba.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 -msgid "" -"<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El correo electrónico debe ser que se use para registrarse en el Centro " -"de servicios al cliente.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El correo electrónico debe ser que se use para registrarse en el Centro de servicios al cliente.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Database</b></big><br>\n" -"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the " -"database.\n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" "With <b>Database Password</b>, set or change the database\n" "password for that user. The password should not be empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Base de datos</b></big><br>\n" -"Por motivos de seguridad, SMT requiere que un usuario independiente se " -"conecte a la base de datos.\n" +"Por motivos de seguridad, SMT requiere que un usuario independiente se conecte a la base de datos.\n" "Con <b>Contraseña de la base de datos</b>, establezca o cambie\n" -"la contraseña de la base de datos para ese usuario. La contraseña no debe " -"estar vacía.</p>\n" +"la contraseña de la base de datos para ese usuario. La contraseña no debe estar vacía.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Reporting</b></big><br>\n" -"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to." -"</p>\n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Informes</b></big><br>\n" -"Aquí puede configurar una lista de direcciones de correo electrónico a la " -"que SMT enviará los informes.</p>\n" +"Aquí puede configurar una lista de direcciones de correo electrónico a la que SMT enviará los informes.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Schedule SMT Jobs</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs.</p>" @@ -1186,32 +1160,26 @@ "<p><big><b>Programar trabajos de SMT</b></big><br>\n" "Aquí puede editar los trabajos de SMT periódicos.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 msgid "<p>When adding a new job, first select a <b>Job to Run</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Al añadir un trabajo nuevo, seleccione primero uno en <b>Trabajo que se " -"debe ejecutar</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Al añadir un trabajo nuevo, seleccione primero uno en <b>Trabajo que se debe ejecutar</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> " -"selection box\n" +"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> selection box\n" "switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" -"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week</b>\n" "is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Si se edita un trabajo actual o se añade uno nuevo, el recuadro de " -"selección <b>Frecuencia</b>\n" +"<p>Si se edita un trabajo actual o se añade uno nuevo, el recuadro de selección <b>Frecuencia</b>\n" "cambia el modo del recuadro de diálogo según el valor actual seleccionado.\n" -"En consecuencia, se habilitan o inhabilitan algunos campos; por ejemplo, " -"<b>Día de la semana</b>\n" +"En consecuencia, se habilitan o inhabilitan algunos campos; por ejemplo, <b>Día de la semana</b>\n" "se inhabilita para la frecuencia de trabajos <tt>Diaria</tt>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repositories</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring.</p>" @@ -1219,8 +1187,8 @@ "<p><big><b>Repositorios</b></big><br>\n" "Aquí puede ver todos los repositorios disponibles para duplicar.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" "and click <b>Toggle Mirroring</b>.</p>" @@ -1228,20 +1196,19 @@ "<p>Para activar o desactivar la duplicación, seleccione un repositorio\n" "en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Cambiar duplicación</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Staging</b> offers you to create testing and production\n" "snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" "in the table and click <b>Toggle Staging</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montaje</b> permite crear instantáneas de prueba y\n" -"producción. Para habilitar o inhabilitar esta función, seleccione un " -"repositorio\n" +"producción. Para habilitar o inhabilitar esta función, seleccione un repositorio\n" "en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Alternar montaje</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Staging</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" @@ -1251,46 +1218,41 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Montaje</b></big><br>\n" "Aquí puede crear instantáneas de prueba y producción desde los repositorios\n" -"duplicados que tengan el <tt>montaje</tt> habilitado. En los repositorios " -"que\n" -"contengan parches se podrá filtrar por ellos. En caso contrario, puede solo " -"podrá crear instantáneas completas\n" +"duplicados que tengan el <tt>montaje</tt> habilitado. En los repositorios que\n" +"contengan parches se podrá filtrar por ellos. En caso contrario, puede solo podrá crear instantáneas completas\n" "(sin filtros en uso).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>Choosing a <b>Repository Name</b> will switch the current\n" "repository. Choosing a <b>Patch Category</b> applies a listing filter\n" "on the current repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Si se selecciona un <b>Nombre de repositorio</b>, se cambiará\n" -"el repositorio actual. Al seleccionar <b>Categoría del parche</b>, se aplica " -"un filtro\n" +"el repositorio actual. Al seleccionar <b>Categoría del parche</b>, se aplica un filtro\n" "de visualización en el repositorio actual.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" "select a patch in the table and click <b>Toggle Patch Status</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para habilitar o inhabilitar <tt>parches</tt> en la instantánea,\n" -"seleccione un parche en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Cambiar estado de parche.</p>" +"seleccione un parche en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Cambiar estado de parche</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" "<b>Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Si desea cambiar más parches a la vez, también puede usar\n" -"<b>Cambiar estado -> Todos los parches mostrados -> Habilitar/" -"Inhabilitar</b></p>" +"<b>Cambiar estado -> Todos los parches mostrados -> Habilitar/Inhabilitar</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" "snapshot, use <b>Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot...</b>.\n" @@ -1298,71 +1260,66 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Para excluir todos los parches de un tipo seleccionado de la instantánea\n" "de <tt>pruebas, use <b>Cambiar estado -> Excluir de la instantánea</b>.\n" -"Ese tipo de parches no se puede habilitar a no ser que se vuelva a eliminar " -"el filtro.</p>" +"Ese tipo de parches no se puede habilitar a no ser que se vuelva a eliminar el filtro.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" -"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to " -"Production</b>.</p>" +"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para crear instantáneas de <tt>pruebas</tt> o <tt>producción</tt>,\n" -"haga clic en <b>Crear instantánea -> De duplicación completa a pruebas/De " -"pruebas a producción</b>.</p>" +"haga clic en <b>Crear instantánea -> De duplicación completa a pruebas/De pruebas a producción</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><b>Testing</b> snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" "<b>production</b> is always created as a copy of the <b>testing</b> one.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Una instantánea de <b>Pruebas</b> siempre se crea desde el repositorio " -"duplicado,\n" -"la de <b>producción</b> siempre se crea como una copia de la de <b>pruebas.</p>" +"<p>Una instantánea de <b>Pruebas</b> siempre se crea desde el repositorio duplicado,\n" +"la de <b>producción</b> siempre se crea como una copia de la de <b>pruebas</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 msgid "Customer Center Access" msgstr "Acceso al Centro de servicios al cliente" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 msgid "Database and Reporting" msgstr "Base de datos e informes" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 msgid "Clients Status" msgstr "Estado de clientes" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" msgstr "Trabajos de SMT programados" -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" msgstr "Asistente de configuración de SMT: paso %1/%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 msgid "Update Server Configuration" msgstr "Actualizar configuración de servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 msgid "SMT Management" msgstr "Gestión de SMT" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, -#. %2 with the SMT config file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 msgid "" "SMT configuration is broken.\n" "LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." @@ -1370,10 +1327,10 @@ "La configuración de SMT está dañada.\n" "El valor LOCAL->smtUser %1 definido en %2 no existe en el sistema." -#. Something has been changed -#. Apache conf needs writing -#. and Apache service needs restarting -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 msgid "" "Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" "\n" @@ -1383,85 +1340,77 @@ "\n" "Compruebe la instalación de SMT." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." msgstr "Error al ejecutar el guion de sincronización." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Detalles:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" -#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 msgid "Cannot write cron settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de cron." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." msgstr "Error al cargar de nuevo el servicio %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 msgid "Missing Server Certificate" msgstr "Falta el certificado de servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 msgid "" "Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" "Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" "\n" -"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support " -"SSL.\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" msgstr "" "El certificado del servidor %1 no existe.\n" "¿Desea ejecutar la gestión de CA para crear uno?\n" "\n" -"El certificado de servidor es de vital importancia para que el servidor de " -"actualización admita SSL.\n" +"El certificado de servidor es de vital importancia para que el servidor de actualización admita SSL.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 msgid "&Run CA management" msgstr "Ejecuta&r gestión de CA" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Omitir" -#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." -msgstr "" -"No es posible ejecutar la gestión de CA porque el paquete %1 no está " -"instalado." +msgstr "No es posible ejecutar la gestión de CA porque el paquete %1 no está instalado." -#. Server certificate exists -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 msgid "Database root Password Required" msgstr "Se requiere la contraseña raíz de la base de datos" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Introdu&zca la contraseña raíz de MariaDB" -#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 msgid "Unable to read %1" msgstr "No es posible leer %1" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 msgid "" "SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" "Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" @@ -1473,13 +1422,13 @@ "\n" "Para omitir este paso, haga clic en Omitir.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 msgid "&Retry" msgstr "&Reintentar" -#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 msgid "" "SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" "The root password was probably wrong.\n" @@ -1487,12 +1436,12 @@ "SMT no ha podido conectar con la base de datos.\n" "Probablemente, la contraseña raíz es errónea.\n" -#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 msgid "Cannot create database" msgstr "No es posible crear la base de datos" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 msgid "" "SMT was not able to create the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1500,12 +1449,12 @@ "SMT no ha podido crear la base de datos.\n" "Haga clic en Reintentar para intentarlo de nuevo.\n" -#. 21: Database migration failed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 msgid "Database migration failed" msgstr "Error al migrar la base de datos" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 msgid "" "SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1513,45 +1462,43 @@ "Error de SMT al migrar la base de datos.\n" "Haga clic en Reintentar para intentarlo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" msgstr "Ajustando contraseña raíz de nueva base de datos" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 msgid "" "The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" "\n" -" For security reasons, please, set " -"a new one." +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." msgstr "" "La contraseña raíz de MariaDB actual está vacía.\n" "\n" -" Por motivos de seguridad, " -"establezca una nueva." +" Por motivos de seguridad, establezca una nueva." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Nue&va contraseña raíz de MariaDB" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 msgid "New Password &Again" msgstr "&Nueva contraseña de nuevo" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 msgid "Set up a new password, please." msgstr "Configure una contraseña nueva." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." msgstr "Error al configurar la nueva contraseña raíz de MariaDB." -#. root password has been already set -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." msgstr "SMT debe configurar la base de datos." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." msgstr "No es posible cambiar la contraseña de usuario de SMT." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,297 +14,296 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuración de instantáneas del sistema" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Información del usuario" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo de limpieza" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{pre} y %{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Pre (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Post (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Crear instantánea nueva" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Una instantánea" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Previa" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Posterior, comparada con:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la instantánea %{num}?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir las instantáneas %{pre} y %{post}?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Instantáneas" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Único" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Anterior y posterior" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configuración actual" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Fecha de inicio" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Fecha final" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Datos de usuario" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Mostrar cambios" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Modificar" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" -"Esta instantánea previa aún no se ha comparado con ninguna instantánea " -"posterior.\n" +"Esta instantánea previa aún no se ha comparado con ninguna instantánea posterior.\n" "No es posible mostrar las diferencias." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instantánea seleccionada" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Calculando archivos modificados..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Calculando modificaciones de archivos..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Se ha creado el nuevo archivo." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "El archivo se ha eliminado." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "No se ha cambiado el contenido del archivo." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "El archivo no existe en ninguna instantánea." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Se ha modificado el contenido del archivo." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El modo de archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El usuario propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El grupo propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "R&estaurar de la Primera" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Res&taurar de la Segunda" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea actual y la seleccionada:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera y la segunda instantánea" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la segunda instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la instantánea:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la primera instantánea:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la segunda instantánea:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurar seleccionados" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -318,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "del sistema actual?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -334,38 +333,35 @@ "\n" "de la instantánea %2 en el sistema actual?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo para restablecerlo." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restaurando archivos" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>Estos archivos se restaurarán a partir de la instantánea %1:</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Los archivos presentes en la instantánea original se copiarán al sistema " -"actual.</p>\n" -"<p>Los archivos que no existían en la instantánea se suprimirán.</p>¿Seguro " -"que desea continuar?" +"<p>Los archivos presentes en la instantánea original se copiarán al sistema actual.</p>\n" +"<p>Los archivos que no existían en la instantánea se suprimirán.</p>¿Seguro que desea continuar?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -373,154 +369,125 @@ "<p><b><big>Leyendo lista de instantáneas</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de instantáneas</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. " -"Existen tres tipos\n" -"de instantáneas: <b>únicas</b>, <b>pre</b> y <b>post</b>. Las instantáneas " -"únicas\n" -"se utilizan para almacenar el estado del sistema de archivos en un " -"determinado momento, mientras que las de tipo Pre y Post definen los cambios " -"realizados mediante operaciones especiales llevadas a cabo entre la captura " -"de ambas instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post aparecen emparejadas en " -"la tabla.</p>\n" -"<p>Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en " -"<b>Mostrar cambios</b> para ver los\n" +"<p>La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. Existen tres tipos\n" +"de instantáneas: <b>únicas</b>, <b>pre</b> y <b>post</b>. Las instantáneas únicas\n" +"se utilizan para almacenar el estado del sistema de archivos en un determinado momento, mientras que las de tipo Pre y Post definen los cambios realizados mediante operaciones especiales llevadas a cabo entre la captura de ambas instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post aparecen emparejadas en la tabla.</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en <b>Mostrar cambios</b> para ver los\n" "cambios en el sistema de archivos en la instantánea especificada.</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Descripción general de instantánea</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se han modificado entre la creación " -"de la primera (\"pre\") y la segunda instantánea (\"post\"). En el lado " -"derecho, verá la descripción generada al crear la primera instantánea y la " -"hora de creación de ambas.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se han modificado entre la creación de la primera (\"pre\") y la segunda instantánea (\"post\"). En el lado derecho, verá la descripción generada al crear la primera instantánea y la hora de creación de ambas.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Al seleccionar un archivo en un árbol, verá los cambios que ha " -"experimentado. Los cambios entre las instantáneas emparejadas se muestran " -"por defecto, pero es posible comparar el archivo con versiones diferentes.\n" +"Al seleccionar un archivo en un árbol, verá los cambios que ha experimentado. Los cambios entre las instantáneas emparejadas se muestran por defecto, pero es posible comparar el archivo con versiones diferentes.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Resumen de instantánea</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que tienen diferencias entre la " -"instantánea seleccionada y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho, verá una " -"descripción de la instantánea y la hora de su creación.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que tienen diferencias entre la instantánea seleccionada y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho, verá una descripción de la instantánea y la hora de su creación.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrarán las diferencias entre " -"la versión de la instantánea y el sistema actual.\n" +"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrarán las diferencias entre la versión de la instantánea y el sistema actual.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener la configuración:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener el punto de montaje de la instantánea:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al crear la nueva instantánea:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al modificar la instantánea:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al suprimir la instantánea:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Inicializando realización de instantáneas" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Leer la lista de configuraciones" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Leer la lista de instantáneas" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de configuraciones" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "Error al consultar las configuraciones del creador de instantáneas" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -528,24 +495,23 @@ msgstr "" "No existe ninguna configuración de Snapper. Debe\n" "crear una o varias configuraciones para usar yast2-snapper. Se\n" -"puede usar la herramienta de línea de comandos de Snapper para crear " -"configuraciones." +"puede usar la herramienta de línea de comandos de Snapper para crear configuraciones." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "Error al consultar las instantáneas del creador de instantáneas:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Restaurando archivos..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Suprimido %1\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 omitido\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sound.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,149 +14,135 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la base de datos de tarjetas de sonido. Compruebe su " -"instalación." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la base de datos de tarjetas de sonido. Compruebe su instalación." -#. translators: command line help text for Sound module -#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración de la tarjeta de sonido." -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" msgstr "Resumen de configuración de las tarjetas de sonido." -#. translators: command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Añadir tarjeta de sonido. Sin parámetros se añade la primera tarjeta " -"detectada." +msgstr "Añadir tarjeta de sonido. Sin parámetros se añade la primera tarjeta detectada." -#. help text for unknownd parameters -#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." msgstr "Valor del parámetro del módulo especificado" -#. translators: command line help text for remove action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 msgid "Remove sound cards" msgstr "Eliminar tarjetas de sonido." -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" msgstr "Probar el sonido con la tarjeta de sonido especificada. " -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 msgid "Show the information of given sound card" msgstr "Mostrar información de la tarjeta de sonido especificada. " -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." -msgstr "" -"Configurar los nuevos valores para los parámetros de la tarjeta " -"especificada. " +msgstr "Configurar los nuevos valores para los parámetros de la tarjeta especificada. " -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' -#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Valor del parámetro del módulo especificado. Utilice el comando 'show' para " -"ver una lista de los parámetros permitidos." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Valor del parámetro del módulo especificado. Utilice el comando 'show' para ver una lista de los parámetros permitidos." -#. translators: command line help text for volume action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." msgstr "Definir el volumen de los canales específicos de la tarjeta dada." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Valor del canal específico (0-100). Utilice el comando 'channels' para ver " -"una lista de los canales disponibles." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Valor del canal específico (0-100). Utilice el comando 'channels' para ver una lista de los canales disponibles." -#. translators: command line help text for modules action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." msgstr "Lista de todos los módulos de sonido del kernel disponibles. " -#. translators: command line help text for channels action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." msgstr "Lista de los canales de volumen disponibles para la tarjeta dada." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 msgid "Number of sound card" msgstr "Número de la tarjeta de sonido." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 msgid "All available sound cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de sonido disponibles." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" msgstr "Módulo del kernel (controlador) para la tarjeta de sonido" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgstr "Probar sonido cuando la tarjeta esté configurada." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" msgstr "Volumen para la tarjeta de sonido (0-100)" -#. result message, %1 is card name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." msgstr "Tarjeta '%1' añadida con éxito." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 msgid "You must specify the card number." msgstr "Debe especificar el número de la tarjeta." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 msgid "There is no such sound card." msgstr "Esta tarjeta de sonido no existe." -#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver -#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "Parámetros de la tarjeta '%1' (usando el módulo %2):\n" -#. label (default value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 msgid "" "\n" "\tDefault Value: %1" @@ -164,8 +150,8 @@ "\n" "\tValor por defecto: %1" -#. label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 msgid "" "\n" "\tCurrent Value: %1" @@ -173,86 +159,86 @@ "\n" "\tValor actual: %1" -#. Do not show any progress during Read() -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Detecting sound cards..." msgstr "Detectando tarjetas de sonido..." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Sonido" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 msgid "&Sound" msgstr "&Sonido" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 msgid "Save module configuration" msgstr "Guardar la configuración de los módulos" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 msgid "Save sound card information" msgstr "Guardar la configuración de la tarjeta de sonido" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 msgid "Save sysconfig values" msgstr "Guardar los valores de sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 msgid "Start sound card" msgstr "Iniciar la tarjeta de sonido" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 msgid "Store volume" msgstr "Almacenar el volumen" -#. progress bar item -#. progres bar label -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgstr "Guardando los ajustes de la tarjeta de sonido..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 msgid "Saving card information..." msgstr "Guardando la información de la tarjeta..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." msgstr "Guardando los valores de sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 msgid "Starting sound card..." msgstr "Iniciando tarjeta de sonido..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 msgid "Storing volume settings..." msgstr "Almacenando los ajustes de sonido..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes requeridos" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes requeridos..." -#. log mixer settings -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 msgid "" "These required packages are not available: %1\n" "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" @@ -260,30 +246,28 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Estos paquetes necesarios no están disponibles: %1\n" -"Algunos dispositivos de sonido pueden no funcionar o puede que algunas " -"funciones no se admitan.\n" +"Algunos dispositivos de sonido pueden no funcionar o puede que algunas funciones no se admitan.\n" "\n" -"Habilite o añada repositorios adicionales de software que incluyan estos " -"paquetes.\n" +"Habilite o añada repositorios adicionales de software que incluyan estos paquetes.\n" -#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states -#. (running/not running/dissappeared) -#. @return [Array] table contents -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" msgstr "Se ha configurado como la tarjeta de sonido número %1" -#. sort the cards by index -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 msgid "Driver %1" msgstr "Controlador %1" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" -#. popup question text -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 msgid "" "To apply changes, the sound system\n" "must be restarted.\n" @@ -293,7 +277,7 @@ "debe reiniciarse.\n" " ¿Desea reiniciarlo ahora?\n" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 msgid "" "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" "Check options of the driver.\n" @@ -301,289 +285,285 @@ "Error al reiniciar el sistema de sonido.\n" "Compruebe las opciones del controlador.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." msgstr "PulseAudio no está instalado o no se puede configurar." -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de PulseAudio" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" msgstr "Habilitar compatibilidad con Puls&eAudio" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" msgstr "Iniciar &secuenciador (cargar controladores MIDI)" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 msgid "&Volume..." msgstr "&Volumen..." -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 msgid "Play &Test Sound" msgstr "&Prueba de reproducción de sonido" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 msgid "&Start Sequencer" msgstr "Iniciar &secuenciador" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" msgstr "Definir como tarjeta &principal" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de PulseAudio..." -#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "&Instalar SoundFonts..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de sonido" -#. table header -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Index" msgstr "Índice" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Card Model" msgstr "Modelo de tarjeta" -#. table entry (vendor was not defined) -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otros" -#. table entry (all vendors) -#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" msgstr "&Fabricante de la tarjeta de sonido" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 msgid "Sound card &driver" msgstr "Controla&dor para tarjeta de sonido" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 msgid "Sound card &model" msgstr "&Modelo de tarjeta de sonido" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" msgstr "Mostrar lista de módulos del nucleo" -#. input field - label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" msgstr "Selección manual de tarjetas de sonido" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maestro" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 msgid "PCM" msgstr "PCM" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 msgid "Master Mono" msgstr "Maestro mono" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 msgid "Headphone" msgstr "Auriculares" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 msgid "Line" msgstr "Línea" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 msgid "CD" msgstr "CD" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 msgid "Mic" msgstr "Mic" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 msgid "Video" msgstr "Vídeo" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Teléfono" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 msgid "Aux" msgstr "Aux" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 msgid "PC Speaker" msgstr "Altavoz del PC" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Bass" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 msgid "Treble" msgstr "Treble" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 msgid "Surround" msgstr "Surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 msgid "LFE" msgstr "LFE" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 msgid "Center" msgstr "Center" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 msgid "Wave" msgstr "Wave" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 msgid "Wave Center" msgstr "Wave Center" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 msgid "Wave Surround" msgstr "Wave Surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 msgid "AC97" msgstr "AC97" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 msgid "Music" msgstr "Música" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 msgid "Front" msgstr "Frente" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 msgid "iSpeaker" msgstr "Altavoz portátil (iSpeaker)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 msgid "&Master volume" msgstr "Volumen &Maestro" -#. push button label -#. Test - button label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 msgid "&Other channels" msgstr "&Otros canales" -#. card name -#. add vendor/device ID -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. help text - mixer setting -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " -"the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Con este cuadro de diálogo puede establecer el volumen para cada canal de " -"la tarjeta de sonido seleccionada.\n" -"Pulse <B>Siguiente</B> para almacenar su configuración de volumen o " -"<B>Atrás</B> para restablecer los valores originales.</P>" +"<P>Con este cuadro de diálogo puede establecer el volumen para cada canal de la tarjeta de sonido seleccionada.\n" +"Pulse <B>Siguiente</B> para almacenar su configuración de volumen o <B>Atrás</B> para restablecer los valores originales.</P>" -#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" msgstr "Configuración de volumen de la tarjeta %1: %2" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" msgstr "¡¡¡ Este valor %1 debe ser un número !!!" -#. To translators: "space" means blank character -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 msgid "(space)" msgstr "(espacio)" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 msgid "String cannot contain: %1" msgstr "La cadena no puede contener %1" -#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 msgid "" "The value must be one of\n" "%1" @@ -591,8 +571,8 @@ "Este valor debe ser uno de\n" "%1" -#. label text -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 msgid "" "Possible value:\n" "not known" @@ -600,25 +580,25 @@ "Posible valor:\n" "desconocido" -#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update -#. combo with values -#. @param [String] values list of values -#. @param [String] default_item default item -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 msgid "Name of the &Option" msgstr "Nombre de la &opción" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Option: " msgstr "&Opción:" -#. all non-ASCII characters from value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 msgid "" "Value of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -630,8 +610,8 @@ "\n" "Introduzca un valor válido." -#. all non-ASCII characters from name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 msgid "" "Name of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -643,81 +623,81 @@ "\n" "Introduzca un nombre válido." -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" msgstr "Cambiar la opción" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 msgid "Add a New Option" msgstr "Añadir opción nueva" -#. Returns description of card module option -#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list -#. @return [String] description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 msgid "No description available" msgstr "Descripción no disponible" -#. Table header -- option description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Table header -- option name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" -#. Table header -- value of an option -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. restore original option values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 msgid "R&eset all" msgstr "&Reinicializar todo" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" msgstr "Opciones avanzadas de tarjeta de sonido" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 msgid "There are no options for this module" msgstr "No hay opciones para este módulo" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente reinicializar todos los valores?" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 msgid "Sound Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de Sonido" -#. list of all sound modules (table items) -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" msgstr "Dispositivo CD-ROM desconocido" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" msgstr "Dispositivo CD-ROM desconocido" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 msgid "CD-ROM &Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo CD-ROM" -#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) -#. @return [Array] as above -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label to error popup, %1 is module name -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 msgid "" "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" @@ -727,8 +707,8 @@ "no puede ser cargado. Esto puede deberse a unos parámetros\n" "del módulo incorrectos, inclusive E/S o IRQ no válidas." -#. popup question: different module has to be choosed -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 msgid "" "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" "On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" @@ -746,9 +726,9 @@ "Aviso: el procedimiento de prueba puede llevar algún tiempo y\n" "además podría desestabilizar el sistema.\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 -#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" @@ -760,8 +740,8 @@ "su volumen, escoja <b>Configuración normal</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>To set a special option, \n" "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" @@ -773,8 +753,8 @@ "La mayoría de los usuarios no lo necesitarán.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" @@ -784,13 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Si no desea ajustar el volumen o establecer la configuración ahora, \n" -"marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Podrá establecer el volumen " -"y\n" +"marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Podrá establecer el volumen y\n" "cambiar las opciones más tarde.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" @@ -804,8 +783,8 @@ "cambiar las opciones más tarde.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" @@ -817,8 +796,8 @@ "active <B>Instalación avanzada de las tarjetas de sonido</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 msgid "" "<P>\n" "<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" @@ -832,8 +811,8 @@ "introduciendo el nombre en el diálogo de busqueda.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" @@ -845,8 +824,8 @@ "de las tarjetas de sonido soportadas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" @@ -856,8 +835,8 @@ "Escoja el tipo de tarjeta a configurar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" @@ -866,27 +845,23 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si la lista contiene tarjetas<b>autodetectedadas</b> (y no configuradas " -"todavía), elija una y siga adelante. Alternativamente puede utilizar " -"<b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" +"Si la lista contiene tarjetas<b>autodetectedadas</b> (y no configuradas todavía), elija una y siga adelante. Alternativamente puede utilizar <b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" -#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated -#. (popup label message) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 msgid "" "There are programs running that are currently using \n" "the audio device.\n" "To reset the configuration, these \n" "programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"Existen programas en ejecución que están utilizando en estos momentos el " -"dispositivo de sonido.\n" -"Para reinicializar la configuración, estos programas deben ser " -"finalizados.\n" +"Existen programas en ejecución que están utilizando en estos momentos el dispositivo de sonido.\n" +"Para reinicializar la configuración, estos programas deben ser finalizados.\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. help text - options dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" @@ -900,8 +875,8 @@ "no modifique este diálogo. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - options dialog 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n" @@ -916,13 +891,11 @@ "Escoja la opción que desea <b>Establecer</b>\n" "para habilitar un nuevo valor. Si existen posibles valores para\n" "una opción dada, puede escogerlo en el cuadro <B>Posibles valores</b>.\n" -"Puede restablecer todos los valores presionando el botón <b>Reinicializar " -"todo</b>. \n" -"Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse como decimales o hexadecimales " -"(hexadecimales precedidos por el prefijo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" +"Puede restablecer todos los valores presionando el botón <b>Reinicializar todo</b>. \n" +"Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse como decimales o hexadecimales (hexadecimales precedidos por el prefijo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" @@ -932,8 +905,8 @@ "Ajuste el volumen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" @@ -945,8 +918,8 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>\n" "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" @@ -958,8 +931,8 @@ "o cualquier otro programa para ajustar el volumen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" @@ -971,8 +944,8 @@ "daños.\n" "</p>\n" -#. warning/question message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 msgid "" "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" @@ -981,17 +954,16 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar esta tarjeta de sonido en algunos portátiles Sony VAIO puede no\n" "ser posible si X está en ejecución. Se puede evitar este problema asignando\n" -"el valor 1 a la opción snd_vaio-hack o bien configurando la tarjeta fuera " -"de\n" +"el valor 1 a la opción snd_vaio-hack o bien configurando la tarjeta fuera de\n" "X. ¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "Error al guardar '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" -#. list of error -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 msgid "" "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -999,8 +971,8 @@ "Ocurrieron los siguientes errores mientras se guardaba la configuración:\n" "%1" -#. information message - success -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 msgid "" "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" "It is now available for use.\n" @@ -1008,21 +980,21 @@ "La tarjeta de sonido fue configurada correctamente.\n" "Puede comenzar a utilizarla inmediatamente.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgstr "La configuración de sonido ha sido guardada." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo: %1\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "Error mientras se ajustaba el volumen.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 msgid "" "The sound volume and configuration\n" "for the sound card \n" @@ -1032,34 +1004,34 @@ "de la tarjeta \n" "se guardarán ahora.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." msgstr "La configuración del sonido se guardará ahora." -#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" msgstr "será configurada como la primera tarjeta de sonido (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" msgstr "será configurada como la segunda tarjeta de sonido (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" msgstr "será configurada como la tercera tarjeta de sonido (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" msgstr "(%1) será configurada como la %2th tarjeta de sonido" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "Instalar SoundFonts" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1067,40 +1039,35 @@ "¿Desea que YaST2 instale los archivos SoundFont de WaveTable desde \n" "su Soundblaster Live! o el CD de controlador AWE?\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" -msgstr "" -"Por favor, introduzca el CD de la tarjeta SoundBlaster Live! / AWE en la " -"unidad de CD.\n" +msgstr "Por favor, introduzca el CD de la tarjeta SoundBlaster Live! / AWE en la unidad de CD.\n" -#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 archivos de SoundFont se han instalado en %2." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "No se encuentran archivos SoundFont." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgstr "¿Desea cambiar el CD y reintentar?" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 msgid "" "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" -msgstr "" -"Las tarjetas '%1' y '%2' fueron autodetectadas en su sistema. Para una " -"funcionalidad adecuada, por favor, omita la tarjeta '%1' y configure sólo la " -"'%2'.\n" +msgstr "Las tarjetas '%1' y '%2' fueron autodetectadas en su sistema. Para una funcionalidad adecuada, por favor, omita la tarjeta '%1' y configure sólo la '%2'.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" @@ -1109,12 +1076,11 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"La detección de hardware encontró una nueva tarjeta de sonido. Para " -"configurarla, elija el\n" +"La detección de hardware encontró una nueva tarjeta de sonido. Para configurarla, elija el\n" "elemento apropiado de la lista y presione el botón <b>Configurar</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" @@ -1124,7 +1090,7 @@ "Pulse <B>Cambiar</B> para configurar las tarjetas ya instaladas.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" @@ -1134,24 +1100,22 @@ "Para grabar la actual configuración, pulse <B>Finalizar</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#. sound system dependent part: -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Tarjetas de sonido</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" "configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" "configure the card manually.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Seleccione una tarjeta no configurada de la lista y haga clic en " -"<B>Editar</B> para\n" -"configurarla. Si la tarjeta no se detecta automáticamente, haga clic en " -"<B>Añadir</B> y configúrela\n" +"<P>Seleccione una tarjeta no configurada de la lista y haga clic en <B>Editar</B> para\n" +"configurarla. Si la tarjeta no se detecta automáticamente, haga clic en <B>Añadir</B> y configúrela\n" " manualmente.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" @@ -1163,7 +1127,7 @@ " A continuación, haga clic en <B>Editar</B>.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" @@ -1172,52 +1136,42 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Utilice <b>Otros</b> para definir el volumen de la tarjeta seleccionada o " -"configure\n" -" el módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir los archivos MIDI (<b>Iniciar " -"secuenciador</b>). \n" -"Utilice <b>Prueba de reproducción de sonido</b> para probar la tarjeta " -"seleccionada.\n" +"Utilice <b>Otros</b> para definir el volumen de la tarjeta seleccionada o configure\n" +" el módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir los archivos MIDI (<b>Iniciar secuenciador</b>). \n" +"Utilice <b>Prueba de reproducción de sonido</b> para probar la tarjeta seleccionada.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 msgid "" "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>El daemon PulseAudio se puede usar para reproducir sonidos.\n" -"Use <B>Configuración de PulseAudio</B> para habilitarlo o inhabilitarlo.\n" +"Use <B>Configuración de PulseAudio</B> para habilitarlo o inhabilitarlo.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>El dispositivo de sonido con el índice 0 es el dispositivo utilizado por " -"defecto por el sistema y las aplicaciones.\n" -"Utilice <b>Otros</b> para definir el dispositivo de sonido seleccionado como " -"dispositivo principal.</p>" +"<p>El dispositivo de sonido con el índice 0 es el dispositivo utilizado por defecto por el sistema y las aplicaciones.\n" +"Utilice <b>Otros</b> para definir el dispositivo de sonido seleccionado como dispositivo principal.</p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Las aplicaciones que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido abierto) pueden " -"utilizar el mezclador\n" -"de software mediante el encapsulador aoss. Utilice el comando <tt>aoss <" -"aplicación></tt> para\n" +"Las aplicaciones que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido abierto) pueden utilizar el mezclador\n" +"de software mediante el encapsulador aoss. Utilice el comando <tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" "iniciar la aplicación." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>" msgstr "<p>Ocurrió un error.</p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the the problem persists, try passing \n" @@ -1233,7 +1187,7 @@ "otro módulo.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" @@ -1241,12 +1195,11 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Esta es la lista completa de tarjetas de sonido. Utilice el botón " -"<b>Finalizar</b>\n" +"Esta es la lista completa de tarjetas de sonido. Utilice el botón <b>Finalizar</b>\n" "para grabar la información de la tarjeta de sonido.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" @@ -1258,64 +1211,64 @@ "Utilice <b>Añadir tarjeta de sonido</b> para añadir una tarjeta de sonido.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>" msgstr "<p>Puede intentar pasar algunas <b>opciones</b> al módulo.</p>" -#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' -#. will be configured as the first snd card" -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "La tarjeta de sonido\n" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 msgid "&Quick automatic setup" msgstr "Confi&guración automática rápida" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 msgid "Normal &setup" msgstr "Configuración &normal" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" msgstr "Configuración &avanzada con posibilidad de cambiar las opciones" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 msgid "Sound Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de sonido" -#. volume slider label -#. volume slider label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 msgid "&Volume" msgstr "&Volumen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 msgid "Settings for sound card" msgstr "Parámetros para la tarjeta de sonido" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" msgstr "Prueba y ajuste del volumen" -#. message label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" msgstr "Presione 'Probar' para comenzar a reproducir una muestra de sonido" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 msgid "Sound Card Volume" msgstr "Volumen de la tarjeta de sonido" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 msgid "" "Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" @@ -1327,13 +1280,13 @@ "\"Cirrus Logic CS4236\" y configure sus\n" "parámetros utilizando 'Configuración Avanzada'." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" msgstr "Error durante la instalación de" -#. popup message: test audio file was not found -#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 msgid "" "Cannot find file:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1343,22 +1296,22 @@ "%1\n" "(archivo de audio de prueba)" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir esta entrada?" -#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 msgid "" "It looks like probing the chip\n" "%1\n" @@ -1372,8 +1325,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea probar el chip?\n" -#. label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 msgid "" "No card was found.\n" "Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" @@ -1387,53 +1340,53 @@ "Atención: El proceso de prueba puede durar algún tiempo y hacer\n" "que su sistema esté inestable.\n" -#. selection box label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" msgstr "&Seleccionar los controladores que desea probar" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 msgid "&Yes, Probe" msgstr "&Sí, probar" -#. popup dialog header -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 msgid "Probing:" msgstr "Detectando:" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 msgid "Progress:" msgstr "Progreso:" -#. label (%1 is name of the chip) -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 msgid "Card with %1 Chip" msgstr "Tarjeta con el chip %1" -#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 msgid "Required packages to install: %1" msgstr "Paquetes necesarios para la instalación %1" -#. separator for constructing package list -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 msgid ", " msgstr ", " -#. sound Read dialog caption: -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del sonido" -#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 msgid "Configured as %1." msgstr "Configurada como %1." -#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. -#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "tarjeta de sonido" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/squid.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Configuración de un proxy de caché para Squid" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "Valores incorrectos." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de dominio no puede estar vacío." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "Expresión regular" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "No distinguir entre mayúsculas/minúsculas" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "La expresión regular no debe estar vacía." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "Debe seleccionar al menos un día." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "El tiempo no se ha indicado con el formato correcto." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "De debe ser menos que A." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "Valor no válido." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "El protocolo no debe estar vacío." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de encabezado y la expresión regular no deben estar vacíos." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "La dirección MAC no debe estar vacía." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "Formato incorrecto de dirección MAC." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid no se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&Iniciar squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "De&tener Squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Guar&dar los valores de configuración y reiniciar Squid ahora." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "Iniciar Squid ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "Detener Squid ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Guardar valores de configuración y reiniciar Squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "Abrir puertos en el cortafuegos" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de puertos HTTP" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "Puertos HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "Actualizar valores de configuración de patrones" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "Actualizar patrones" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de caché" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de directorio de caché" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "Directorio de caché" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de control de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "Control de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de registro y de tiempo límite" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Registro y tiempo límite" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Otros valores de configuración" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Otros" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "Minutos" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "Porcentaje" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "Máximo" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "Memoria c&aché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "Tamaño má&ximo de los objetos" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "Tamaño m&ínimo de los objetos" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel &bajo (porcentaje)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel &alto (porcentaje)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "Directiva de sustitución de &caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "Directiva de sustitución de &memoria" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "Nombre de &directorio" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "&Tamaño (en MB)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "Directorios de &nivel 1" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "Directorios de n&ivel 2" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "Grupos ACL" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "Permitir/Denegar" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "Registro de &acceso" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "Registro de &caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Regi&stro de almacenamiento en caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Tiempos límite" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Tiempo límite de conexión" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Tiempo de &vida del cliente" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Idioma de los mensajes de error" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Correo electrónico del administrador" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Usar modo pasivo del FTP" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "Registro de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "Registro de caché" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "Registro de almacenamiento en caché" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Unidades" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "segundos" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minutos" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "horas" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "Días" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,18 +498,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando configuración de Squid</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Abortando la inicialización:</big></B><BR>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar ahora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar</B> ahora.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -517,8 +516,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando configuración de Squid</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -527,12 +526,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -540,8 +538,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Squid</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid aquí.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -551,8 +549,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los Squid instalados y\n" "edite sus configuraciones si es necesario.<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -560,7 +558,7 @@ "<p>Aquí puede definir todos los puertos en los que Squid\n" "escuchará las peticiones HTTP de los clientes.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -568,16 +566,12 @@ "<p><b>Host</b> puede contener el nombre de host o la dirección IP,\n" "o puede dejarse en blanco.</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Actualizar patrones</b> define cómo trata Squid los objetos en caché.\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Actualizar patrones</b> define cómo trata Squid los objetos en caché.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -585,16 +579,15 @@ "<p>Los patrones de actualización se comprueban en el orden mostrado aquí.\n" "Se usará la primera entrada que coincida.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mínimo</b> determina cuánto tiempo (en minutos) deberá un objeto\n" -"considerarse como actualizado si no se indica una hora de caducidad " -"explícita.\n" +"considerarse como actualizado si no se indica una hora de caducidad explícita.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -604,7 +597,7 @@ "(tiempo desde la última modificación). Un objeto sin hora explícita\n" "de caducidad se considerará actualizado.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" @@ -612,35 +605,28 @@ "<p><b>Máximo</b> es el margen superior de tiempo que los objetos sin hora\n" "explícita de caducidad se considerarán actualizados.</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Memoria caché</b> define la cantidad ideal de memoria que debe usarse " -"para los objetos.</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Memoria caché</b> define la cantidad ideal de memoria que debe usarse para los objetos.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tamaño máximo de los objetos</b> define el tamaño máximo de los " -"objetos que se\n" -"guardarán en el disco. Los objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en " -"el disco.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Tamaño máximo de los objetos</b> define el tamaño máximo de los objetos que se\n" +"guardarán en el disco. Los objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en el disco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tamaño mínimo de los objetos</b> define el tamaño mínimo de los " -"objetos \n" +"<p><b>Tamaño mínimo de los objetos</b> define el tamaño mínimo de los objetos \n" "por debajo del cual no se guardarán en el disco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -650,21 +636,17 @@ "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" "<p>Las sustituciones empiezan cuando el uso de intercambio (disco)\n" -"supera el valor de <b>Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel bajo</b> e " -"intenta\n" +"supera el valor de <b>Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel bajo</b> e intenta\n" "mantener el uso cerca de este valor. A medida que el uso del intercambio\n" "se acerca al valor de <b>Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel alto,</b> el\n" -"desahucio de objetos se vuelve más agresivo. Si el uso se acerca al valor de " -"<b>Intercambiar marcas\n" +"desahucio de objetos se vuelve más agresivo. Si el uso se acerca al valor de <b>Intercambiar marcas\n" "de agua de nivel bajo,</b> se harán menos reemplazos cada vez.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -687,12 +669,10 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Directiva de sustitución de caché</b> determina qué objetos deben " -"sustituirse\n" +"<p><b>Directiva de sustitución de caché</b> determina qué objetos deben sustituirse\n" "cuando se necesita espacio en disco.\n" "<b>Directiva de sustitución de memoria</b> especifica la normativa para\n" -"sustituir objetos en memoria cuando no hay espacio en memoria para nuevos " -"objetos.\n" +"sustituir objetos en memoria cuando no hay espacio en memoria para nuevos objetos.\n" "Las directivas pueden ser:\n" "<table>\n" " <tr>\n" @@ -714,248 +694,212 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre de directorio</b> define un directorio de primer nivel donde se " -"almacenarán los archivos de intercambio de caché.</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nombre de directorio</b> define un directorio de primer nivel donde se almacenarán los archivos de intercambio de caché.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tamaño</b> define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) que se puede " -"usar para este directorio.</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Tamaño</b> define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) que se puede usar para este directorio.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Directorios de nivel 1</b> define el número de subdirectorios de " -"primer nivel\n" +"<p><b>Directorios de nivel 1</b> define el número de subdirectorios de primer nivel\n" "que se crearán en el directorio <b>Nombre de directorio</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Directorios de nivel 2</b> define el número de subdirectorios de " -"segundo nivel\n" +"<p><b>Directorios de nivel 2</b> define el número de subdirectorios de segundo nivel\n" "que se crearán en cada directorio de primer nivel.</p>\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante <b>Grupos ACL</b>." -"</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante <b>Grupos ACL</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Grupo ACL</b> cuenta con varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos " -"ACL dependen\n" +"<p><b>Grupo ACL</b> cuenta con varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos ACL dependen\n" "del tipo particular.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>En la tabla <b>Control de acceso</b>, puede denegarse o permitirse el " -"acceso a grupos ACL.\n" +"<p>En la tabla <b>Control de acceso</b>, puede denegarse o permitirse el acceso a grupos ACL.\n" "Si hay más grupos ACL en una línea, esto significa que se permitirá o se\n" -"denegará el acceso a los miembros que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al " -"mismo tiempo.</p>\n" +"denegará el acceso a los miembros que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al mismo tiempo.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>La tabla <b>Control de acceso</b> se comprueba en el orden mostrado " -"aquí.\n" +"<p>La tabla <b>Control de acceso</b> se comprueba en el orden mostrado aquí.\n" "Se usará la primera entrada que coincida.</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Registro de acceso</b> define el archivo en el que se registran las " -"actividades del cliente.</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Registro de acceso</b> define el archivo en el que se registran las actividades del cliente.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Registro de caché</b> define el archivo donde se registra información\n" "general sobre el comportamiento de su caché.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>El <b>Registro de almacenamiento en caché</b> define la ubicación del " -"registro de transacciones de todos\n" -"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como la hora a la que se " -"suprime\n" +"<p>El <b>Registro de almacenamiento en caché</b> define la ubicación del registro de transacciones de todos\n" +"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como la hora a la que se suprime\n" "el objeto. Esta opción puede dejarse en blanco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Con <b>Emular registro httpd,</b> se especifica que Squid debe escribir\n" -"<b>registro de acceso</b> en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.\n" +"<b>registro de acceso</b> en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tiempo límite de conexión</b> es una opción para forzar a Squid a " -"cerrar\n" +"<p><b>Tiempo límite de conexión</b> es una opción para forzar a Squid a cerrar\n" "conexiones después de un tiempo especificado.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tiempo de vida del cliente</b> define el tiempo máximo durante el que " -"un cliente\n" +"<p><b>Tiempo de vida del cliente</b> define el tiempo máximo durante el que un cliente\n" "(navegador) puede permanecer conectado al proceso caché.</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Correo electrónico del administrador</b> es la dirección de que se " -"añadirá\n" -"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto, " -"pertenece al webmaster.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Correo electrónico del administrador</b> es la dirección de que se añadirá\n" +"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto, pertenece al webmaster.</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Transparente" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "Añadir nuevo puerto HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "Editar el puerto HTTP actual" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "Añadir nuevo patrón de actualización" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "Editar patrón de actualización actual" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "Mínimo (en minutos)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "Máximo (en minutos)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "Añadir nuevo acceso HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "Editar acceso HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "Permitir" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "Denegar" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "O&puesto" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "Añadir ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "no" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "Añadir nuevo grupo ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "Editar grupo ACL" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "El número de puerto no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "El host debe contener una dirección IP válida o un nombre de host." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "La expresión regular no debe estar vacía." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -963,26 +907,26 @@ "La suma de la memoria caché y el tamaño del\n" "directorio caché debe ser mayor que el tamaño máximo de objeto.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "El directorio caché no debe estar vacío." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "La tabla ACL no debe estar vacía." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "El grupo ACL %1 ya existe con diferente tipo.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "El grupo ACL %1 debe tener el tipo %2.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -990,8 +934,8 @@ "Si desea cambiar el tipo de este grupo ACL, antes debe\n" "suprimir otros grupos ACL con el mismo nombre.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -999,7 +943,7 @@ "No puede cambiar el nombre de este grupo ACL, porque \n" "se usa en la tabla de control de acceso.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -1007,29 +951,26 @@ "Si desea cambiar el nombre de este grupo ACL, debe suprimir\n" "todas sus apariciones en la tabla de control de acceso." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse " -"afectadas: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse afectadas: \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de todas formas" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "No cambiar el nombre" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre no debe estar vacío." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1037,655 +978,632 @@ "No debe suprimir este grupo ACL, porque \n" "se usa en la tabla de control de acceso.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "Si suprime este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse afectadas: \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "Suprimir de todas formas" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "No suprimir" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "El registro de acceso no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "El registro de caché no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de acceso." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de caché." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de almacenamiento en caché." +msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de almacenamiento en caché." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." -msgstr "" -"El correo electrónico del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." +msgstr "El correo electrónico del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Squid" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de Squid" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Leer puertos HTTP desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Leer patrones de actualización desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Leer grupos ACL desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Leer tabla de control de acceso desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Leer otros valores de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Leer estado de servicio." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Leer valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Leyendo puertos HTTP..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Leyendo patrones de actualización..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Leyendo grupos ACL..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Leyendo tabla de control de acceso..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Leyendo otros valores de configuración..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Leyendo estado de servicio..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Leyendo valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado de servicio." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de squid" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Iniciar servicio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Iniciando servicio..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Proxy de caché para Squid" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Iniciar daemon: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Puertos configurados:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparente)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Directorio de caché: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "Dirección IP o rango de direcciones IP" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "La dirección IP del cliente solicitante." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "Dirección IP de destino." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP local" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "La dirección IP local en la cual existe la conexión del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio de los clientes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "Este tipo coincide con el nombre de dominio del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "Dominio de destino" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Esto hace referencia al dominio de destino; o sea, el dominio de origen " -"donde se ubica el servidor de origen." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Esto hace referencia al dominio de destino; o sea, el dominio de origen donde se ubica el servidor de origen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "Corresponde al nombre de dominio del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "Se corresponde con el dominio de destino." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "duración" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Lunes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Martes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Miércoles" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Jueves" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Viernes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Sábado" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Domingo" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "Desde (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "Hasta (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "Coincide usando una expresión regular en la URL completa." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Corresponde a la vía de la URL menos la información de protocolo, puerto y " -"nombre de host" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Corresponde a la vía de la URL menos la información de protocolo, puerto y nombre de host" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "Número de puerto o rango de puertos" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "Corresponde al puerto de destino para la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "Se corresponde con el número de puerto TCP local." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "Corresponde al protocolo de la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "método" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "Método HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." -msgstr "" -"Este tipo coincide con el método HTTP en los encabezados de la petición." +msgstr "Este tipo coincide con el método HTTP en los encabezados de la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente " -"basada en el encabezado del agente de usuario." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente basada en el encabezado del agente de usuario." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Número máximo de conexiones HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Coincide cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP " -"establecidas que el número especificado." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Coincide cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP establecidas que el número especificado." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "Corresponde al encabezado del referente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "Nombre de encabezado" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "Expresión(es) regular(es)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con cualquiera de los encabezados de " -"petición conocidos." +msgstr "Expresiones regulares que coinciden con cualquiera de los encabezados de petición conocidos." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con el tipo mime de la respuesta " -"recibida por Squid. Puede\n" -"usarse para detectar la descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de peticiones " -"HTTP de proceso de túnel.\n" +"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con el tipo mime de la respuesta recibida por Squid. Puede\n" +"usarse para detectar la descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de peticiones HTTP de proceso de túnel.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "Corresponde al tipo mime de la petición generada por el cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "Corresponde al tipo mime de la respuesta recibida por Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección MAC" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "Coincidencia con la dirección Ethernet (MAC)." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikáans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "Armenio" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "Azerbaiyano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Búlgaro" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalán" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "Inglés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "Persa" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Bahasa" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "Letón" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "Malayo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Neerlandés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués (Brasil)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Esloveno" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "Serbio (cirílico)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "Serbio (latinizado)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Tai" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "Uzbeco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamita" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,250 +14,250 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. SSHD read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de SSHD" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración actual de SSHD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Leer estado actual de SSHD" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración actual de SSHD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Leyendo estado actual de SSHD..." -#. Error message -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de SSHD." -#. SSHD read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de SSHD" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:210 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:230 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:133 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:210 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:230 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:133 msgid "Write the SSHD settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración de SSHD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio de SSHD" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:235 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:138 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:235 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:138 msgid "Writing the SSHD settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de SSHD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio de SSHD..." -#. Error message -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de SSHD." -#. A popup dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:116 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:116 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Añadir nuevo puerto" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:119 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:119 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Editar el puerto actual" -#. A text entry -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:121 +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:121 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:144 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:144 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "El número de puerto no debe estar vacío." -#. a dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:28 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:28 +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:28 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:28 msgid "SSHD Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de servidor SSHD" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:31 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:31 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:31 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:31 msgid "SSHD TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos TCP de SSHD" -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:40 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:40 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:40 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:40 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:42 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:42 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:42 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:42 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:44 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:44 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:44 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:44 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. a dialog frame caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:49 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:49 +#. a dialog frame caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:49 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:49 msgid "Server Features" msgstr "Características del servidor" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:52 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:52 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:52 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:52 msgid "Allow &TCP Forwarding" msgstr "Permitir reenvío &TCP" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:54 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:54 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:54 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:54 msgid "Allow &X11 Forwarding" msgstr "Permitir reenvío &X11" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:56 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:56 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:56 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:56 msgid "Allow &Compression" msgstr "Permitir &compresión" -#. a dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Configuración de entrada al servidor de SSHD" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 msgid "General Login Settings" msgstr "Valores generales de configuración para el inicio de sesión" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Imprimir &mensaje del día después del inicio de sesión" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:115 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:109 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:115 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:109 msgid "Permi&t Root Login" msgstr "Permi&tir inicio de sesión como superusuario (root)" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:120 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:114 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:120 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:114 msgid "Authentication Settings" msgstr "Configuración de autenticación" -#. A text entry -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:123 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:117 +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:123 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:117 msgid "Ma&ximum Authentication Tries" msgstr "Má&ximo número de intentos de autenticación" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Autenticación de contra&seña" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "Autenti&cación RSA" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de c&lave pública" -#. Sshd read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 +#. Sshd read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de SSHD" -#. Sshd write dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 +#. Sshd write dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de SSHD" -#. Sshd overview dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 +#. Sshd overview dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 msgid "Sshd Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de SSHD" -#. Table header -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +#. Table header +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" msgstr "SSHD" -#. Sshd configure1 dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 +#. Sshd configure1 dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 msgid "</command>Sshd Configuration<command>" msgstr "</command>Configuración de SSHD<command>" -#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 +#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "Primera parte de la configuración de SSHD" -#. Read dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 +#. Read dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando configuración de SSHD</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 +#. Write dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando configuración de SSHD</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...<br></p>" -#. Server Configuration dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 +#. Server Configuration dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de servidor</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD aquí.<br></p>" -#. Login Settings dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 +#. Login Settings dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Valores de configuración de inicio de sesión</big></b><br>\n" "Configure el inicio de sesión SSHD aquí.<br></p>" -#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 +#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgstr "Configuración de sshd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,90 +26,87 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos " -"duros.\n" +"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos duros.\n" "\n" -"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna " -"manera\n" +"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna manera\n" "(montado, de intercambio, etc.), a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está\n" "haciendo. De lo contrario, la tabla de particiones no se reenviará al\n" "núcleo, lo que, probablemente, provocará una pérdida de datos.\n" "\n" "Para continuar a pesar de esta advertencia, haga clic en Sí.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionamiento en modo experto" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se están detectando volúmenes.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de almacenamiento" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Mostrar discos y particiones" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Mostrar discos" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Mostrar particiones" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Propuesta de particionamiento" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Particionador avanzado..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Crear configuración de particiones..." -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "No es posible elaborar una propuesta automática.\n" -"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del " -"'Particionador'." +"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración de propuesta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -119,9 +116,9 @@ "Se han comprobado los discos duros. La configuración de particiones\n" "que se muestra es la que se propone para el disco duro.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -135,8 +132,8 @@ "de archivos), seleccione <b>%1</b> y haga los cambios en el cuadro\n" "de diálogo de particionamiento en modo experto.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -154,32 +151,27 @@ "Seleccione también esta opción para elegir\n" "opciones avanzadas como RAID y cifrado.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "No es posible crear la propuesta pedida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el " -"volumen raíz." +msgstr "No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el volumen raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home " -"independiente." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home independiente." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." +msgstr "No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -187,22 +179,22 @@ "El cálculo de esta propuesta sobrescribirá los cambios manuales\n" " realizados hasta el momento. ¿Desea continuar calculando la propuesta?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -212,9 +204,9 @@ "ocupado\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -224,9 +216,9 @@ "libre\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -234,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows libre(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -262,9 +254,9 @@ "Elija un nuevo tamaño para su partición de Windows.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -280,9 +272,9 @@ "Hasta entonces, la partición de Windows no se modificará.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -296,23 +288,23 @@ "<b>Atrás</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ahora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Después de la instalación" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -324,14 +316,13 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "El gráfico de barras de la parte superior muestra la situación actual.\n" -"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la " -"instalación (cuando se haya\n" +"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la instalación (cuando se haya\n" "producido el cambio de tamaño).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -345,9 +336,9 @@ "en cualquier campo de entrada para ajustar el valor sugerido.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -361,29 +352,29 @@ "tal y como sea necesario.\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows ocupado" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -397,9 +388,9 @@ "teniendo en cuenta este valor.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -408,13 +399,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Usado por Windows</b> es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición " -"por Windows.\n" +"<b>Usado por Windows</b> es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición por Windows.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -426,13 +416,13 @@ "Linux) de la partición.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición de Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -458,9 +448,9 @@ "de Windows, incluido el espacio de trabajo de Windows y el\n" "espacio para %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -473,12 +463,11 @@ "de Windows.\n" " \n" " Dependiendo del tamaño de la partición de Windows\n" -" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante " -"tiempo.\n" +" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante tiempo.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -500,14 +489,14 @@ "Si se produce de nuevo el problema, cambie el tamaño de la partición de\n" "Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "El espacio disponible no es suficiente para una instalación." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -527,17 +516,15 @@ "\t de Windows por otros medios.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones " -"personalizadas." +msgstr "El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones personalizadas." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -557,10 +544,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y \n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -576,10 +563,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y\n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -607,14 +594,14 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea reducir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Encoger Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -628,13 +615,13 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Suprimir Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -646,41 +633,38 @@ "Para instalar Linux, seleccione más particiones que \n" " eliminar, o bien un disco más grande." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Discos disponibles" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Parti&cionamiento personalizado (para expertos)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está " -"disponible, para la instalación." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -689,24 +673,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Todos los discos duros detectados automáticamente en su sistema\n" -"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar " -"&product;.\n" +"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -717,88 +699,86 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"La opción <b>Particionamiento personalizado</b> para expertos permite tener " -"un control\n" -"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación " -"de \n" +"La opción <b>Particionamiento personalizado</b> para expertos permite tener un control\n" +"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación de \n" "particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparando el disco duro" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione alguna de las opciones para continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "El disco %1 está siendo utilizado por %2" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "¿Desea activar multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -806,25 +786,25 @@ "No se formateará la partición /home. Después de la instalación,\n" "verifique que los permisos de los directorios personales sean los adecuados." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamiento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionando" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del sistema de archivos..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -832,15 +812,15 @@ "La selección actual no es válida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, no asignado" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -848,16 +828,16 @@ "Áreas de disco que deben utilizarse \n" "para instalar %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usar todo &el disco duro" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -865,8 +845,8 @@ "El disco todavía no contiene particiones.\n" "El disco entero se utilizará para %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -874,18 +854,18 @@ "Este disco parece estar utilizado por Windows.\n" "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Suprimir Win&dows por completo" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Reducir la partición de Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -895,8 +875,8 @@ "Escoja en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -908,8 +888,8 @@ "particiones o áreas libres que se muestran.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -923,8 +903,8 @@ "puede afectar incluso a otros sistemas operativos.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -932,21 +912,20 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><i>Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos " -"contenidos \n" +"<b><i>Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos contenidos \n" "en las mismas. </i></b> No habrá forma de recuperar estos datos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instalando en:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -956,13 +935,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "El disco duro seleccionado es utilizado probablemente por Windows. No hay \n" -"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o <b>suprimir Windows " -"completamente</b> o\n" +"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o <b>suprimir Windows completamente</b> o\n" "bien <b>encoger</b> la partición para obtener espacio libre.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -972,8 +950,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se " -"perderán \n" +"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se perderán \n" "<b>de forma irreversible</b> durante la instalación. Si desea reducir su\n" "partición Windows, recomendamos <b>encarecidamente</b> que haga una\n" "<b>copia de seguridad de sus datos</b>, ya que los datos sufren una\n" @@ -981,28 +958,28 @@ "casos excepcionales.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Crear propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Cifrar grupo de volúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo de propuesta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1011,14 +988,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No ha asignado ninguna partición raíz para\n" -"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje " -"raíz \"/\" a una\n" +"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje raíz \"/\" a una\n" "partición.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1027,15 +1003,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en uno de los siguientes\n" -"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta " -"configuración\n" -"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, " -"para estos puntos de montaje.\n" +"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta configuración\n" +"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para estos puntos de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1045,13 +1019,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1061,14 +1034,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ha montado una partición Btrfs en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1084,8 +1056,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1105,8 +1077,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1120,8 +1092,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1130,16 +1102,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: no hay ninguna partición de tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 " -"se\n" +"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 se\n" "instala en el MBR de un disco GPT. Debe estar sin formatear y\n" "tener aproximadamente 1 MB de tamaño.\n" "¿Desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1157,8 +1128,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1178,7 +1149,7 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1186,13 +1157,12 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: algunos subvolúmenes del sistema de archivos raíz están\n" -"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude " -"producir problemas.\n" +"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude producir problemas.\n" "%s\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1203,15 +1173,13 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: con la configuración actual, es posible\n" "que no se pueda arrancar directamente desde la instalación de %1,\n" -"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo " -"RAID de software.\n" -"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta " -"configuración.\n" +"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo RAID de software.\n" +"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1235,8 +1203,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1260,20 +1228,19 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1281,17 +1248,14 @@ "\n" "No ha asignado una partición de intercambio. Se recomienda encarecidamente\n" "crear y asignar una partición de intercambio.\n" -"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana " -"principal con el \n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de " -"montaje en \"swap\".\n" +"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana principal con el \n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de montaje en \"swap\".\n" "Puede asignar más de una partición de intercambio.\n" "\n" -"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de " -"intercambio?\n" +"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1303,8 +1267,8 @@ "formato. YaST no garantiza que la instalación se realice correctamente, \n" "sobre todo en estos casos:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1316,33 +1280,30 @@ " sobreescrita\n" "- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En caso de duda, puede retroceder y marcar esta partición\n" -"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de " -"montaje\n" +"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de montaje\n" "estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en " -"ella se perderán.\n" +"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en ella se perderán.\n" "\n" "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1350,8 +1311,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1359,8 +1320,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a un grupo de volúmenes (%1).\n" "Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1368,8 +1329,8 @@ "El volumen (%1) utiliza el dispositivo seleccionado.\n" "Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1377,8 +1338,8 @@ "El dispositivo (%2) pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1386,12 +1347,12 @@ "%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n" "Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1399,24 +1360,21 @@ "No es posible eliminar el dispositivo (%1) porque es una partición lógica y\n" "hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "La partición ampliada seleccionada contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la partición ampliada.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la partición ampliada.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1426,12 +1384,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición extendida seleccionada contiene al menos una partición LVM\n" -"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su" -"(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición " -"extendida.\n" +"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1444,8 +1400,8 @@ "que forma parte de un sistema RAID. Por favor desvincule las particiones \n" "de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1457,31 +1413,31 @@ "que está en uso. Elimine el volumen usado antes\n" "de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Se permite una contraseña vacía." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado en %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1489,38 +1445,38 @@ "Introduzca la contraseña de cifrado para el \n" "dispositivo %1, montado en %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Introdu&zca una contraseña para el sistema de archivos:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para &verificarla:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1530,10 +1486,10 @@ "de la contraseña no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1541,10 +1497,10 @@ "No ha introducido ninguna contraseña.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1552,17 +1508,17 @@ "La contraseña debe tener al menos %1 caracteres.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "No hay ningún numero de coma flotante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opciones de sistemas de archivo:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1570,82 +1526,75 @@ "Ya no se permite el carácter \"/\" en las etiquetas de volúmenes.\n" "Cambie la etiqueta de forma que no contenga este carácter.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab por:</b>\n" -"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que " -"se pueda\n" -"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas " -"de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" -"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"desactivada, \n" +"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/fstab\n" +"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que se pueda\n" +"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" +"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está desactivada, \n" "esto resultará imposible.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Etiqueta de volumen:</b>\n" -"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de " -"volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" +"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" "cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden incluir el carácter / ni espacios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montar en /etc/fstab por" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del &dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etiqueta del volumen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID del dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Vía del dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opciones de fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1653,66 +1602,65 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La longitud máxima de la etiqueta de volumen para el sistema \n" -"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este " -"tamaño.\n" +"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este tamaño.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Introduzca una etiqueta de volumen si quiere montar por etiquetas." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Esta etiqueta de volumen ya se está usando. Seleccione otra distinta." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opciones..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifrar dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del sistema de archivos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formato" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "&No formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1727,8 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de " -"archivos),\n" +"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de archivos),\n" "podría dañar la instalación de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmonte la partición si es posible. Si no está seguro,\n" @@ -1737,8 +1684,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1748,8 +1695,8 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos de la partición.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1759,22 +1706,22 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si reduce esta partición puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si reduce este volumen lógico puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1782,37 +1729,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos de la partición seleccionada.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico seleccionado.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "¿Desea proceder con el cambio de tamaño?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Ha reducido una partición que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." +msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1826,23 +1769,21 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reducir el sistema de archivos?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositivo seleccionado contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la tabla de particiones.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la tabla de particiones.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1856,8 +1797,8 @@ "las particiones de los grupos de volúmenes correspondientes\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1871,8 +1812,8 @@ "particiones de los sistemas RAID correspondientes antes\n" "de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1884,77 +1825,73 @@ "utilizada por otro volumen. Suprima el volumen que la utiliza\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con " -"Snapper.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con Snapper.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolúmenes existentes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuevo subvolumen" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Añadir nuevo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Manejo de subvolúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "No están permitidos los nombres de subvolúmenes vacíos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con " -"\"%1\".\n" +"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con \"%1\".\n" "Se añadirá automáticamente \"%1\" al principio del nombre del subvolumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de subvolumen %1 ya existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Las modificaciones realizadas en el cuadro de dialogo se perderán." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1964,8 +1901,8 @@ "Crear un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1975,8 +1912,8 @@ "Acceder a un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1985,65 +1922,55 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando " -"no\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando no\n" " esté montado. Cuando esté montado, será tan seguro como cualquier otro \n" "sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal " -"como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará " -"una\n" -"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos " -"los \n" +"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará una\n" +"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos los \n" "datos de estos sistemas de archivos cuando el sistema se cierre.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de " -"archivos.\n" -"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una " -"combinación de letras\n" -"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su " -"contraseña, se le volverá\n" +"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de archivos.\n" +"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una combinación de letras\n" +"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su contraseña, se le volverá\n" "a pedir está en un segundo campo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2054,8 +1981,8 @@ "(ej. letras acentuadas o diéresis).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2069,10 +1996,10 @@ " minúsculas (<tt>A-Z, a-z</tt>) y dígitos del <tt>0</tt> al <tt>9</tt>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2082,8 +2009,8 @@ "¡No olvide esta contraseña!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2093,25 +2020,22 @@ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de cifrado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, " -"por lo tanto\n" -"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción <b>Omitir." -"</b>\n" +"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, por lo tanto\n" +"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción <b>Omitir.</b>\n" "En este caso, no se accede al sistema de archivos durante la actualización.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2131,7 +2055,7 @@ "Si necesita utilizar este disco para la instalación, debe destruir \n" "la etiqueta del disco mediante la herramienta de particionamiento avanzado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2141,23 +2065,22 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: el sistema indica que requiere una configuración\n" "de arranque EFI. Dado que el disco seleccionado no \n" -"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el " -"disco.\n" +"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el disco.\n" "\n" "Debe marcar todas las particiones del disco para eliminarlas.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2166,17 +2089,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de " -"archivos\n" -"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione " -"correctamente.\n" +"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de archivos\n" +"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione correctamente.\n" "\n" "Esto podría causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2188,8 +2109,8 @@ "/var\". Eso no es posible. Cambie el punto de montaje\n" "o use un sistema de archivos sin retrobucle.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2199,41 +2120,38 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Ha seleccionado la opción para que los usuarios puedan montar un\n" -"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser " -"ejecutables.\n" +"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser ejecutables.\n" "\n" "Esto suele causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "El punto de montaje no debe estar vacío." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "El punto de montaje ya está en uso. Por favor elija otro diferente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2241,16 +2159,13 @@ "No es posible usar un sistema de archivos tipo FAT como punto de montaje\n" "para sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto " -"de montaje." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2260,13 +2175,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "El punto de montaje debe comenzar con \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2274,9 +2189,9 @@ "No se permite asignar el intercambio de punto de\n" "montaje a un dispositivo sin un sistema de archivos de intercambio." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2284,8 +2199,8 @@ "La partición es demasiado pequeña para usar %1.\n" "El tamaño mínimo para este sistema de archivos es de %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2293,8 +2208,8 @@ "No está permitido asignar un punto de montaje\n" "a un dispositivo que no existe o con un sistema de archivos desconocido." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2316,14 +2231,14 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar este sistema de archivos?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "El sistema de archivos está montado actualmente en %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2331,14 +2246,14 @@ "Puede escoger entre desmontarlo ahora, continuar sin desmontar o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2346,81 +2261,75 @@ "Puede intentar desmontar ahora o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Volver a explorar dispositivos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Proporcionar &contraseñas de cifrado..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurar &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurar &multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurar &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurar..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Almacenamiento disponible en %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2428,8 +2337,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "de almacenamiento disponibles.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2439,8 +2348,8 @@ "accederá a una vista con información detallada sobre el\n" "dispositivo.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2448,8 +2357,8 @@ "<p>Seleccionando una entrada de la tabla,\n" "navegará a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2457,112 +2366,106 @@ "Si vuelve a leer los discos, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a la configuración de FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a una configuración de varias vías?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambiar los dispositivos que se usan para el volumen BTRFS.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos seleccionados:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar el volumen Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo BTRFS." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2570,176 +2473,174 @@ "El Btrfs %1 se encuentra actualmente en uso.\n" "No puede editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no lo está utilizando." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Error al eliminar algunos dispositivos físicos." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes BTRFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Suprimir..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes BTRFS.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2747,8 +2648,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2756,74 +2657,72 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Descripción general" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos &usados" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione la función del dispositivo.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranque EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema operativo" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Datos y aplicaciones ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Intercambio" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volumen sin procesar (sin formato)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Función" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2831,21 +2730,19 @@ "<p>Primero, elija si la partición debe formatearse\n" " y el tipo de sistema de archivos que desea.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p> Si desea cifrar todos los datos del\n" -"volumen, seleccione <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Si se cambia el cifrado de un " -"volumen existente\n" +"volumen, seleccione <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Si se cambia el cifrado de un volumen existente\n" "se eliminarán todos los datos que contiene.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2853,49 +2750,48 @@ "<p>A continuación, seleccione si la partición debería\n" "montarse e introduzca el punto de montaje (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opciones de formato" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "No dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "No montar la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montar la partición" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Los archivos crypt deben estar cifrados." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2907,18 +2803,18 @@ "\n" "Debe seleccionar además la opción de formato.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Los archivos crypt necesitan un punto de montaje." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs requiere un punto de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2932,8 +2828,8 @@ "cualquier otro sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2942,39 +2838,36 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la " -"contraseña\n" -"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para " -"hibernar\n" +"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la contraseña\n" +"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar\n" "(suspensión a disco).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Se perderán todos los datos almacenados en el volumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "El dispositivo subyacente no admite el cambio de tamaño." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el " -"sistema de archivos\n" +"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el sistema de archivos\n" "de esta partición no admite el cambio de tamaño.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2982,8 +2875,8 @@ "No es posible comprobar si un volumen NTFS\n" "puede cambiarse de tamaño mientras está montado." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2991,81 +2884,79 @@ "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de la partición %1\n" "porque parece que el sistema de archivos no es coherente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de partición %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del volumen lógico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Tamaño personalizado" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione un nuevo tamaño.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y \"%2\"." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3074,32 +2965,31 @@ msgstr "" "Está extendiendo un sistema de archivos montado en %1 gigabyte. \n" "Esta operación puede ser bastante lenta y llevar horas. Puede ser\n" -"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará " -"considerablemente\n" +"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará considerablemente\n" "la velocidad del proceso." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Salida de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Releyendo discos..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Editar DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3107,25 +2997,24 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de " -"dispositivos, \n" +"<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de dispositivos, \n" "excepto los que ya están incluidos en alguna otra vista. No se muestran los\n" "discos de varias vías, los RAID del BIOS ni los volúmenes lógicos LVM.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3133,8 +3022,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre \n" "el dispositivo seleccionado en el Mapeador de dispositivos.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3142,185 +3031,185 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por\n" "el Mapeador de dispositivos seleccionado.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Añadir RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Añadir grupo de volúmenes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de dispositivo" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de dispositivo..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra un gráfico de dispositivos.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo del gráfico." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de montaje..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra un gráfico de puntos de montaje.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el tipo de partición para la nueva partición.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Partición primaria" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partición &extendida" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partición &lógica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Tipo de la nueva partición" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el tamaño para la nueva partición.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Tamaño de la nueva partición" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Región personalizada" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Primer cilindro" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Último cilindro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La región introducida no es válida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Añadir partición en %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editar partición %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "No queda espacio para la partición movida %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "¿Mover adelante la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "¿Mover atrás la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "¿Mover la partición %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Adelante" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Atrás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de todas las particiones" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3328,83 +3217,82 @@ "El disco \"%1\" contiene al menos una partición.\n" "Si continúa, se suprimirán las siguientes particiones:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea suprimir todas las particiones de \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco duro." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "No es posible crear la tabla de particiones en DASD con formato LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tipo de tabla de particiones para %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "¿Desea crear una nueva tabla de particiones en %1? Eliminará todos\n" -"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan " -"particiones en %1." +"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan particiones en %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir el RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la partición RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "No hay particiones que suprimir en este disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una partición en %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna partición." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3412,13 +3300,13 @@ "La partición %1 está en uso. No es posible editarla.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "No se puede editar una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3426,13 +3314,13 @@ "La partición %1 ya se ha creado en el disco\n" "y no se puede mover." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "No se puede mover una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3440,13 +3328,13 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible cambiar su tamaño.\n" "Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de una partición extendida." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3462,7 +3350,7 @@ "más particiones, Después del clonado, se borraran estas\n" "particiones.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3470,11 +3358,11 @@ "Se suprimirán las siguientes particiones\n" "y se perderán todos los datos que contengan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir estas particiones?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3484,7 +3372,7 @@ "clonables deben tener al menos una partición.\n" "Cree alguna partición antes de clonar el disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3492,20 +3380,20 @@ "No se puede clonar este disco. No hay discos\n" "disponibles que puedan tener la misma distribución de particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clonar disposición de la partición de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Discos de destino disponibles:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Seleccione un disco de destino para crear el duplicado" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3513,8 +3401,8 @@ "Si ejecuta dasdfmt, se suprimirán todos los datos del disco.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea ejecutar dasdfmt en el disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3526,58 +3414,58 @@ " Las particiones actuales del disco vuelven a\n" " mostrarse.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Añadir partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Mover…" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Cambiar tamaño..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3585,8 +3473,8 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden mover." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3594,39 +3482,38 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden redimensionar." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos duros" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Añadir partición..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los discos duros, incluidos\n" -"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.\n" +"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Prueba de actividad (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propiedades (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3634,84 +3521,82 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el disco duro seleccionado.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART no está disponible para este disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm no está disponible para este disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Crear nueva tabla de particiones" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clonar este disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Ejecutar dasd&fmt en el dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Añadir..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experto..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todas las particiones del disco duro\n" -"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en " -"uno de varias vías,\n" +"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en uno de varias vías,\n" "las particiones no se mostrarán aquí.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por el\n" -"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del " -"BIOS, RAID\n" +"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del BIOS, RAID\n" "de software con particiones y discos de varias vías.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Particiones" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco duro: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partición: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3719,8 +3604,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra la información detallada de\n" "la partición seleccionada.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3730,8 +3615,8 @@ "Linux con puntos de montaje. En la tabla se muestran\n" "los puntos de montaje antiguos.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3739,71 +3624,69 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Puede elegir si los volúmenes de sistema\n" "existentes, por ejemplo / y /usr, se deben formatear durante la\n" -"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se " -"formatearán.</p>" +"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se formatearán.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún sistema previo con puntos de montaje." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostrar &anterior" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostrar &siguiente" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje desde el sistema existente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Dar formato a volúmenes de sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importar" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado en %1 contiene:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición utilizada por LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partición seleccionada se usa en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\".\n" -"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente " -"grupo de volúmenes\n" +"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente grupo de volúmenes\n" "y sus volúmenes lógicos:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición usada por RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3813,24 +3696,24 @@ "Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente,\n" "se eliminará el siguiente dispositivo RAID:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el RAID \"%2\"?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir todas las particiones de %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3838,61 +3721,58 @@ "\n" "¿Debe eliminarse también el archivo loop %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "No particionado" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "No asignado" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sin cambios en el particionado.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambios en el particionado:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sin cambios en los parámetros de almacenamiento.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Parámetros de almacenamiento:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Paquetes para instalar:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>No es necesario instalar ningún paquete.</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser una vía absoluta " -"al archivo\n" -"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe " -"configurar.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser una vía absoluta al archivo\n" +"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe configurar.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3900,26 +3780,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Crear archivo de bucle:</b><br>Si esta opción está activada, el " -"archivo se\n" -"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. <b>NOTA:</b> si el " -"archivo \n" +"<p><b>Crear archivo de bucle:</b><br>Si esta opción está activada, el archivo se\n" +"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. <b>NOTA:</b> si el archivo \n" "ya existe, todos los datos que contenga se perderán.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Tamaño:</b><br>Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de " -"archivos\n" +"<p><b>Tamaño:</b><br>Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de archivos\n" "que se creará en el dispositivo de bucle cifrado tendrá este tamaño.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3928,31 +3805,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>NOTA:</b>durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna " -"comprobación\n" -"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no " -"se puede\n" -"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por " -"lo tanto,\n" +"<p><b>NOTA:</b>durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna comprobación\n" +"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no se puede\n" +"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por lo tanto,\n" "asigne los tamaños y nombres de vía con cuidado.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Examinar..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Crear archivo de bucle" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3960,15 +3834,13 @@ "El nombre de archivo %1 no es válido.\n" "Utilice un nombre de vía absoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al " -"menos %1." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al menos %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3978,47 +3850,47 @@ "para crearlo está desactivado. Utilice un archivo existente o active\n" "el indicador para crearlo." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Editar archivo crypt %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo crypt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4026,30 +3898,30 @@ "El archivo crypt %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" "editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Archivos crypt" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los archivos crypt.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Archivo crypt: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -4057,23 +3929,23 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada del\n" " archivo crypt seleccionado.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "El nombre de un grupo de volúmenes no puede empezar con \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4081,13 +3953,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "El grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" ya existe." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4095,13 +3967,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volumen \"%1\" tiene\n" "un conflicto con otra entrada del directorio /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión del grupo de volúmenes" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4111,35 +3983,32 @@ "Si continúa, se desmontarán los siguientes volúmenes (si están montados)\n" "y se suprimirán:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los " -"volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico " -"extendido mayor que %1\n" +"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico extendido mayor que %1\n" "en potencias de 2, por ejemplo, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Seleccione un nombre para el volumen lógico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del volumen lógico supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4147,8 +4016,8 @@ "El nombre del volumen lógico contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4156,62 +4025,56 @@ "Un volumen lógico llamado \"%1\" ya existe\n" "en el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de " -"volúmenes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo de volúmenes" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Tamaño &físico extendido" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos disponibles:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos seleccionados:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambie los dispositivos utilizados para el grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Introduzca el tamaño además del número y el tamaño\n" -"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser " -"mayor\n" +"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser mayor\n" "que el número de volúmenes físicos del grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4221,175 +4084,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p>También se pueden crear <b>volúmenes flexibles</b>\n" -"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma " -"según se precisa\n" +"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma según se precisa\n" "desde el <b>depósito flexible</b>. Se puede crear un volumen flexible mayor\n" -"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos " -"a un volumen\n" -"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las " -"necesidades de espacio.\n" +"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos a un volumen\n" +"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las necesidades de espacio.\n" "Un volumen flexible no puede tener un contador de segmentos.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Bandas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño del grupo de volúmenes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca un nombre para el nuevo volumen lógico.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>volumen normal</b>.\n" -"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran " -"antes de que existiera la función de <b>aprovisionamiento flexible</b>.\n" +"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran antes de que existiera la función de <b>aprovisionamiento flexible</b>.\n" "Si tiene dudas, esta es probablemente la elección mas adecuada.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>depósito flexible</b>.\n" -"De esta forma, los <b>volúmenes flexibles</b> se asignan el espacio según lo " -"necesitan de este tipo de depósito.</p>" +"De esta forma, los <b>volúmenes flexibles</b> se asignan el espacio según lo necesitan de este tipo de depósito.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>volumen flexible</b>.\n" -"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de " -"<b>depósito flexible</b>.</p>" +"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de <b>depósito flexible</b>.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volúmen lógico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volumen normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Depósito flexible" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volumen flexible" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Depósito usado" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico en %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editar volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de " -"volúmenes.\n" +"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de volúmenes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) o un\n" -"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de " -"ello." +"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de ello." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún grupo de volúmenes." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún volumen lógico." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "No hay espacio disponible en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4397,8 +4247,8 @@ "El volumen %1 es un depósito flexible.\n" "No puede editarse." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4406,46 +4256,46 @@ "El volumen %1 se encuentra en uso.\n" "No es posible editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4453,8 +4303,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los grupos de\n" "volúmenes LVM y sus volúmenes lógicos.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4462,8 +4312,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado.\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Añada particiones a RAID. En función\n" -"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas " -"particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" -"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña " -"(RAID 5).</p>\n" +"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" +"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña (RAID 5).</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4696,86 +4526,80 @@ "<p>Generalmente la particiones deberían estar en diferentes unidades,\n" "para obtener la redundancia y el rendimiento que desea.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo de RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (repartición)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (duplicación)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (repartición redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (repartición doble redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (duplicación y repartición)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre de RAID (opcional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tamaño de porción:</b><br>Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se " -"puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID " -"5 es 128 KB,\n" +"<p><b>Tamaño de porción:</b><br>Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID 5 es 128 KB,\n" "para RAID 0 32 KB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1,\n" " este tamaño no afecta mucho a la estructura de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "El algoritmo de paridad que se usa con RAID 5/6.\n" -"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo " -"rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" +"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4783,66 +4607,66 @@ "Para obtener más detalles sobre al algoritmo \n" "de paridad, consulte la página man de mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Tamaño de porción" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo de paridad" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opciones RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambie los dispositivos utilizados por el RAID.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Añadir RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editar RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4851,28 +4675,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No es posible modificar la RAID %1 porque está en un estado inactivo.\n" -"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es " -"demasiado pequeño\n" +"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es demasiado pequeño\n" "para que se pueda usar la RAID.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un " -"RAID." +msgstr "No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4880,38 +4701,36 @@ "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 ya está creado en el disco. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a " -"crearlo." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a crearlo." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en " -"uso." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Añadir RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los RAID, excepto los RAID del BIOS.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4919,8 +4738,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre el\n" "RAID seleccionado.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4928,130 +4747,123 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el RAID seleccionado.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usado por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Información de cilindros" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Información de Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de volumen" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Óptima" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montar por defecto por" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alineado de las nuevas particiones creadas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -5059,32 +4871,25 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra los valores de configuración\n" "generales de almacenamiento:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar por defecto por</b> indica el\n" -"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. <i>Nombre de " -"dispositivo</i> utiliza el nombre\n" -"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> y " -"<i>Vía del dispositivo</i>\n" -"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este " -"debería ser\n" -"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último <i>UUID</i> " -"y\n" -"<i>Etiqueta del volumen</i> utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de " -"archivos.</p>\n" +"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. <i>Nombre de dispositivo</i> utiliza el nombre\n" +"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> y <i>Vía del dispositivo</i>\n" +"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este debería ser\n" +"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último <i>UUID</i> y\n" +"<i>Etiqueta del volumen</i> utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5092,26 +4897,21 @@ "<p><b>Sistema de archivos por defecto</b> determina\n" "el tipo de sistema de archivos para los nuevos sistemas de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Alineación de nuevas particiones</b>\n" -"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. <b>cilindros</b> es la " -"alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. <b>óptima alinea las \n" -"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del " -"núcleo de Linux \n" +"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. <b>cilindros</b> es la alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. <b>óptima</b> alinea las \n" +"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del núcleo de Linux \n" "o intenta ser compatible con Windows Vista y Windows 7.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -5119,8 +4919,8 @@ "<p><b>Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por</b> controla\n" "el nombre de los discos duros que se muestra en el árbol de navegación.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -5128,23 +4928,23 @@ "<p><b>Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamiento</b>\n" "permite ocultar información en las tablas y en la descripción general.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra el resumen de la instalación.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Añadir montaje de tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo tmpfs." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5152,18 +4952,18 @@ "\n" "Confirmar supresión de tmpfs montado en %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes tmpfs</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5171,18 +4971,18 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen tmpfs seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montado en %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Releer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5192,8 +4992,8 @@ "puntos de montaje asignados, discos sin particiones\n" "y grupos de volúmenes que no tienen volúmenes lógicos.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5201,30 +5001,30 @@ "Si vuelve a explorar los dispositivos no usados,\n" "se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales. ¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5232,17 +5032,17 @@ "No se puede crear un volumen lógico \n" "con el tamaño indicado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Intente reducir la cantidad de bandas del volumen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Solamente puede eliminar volúmenes lógicos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5250,8 +5050,8 @@ "Hay al menos una instantánea activa para este volumen.\n" "Elimine primero la instantánea." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5259,100 +5059,100 @@ "Hay al menos un volumen flexible que usa este depósito.\n" "Elimine primero el volumen flexible." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el volumen lógico %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño resultante: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Superior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Inferior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Clasificar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Añadir todo" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Eliminar todo" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "El archivo %1 no es un archivo normal." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "El archivo %1 es demasiado grande." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5364,55 +5164,43 @@ "El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de\n" "clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Se han detectado las siguientes líneas de patrones:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos " -"patrones?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos patrones?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID " -"incluidos\n" -"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de " -"los\n" +"<p>Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID incluidos\n" +"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de los\n" "casos se necesitarán menos clases (por ejemplo, solo A y B).</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón " -"secundario\n" -"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu " -"contextual. \n" -"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y " -"colocarlos en una misma clase\n" -"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " -"colocar el dispositivo \n" +"<p>Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón secundario\n" +"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. \n" +"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en una misma clase\n" +"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar el dispositivo \n" "seleccionado en esa clase.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5420,8 +5208,8 @@ "<p>Después de seleccionar las clases de los dispositivos, puede \n" "ordenarlos utilizando los botones \"%1\" o \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5429,206 +5217,179 @@ "<b>Ordenado</b> coloca todos los dispositivos de clase A antes\n" "de los de clase B, y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Con <b>Intercalado</b> se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el " -"primero\n" -"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A " -"continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" +"Con <b>Intercalado</b> se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el primero\n" +"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" "clase A, el segundo de clase B y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" "Todos los dispositivos sin una clase se ordenan al final de la lista.\n" -"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los " -"dispositivos del \n" +"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos del \n" "RAID que se va a crear.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "Al presionar \"<b>%1</b>\" puede seleccionar un archivo que contenga\n" -"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). " -"Todos los dispositivos \n" -"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta " -"línea. La expresión se compara \n" +"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). Todos los dispositivos \n" +"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta línea. La expresión se compara \n" "con el nombre del núcleo (ej. /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) y el\n" -"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1). \n" -"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo " -"coincida con más de\n" +"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) y el\n" +"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo coincida con más de\n" "una expresión.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Archivo de patrones" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tamaño Tmpf&s" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Tamaño indicado no válido. Utilice un número seguido por K, M, G o %.\n" -"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño de Tmpfs:</b>\n" -"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, " -"Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" -"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un " -"porcentaje de la memoria.</p>" +"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" +"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un porcentaje de la memoria.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad de intercambio" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "El valor debe estar entre 0 y 32767. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prioridad de intercambio:</b>\n" -"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor " -"la prioridad.</p>\n" +"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r solo lectura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar solo lectura:</b>\n" -"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es " -"\"false\". Durante la instalación\n" +"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es \"false\". Durante la instalación\n" "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sin hora de &acceso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sin hora de acceso:</b>\n" -"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por " -"defecto es false.</p>\n" +"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "El usuario puede montarla" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Capaz de ser montado por un usuario:</b>\n" -"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción " -"por defecto es 'false'.</p>\n" +"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción por defecto es 'false'.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "No montar durante el &inicio del sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>No montar durante el inicio del sistema:</b>\n" "El sistema de archivos no se monta automáticamente al iniciarse el sistema.\n" "Se crea una entrada en /etc/fstab y el sistema de archivos se monta\n" -"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <" -"punto_montaje></tt>\n" -"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de " -"archivos). La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" +"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <punto_montaje></tt>\n" +"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos). La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar uso de &cuotas de disco" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5638,44 +5399,37 @@ "El sistema de archivos se monta con cuotas de usuario habilitadas.\n" "Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada (false)</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo &transaccional de datos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Modo transaccional de datos:</b>\n" "Especifica el modo transaccional para los datos de archivos.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de " -"transacciones antes de\n" -"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el " -"rendimiento.<br>\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del " -"sistema principal de archivos\n" -"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el " -"rendimiento.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto " -"en el rendimiento.</p>\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de transacciones antes de\n" +"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el rendimiento.<br>\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del sistema principal de archivos\n" +"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el rendimiento.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de control de &acceso (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5683,13 +5437,13 @@ "<p><b>Listas de control de acceso (ACL)</b>\n" "Habilita las listas de control de acceso en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos &extendidos de usuario" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5697,184 +5451,153 @@ "<p><b>Atributos extendidos de usuario:</b>\n" "Permite los atributos extendidos de usuario en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice " -"espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Valor de opción arbitrario:</b>\n" -"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el " -"cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Conjunto de car&acteres para los nombres de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Conjunto de caracteres para los nombres de archivos:</b>\n" -"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de " -"archivos en las particiones Windows.</p>\n" +"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Página de có&digo para nombres FAT cortos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Página de código para nombres FAT cortos:</b>\n" -"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos " -"en sistemas de archivos FAT.</p>\n" +"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Número de FATS:</b>\n" -"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de " -"archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2.</p>" +"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño de FAT:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 " -"bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará " -"automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos." -"</p>\n" +"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas para el &directorio raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Entradas para el directorio raíz:</b>\n" -"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz." -"</p>\n" +"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Función Hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Función Hash:</b>\n" -"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los " -"nombres de archivos en los directorios.</p>\n" +"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisión del sistema de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Revisión del sistema de archivos:</b>\n" -"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El " -"valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las " -"series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con " -"versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.</p>\n" +"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Tamaño del bloque en byte&s" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del bloque:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, " -"1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el " -"tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.</p>\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5882,49 +5605,45 @@ "<p><b>Tamaño de inodo:</b>\n" "Esta opción especifica el tamaño de los inodos del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentaje de espacio de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Porcentaje de espacio de inodos:</b>\n" -"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar " -"para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" +"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Alineado de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Alineado de inodos</b>\n" -"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está " -"alineada o no.\n" +"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está alineada o no.\n" "Por defecto, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los inodos\n" "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Tamaño del registro en megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5932,30 +5651,28 @@ "El valor de \"tamaño del registro\" no es correcto.\n" "Introduzca un valor mayor que cero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del registro</b>\n" -"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.</p>\n" +"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invocar &utilidad que lista bloques erróneos" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longitud del segmento en bloques" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5963,8 +5680,8 @@ "El valor de \"Longitud del segmento en bloques\" no es válido.\n" "Seleccione un valor mayor que 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5972,32 +5689,25 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Longitud del paso en bloques:</b>\n" -"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. " -"Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" -"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques " -"en un listado RAID.</p>\n" +"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" +"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un listado RAID.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del bloque:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque " -"son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de " -"archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.</p>\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6005,8 +5715,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bytes por inodo:</b>\n" @@ -6016,93 +5725,79 @@ "este valor no debería ser menor que el tamaño de bloque del sistema de\n" "archivos, ya que de lo contrario se creará una gran cantidad de inodos.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que no se puede modificar el número de inodos de un sistema\n" -"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor " -"correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n" +"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques &reservados para la raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es " -"correcto.\n" +"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es correcto.\n" "Debe utilizar un numero flotante no mayor que 99 (por ejemplo, 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz:</b> Especifica el " -"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se " -"reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de " -"5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz:</b> Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de 5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desactivar comprobaciones regulares" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Desactivar las comprobaciones regulares:</b>\n" -"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.\n" +"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Función de ín&dice de directorio" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Índice de directorio:</b>\n" -"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas " -"en directorios de gran tamaño.</p>\n" +"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sin respaldo de transacciones" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sin respaldo de transacciones:</b>\n" -"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. " -"Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" +"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" "realmente lo que está haciendo.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operación no permitida en el disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6119,12 +5814,11 @@ "(el disco tiene formato LDL).\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6141,12 +5835,11 @@ "o las particiones no son compatibles con la herramienta.\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6166,8 +5859,8 @@ "o formatearla y asignar un punto de montaje, pero no es posible\n" "cambiar el tamaño de la partición ni eliminar del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6178,13 +5871,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con \n" -"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva " -"tabla de particiones\",\n" -"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este " -"disco.\n" +"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva tabla de particiones\",\n" +"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6196,26 +5887,26 @@ "Puede ignorar este mensaje si no va a usar este disco\n" "durante la instalación.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Imposible cambiar de tamaño:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6227,8 +5918,8 @@ "\n" "Puede que la contraseña de cifrado sea incorrecta.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6238,38 +5929,37 @@ "no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La contraseña solo puede contener los siguientes caracteres:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^" -"\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña de cifrado:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Los siguientes volúmenes cifrados ya están disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activación del volumen cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6281,12 +5971,12 @@ "Es preciso conocer las contraseñas si los volúmenes son necesarios\n" "durante una actualización o si contienen un volumen físico LVM cifrado." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "¿Desea suministrar las contraseñas de cifrado?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6296,73 +5986,70 @@ "dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" "La contraseña se probará en todos los dispositivos." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introducir la contraseña de cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "No hay volúmenes cifrados que desbloquear." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para el siguiente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Intentando desbloquear los volúmenes cifrados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La contraseña no desbloquea ningún volumen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones " -"del disco." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6372,7 +6059,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n" "de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6382,7 +6069,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n" "necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6392,7 +6079,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n" "partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6402,7 +6089,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n" "información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6410,25 +6097,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" -"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada " -"necesaria \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" +"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n" "para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" "dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6438,114 +6122,114 @@ "No se puede eliminar la partición %1 porque se están usando\n" "otras particiones del disco %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Error durante la siguiente acción:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "El código de error de sistema es el siguiente: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña para el dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Cif." -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadatos" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Tamaño PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versión de RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmos de paridad" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricante" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6553,8 +6237,8 @@ "<b>ID del BIOS</b> muestra el ID del BIOS del disco\n" "duro. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6562,8 +6246,8 @@ "<b>Bus</b> muestra cómo se conecta el dispositivo al\n" "sistema. Este campo puede estar vacío, por ejemplo, para discos multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6571,8 +6255,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de porción</b> muestra el tamaño de porción \n" "de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6580,8 +6264,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de cilindro</b> muestra el tamaño\n" "de los cilindros del disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6589,8 +6273,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de sector<b> muestra el tamaño de\n" "los sectores en el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6598,8 +6282,8 @@ "<b>Dispositivo</b> muestra en nombre de núcleo\n" "del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6607,8 +6291,8 @@ "<b>Etiqueta del disco</b> muestra el tipo de tabla de\n" "particiones del disco, por ejemplo, <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6616,8 +6300,8 @@ "<b>Cifrado</b> muestra si el dispositivo está\n" "cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6625,8 +6309,8 @@ "<b>Cilindro final</b> muestra el cilindro final de\n" "la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6634,8 +6318,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> muestra el número de unidad lógica de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6643,8 +6327,8 @@ "<b>ID de puerto</b> muestra el ID de puerto de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6652,8 +6336,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> muestra el nombre de puerto mundial de \n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6661,8 +6345,8 @@ "<b>Vía de archivo</b> muestra la vía de archivo\n" "de un dispositivo de bucle cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6670,20 +6354,18 @@ "<b>Formato</b> muestra algunos indicadores: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa que el dispositivo está seleccionado para formatearlo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." -msgstr "" -"<b>ID del sistema de archivos</b> muestra el identificador del sistema de " -"archivos." +msgstr "<b>ID del sistema de archivos</b> muestra el identificador del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>Tipo FS</b> muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6691,8 +6373,8 @@ "<b>Etiqueta</b> muestra la etiqueta del\n" "sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6700,43 +6382,37 @@ "<b>Metadatos</b> muestra el tipo de metadatos\n" "LVM de los grupos de volúmenes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>Modelo</b> muestra el modelo del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Montar por</b> indica el modo en que se monta el sistema\n" -"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) " -"por\n" -"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y " -"(Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" +"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) por\n" +"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y (Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un signo de interrogación (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien " -"porque se monta\n" -"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las " -"preferencias\n" +"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien porque se monta\n" +"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las preferencias\n" "de este volumen, YaST no actualizará <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6744,21 +6420,19 @@ "<b>Punto de montaje</b> muestra dónde se monta\n" "el sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) tras el punto de montaje indica un sistema \n" "de archivos que no está montado\n" -"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6766,8 +6440,8 @@ "<b>Número de cilindros</b> muestra cuántos\n" "cilindros tiene el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6775,8 +6449,8 @@ "<b>Algoritmo de paridad</b> muestra el\n" "algoritmo de paridad para los dispositivos RAID tipo 5, 6 o 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6784,13 +6458,13 @@ "<b>Tamaño de PE</b> muestra el tamaño de la extensión física\n" "de los grupos de volúmenes LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>Versión de RAID</b> muestra la versión de RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6798,13 +6472,13 @@ "<b>Tipo RAID</b> muestra el tipo de RAID, también\n" "llamado \"nivel RAID\", de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>Tamaño</b> muestra el tamaño del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6812,18 +6486,17 @@ "<b>Cilindro inicial</b> muestra el primer\n" "cilindro de la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Segmentos</b> muestra el número de segmento de los volúmenes lógicos\n" -"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del " -"segmento.\n" +"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del segmento.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6831,8 +6504,8 @@ "<b>Tipo</b> muestra una descripción general sobre el\n" "tipo de dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6840,8 +6513,8 @@ "<b>ID del dispositivo</b> muestra el identificador persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo no puede estar vacío.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6849,18 +6522,17 @@ "<b>Vía del dispositivo</b> muestra la vía persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Usado por</b> indica si un dispositivo se está\n" -"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta " -"columna estará vacía.\n" +"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta columna estará vacía.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6868,246 +6540,245 @@ "<b>UUID</b> muestra el identificador exclusivo universal\n" "del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>Proveedor</b> muestra el proveedor del dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Cifrado: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Punto de montaje: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Montado por: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usado por %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID de dispositivo: %1 %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Proveedor: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modelo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadatos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Bandas: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versión de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de porción: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Número de cilindros: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño del cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Primer cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Último cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de sector: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del archivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID de puerto: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>La tabla contiene:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco duro:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>La descripción general contiene:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación " -"desconocida.\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación desconocida.\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7115,49 +6786,44 @@ "El sistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es " -"coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configuración de propuesta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en particiones</b> si no quiere usar LVM.\n" -"Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en LVM</b> para LVM normal y <b>Propuesta " -"basada en LVM\n" +"Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en LVM</b> para LVM normal y <b>Propuesta basada en LVM\n" "cifrado</b> si desea que el sistema esté cifrado.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7169,94 +6835,92 @@ "BtrFS, la propuesta puede habilitar instantáneas automáticas con Snapper.\n" "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>La propuesta puede crear una partición de inicio separada. El sistema\n" -"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de " -"selección correspondiente.</p>" +"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n" -"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la " -"mayoría de los casos.</p>" +"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montar por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alineado de particiones:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "Configuración de sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,318 +54,308 @@ "(4 números enteros comprendidos entre 128 y 255 separados por puntos) \n" "o un sólo número entero comprendido entre 0 y 32." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "Añadir nuevo host al alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "Nombre de host o red" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "Añadir nuevo usuario al alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "Usuarios locales y del sistema (grupos)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "El archivo, el directorio o el alias de comando %1 no existe." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "Añadir nuevo comando con parámetros opcionales" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "Comando" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Examinar" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "Parámetros (opcionales)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar el archivo de configuración sudoers. ¿Desea " -"cambiar los valores de configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar el archivo de configuración sudoers. ¿Desea cambiar los valores de configuración?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de comando" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "Alias de comando existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "Nombre del alias (en MAYÚSCULAS)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "Nombres de comando o directorios en el alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de alias no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "Ya existe un alias con el nombre %1." -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "El alias debe tener al menos un miembro." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "Alias de host existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "Nombres de host o redes en el alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "Nombres de host/redes" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "Alias de EjecutarComo existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "Alias de miembros" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "Nueva regla de Sudo" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "Regla de Sudo existente " -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "Usuario, grupo o alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "Host o alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "EjecutarComo o alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "Sin contraseña" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "Comandos para ejecutar" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de usuario no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de host no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "La lista de comandos debe tener al menos una entrada." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "Alias de usuario existente" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "SINCONTRASEÑA" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Comandos" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "Reglas de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "Reglas de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "Alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "Miembros" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "Alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "Alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "Alias de comando" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de host %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de usuario %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de EjecutarComo %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de comando %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -373,18 +363,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicializando configuración de sudo</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"<b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando <b>Abortar.</b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -392,8 +381,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando configuración de sudo</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -404,8 +393,8 @@ "Puede abortar el proceso de almacenamiento pulsando <b>Abortar.</b>\n" "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -418,18 +407,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Reglas de sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tLas reglas de sudo determinan los comandos que un usuario puede ejecutar\n" -"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada " -"regla de sudo\n" -"\tes una tupla integrada por el usuario, el host y una lista de comandos, " -"con una\n" -"\tespecificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. La " -"siguiente tabla muestra \n" +"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada regla de sudo\n" +"\tes una tupla integrada por el usuario, el host y una lista de comandos, con una\n" +"\tespecificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. La siguiente tabla muestra \n" "\tun resumen. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -437,651 +423,518 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>La columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica el usuario local o de sistema o el " -"alias de usuario. \n" +"<p>La columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica el usuario local o de sistema o el alias de usuario. \n" "\tLa columna <b>Hosts</b> determina los hosts o grupos\n" -"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un " -"usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" +"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "La columna <b>EjecutarComo</b> es un parámetro\n" -"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de " -"acceso\n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. <b>SINCONTRASEÑA</b> es una " -"etiqueta que determina si\n" +"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de acceso\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. <b>SINCONTRASEÑA</b> es una etiqueta que determina si\n" "\tlos usuarios se deben autenticar antes de ejecutar los comandos.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts " -"especificados se resume\n" +"<p>El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts especificados se resume\n" "\ten la columna <b>Comandos</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las " -"entradas\n" -"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el " -"nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" +"<p>Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las entradas\n" +"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y " -"pulse el botón\n" -"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón " -"<b>Suprimir</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>El nombre de usuario o alias<b></b> se puede especificar como un nombre " -"de usuario solamente (por ejemplo, foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" +"<p>El nombre de usuario o alias<b></b> se puede especificar como un nombre de usuario solamente (por ejemplo, foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" "\tprefijo % (por ejemplo, %bar) o como un nombre de alias de usuario. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza la palabra clave ALL, se hace referencia a cualquier usuario. Se " -"pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" +"\tutiliza la palabra clave ALL, se hace referencia a cualquier usuario. Se pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" "\ten el menú desplegable o escribir valores propios. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>La entrada del nombre de host o alias<b></b> puede consistir en el nombre " -"del host (como www.ejemplo.com), una dirección IP \n" -"\t(por ejemplo, 192.168.0.1) o una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de " -"red o un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" -"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave ALL. El nombre de " -"host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" -"\to dirección IP, por lo que, si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /" -"etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" +"<p>La entrada del nombre de host o alias<b></b> puede consistir en el nombre del host (como www.ejemplo.com), una dirección IP \n" +"\t(por ejemplo, 192.168.0.1) o una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de red o un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" +"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave ALL. El nombre de host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" +"\to dirección IP, por lo que, si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" "\tlas entradas ALL o localhost son suficientes en la mayoría de los casos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias<b></b> es un parámetro " -"opcional que especifica un usuario\n" +"<p>El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias<b></b> es un parámetro opcional que especifica un usuario\n" "\tcuyos privilegios de acceso \n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el " -"usuario por defecto es <b>root</b>.\n" -"\t Puede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el " -"prefijo % o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" -"\tSe pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú " -"desplegable o escribir valores propios.\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el usuario por defecto es <b>root</b>.\n" +"\t Puede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el prefijo % o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" +"\tSe pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú desplegable o escribir valores propios.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sin contraseña</b> es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios " -"deben autenticarse\n" -"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario Root) antes de " -"ejecutar un comando \n" +"<p><b>Sin contraseña</b> es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios deben autenticarse\n" +"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario Root) antes de ejecutar un comando \n" "\tconcreto. Defina Sin contraseña como \"Yes\" si quiere\n" "\tdesactivar esta autenticación.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>La tabla <b>Comandos para ejecutar</b> es una lista de comandos (que " -"pueden incluir\n" +"<p>La tabla <b>Comandos para ejecutar</b> es una lista de comandos (que pueden incluir\n" "\tparámetros), directorios y alias de comando que puede ejecutar \n" -"\tcada usuario concreto. Si se utiliza un nombre de directorio, cualquier " -"comando incluido en él se podrá ejecutar. \n" -"\tTambién se puede utilizar aquí la palabra clave ALL para hacer referencia " -"a cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" +"\tcada usuario concreto. Si se utiliza un nombre de directorio, cualquier comando incluido en él se podrá ejecutar. \n" +"\tTambién se puede utilizar aquí la palabra clave ALL para hacer referencia a cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b>, rellene el " -"nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" -"\ty pulse <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada " -"adecuada de la tabla\n" +"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b>, rellene el nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" +"\ty pulse <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla\n" "\ty pulse el botón <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. Los alias " -"de usuario son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. Los alias de usuario son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" -"\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, haga clic en el botón <b>Suprimir. \n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, haga clic en el botón <b>Suprimir</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. Los alias de " -"host son conjuntos de hosts a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. Los alias de host son conjuntos de hosts a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de hosts no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón <b>Suprimir</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. Los " -"alias de EjecutarComo son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. Los alias de EjecutarComo son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> " -"y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en " -"la tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón <b>Suprimir</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de comando</big></b><br>\n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. Los alias " -"de comando son conjuntos de comandos\n" -"\t(opcionalmente con parámetros) a los que se les asigna un nombre " -"exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. Los alias de comando son conjuntos de comandos\n" +"\t(opcionalmente con parámetros) a los que se les asigna un nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" "\ta todos los comandos del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"<p>Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b> y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de comandos no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón <b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón <b>Suprimir</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -"\tLos alias de usuario consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema " -"(con el prefijo %) u otros \n" -"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que puede incluir sólo " -"letras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado)\t, que después se " -"utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del alias.\n" +"\tLos alias de usuario consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema (con el prefijo %) u otros \n" +"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que puede incluir sólo letras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado)\t, que después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -"añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" -"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse " -"el botón <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la " -"tabla y pulse \n" +"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" +"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la tabla y pulse \n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para terminar la configuración, pulse <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>Nota:</b> el nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar " -"con al menos un miembro.\n" +"<b>Nota:</b> el nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar con al menos un miembro.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -"\tLos alias de host consisten en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones " -"IP, direcciones IP\n" -"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación cuádruple con puntos (por " -"ejemplo, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" -"\t CIDR de número de bits (como 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se " -"les asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números o " -"caracteres de subrayado), que después\n" +"\tLos alias de host consisten en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones IP, direcciones IP\n" +"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación cuádruple con puntos (por ejemplo, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" +"\t CIDR de número de bits (como 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se les asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números o caracteres de subrayado), que después\n" "\tse utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -"añadir hosts al \n" -"\talias, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b>. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, " -"donde se debe introducir \n" -"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar <b>Aceptar.\n" +"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para añadir hosts al \n" +"\talias, pulse el botón <b>Añadir</b>. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde se debe introducir \n" +"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla " -"y pulse el botón \n" +"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón \n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar la configuración, pulse <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. " -"Consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" -"\t(con el prefijo %) u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un nombre " -"exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" -"\tletras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado), que después se " -"utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" +"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. Consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" +"\t(con el prefijo %) u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" +"\tletras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado), que después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" "\tincluidos en el alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de comando</big></b><br>\n" -"\tLos alias de comando son listas de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros " -"opcionales), directorios u\n" -"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede " -"incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" +"\tLos alias de comando son listas de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros opcionales), directorios u\n" +"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" "\tcaracteres de subrayado), que se utiliza después\n" -"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede " -"tener uno o varios \n" -"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el " -"comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se puede ejecutar cualquier comando " -"que esté incluido en él. \n" +"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede tener uno o varios \n" +"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" +"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se puede ejecutar cualquier comando que esté incluido en él. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Nombre de alias. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" -"\thaga clic en el botón <b>Añadir</b>. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, " -"donde puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" -"\t(o puede seleccionarlo con el explorador de archivos mediante el botón " -"<b>Examinar</b>). También puede especificar\n" +"<p>Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto <b>Nombre de alias</b>. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" +"\thaga clic en el botón <b>Añadir</b>. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" +"\t(o puede seleccionarlo con el explorador de archivos mediante el botón <b>Examinar</b>). También puede especificar\n" "\tparámetros del comando en la entrada de texto <b>Parámetros</b>.\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la " -"tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar la configuración, pulse <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ésta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de " -"sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Ésta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de sudo.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" msgstr "" -"Después de realizar la supresión, puede que algunas aplicaciones no " -"funcionen.\n" +"Después de realizar la supresión, puede que algunas aplicaciones no funcionen.\n" "¿Seguro que desea proceder?" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1089,35 +942,32 @@ "Si realiza cambios, puede que algunas aplicaciones no funcionen.\n" "¿Seguro que desea realizar la edición? " -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración " -"de sudo sin guardar?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración de sudo sin guardar?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "Error al leer los usuarios y grupos." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de sudo" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/support.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,73 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "Asistencia técnica" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "A&sistencia" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo de descripción general de supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Centro de asistencia de openSUSE" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Se abrirá una ventana del navegador para conectar con el portal del Centro " -"de asistencia de SUSE." +msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana del navegador para conectar con el portal del Centro de asistencia de SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Abrir" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Recopilar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." -msgstr "" -"De esta forma, se creará un archivo tar con los archivos de registro " -"recopilados." +msgstr "De esta forma, se creará un archivo tar con los archivos de registro recopilados." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Crear el archivo tar de inform" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Cargar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." -msgstr "" -"De esta forma, se cargarán los registros recopilados en la URL especificada." +msgstr "De esta forma, se cargarán los registros recopilados en la URL especificada." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Cargar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún navegador instalado." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -88,196 +83,193 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" "YaST ejecutará un navegador Web como superusuario. \n" -"También puede ejecutarlo como un usuario sin privilegios e introducir la " -"URL\n" +"También puede ejecutarlo como un usuario sin privilegios e introducir la URL\n" "%1.\n" "¿Desea iniciar el navegador Web?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo para subida de supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Guardar como" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Directorio para guardar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Paquete con archivos de registro" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Cargar archivo tar de archivos de registro en la URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Cargar objetivo" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio donde guardar el archivo tar" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Elija el archivo tar de los archivos de registro" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de parámetros de supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Crear un listado de archivos completo desde \"/\"" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Excluir información detallada de discos y escaneos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Buscando el sistema de archivos raíz por instancias de eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Incluir listas de servicio SLP completas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Realiza un rpm -V para cada rpm instalado" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" -msgstr "" -"Incluir todas las líneas del archivo de registro, recopilar registros " -"rotados adicionales" +msgstr "Incluir todas las líneas del archivo de registro, recopilar registros rotados adicionales" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Usar valores por defecto (ignorar /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activa todas las funciones de asistencia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Sólo reunir una mínima cantidad de información" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Utilizar valores personalizados (avanzados)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de supportconfig" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Opciones por defecto" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de contacto supportconfig" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Información de contacto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Compañía" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID de almacenamiento" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "ID de terminal" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "UID de GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Información de carga" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "El número de SR debe incluir 11 cifras." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Recopilando datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Revisión de datos recopilados" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nombre del archivo" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Eliminar desde datos" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -285,18 +277,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Inicio de la configuración de asistencia</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Abortando la inicialización:</big></B><BR>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar ahora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Abortar</B> ahora.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -304,8 +295,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Almacenamiento de la configuración de asistencia</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -314,12 +305,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando el almacenamiento:</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -327,8 +317,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuración de asistencia</big></b><br>\n" "Configure la asistencia aquí.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -337,12 +327,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adición de asistencia:</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione un elemento de asistencia de la lista de elementos detectados.\n" -"Si su elemento de asistencia no se detecta, use la opción <b>Otro (no " -"detectado)</b>.\n" +"Si su elemento de asistencia no se detecta, use la opción <b>Otro (no detectado)</b>.\n" "A continuación, haga clic en <b>Configurar.</b></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -352,164 +341,133 @@ "Al pulsar <b>Editar</b> se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Apertura del Centro de asistencia de SUSE</big></b><br>\n" -"Para iniciar un navegador Web que abra el portal del Centro de asistencia de " -"SUSE, utilice la opción <b>Abrir el Centro de asistencia de SUSE.</b>\n" -"Después, puede abrir una petición de servicio de asistencia técnica global. " -"Asegúrese de apuntar el número de la\n" -"petición de servicio para incluirlo al cargar los datos de supportconfig.\n" +"Para iniciar un navegador Web que abra el portal del Centro de asistencia de SUSE, utilice la opción <b>Abrir el Centro de asistencia de SUSE.</b>\n" +"Después, puede abrir una petición de servicio de asistencia técnica global. Asegúrese de apuntar el número de la\n" +"petición de servicio para incluirlo al cargar los datos de supportconfig.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Recopilar datos</big></b><br>\n" -"Para ejecutar la herramienta de recopilación de datos de supportconfig, " -"utilice <b>Reunir datos.</b></p>" +"Para ejecutar la herramienta de recopilación de datos de supportconfig, utilice <b>Reunir datos.</b></p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Actualización de los datos recopilados</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cargar los datos que ya se han recopilado a un servidor, use la opción " -"<b>Cargar datos.</b>\n" +"Para cargar los datos que ya se han recopilado a un servidor, use la opción <b>Cargar datos.</b>\n" "No es necesario que el servidor sea el de la asistencia técnica global.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opciones de supportconfig</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione una opción para sustituir los valores por defecto. Puede usar los " -"valores por defecto,\n" -"recopilar el máximo posible de datos o recopilar una cantidad de datos " -"mínima." +"Seleccione una opción para sustituir los valores por defecto. Puede usar los valores por defecto,\n" +"recopilar el máximo posible de datos o recopilar una cantidad de datos mínima." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" "to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración avanzada</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione <b>Utilizar valores personalizados</b> y haga clic en el botón " -"<b>Configuración avanzada</b>\n" +"Seleccione <b>Utilizar valores personalizados</b> y haga clic en el botón <b>Configuración avanzada</b>\n" "para seleccionar conjuntos de datos específicos para recopilar.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opciones</big></b><br>\n" "Puede recopilar información adicional. Normalmente estas opciones\n" -"no son necesarias, pero se pueden incluir si se requiere más información.\n" +"no son necesarias, pero se pueden incluir si se requiere más información.</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Opciones por defecto</b></big><br>\n" -"Seleccione cada uno de los conjuntos de datos que desee incluir en el " -"archivo tar de supportconfig.</p>" +"Seleccione cada uno de los conjuntos de datos que desee incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Información de contacto</b></big><br>\n" -"Rellene cada uno de los campos de información de contacto que desee incluir " -"en\n" -"el archivo tar de supportconfig. Los campos se guardan en el archivo basic-" -"environment.txt.</p>" +"Rellene cada uno de los campos de información de contacto que desee incluir en\n" +"el archivo tar de supportconfig. Los campos se guardan en el archivo basic-environment.txt.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Información de carga</big></b><br>\n" -"El destino de la carga corresponde al URI de destino del archivo tar de " -"supportconfig. Los servicios de carga admitidos incluyen\n" -"ftp, http, https y scp. Si necesita incluir el nombre del archivo tar de " -"supportconfig en el destino de carga,\n" -"utilice la palabra clave <i>tarball</i>. Esta palabra clave se reemplazará " -"con el nombre del archivo tar real.\n" +"El destino de la carga corresponde al URI de destino del archivo tar de supportconfig. Los servicios de carga admitidos incluyen\n" +"ftp, http, https y scp. Si necesita incluir el nombre del archivo tar de supportconfig en el destino de carga,\n" +"utilice la palabra clave <i>tarball</i>. Esta palabra clave se reemplazará con el nombre del archivo tar real.\n" "Consulte <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> para obtener más información.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ejemplos de destino de carga</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> si va a cargar un archivo tar de supportconfig en el " -"servicio de asistencia técnica global,\n" -"asegúrese de incluir el número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos " -"correspondiente a la petición de servicio abierta.\n" +"<p><b>Nota:</b> si va a cargar un archivo tar de supportconfig en el servicio de asistencia técnica global,\n" +"asegúrese de incluir el número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos correspondiente a la petición de servicio abierta.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -517,57 +475,49 @@ "<p><b><big>Recopilando datos</big></b>><br>\n" "Se están recopilando datos.</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Revisión de datos recopilados</big></b><br>\n" -"Revise los datos recopilados por supportconfig. Si no desea compartir parte " -"de los datos recopilados,\n" -"use la opción <b>Eliminar desde datos</b> y se eliminará el archivo " -"seleccionado.</p>\n" +"Revise los datos recopilados por supportconfig. Si no desea compartir parte de los datos recopilados,\n" +"use la opción <b>Eliminar desde datos</b> y se eliminará el archivo seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia " -"técnica global</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia técnica global</big></b><br>\n" "Si desea guardar una copia del archivo tar de supportconfig,\n" -"seleccione el directorio de destino y asegúrese de que esta opción está " -"marcada.\n" +"seleccione el directorio de destino y asegúrese de que esta opción está marcada.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cargar URL</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta opción incluye la ubicación en la que se cargará el archivo tar de " -"supportconfig\n" +"Esta opción incluye la ubicación en la que se cargará el archivo tar de supportconfig\n" "como valor por defecto.\n" "Cambie este valor solo en casos especiales.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -577,22 +527,20 @@ "Encontrará la política de privacidad de SUSE en\n" "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia " -"técnica global</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia técnica global</big></b><br>\n" "Si ya ha creado el archivo tar de supportconfig, escriba la\n" "vía completa en el campo <i>Paquete con archivos de registro.</i>.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -602,8 +550,8 @@ "Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -613,447 +561,350 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " </p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "Información sobre AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre autofs. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el arranque y el núcleo. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "Estados del servicio del sistema actual. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la captura de un volcado del núcleo del sistema. crash.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la captura de un volcado del núcleo del sistema. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "Información sobre los daemon Cron y At. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre los discos, la partición y el montaje del sistema de " -"archivos. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre los discos, la partición y el montaje del sistema de archivos. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el servicio de nombres de dominio. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la comprobación de la actividad de Novell eDirectory. " -"novell-edir.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la comprobación de la actividad de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" -msgstr "" -"Información del entorno del sistema, incluido el entorno de sysctl y raíz. " -"env.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "Información del entorno del sistema, incluido el entorno de sysctl y raíz. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"Obtiene de forma recurrente archivos *.conf, así como otros archivos de " -"configuración en /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Obtiene de forma recurrente archivos *.conf, así como otros archivos de configuración en /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre el sistema de gestión de volúmenes empresariales. evms.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de gestión de volúmenes empresariales. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el clúster de alta disponibilidad/Heartbeat. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el destino y el iniciador iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "Información sobre LDAP, incluida una búsqueda de un DSE raíz. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la gestión de usuarios de Linux de Novell, incluido un DSE " -"raíz, la configuración de UNIX y las búsquedas de objetos de estación de " -"trabajo. novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la gestión de usuarios de Linux de Novell, incluido un DSE raíz, la configuración de UNIX y las búsquedas de objetos de estación de trabajo. novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la gestión de volúmenes de Linux. lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la memoria. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "Información sobre los módulos del núcleo del sistema. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre las vías múltiples del asignador de dispositivos original. " -"mpio.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre las vías múltiples del asignador de dispositivos original. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo central de Novell. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Novell Cluster Services. novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre redes, incluidas las reglas de cortafuegos. network.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre redes, incluidas las reglas de cortafuegos. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de archivos de red. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Novell Storage Services. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo de hora de red. ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de archivos OCFS2. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "Lista de todos los archivos abiertos que usan lsof. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "Información sobre OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre el módulo de autenticación conectable, incluida la " -"información de la cuenta de usuario. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre el módulo de autenticación conectable, incluida la información de la cuenta de usuario. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "Información sobre impresión y CUPS. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "Incluye contenido clave de archivos /proc. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el daemon de actualización. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el cliente de actualización. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre los informes de actividad del sistema, incluidas las " -"copias de los archivos de datos SAR. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre los informes de actividad del sistema, incluidas las copias de los archivos de datos SAR. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el núcleo de tiempo real de SLES. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo de localización de servicios. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Información sobre la autosupervisión, el análisis y los informes de los " -"discos duros. ADVERTENCIA: algunos controladores y unidades de discos duros\n" -"no se comportan correctamente. Se sabe que el sondeo de datos SMART cambia " -"los sistemas de archivos a un modo de solo lectura o que incluso bloquean el " -"servidor.\n" -"Asegúrese de que el sondeo de datos SMART funciona en su entorno antes de " -"habilitar esta opción. fs-smartmon.txt\n" +"Información sobre la autosupervisión, el análisis y los informes de los discos duros. ADVERTENCIA: algunos controladores y unidades de discos duros\n" +"no se comportan correctamente. Se sabe que el sondeo de datos SMART cambia los sistemas de archivos a un modo de solo lectura o que incluso bloquean el servidor.\n" +"Asegúrese de que el sondeo de datos SMART funciona en su entorno antes de habilitar esta opción. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Samba y CIFS. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el RAID de software. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el servidor de shell segura. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "Archivos de configuración encontrados en /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el gestor de dispositivos UDEV. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema gráfico X. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la virtualización XEN. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"Indica a supportconfig que busque en el sistema de archivos todos los " -"archivos de instancias de eDirectory. Si se define, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST " -"también se define automáticamente. -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "Indica a supportconfig que busque en el sistema de archivos todos los archivos de instancias de eDirectory. Si se define, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST también se define automáticamente. -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"Lista de archivos completa mediante la opción de búsqueda en la raíz del " -"sistema de archivos. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "Lista de archivos completa mediante la opción de búsqueda en la raíz del sistema de archivos. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"Incluye todo el archivo de registro, incluidos los comentarios, en lugar de " -"únicamente las líneas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Se incluyen los registros " -"sustituidos adicionales si estuviesen disponibles. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Incluye todo el archivo de registro, incluidos los comentarios, en lugar de únicamente las líneas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Se incluyen los registros sustituidos adicionales si estuviesen disponibles. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" -"Minimiza la cantidad de información de disco y el análisis detallado. -d" +msgstr "Minimiza la cantidad de información de disco y el análisis detallado. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente se incluyen todos los registros de /var/log/YaST2/*. Esta opción " -"minimiza la cantidad que se recupera de cada archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "Normalmente se incluyen todos los registros de /var/log/YaST2/*. Esta opción minimiza la cantidad que se recupera de cada archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta un rpm -V en cada paquete RPM instalado. Este proceso puede llevar " -"cierto tiempo. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Ejecuta un rpm -V en cada paquete RPM instalado. Este proceso puede llevar cierto tiempo. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente sólo se incluyen los tipos de servicio de SLP base. Esta opción " -"permite consultar todos los tipos de servicio descubiertos de forma " -"individual. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normalmente sólo se incluyen los tipos de servicio de SLP base. Esta opción permite consultar todos los tipos de servicio descubiertos de forma individual. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Nombre de empresa que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico del contacto que debe incluirse en el " -"entorno básico.txt" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Nombre del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Número de teléfono del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" +msgstr "Número de teléfono del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Número de líneas que deben incluirse al obtener un archivo de registro. Cero " -"indica obtener todo el archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Número de líneas que deben incluirse al obtener un archivo de registro. Cero indica obtener todo el archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"Ubicación del archivo tar de supportconfig. Siempre se utiliza la primera " -"ubicación válida de la lista." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "Ubicación del archivo tar de supportconfig. Siempre se utiliza la primera ubicación válida de la lista." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de líneas de /var/log/messages que deben obtenerse. Cero " -"indica obtener todo el archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Número máximo de líneas de /var/log/messages que deben obtenerse. Cero indica obtener todo el archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de archivos de registro del motor de directivas de " -"subejecución que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Número máximo de archivos de registro del motor de directivas de subejecución que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de archivos de datos SAR que se deben incluir en el archivo " -"tar de supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Número máximo de archivos de datos SAR que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"Si se define el valor 1, supportconfig se ejecuta en modo silencioso. Esta " -"opción\n" -"resulta útil si se va a ejecutar supportconfig habitualmente en un trabajo " -"cron, por ejemplo. Se define con el parámetro -Q." +"Si se define el valor 1, supportconfig se ejecuta en modo silencioso. Esta opción\n" +"resulta útil si se va a ejecutar supportconfig habitualmente en un trabajo cron, por ejemplo. Se define con el parámetro -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"Se utiliza para especificar la ubicación donde se cargará el archivo tar de " -"supportconfig cuando se utiliza la opción de inicio -u srnum. Se puede " -"especificar cualquier servidor FTP que admita cargas anónimas. El valor por " -"defecto es el servidor FTP público de SUSE." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "Se utiliza para especificar la ubicación donde se cargará el archivo tar de supportconfig cuando se utiliza la opción de inicio -u srnum. Se puede especificar cualquier servidor FTP que admita cargas anónimas. El valor por defecto es el servidor FTP público de SUSE." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "Para continuar, escriba la contraseña del usuario Root." -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "Contraseña de Root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de asistencia" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de asistencia" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,87 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "Editor para los archivos /etc/sysconfig" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Mostrar resumen de configuración" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y " -"\"value\"," +msgstr "Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y \"value\"," -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "o \"variable=value\" (por ejemplo, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "(o sencillamente DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm)." -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "Definir valor vacío (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "Mostrar detalles sobre la variable seleccionada." -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "Mostrar todas las variables." -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "Variable seleccionada." -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "Si la variable está disponible en varios archivos, use" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$ syntax," msgstr "la sintaxis <variable>$," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "por ejemplo, CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "NUEVO VALOR" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "Todas las variables:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "Variables modificadas:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -102,163 +100,162 @@ "\n" "Configurando la variable '%1' a '%2': %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "Éxito" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "Fallo " -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "Nuevo valor:" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "Valor: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado la variable %1." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form $\n" "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilice un nombre completo de variable de formato " -"$\n" +"Utilice un nombre completo de variable de formato $\n" "(ej., %1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al guardar y activar los cambios." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "o cualquier valor" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "Valor que coincide con la expresión regular:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "Cualquier valor entero" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "Valor entero mayor o igual que %1" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "Valor entero menor o igual que %1" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "Cualquier valor entero entre %1 y %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "Cualquier valor" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 " -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv6" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "Archivo:" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "Valores posibles:" -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "Valor por defecto:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "Valor original:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "Preparar comando:" -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "Guión de configuración:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "Servicio a recargar:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "Servicio que se reiniciará:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "Comando de activación:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "Descripción: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(cambiado)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "C&onfiguración de:" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -266,14 +263,14 @@ "El valor seleccionado actualmente tiene más de una línea.\n" "Las líneas unificadas se muestran en el cuadro de selección.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Selección actual:" -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -285,213 +282,188 @@ "\n" "¿Desea realmente definir este valor?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "Bu&scar" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "Opciones de &configuración" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Después de guardar los cambios, este editor cambia las variables en el\n" -"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de " -"activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, " -"inician y detienen daemons,\n" -"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la " -"configuración en sysconfig sea aplicada.</p>\n" +"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, inician y detienen daemons,\n" +"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la configuración en sysconfig sea aplicada.</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importante</b> Usted también puede editar cada archivo de " -"configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la " -"descripción de la variable.</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importante</b> Usted también puede editar cada archivo de configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la descripción de la variable.</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "Editor para los archivos /etc/sysconfig" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Editor de configuración del sistema</B></P><P>El editor de " -"configuración del sistema permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. " -"También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Editor de configuración del sistema</B></P><P>El editor de configuración del sistema permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema.</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Nota:</B> las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen " -"directamente de los archivos de configuración.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen directamente de los archivos de configuración.</P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "&Usar valor actual" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "&Añadir nueva variable..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Guardar variables modificadas" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "Confirmar cada comando de activación" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "Resultado de la búsqueda" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado " -"que buscaba, márquelo y haga clic en Iniciar. En caso contrario haga clic en " -"Cancelar para cerrar este diálogo." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado que buscaba, márquelo y haga clic en Iniciar. En caso contrario haga clic en Cancelar para cerrar este diálogo." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "No se han hallado entradas" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "Buscar variable de configuración" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "&Buscar:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "Búsqueda con distinción entre &mayúsculas/minúsculas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "Buscar nombre de &variable " -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "Buscar por &descripción" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "Buscar por &valor" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "NUEVO VALOR" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "Valor antiguo" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "Archivo" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "Nombre de &variable" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "V&alor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "Nombre del &archivo" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "Falta el nombre de variable." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "Falta el nombre de archivo." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "Falta la ruta absoluta en el nombre de archivo." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -499,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración de sysconfig</big></b>\n" "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -510,110 +482,108 @@ "<br>Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "O&mitir" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Escribir la nueva configuración" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Activar los cambios" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Guardando cambios en los archivos..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "Iniciando el comando: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "El comando %1 ha fallado" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "Se ejecutará un comando" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "Comando:" -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Volviendo a cargar el servicio %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Error al volver a cargar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "Se volverá a cargar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "Se reiniciará el servicio %s" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "" -"No es posible determinar el estado del servicio, el servicio systemd no " -"existe:" +msgstr "No es posible determinar el estado del servicio, el servicio systemd no existe:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "Guardando la variable %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar la variable %1 en el archivo %2." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,132 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "Configurar un servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "Estado del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "Directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "Habilitar el servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "Inhabilitar el servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "Mostrar el estado del servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Establecer el directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Mostrar el directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "Estado del servicio: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del directorio: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor TFTP" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuración de un servidor TFTP</b></big></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo " -"trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante " -"xinetd.</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante xinetd.</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>Tenga en cuenta que los protocolos TFTP y FTP son diferentes.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio de la imagen de arranque:</b>\n" "Indique el directorio en el que se encuentran los archivos proporcionados.\n" -"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no " -"existe.\n" -"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s).</p>\n" +"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no existe.\n" +"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</tt>).</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Desactivar" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Activar" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "&Directorio de la imagen de arranque" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "&Ver registro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -147,19 +138,19 @@ "El directorio debe comenzar por /\n" "y no debe contener espacios." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -169,24 +160,24 @@ "Sin embargo, otro programa está sirviendo a TFTP: %1.\n" "Saliendo.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "No es posible volver a cargar el servicio %{name}" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "Servidor TFTP habilitado:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Directorio de la imagen de arranque:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "Europa" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Países Bajos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "Andorra" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Grecia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "Serbia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Eslovaquia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumanía" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Hungría" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "Moldavia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irlanda" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "Gibraltar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "Guernsey" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finlandia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "Isla de Man" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turquía" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "Jersey" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "Rusia (Kaliningrado)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "Ucrania (Kiev)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Eslovenia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "Reino Unido" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "Luxemburgo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "Islas Aland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Bielorrusia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "Mónaco" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "Rusia (Moscú)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noruega" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "Montenegro" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "República Checa" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "Rusia (Samara)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "Bosnia-Herzegovina " -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "Ucrania (Simferopol)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Macedonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgaria" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suecia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albania" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "Uzhgorod" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "Vaticano" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Austria" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituania" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "Rusia (Volgogrado)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Croacia" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islandia" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azores" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Islas Canarias" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "Ucrania (Zaporozhye)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "Miquelón" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "EE.UU." -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "Alaska (Anchorage)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "Islas Aleutianas (Adak)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "Boise" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "Arizona (Phoenix)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "Hora del Centro (Chicago)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "Kentucky (Louisville)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "Kentucky (Monticello)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "Indiana del Este (Indianápolis)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "Indiana Starke (Knox)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "Indiana (Vincennes)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "Indiana (Winamac)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "Indiana (Marengo)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "Indiana (Vevay)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "Indiana (Tell City)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "Indiana (Petersburg)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "Juneau" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "Michigan (Detroit)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "Mountain (Denver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "Hora del Pacífico (Los Ángeles)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "Menominee" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "Hora del este (Nueva York)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "Nome" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "North Dakota (Centro)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "North Dakota (New Salem)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "Shiprock" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "Islas Vírgenes (St. Thomas)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "Yakutat" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "Hawaii (Honolulu)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "Samoa (Pago Pago)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "Hora del Atlántico (Halifax)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "Hora del centro (Winnipeg)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "Hora del Este (Toronto)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "Mountain (Edmonton)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "Terranova (St. Johns)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "Hora del pacífico (Vancouver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "Saskatchewan (Regina)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "Yukon (Whitehorse)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "Glace Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "Moncton" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "Goose Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "Blanc-Sablon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "Montreal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "Nipigon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "Thunder Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "Iqaluit" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "Pangnirtung" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "Resolute" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "Atikokan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "Rankin Inlet" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "Rainy River" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "Swift Current" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "Cambridge Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "Yellowknife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "Inuvik" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "Dawson Creek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "Dawson" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "Buenos Aires" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "Catamarca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "Córdoba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "Jujuy" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "La Rioja" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "Mendoza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "Río Gallegos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "San Juan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "San Luis" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "Tucumán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "Ushuaia" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "Brasil" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "Araguaina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "Bahía" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "Belém" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "Boa Vista" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "Campo Grande" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "Cuiaba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "Eirunepe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "Fortaleza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "Maceio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "Manaus" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "Fernando de Noronha" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "Porto Velho" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "Recife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "Rio Branco" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "Sao Paulo" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "Cancún" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "Chihuahua" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "Hermosillo" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "Mazatlán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "Ciudad de México" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "Mérida" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "Monterrey" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "Tijuana" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "América Central y del Sur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "Antigua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "Anguila" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "Aruba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "Asunción" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "Barbados" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "Belice" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "Bogotá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "Caracas" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "Cayena" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "Islas Caimán" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "Curacao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "Dominica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "Grand Turk" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "Guayaquil" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "Granada" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "Guadalupe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "Guyana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "La Habana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "Jamaica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "La Paz" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "Lima" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "Managua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "Martinica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "Montserrat" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "Nassau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panamá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "Paramaribo" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "Puerto Príncipe" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "Puerto de España" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "Chile continental" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "Santo Domingo" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "Santa Lucía" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "San Cristóbal y Nieves" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "St. Tomás" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "San Vicente" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "Tegucigalpa" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "Tórtola" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "Stanley" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "Isla de Pascua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "Galápagos" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "Kaliningrado" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "Moscú" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "Samara" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "Volgogrado" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "Anadyr" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "Irkutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "Kamchatka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Krasnoyarsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "Magadán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "Novosibirsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "Omsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "Sajalin" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "Vladivostok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "Yakutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Yekaterimburgo" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "Asia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "Aden" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "Almaty" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "Amman" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "Aqtobe" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "Aqtau" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "Ashgabat" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "Bagdad" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "Bahrain " -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "Baku" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "Bangkok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "Beirut" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "Bishkek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "Brunei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "Kolkata" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "Choibalsan" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "Chongqing" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "Colombo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "Damasco" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "Dhaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "Dili" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "Dubai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "Dushanbe" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "Gaza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "Harbin" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "Hovd" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "Yakarta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "Jayapura" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "Afganistán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "Karachi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "Kashgar" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Katmandú" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "Kuala Lumpur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "Kuching" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "Macao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "Makassar" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "Manila" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "Muscat" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "Nicosia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "Oral" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "Phnom Penh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "Pontianak" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "Pyongyang" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "Qyzylorda" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "Myanmar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "Ciudad Ho Chi Minh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "Samarcanda" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "Tashkent" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "Teherán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "Timbu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "Tokio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "Shanghai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "Pekín" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "Taipei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "Seúl" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "Riyadh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "Tbilisi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japón" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "Ulan Bator" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "Urumqi" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "Vientiane" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "Yerevan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "Lindeman" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "Eucla" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "Lord Howe Island" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "Territorio del norte (Darwin)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "Queensland (Brisbane)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "Australia del Sur (Adelaide)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "Nueva Gales del Sur (Sydney)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "Nueva Gales del Sur (Broken Hill)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "Tasmania (Hobart)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "Tasmania (Currie)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "Victoria (Melbourne)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "Australia Occidental (Perth)" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "África" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "Abidjan" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "Addis Ababa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "Algiers" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "Asmara" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "Accra" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "Bamako" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "Bangui" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "Banjul" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "Bissau" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "Blantyre" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "Brazzaville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "Bujumbura" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "Cairo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "Casablanca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "Ceuta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "Conakry" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "Dakar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "Dar es Salaam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "Djibouti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "Douala" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "El Aaiun" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "Freetown" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "Gaborone" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "Harare" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "Johannesburgo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "Kampala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "Khartoum" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "Kinshasa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "Kigali" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "Lagos" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "Libreville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "Lome" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "Luanda" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "Lubumbashi" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "Lusaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "Malabo" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "Maputo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "Maseru" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "Mbabane" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "Mogadiscio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "Monrovia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "Nairobi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "Ndjamena" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "Niamey" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "Nouakchott" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "Ouagadougou" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "Porto-Novo" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "San Tomás" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "Trípoli" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "Túnez" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "Windhoek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "Antananarivo" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "Reunión" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "Pacífico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nueva Zelanda" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "Fiji" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "Guadalcanal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "Guam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "Midway" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "Nauru" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "Palau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "Pitcairn" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "Tahiti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "Samoa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "Port_Moresby" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "Rarotonga" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "Chuuk" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "Pohnpei" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "Kosrae" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "Tarawa" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "Enderbury" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "Kiritimati" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "Majuro" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "Kwajalein" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "Saipan" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "Noumea" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "Norfolk" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "Niue" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "Chatham" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "Marquesas" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "Gambier" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "Fakaofo" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "Tongatapu" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "Funafuti" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "Johnston" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "Wake" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "Efate" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "Wallis" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "Apia" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "Atlántico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "Bermudas" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "Cabo Verde" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Islas Feroe" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "Georgias del Sur" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "Madeira" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "Santa Elena" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "Jan Mayen" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Nuuk)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Danmarkshavn)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Scoresbysund)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Thule)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "Océano Índico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "Islas Cocos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "Isla Christmas" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "Chagos" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "Comoro" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "Mauricio" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "Maldivas" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "Mahe" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "Kerguelen" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "Mayotte" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "Ártico/Longyearbyen" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "Antártida (Polo Sur)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "Antártida (McMurdo)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "Antártida (Rothera)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "Antártida (Palmer)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "Antártida (Mawson)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "Antártida (Davis)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "Antártida (Casey)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "Antártida (Vostok)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "Antártida (DumontDUrville)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "Antártida (Syowa)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "Greenwich" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "Navajo" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "Universal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulú" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "Etc." -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tune.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,154 +14,133 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos, utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos, utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Probando el hardware..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Todas las entradas" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Guardar a archivo..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Información sobre el hardware" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Información sobre el hardware</B> Este módulo muestra la información\n" -"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más " -"información</p>\n" +"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más información</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Haga clic en " -"<B>Guardar a archivo</B> y escriba el nombre de archivo.</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Haga clic en <B>Guardar a archivo</B> y escriba el nombre de archivo.</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "Configuración del sistema y el hardware" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&istema" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detalles</B></P><P>Aquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de " -"hardware seleccionados.</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detalles</B></P><P>Aquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de hardware seleccionados.</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "Componente '%1'" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "Clase de dispositivo desconocida" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "Parámetros del &núcleo..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "Guardar a &archivo..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Hardware detectado</B><BR>Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de " -"hardware detectados en su sistema.</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Hardware detectado</B><BR>Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de hardware detectados en su sistema.</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detalles</B><BR>Seleccione un componente y haga clic en <B>Detalles para ver una descripción más detallada del componente.</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detalles</B><BR>Seleccione un componente y haga clic en <B>Detalles</B> para ver una descripción más detallada del componente.</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -169,1006 +148,969 @@ "<P><B>Guardar a archivo</B><BR>Puede guardar\n" " información del hardware (salida <I>hwinfo</I>) en un archivo.</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "Hardware detectado" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "Guardando configuración del sistema..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "Configuración de PCI ID" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "&Controlador" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "&Fabricante" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "&Subfabricante" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Clase" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "Directorio Sys&FS" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "S&ubdispositivo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "&Máscara de clase" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "Introduzca el controlador o el nombre de directorio SysFS." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "Se requiere al menos un valor para el PCI ID." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo PCI" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "Nombre de tarjeta" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Proveedor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "Subfabricante" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "Subdispositivo" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "Máscara de clase" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "Dir. SysFS" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&De la lista" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<p><b>Configuración de PCI ID</b><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Es posible añadir un PCI ID a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar " -"su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Es posible añadir un PCI ID a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como " -"números hexadecimales. <b>Dir. SysFS</b> es el nombre del directorio en el " -"directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del " -"controlador como nombre del directorio.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como números hexadecimales. <b>Dir. SysFS</b> es el nombre del directorio en el directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del controlador como nombre del directorio.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador " -"vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Utilice los botones situados debajo de la tabla para cambiar la lista de " -"ID de PCI. Pulse <b>%1</b> para activar los valores de configuración.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Utilice los botones situados debajo de la tabla para cambiar la lista de ID de PCI. Pulse <b>%1</b> para activar los valores de configuración.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Aviso:</B> Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si sabe " -"lo que está haciendo.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Aviso:</B> Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si sabe lo que está haciendo.</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "Bus" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "ID bus" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "Caché" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "Tipo de tarjeta" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "Tipo de CD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "Números de dispositivo" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "ID Sysfs" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "Controladores" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "Mayor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Menor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "Intervalo" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Recursos" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "Requiere" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "Revisión" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "ID ranura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "Longitud" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "Anchura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "Altura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "Activa" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "Nombres de los dispositivos" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colores" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "Geometría lógica" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "Recuento" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "Puerto E/S" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "Memoria" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Bus Hwcfg" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "Identificador único padre" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "ID único" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia horizontal máxima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical máxima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia horizontal mínima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical mínima" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "Controlador del núcleo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "Dirección de hardware" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolución" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "Antigua clave única" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "Tipo (esp.)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "Dispositivo (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo (espec.)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de proveedor secundario" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "Clave única" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de proveedor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "Vídeo de BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura de arranque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "Disco de arranque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de bloque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "Discos DASD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "Pantalla" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "Disquete" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "Sistema UML" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "Datos de hardware" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDSI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de red" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Módem" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Sonido" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "Medios de almacenamiento" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de TV" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "Tipo de USB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Framebuffer" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "Cotrolador USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "Nodo USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "Controlador IEEE1394" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratón" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "Pantalla en Braille" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "Lector de chip" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Cámara" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "BogoMIPS (Millones de Instrucciones Por Segundo)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Error de coma (coma bug)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "Nivel de ID de CPU" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "Error en división de coma flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Banderas (estado)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "Unidad de punto flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "Excepción de unidad de punto flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Halt bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Procesador" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "Escalado" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familia" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "LAN inalámbrica" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Cinta" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "ADSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red Ethernet" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red de circuito cerrado" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "Controlador de disquete" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "Dispositivo PnP sin clasificar" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "Dispositivo sin clasificar" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "Memoria principal" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host UHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host EHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host OHCI" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "Guardar salida de hwinfo a archivo" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "Guardando información sobre el hardware..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar la salida al archivo '%1'" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del núcleo" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "Planificador global de &E/S" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "Colas totalmente transparentes [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "Límite de tiempo [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Planificador global de E/S</big></b><br>\n" "Seleccione el algoritmo que ordena y envía comandos a los\n" -"dispositivos de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos " -"los\n" -"dispositivos de disco del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada, se " -"emplea\n" +"dispositivos de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos los\n" +"dispositivos de disco del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada, se emplea\n" "el planificador por defecto (normalmente, cfq). Consulte la documentación\n" -"del directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) " -"para obtener información adicional.</p>\n" +"del directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obtener información adicional.</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "Habilitar teclas Pet &Sis" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Habilitar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big></b><br>\n" -"Si habilita las teclas PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el " -"sistema aún si éste\n" -"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo). Si la opción " -"está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+ iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, " -"rearrancar el\n" -"equipo, volcar la información del núcleo, etc.). Si desea obtener más " -"información, consulte \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).\n" +"Si habilita las teclas PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el sistema aún si éste\n" +"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo). Si la opción está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+ iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, rearrancar el\n" +"equipo, volcar la información del núcleo, etc.). Si desea obtener más información, consulte \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes de ID PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes del sistema" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes de ID PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes del sistema..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1176,31 +1118,31 @@ "<p><b><big>Leyendo la configuración</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Guardar los ajustes de ID PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "Guardar los ajustes del sistema" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Guardando los ajustes de ID PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "Guardando los ajustes del sistema..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1208,67 +1150,67 @@ "<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración</big></b><br>\n" "Espere...</p>" -#. PushButton label -#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 +#. PushButton label +#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 msgid "System Information" msgstr "Información del sistema" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "Procesador desconocido" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr ", " -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "Detección de hardware" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "Detectar hardware" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "Detectando el hardware..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "La detección de hardware se está realizando. Espere, por favor." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "El archivo '%1' no existe. No es posible definir el nuevo PCI ID." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "Controlador: %1, nuevo PCI ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,58 +14,57 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 msgid "Create Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "Crear copia de seguridad de archivos modificados." -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create Backup of /etc/sysconfig Directory" msgstr "Crear copia de seguridad del directorio /etc/sysconfig." -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Do Not Create Backups" msgstr "No crear copias de seguridad." -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Remove Backups from Previous Updates" msgstr "Eliminar copias de seguridad de actualizaciones previas." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Copia de seguridad" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 msgid "&Backup" msgstr "&Copia de seguridad" -#. screen title for software selection -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 +#. screen title for software selection +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 msgid "Backup System Before Update" msgstr "Copia de seguridad del sistema previa a la actualización" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 msgid "Create &Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "&Crear copia de seguridad de los archivos modificados" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 msgid "Create a &Complete Backup of /etc/sysconfig" msgstr "Crear una copia de &seguridad completa de /etc/sysconfig" -#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 +#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" -msgstr "" -"Eliminar copias de seguridad &antiguas del directorio de copias de seguridad" +msgstr "Eliminar copias de seguridad &antiguas del directorio de copias de seguridad" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" "create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" @@ -73,8 +72,8 @@ "<p>Para evitar pérdidas de datos durante la actualización,\n" "cree una <b>copia de seguridad</b> antes de actualizar.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" "backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" @@ -82,81 +81,74 @@ "<p><b>Atención:</b> Esta no es una copia de seguridad completa.\n" "Sólo se grabarán los archivos modificados.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Seleccione las opciones deseadas.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Crear una copia de seguridad de los archivos modificados:</b>\n" -"guarda solo los archivos modificados que se sustituyen durante la " -"actualización.</p>\n" +"guarda solo los archivos modificados que se sustituyen durante la actualización.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Crear una copia de seguridad completa de\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> esta copia incluye todos los archivos de configuración " -"que\n" -"forman parte del mecanismo de sysconfig, incluso los que no se sustituyen.\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> esta copia incluye todos los archivos de configuración que\n" +"forman parte del mecanismo de sysconfig, incluso los que no se sustituyen.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" "remove them.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Eliminar copias de seguridad antiguas del diretorio de copias de " -"seguridad:</b>\n" -"Si el sistema actual es el resultado de una actualización anterior, puede " -"haber\n" -"copias de seguridad antiguas de archivos de configuración. Seleccione esta " -"opción\n" +"<p><b>Eliminar copias de seguridad antiguas del diretorio de copias de seguridad:</b>\n" +"Si el sistema actual es el resultado de una actualización anterior, puede haber\n" +"copias de seguridad antiguas de archivos de configuración. Seleccione esta opción\n" "para eliminarlos.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 msgid "<p>All backups are placed in %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Todas las copias de seguridad se guardan en %1.</p>" -#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 +#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 msgid "Invalid backup path." msgstr "Ruta no válida para la copia de seguridad:" -#. there is not enough space for the backup during update -#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 +#. there is not enough space for the backup during update +#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 msgid "Minimum disk space of %1 MB required." msgstr "Espacio mínimo en disco requerido %1 MB" -#. screen title for update options -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 +#. screen title for update options +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opciones de actualización" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 msgid "Select Patterns" msgstr "Seleccionar patrones" -#. check if state changed -#. Display warning message -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 +#. check if state changed +#. Display warning message +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 msgid "" "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." @@ -164,39 +156,39 @@ "Ya ha elegido software de la \"Selección detallada\".\n" "Perderá esa selección si cambia la selección básica." -#. Build and show dialog -#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) -#. Table item (unknown architecture) -#. Table item (unknown file system) -#. label - name of sustem to update -#. starts with >`< -#. Get installed release name -#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009 +#. Build and show dialog +#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) +#. Table item (unknown architecture) +#. Table item (unknown file system) +#. label - name of sustem to update +#. starts with >`< +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. label showing to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 +#. label showing to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Actualizar a %1" -#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 +#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 msgid "Update from %1 to %2" msgstr "Actualizar de %1 a %2" -#. frame title for update selection -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 +#. frame title for update selection +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 msgid "Update Mode" msgstr "Modo de actualización" -#. radio button label for update including new packages -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 +#. radio button label for update including new packages +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 msgid "" "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" "Based on the Selection:\n" @@ -204,68 +196,59 @@ "&Actualizar con instalación de nuevo software y características\n" "basadas en la selección:\n" -#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 +#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 msgid "Only U&pdate Installed Packages" msgstr "A&ctualizar sólo paquetes instalados" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>La opción de actualización tiene dos modos. En ambos\n" -"casos se recomienda hacer una copia de seguridad de la información personal." -"</p>\n" +"casos se recomienda hacer una copia de seguridad de la información personal.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Con software nuevo:</b> esta configuración por defecto\n" -"actualiza el software existente e instala todas las funciones y ventajas " -"nuevas incluidas en \n" -" la versión más reciente de <tt>%1</tt>. La selección se basa en la " -"selección de software predefinida\n" +"actualiza el software existente e instala todas las funciones y ventajas nuevas incluidas en \n" +" la versión más reciente de <tt>%1</tt>. La selección se basa en la selección de software predefinida\n" " anteriormente.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 msgid "" "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Solo paquetes instalados:</b> esta selección solo actualiza\n" "los paquetes instalados en el sistema. <i>Nota:</i> las nuevas\n" -"aplicaciones de la lista de software predefinida, como los módulos de YaST, " -"no estarán\n" -"disponibles tras la actualización. Puede que pierda algunas características." -"</p>\n" +"aplicaciones de la lista de software predefinida, como los módulos de YaST, no estarán\n" +"disponibles tras la actualización. Puede que pierda algunas características.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" "packages during the update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Después de la actualización, algunos programas podrían haber dejado de\n" -"funcionar. Active <b>Suprimir paquetes sin mantener</b> para suprimir esos " -"paquetes\n" +"funcionar. Active <b>Suprimir paquetes sin mantener</b> para suprimir esos paquetes\n" "durante la actualización.</p>\n" -#. warning / question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +#. warning / question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" "Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" "lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" @@ -279,8 +262,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" @@ -288,166 +271,151 @@ "¿Está seguro de querer devolver la selección\n" "detallada a su estado original?" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Paquetes que se van a actualizar: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Paquetes nuevos que se van a instalar: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Paquetes que se van a eliminar: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 +#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total de los paquetes de la actualización: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver todos los conflictos. Se requiere " -"intervención manual.</a>" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>" +msgstr "No es posible resolver todos los conflictos. Se requiere intervención manual.</a>" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Paquetes" -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 msgid "No root partition found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ninguna partición raíz." -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 en la partición raíz %2" -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "No ha sido posible montar el sistema destino." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" msgstr "Seleccionado para la actualización" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 msgid "&Selected for Update" msgstr "&Seleccionado para la actualización" -#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; -#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 +#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; +#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Actualizar" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/update.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/update.rb:47 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. error message in proposal -#. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 +#. error message in proposal +#. part of error popup message +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos RPM actual." -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " -"the installation media (%{update_to})." -msgstr "" -"El producto instalado (%{update_from}) no es compatible con el producto del " -"medio de instalación (%{update_to})." +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "El producto instalado (%{update_from}) no es compatible con el producto del medio de instalación (%{update_to})." -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system -#. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system +#. %2 is the version being installed +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system.<br>\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"No se admite la actualización del sistema a otra versión (%1 -> %2) en el " -"sistema en ejecución.<br>\n" +"No se admite la actualización del sistema a otra versión (%1 -> %2) en el sistema en ejecución.<br>\n" "Inicie desde el medio de instalación y realice una actualización normal,\n" -"o inhabilite los repositorios de software de productos de versiones " -"diferentes.\n" +"o inhabilite los repositorios de software de productos de versiones diferentes.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: actualización de %1 a %2; los productos no coinciden " -"exactamente." +msgstr "Advertencia: actualización de %1 a %2; los productos no coinciden exactamente." -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Actualizar sólo paquetes instalados" -#. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 +#. proposal string +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Actualización basada en patrones" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Opciones de actualización</big></b> Seleccione cómo se " -"actualizará el sistema.\n" -"Escoja si solo se actualizarán los paquetes instalados o si también se deben " -"incluir los nuevos\n" +"<p><b><big>Opciones de actualización</big></b> Seleccione cómo se actualizará el sistema.\n" +"Escoja si solo se actualizarán los paquetes instalados o si también se deben incluir los nuevos\n" "(opción por defecto). Indique si paquetes no compatibles\n" "se deben suprimir.</p>\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Suprimir de &actualización" -#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 +#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "No existe ninguno de estos archivos: %1" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -459,28 +427,28 @@ "de instalación actuales, puede que el sistema no arranque o algunas\n" "aplicaciones no funcionen correctamente." -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Linux desconocido" -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Desconocido o no Linux" -#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 +#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 +#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partición o sistema a arrancar:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -490,13 +458,13 @@ "Seleccione la partición o sistema a arrancar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 +#. label for selection of root partition (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partición o sistema a actualizar:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -506,13 +474,13 @@ "Seleccione la partición o sistema a actualizar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 +#. headline for dialog "Select for update" +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Seleccionar para la actualización" -#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 +#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" @@ -524,53 +492,52 @@ "general de las particiones del sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 +#. table header +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 +#. check box +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Mostrar todas las particiones" -#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 +#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Arranque" -#. error popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado en la partición seleccionada ningún sistema instalado " -"que\n" +"No se ha encontrado en la partición seleccionada ningún sistema instalado que\n" "pueda actualizarse con este producto." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -578,48 +545,45 @@ "La arquitectura del sistema instalado en la partición seleccionada\n" "no es la misma que la de este producto.\n" -#. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 +#. pop-up question +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Se ha detectado una posible instalación incompleta en la partición " -"seleccionada.\n" +"Se ha detectado una posible instalación incompleta en la partición seleccionada.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizarla?" -#. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 +#. button label +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Sí, quiero usarla." -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"La inicialización del sistema para la actualización no ha funcionado por " -"motivos desconocidos.\n" +"La inicialización del sistema para la actualización no ha funcionado por motivos desconocidos.\n" "Se recomienda no continuar con el proceso de actualización.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Sí, deseo continuar" -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "Se ha detectado una instalación posiblemente incompleta." -#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 +#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -627,18 +591,18 @@ "Consulte el artículo de SDB en %1\n" "para obtener información sobre cómo resolver este problema." -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistema Linux desconocido" -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistema no Linux" -#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 +#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -652,33 +616,33 @@ "los datos pueden perderse. Desmonte la partición manualmente,\n" "o reinicie el equipo.\n" -#. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 +#. label, %1 is partition +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Comprobando la partición %1" -#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") -#. @param [String] question -#. @param string button (true) -#. @param string button (false) -#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 +#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") +#. @param [String] question +#. @param string button (true) +#. @param string button (false) +#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" -#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 +#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Comprobando el sistema de archivos de %1..." -#. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 +#. popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Error al comprobar el sistema de archivos" -#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) -#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 +#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) +#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -688,29 +652,28 @@ "\n" "¿Desea seguir montando el dispositivo?\n" -#. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 +#. button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Omitir montaje" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta. ¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, -#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size -#. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, +#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size +#. %2 with the recommended size +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -718,14 +681,13 @@ msgstr "" "La partición /boot es demasiado pequeña (%1 MB).\n" "Se recomienda un tamaño de al menos %2 MB o el nuevo núcleo podría\n" -"no tener espacio suficiente. Es más seguro aumentar el tamaño de la " -"partición\n" +"no tener espacio suficiente. Es más seguro aumentar el tamaño de la partición\n" "o no utilizar una partición separada para /boot.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar actualizando el sistema actual?\n" -#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269 +#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -742,32 +704,31 @@ "\n" "Si está seguro de que la partición no es necesaria para la\n" "actualización (no es una partición del sistema), haga clic en Continuar.\n" -"Para comprobar o editar las opciones de montaje, haga clic en Especificar " -"opciones de montaje.\n" +"Para comprobar o editar las opciones de montaje, haga clic en Especificar opciones de montaje.\n" "Si desea abortar la actualización, haga clic en Cancelar.\n" -#. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287 +#. push button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Especificar opciones de montaje" -#. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#. popup heading +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &Montaje" -#. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309 +#. tex entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -775,13 +736,13 @@ "Sistema de &archivos\n" "(vacío para la detección automática)" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "No ha sido posible montar la partición /var %1.\n" -#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432 +#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -793,48 +754,43 @@ "<b>ID de udev:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>Ruta de udev:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469 +#. a popup caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "No se encuentra la partición /var automáticamente" -#. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474 +#. a popup message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"El sistema emplea una partición /var independiente necesaria para que el " -"proceso de actualización\n" -"detecte los cambios en los nombres de los discos. Seleccione la partición /" -"var manualmente\n" +"El sistema emplea una partición /var independiente necesaria para que el proceso de actualización\n" +"detecte los cambios en los nombres de los discos. Seleccione la partición /var manualmente\n" "para continuar con el proceso de actualización." -#. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487 +#. a combo-box label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Seleccionar dispositivo de partición /var" -#. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493 +#. an informational rich-text widget label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Información de dispositivo" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración del disco.\n" +msgstr "No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración del disco.\n" -#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665 +#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -844,86 +800,81 @@ "\n" "Compruebe el archivo de registro %1." -#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when -#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions -#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709 +#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when +#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions +#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "Algunas particiones del sistema en %1 se encuentran montadas por el nombre\n" -"del dispositivo del núcleo. Esto no es fiable para la actualización, ya que " -"los nombres\n" -"de dispositivo del núcleo no son persistentes. Se recomienda encarecidamente " -"iniciar el\n" -"sistema antiguo y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las " -"particiones." +"del dispositivo del núcleo. Esto no es fiable para la actualización, ya que los nombres\n" +"de dispositivo del núcleo no son persistentes. Se recomienda encarecidamente iniciar el\n" +"sistema antiguo y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las particiones." -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado fstab." -#. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752 +#. message part 1 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "La partición raíz en /etc/fstab tiene un dispositivo raíz no válido.\n" -#. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757 +#. message part 2 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Está montado actualmente como %1 pero aparece en la lista como %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813 msgid "before update" msgstr "antes de la actualización" -#. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134 +#. prepare progress-bar +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluando partición raíz. Espere un momento..." -#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217 +#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Montando las particiones. Un momento por favor..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Buscando sistemas disponibles" -#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. -#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. -#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. -#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. -#. -#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" -#. @return [String] product name -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "No se encuentra el archivo de versión %{file}" -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de versión %{file}" -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case -#. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -931,7 +882,7 @@ "No es posible seleccionar estos patrones necesarios para la instalación:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" @@ -939,24 +890,24 @@ "No es posible seleccionar estos paquetes necesarios para la instalación:\n" "%{packages}" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la actualización" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualización" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración del sistema" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la actualización" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -15,267 +15,260 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración de grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 msgid "List of available groups" msgstr "Lista de grupos disponibles" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "Parámetros de usuario que deberían mostrarse" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 msgid "Show information of selected group" msgstr "Mostrar información del grupo seleccionado" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 msgid "Delete an existing group" msgstr "Suprimir un grupo existente." -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 msgid "Add new group" msgstr "Añadir un grupo nuevo" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "Parámetros de grupo (LDAP) adicionales" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 msgid "Edit an existing group" msgstr "Editar un grupo ya existente." -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 msgid "List of local groups" msgstr "Lista de grupos locales" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 msgid "List of system groups" msgstr "Lista de grupos del sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 msgid "List of LDAP groups" msgstr "Lista de grupos LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 msgid "List of NIS groups" msgstr "Lista de grupos NIS" -#. translators: command line help text for show uid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 msgid "GID of the group" msgstr "GID del grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 msgid "Name of the group" msgstr "Nombre de grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 msgid "Password of the group" msgstr "Contraseña del grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lista de los miembros del grupo, normalmente nombres de usuarios separados " -"por comas. La lista de los DN de los usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por " -"dos puntos." +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lista de los miembros del grupo, normalmente nombres de usuarios separados por comas. La lista de los DN de los usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por dos puntos." -#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 msgid "New group name" msgstr "Nuevo nombre de grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 msgid "New GID of the group" msgstr "Nuevo GID del grupo" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Tipo de grupo (local, sistema, nis, ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "Contraseña para el servidor LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "No pedir datos que faltan; en su lugar, devolver un error." -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración de usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 msgid "List of available users" msgstr "Lista de usuarios disponibles" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 msgid "Show information of selected user" msgstr "Mostrar información del usuario seleccionado" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 msgid "Add new user" msgstr "Añadir nuevo usuario" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "Parámetros de usuario (LDAP) adicionales" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 msgid "Edit an existing user" msgstr "Editar un usuario existente" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" msgstr "Suprimir un usuario existente (el directorio personal no se eliminará)" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 msgid "List of local users" msgstr "Lista de usuarios locales" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 msgid "List of system users" msgstr "Lista de usuarios del sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 msgid "List of LDAP users" msgstr "Lista de usuarios LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 msgid "List of NIS users" msgstr "Lista de usuarios NIS" -#. translators: command line help text for uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 msgid "UID of the user" msgstr "UID de usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 msgid "GID of user's default group" msgstr "GID del grupo por defecto del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 msgid "Login name of the user" msgstr "Nombre de usuario para entrar al sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 msgid "Full name of the user" msgstr "Nombre completo del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for shell option -#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 msgid "Login shell of the user" msgstr "Shell de login del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 msgid "Home directory of the user" msgstr "Directorio personal del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" msgstr "No crear directorio personal para nuevo usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 msgid "Also delete user's home directory" msgstr "Suprimir también el directorio personal del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 msgid "Password of the user" msgstr "Contraseña del usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de grupos a los que pertenece el usuario (separados por comas)" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Tipo de usuario (local, sistema, nis, ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for new_username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 msgid "New login name of the user" msgstr "Nuevo nombre del usuario para entrar al sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nuevo UID del usuario" -#. Checking double user entries -#. (double username or UID) -#. @param [Array] users to check -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." msgstr "Se han encontrado usuarios en el perfil con el mismo <username>." -#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." msgstr "Se han encontrado usuarios en el perfil con el mismo <uid>." -#. helptext 1/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aquí puede ver la tabla de todos los atributos permitidos para la entrada " -"LDAP actual que no han sido definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p> " +"Aquí puede ver la tabla de todos los atributos permitidos para la entrada LDAP actual que no han sido definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p> " -#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), -#. %1 is list of values -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -289,369 +282,314 @@ "<br>%1).\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Edite cada uno de los atributos con <b>Editar</b>. Algunos atributos pueden\n" -"ser necesarios según se define en la plantilla de usuario en el <b>Módulo de " -"cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" +"ser necesarios según se define en la plantilla de usuario en el <b>Módulo de cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" msgstr "Opciones adicionales para LDAP" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Asigne un objeto de directiva de contraseña a este usuario en <b>DN del " -"objeto de directiva de contraseña.</b> Active <b>Restaurar contraseña</b> " -"para restaurar la contraseña del usuario modificado.</p>" +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Asigne un objeto de directiva de contraseña a este usuario en <b>DN del objeto de directiva de contraseña.</b> Active <b>Restaurar contraseña</b> para restaurar la contraseña del usuario modificado.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" msgstr "Usar la directiva de contraseñas por &defecto" -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" msgstr "DN del objeto de directiva de &contraseña" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 msgid "&Reset Password" msgstr "&Restaurar contraseña" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nunca" -#. label -#. label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "Last Password Change: %1" msgstr "Último cambio de contraseña: %1" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "Aviso de los días que &faltan para la caducidad de la contraseña" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" msgstr "Validez del &login (en días) tras la expiración de la contraseña" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "Duración má&xima (en días) de la misma contraseña" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "Duración &mínima (en días) de la misma contraseña" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Ex&piration Date" msgstr "Fecha de ex&piración" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 msgid "Shadow Account Settings" msgstr "Valores de la cuenta Shadow" -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD -#. The date must stay in this format -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "El formato de la fecha de caducidad ha de ser AAAA-MM-DD." -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure la cuota del usuario en el sistema de archivos seleccionado.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure la cuota del usuario en el sistema de archivos seleccionado.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Defina un tamaño límite especificando el número de bloques de 1 KB\n" -"que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede " -"definir un límite de inodes especificando el número de inodes que el usuario " -"puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.</p>\n" +"que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede definir un límite de inodes especificando el número de inodes que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y número de " -"I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de advertencia en el que se " -"informa al usuario que está cerca del límite, mientras que los límites " -"absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y número de I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de advertencia en el que se informa al usuario que está cerca del límite, mientras que los límites absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tan pronto como el usuario ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan " -"los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que " -"se permite al usuario exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. " -"La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tan pronto como el usuario ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se permite al usuario exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente.</p>" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure la cuota del grupo en el sistema de archivos seleccionado.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure la cuota del grupo en el sistema de archivos seleccionado.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Defina un tamaño límite especificando el número de bloques de 1kB\n" -" que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede " -"definir un límite de inodes especificando el número máximo de inodes que el " -"grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.</p>\n" +" que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede definir un límite de inodes especificando el número máximo de inodes que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y numero de " -"I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de advertencia en el que se " -"informa al grupo que está cerca del límite, mientras que los límites " -"absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones de escritura se " -"deniegan.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y numero de I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de advertencia en el que se informa al grupo que está cerca del límite, mientras que los límites absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones de escritura se deniegan.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tan pronto como un grupo ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los " -"campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se " -"permite al grupo exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La " -"cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tan pronto como un grupo ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se permite al grupo exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 msgid "Size Limits" msgstr "Límites de tamaño" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 msgid "&Soft limit" msgstr "Límite &relativo" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 msgid "&Hard limit" msgstr "Límite &absoluto" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "Límite de inodes" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 msgid "S&oft limit" msgstr "Límite r&elativo" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 msgid "Har&d limit" msgstr "Límite a&bsoluto" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "El límite relativo no puede ser mayor que el límite absoluto." -#. helper for creating widget with time settings -#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's -#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#. password entering label -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "Contraseña del servidor LDAP:" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "Este usuario no existe." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "Nombre completo:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 msgid "Login Name:" msgstr "Nombre de usuario:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 msgid "Home Directory:" msgstr "Directorio personal:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Login Shell:" msgstr "Shell de inicio de sesión:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 msgid "UID:" msgstr "UID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 msgid "Default Group:" msgstr "Grupo por defecto:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 msgid "List of Groups:" msgstr "Lista de grupos:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 msgid "Enter a user name." msgstr "Introducir nombre de usuario." -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 msgid "Password for New User:" msgstr "Contraseña para nuevo usuario:" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 msgid "Confirm the password:" msgstr "Confirme la contraseña:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Saliendo." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 msgid "" "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." @@ -660,46 +598,46 @@ "el usuario tiene una sesión abierta.\n" "Sáquelo primero del sistema por favor." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "Este grupo no existe." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 msgid "Group Name:" msgstr "Nombre de grupo:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 msgid "GID:" msgstr "GID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "Lista de miembros:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 msgid "Enter a group name." msgstr "Introducir un nombre de grupo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "¿Cancelar realmente el proceso de escritura?" -#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" @@ -707,8 +645,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Ha utilizado mayúsculas en la entrada de nombre de usuario.</p>" -#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" @@ -720,13 +658,13 @@ "admiten nombres que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.<br>\n" "Podría solucionar este problema editando la tabla de alias.</p>\n" -#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea utilizar el valor introducido?</p>" -#. password entry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "To access the data required to modify\n" "the encryption settings for this user,\n" @@ -736,16 +674,16 @@ "modificar los valores de cifrado de este\n" "usuario, especifique la contraseña actual del usuario." -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -753,25 +691,23 @@ "Las contraseñas no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" "Crypted directory image and key files\n" "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Se encontró una imagen del directorio cifrada y las claves\n" "%1 y %2.\n" "¿Desea usarlos para el usuario actual?\n" "\n" -"Esto significa que se utilizarán los datos de esta imagen en lugar del " -"directorio personal actual." +"Esto significa que se utilizarán los datos de esta imagen en lugar del directorio personal actual." -#. popup label, %1 is path to directory -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "" "The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -779,127 +715,125 @@ "El directorio personal (%1) ya existe.\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "&Cambiar propietario del directorio" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Nombre completo del usuario" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Last Name" msgstr "&Apellidos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Para los usuarios remotos sólo se puede cambiar su pertenencia a grupos " -"adicionales." +msgstr "Para los usuarios remotos sólo se puede cambiar su pertenencia a grupos adicionales." -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Recibir correo del sis&tema" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Utilizar e&sta contraseña para el administrador del sistema" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" msgstr "D&esactivar inicio de sesión de usuario" -#. push button -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "User &Management" msgstr "G&estión de usuarios" -#. group name is not known (combobox item): -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "(Unknown)" msgstr "(Desconocido)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "De&fault Group" msgstr "Grupo por de&fecto" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "Login &Shell" msgstr "&Shell de inicio de sesión" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 msgid "Addi&tional User Information" msgstr "Información adi&cional de usuario" -#. button label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Directorio personal" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 msgid "&Move to New Location" msgstr "&Mover a nueva ubicación" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" msgstr "Modo de &permiso de directorio personal" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "E&mpty Home" msgstr "Directorio home &vacío" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" msgstr "&Usar directorio personal cifrado" -#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "&Directory Size in MB" msgstr "Tamaño del &directorio en MB" -#. label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "For remote users, only additional \n" "group memberships can be changed." @@ -907,109 +841,109 @@ "Para los usuarios remotos, sólo se puede\n" "cambiar su pertenencia a grupos adicionales." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "User &ID (uid)" msgstr "&ID de usuario (uid)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgstr "Grup&os adicionales" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 msgid "&LDAP Groups" msgstr "Grupos &LDAP" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Force Password Change" msgstr "Forzar cambio de contraseña" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Descripción del plug-in" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Añadir &o eliminar plug-in" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Ejecutar" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 msgid "New Local User" msgstr "Nuevo usuario local" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New System User" msgstr "Nuevo usuario de sistema" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "New LDAP User" msgstr "Nuevo usuario LDAP" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Existing Local User" msgstr "Usuario local existente" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Existing System User" msgstr "Usuario de sistema existente" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Existing LDAP User" msgstr "Usuario LDAP existente" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Existing NIS User" msgstr "Usuario NIS existente" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Us&er Data" msgstr "Datos de us&uario" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Pass&word Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la con&traseña" -#. tab label -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&g-ins" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Inicio de sesión de usuario vacío" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -1019,21 +953,21 @@ "en un entorno de red con un servidor de autenticación.\n" "¿Desea dejarlo vacío?" -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea usar esta contraseña?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "¿Cambiar el directorio home a %1?" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1043,13 +977,13 @@ "porque el usuario tiene una sesión iniciada.\n" "Primero debe cerrar la sesión del usuario." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Introduzca el tamaño del directorio personal." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1057,115 +991,111 @@ "\n" "El directorio no puede estar cifrado." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "No es posible eliminar este plug-in." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Ha añadido un usuario nuevo." -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Nuevo grupo local" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Nuevo grupo de sistema" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Nuevo grupo LDAP" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Grupo local existente" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Grupo de sistema existente" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Grupo LDAP existente" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de grupo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "&ID de grupo (gid)" -#. selection box label -#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes -#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "&Miembros del grupo" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "&Datos del grupo" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Al escribir una contraseña, se distingue entre mayúsculas y\n" -"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, " -"por ejemplo, caracteres acentuados o con diéresis. \n" +"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, por ejemplo, caracteres acentuados o con diéresis. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Con el método actual de codificación de contraseña (%1), la longitud de la " -"contraseña ha de\n" +"Con el método actual de codificación de contraseña (%1), la longitud de la contraseña ha de\n" "estar entre %2 y %3 caracteres.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1174,24 +1104,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para asegurarse de que la contraseña se ha introducido correctamente,\n" -"debe introducirla de forma exacta en una segunda casilla. ¡No olvide la " -"contraseña!\n" +"debe introducirla de forma exacta en una segunda casilla. ¡No olvide la contraseña!\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 0/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Defina aquí los valores por defecto que se deben usar a la hora de crear " -"usuarios nuevos locales o de sistema.\n" +"Defina aquí los valores por defecto que se deben usar a la hora de crear usuarios nuevos locales o de sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" @@ -1203,8 +1131,8 @@ "El nombre del grupo principal de un usuario nuevo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" @@ -1216,46 +1144,39 @@ "Nombres de los grupos adicionales a los que se asignarán usuarios nuevos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Shell de login por defecto:</b><br>\n" -"El nombre de la shell de login de un nuevo usuario. Seleccione una de la " -"lista o introduzca su propia ruta a la shell.</P>\n" +"El nombre de la shell de login de un nuevo usuario. Seleccione una de la lista o introduzca su propia ruta a la shell.</P>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio personal por defecto</b><br>\n" -"El prefijo de la vía inicial para el directorio personal de un usuario " -"nuevo. El nombre de usuario se añade\n" -"al final de este valor para crear el nombre por defecto del directorio " -"personal.\n" +"El prefijo de la vía inicial para el directorio personal de un usuario nuevo. El nombre de usuario se añade\n" +"al final de este valor para crear el nombre por defecto del directorio personal.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio esqueleto</b><br>\n" -"El contenido de este directorio se copia en el directorio personal del " -"usuario cuando se añade un usuario nuevo. </p>\n" +"El contenido de este directorio se copia en el directorio personal del usuario cuando se añade un usuario nuevo. </p>\n" -#. Help text 4.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" @@ -1263,23 +1184,20 @@ "<p><b>Umask de directorio personal</b><br>\n" "Umask utilizado al crear nuevos directorios personales.</p>\n" -#. Help text 5/6: -#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Fecha de expiración</b><br>\n" -"La fecha en la que se inhabilitará la cuenta de usuario. La fecha debe tener " -"el formato\n" -"AAAA-MM-DD. Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.\n" +"La fecha en la que se inhabilitará la cuenta de usuario. La fecha debe tener el formato\n" +"AAAA-MM-DD. Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" @@ -1287,14 +1205,12 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Validez del login (en días) después caducar la contraseña</B><BR>\n" -"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que las contraseñas hayan " -"caducado. Establezca cuántos días\n" -"después de la caducidad de la contraseña se puede iniciar sesión. Use -1 " -"para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" +"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que las contraseñas hayan caducado. Establezca cuántos días\n" +"después de la caducidad de la contraseña se puede iniciar sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "</P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1304,8 +1220,8 @@ "Espere...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n" "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -1313,13 +1229,12 @@ "</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Cancelando el inicio</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"<B>Cancelar</B>.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" "\n" "</P>" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1329,8 +1244,8 @@ "Por favor espere...\n" "<br></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -1339,12 +1254,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando la grabación:</big></b><br>\n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" @@ -1358,9 +1272,8 @@ "<b>Contraseña</b> que se deben asignar a este usuario.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1368,100 +1281,76 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Especifique el <b>Nombre completo de usuario</b>, el <b>Nombre de usuario y la <b>Contraseña</b> que\n" +"Especifique el <b>Nombre completo de usuario</b>, el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>Contraseña</b> que\n" "se deben asignar a esta cuenta de usuario.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Cree el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> a partir de los componentes del nombre " -"completo\n" +"Cree el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> a partir de los componentes del nombre completo\n" "haciendo clic en <b>Sugerencia.</b> Puede modificarlo, pero utilice sólo\n" "letras (sin caracteres acentuados), dígitos y <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúsculas en esta entrada a menos que esté seguro de " -"lo que hace.\n" -"Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que las " -"contraseñas. Puede redefinir las \n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man " -"correspondiente para obtener información adicional.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúsculas en esta entrada a menos que esté seguro de lo que hace.\n" +"Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que las contraseñas. Puede redefinir las \n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información adicional.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para el <b>Nombre de usuario</b>, use solamente\n" "letras no acentuadas, dígitos y los caracteres <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente " -"qué está haciendo.\n" -"Los nombres de usuario tienen más restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede " -"ajustar las\n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man " -"correspondiente para obtener información.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" +"Los nombres de usuario tienen más restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información.\n" "</p>\n" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Necesitará el nombre de usuario y la contraseña que ha creado aquí para " -"iniciar sesión y trabajar con el sistema Linux. Si el <b>Inicio de sesión " -"automático</b> está habilitado se omite el procedimiento de inicio de sesión " -"y el usuario inicia sesión automáticamente.</p>\n" +"Necesitará el nombre de usuario y la contraseña que ha creado aquí para iniciar sesión y trabajar con el sistema Linux. Si el <b>Inicio de sesión automático</b> está habilitado se omite el procedimiento de inicio de sesión y el usuario inicia sesión automáticamente.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Reenvíe el correo del usuario root a este usuario activando la opción " -"<b>Recibir correo del sistema</b>.</p>\n" +"Reenvíe el correo del usuario root a este usuario activando la opción <b>Recibir correo del sistema</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "" -"<p>Pulse <b>Gestión de usuarios</b> para añadir más usuarios o grupos al " -"sistema.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Gestión de usuarios</b> para añadir más usuarios o grupos al sistema.</p>" -#. alternative help text 4/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" @@ -1469,35 +1358,30 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para ver más detalles como el directorio personal o el ID de usuario pulse " -"en\n" +"Para ver más detalles como el directorio personal o el ID de usuario pulse en\n" "<b>Detalles</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 5/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para editar los distintos ajustes de las contraseñas de este usuario como, " -"por ejemplo, la fecha de caducidad, haga clic en <b>Configuración de la " -"contraseña</b>.</p>\n" +"Para editar los distintos ajustes de las contraseñas de este usuario como, por ejemplo, la fecha de caducidad, haga clic en <b>Configuración de la contraseña</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para impedir que un usuario\n" -"inicie sesión, active la opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario.</p>" +"inicie sesión, active la opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" @@ -1507,8 +1391,8 @@ "Escriba aquí los datos del grupo. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Name:</b>\n" @@ -1522,14 +1406,12 @@ "<b>Nombre de grupo</b>\n" "No utilice nombres largos para los grupos. La longitud normal oscila entre\n" "dos y ocho caracteres. \n" -"Puede ajustar la lista de caracteres permitidos para los nombres de grupos " -"en el archivo\n" -"/etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener " -"información.\n" +"Puede ajustar la lista de caracteres permitidos para los nombres de grupos en el archivo\n" +"/etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/6, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" @@ -1541,20 +1423,18 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>ID de grupo (gid)</b>\n" -"Además de un nombre, a los grupos se les debe asignar un ID numérico para " -"su\n" +"Además de un nombre, a los grupos se les debe asignar un ID numérico para su\n" "representación interna. Estos valores se hallan entre 0 y \n" "%1. Algunos de los ID se asignan ya durante la instalación. Se le mostrará\n" "una advertencia si intenta usar un valor que ya esté asignado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1562,17 +1442,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Contraseña</b> \n" -"Para que los usuarios que no sean miembros del grupo se identifiquen cuando " -"deseen\n" -"acceder a este grupo (consulte la página Man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá " -"asignar una\n" -"contraseña a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridad, esta contraseña no se " -"muestra\n" +"Para que los usuarios que no sean miembros del grupo se identifiquen cuando deseen\n" +"acceder a este grupo (consulte la página Man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá asignar una\n" +"contraseña a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridad, esta contraseña no se muestra\n" "aquí. Esta entrada no es obligatoria.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" @@ -1581,12 +1458,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirmar contraseña</b> \n" -"Escriba la contraseña una segunda vez para evitar que se produzcan errores " -"ortográficos.\n" +"Escriba la contraseña una segunda vez para evitar que se produzcan errores ortográficos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" @@ -1598,18 +1474,17 @@ "Seleccione aquí qué usuarios deben ser los miembros de este grupo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" -"La segunda lista muestra los usuarios para los cuales este grupo es el grupo " -"por \n" +"La segunda lista muestra los usuarios para los cuales este grupo es el grupo por \n" "defecto. El grupo por defecto sólo se puede cambiar si se edita el usuario." -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Additional user data includes:\n" @@ -1619,8 +1494,8 @@ "Entre los datos adicionales del usuario se incluyen:\n" "</p>" -#. help text 2/8, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n" @@ -1632,15 +1507,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>ID de usuario (uid)</b> \n" -"Cada usuario es reconocido por el sistema mediante un número exclusivo " -"llamado\n" +"Cada usuario es reconocido por el sistema mediante un número exclusivo llamado\n" "ID de usuario. Para los usuarios normales se debe usar un\n" "UID mayor que %1, ya que el sistema utiliza los UID\n" "inferiores para propósitos especiales o para inicios de sesión virtuales.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" @@ -1650,14 +1524,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Si cambia el UID de un usuario existente, los derechos de los archivos\n" -"pertenecientes a este usuario también deben cambiarse. Esto sucede " -"automáticamente\n" -"para los archivos del directorio personal del usuario, pero no para los " -"archivos ubicados\n" +"pertenecientes a este usuario también deben cambiarse. Esto sucede automáticamente\n" +"para los archivos del directorio personal del usuario, pero no para los archivos ubicados\n" "en otros lugares.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Home Directory:</b>\n" @@ -1673,77 +1545,49 @@ "Para seleccionar un directorio existente, haga clic en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for user's home directory mode -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si lo desea, defina los <b>Permisos de directorio personal</b> para " -"utilizar uno distinto al empleado por defecto.</p>" +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si lo desea, defina los <b>Permisos de directorio personal</b> para utilizar uno distinto al empleado por defecto.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 msgid "" "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" "is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para crear solamente un directorio personal vacío,\n" -"haga clic en <b>Directorio personal vacío</b>. De lo contrario, el nuevo " -"directorio personal\n" +"haga clic en <b>Directorio personal vacío</b>. De lo contrario, el nuevo directorio personal\n" "se creará a partir del esqueleto por defecto (%1).</p>\n" -#. help text for Move to new location checkbox -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si desea cambiar la ubicación del directorio personal de un usuario, " -"mueva el contenido del directorio actual con la opción <b>Mover a nueva " -"ubicación,</b> que está activada por defecto. De lo contrario, el nuevo " -"directorio personal se creará sin los datos existentes.</p>" +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si desea cambiar la ubicación del directorio personal de un usuario, mueva el contenido del directorio actual con la opción <b>Mover a nueva ubicación,</b> que está activada por defecto. De lo contrario, el nuevo directorio personal se creará sin los datos existentes.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cifrar el directorio personal del usuario, habilite <b>Usar " -"directorio\n" -"personal cifrado</b> y establezca el tamaño del directorio. Al cifrar el " -"directorio\n" +"<p>Para cifrar el directorio personal del usuario, habilite <b>Usar directorio\n" +"personal cifrado</b> y establezca el tamaño del directorio. Al cifrar el directorio\n" "personal de un usuario, no se aporta un nivel de seguridad alto frente\n" -"a otros usuarios. Si varios usuarios comparten este equipo, es posible que " -"un\n" -"usuario comprometa la seguridad del sistema al obtener la clave de otro " -"usuario y consiga acceder a los datos cifrados. Si se requiere un nivel más " -"alto de seguridad, el sistema no debería compartirse físicamente.</p>" +"a otros usuarios. Si varios usuarios comparten este equipo, es posible que un\n" +"usuario comprometa la seguridad del sistema al obtener la clave de otro usuario y consiga acceder a los datos cifrados. Si se requiere un nivel más alto de seguridad, el sistema no debería compartirse físicamente.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los directorios personales no pueden cifrarse si se usa un lector de " -"huellas digitales. Para cifrar el directorio personal, inhabilite antes la " -"configuración del lector de huellas.</p>" +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Los directorios personales no pueden cifrarse si se usa un lector de huellas digitales. Para cifrar el directorio personal, inhabilite antes la configuración del lector de huellas.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" @@ -1753,8 +1597,8 @@ "El directorio personal de un usuario LDAP puede cambiarse sólo en el\n" "servidor de archivos.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" @@ -1763,15 +1607,13 @@ "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Información adicional</b>\n" -"Aquí es posible definir algunos datos adicionales sobre el usuario. Este " -"campo puede contener hasta\n" +"Aquí es posible definir algunos datos adicionales sobre el usuario. Este campo puede contener hasta\n" "tres partes separadas por comas. Lo normal es escribir\n" -"<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i> y <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta " -"información\n" +"<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i> y <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta información\n" "aparecerá cuando utilice el comando <i>finger</i> en este usuario.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Login Shell:</b>\n" @@ -1787,8 +1629,8 @@ "en el sistema.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group:</b>\n" @@ -1802,8 +1644,8 @@ "en la lista de todos los grupos existentes en el sistema.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" @@ -1815,8 +1657,8 @@ "Seleccione los grupos adicionales de los que el usuario será miembro.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 msgid "" "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" "extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" @@ -1824,8 +1666,8 @@ "<p>Consulte la lista de complementos y las\n" "extensiones de la configuración de grupo y usuario.</p>\n" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 msgid "" "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." @@ -1833,17 +1675,13 @@ "La marca en la parte izquierda de la tabla indica que el complemento\n" "está en uso actualmente." -#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para iniciar la configuración detallada de un complemento concreto, " -"seleccione <b>Ejecutar</b>.</p>" +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para iniciar la configuración detallada de un complemento concreto, seleccione <b>Ejecutar</b>.</p>" -#. help texts 1/1 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" @@ -1853,22 +1691,19 @@ "Guarde en el sistema los ajustes del usuario y el grupo actuales.\n" "</p>" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 msgid "" "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Active <b>Forzar cambio de contraseña</b> para forzar al usuario a " -"cambiar\n" -"de contraseña la próxima vez que entre. Si <b>Último cambio de contraseña está\n" -"establecido a <i>Nunca</i>, se forzará al usuario a cambiar su contraseña." +"<p>Active <b>Forzar cambio de contraseña</b> para forzar al usuario a cambiar\n" +"de contraseña la próxima vez que entre. Si <b>Último cambio de contraseña</b> está\n" +"establecido a <i>Nunca</i>, se forzará al usuario a cambiar su contraseña.</p>" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" @@ -1879,64 +1714,55 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Aviso de los días que faltan para la caducidad de la contraseña</B><BR>\n" -"Los usuarios pueden recibir un aviso antes de que sus contraseñas caduquen. " -"Establezca\n" -"con cuánta antelación se debe enviar el aviso. Establezca -1 para no enviar " -"ningún\n" +"Los usuarios pueden recibir un aviso antes de que sus contraseñas caduquen. Establezca\n" +"con cuánta antelación se debe enviar el aviso. Establezca -1 para no enviar ningún\n" "aviso. \n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Validez del login (en días) tras la expiración de la contraseña<BR>\n" -"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que sus contraseñas hayan " -"caducado. Especifique durante cuántos días\n" +"<P><B>Validez del login (en días) tras la expiración de la contraseña</B><BR>\n" +"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que sus contraseñas hayan caducado. Especifique durante cuántos días\n" "se permitirá que inicien sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) de la misma contraseña</B><BR>Determine " -"cuántos días se puede\n" +"<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) de la misma contraseña</B><BR>Determine cuántos días se puede\n" "utilizar la misma contraseña antes de que caduque.</P>\n" -#. Help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Duración mínima (en días) de la misma contraseña</B><BR>Establezca la " -"antigüedad mínima que debe tener una contraseña\n" +"<P><B>Duración mínima (en días) de la misma contraseña</B><BR>Establezca la antigüedad mínima que debe tener una contraseña\n" "para que un usuario pueda cambiarla.</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 msgid "" "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Fecha de expiración</B><BR>Especifica la fecha en la que caduca una " -"cuenta. \n" +"<P><B>Fecha de expiración</B><BR>Especifica la fecha en la que caduca una cuenta. \n" "La fecha debe tener el formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n" "Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" @@ -1946,293 +1772,202 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Resumen de la configuración</b><br>\n" -"Aquí puede ver un resumen de los módulos que podrían afectar a los orígenes " -"de\n" +"Aquí puede ver un resumen de los módulos que podrían afectar a los orígenes de\n" "las cuentas de usuario o al tipo de autenticación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Cambiar de valores</b><br>\n" -"Puede configurar estos ajustes ejecutando los módulos adecuados. Seleccione " -"el módulo con la opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" +"Puede configurar estos ajustes ejecutando los módulos adecuados. Seleccione el módulo con la opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for Password Policy Dialog -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione las pestañas <b>Directivas de cambio de contraseñas,</b> " -"<b>Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas</b> y <b>Directivas de bloqueo para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de los atributos " -"que se deben configurar.</p>" +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione las pestañas <b>Directivas de cambio de contraseñas,</b> <b>Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas</b> y <b>Directivas de bloqueo</b> para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de los atributos que se deben configurar.</p>" -#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique el <b>Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el " -"historial</b> para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se " -"deben guardar. Puede que no sea posible usar las contraseñas guardadas.</p>" +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el historial</b> para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se deben guardar. Puede que no sea posible usar las contraseñas guardadas.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque la opción <b>El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de " -"restaurar</b> para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas " -"después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque la opción <b>El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de restaurar</b> para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie.</p>" -#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque la opción <b>El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña</b> para que " -"los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas.</p>" +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque la opción <b>El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña</b> para que los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas.</p>" -#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, " -"marque la opción <b>Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la " -"contraseña.</b></p>" +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, marque la opción <b>Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la contraseña.</b></p>" -#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al " -"modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione <b>No comprobar</b> si no es necesario " -"comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción <b>Aceptar contraseñas " -"no verificables</b>, las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la comprobación " -"no se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha proporcionado una " -"contraseña cifrada). La opción <b>Aceptar sólo contraseñas verificadas</b> " -"provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la prueba de calidad no es " -"satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede verificar.</p>" +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione <b>No comprobar</b> si no es necesario comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción <b>Aceptar contraseñas no verificables</b>, las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la comprobación no se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha proporcionado una contraseña cifrada). La opción <b>Aceptar sólo contraseñas verificadas</b> provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la prueba de calidad no es satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede verificar.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una contraseña " -"en el campo <b>Longitud mínima de la contraseña.</b></p>" +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una contraseña en el campo <b>Longitud mínima de la contraseña.</b></p>" -#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña</b> indica cuánto tiempo debe " -"transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña</b> indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña</b> indica cuándo caduca la " -"contraseña después de haberla modificado.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña</b> indica cuándo caduca la contraseña después de haberla modificado.</p>" -#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En el campo <b>Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de " -"la contraseña</b> indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar los " -"mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a autenticar.</p>" +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En el campo <b>Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña</b> indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar los mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a autenticar.</p>" -#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada para " -"autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada.</b></p>" +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada para autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada.</b></p>" -#. help text for pwdLockout attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque la opción <b>Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña</b> para impedir que " -"una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de intentos " -"fallidos consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque la opción <b>Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña</b> para impedir que una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya no " -"se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de conexión para " -"bloquear la contraseña.</b></p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya no se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de conexión para bloquear la contraseña.</b></p>" -#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en " -"<b>Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña.</b></p>" +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en <b>Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña.</b></p>" -#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión</b> indica cuánto tiempo " -"debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen del contador " -"de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna autenticación " -"correcta.</p>" +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión</b> indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen del contador de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna autenticación correcta.</p>" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Password Change Policies" msgstr "Directivas de &cambio de contraseñas" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" msgstr "Directiva&s de antigüedad de contraseñas" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Lockout Policies" msgstr "Directivas de b&loqueo" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" msgstr "Número má&ximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el historial" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" msgstr "El u&suario debe cambiar la contraseña después de restaurar" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "&User Can Change Password" msgstr "El &usuario puede cambiar la contraseña" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" msgstr "Se requiere la c&ontraseña antigua para cambiar la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Password Quality Checking" msgstr "Comprobación de la calidad de la contraseña" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&No Checking" msgstr "&No comprobar" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" msgstr "Ac&eptar contraseñas no verificables" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" msgstr "Aceptar sólo c&ontraseñas verificadas" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Minimum Password Length" msgstr "Longitud &mínima de la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Minimum Password Age" msgstr "Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 msgid "Maximum Password Age" msgstr "Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -msgstr "" -"Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" +msgstr "Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" msgstr "Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 msgid "Enable Password Locking" msgstr "Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña" -#. intField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" msgstr "Fallos de conexión para bloquear la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Password Lock Duration" msgstr "Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" msgstr "Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -2240,13 +1975,13 @@ "El atributo \"%1\" es obligatorio.\n" "Introduzca un valor." -#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Directorios personales</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 msgid "" "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2254,84 +1989,74 @@ "user home directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Si se deben almacenar en este equipo directorios personales de los\n" -"usuarios LDPA, marque la opción adecuada. Cambiar este valor no causa " -"ninguna\n" -"acción directa; se trata solo de información para el módulo de usuarios de " -"YaST, que\n" +"usuarios LDPA, marque la opción adecuada. Cambiar este valor no causa ninguna\n" +"acción directa; se trata solo de información para el módulo de usuarios de YaST, que\n" "puede gestionar los directorios personales de los usuarios.</p>\n" -#. help text caption -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Pulse <b>Configurar</b> para configurar los valores guardados en el\n" -"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si " -"ha\n" +"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si ha\n" "modificado la configuración.</p>\n" -#. password policy help text caption -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Directiva de contraseñas</b></p>" -#. password policy help -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. " -"Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta " -"configuración sólo es posible\n" -" cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el servidor " -"LDAP.</p>" +"<p>Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. Utilice <b>Añadir</b> para añadir nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta configuración sólo es posible\n" +" cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el servidor LDAP.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" msgstr "Dire&ctorios personales de este equipo" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." msgstr "Configurar las &opciones de gestión de usuarios..." -#. table header -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "Directiva de contraseñas" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "Configuración de administración de LDAP" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" msgstr "Nombre del objeto de directiva de contraseña" -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "Sufijo:" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "Cambiar sufijo" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -2339,241 +2064,240 @@ "La directiva %1 ya existe.\n" "Seleccione otra." -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 msgid "&System Users" msgstr "Usuarios del &sistema" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 msgid "&Local Users" msgstr "Usuarios &locales" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "&NIS Users" msgstr "Usuarios &NIS" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 msgid "L&DAP Users" msgstr "Usuarios L&DAP" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Sam&ba Users" msgstr "Usuarios S&amba" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "&Personalizado" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "System Users" msgstr "Usuarios del sistema" -#. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#. the type of user set +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 msgid "NIS Users" msgstr "Usuarios NIS" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 msgid "LDAP Users" msgstr "Usuarios LDAP" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Usuarios Samba" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizar" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 msgid "&System Groups" msgstr "Grupos del &sistema" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 msgid "&Local Groups" msgstr "Grupos &locales" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 msgid "&NIS Groups" msgstr "Grupos &NIS" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 msgid "L&DAP Groups" msgstr "Grupos L&DAP" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 msgid "Sam&ba Groups" msgstr "Grupos Sa&mba" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 msgid "System Groups" msgstr "Grupos del sistema" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 msgid "Local Groups" msgstr "Grupos locales" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 msgid "NIS Groups" msgstr "Grupos NIS" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 msgid "LDAP Groups" msgstr "Grupos LDAP" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Samba Groups" msgstr "Grupos Samba" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Samba" msgstr "Samba" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 msgid "&NIS" msgstr "&NIS" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "&SSSD" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "&Samba" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" msgstr "&Usuarios" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 msgid "&Groups" msgstr "&Grupos" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 msgid "De&faults for New Users" msgstr "Opciones por &defecto para nuevos usuarios" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Authentication Settings" msgstr "Configuración de autenticación" -#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- -#. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "&Definir filtro" -#. Menu Buton label -#. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "Opciones a&vanzadas" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 msgid "D&efault Group" msgstr "Grupo por d&efecto" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Default &Login Shell" msgstr "&Shell de login por defecto" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Se&condary Groups" msgstr "Grupos se&cundarios" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" msgstr "Prefijo de la vía para el directorio &personal" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" msgstr "&Esqueleto para el directorio personal" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "Exa&minar..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" msgstr "&Fecha de expiración por defecto" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" msgstr "&Umask de directorio personal" -#. intfield -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" -msgstr "" -"Validez de la entrada a sesión (en días) después de caducar la contraseña" +msgstr "Validez de la entrada a sesión (en días) después de caducar la contraseña" -#. menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configurar..." -#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n" @@ -2583,26 +2307,23 @@ "<b>Solamente para expertos.</b>\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Elija un método de codificación de contraseñas para los usuarios locales y " -"del sistema.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos " -"de red,\n" +"Elija un método de codificación de contraseñas para los usuarios locales y del sistema.\n" +"<b>DES</b>, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos de red,\n" "pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" @@ -2610,54 +2331,47 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>MD5</b> permite el uso de contraseñas más largas, por lo que son más " -"seguras, aunque algunos \n" -" protocolos de red no admiten este método y es posible que experimente " -"problemas con NIS.\n" +"<b>MD5</b> permite el uso de contraseñas más largas, por lo que son más seguras, aunque algunos \n" +" protocolos de red no admiten este método y es posible que experimente problemas con NIS.\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> es el método estándar de hash actual. No se recomienda " -"utilizar otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por cuestiones de " -"compatibilidad.</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> es el método estándar de hash actual. No se recomienda utilizar otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por cuestiones de compatibilidad.</p>" -#. Label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado de contraseña" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Tipo de cifrado" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" @@ -2665,66 +2379,57 @@ "<p>\n" "Ha modificado el cifrado por defecto para las contraseñas de usuario.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Parece que está ejecutando un servidor NIS. En algunos entornos de red,\n" -"puede que no sea posible entrar a la sesión en un cliente NIS si la " -"contraseña del usuario está\n" +"puede que no sea posible entrar a la sesión en un cliente NIS si la contraseña del usuario está\n" "cifrada con un método distinto a DES.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>" msgstr "<p>¿Desea utilizar el método seleccionado?</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 msgid "AND" msgstr "Y" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 msgid "OR" msgstr "O" -#. helptext 1/4 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Cambios en el filtro de búsqueda LDAP</b></p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí puede ampliar los filtros de búsqueda para usuarios y grupos más " -"allá de los filtros de búsqueda estándar.</p>" +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí puede ampliar los filtros de búsqueda para usuarios y grupos más allá de los filtros de búsqueda estándar.</p>" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>La opción <b>Por defecto</b> le permite cargar el filtro por defecto de " -"los módulos\n" -"de configuración de usuarios y grupos guardados en el servidor LDAP (valores " -"de los atributos \"susesearchfilter\").\n" +"<p>La opción <b>Por defecto</b> le permite cargar el filtro por defecto de los módulos\n" +"de configuración de usuarios y grupos guardados en el servidor LDAP (valores de los atributos \"susesearchfilter\").\n" "Si todavía no está conectado, se le pedirá la contraseña.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 msgid "" "<p><b>Example:</b>\n" "<br>With the user filter\n" @@ -2740,54 +2445,54 @@ "<br>\n" "se obtienen sólo los usuarios cuyo nombre empieza por \"u\".</p>\n" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 msgid "Search Filter for &Users" msgstr "Buscar filtro para &usuarios" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" msgstr "Buscar filtro para &grupos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" msgstr "Nueva condición para el filtro actual" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "&Atributo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#. pushbuttton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 msgid "A&dd to Filter" msgstr "A&ñadir a filtro" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 msgid "De&fault" msgstr "Por de&fecto" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." msgstr "Introduzca el valor del atributo." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." msgstr "Introduzca el valor del filtro de usuarios." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 msgid "" "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2795,13 +2500,13 @@ "El nuevo filtro de usuarios no contiene el filtro por defecto de usuarios.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizarlo?\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." msgstr "Introduzca el valor del filtro de grupos." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 msgid "" "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2809,77 +2514,69 @@ "El nuevo filtro de grupos no contiene el filtro por defecto de grupos.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizarlo?\n" -#. helptext 0/3 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Configuración de entrada a la sesión</b></p>" -#. helptext 1/3 - general info -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Las características que se describen a continuación estarán disponibles sólo " -"si se usa KDM o GDM como gestor de inicios de sesión.\n" +"Las características que se describen a continuación estarán disponibles sólo si se usa KDM o GDM como gestor de inicios de sesión.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inicio de sesión áutomático</b><br>\n" -"Si configura esta opción,<b></b> se omitirá el procedimiento de inicio de " -"sesión. El usuario que se elija en la lista iniciará sesión automáticamente." -"</p>\n" +"Si configura esta opción,<b></b> se omitirá el procedimiento de inicio de sesión. El usuario que se elija en la lista iniciará sesión automáticamente.</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inicio de sesión sin contraseña</b><br>\n" -"Si esta opción está activada, todos los usuarios podrán iniciar sesión sin " -"necesidad\n" -"de especificar contraseñas. De lo contrario, de le pedirá la contraseña " -"incluso si establece que un usuario inicie sesión de forma automática.</p>\n" +"Si esta opción está activada, todos los usuarios podrán iniciar sesión sin necesidad\n" +"de especificar contraseñas. De lo contrario, de le pedirá la contraseña incluso si establece que un usuario inicie sesión de forma automática.</p>\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" msgstr "Mostrar ajustes de inicio de sesión del gestor" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 msgid "&Auto Login" msgstr "Login &automático" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 msgid "&User to Log In" msgstr "&Usuario que va a iniciar sesión" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 msgid "Password&less Logins" msgstr "Login sin contras&eña" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el usuario %1. Debe hacerlo en el servidor NIS." -#. Continue/Cancel popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "" "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" @@ -2887,23 +2584,23 @@ "Parece que el usuario ya ha entrado.\n" "¿Desea continuar de todas formas?" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 msgid "Selected User Is System User" msgstr "El usuario seleccionado es el usuario del sistema" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 msgid "Really delete this system user?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este usuario del sistema?" -#. question popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 msgid "Delete the user %1?" msgstr "¿Suprimir el usuario %1?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 msgid "" "Delete &Home Directory\n" "%1\n" @@ -2911,8 +2608,8 @@ "Suprimir directorio &personal\n" "%1\n" -#. yes-no popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the user %1?\n" @@ -2920,18 +2617,18 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir el usuario %1?\n" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "System Group" msgstr "Grupo del sistema" -#. / yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 msgid "Really delete this system group?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este grupo del sistema?" -#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the group %1?\n" @@ -2939,8 +2636,8 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir el grupo %1?\n" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -2950,131 +2647,118 @@ "todavía contiene usuarios.\n" "Elimine primero a los usuarios del grupo.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 msgid "User List View" msgstr "Vista de la lista de usuarios" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Group List View" msgstr "Vista de la lista de grupos" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 msgid "Local" msgstr "Local" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 msgid "User Type" msgstr "Tipo de usuario" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 msgid "Group Type" msgstr "Tipo de grupo" -#. menubutton item -#. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "Personali&zar filtro..." -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 msgid "&Login Settings" msgstr "Configuración de entrada a &sesión" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "&Cifrado de contraseña" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Write Changes Now" msgstr "&Escribir cambios " -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" msgstr "Filtro de &búsqueda LDAP" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de usuarios y grupos L&DAP " -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Linux es un sistema multiusuario. Varios usuarios diferentes pueden iniciar " -"sesión\n" -"en el sistema a la vez. Para evitar confusiones, cada usuario debe tener " -"una\n" -"identidad exclusiva. Además, cada usuario debe pertenecer como mínimo a un " -"grupo.\n" +"Linux es un sistema multiusuario. Varios usuarios diferentes pueden iniciar sesión\n" +"en el sistema a la vez. Para evitar confusiones, cada usuario debe tener una\n" +"identidad exclusiva. Además, cada usuario debe pertenecer como mínimo a un grupo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Los usuarios y los grupos se organizan en conjuntos. Puede cambiar el " -"conjunto que se muestra actualmente en la tabla con la opción <b>Definir " -"filtro</b>.\n" -"También puede personalizar su vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar " -"filtro</b>.</p>\n" +"Los usuarios y los grupos se organizan en conjuntos. Puede cambiar el conjunto que se muestra actualmente en la tabla con la opción <b>Definir filtro</b>.\n" +"También puede personalizar su vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar filtro</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Haga clic en <b>Opciones avanzadas</b> para editar varios ajustes avanzados, " -"tales como\n" -"el tipo de cifrado, el método de autenticación, los valores por defecto para " -"los\n" -"usuarios nuevos o los ajustes de inicio de sesión. La opción <b>Escribir " -"cambios</b> permite\n" -"guardar todos los cambios hechos hasta el momento si salir del módulo de " -"configuración.</p>\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Opciones avanzadas</b> para editar varios ajustes avanzados, tales como\n" +"el tipo de cifrado, el método de autenticación, los valores por defecto para los\n" +"usuarios nuevos o los ajustes de inicio de sesión. La opción <b>Escribir cambios</b> permite\n" +"guardar todos los cambios hechos hasta el momento si salir del módulo de configuración.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" @@ -3082,13 +2766,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para guardar en el sistema los ajustes de los grupos y los usuarios " -"modificados, haga clic en \n" +"Para guardar en el sistema los ajustes de los grupos y los usuarios modificados, haga clic en \n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3098,13 +2781,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los usuarios " -"existentes y para añadir o modificar\n" +"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los usuarios existentes y para añadir o modificar\n" "usuarios. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" @@ -3114,8 +2796,8 @@ "Para cambiar al diálogo de grupos, pulse <b>Grupos</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3127,8 +2809,8 @@ "Para crear un usuario nuevo, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" @@ -3140,23 +2822,21 @@ "haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los grupos " -"existentes y para añadir o modificar grupos.\n" +"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los grupos existentes y para añadir o modificar grupos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" @@ -3166,8 +2846,8 @@ "Para cambiar al diálogo de usuarios, pulse <b>Usuarios</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3179,8 +2859,8 @@ "Para crear un grupo nuevo, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" @@ -3188,13 +2868,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para editar o suprimir un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo en la lista " -"y\n" +"Para editar o suprimir un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo en la lista y\n" "haga clic en <b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 msgid "" "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3202,18 +2881,17 @@ "El esqueleto introducido para el directorio personal no es un directorio.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "" "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"El prefijo de ruta introducido para el directorio personal no es un " -"directorio.\n" +"El prefijo de ruta introducido para el directorio personal no es un directorio.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 msgid "" "The selected directory does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -3221,8 +2899,8 @@ "El directorio seleccionado no existe.\n" "¿Desea crearlo?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 msgid "" "These groups do not exist in your system:\n" "%1\n" @@ -3232,8 +2910,8 @@ "%1\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" @@ -3241,48 +2919,48 @@ "Si selecciona una shell que no existe, el usuario\n" "podría no ser capaz de entrar en el sistema. ¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. directory location popup label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 msgid "Login" msgstr "Login" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 msgid "UID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 msgid "Group ID" msgstr "ID de grupo" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 msgid "Group Members" msgstr "Miembros del grupo" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 msgid "" "NIS groups can only be\n" "modified and deleted on the server.\n" @@ -3290,47 +2968,47 @@ "Los grupos NIS sólo se pueden\n" "modificar y suprimir en el servidor.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 msgid "Select an entry from the table." msgstr "Seleccionar una entrada de la tabla." -#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 msgid "There are no changes to save." msgstr "No hay cambios que guardar." -#. yes/no popup (data were changed) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" msgstr "¿Releer todos los datos del servidor LDAP?" -#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 msgid "Filter: %1" msgstr "Filtro: %1" -#. wait popup -#. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." msgstr "Leyendo conjuntos de usuarios y grupos. Por favor espere ..." -#. helper function to get information about authentication from -#. appropriate module -#. @param [String] client -#. @return -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>" msgstr "<b>Módulo yast2-auth-client no instalado</b>" -#. error popup, %1 is package name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "El paquete %1 no está disponible para la instalación." -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" "Install it now?\n" @@ -3338,31 +3016,31 @@ "El paquete '%1' no está instalado.\n" "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y grupos" -#. init dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de usuarios y grupos" -#. label (during init dialog) -#. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -3370,10 +3048,10 @@ "Si tiene previsto crear certificados,\n" "la contraseña debe tener al menos %s caracteres." -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -3381,54 +3059,47 @@ "<p>Si tiene previsto usar esta contraseña para crear certificados,\n" "debe tener al menos %s caracteres.</p>" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de usuarios..." -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione un método de cifrado de contraseña para los usuarios locales y " -"del sistema.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione un método de cifrado de contraseña para los usuarios locales y del sistema.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>%s</b> es el método estándar de hash actual. No se recomienda utilizar " -"otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por cuestiones de compatibilidad." -"</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>%s</b> es el método estándar de hash actual. No se recomienda utilizar otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por cuestiones de compatibilidad.</p>" -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Tipo de cifrado de contraseña" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Contraseña para el administrador del sistema \"root\"" -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3436,17 +3107,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Use una de las opciones disponibles para añadir usuarios locales al " -"sistema.\n" -"Los usuarios locales están almacenados en <i>/etc/passwd</i> y en <i>/etc/" -"shadow</i>.\n" +"Use una de las opciones disponibles para añadir usuarios locales al sistema.\n" +"Los usuarios locales están almacenados en <i>/etc/passwd</i> y en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Crear nuevo usuario" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3455,12 +3124,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Al escribir una contraseña, se distingue entre mayúsculas y\n" -"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, " -"por ejemplo, caracteres acentuados o diéresis. \n" +"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, por ejemplo, caracteres acentuados o diéresis. \n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3472,88 +3140,70 @@ " y %{max} caracteres.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para el <b>Nombre de usuario</b>, utilice solamente\n" "letras (no acentuadas), dígitos y <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente " -"lo que hace. Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que " -"las contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man para obtener " -"información.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente lo que hace. Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que las contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man para obtener información.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema</b> " -"si la contraseña especificada para el primer usuario debe usarse también " -"para el usuario root.</p>" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema</b> si la contraseña especificada para el primer usuario debe usarse también para el usuario root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Se ha detectado una instalación de Linux anterior con usuarios locales.\n" -"La información se puede utilizar para crear usuarios en el sistema que se va " -"a instalar.\n" -"Utilice el botón <b>Seleccionar usuarios</b> para elegir a algunos usuarios. " -"Se importará su información\n" +"La información se puede utilizar para crear usuarios en el sistema que se va a instalar.\n" +"Utilice el botón <b>Seleccionar usuarios</b> para elegir a algunos usuarios. Se importará su información\n" "básica.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Omitir creación de usuarios" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A veces el único usuario local necesario es el usuario root, como en " -"entornos de red\n" -"con un servidor de autenticación. Seleccione esta opción para continuar sin " -"crear\n" +"A veces el único usuario local necesario es el usuario root, como en entornos de red\n" +"con un servidor de autenticación. Seleccione esta opción para continuar sin crear\n" "un usuario local.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Usuario local" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3563,8 +3213,8 @@ "Si no quiere crear un usuario ahora, seleccione \n" "Omitir creación de usuarios." -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3574,143 +3224,143 @@ "Si no quiere crear un usuario ahora, seleccione \n" "Omitir creación de usuarios." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Crear nuevo usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Seleccionar usuarios" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Omitir creación de usuarios" -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Ningún usuario seleccionado" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "Se importará %d usuario." msgstr[1] "Se importarán %d usuarios." -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Seleccionar usuarios que se deben leer" -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Seleccion&ar o deseleccionar todo" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Método de cifrado: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "Tipo de &cifrado de contraseña" -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Root Password" msgstr "Contraseña de &root" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" msgstr "<%1>Contraseña de root<%2> definida" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" msgstr "<%1>Contraseña de root<%2> sin definir" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" msgstr "No hay <%1>usuarios<%2> configurados" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "Se importará <a href=%s>%d usuario</a>" msgstr[1] "Se importarán <a href=%s>%d usuarios</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 configurado" -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 (%4) configurado" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Método de cifrado de contraseña: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario root" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "Co&nfirmar contraseña" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "¡ No olvide lo que escriba aquí !" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -3718,8 +3368,8 @@ "No se ha especificado ninguna contraseña.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -3730,55 +3380,48 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A diferencia de los usuarios normales del sistema, el usuario que escribe " -"texto, crea\n" -"gráficos o navega por Internet, es decir, el usuario \"root\", existe en " -"todos los\n" +"A diferencia de los usuarios normales del sistema, el usuario que escribe texto, crea\n" +"gráficos o navega por Internet, es decir, el usuario \"root\", existe en todos los\n" "sistemas y se ejecuta cada vez que hay que llevar a cabo\n" "tareas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root sólo\n" "cuando deba actuar como administrador del sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Debido a que el administrador de sistema o root dispone de amplios permisos, " -"su\n" +"Debido a que el administrador de sistema o root dispone de amplios permisos, su\n" "contraseña ha debe ser elegida con cuidado. Se recomienda elegir una\n" "combinación de números y letras. Para asegurarse de que la contraseña\n" "ha sido introducida correctamente, debe escribirla de nuevo en un\n" "segundo apartado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"La contraseña del usuario \"root\" está sometida a las mismas reglas que las " -"contraseñas del resto de usuarios:\n" +"La contraseña del usuario \"root\" está sometida a las mismas reglas que las contraseñas del resto de usuarios:\n" "Distinción entre mayúsculas y minúsculas; tener una longitud de\n" -"al menos 5 caracteres y no contener caracteres especiales (como por ejemplo " -"diéresis o acentos).\n" +"al menos 5 caracteres y no contener caracteres especiales (como por ejemplo diéresis o acentos).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -3788,369 +3431,369 @@ "No olvide la contraseña \"root\".\n" "</p>" -#. User name for user: "root" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" msgstr "root" -#. User name for user: "bin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 msgid "bin" msgstr "bin" -#. User name for user: "daemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "Demonio" -#. User name for user: "lp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 msgid "Printing Daemon" msgstr "Daemon de impresión" -#. User name for user: "mail" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 msgid "Mailer Daemon" msgstr "Daemon de correo" -#. User name for user: "news" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 msgid "News System" msgstr "Sistema de noticias" -#. User name for user: "uucp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" msgstr "Sistema UUCP (Unix-to-Unix Copy)" -#. User name for user: "games" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 msgid "Games Account" msgstr "Cuenta de juegos" -#. User name for user: "man" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 msgid "Manual Page Viewer" msgstr "Visor de páginas del manual" -#. User name for user: "at" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" msgstr "Daemon de trabajo por lotes" -#. User name for user: "wwwrun" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" msgstr "Daemon WWW Apache" -#. User name for user: "ftp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 msgid "FTP Account" msgstr "Cuenta FTP" -#. User name for user: "named" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 msgid "Name Server Daemon" msgstr "Daemon del servidor de nombres" -#. User name for user: "gdm" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" msgstr "Demonio del gestor de pantallas de GNOME" -#. User name for user: "postfix" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgstr "Daemon postfix" -#. User name for user: "sshd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 msgid "SSH Daemon" msgstr "Daemon SSH" -#. User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 msgid "NTP Daemon" msgstr "Daemon NTP" -#. User name for user: "ldap" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 msgid "User for OpenLDAP" msgstr "Usuario para OpenLDAP" -#. User name for user: "nobody" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Nadie" -#. User name for user: "amanda" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 msgid "Amanda Admin" msgstr "Administrador de Amanda" -#. User name for user: "vscan" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 msgid "Vscan Account" msgstr "Cuenta de Vscan" -#. User name for user: "bigsister" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 msgid "Big Sister" msgstr "Big sister" -#. User name for user: "wnn" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 msgid "Wnn System Account" msgstr "Cuenta del sistema wnn " -#. User name for user: "cyrus" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" msgstr "Usuario para cyrus-imapd" -#. User name for user: "dpbox" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 msgid "DpBox Account" msgstr "Cuenta de DpBox" -#. User name for user: "gnats" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" msgstr "Sistema GNU de retroceso gnats" -#. User name for user: "gnump3d" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" msgstr "Daemon GNUMP3" -#. User name for user: "hacluster" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 msgid "Heartbeat Processes" msgstr "Procesos de subejecución" -#. User name for user: "irc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 msgid "IRC Daemon" msgstr "Daemon IRC" -#. User name for user: "mailman" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" msgstr "Gestor de la lista de correo GNU" -#. User name for user: "mdom" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 msgid "Mailing List Agent" msgstr "Agente de la lista de correo" -#. User name for user: "mysql" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 msgid "MySQL Database Admin" msgstr "Administrador de la base de datos MySQL" -#. User name for user: "oracle" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 msgid "Oracle User" msgstr "Usuario Oracle" -#. User name for user: "postgres" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 msgid "PostgreSQL Server" msgstr "Servidor PostgreSQL" -#. User name for user: "pop" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 msgid "POP Admin" msgstr "Administrador POP" -#. User name for user: "sapdb" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 msgid "SAPDB Account" msgstr "Cuenta SAPDB" -#. User name for user: "snort" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 msgid "Snort Network Monitor" msgstr "Supervisor de red Snort" -#. User name for user: "squid" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" msgstr "WWW Proxy Squid" -#. User name for user: "stunnel" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" msgstr "Usuario de daemon para stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" -#. User name for user: "zope" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" -#. User name for user: "radiusd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 msgid "Radius Daemon" msgstr "Daemon Radius" -#. User name for user: "otrs" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 msgid "OTRS System User" msgstr "Usuario del sistema OTRS" -#. User name for user: "privoxy" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" msgstr "Usuario daemon para privoxy" -#. User name for user: "vdr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 msgid "Video Disk Recorder" msgstr "Video Disk Recorder" -#. User name for user: "icecream" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 msgid "Icecream Daemon" msgstr "Daemon icecream" -#. User name for user: "bitlbee" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" msgstr "Usuario daemon bitlbee" -#. User name for user: "dhcpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" msgstr "Daemon del servidor DHCP" -#. User name for user: "distcc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 msgid "Distcc Daemon" msgstr "Daemon Distcc" -#. User name for user: "dovecot" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" msgstr "Daemon IMAP dovecot" -#. User name for user: "fax" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 msgid "Facsimile Agent" msgstr "Agente de fax" -#. User name for user: "partimag" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 msgid "Partimage Daemon User" msgstr "Usuario daemon partimage" -#. User name for user: "avahi" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 msgid "User for Avahi" msgstr "Usuario para Avahi" -#. User name for user: "beagleindex" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" msgstr "Usuario para el indexador Beagle" -#. User name for user: "casaauth" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 msgid "casa_atvd System User" msgstr "Usuario de sistema casa_atvd" -#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 msgid "User for DVB daemon" msgstr "Usuario para el daemon DVB" -#. User name for user: "festival" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 msgid "Festival daemon" msgstr "Daemon Festival" -#. User name for user: "haldaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 msgid "User for haldaemon" msgstr "Usuario para haldaemon" -#. User name for user: "icecast" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 msgid "Icecast streaming server" msgstr "Servidor de emisión continua Icecast" -#. User name for user: "lighttpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "Usuario para lighttpd" -#. User name for user: "nagios" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 msgid "User for Nagios" msgstr "Usuario para Nagios" -#. User name for user: "pdns" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 msgid "User for PowerDNS" msgstr "Usuario para PowerDNS" -#. User name for user: "polkituser" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 msgid "PolicyKit" msgstr "PolicyKit" -#. User name for user: "pound" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 msgid "User for Pound" msgstr "Usuario para Pound" -#. User name for user: "pulse" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 msgid "PulseAudio daemon" msgstr "Daemon PulseAudio" -#. User name for user: "quagga" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 msgid "Quagga routing daemon" msgstr "Daemon Quagga routing" -#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 msgid "Sabayon user" msgstr "Usuario Sabayon" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" msgstr "Servidor Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 msgid "Apache Tomcat" msgstr "Apache Tomcat" -#. User name for user: "pegasus" -#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" msgstr "servicios tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM" -#. User name for user: "ulogd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 msgid "ulog daemon" msgstr "Daemon ulog" -#. User name for user: "uuidd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 msgid "User for uuidd" msgstr "Usuario para uuidd" -#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 msgid "Novell Customer Center User" msgstr "Usuario para el Centro de atención al cliente de Novell" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 msgid "" "You have installed a NIS master server.\n" "It is configured to use a different database\n" @@ -4164,43 +3807,39 @@ "del directorio /etc.\n" "Indique cuál se debe configurar.\n" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" msgstr "&Local (/etc directory)" -#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" msgstr "&NIS (directorio %1)" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 msgid "User Templates" msgstr "Plantillas de usuario" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 msgid "Group Templates" msgstr "Plantillas de grupo" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Se han definido varias plantillas como plantillas por defecto. Seleccione " -"cuál se debe utilizar." +msgstr "Se han definido varias plantillas como plantillas por defecto. Seleccione cuál se debe utilizar." -#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corríjalos manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de " -"YaST." +msgstr "Corríjalos manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4208,8 +3847,8 @@ "El archivo %1 contiene múltiples usuarios con el mismo nombre (\"%2\").\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 msgid "" "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4217,9 +3856,9 @@ "El archivo %1 contiene varios grupos con el mismo nombre (\"%2\").\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4228,32 +3867,28 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo %1 contiene una línea incorrecta:\n" "%2\n" -"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte " -"alguna entrada.\n" -"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de " -"usuarios de YaST." +"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte alguna entrada.\n" +"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "El archivo %1 contiene una línea incorrecta:\n" -"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte " -"alguna entrada.\n" -"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de " -"usuarios de YaST." +"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte alguna entrada.\n" +"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." -#. default error message -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read user or group data." msgstr "No es posible leer los datos del usuario o grupo." -#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), -#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4269,211 +3904,207 @@ "Si añade nuevos usuarios usando los valores por defecto,\n" "sus directorios personales se crearán en el %2 actual.\n" "Esto puede dar como resultado que no se pueda acceder a estos directorios\n" -" después de realizar un montaje correcto. ¿Desea continuar con la " -"configuración del usuario? " +" después de realizar un montaje correcto. ¿Desea continuar con la configuración del usuario? " -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Hay varios usuarios que se ajustan a las condiciones de entrada." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de grupos y usuarios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración por defecto del login" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración por defecto del sistema" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Leer el tipo de configuración" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de usuario personalizada" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Leer usuarios y grupos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Construir las estructuras de caché" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración por defecto del login..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes por defectos del sistema..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Leyendo el tipo de configuración..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración personalizada..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Leyendo usuarios y grupos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Construyendo las estructuras de caché..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "El usuario no existe." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "El grupo no existe." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de grupos y usuarios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Escribir usuarios y grupos LDAP" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Escribir grupos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Comprobar usuarios suprimidos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Escribir usuarios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Escribir contraseñas" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración personalizada" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración por defecto del login" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Escribiendo usuarios y grupos LDAP..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Escribiendo grupos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Comprobando usuarios suprimidos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Escribiendo usuarios..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Escribiendo contraseñas..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración personalizada..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración por defecto del login..." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." +msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Error al eliminar los usuarios." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." +msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"La compatibilidad con el cifrado no está instalada. Los directorios " -"personales no se cifrarán." +"La compatibilidad con el cifrado no está instalada. Los directorios personales no se cifrarán." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Error al configurar el reenvío del correo del usuario root." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "No existe ningún UID disponible para este tipo de usuario." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4482,8 +4113,8 @@ "El ID de usuario seleccionado no está permitido.\n" "Escoja un número entero válido entre %i y %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4491,8 +4122,8 @@ "El ID de usuario introducido ya está en uso.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea emplearlo?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4503,8 +4134,8 @@ "rango definido para usuarios LDAP (%i-%i).\n" "¿Desea utilizarlo?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4515,8 +4146,8 @@ "porque el ID es mayor que %i.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de usuario a \"local\"?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4527,7 +4158,7 @@ "porque el ID es menor que %i.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de usuario a \"sistema\"?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4535,8 +4166,8 @@ "\n" "El nombre de usuario existente puede pertenecer a un usuario NIS o LDAP.\n" -#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4546,8 +4177,8 @@ "especificado y el nombre de usuario existente. %1\n" "Especifique otro distinto." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4555,8 +4186,8 @@ "La entrada \"Información adicional de usuario\" no puede \n" "contener dos puntos (:). Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4566,8 +4197,8 @@ "máximo de tres secciones separadas por comas.\n" "Elimine las secciones sobrantes." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4577,8 +4208,8 @@ "a-z, A-Z, 0-9 y _-/\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4587,8 +4218,8 @@ "No es posible escribir en el directorio %s.\n" "Seleccione otra ruta para el directorio personal." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4596,8 +4227,8 @@ "El directorio personal está siendo utilizado por otro usuario.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4607,8 +4238,8 @@ "pero no es un directorio.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta vía?" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4616,9 +4247,9 @@ "El directorio personal seleccionado ya existe.\n" "¿Desea usarlo cambiando el propietario?" -#. chown is not needed (#25200) -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4629,8 +4260,8 @@ "ya existe y su propietario es el usuario editado actualmente.\n" "¿Desea usar este directorio?\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4643,23 +4274,22 @@ "anteriormente para ser eliminado.\n" "¿Desea usar este directorio?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Si selecciona una shell que no existe, puede que el usuario no sea capaz de " -"iniciar sesión.\n" +"Si selecciona una shell que no existe, puede que el usuario no sea capaz de iniciar sesión.\n" "¿Desea usar esta shell?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "No existe ningún ID de grupo disponible para este tipo de grupo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4668,8 +4298,8 @@ "El ID de grupo elegido no está permitido.\n" "Escoja un número entero válido entre %i y %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4677,8 +4307,8 @@ "El ID de grupo introducido ya está en uso.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea emplearlo?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4689,8 +4319,8 @@ "rango definido para grupos LDAP (%i-%i).\n" "¿Desea utilizarlo?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4701,8 +4331,8 @@ "porque el ID es mayor que %i.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de grupo a \"local\"?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4713,8 +4343,8 @@ "porque el ID es menor que %i.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de grupo a \"sistema\"?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4722,8 +4352,8 @@ "No se ha especificado ningún nombre de grupo.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4732,8 +4362,8 @@ "El nombre de grupo debe tener una longitud de entre %i y %i caracteres.\n" "Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4745,8 +4375,8 @@ "y ha de empezar por una letra.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4756,13 +4386,13 @@ "de grupo introducido y un nombre de grupo existente.\n" "Introduzca otro nombre." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "El usuario %s no existe." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4772,8 +4402,8 @@ "hay usuarios que lo utilizan\n" "como grupo por defecto." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4783,33 +4413,33 @@ "todavía contiene usuarios.\n" "Elimine primero a los usuarios del grupo." -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Usuarios</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración de entrada</h3>" -#. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "El usuario %1 está configurado para entrada automática." -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." msgstr "No se ha introducido ninguna contraseña para LDAP." -#. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4818,39 +4448,38 @@ "No existe ninguna entrada con el DN '%s'\n" "en el servidor LDAP. ¿Desea crearla ahora?" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Kerberos" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "Sin gestión de Kerberos para los grupos" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "Gestionar elementos principales de Kerberos" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "No es posible ejecutar kadmin.local." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" msgstr "Atributos LDAP" -#. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "Editar atributos LDAP restantes" -#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" @@ -4859,28 +4488,28 @@ "El atributo '%s' es necesario para este objeto según la\n" "configuración LDAP, pero actualmente está vacío." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Se ha producido un error." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Password Policy" msgstr "Directiva de contraseñas LDAP" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 msgid "Edit Password Policy" msgstr "Editar directiva de contraseñas" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." msgstr "La sintaxis de DN de %s no es válida." -#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format msgid "" "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" @@ -4889,8 +4518,8 @@ "Error al buscar %s:\n" "%s" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format msgid "" "The object \"%s\"\n" @@ -4899,9 +4528,9 @@ "El objeto %s\n" "no es un objeto de directiva de contraseñas" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" @@ -4909,19 +4538,19 @@ "No es posible añadir este complemento cuando\n" "se está utilizando el complemento para los atributos de la cuenta shadow.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la cuenta Shadow" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" msgstr "Editar atributos de la cuenta Shadow" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" @@ -4929,23 +4558,23 @@ "No es posible añadir este complemento mientras está en uso el\n" "complemento de directiva de contraseña.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 msgid "Quota Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de cuotas" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 msgid "Manage Group Quota" msgstr "Gestiona la cuota de grupo" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 msgid "Manage User Quota" msgstr "Gestiona la cuota de usuario" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4953,8 +4582,8 @@ "Las cuotas no están habilitadas en su sistema.\n" "Habilite las cuotas en el módulo de configuración de particiones." -#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4964,9 +4593,9 @@ "\"%1\":\n" "%2" -#. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4976,26 +4605,23 @@ "0-9, a-z, A-Z y \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" "Vuelva a intentarlo." -#. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para las contraseñas, utilice sólo caracteres que estén disponibles en una " -"distribución de teclado\n" -"en inglés. En caso de que se produzcan errores del sistema, puede que sea " -"preciso iniciar la sesión sin una\n" +"Para las contraseñas, utilice sólo caracteres que estén disponibles en una distribución de teclado\n" +"en inglés. En caso de que se produzcan errores del sistema, puede que sea preciso iniciar la sesión sin una\n" "distribución de teclado traducida.\n" "</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -5005,38 +4631,38 @@ "los caracteres \":\" ni \",\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Ha utilizado el nombre del grupo como parte de la contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Ha utilizado el nombre de usuario como parte de la contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Sólo ha utilizado minúsculas en la contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Sólo ha utilizado mayúsculas en la contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Ha utilizado un palíndromo como contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Sólo ha utilizado números en la contraseña." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -5045,8 +4671,8 @@ "La contraseña es demasiado larga para el método de cifrado actual.\n" "Se acortará a %s caracteres." -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -5055,14 +4681,14 @@ "La contraseña es demasiado sencilla:\n" "%s." -#. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "La contraseña debe tener al menos %i caracteres." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -5070,8 +4696,8 @@ "No se ha especificado ningún nombre de usuario.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5080,8 +4706,8 @@ "El nombre de usuario debe tener entre %i y %i caracteres.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -5093,8 +4719,8 @@ "y debe comenzar con una letra o con \"_\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -5104,18 +4730,18 @@ "especificado y el nombre de usuario existente.\n" "Especifique otro distinto." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Recuperando la extensión %1..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Liberando la extensión %1..." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "user name and an existing user name.\n" @@ -5126,8 +4752,8 @@ "usuario existente.\n" "Introduzca otro distinto." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 msgid "" "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." @@ -5135,45 +4761,45 @@ "El directorio personal está siendo utilizado por otro usuario.\n" "Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "No se ha definido ningún plug-in." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "No es posible editar un usuario NIS." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgstr "No es posible suprimir un usuario NIS." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "No es posible modificar un grupo NIS." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún usuario." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "El usuario no ha sido especificado correctamente." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." msgstr "No es posible suprimir un grupo NIS." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "Existen múltiples usuarios que satisfacen las condiciones de entrada." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,260 +14,214 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "Instalar Hypervisor y herramientas" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Configurando la máquina virtual..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 es la única arquitectura admitida para alojar máquinas virtuales. Su " -"arquitectura es " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 es la única arquitectura admitida para alojar máquinas virtuales. Su arquitectura es " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina " -"UML.\n" +"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina UML.\n" "Inicie la instalación en el sistema del host.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verificar paquetes instalados" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del puente de red" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Se está configurando el servidor de máquina virtual (dominio 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</b></big><p>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta " -"de dos partes.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</b></big></p><p>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta de dos partes.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A " -"continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no estaba ya en uso) " -"y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de arranque, en caso de " -"que no estuviera.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no estaba ya en uso) y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de arranque, en caso de que no estuviera.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple " -"necesario para arrancar Xen y el núcleo de Linux.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple necesario para arrancar Xen y el núcleo de Linux.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si la configuración termina correctamente, es posible arrancar el " -"servidor de la máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si la configuración termina correctamente, es posible arrancar el servidor de la máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Se cancelará la instalación." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Elija los hipervisores que desea instalar" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" -msgstr "" -"Servidor: sistema mínimo necesario para que se pueda ejecutar un hipervisor" +msgstr "Servidor: sistema mínimo necesario para que se pueda ejecutar un hipervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" -msgstr "" -"Herramientas: permite configurar, gestionar y supervisar máquinas virtuales" +msgstr "Herramientas: permite configurar, gestionar y supervisar máquinas virtuales" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 -msgid "" -"A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" -msgstr "" -"Una casilla de verificación inhabilitada indica que el elemento de " -"hipervisor ya se ha instalado" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 +msgid "A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" +msgstr "Una casilla de verificación inhabilitada indica que el elemento de hipervisor ya se ha instalado" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "Hipervisor KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "Servidor de KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "Herramientas de KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "Contenedores de LXC de libvirt" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "Daemon LXC de libvirt" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software para conectar con el servidor de virtualización" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Herramientas del cliente de virtualización" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Hipervisor Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Servidor Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Herramientas de Xen" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para el patrón del cliente de SLED\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para los patrones de SLES\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Ejecutando en modo de texto. ¿Desea instalar componentes gráficos?" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Comprobando paquetes..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de configuración de grub2..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Configurando puente de red por defecto..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Puente de red" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configuraciones de red normales que alojen máquinas virtuales, se " -"recomienda un puente de red.</p><p>¿Desea configurar un puente de red por " -"defecto?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configuraciones de red normales que alojen máquinas virtuales, se recomienda un puente de red.</p><p>¿Desea configurar un puente de red por defecto?</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Los componentes de KVM están instalados. El host está listo para instalar " -"los invitados de KVM." +msgstr "Los componentes de KVM están instalados. El host está listo para instalar los invitados de KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Los componentes de KVM están instalados. Rearranque el equipo y seleccione " -"el núcleo nativo en el menú del cargador de arranque para instalar los " -"invitados de KVM." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Los componentes de KVM están instalados. Rearranque el equipo y seleccione el núcleo nativo en el menú del cargador de arranque para instalar los invitados de KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar invitados de Xen, reinicie el equipo y seleccione la sección " -"Xen en el menú del cargador de arranque." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Para instalar invitados de Xen, reinicie el equipo y seleccione la sección Xen en el menú del cargador de arranque." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "El hipervisor Xen y las herramientas están instalados." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Las herramientas del cliente de virtualización están instaladas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Los componentes LXC de libvirt están instalados." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Clave precompartida para las puertas de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Conjunto" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Mostrar clave" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Par de certificado y clave para las puertas de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Siguen faltando claves compartidas para las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,121 +64,116 @@ "Siguen faltando los certificados de las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(oculto)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Seleccione un usuario para suprimir." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." -msgstr "" -"Es obligatorio disponer de una clave precompartida. Introduzca una clave " -"precompartida." +msgstr "Es obligatorio disponer de una clave precompartida. Introduzca una clave precompartida." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado y la vía del archivo de clave." +msgstr "Introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado y la vía del archivo de clave." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de certificado con codificación PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de clave de certificado con codificación PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Clave precompartida de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certificado de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Seleccionar..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Mostrar contraseña" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes móviles" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes Windows" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Cliente - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Cliente - Certificado" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -188,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf e ipsec.secrets se han manipulado fuera de este módulo.\n" "Si sigue usando el módulo, se eliminará la personalización." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "El nombre de la conexión ya está en uso." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -202,8 +195,8 @@ "Solo puede haber una conexión de puerta de enlace por escenario.\n" "Todos los escenarios de puerta de enlace ya están en uso." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -211,83 +204,76 @@ "El escenario ya está configurado con otra puerta de enlace .\n" "No es posible tener dos puertas de enlace en funcionamiento en un escenario." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "El nombre de usuario ya está en uso." -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "No se encuentra ninguna conexión de cliente que coincida." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "Puerta de enlace y cliente de VPN" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Todas las VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nueva VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Suprimir VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Ver estado de conexión" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " -"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Si los clientes de VPN tienen problemas para acceder a determinados sitios " -"de Internet, es posible que los hosts afectados impidan el descubrimiento " -"automático de MTU (unidad de transmisión máxima) debido a una configuración " -"errónea del cortafuegos.\n" -"Si se reduce el valor de TCP-MSS se corregirá el problema; sin embargo, el " -"ancho de banda disponible se verá reducido aproximadamente en un 10 %." +"Si los clientes de VPN tienen problemas para acceder a determinados sitios de Internet, es posible que los hosts afectados impidan el descubrimiento automático de MTU (unidad de transmisión máxima) debido a una configuración errónea del cortafuegos.\n" +"Si se reduce el valor de TCP-MSS se corregirá el problema; sin embargo, el ancho de banda disponible se verá reducido aproximadamente en un 10 %." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Suprimir conexión" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la conexión? " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Complete la configuración para las conexiones siguientes:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -295,126 +281,125 @@ "Hay conexiones de VPN, pero el daemon no está habilitado.\n" "¿Desea habilitar el deamon de VPN?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "La configuración se ha aplicado correctamente." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Error al configurar el daemon de IPSec." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "¿Desea ver el registro del daemon y el estado de conexión?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca la IP de la puerta de enlace antes de editar las credenciales." +msgstr "Introduzca la IP de la puerta de enlace antes de editar las credenciales." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Haga clic en Nueva VPN para crear una puerta de enlace o un cliente." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Todas las redes IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Todas las redes IPv6 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "CIDR limitados, separados por comas:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Nombre de la conexión: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Puerta de enlace (servidor)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "Client" msgstr "Cliente" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "El escenario está" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Comunicación segura con una clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Comunicación segura con un certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Editar credenciales" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Proporciona a los clientes de VPN acceso a" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Grupo de direcciones de los clientes (por ejemplo, 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "La puerta de enlace requiere autenticación" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Por una clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Por un certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace de VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Usar el túnel de VPN para acceder" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -422,17 +407,17 @@ "No use caracteres especiales ni espacios en el nombre de usuario.\n" "Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos." -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la nueva conexión de VPN" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la conexión de VPN." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -442,52 +427,52 @@ "Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos.\n" "El nombre debe empezar por una letra." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "No almacene la clave en el propio archivo de certificado." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de certificado y el archivo de clave." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Introduzca una contraseña." -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 msgid "VPN daemon status" msgstr "Estado del daemon de VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 msgid "All connection status" msgstr "Estado de toda la conexión" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "Los registros se actualizan automáticamente cada 3 segundos." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar daemon de VPN" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Confirmar reinicio de daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -495,81 +480,76 @@ "Las conexiones existentes se interrumpirán.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de IPSec" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Estado no disponible: ¿se está ejecutando el daemon?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de IPSec." -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon de IPSec." -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Error al aplicar la configuración de desvío de IP mediante sysctl:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" "El cortafuegos de SuSE está habilitado, pero no activado.\n" -"Para que la VPN funcione correctamente, el cortafuegos de SuSE se activará " -"ahora." +"Para que la VPN funcione correctamente, el cortafuegos de SuSE se activará ahora." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el cortafuegos de SUSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Tanto la puerta de enlace de VPN como los clientes requieren una " -"configuración especial del cortafuegos de SuSE.\n" -"El cortafuegos de SuSE no está habilitado, por lo tanto, debe ejecutar " -"manualmente el guion de configuración cada vez que rearranque. El guion se " -"ejecutará ahora.\n" +"Tanto la puerta de enlace de VPN como los clientes requieren una configuración especial del cortafuegos de SuSE.\n" +"El cortafuegos de SuSE no está habilitado, por lo tanto, debe ejecutar manualmente el guion de configuración cada vez que rearranque. El guion se ejecutará ahora.\n" "El guion está situado en %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Configuración global de VPN" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN (IPSec): %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Puerta de enlace y conexiones" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Una puerta de enlace que sirve a clientes en " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Un cliente que se conecta a " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/wol.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,48 +50,47 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar el paquete.\n" "Instale los paquetes que faltan e inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección MAC" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Nombre del equipo host" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "Despertar" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-LAN" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"<p>WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un " -"'paquete mágico' \n" +"<p>WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un 'paquete mágico' \n" "(magic packet) a través de la red.</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este elemento?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "Despertando al equipo host remoto" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "Nombre del equipo host:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -99,8 +98,8 @@ "Dirección MAC del\n" "cliente:" -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" @@ -108,8 +107,6 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "No se ha encontrado ningún cliente ya configurado.\n" -"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea " -"importar\n" -"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de los " -"equipos) de \n" +"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea importar\n" +"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de los equipos) de \n" "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,142 +14,124 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" msgstr "Configuración de XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 msgid "Enable XPRAM" msgstr "Habilitar XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 msgid "Disable XPRAM" msgstr "Inhabilitar XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración de XPRAM" -#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 msgid "XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de XPRAM" -#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 msgid "<p>Here, configure the <b>XPRAM</b> for your computer.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aquí podrá configurar <b>XPRAM</b> para el equipo.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta herramienta sólo admite actualmente la asignación de XPRAM a una " -"partición. Para contar con varias particiones, consulte \"\"Device Drivers, " -"Features and Commands November 30, 2004\"\" (Controladores de dispositivos, " -"funciones y comandos, 30 de noviembre de 2004) para el núcleo de Linux 2.6 " -"(flujo de abril de 2004).</p><p>En este caso, inhabilite XPRAM en este " -"módulo.</p>" +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta herramienta sólo admite actualmente la asignación de XPRAM a una partición. Para contar con varias particiones, consulte \"\"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\"\" (Controladores de dispositivos, funciones y comandos, 30 de noviembre de 2004) para el núcleo de Linux 2.6 (flujo de abril de 2004).</p><p>En este caso, inhabilite XPRAM en este módulo.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60 +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione el punto de montaje correcto en la opción <b>Punto de montaje.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione el punto de montaje correcto en la opción <b>Punto de montaje</b>.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62 +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62 msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A continuación, seleccione el sistema de archivos que se utilizará en el " -"dispositivo.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A continuación, seleccione el sistema de archivos que se utilizará en el dispositivo.</p>" -#. radio button label for to not start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86 msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" msgstr "&No iniciar XPRAM" -#. radio button label for to start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95 +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95 msgid "&Start XPRAM" msgstr "&Iniciar XPRAM" -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Instalar sistema de archivos o intercambiar aunque &XPRAM contenga datos " -"válidos" +msgstr "Instalar sistema de archivos o intercambiar aunque &XPRAM contenga datos válidos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140 msgid "File System Type" msgstr "Tipo del sistema de archivos" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149 msgid "F&ile System to Use:" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos que utilizar:" -#. Xpram read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de XPRAM" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Reiniciar el servicio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Error al detener xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram stop\" manualmente." +msgstr "Error al detener xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram stop\" manualmente." -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Error al iniciar xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram start\" manualmente." +msgstr "Error al iniciar xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram start\" manualmente." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2017-06-19 07:40:53 UTC (rev 97396) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2017-06-19 07:42:01 UTC (rev 97397) @@ -14,82 +14,76 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Globalz -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 +#. Globalz +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo para crear un perfil para" -#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 +#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 msgid "Profile for " msgstr "El perfil para " -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 msgid " already exists." msgstr " ya existe." -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgstr "¿Desea abrir este perfil en modo de edición?" -#. Globalz -#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 +#. Globalz +#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 msgid "Delete profile confirmation" msgstr "Confirmación de supresión de perfil" -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el perfil? " -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 msgid "" " ?\n" "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Después de esta operación, el módulo AppArmor volverá a cargar el conjunto " -"de perfiles." +"Después de esta operación, el módulo AppArmor volverá a cargar el conjunto de perfiles." -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione uno de los perfiles mostrados y haga clic en Siguiente para " -"suprimir el perfil." +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Seleccione uno de los perfiles mostrados y haga clic en Siguiente para suprimir el perfil." -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" msgstr "Borrar perfil: elija el perfil que desea suprimir" -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un perfil de la lista y haga clic en Editar para modificarlo." +msgstr "Seleccione un perfil de la lista y haga clic en Editar para modificarlo." -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" msgstr "Editar perfil: elija el perfil que desea modificar" -#. no command line support #269891 -#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 +#. no command line support #269891 +#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" msgstr "Habilitar funciones de AppArmor" -#. AppArmor dialog caption -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60 +#. AppArmor dialog caption +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60 msgid "AppArmor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de AppArmor" -#. AppArmor dialog help -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 +#. AppArmor dialog help +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" " the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n" @@ -97,370 +91,351 @@ "<p>Seleccione uno de los módulos de AppArmor disponibles para configurar\n" "la acción correspondiente y haga clic en <b>Ejecutar.</b></p>\n" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:" msgstr "Módulos de AppArmor &disponibles:" -#. Selection box items -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 +#. Selection box items +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 msgid "Manage Existing Profiles" msgstr "Gestionar perfiles existentes" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 msgid "Manually Add Profile" msgstr "Añadir perfil manualmente" -#. Label::FinishButton() -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 +#. Label::FinishButton() +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Lanzar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u " -"apparmor) to diagnose" -msgstr "" -"Error al cambiar el servicio apparmor. Use journal (journalctl -n -u " -"apparmor) para el diagnóstico" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48 +msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) to diagnose" +msgstr "Error al cambiar el servicio apparmor. Use journal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) para el diagnóstico" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Estado de AppArmor</b><br>Este informe muestra si el módulo de " -"aplicación \n" +"<p><b>Estado de AppArmor</b><br>Este informe muestra si el módulo de aplicación \n" "de directivas de AppArmor está cargado y funcionando.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Notificación de eventos de seguridad</b><br>Configure esta herramienta " -"si desea \n" -"que se le notifique mediante correo electrónico cuando se produzcan " -"violaciones de acceso.</p>" +"<p><b>Notificación de eventos de seguridad</b><br>Configure esta herramienta si desea \n" +"que se le notifique mediante correo electrónico cuando se produzcan violaciones de acceso.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Modos de perfil</b><br>Utilice esta herramienta para cambiar la forma " -"en que AppArmor \n" +"<p><b>Modos de perfil</b><br>Utilice esta herramienta para cambiar la forma en que AppArmor \n" "usa los perfiles individuales.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82 msgid "&Enable AppArmor" msgstr "&Habilitar AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89 msgid "Configure AppArmor" msgstr "Configurar AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 msgid "Configure Profile Modes" msgstr "Configurar modos de perfiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101 msgid "Set profile modes" msgstr "Definir modos de perfiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 msgid "Co&nfigure" msgstr "Co&nfigurar" -#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 +#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Terminado" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 msgid "Errors found in AppArmor profiles" msgstr "Errores detectados en los perfiles de AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "" -"<p>Debe corregir estos problemas para poder iniciar AppArmor o para poder " -"utilizar las herramientas de gestión de perfiles.</p> " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Debe corregir estos problemas para poder iniciar AppArmor o para poder utilizar las herramientas de gestión de perfiles.</p> " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"<p>Para obtener una descripción para la sintaxis de los perfiles de " -"AppArmor, ejecute " +msgstr "<p>Para obtener una descripción para la sintaxis de los perfiles de AppArmor, ejecute " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"<p>Encontrará documentación completa acerca de AppArmor en la Guía de " -"administración, disponible en el siguiente directorio: " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>Encontrará documentación completa acerca de AppArmor en la Guía de administración, disponible en el siguiente directorio: " -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 msgid "&Allow" msgstr "&Permitir" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 msgid "&Deny" msgstr "&Denegar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "Aborta&r" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 msgid "Audi&t" msgstr "Audi&toría" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 msgid "Audi&t off" msgstr "Sin audi&toría" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 msgid "Audit &All" msgstr "Audit&ar todo" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 msgid "&Opts" msgstr "&Opciones" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 msgid "&Owner Permissions on" msgstr "Permis&os de propietarios activados" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 msgid "&Owner Permissions off" msgstr "Permis&os de propietario desactivados" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 msgid "&Inherit" msgstr "&Heredar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 msgid "&Profile" msgstr "&Perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 msgid "&Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecución limpia de &perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 msgid "&Child" msgstr "&Hijo" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 msgid "&Child Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecu&ción limpia del hijo" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 msgid "&Named Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecució&n limpia nombrada" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 msgid "&Unconfined" msgstr "&No limitado" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 msgid "&Unconfined Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejec&ución limpia sin limitaciones" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 msgid "&Profile ix" msgstr "&Perfil ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 msgid "&Profile ix Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecución limpia de &perfil ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 msgid "&Child ix" msgstr "&Hijo ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 msgid "&Child ix Cx Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecu&ción limpia del hijo ix Cx" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 msgid "&Name ix" msgstr "&Nombre ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 msgid "i&x fallback on" msgstr "i&x de vuelta atrás activado" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 msgid "i&x fallback off" msgstr "i&x de vuelta atrás desactivado" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 msgid "&Continue Profiling" msgstr "&Continuar generación de perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 msgid "&Glob" msgstr "&Global" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 msgid "Glob w/E&xt" msgstr "Global con e&xt." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 msgid "&Add Requested Hat" msgstr "&Añadir Hat pedido" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 msgid "&Use Default Hat" msgstr "&Usar Hat por defecto" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 msgid "&Scan system log for AppArmor events" msgstr "&Explorar registro del sistema en busca de eventos de AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 msgid "&View Profile" msgstr "&Ver perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 msgid "&Use Profile" msgstr "&Utilizar perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 msgid "&Create New Profile" msgstr "&Crear perfil nuevo" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 msgid "&Update Profile" msgstr "&Actualizar perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 msgid "&Ignore Update" msgstr "&Ignorar actualización" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 msgid "&Save Changes" msgstr "&Guardar cambios" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 msgid "&Upload Changes" msgstr "&Cargar cambios" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 msgid "&View Changes" msgstr "&Ver cambios" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 msgid "&Enable Repository" msgstr "&Habilitar repositorio" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 msgid "&Disable Repository" msgstr "&Inhabilitar repositorio" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 msgid "&Never Ask Again" msgstr "&No volver a preguntar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 msgid "Ask Me &Later" msgstr "&Preguntarme después" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 msgid "" "Email address format invalid.\n" "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" @@ -472,365 +447,327 @@ "y tener el formato \"nombre@dominio\".\n" "Introduzca una dirección valida.\n" -#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog -#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor -#. profile repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ repo_url - string ] -#. @return answers - map that contains: -#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] -#. [ user => username ] -#. [ pass => password ] -#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] -#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] -#. [ the system ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 +#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog +#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor +#. profile repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ repo_url - string ] +#. @return answers - map that contains: +#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] +#. [ user => username ] +#. [ pass => password ] +#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] +#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] +#. [ the system ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 msgid "AppArmor Profile Repository Setup" msgstr "Configuración de repositorio de perfiles de AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 msgid "Sign in to the repository" msgstr "Acceder al repositorio" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 msgid "S&ave configuration" msgstr "G&uardar configuración" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 msgid "&Sign in" msgstr "&Entrar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 msgid "&Register new user..." msgstr "&Registrar usuario nuevo..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 msgid "Register New User" msgstr "Registrar usuario nuevo" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 msgid "Enter Username" msgstr "Introducir nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 msgid "Enter Email Address" msgstr "Introducir dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 msgid "Enter Password" msgstr "Introducir contraseña" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 msgid "Verify Password" msgstr "Verificar contraseña" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 msgid "&Register" msgstr "&Registrar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 msgid "&Sign in as existing user..." msgstr "&Entrar como usuario existente..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 msgid "Username is required" msgstr "Se requiere el nombre de usuario." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 msgid "Password is required" msgstr "Se requiere contraseña." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 msgid "Username required for registration." msgstr "Nombre de usuario necesario para el registro." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 msgid "Email address required for registration." msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico necesaria para el registro." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 msgid "Password is required for registration." msgstr "Contraseña necesaria para el registro." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 msgid "Passwords do not match. Please re-enter." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Vuelva a introducirlas." -#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile -#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository -#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend -#. [ user => string ] -#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] -#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] -#. -#. @return [void] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 +#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile +#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository +#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend +#. [ user => string ] +#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] +#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] +#. +#. @return [void] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 msgid "Local inactive profile" msgstr "Perfil inactivo local" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 msgid "Profile created by user " msgstr "Perfil creado por el usuario " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 msgid "Local profile" msgstr "Perfil local" -#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog -#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries -#. and returns them -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] -#. [ selects a single changelog ] -#. -#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] -#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] -#. ... -#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 +#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog +#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries +#. and returns them +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] +#. [ selects a single changelog ] +#. +#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] +#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] +#. ... +#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 msgid "Enter a changelog for the changes for " msgstr "Introducir un registro de cambios para los cambios realizados en " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 msgid " the selected profiles" msgstr " los perfiles seleccionados" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 msgid "Individual changelogs per profile" msgstr "Registros de cambios individuales por perfil" -#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog -#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left -#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles -#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further -#. processing - for example uploading to the repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend -#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] -#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] -#. [ supply changelogs ] -#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] -#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] -#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] -#. [ repository ] -#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] -#. [ profile selection ] -#. [ profiles - map ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] -#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] -#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] -#. [ to upload ] -#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] -#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 +#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog +#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left +#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles +#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further +#. processing - for example uploading to the repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend +#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] +#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] +#. [ supply changelogs ] +#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] +#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] +#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] +#. [ repository ] +#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] +#. [ profile selection ] +#. [ profiles - map ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] +#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] +#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] +#. [ to upload ] +#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] +#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles" msgstr "No preguntar &de nuevo para perfiles no seleccionados" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 msgid "Profiles" msgstr "Perfiles" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 msgid "" "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>En un sistema que tenga definida la opción " -"[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" +"<ul><li>En un sistema que tenga definida la opción [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" "anula la restricción de cambiar la propiedad del archivo \n" "y del grupo.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anula por completo el acceso DAC, incluido el acceso de ejecución de " -"ACL si \n" -"la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado " -"por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Anula por completo el acceso DAC, incluido el acceso de ejecución de ACL si \n" +"la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones DAC referentes a la lectura y \n" -"búsqueda en archivos y directorios, incluidas las restricciones de ACL si la " -"opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. \n" +"búsqueda en archivos y directorios, incluidas las restricciones de ACL si la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. \n" "Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones acerca de operaciones permitidas en " -"archivos, \n" -"donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del " -"usuario, excepto allí donde puede aplicarse la opción CAP_FSETID. \n" +"<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones acerca de operaciones permitidas en archivos, \n" +"donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del usuario, excepto allí donde puede aplicarse la opción CAP_FSETID. \n" "No anula las restricciones de MAC y DAC. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: obligación de que el ID de " -"usuario deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar " -"los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho archivo; el ID de grupo efectivo (o uno " -"de los ID de grupo suplementarios) debe coincidir con el ID de propietario " -"del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en dicho archivo; los bits S_ISUID " -"y S_ISGID se borran ante una devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin " -"implementar). </li></ul>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: obligación de que el ID de usuario deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho archivo; el ID de grupo efectivo (o uno de los ID de grupo suplementarios) debe coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en dicho archivo; los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID se borran ante una devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin implementar). </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Anula la restricción que establece que el ID del usuario real o \n" "efectivo de un proceso que envía una señal debe coincidir con el ID del \n" "usuario real o efectivo del proceso que recibe la señal.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Permite GID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"zócalo. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Permite GID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de zócalo. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setuid(2) (incluido fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Permite PID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"zócalo. </li></ul>" +"<li> Permite PID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de zócalo. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Transfiere todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido a todos " -"los \n" -"pid, elimina todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido de todos los pid</ul>" +"<ul><li> Transfiere todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido a todos los \n" +"pid, elimina todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido de todos los pid</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permitir la modificación de los atributos de archivo S_IMMUTABLE y " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Permitir la modificación de los atributos de archivo S_IMMUTABLE y S_APPEND</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permite el enlace de zócalos TCP/UDP por debajo del puerto 1024 \n" +"<ul><li>Permite el enlace de zócalos TCP/UDP por debajo del puerto 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Permite el enlace a VCI de ATM por debajo del puerto 32</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir la difusión, escuchar multidifusión </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permite la configuración de la interfaz</li> \n" -"<li> Permite la administración del cortafuegos IP, el enmascaramiento y la " -"contabilidad</li> \n" +"<li> Permite la administración del cortafuegos IP, el enmascaramiento y la contabilidad</li> \n" "<li> Permite establecer la opción de depurado en los zócalos</li> \n" "<li> Permite la modificación de las tablas de encaminamiento</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permite establecer la propiedad de un proceso o grupo de procesos de " -"manera arbitraria en zócalos</li> \n" -"<li> Permite en enlace a cualquier dirección para el proxy transparente \n" +"<li> Permite establecer la propiedad de un proceso o grupo de procesos de manera arbitraria en zócalos</li> \n" +"<li> Permite en enlace a cualquier dirección para el proxy transparente</li> \n" "<li> Permite la configuración TOS (tipo de servicio)</li> \n" "<li> Permite la configuración del modo promiscuo</li> \n" "<li> Permite la eliminación de las estadísticas del controlador</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 msgid "" "<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" "<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" @@ -838,12 +775,11 @@ "</ul>" msgstr "" "<li> Permite la multidifusión</li> \n" -"<li> Permite la lectura/escritura de registros específicos de dispositivos \n" +"<li> Permite la lectura/escritura de registros específicos de dispositivos</li> \n" "<li> Permite la activación de zócalos de control ATM </li> \n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" @@ -851,67 +787,59 @@ "<ul><li> Permite el uso de zócalos RAW</li> \n" "<li> Permite el uso de zócalos PACKET </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permite el bloqueo de segmentos de memoria compartida</li> \n" -"<li> Permite mlock y mlockall (que realmente no tiene nada que ver con IPC) " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Permite mlock y mlockall (que realmente no tiene nada que ver con IPC) </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Anular las comprobaciones de propiedad de IPC </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permite introducir y eliminar módulos del núcleo: modifica el " -"núcleo sin límite</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Permite introducir y eliminar módulos del núcleo: modifica el núcleo sin límite</li> \n" "<li> Modifica cap_bset </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permite el acceso a través de ioperm/iopl</li> \n" -"<li> Permite el envío de mensajes USB a cualquier dispositivo a través de /" -"proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Permite el envío de mensajes USB a cualquier dispositivo a través de /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir el uso de chroot() </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir ptrace() de cualquier proceso </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de contabilidad de procesos </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de contabilidad de procesos </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" "<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" "<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n" "<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permite la configuración de la clave de atención de seguridad \n" +"<ul><li> Permite la configuración de la clave de atención de seguridad</li> \n" "<li> Permite la gestión del dispositivo aleatorio</li> \n" "<li> Permite la revisión y configuración de las cuotas de discos</li> \n" -"<li> Permite la configuración del archivo de registro del núcleo " -"(comportamiento printk)</li>" +"<li> Permite la configuración del archivo de registro del núcleo (comportamiento printk)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" @@ -925,7 +853,7 @@ "<li> Permite mount() y umount(), configurar una nueva conexión smb</li> \n" "<li> Permite algunos ioctls de raíz para autofs</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 msgid "" "<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" "<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" @@ -939,40 +867,33 @@ "<li> Permite irix_prctl en mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" "<li> Permite vaciar todo el caché en m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permite la eliminación de semáforos</li> \n" -"<li> Se utiliza en lugar de CAP_CHOWN para cambiar el propietario de las " -"colas de mensajes IPC, semáforos y memoria compartida</li> \n" +"<li> Se utiliza en lugar de CAP_CHOWN para cambiar el propietario de las colas de mensajes IPC, semáforos y memoria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permite bloquear o desbloquear el segmento de memoria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permite activar o desactivar el intercambio</li> \n" -"<li> Permite pids modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"zócalo</li>" +"<li> Permite pids modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de zócalo</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permite establecer la lectura anticipada y vaciar los buffers en " -"dispositivos de bloques</li> \n" +"<li> Permite establecer la lectura anticipada y vaciar los buffers en dispositivos de bloques</li> \n" "<li> Permite establecer la geometría en el controlador de disquete</li> \n" -"<li> Permite activar o desactivar la opción de DMA en el controlador xd \n" -"<li> Permite la administración de dispositivos md (como los anteriores, pero " -"con ioctls adicionales)</li>" +"<li> Permite activar o desactivar la opción de DMA en el controlador xd</li> \n" +"<li> Permite la administración de dispositivos md (como los anteriores, pero con ioctls adicionales)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" "<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n" @@ -981,90 +902,74 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Permite la configuración del controlador IDE</li> \n" "<li> Permite el acceso al dispositivo nvram</li> \n" -"<li> Permite la administración de apm_bios, dispositivo serie y bttv (TV) \n" +"<li> Permite la administración de apm_bios, dispositivo serie y bttv (TV)</li> \n" "<li> Permite los comandos del fabricantes en el controlador iaan CAPI</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permite la lectura de porciones no estandarizadas en el espacio de " -"configuración PCI</li> \n" +"<li> Permite la lectura de porciones no estandarizadas en el espacio de configuración PCI</li> \n" "<li> Permite ioctl de depuración DDI en el controlador sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Permite la configuración de los puertos serie</li> \n" "<li> Permite el envío de comandos qic-117 sin procesar</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 msgid "" "<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permite habilitar o inhabilitar la colocación en cola con etiquetas en " -"controladores SCSI\n" +"<li> Permite habilitar o inhabilitar la colocación en cola con etiquetas en controladores SCSI\n" " y el envío de comandos SCSI arbitrarios</li> \n" -"<li> Permite establecer la clave de cifrado en sistemas de archivo de " -"retrobucle </li></ul>" +"<li> Permite establecer la clave de cifrado en sistemas de archivo de retrobucle </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir el uso de reboot() </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permite la elevación de prioridad y la configuración de prioridad " -"en otros procesos (con UID distinto)</li> \n" -"<li> Permite el uso de programación en tiempo real (round-robin) y FIFO en " -"procesos propios y la configuración \n" +"<ul><li> Permite la elevación de prioridad y la configuración de prioridad en otros procesos (con UID distinto)</li> \n" +"<li> Permite el uso de programación en tiempo real (round-robin) y FIFO en procesos propios y la configuración \n" "del algoritmo de programación usado por otro proceso.</li> \n" "<li> Permite la configuración de afinidad de cpu en otros procesos </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Anula los límites de recursos. Establece los límites de recursos. \n" +"<ul><li> Anula los límites de recursos. Establece los límites de recursos.</li> \n" "<li> Anula los límites de cuota.</li> \n" "<li> Anula el espacio reservado en el sistema de archivos ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Modifica el modo de registro diario de datos en el sistema de archivos " -"ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro diario)</li>" +"<li> Modifica el modo de registro diario de datos en el sistema de archivos ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro diario)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> NOTA: ext2 respeta el fsuid al comprobar la anulación de los recursos, " -"por lo que puede omitir el uso de fsuid</li> \n" -"<li> Anula las restricciones de tamaño en las colas de los mensajes IPC \n" -"<li> Permite interrupciones de más de 64 hz en el reloj de tiempo real \n" +"<li> NOTA: ext2 respeta el fsuid al comprobar la anulación de los recursos, por lo que puede omitir el uso de fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> Anula las restricciones de tamaño en las colas de los mensajes IPC</li> \n" +"<li> Permite interrupciones de más de 64 hz en el reloj de tiempo real</li> \n" "<li> Anula el número máximo de consolas en la asignación de consolas</li> \n" "<li> Anula el número máximo de mapas de teclas</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" "<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" @@ -1074,7 +979,7 @@ "<li> Permite irix_stime en mips</li> \n" "<li> Permite la configuración del reloj en tiempo real </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" @@ -1082,37 +987,37 @@ "<ul><li> Permite la configuración de dispositivos tty</li> \n" "<li> Permite vhangup() de tty </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir los aspectos privilegiados de mknod() </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir las asignaciones en archivos </li></ul>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n" "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>" @@ -1120,23 +1025,19 @@ "<p><b>Configuración del modo de perfil</b><br>Esta herramienta permite \n" "establecer los perfiles de AppArmor en el modo forzado o de queja.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b>Complain mode</b> is a profile training state that logs application \n" "activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n" "(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Modo de queja</b> es un estado de tipo de formación del perfil en el " -"que \n" -"se registra la actividad de la aplicación. Todas las violaciones de las " -"reglas del \n" -"perfil de AppArmor quedan registradas en el archivo <i>/var/log/audit/audit." -"log</i>, \n" -"pero aún así se permiten, por lo que no se restringe el comportamiento de la " -"aplicación.</p>" +"<p><b>Modo de queja</b> es un estado de tipo de formación del perfil en el que \n" +"se registra la actividad de la aplicación. Todas las violaciones de las reglas del \n" +"perfil de AppArmor quedan registradas en el archivo <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>, \n" +"pero aún así se permiten, por lo que no se restringe el comportamiento de la aplicación.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 msgid "" "<p>With the profile in <b>enforce mode</b>, application is protected by \n" "AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n" @@ -1144,91 +1045,89 @@ "permitted to do so by the profile).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Con el perfil en <b>modo forzoso</b>, AppArmor protege la aplicación. \n" -"Las reglas del perfil se fuerzan y se registra cualquier violación de las " -"mismas, \n" -"pero no se permiten (por ejemplo, una aplicación no puede acceder a los " -"archivos\n" +"Las reglas del perfil se fuerzan y se registra cualquier violación de las mismas, \n" +"pero no se permiten (por ejemplo, una aplicación no puede acceder a los archivos\n" "salvo que el perfil le permita hacerlo).</p>" -#. Button for showing active or all profiles -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 +#. Button for showing active or all profiles +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 msgid "Could not recognize profile name: " msgstr "No se reconoce el nombre del perfil: " -#. Reverse modes for toggling -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 +#. Reverse modes for toggling +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "No se reconoce el modo: " -#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 msgid "enforce" msgstr "forzar" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 msgid "complain" msgstr "queja" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Mostrar todos los perfiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Configurar el modo para los perfiles activos" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Mostrar los perfiles activos" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Configurar el modo para todos los perfiles" -#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), -#. TODO switch to variable in a module -#. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 +#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), +#. TODO switch to variable in a module +#. TODO plain reread does not work here +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Nombre de perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Alternar modo" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Definir todos como de aplicación" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Definir todos como de queja" -#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 +#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de modos de perfiles" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Configurar modo de perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "Seleccione una acción que ejecutar." -#. START Help Section -#. ********************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 +#. START Help Section +#. ********************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p>The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n" "alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n" @@ -1238,10 +1137,9 @@ "<p>La pantalla de notificación de eventos de seguridad permite configurar\n" "alertas por correo electrónico de eventos de seguridad. En los siguientes \n" "pasos puede especificar el intervalo de envío de alertas, el destinatario \n" -"y el nivel de gravedad que debe tener el evento para que se envíe una alerta." -"</p>" +"y el nivel de gravedad que debe tener el evento para que se envíe una alerta.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" "Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" @@ -1250,33 +1148,28 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Tipos de notificación</b><br> <b>Notificación simple:</b> \n" "La notificación simple resume el número total de eventos del sistema sin \n" -"proporcionar más detalles. <br>Por ejemplo:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com " -"has \n" +"proporcionar más detalles. <br>Por ejemplo:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n" "the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Notificación resumida:</b> La notificación resumida muestra los " -"eventos \n" -"de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor, así como el número de entradas " -"individuales, \n" +"<p><b>Notificación resumida:</b> La notificación resumida muestra los eventos \n" +"de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor, así como el número de entradas individuales, \n" "incluida la fecha de la última entrada. \n" "<br>Por ejemplo:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays \n" "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n" @@ -1288,13 +1181,11 @@ "<p><b>Notificación detallada:</b> La notificación detallada muestra los \n" "eventos de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor, sin modificar. Notifica \n" "cada vez que se produce un evento y escribe una nueva línea en el registro \n" -"detallado. Estos eventos de seguridad incluyen la fecha y la hora en la que " -"se \n" +"detallado. Estos eventos de seguridad incluyen la fecha y la hora en la que se \n" "producen, si el perfil de la aplicación ha permitido el acceso o si lo ha \n" -"rechazado, así como el tipo de permiso de acceso del archivo que está " -"permitido o rechazado.</p>" +"rechazado, así como el tipo de permiso de acceso del archivo que está permitido o rechazado.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" "the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n" @@ -1303,13 +1194,12 @@ "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>La Notificación detallada también genera varios mensajes que \n" -"la herramienta logprof utiliza para interpretar los perfiles. <br>Por " -"ejemplo:<br>\n" +"la herramienta logprof utiliza para interpretar los perfiles. <br>Por ejemplo:<br>\n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<li> For each notification type that you would like \n" "enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n" @@ -1323,7 +1213,7 @@ "notificaciones diarias de eventos de seguridad, en el \n" "caso de que se produzca alguno.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n" "the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n" @@ -1334,14 +1224,12 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Introduzca la dirección de correo electrónico de las personas \n" "que deben recibir notificaciones simples, resumidas o detalladas. Si no \n" -"tiene configurado un servidor SMTP local para enviar los correos desde " -"este \n" -"host al dominio que ha introducido, puede utilizar <i><usuario>@localhost \n" +"tiene configurado un servidor SMTP local para enviar los correos desde este \n" +"host al dominio que ha introducido, puede utilizar <i><usuario>@localhost</i> \n" "y permitir que <i><usuario></i> reciba el correo del sistema, en el caso \n" "de que no sea un usuario Root. </li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification \n" "should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n" @@ -1351,16 +1239,13 @@ "occur." msgstr "" "<li>Seleccione el <b>nivel de gravedad</b> más bajo en el que se debería \n" -"enviar una notificación. De esta forma, los eventos de seguridad se " -"registran \n" -"y se envían las notificaciones en el momento definido como intervalo cuando " -"los \n" +"enviar una notificación. De esta forma, los eventos de seguridad se registran \n" +"y se envían las notificaciones en el momento definido como intervalo cuando los \n" "eventos sean iguales o superiores al nivel de gravedad seleccionado. Si el \n" -"intervalo es de 1 día, las notificaciones se enviarán diariamente en el caso " -"de que se \n" +"intervalo es de 1 día, las notificaciones se enviarán diariamente en el caso de que se \n" "produzcan eventos de seguridad." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered 1 through 10, \n" "10 being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> \n" @@ -1370,41 +1255,36 @@ "or services denied.</li>" msgstr "" "<b>Niveles de gravedad:</b> están numerados del 1 al 10, \n" -"siendo 10 el incidente de seguridad más grave. El archivo <b>severity.db \n" +"siendo 10 el incidente de seguridad más grave. El archivo <b>severity.db</b> \n" "define los niveles de gravedad de eventos de seguridad potenciales. \n" "Los niveles de gravedad se determinan por la importancia\n" "de diferentes eventos de seguridad, como el acceso a ciertos\n" "recursos o servicios denegados.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number." +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Seleccione <b>Incluir eventos de seguridad desconocidos</b> si \n" -"desea incluir eventos que no han sido evaluados con un número de gravedad." +"desea incluir eventos que no han sido evaluados con un número de gravedad.</li>" -#. ---------------------------- -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 +#. ---------------------------- +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 msgid "<b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Asistente para la generación de perfiles de AppArmor</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Este asistente muestra las entradas generadas por el módulo de control de " -"acceso de AppArmor. \n" +"Este asistente muestra las entradas generadas por el módulo de control de acceso de AppArmor. \n" "Puede generar perfiles de seguridad optimizados y robustos \n" "si utiliza las sugerencias que propone AppArmor." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n" "or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" @@ -1416,7 +1296,7 @@ "muestran se han registrado durante la prueba de ejecución normal de la \n" "aplicación llevada a cabo anteriormente. <br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" "syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n" @@ -1425,64 +1305,58 @@ "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" "instructions. <br><br>" msgstr "" -"El siguiente texto de ayuda describe los detalles de la sintaxis del " -"perfil \n" +"El siguiente texto de ayuda describe los detalles de la sintaxis del perfil \n" "de seguridad que utiliza AppArmor. <br><br>Puede personalizar\n" -"la entrada del perfil en cualquier momento cambiando la respuesta " -"sugerida. \n" +"la entrada del perfil en cualquier momento cambiando la respuesta sugerida. \n" "Este resumen le ayudará con sus opciones. Consulte la Guía de \n" "administración de Novell AppArmor para obtener instrucciones \n" "detalladas. <br><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 msgid "<b>Access Modes</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modos de acceso</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Los modos de acceso al permiso de archivos están formados por combinaciones " -"de los siguientes seis modos:" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Los modos de acceso al permiso de archivos están formados por combinaciones de los siguientes seis modos:" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" msgstr "<li>r - lectura</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 msgid "<li>w - write</li>" msgstr "<li>w - escritura</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 msgid "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" msgstr "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 msgid "<li>px - discrete profile execute</li>" msgstr "<li>px - ejecución de perfil discreto</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 msgid "<li>ux - unconfined execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ux - ejecución ilimitada</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 msgid "<li>ix - inherit execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ix - heredar ejecución</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 msgid "<li>l - link</li>" msgstr "<li>l - enlazar</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 msgid "<b>Details for Access Modes</b>" msgstr "<b>Detalles de los modos de acceso</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 msgid "<b>Read mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo de lectura</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "Allows the program to have read access to the\n" "resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" @@ -1498,11 +1372,11 @@ "ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) se usa en utilidades tales como\n" "strace(1), ltrace(1) y gdb(1))." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo de escritura</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Allows the program to have write access to the\n" "resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" @@ -1512,11 +1386,11 @@ "los recursos. Los archivos deben tener este permiso si van\n" "a desvincularse (se van a eliminar)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 msgid "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo mmap PROT_EXEC</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" "resource." @@ -1524,11 +1398,11 @@ "Permite al programa invocar mmap con PROT_EXEC en el\n" "recurso." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 msgid "<b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo de ejecución no limitado</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" "AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" @@ -1542,7 +1416,7 @@ "Es incompatible con las entradas de ejecución de\n" "Perfil discreto y legado." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" "be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" @@ -1562,11 +1436,11 @@ "Para obtener más información sobre lo que se restringe, consulte la\n" "página man de AppArmor(7)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 msgid "<b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo de ejecución del perfil discreto</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" "defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" @@ -1580,11 +1454,11 @@ "el acceso se denegará. Es incompatible con las entradas de ejecución\n" "ilimitadas y legadas." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 msgid "<b>Link mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Modo de enlace</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" "link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" @@ -1602,11 +1476,11 @@ "que tener acceso de enlace). Es necesario tener acceso de\n" "enlace para desvincular un archivo." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 msgid "<b>Globbing</b>" msgstr "<b>Uso de comodines</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" "similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" @@ -1616,48 +1490,35 @@ "sintaxis con comodines, similar a la que se utiliza en las\n" "shells más populares, como csh(1), bash(1) o zsh(1)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>*</b> puede sustituir cualquier número de caracteres, excepto \"/" -"\"<li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li><b>*</b> puede sustituir cualquier número de caracteres, excepto \"/\"<li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>**</b> puede sustituir cualquier número de caracteres, incluido \"/" -"\"li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>**</b> puede sustituir cualquier número de caracteres, incluido \"/\"li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>?</b> puede sustituir un solo carácter, excepto \"/\"</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> sustituirá un solo carácter: a, b o c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> sustituirá un solo carácter: a, b o c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se expandirá en dos reglas: una que se corresponda con ab " -"y otra que se corresponda con cd</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se expandirá en dos reglas: una que se corresponda con ab y otra que se corresponda con cd</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>" msgstr "<b>Ejecución limpia para una ejecución segura</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 msgid "" "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" @@ -1670,12 +1531,11 @@ "y de perfil discreto, proporciona más seguridad, ya que\n" "elimina algunas variables concretas del entorno heredado por\n" "el programa hijo. Se le preguntará si quiere asegurar el entorno\n" -"si selecciona las opciones \"p\" o \"u\" durante el proceso de generación de " -"perfiles.\n" +"si selecciona las opciones \"p\" o \"u\" durante el proceso de generación de perfiles.\n" "Las variables son las siguientes:" -#. Globalz -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 +#. Globalz +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "" "<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n" "<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" @@ -1685,116 +1545,116 @@ "<br>Seleccione las capacidades deseadas para este perfil. \n" "Seleccione el nombre de la capacidad sobre la que desee ver información." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile" msgstr "Capacidades habilitadas para el perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Capabilities" msgstr "Capacidades" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Network Family" msgstr "Familia de red" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Socket Type" msgstr "Tipo de socket" -#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog -#. return a map containing PERM and FILE -#. for the updated permissions and filename -#. for the profile entry -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 +#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog +#. return a map containing PERM and FILE +#. for the updated permissions and filename +#. for the profile entry +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Profile Entry for " msgstr "Entrada de perfil para " -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Enter or Modify Filename" msgstr "Introducir o modificar nombre de archivo" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lectura" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Write" msgstr "Escritura" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Link" msgstr "Enlace" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Append" msgstr "Añadir al final" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Lock" msgstr "Bloqueado" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "MMap PROT_EXEC" msgstr "MMap PROT_EXEC" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Ejecutar" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Inherit" msgstr "Heredar" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecución limpia de perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Unconstrained" msgstr "Sin restricciones" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Unconstrained Clean Exec" msgstr "Ejecución limpia sin limitaciones" -#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 +#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo" -#. Update table values -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 +#. Update table values +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." msgstr "La entrada no se añadirá. Nombre de entrada o permisos no definidos." -#. Prompts the user for a hatname -#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] -#. returns true (hat entered) -#. false (user aborted) -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 +#. Prompts the user for a hatname +#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] +#. returns true (hat entered) +#. false (user aborted) +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 msgid "" "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" "to add to the profile\n" @@ -1802,16 +1662,16 @@ "Especifique el nombre del Hat que desee añadir\n" "al perfil\n" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 msgid "&Hat name to add" msgstr "Nombre de &Hat que desea añadir" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 msgid "&Create Hat" msgstr "&Crear Hat" -#. Check for no application entry in the dialog -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 +#. Check for no application entry in the dialog +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 msgid "" "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" "Please \n" @@ -1819,30 +1679,20 @@ msgstr "" "No ha especificado ningún nombre de Hat que añadir.\n" "Especifique \n" -"un nombre de Hat para crear uno nuevo o haga clic en Abortar para salir del " -"asistente." +"un nombre de Hat para crear uno nuevo o haga clic en Abortar para salir del asistente." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"El perfil ya contiene el nombre de Hat proporcionado. Especifique uno " -"distinto o haga clic en Abortar para salir del asistente." +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "El perfil ya contiene el nombre de Hat proporcionado. Especifique uno distinto o haga clic en Abortar para salir del asistente." -#. FIXME: format these texts better -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Permite ver y modificar el contenido de un perfil individual. En las " -"entradas existentes, puede hacer doble clic en los permisos para acceder a " -"un recuadro de diálogo de modificación.</p>" +#. FIXME: format these texts better +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Permite ver y modificar el contenido de un perfil individual. En las entradas existentes, puede hacer doble clic en los permisos para acceder a un recuadro de diálogo de modificación.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 msgid "" "<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n" "w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n" @@ -1851,211 +1701,177 @@ "U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Definiciones de permisos:</b><br><code> r - lectura <br> \n" -"w - escritura<br>l - enlazar<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - bloqueo de " -"archivo<br>\n" -"a - añadir archivo<br>x - ejecutar<br> i - heredar<br> p - perfil " -"discreto<br> \n" +"w - escritura<br>l - enlazar<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - bloqueo de archivo<br>\n" +"a - añadir archivo<br>x - ejecutar<br> i - heredar<br> p - perfil discreto<br> \n" "P - perfil discreto <br> (*ejecución limpia)<br> u - sin limitaciones<br> \n" "U - sin limitaciones<br> (*ejecución limpia)</code><p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<b><b>Añadir entrada:</b><br>Seleccione el tipo de recurso que se debe " -"añadir en la lista desplegable.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<b><b>Añadir entrada:</b><br>Seleccione el tipo de recurso que se debe añadir en la lista desplegable.</p>" -#. help text - part x1 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 +#. help text - part x1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<p><ul><li><b>Archivo</b><br>Añade una entrada de archivo a este perfil.</li>" +msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Archivo</b><br>Añade una entrada de archivo a este perfil.</li>" -#. help text - part x2 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 +#. help text - part x2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Directorio</b><br>Añade una entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Directorio</b><br>Añade una entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" -#. help text - part x3 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 +#. help text - part x3 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Capacidad</b><br>Añade una entrada de capacidad a este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Capacidad</b><br>Añade una entrada de capacidad a este perfil</li>" -#. help text - part x4 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 +#. help text - part x4 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Añade una entrada include a este perfil. Esta opción \n" -"incluye el contenido de la entrada del perfil de otro archivo en este perfil " -"al cargar.</li>" +"incluye el contenido de la entrada del perfil de otro archivo en este perfil al cargar.</li>" -#. help text - part x5 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 +#. help text - part x5 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Entrada de red</b><br>Añade una entrada con una regla de red al \n" -"perfil. Esta opción le permitirá especificar privilegios de acceso de red al " -"perfil. \n" +"perfil. Esta opción le permitirá especificar privilegios de acceso de red al perfil. \n" "Puede especificar una familia de direcciones de red y un tipo de zócalo.</li>" -#. help text - part x6 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 +#. help text - part x6 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Añade un subperfil, llamado Hat, para este perfil. \n" -"Esta opción es análoga a crear manualmente un nuevo perfil, que se puede " -"seleccionar \n" -"solo durante la ejecución cuando una aplicación <b>compatible con changehat lo solicita. \n" -"Para obtener más información sobre changehat, consulte la página <b>man " -"changehat</b> del sistema \n" +"Esta opción es análoga a crear manualmente un nuevo perfil, que se puede seleccionar \n" +"solo durante la ejecución cuando una aplicación <b>compatible con changehat</b> lo solicita. \n" +"Para obtener más información sobre changehat, consulte la página <b>man changehat</b> del sistema \n" "o la Guía de administración de Novell AppArmor.</li>" -#. help text - part x7 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 +#. help text - part x7 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"</ul></p><p><b>Editar entrada:</b><br>Edita la entrada seleccionada.</p>" +msgstr "</ul></p><p><b>Editar entrada:</b><br>Edita la entrada seleccionada.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Suprimir entrada:</b><br>Elimina la entrada seleccionada de este " -"perfil.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Suprimir entrada:</b><br>Elimina la entrada seleccionada de este perfil.</p>" -#. help text - part y1 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 +#. help text - part y1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" "<p><b>*Ejecución limpia</b><br>La opción Ejecución limpia para los \n" -"permisos de ejecución de perfil discreto y sin limitaciones proporciona más " -"seguridad al eliminar variables específicas del entorno \n" +"permisos de ejecución de perfil discreto y sin limitaciones proporciona más seguridad al eliminar variables específicas del entorno \n" "legado por el programa hijo. Las variables son las siguientes:" -#. help text - part y2 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 +#. help text - part y2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Network &Rule" msgstr "&Regla de red" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Directorio" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Capability" msgstr "&Capacidad" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "&Include File" msgstr "Archivo &include" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "AppArmor profile " msgstr "Perfil de AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "&Hat" msgstr "&Hat" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021 msgid "AppArmor profile for " msgstr "Perfil de AppArmor para " -#. Define the widget contents -#. for the Wizard -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Define the widget contents +#. for the Wizard +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039 msgid "Add Entry" msgstr "Añadir entrada" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "&Edit Entry" msgstr "&Editar entrada" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Delete Entry" msgstr "&Suprimir entrada" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "AppArmor Hat Dialog" msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo de hat de AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105 msgid "AppArmor Profile Dialog" msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo de perfil de AppArmor" -#. Widget activated in the table -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Las entradas include no se pueden editar. Seleccione Añadir o Suprimir para " -"gestionar las entradas include." +#. Widget activated in the table +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Las entradas include no se pueden editar. Seleccione Añadir o Suprimir para gestionar las entradas include." -#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 +#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 msgid "Hats can not have embedded hats." msgstr "Los hat no pueden tener otros hats incrustados." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 msgid "Select File to Include" msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que incluir" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Archivo #include incorrecto. Los archivos include deben estar ubicados en " -"uno de los siguientes directorios: \n" +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Archivo #include incorrecto. Los archivos include deben estar ubicados en uno de los siguientes directorios: \n" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" msgstr "Guardar cambios en el perfil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Save the changes to this profile? \n" "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "¿Desea guardar los cambios realizados en este perfil?\n" -"(Nota: tras guardar los cambios, se deberán recargar los perfiles de " -"AppArmor).\n" +"(Nota: tras guardar los cambios, se deberán recargar los perfiles de AppArmor).\n" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "You must select a profile to edit." msgstr "Debe seleccionar el perfil que desea editar."